Google This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online. It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you. Usage guidelines Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you: + Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes. + Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. + Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. + Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. About Google Book Search Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web at|http: //books .google .com/I IB'; PATENTS FOR INVENTIONS. ABRIDGMENTS ^fttjficiitiffiis JLECTBICITY AND MAGNETISM, GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. rXIimU) IT ORDIE o UIIOMSIS OP PATKaTS. LONDON: PBINTED BT GEORQE E. EYRR AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, i-j/o- C. I€- ■ ( INDEX OF NAMES. [The luunes of persons by whom inventions have been commnnicated from abroad, when known, are printed in Italics, The Roman numerals refer to the Introdoction.] Abate, F 267 Abraham, J. H xxxiv ^,S 365 Abria Ixxii, Ixxxi Absterdam,J 689 Acha«i,A 499 A Contributor to theMonthly Magazine Ivii Adanis,H.W 223 Addison, J 698 Adie, J xl Adley,aa 668 Admiralty, The xxxviii Adsiger, P. xxvi iEpinus xxix, 1, li Aetiua xxv Airy xxxviii Alcfcii Iv, Iviii Alexander, G 14 Alexandre. J 344,427 Allan, T. 209, 247, 318, 360, 441, 465, 507, 527 Alliott,A 176 Allman,F 163 Amberger, J. P. P 205 Amp^ Ixii, Ixiii Amyot Ixxvi Anderson, Sir J. C 721 Andrsl Ixix Andrews Ixxii, Ixxv, xcii Andrieux Ixix Antinori Ixxii AiBgo XXXV, Ixii, Ixiii Aicher, C. M 425 Aicheieau, H. A 399,400 Aristatle xxv, xlii AnnstroDg, W Ixxx AA,H.C 607 Pajte Askew, C 632 ^, J 632 Aston, E. 0 415 Atkins, G. 16 Atlantic Telegraph .Com- pany, The xciii Avery, T. C 423,455 Bachhoffner, G. H 167 Baggs, 1 52,517,587 B^lie, R 502 Bain, A. 48, 65, 79, 89, 95, 109, 116, 131,244,707 Bakewell, F.C 169 Balbimie, R. A 414 Balestrini, P. A. 505, 598, 621. 674, 701 Balestrino, H 4/8 Bancalari xxxix Barlow, xxxiii, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvii, Ixv ,W. H 153 Barnes, E.F 646 Barratt, O. W....'. 31, 63, 81 Barsanti, E 660 Barthel^my liv Barwise, J 4H Bassnett, T 396 Baudouin, F. M 635 Bauer, W 333 Baumgartner Ixxxviii Beaufoy xxxiii Beccaria 1, lii Becker, J. P 652 Becquerel Ixviii, bcxv Bedson, G 620 Beer xl Beetz buui Behrens Iviii Bellford, A. E. L. .'136. ■129, 43? Bell, T 2.16 Bennet liii .A XJTXii Bentlej, W. H 409 Bernard, J 229,276 Bemouilli xxii Beni*tein,A 62-2 Beny, M 24 Berzeliua Mi BeMemer Ixxi Betoneouit liii Bevis xlvii BUnchi, B. U 38fi , M 285 BisgB, J ■'15 Binks, C 311 Biot xxxii, Ixiii Bird.G Ixxv, Ixxix Bishop, B 456 BUckwell, B. B 76 BUkely, A.T 696 BlMhfeld.J. M 421 Bloom, M 691 Boboeuf, P. A. F 402 Bocqaet.E.C 422 Boekel xci BohnenlierKrT Ixiii BoisKcraiitl Ixii Bolmida, I.. 555 Bnlton. R. L 320 Boni] xxvii ,G.P xc Bmulii, C. 6.'. ,' 464 Boniiol Ixxxii Booker, T.W 26 Botto Ixix Boulu xc Box, W. H fi35 Boyil, J. E 405,477 Boyle xliii BoEB xl\n Boiolus, J li Braokenhury, A 294 Bmdbury, W 332 B»dcA.G 442 Bnitbwaite, F 617 Brord bii BriipietlBreguet?] 60? Breguet Ixxxii, Ixxiiv Bfrgtut, L. F. C. 462 7 470. 667, 607T Brt^vet [Breguet f] 462 Breton Ixixrii Brett, A 114 ,J 98,140,331 ,J. W 591 ,Me«irs Ixxxix, xc ,T.W. B 245 Brewer, C 543 Brewster, D xxxir Brigbt, C. '1'. 256, 510, 6;». 663 , E. B 256, 510 — .R!'iv.'.r.'.!"!;;"'.'.;'.".,. 676 Broomui, R. A. 231, 316. 340. 380.434,670,619,666,715 Brown, Sir S 132 , W... 124, 17P, 195,296 Browning, W 463 BnigmMiB xxxi Brugn&telli Iviii Brunei, B. F 560 Buddo, D 410 Bunsen Ixxiii Burgess, E 562, 563, 593 Burke.M 610 Burlrigh. B 685,717 Burnett, W.H 576 Burq, A 273, 327 Burrell,P 482 Burrow, J 644 BuraiU, G. H 382 Buah, W 82 Cad(^[Mj, F. W 360 Ctnar,} xxri Cahill, C. S .'iSl Callan, N. 357, 427, 436, 44?, 727 Callet, L. C 30 Ca!23 Murray l.ixx Muschenbroek xxvjii, xlvii Myers, H.. (j32 Nsime, E 3 Napier, 1) 15!) , J 77,87,!'-! ,J.M 15'J,675 Napoleon lix Ntgre.C. (i6H NewaU, R.S 47!>, 5(!l, fi54 Kewey,'r 714 Newton xxvii, xliv -,A. V. ... Li()l,214, 519, S-'l, 7:^7 ,C. H 2(!(i , W. E. 345, 438, 643, 6G8, (iy-', 711 Nieholson Iv, Ivi NicklSa Ix.\ii Nobili, L Ixvi Kolet, C 315 NoUet, Abb.; xlvi.xlviii KolM.F. 206 Xonnan, R \xvi Norris, W 76 Nott Ltxxiv ,1 101 NoualKier. E.T Clfi NuKent,P.B 6,8 Oersted Ixi Ohm Ixvi Oldham, J 617 OpenBhaw,J. 0 327 Orr, W.A 414 O'ShauKhncHsy, W Ixxvii Osman, H. F 517,594 Oudiy,A 472 ,C. F. L 644, 632 ,L 472 Packman, F. J. W 477 Paetz !iv Page. C. G 468 Pogc, Professor Iwsix F^prat, F. Ixvii Palmer, E 58,6? PaltTUieii, J 720 Parkei, A 55, W, 97, I^ Parkes. W. H 714 Parkinson, G. S 403 Pascal,J.B 642 Pasley Ixzxix Patterson, A. B 692 Pearce, C. T 170 , W. G 463 Peckham, J. B 8 Pcpys lav Perkins, B.D 7 , J 3!W ,J. W 425 Perpigna, J. A. A. de 4!*7 Pershouae, H 364 Person, C. C 410 Petit, S 684 Petitjean, T 436,469 Pfitre, L 469 Pctrie, G 134 , W 66, 178, 261 Pbillips, C 17 Phillips,N.M. 659 PhiUipa, W 384 Physick, H. V. ... 292, 375, 420 PiBget,L. H 107 Picciotto, D. 1 350 l'i«ftott, W. P 91, 178, 518 Pin'fl,A.L, 480 Pinkus, H. 19, 33, 42, 46, 5/, 89 Pitman, J. T 572 Pii-ati xh-iii Pixii LxU Plant, B 320 Plantamour...'. xxxviii Plato sxT Plueker xxrix PoKffcndorff Lxvii, Ixxxii Pohl Ixr Pole, \V 668 Poole, M 78,111,241,266 Pope, A. R 349 Potts. T 311 — . W 268,357 Pouillet xxxvii, Ixxxv Power, J 304 Pownall,C.J 416 INDEX. XI Psfre Preecc, W. H 623 Preston, G 18 Pretsch, P 446 Provost, J. B 616 Price, D. L.... 299,317, 637, 623 Prideaux,T. S 726 Priestley, F 694 Prime, J. 631 Pring Ixxxvi Prosser, W 306 Prost^J.M, 662 Provence, G. de xxvi Puis, F. 420, 463, 484, 514, 524, 660 Pulveraiacher, J. L. 184, 234, 683 pTthagons xxiv Quetlet xxxvi Radunsky, C 331 Rankine, W. J. M 467 Ratier Lxix Rayer Ixviii Reed, J. M 409 Reeder, R 696 Reichenbach xxxviii, Ixxxv Rcid, W. 106, 139, 246, 260, 330, 446 Reizen Iv Remak Ixxxvi Reymond, I>uboi8,lxxxiii,lxxxviii, xci Ricardo, J. L 163 Richards, J. A 616 Richmann xlix Ridgway, J 243 Ritdiie Lxviii Rittcr Ix Roberts Ixxxii ,J 262 ,J. C 161 , M. J. ... 237, 248, 276 Robertson, C 647 .,J.C 129 Rogers, G 661 Roget xxxyi Romagn^ • Iviii Bonald^J. • 677 BoDalds, F« M « t. bd PSffe Reseleiur, A. G 196 Rousseau, J. J 274 Rousselot, J. S 368,665 Rowland, R 12 Rubeiy, J 620 Ruhmkorff Lcxxix Ruolz, de Ixxx, Ixxxi Russell, T. H 172 Rutter,J. O. N xc, 122 Sabine xl St. John, J. R 213 Salva Iv Sandoz, A 336 Sands, J 450 Sandys, J 402 Savart Ixiii Savary Lxvii Savery xxviii Saxby, S. M 682 Saxtou Ixx Schaub, G : 688 Scheurmann, G 600 Schilling Ix, Ixix Schneiter, J. D 296 Schoenbein Ixxii, Ixxxv SchoUick, E. J 333 Schottlaender, J 84 Schulthess Ixx Schweigger Ixiii, bcxvii Scoresby xxxvii Scribonius Largus xlii Scully, V 609 Seebeck Ixiv Seguin liv Seimens ISiemensl} 609 Selmi,F' 600 Septeuil, A. J. L. H. T. ... 295 Seward, N 298 Shanks, A 648 Shapple, H 178 Sharpe, B 680 , J. R Ix Shepard, E. C. 206, 247, 306, 339, 340, 393, 708 Shepherd,C 174 Sheringham, W. L 307 Sherwood, H. H. , 30 Xll INDEX. Shore, J S8 Siemens, C. W.... 390, 596, 724 , E. W., Ixxxvii, Ixxxviii 196, 609 ? Sievier, R. W 314 Silliman Ixxxvii Silver,T 682 Skinner, T 227 Slater, T 270,283 Small, A 468,534 Smeaton xlvii Smee, A Lxxx, Ixxxi Smeeton, J 347 Smith, Andrew 422 , Archibald 240 ^ E 9 Smith/S. Br**.......'.*.'.'. .'.*... * 177 , William 240, 334, 480, 603, 662, 684 , Willoughby 502 Soemmering lix Somerville, M xxxv SommerviUe, A 427 Spencer, T Ixxvaii, 46, 53 Staite, \V. E. 103, 108, 127, 154, 178, 323 Stanley, J 648 Stansbury, C. F 468 Statham, S.... 502, 515, 549, 584 Stebbing,G 10 Steele, J. 204 Steinheil Ixxiv Strada xhii Stringfellow, J 270 Sturgeon Ixviii, Ixx, Ixxv Sulzer U Swan xl Swedenborg xxviii, xlvi Syeds, J 9 Symmer, R 1 Symonds, J 299 Symons, A.... 562, 563, 593, 722 Szontagh, S 437 Talbot, W. H. F. 45, 64, 74. 301 Taquin Ixxiii Taylor xxviii , J.G 604 Taylor,, W. H 35 Testelin, E 637 Thales xxiv, xUi Theil€r,F 690 3f, 412 Theiler^M! !!!"'.!!.'.!.!!!!!*..'.! 690 Theophrastus xlii Thiers, R 478, 602 Thillaye Iviii Thomas, F. S 456, 464, 629 Thomson, J 467 , W Ixxxvi, ixxxvii Thome, W 397 Thurrell, J 543 TiUey, W. E 456, 464, 529 Tolhausen, A 631,659 Torrassa, C. J. B 690 Toumi^re, P. A 342 Tremeschini, G. A 646 Tribaoillet Lxviii Trommsdorff Ivii Trouillet,A 665 Truman, E.T 162 Tuck, E 71 , J. H 659 Tyer, E 232, 376, 639 Tyers, W. L 719 lyndall xl Uhich,J. G 21,645 UnderwoodyB 369 Ure, A Ixi Vail Ixxv Van Beck Ixv Van Kempen, P 238 Van Marum lii, liii VanTroostwik liv Van Zuylen Ixv Varley, C. F... 388, 451, 485, 612 Vasserot, C. F 656 Vauquelin liv Vavin,A 679 Venetus, P xxvi Verdun, J. B 362 Vergnes, M 683 Vilcoq, C 498 Vincenzi,E 674 INDEX. xiu Vittrtnt, L. C. A 724 Volta lii, Iv, Ivi Vrie8,J. U 310 YiSftUlBtf A, 1 o82 Wagstaffe, M.F 425 WMthman, R.W 314 Walcnn, W. H Ixxxix, 657 Wales XXX Walker, C. V. Ixxxvi, Ixxx^-ii, Ixxxviii , R. 389, 454, 495, 'i70, 673 ^,W 237 Wall xliv Wall, A 83, 88, 133, 280. 6/4 Ward, W. S 1^ Wargentin xxviii Warltiie lii Wartmann xxxix, Ixxii Watson, Dr xlvii, xlviii .,J.J. W. 270,283,305, 321, 379 ., Sir W xlvii Watt, A 528 , C 228,294 Way,J.T 606,650.702 Weare, R. 125, 178, 202, 252, 394 Webb, J 339 Weber Ixx, Ixxxiii Wells Iv Wenham, F. H 548 Westcott xxxiii Westwood. J 502 Wheatstone, C, lxxi,lxxix,lxxxiv, 24, 35, 59, 92 Wheler xlv W-hishaw, F 152, 315 Whiston xxviii Whitehead, W. G 373 Whitehouse, E. O. W. xc, xcii, 371, 416, 525, 533, 584 WhitmorcW U Whitworth,J 335 Whytock, R 230 WUcke U Wilkins, J. W 308,363 ^, W 651 Wilkinson, W 357 Williams, W 178, 293, 343 ,W., junior 195 Wilson xlvii , B xxxi ,J 46 ,J. G 282,303 Winkler xlvi Wohler Ixxxiii Wollaston Ivii, Ixi Wood, W 364 Woodcock, T 361 Woodman, J 550, 592 Woolrich. J. S 71,172 Wright, G 2,4,6 ,T 65,90 Young -, J. H. ■,W.... .Ixxvi . 285 . 94 Zamboni Ix Ziemssen xcii PREFACE AND INTRODUCTION. PREFACE. The Itdexcs to Patents are now bo numerous and costly as to be placed lieyond the reach of a large number of inventors and others, to whom they have become indis- pensable. To obviate this difficulty, short abstracts or abridgments of the Specifications of Patents under each head of Inven- tion have been prepared for publication separately, and so arranged as to form at once a Chronological, Subject-matter, Reference, and Alphabetical Index to the class to which they relate. As these publications do not supersede the necessity for consulting the Specifications, the prices at which the latter are sold have been added. The following rules have been adopted in deciding which Specifications belong to this series of inventions : — Ist. To include all Specifications in which mention is made of electric or magnetic force as applicable in carrying out the invention. 2nd. To include all which depend on electric or magnetic science, whether such dependence is mentioned or not* drd. To exclude those in which no mention is made of their application to electric or magnetic purposes, although it may be somewhat evident that such application might be made. For instance, as in the Specification of Letters Patent, No. 6896 (Old Law), no mention is distinctly and directly made of the application of gutta percha to the b xviii PREFACE. coating or covering of wire for electrical purposes, it is not included in this series, although such an application of tho invention is evident. 4th. To exclude all those in which no other allusion to electric or magnetic science is made than the word " gal- vanized," as applied in the ordinary process of zincing iron. In all cases in which a reasonable doubt exists as to whether an invention is to be included in this series or not, the abridgment is included, and the cause of doubt stated. In making the abridgments of Specifications of mechanical applications of electricity and magnetism, the rule of tracing their operation from the prime mover to the result has been observed, when possible. A similar rule has been observed with reference to electro-chemical processes. The course of the electric current from one battery pole to the other, through the work to be done, has been traced in all cases in which such a method of treating the subject could tend to clearness of description. When tho complicated nature of the subject requires it, each description is begun by a short summiiry of the whole action of the machine or process treated of. All the quotations from the printed Specifications (in- cluded between quotation commas throughout the work) are given in the exact punctuation and orthography therein used ; however, to draw attention to any passage more immediately connected with this scries of abridgments, por- tions are sometimes italicised that appear in Homan type in the original. Care has been taken to preserve correctness in tho use of the scientific terms occurring in the work, a caution rendered necessary by the frequent misappropriation of terms l)y inventors. The word spiral, for instance, is frequently used instead of helix, isolate for insulate, aluminium (the French name) for aluminum, &c. &c. To avoid misun- derstanding in regai'd to the meaning of terms which some PREFACE. xix patentees appear to consider synonymous or doubtful, the following definitions are given : — Brake, an apparatus used to stop rotation, or other mechanical nx>vement, by the friction of surfaces. (See Practical Muihanic and Engineers* Magazine, October, 1843, pp. 25-27, December, 1843, pp. 98, 99, and April, 1844, pp. 258, 259) Brbak, a conmiutator, or apparatus to interrupt or change the direction of electric currents. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Eleclricity, Vol. I., p. 377.) Hblix, a screw-form curve. A curve generated by winding an inclined plane round a right cylinder; this curve is neces- sarily not situated in one plane, as all its points lie on the surfeoe of a cylinder, and therefore at equal perpendicular distances from the cylinder's axis, the said perpendicular uniformly increasing in height above the base of the cylin- der. According to another definition, it is the curve formed by a stndght line twisted round a cylinder, so that the per- pendicular distance between each convolution is a constant quantity. It may abo be defined as " the curve of double curvature formed by a thread, wrapped round the surface of the cylinder, so as always to make the same angle with " the axis." This term is used to name the cun'e formed by the winding of the external protective wire round electric telegraph cables ; it also applies to electro-dynamic coils, to springs that act by tension in the direction of their axes, and to other similar arrangements. (See Encyclopeedia Metropolis tana. Integral Calculus, Part III., pp. 143, 144 ; also Library of Useful Knowledge, Differential and Integral Calculus, pp. a)6, and 415-417.) Insulate, to separate, electrically speaking, or to surround with a non-conducting body ; this term is used in reference to an electrified body which it is desired to preser>'e in that state. (See Dr. Golding Bird's Natural Philosophy , p. 162.) Isolate, to separate or detach ; this word has no express mean- ing in the electrical vocabulary. (See Maunder* s Treasury of Knowledge, Dictionary in Part I.) Pall, a cUck that faUs by its own weight into the teeth of a toothed or ratchet wheel. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineer^ Magazine, April, 1844, p. 251.) b2 XX PREFACE. Spiral, a curved line situated in one plane, and generated as follows : — A straight line of indefinite length moves round a fixed point and from a fixed line passing through the point ; a point also moves along the moving line, starting from the centre or fixed point at the same time that the line commences its motion ; the point will trace out a curve commencing from the centre and extending through a series of turnings gradually outwards, which curve is a spiral. It may also be defined as the curve formed by twisting a straight line round a fixed point, so that the distance between each ccmvolution, radially, is a constant quantity. Mathematicians recognize several distinct kinds of spirals, each having its own charac- teristic properties. This term is used to name the springs that are in one plane, and act by unwinding a barrel, such as the main spring of clocks and watches, &c. ; it is also appli- cable to flat electro-dynamic coils commenced upon a core and proceeding outwards by convolutions in one plane. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Algebraical Geometry, pp. 193-195, Differential and Integral Calculus, pp. 366-358, and Practical Geometry, pp. 118, 119 ; also Hind's Differential Calculus, pp. 262-285 ; also Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Integral Calculus, Part III., pp. 136, 137.) Berzelius' ammonium theory has been adhered to through- out the text of the work, and the best recognised names for chemical and metallic bodies, such as platiu?/m, aluminum, ammonitim, have been adopted. When two words are used as one adjective to qualify a noun, they are connected by a hyphen, thus : — " line-wire circuit," in contradistinction to " local circuit," &c. In an Appendix will be found the abridgments of eleven Specifications omitted from the body of the work, but which are duly recorded in the Indexes. In the title and introductoiy part of these Abridgments the word " generation " is employed as the equivalent of the various expressions, " producing," " exciting," " induc- " ing," or "developing." Under the word " electricity " is included st^itical, fric- tional, or tension electricity, steam electricity (or hydro-elec- PREFACE. XXI tricity), galiranic (or voltaic) electricity, thermo-electricity, magneto-electricity, that induced in electro-dynamic coils by secondary currents or by their movement across the lines of magnetic force, that evolved from heated substances as tour- maline, talc, he. (pyro-electricity), and from electric fish, as the Uupedo, gymnotus electricus, &c., animal electricity, and other sources of less note. Under the word " magnetism," that of permanent, induced, or electro-magnets, under whatever form they may be set forth, is included. It is hoped that the publication of these abridgments will prevent the disappointment consequent on repatenting an old invention, and, by setting forth what has been already done in this department of practical science, enable inventors to exert their talents upon discoveries and appli- cations at once new and practical. B. WOODCROFT. INTRODUCTION. In order to render the Abridgments of Specifications in which Electricity and Magnetism are referred to as complete as possible, the following brief summary of the progress of knowledge in re- ference to those imponderable forces and their applications, up to the time of the commencement of the Patents, is ])refixed. The sommary also embraces any discoveries, inventions, or applications that are not treated of in the body of the work, at whatever date they may have been invented or brought into use. This summary is divided into two heads: — 1. Magnetism; 2. Electricity. Magnetism, This branch of the subject demands priority, being the most Ancient form under which the action of the above-named impon- derable forces was known. Under this head is included that species of force which is most developed in ferruginous matter, by which one particle attracts or repels another particle at appreciable distances ; also applications of the phenomena consequent on these attractions or repulsions to useful purposes ; also the nearly-allied force of diamagnetism. The earth itself and the natural magnet or loadstone (called by some " lodestone ") are the earliest examples of the magnetic power, although for countless ages such a power was unknown to man ; and when the force was known, its simple and general properties were only observed in what may be termed the natural objects in which its manifestation was most apparent. The force itself was, during those comparatively dark ages, treated rather as a property of the loadstone itself (in relation to the earth and to iron), than as a distinct force, which could be transferred, and which more or less affects every substance on our globe, and most likely in the material universe. In tracing the slightest sketch of its history, therefore, it will be found that in early times the magnetic power was xxiv INTRODUCTION : believed to belong only to the loadstone ;. it was next believed to belong only to the loadstone and iron or steel ; now, however, every material substance is found to be affected roore or less by its influence. The imponderable forces of light, heat, and chemical action have also their action upon the magnetic force and are acted upon by it. Even life itself (the vital force, vis viva,) is believed by some to possess intimate relations to the magnetic power. The Chin BSE discovered the attractive power of the load- stone. In reference to the loadstone's directive power, there is mention made of the employment of a needle "to determine ** the four parts of the world ** on a " carr," in Duhalde's B.C. General History of China, when the Emperor Hoangti gave 2600. battle to Tchi Yeou (about 2600 B.C., according to Davis' Chinese, p. 83) ; ** by this method he overtook Tchi Yeou, '' made him prisoner, and put him to death." In another part of the same book it is mentioned that Tchieou Kong gave certain ambassadors an instrument to direct them on their way home; one side of this instrument pointed towards the north, the other towards the south; this 1040. happened about 1040 B.C. Great doubts are, however, entertained of the veracity of the Chinese early histoiy, therefore of these epochs also. (See Encyclopedia Metro^ politana. Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 736; also Abridge merits of the Specifications relating to Marine Propulsion, Part I., p. 4; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 1, 3, and 5: also Davis' Chinese, pp. 277, 278.) Magnbs, a shepherd, is said to have been detained on Mount Ida, in Phrygia, by the nails in his boots or by his crook ; the word *' Magnet " is thus supposed to be derived from the name " Magnes." Some authors derive the word " Magnet " from the pronnce of ** Magnesia," in Lydia, whence the Greeks are said to have obtained the load- 1000. stone about 1000 years before Christ. (See Encycloptedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 735; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. 1000 i^nd II., p. 1.) 600.' Homer (1000 B.C.); Thales, Pythagobas (600 B.C.); MAGNETISM. »v B.C. 500. EDRIPIDX8, Plato (500 B.C.) ; Aristotlb (400 B.C.) ; 400. the Roman poet Lucretius (in his philosophical poem 100. <' De Berum Natura,") and Cicero (1(X) B.C.), mention the attractive powers of the loadstone. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 735; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp, 1, 2, and 3.) A.D. Pliny, in the 36th book of his Natural History (written 100. in the 1st century after the Christian era), has an obscure allusion to the repulsive power of the loadstone. (See' Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 8.) 400. Marcsllus, who flourished about A.D. 400, '* alludes " to the magnet as the attractor and repulsor of iron." (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 8.) The Chinese had craft ''sailing on the Indian Ocean " under the supposed guidance of south magnetic indica- 500. " tion," "at least 700 years before it was employed by '' European nations," according to Humboldt's researches. (See SirW. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 135.) 500. Abtius, about the year 500, mentions that "those who are troubled with the gout in their hands or their feet, or with convuLuons, find relief when they hold a magnet in their hand." (See Aetii Op. 1. ii. c. 25 ; also Beck- mann's History of Inventions, Bohn's edition of 184G, Vol. I., pp. 43, 44.) The Chinese appear to have been long aware of the variation of the compass. In a Chinese work on medicine 1111. and natural history, about 1111, the following passage occurs : — " When a steel point is rubbed with the magnet it acquires the property of pointing to the south; yet it declines always to the east, and is not due south. If the needle be passed through a wick (made of a rush) and placed on water, it will also indicate the south, but with " a continual inclination towards the point ping, or f •* south ;" this was the variation at Peking. (See Davis' Chinese, pp. 277, 278 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudi- mentary Magnetism, Part. III., p. 80.) €€ €* ft €€ xxvi INTRODUCTION : GuioT DK Provence mentions, in a poem written by himself, that mariners used a " touched " needle, fixed on 1200. a bit of straw, prior to the year 1200, for a mariners' com- pass. (See Encyclopcsdia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 736.) The Captains navigating the Syrian Seas, in 1242. 1242, mounted a common sewing needle on a piece of reed or cork, and allowed it to float on the surface of water, the sewing needle having been rendered magnetic. This arrangement was used as a compass needle. (See Klaproth, Lettre t AT. Humboldt, p. 67 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 135, 136.) 1260. Paulus Vbnetus, in 1260, brought the compass from China to Italy, according to Dr. Gilbert. (See Encycloptedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 2.) 1269. Peter Adsigrr, in a Latin letter (dated 1269) in the University of Leyden, sets forth an azimuth compass having a needle mounted on an axis, and mentions the declination of the magnetic needle. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 737.) Flavio de Giova, of Amalfi, is said by the Italian writers to have invented the mariners' compass about the 1320. year 1320. (See Encyclopctdia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 735.) Columbus remarked the variation of the compass in 1492. 1492. (See Encycloptsdia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 2.) Robert Norman, a mathematical instrument maker in 1576. or near London, discovered the dip of the magnetic needle in 1576, and found it then in this latitude to be 71^ 50^, or thereabouts. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, \o\, I., p. 165; also Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 738; also Mary Somerville's Connexion of the Physical Sciences, p. 335.) Julius Caesar, a surgeon of Rimini, observed the con- 1590. version of iron into a magnet, by position alone, in 1590. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, pp. 2, 3.) Gilbert, in his work ** De Magnete," published in 1600. 1600, '^represents a blacksmith hammering a steel bar in MAGNETISM. zxrii A.D. *' the position of the inclined needle.'* (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 93, 94 ; also Library of Usefid Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 25 ; also Encyclopiedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Mag- netism, p. 739.) Professor Gunteb, of Gresham College, discovered the 1622. change of declination in the same place, in 1622. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., p. 165.) 1630. Gassbndi, about 1630, observed that an iron bar was magnetic which had been in one position for a lengthened period of time, and had been struck by lightning. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 3.) 1650. Bond, about 1650, discovered the true progress of the deviation of the compass. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 3.) 1683. Dr. Edmund Halley, in 1683, published his theory of terrestrial magnetism. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 739.) 1684. HooKE, in 1684, heated iron rods in the magnetic meridian, and allowed them to cool in the same position, thus imparting magnetism to them. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 3.) 1687. Newton, in his Principia (published in 1687) notices the neutralizing efiPect of the interposition of an iron plate between a magnet and a body acted upon by it. (See Newton's Principia, 2nd Book, 23rd Prop., Sec. 5 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 11, 12.) 1700. MoRGAGNi, about the beginning of he 18th century, used the magnet " to remove particles ot iron which had ** accidentally fallen into the eyes." (See Beckmann's History of Inventions, Vol.1., p. 44; also Maunder's Bio- graphical Treasury,) Mr. Graham, an instrument maker in London, dis- covered the diurnal variation of the magnetic needle in the 1 722. year 1 722. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. 1 1 1 ., art . Magnetism, p. 739 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimen- tary Magnetism, Part III., p. 86.) 1722, Marcel, in 1722, " observed that a bar of iron acquired *' a temporary magnetic state by position alone." (See ^Vs xxviii INTRODUCTION : ^'^' W. Snow Harris' BaMnentary Magnetim, Parts I. and II., pp. 91, 92.) 1730. Savbry, in 1730, magnetized liard steel bars by fitting one bar with armatures, and stroking the other bars with it, the bars being in the magnetic meridian. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 92, 93.) 1734. SwEDBNBORG, in 1734, wrote upon magnetic pheno- mena. In his remarkable treatise, the ''Frindpia," the spiral, helical, or vortical character of the motion of the force producing magnetic effects is prominently set forth and figured in drawings ; various particulars respecting the declination of the magnetic needle are also stated, and many laws of the magnetic force theoretically indicated, that have since been proved by practical experiment. Ex- periments and illustrations abound in this work. (See Principia Rerum NaturaUum, give Novontm Tentaminum Phenomena Mundi, elementaris philosophice explicandi, Fol. Dresden, 1734, more particularly pp. 123-380, in Vol. I. of " Swedenborgii Opera.") 1746, Dr. GowAN Knight, F.R.S., a London physician, in 1747. the years 1746 and 1747> proposed a method of mag- netizing steel bars by gradually withdrawing the opposite poles of magnets from beneath them, the poles being in contact with the steel bars. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 84, 85.) 1749. Du Hamel, about the year 1749, made a further appli- cation of Dr. Knighf s method of magnetizing. Two bars were magnetized at one time by being made the opposijte sides of a rectangle, the other sides being formed by soft iron bars. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mag^ netism. Parts I. and II., pp. 85, 86.) Professor Wargbntin, secretary to the Swedish Aca- 1750. demy of Sciences, in 1750, noticed the effect produced on a magnetic needle by the northern lights. (See Encyclo- padia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 740.) MiCHBLL advanced the idea (in his treatise on Arti- 1750. ficial Magnets, published in 1750) that in all the experi- ments of Hawksbeb (1712), Dr. Brook Taylor (1721), Whiston, and Muschbnbroek (1724),'^ the force really MAGNETISM. XXIX A.D. €€ « may be in the inverse duplicate ratio of the distances, proper allowance being made for the disturbing changes in the magnetic forces so inseparable from the nature of the experiment." (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mapnetism, Part III., p. 20.) 1750. MicHELL, in 1750, toiployed a method of magnetizing, which he designated as *' the double touch." Several steel ban to be magnetized are placed in one straight line on a horizontal plane, and the opposite poles of two powerful magnets, or of a compound magnet, are moved backwards and forwards vertically over the series, beginning and leaving off at the centre. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudi- mentdry Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 86, 87.) 1751. Mr. John Canton, an English philosopher, in 1751, combined the magnetizing processes of Du Hamel and Michell. (See Library of Usrful Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 47 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 87.) 1756. Mr. Canton, about 1756, found (from 4000 observa- tions) that the daily variation of the needle was greater in the summer than in the winter months. (See Encyclo^ petdia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 739.) 1757. EuLBR, Bbrnouillt, and Descartes, about 1757, in terrestrial magnetism, advanced the theory that the mag- netic fluid moved from the equator to the poles. (See ^n- cyclopmdia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, pp. 4, 5.) iEpiNUs' celebrated treatise, " Tentamen theoriae Elec- 1759. ^' tricitatis et Magnetismi," was published in 1759; this treatise contidned a method of making magnets, and a theory of magnetism. The method of making magnets was a combination of Du Hamel's with Michell's " double touch ;" magnets were used in place of the cross bars of soft iron. The theory was very like Franklin's single-fluid electric theory, but without the transference therein sup- posed. (See Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 54 ; also Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, pp. 33-^36 and 4/, 48; also Sir \V. Snow Hams' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 87, 88 and Part III., pp. 130, 131.) XXX INTRODUCTION : Mayer read a paper (not since published) before the 1/60. Royal Society of Gottingen, in 1/60. In this paper, Mayer finds the force of magnetic attraction to correspond with the general law of that of gravitative attraction, viz., that it is according to the inverse dupHcate ratio of the dis- tances. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mag^ netism. Part III., p. 20.) 1770. Father Hehl, about 1770, communicated his discoveries, relating to the effect of certain magnetized steel plates in the cure of diseases, to Anton Mesmer. (See Beckmann's History of Inventions, Vol. I., p. 46.) Mr. Wales noticed the effect of local attraction upon mariners* compasses. This ger+leman was the astronomer 1772. to Captain Cook during his voyages in 1772, 1773, and 1773. 1774, and made the above-mentioned observations during 1774. that period. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 745 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudi- mentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 161.) 1775. Graham, in 1775, suggested the determination of the magnetic intensity in different parts of the globe by means of the needle of oscillation or magnetic pendulum. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 93.) M. Lambert published two beautiful memoirs on the laws of magnetic action in the 22nd volume of " Histoire de 1776. " I'Acaddmie Roy ale des Sciences," BerUn, 1776. In the first of these investigations, the action of a bar magnet upon a magnetic needle is set forth, the bar magnet being placed so that its axis is always pointed to the centre of motion of the needle, and at such a distance from the needle as to deflect it a given angle from the meridian ; from the curve thus obtained the laws of magnetic action are assigned in reference to the needle's centre of motion. By this arrangement an equilibrium is obtained between three forces, viz., the magnetic force of the needle, the directive force, and the force of the magnet by which the needle is deflected or drawn from its meridian. The results obtained by this investigation are as follows : — First, " that the action of magnetism on a magnetic needle, consi- dered as a lever, is proportionate to the sine of the angle 4< MAGNETISM. xx» A.D. *' of obliquity of its direction ; and that hence the effective '* force which operates in restoring the needle to its meridian, when drawn aside from it, is directly as the sine of the angle of its deflection." Second, that the magnetic force varies in the inverse duplicate ratio of the distances, attended with the singular result that the common centre of attraction is outside of the needle ; this fact approximates the analogy of magnetic force to that of gravitation in a remarkable degree. In the subsequent memoir the " curves of the magnetic ciurent '* are investi- gated by the " action of the directive or polar f5rce of a ** magnet upon a small needle ;" the general laws of mag- netism, and the position, size, figure, and force of the great magnet, which M. Lambert supposes to reside in the earth, arc also examined. " (See Sir W. Snow Harris* Rudi- mentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 20-33.) 1778. Bruomans, in 1778, obser\'ed and recorded the repulsion of bismuth and antimony by the magnetic poles, thus laying the foundation of the science of diamagnetism. (See Sir W, Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 76.) Mr. Benjamin Wilson (in the Philosophical Trans- 1779. actions for 1779) published Dr. Gowan Knight's method of forming artificial magnetic paste, by means of com- minuted iron and linseed oil. (See De la Rive's Treatise an Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 203, 204; also Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 752.) 1779. Dr. Ingenhouz, in 1779, proposed a mariners' compass consisting of a magnetic needle enclosed in water or some other suitable fluid, in order to steady the needle. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III,, pp. 144, 145.) 1780, Coulomb, about 1780, propounded his double-fluid theory of magnetism; he also proposed a method of magnetizing by the " double touch," the bar to be mag- netized being placed between two powerful magnetic poles. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 131, and Parts I. and II., p. 88.) 1786. Cavallo, in 1786, made many experiments, proving that brass acquires magnetic power by hammering. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 90.) xxxii INTRODUCTION : lyog Cabsini, in 1786, difioovered the annual perio^cal variation of the magnetic needle. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 87.) 1786, Coulomb, in 1786 and 1787, estahlished the law that ] 787. magnetic force was really in the inverse duplicate ratio of the distances, by his Balance of Torsion, and by the method of oscillations. (See Encyelapeedia MetropoUtana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, pp. 7^2, 743 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 33-38; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 180-183, and 683-542.) 1792. The Rev. A. Bbnnbt, F.R.S., in 1792, used a magnetic needle, suspended by a spider's thread, as a magnetometer. (See Philosophical Transections, 1792, p. 86; also SirW. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 105, 106.) 1802. Coulomb, in 1802, endeavoured to determine the question of a universal magnetism, and found all bodies that were tried finally settle in the direction of the stnught line joining the poles, the needles of the various substances being suspended between opposite poles and in the same stnught line with the magnet's axes. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 56.) 1804. Messrs. Gay Lubsac and Biot, in the year 1804, undertook, at the desire of the French Government, an aerostatic voyage, expressly for the purpose of ascertain- ing whether the magnetic force experiences any per- ceptible diminution at considerable elevations above the '* surface of the earth." The result of their experiments was that the magnetic force experiences no appreciable diminution at a height of 13,124 feet above the surface of the earth. In this case the effect of the diminution of temperature on the needle was not taken into account. (See Library qf Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 89.) 1806, Humboldt, in 1806-7, observed magnetic storms at 1807. Berlin. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mag- netism, Part III., p. 103.) 1809. Professor Kbafft of St. Petersburgh, in 1809, pro- pounded the following law of terrestrial magnetism : — " If " we suppose a circle circumscribed about the earth, having '' the two extremities of the magnetic axis for its poles, it MAGNETISM. zxziU A.D. '^ tad if we consider this circle as a magnetic equator, the ** tangent of the dip of the needle, in any magnetic latitude, ** will be equal to double the tangent of this latitude." (See Encyclop€MUa Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 7.) Colonel BxAUFOY employed a veiy perfect form of variation compass. This arrangement is described in the 1813. *' Annals of Philosophy " for August 1813 ; it consists of a telescope to determine the true meridian by astronomical observation, underneath the axis of which is a magnetic needle whose position is alterable so as to show the angular deviation of the needle from the true meridian. (See Sir W. Snow Harris* Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 15Q-152 ; also Encychpadia MetropoUtana, Vol. III.» art Magnetism, pp. 766, 767.) 1813. MoRicHiNi, in 1813, magnetized a needle by means of the violet ray of the spectrum. (See lAbrary of Useful Knowledge, Electro-magnetism, p. 97 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 69.) Mr. WssTCOTT explained his magnetic guard for needle pointers before the Committee of Mechanics of the 1817. Society of Arts, on March 27, 1817. This mstrument consisted of "a number of bar magnets, smeared with *' oil, placed in a frame behind the grindstone." (See Transactions of the Society of Arts, 1824, VoL XLIl., pp. 165, 166.) 1817* Ph)fessor Hanstskn, of Christiana, in 1817, confirmed the law that magnetic force is inversely as the squares of the distances, by the action of the pole of a magnet upon a pivoted needle moimted as in the declination magneto- meter. ProfSessor Hanstbbn, in connection with M. MoRLBT, determined the position of the nodes of the ter« lestrial magnetic equator. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudi- mentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 38, 39; also Encyclopedia Britannica, art. Magnetism, p. 57.) Professor Barlow of Woolwich commenced a series of experiments on the influence of spherical and other masses of iron on the compass needle, soon after the appearance of Vrdemat Hansteen's work on the Magnetism of the Earth 1817« in 181 7f and found the existence of a plane of no deviation 0 INTRODUCTION : A.D. of the needle at right angles to the direction of the dippings needle, and other laws of magnetic force. (See Encyclo- pedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, pp. 743 and 775; also Sir W. Snow Harris* Rudimentary Mag- netism, Part III., pp. 69-76.) 1818. Mr. George Fisher, in 1818, found that the rate of going of chronometers is influenced hj the proximity of a mass of iron. (See Library of Useful Knowledge^ Mag- netism, p. 68.) 1820. Sir David Brewster, in 1820, remarked the connection between the terrestrial magnetic poles and those of maximum cold. (See Encyclopadia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Mag- netism, p. 1 1 ; also Edinburgh Philosophical Transactions, 1820.) 1820. Professor Barlow, in 1820, applied his correction plates to the vessels, " Leven,*' " Conway," and " Barracouta»" to prevent local magnetic attraction. (See Encyclopedia Metro- polUana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, p. 799 ; also Trans- actions of the Society of Arts, 1821, Vol. XXXIX., pp. 76-100.) 1821. Captain Katbr, in 1821, found that shear steel is capable of receiving the greatest magnetic force, and that the pierced rhombus is the best form for a compass needle. He found that the directive force depends on the mass of the needle when magnetized to saturation. The method of hardening the needle preferred by Captain Kater is to harden it entirely throughout, and then soften it in th« middle. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, pp. 57> 58 ; also Encyclopedia Britannica, art. Magnetism, p. 77 ; also Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., art. Magnetism, pp. 754, 755, and 770-773.) 1821. Mr. J. H. Abraham, of Sheffield, in 1821, invented a magnetic guard to protect persons employed in pointing needles and other branches of dry grinding. According to one arrangement, a frame of bar magnets surrounds the operator's mouth ; another arrangement consists in placing bar magnets just above the needles whilst they are being pointed ; in the arrangement for dry-grinding cutlery, &c., the magnets are placed radially or longitudinally (or both ways) inside a hood near the point of grinding. The A.D. MAGNETISM. large gold medal of the Society of Arts was awarded to ' Mr. Abraham for this invention. (See Trangactions of the Society of Arts, 1823, Vol. XL., pp. 135-150.) 1822. Lieutenant Littlewort, R.N., in 1822, recdved the large silver medal of the Society of Arts for an improved • 8hip*s compass. This compass may be used either as a hanging compass, a steering compass, or an azimuth com- pass; for the latter purpose the suspending handle may be inverted and made to support the compass in a box (the said box being moveable about a centre), the card has a- graduated silver circle, and moveable sights and a stop are annexed. (See Transactions of the Society of Arts, IS23, VoL XL., pp. 70-72.) 1823. Professor Barlow, in 1823, proposed to render the diurnal variation of the needle more distinctly marked, by deflecting it from the magnetic meridian by means of a permanent magnet. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and. II., pp. 152, 153.) 1824. Araoo, in 1824, found that various substances (me- tallic substances more especially) have an influence on the oscillations of the magnetic needle. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 91.) 1825. Marv Somsrvills, in the summer of 1825, magnetized a sewing needle by exposing one half to the violet rays of the spectrum ; in two hours the exposed end had the pro- perties of a north pole. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Electro-magnetism, p. 97.) 1825. Mr. Christie, about 1825, proved experimentally that heat dimimshes magnetic force. (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, p. 13.) 1829. M. KuPFFBR, in 1829, observed the diminution of the magnetic force with the height, at the summit of Mount Elbrouz iii the Caucasus. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, VoL III., p. 242; also Library, of Useful Know- ledge, Magnetism, p. 89.) 1S29. Dk la Rive, in 1829, observed a diminution of inclina- Qon of the needle at the Hospice of the Great St. Bernard. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 242.) 1830. Haldat, in 1830, produced magnetism by the friction* of hard bodies. He also proved that magnetic figures c 2 Cf xxxvi INTRODUCTION : A D * * might be fonned by tracing them upon a steel plate with a magnetic pole ; they are rendered visible by sifting filings of steel upon them. (See Eneyclopadia Britttnniea, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, pp. 13, 14.) 1830. QuETLET, in 1830, made experiments relating to "the successive degrees of magnetic force which a steel needle receives during the multiple frictions which are em- ployed to magnetize it." (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 14.) 183L Dr. RoGET, in 1831, published an account of a mecha- nical instrument for generating magnetic curves. (See Journal of the Royal Institution, February 1831 ; also Leslie's Geometrical Analysis, p. 399 ; also Library of Useful Knowledge, Magnetism, pp. 19-22; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 66-69 ; also Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. III., tat. Magnetism, pp. 793-796.) 1831. Sir W. Snow Harris, in 1831, invented a mariners* compass consisting of the following parts : — ^A light bar- edged magnet with a central cap, the sud magnet being hardened and tempered throughout. Small shders of silver compensate for the dip, the magnet having been poised horizontally before magnetization. The card consists of painted talc, and has a cross-bar of brass with adjustable sliders. The point of suspension proceeds Arom a double curved bar fixed as a diameter to a dense ring of copper, so as to take advantage of the ring's "magneto-electrical" restnuning force in preventing the oscillations of the com- pass card. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mag* netism. Part III., p. 149.) Sir W. Snow Harris first employed the bifilar suspen- 1831. uon for needle magnetometers in 1831. (See British Association Reports, Vol. IV., p. 17; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., p. 120.) Sir W. Snow Harris invented his hydrostatic mag- 1831. netometer about the year 1831. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 35 and 115.) Sir. W. Snow Harris used a modification of the scale- 1831. beam magnetometer about the year 1831. (See Sir W. Snow Hams' Rudimentary Magnetism, Parts L and II.| p. 35.) MAGNETISM. ^xxvii A.D. 1831. ProfSessor Baiilow, in 1831, coiled a hollow wooden globe with copper wire placed in the parallels of latitude. On an dectric current being transmitted through this coil, " a magnetic needle suspended above the globe, and neu« '' tralized Arom the influence of the earth's magnetism, " exhibited all the phenomena of the dipping and variation " needles, according to its positions with regard to the ** wooden globe." It is inferred from this experiment that the earth may " be considered as only transiently magnetic " byinductinn, and not a real magnet." (See Encyclopitdia BritanmcOf art. Magnetism, pp. 64, 65; also Sir W. Snow Hams' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part HI., pp. 120-122; also Mary Somerville'a Connexion of the Physical Sciences, p. 366.) PouiLLKT described the astatic magnetic needle in his 1832. " Elements de Physique," Paris, 1832. (See Encychpasdia Britanmca, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 90.) 1832. Captain Milnb, R.N., in 1832, proposed a corrected compass card to obviate the errors incidental to local attraction. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Mag" ttefifm, Part III., p. 171.) 1832. The Rev. Dr. Scorrsby, in 1832, measured distances by the action of a magnet on the compass needle. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., p. 185; also Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, April 1832.) 1835. Mr. Fox, in 1835, measured the variation, dip, and magnetic intensity of the magnetic needle by means of his '* dipping needle deflector." (See Encyclopedia Brikm' fdca, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, pp. 87-89.) 1836. 6aU8s, in 1836 amd 1837, employed the unifilar and bifilar magnetometers in connection with a divided scale and theodolite, to observe the variations of terrestrial mag- netism. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp.212>217, alsop.308) 1838. Professor Airy, in 1838, proposed to correct ships' com- ptfltes, and to obviate the e£Pects of local attraction upon them, by means of magnets. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' RMmefUary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 174-177; alio Trmmctifms ftf the Royal Society, 1839.) xxxviii INTRODUCTION : A D. The '' Admiralty compass," resulting from an inquiiy 1838, instituted 1838-40, consists of four of Scoresby's compound 1839, magnetic bars, card of mica, copper compass bowl, and 1840, spare cards and electro-gilt steel pivots. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Magnetism, Part III., pp. 145, 146.) 1839, Dr. Kreil, in 1839-40, at Prague, made some note- 1840. worthy observations on the influence of the moon on the magnetic elements of the earth. (See Encyclopedia Bri* tannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 19.) 1842. Dr. Lloyd, in 1842, proposed an indirect method of measuring the inclination of the compass and its changes. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 87.) M. Plantamour, having observed the variations of the 1842. magnetic elements at Geneva during the years 1842, 1843, points out that the position of the moon with respect to the earth is not without influence upon the movements of the magnetized needle. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electncity, Vol. III., pp. 261, 262.) 1844. Baron Reichenbach, in 1844, made researches respect- ing the action of the magnet upon the human frame, more especially upon certain people denominated " sensitives." These people, in an absolutely dark room, uniformly per- ceived luminous emanations of various tints at different parts of the magnet. The' luminosity of the magnetic emanation was confirmed by the fact of its image being able to be fixed on a daguerreotype plate. Other effects of magnets on the human frame are desciibed. (See Reichenbach's' Researches on Magnetism, Electricity, Heat, Light, Crystallization, and Chemical Attraction in their • relation to Vital Force, Translated and edited by Dr. Gregoiy, London, 1846.) 1845. Faraday, in 1845, discovered that when a ray of polar- ised light is made to pass through a piece of heavy glass (consisting of silico-borate of lead) placed near a magnetic pole, in such a manner that the lines of magnetic force shall pass through the glass in the direction of the ray, the ray rotates according to the following law : — " If a mag- *' netic line of force be going from a north pole or coming MAGNETISM. xxxit A.D. *€ t€ ft if M ti firom a south pole along the path of a polarized ray coming to the observer, it wiU rotate that ray to the right hand, or if such a line of force be coming from a north pole or going from a south pole, it will rotate such a raj to the left hand" (See Philosophical Transactions^ 1846, VoL I., p. 1; also Gmelin's Handbook of Che- mistry^ Vol. I., pp. 168, 169 ; also Sir W. Snow Harns* Bmdianentary Magnetism, Parts I. and II., pp. 71-73.) * 1846. M. Wartmann, about the year 1846, ** announced that a piece of rock salt, placed in the route of polarized rays of heat, determines the rotation of the plane of polarization, if a powerful electro-magnet is made to act " upon it." (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, • Vol. I., p. 525.) 1846. Faraday, in 1846, propounded the laws of diamag- netism. According to this discovery, certain bodies are found to place themselves at right angles to the straight line joining the poles of a magnet, when freely suspended so as to be capable of motion in all directions round a centre; this position is called "equatorial," in contradis- . tinction to that assumed by magnetic bodies, such as iron, which are said to take up an "axial" direction when under magnetic influence. In these investigations the most powerful magnetic bodies were found to be iron, nickel, cobalt, manganese, and chromium ; the most power- ful diamagnetio bodies were found to be bismuth, phos- phorus, antimony, heavy glass, and zinc. (See Atherueum, January 31, 1846 ; also Practical Mechanic and Engineer^ Magazine, Februaiy 1846, pp. 117, 118.) 1847. Professor Bancalari, in 1847, published his researches on the diamagnetism of flames and gases. (See Noad's Manual of Electricity, pj?. S42-S44,) , . 1847* Brook B, in 1847, invented the photographic system of registering the variations of terrestrial magnetism, and sub- sequently put it into practice at Greenwich. (See De la Rive's Treatise on EUctricity, Vol. III., pp. 217-222, also p. 308.) 1848. Faraday, in 1848, discovered magneto-crystalline force. The line in which this directive force is exerted is called the " magne-crystalline line;" this line is found to have INTRODUCTION : A.D. relation to the crystallization and optic axes of bodies in which its presence is manifested. MM. Plucker and ' Beer also made experiments showing the nature of this force. (See Athenttum, No. 1103, p. 1266; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., pp. 514-619; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 482-497.) 1850. MM. Tyndall and Knoblauch, in 1850, succeeded in showing the relation of the magneto-crystalline force, or manifestation of force, to magnetic and diamagnetio force. They found ** that the magnetic properties of the optical *^ axis are connected with a general principle, namely, that " when the molecular constitution of any body is such that the particles of which it is formed are nearer to each other, according to a certidn direction, than in the rest " of the mass, this direction, all other circumstances re- maining the same, is that in which the forces which are acting upon the body manifest their action with the greatest energy ; so that the line which represents " this direction places itself axially or equatorially, accord- '^ ing as the substance is magnetic or diamagnetic." (See Philosophical Transactions, 1850, Vol. XXXVII., p. 1 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 490-497.) 1851. General Sabine, in 1851, drew the following conclu- sions from the magnetic observations made by the English and Russian governments. That the terrestrial magnetic force has periods respectively of — 1. A solar day of 24 hours ; 2. A solar year of 365 days ; 3. Ten solar years. From this it would appear that the sun is a great magnet, and that it communicates to the earth its magnetic pro- perties. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Magnetism, p. 18.) 1852. Mr. John Adie, in 1852, constructed a variation com- pass in which the needle was suspended within a tube. Mr. Swan employed a different arrangement of the same piinciple. (Sett Encyclopcedia Britannica, art. Magnetism, p. 80.) 1856. Professor Tyndall, in 1856, proved the existence of diamagnetio polarity. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Elec* tricity. Vol. III., pp. 729-740.) ELECTRICITY, xli Electricity. Under thifl head is included static or tension electridtj, current electridtjy and induced electricity in their various forms ; also the reaults of combining electric force with magnetic force (electro- magnetism), with chemical action (electro-chemistry), with heat and light (electric blasting, electric light, &c.)> with mechanical force (electric telegraphy, electro-motion, Sec), and with vital force (medical electricily, &c.) The production or development of electric force in nature, and its existence and use prior to the researches of man, will be evident to most minds ; the following examples bear upon this point : — StoHc or tetuUm electricity in the form of lightning ; current elec" trieityt as developed by galvanic circuits acting in the natural formation of minerals, also as developed by thermo-electric circuits formed by the unequal temperature of the earth; and induced electricitjf (developed by other electric currents and by terrestrial magnetic force in conjunction with mechanical motion), believed by many astronomers to be included in the category of forces which bind planets to their primaiy, and system to system. As in magnetism, electricity was first believed to belong to one body exclusively, viz., amber; other "electrics" (as glass, resin, sulphur, iic, aU non-conductors) were next recognized ; it is now, in its various forms, known to pervade the whole of nature, and to administer silently but effectually to the wants of man. Holy Writ makes mention of lightning in the following passages: — Exodus, xix., 16; 2 Samuel, xxii., 15; Job, xxxvii., 3 ; xxxviii., 25 ; xxxviii., 35 ; Psalms, xviii., 14 ; Ixxvii., 18 ; xcvii., 4 ; cxxxv., 7 ; cxliv., 6 ; Jeremiah, x., 13 • li., 16; Ezekielt i., 13; i., 14; Daniel, x., 6; Matthew, xxiv., 27 ; Luke, xvii., 24 ; Revelations iv., 5 ; xi., 19. Thunder is mentioned in the following passages : — Exodus, ix., 23; ix., 28; ix., 29; ix., 33; xix., 16; xx., 18; 1 Samuel, vii., 10; xii., 17; xii., 18; 2 Samuel, xxii., l4; Job, xxvi., 14 ; xxxvii., 5 ; xl., 9 ; Psalms, xviii., 13 ; Ixxvii., 18 ; Ixxxi., 7 ; civ., 7 ; Isaiah, xxix., 6 ; Mark, iii , 17; JoAfi, xii., 29; Revelations, vi.,1; x., 3; xix., 6. The wonderful passage from Job, xxxviii., 35, *' Canst thou send *' lightnings, that they may go, and say unto thee. Here ^* we are ! '' (original Hebrew " Behold us ! ") seemi idmostr « xlu INTRODUCTION: prophetic, when viewed in connection with the electric tele^l^raph. GOO. The Etruscans (about 600 B.C.) devoted themselves to the studj of atmospheric phenomena in an especial manner, and divided the lightnings into those that came from the earth and those that came from the sky ; thej are said to have drawn down lightning. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 90 ; also Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Etruscans or Tuscans, pp. 365-^61.) 600. Thalbs, about 600 B.C., is reported bj subsequent writers to have described the power of attracting light bodies which is developed in amber by friction. (See EncycUh- podia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 41.) 341. Aristotle, about 341 B.C., records that the torpedo causes or produces a torpor upon those fishes it is about to seize, and having by that means got them into its " mouth feeds upon them." He fmrther adds that this fish " hides itself in the sand and mud, and catches those fish that swim over it by benumbing them, and of this some have been eye-witnesses : the same fish has also the power of benumbing men." (See Encycloptedia Metro- politana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 41 ; also EncychpiBdia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, p. 530.) 321. Theophrastus, about 321 B.C., mentions that the " lyncurium " (tourmaline ?) has similar properties to amber in regard to the attraction of light bodies. Beckmann thinks the "lyncurium" was not tourmaline, but more likely to have been the hyacinth. (See Encyclop€sdia Bri- tannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, p. 529 ; also Encyclo- pedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 41 ; also A.D. Beckmann's History of Inventions, Vol. I., pp. 86-98.) 50. ScRiBONius L ARGUS (A.D. 50) relates that Anthero, a ireedman of Tiberius, was cured of the gout by the shocks of the torpedo. {See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 41.) 1160. EusTATHius, Bishop of Thessalonica (A.D. 1160), in the scholia upon Homer, relates that *' Walimer the father " of Theodoric, who conquered as they say the whole of *' Italy, used to emit sparks from his own body ; arid a cer- €€ €€ €€ i* ELECTRICITY. xliii A.D. tain ancient philosopher says of himself, that once, when he was dressing and undressing himself, sudden sparks were emitted occasionally, crackUng ; and sometimes he says, entire flames hlazed from him, not huming his garment." (See Encycloptedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electridty, pp.41, 42.) Dr. Gilbert, in his work " De Magnete," published 1600. A.D. 1600, adds several substances besides amber to the list of electrics, and states that not only light bodies, but all solid bodies whatever, including metals, water, and oil, are attracted by excited electrics. " These experiments he " directs to be performed by bringing the excited body near to the end of a light needle of any metal balanced, and turning freely on a pivot like the magnetic apparatus." (See Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 42.) 161 7> Strada, in 161 7, published his " Prolusiones Academicse." In one of these he speaks of a supposititious means of com- munication between two friends at a distance from each other. " Strada's fancy was this. There is, he supposes, a species of loadstone which possesses such virtue that if two needles be touched with it, and then balanced on separate pivots, and the one be turned in a particular direction, the other will sympathetically move parallel to *' it. He then directs each of these needles to be poised " and mounted on a dial having the letters of the alphabet arranged round it. Accordingly, if one person haa one of the dials and another the other, by a little pre-arrange- ment as to details, a correspondence can be maintained *' between them at any distance by simply pointing the " needles to the letters of the required words." A free translation of the poem, in English heroics, was published in 17^» in "The Student, or the Oxford and Cambridge '' Miscellany," signed Misographos. (See Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190: also Abb^ Moigno's Traits de T^graphie £lectrique, pp. 58, 59.) Boyle, in his " Experiments and Notes about the Me- 1675. " chanical Origin of Electricity," published in 1675, states that warming the electric increases the electrical effect. He also added to the list of electrics, and " ascertained that the ** converse of all the experiments upon the relative motion <« €t €€ xliv INTRODUCTION : A.D. a €t €€ of the attracted and attracting body was also true; namely, that if the substance to be attracted were fixed, and the excited electric capable of motion, their union would still take place." (See Encyclopedia MetropoU' tana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 42, 43.) 1675. Otto Guericke was contemporary with Boyle. He added the following discoveries to electric science: — An electrical machine with a globe of sulphur as the substance to be excited ; the discovery of the Ught and sound accom- panying strong electrical excitation ; electrical repulsion ; and that light bodies suspended within the sphere of action of an excited electric themselves become possessed of electrical excitation. (See Encyclopitdia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 43.) 1675. Newton, in the year 1675, communicated to the Royal Society the fact that when a plate of glass is excited on one side, the other side also becomes electrical. (See Encycl 48.) 1742. Mr. Gordon, about 1742, used a glass cylmder for an electrical machine instead of a globe. (See Encydoptsdia MetropoHtana, Vol. IV., art. Electncity, p. 48.) 1744. LuDOLF of Berlin, about 1744, ignited* combustible substances by the electric spark. He set fire ''to the ** ethereal spirit of Frobenius." (See Encyclopedia Bri" tannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, p. 526 ; also EncyclO" podia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 48.) 1745. Dr. Miles, in 1745, *' observed the pendl of luminous rays proceeding from an excited electric, even without the approach of a conducting body." (See Encyclo^. pedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 48.) 1745. Dr. Watson, in 1/45, made some experiments and researches respecting the electric spark, and " showed that in electrifying conductors of considerable extent, elec- tricity is first developed at that part which is most " remote from the excited electric." (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 48.) 1745. MuscHBNBROEK and Kleist, in 1745, simultaneously discovered the Leyden jar. According to Dalibard, 1746. however, the inventor's name was Cuneus (1746). Exag- gerated accounts were given of the effects of the shock from the Leyden jar by these philosophers ; public atten- tion was thereby drawn to the subject of electricity more by this than by any previous discovery. The Leyden jar was perfected by Sir W. Watson, Smeaton, Bbvis, Wilson, and Canton. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 48 ; also Bakewell's Electric Science, pp. 14-17 ; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, pp. 58-74.) 1746. Dr. Watson, in 1746, proposed a single-fluid theory of electricity very like that of Dr. Franklin's. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 49.) 1746. Le Monnibr, in 1746, showed that electricity was communicated to homogeneous bodies in proportion to ;dvia INTRODUCTION : ^ . their farfiftces. (See Encyclopaedia MetropoUitma, YoL IV^ art. Electricity, p. 49.) 1746. The Abb^ Nollbt, in 1746, found that electricity accelerates the efflux of fluids through capiUaiy tubes. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, YoL lY., art. Electridtj, p. 49.) 1746, Mr. Maimbray at Edinburgh, in October 1746, elec- trified two myrtle trees for a month, and found them put forth leaves and blossoms sooner than those that had not been electrified. {See Encyclopedia Metropoliiana,\6L IV., art. Electricity, p. 49.) 1747. Pi V ATI, in 1747* stated that the effect of medicmes was conveyed through electrified glass tubes ; it was afterwards found, however, that the electric force in this case per- formed the alleged cures. (See Encyclopedia Metro^ poHtana, YoL lY., art. Electricity, p. 50.) Franklin's first communication to Mr. Peter Col- 1747. linson, of the Royal Society, is dated March 28th, 1747. In these series of communications he propounds his single* fluid electrical theory. (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, YoL lY., art. Electricity, p. 60.) 1747* Dr. Watson, in 1747> in the presence of many scientific persons, transmitted electricity through 2800jreet of wire and 8000 feet of water, thus making use of the earth ctr« cuit. This fact is' interesting in a telegraphic point of view. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 11.) 1748. Benjamin Franklin, in 1748, performed his cele- brated experiments on the banks of the Schuylkill in North America. These experiments "were concluded by *' a pic-nic, when spirits were fired by an electric spark sent through the river, and a turkey was killed by the electric shock and roasted by the electric jack before a fire kindled by the electrified bottle." (See Penny Cyclopedia, Supplement 2 ; also Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190.) 1748, Jallabert, at Geneva, smce 1748, "entertained the idea of submitting some invalids to electrical treatment, by drawing sparks from different parts of their body, *' which he brought near to the conductor of an electrical it it €( ELECTRICITY. Paralysis in the right inn wm tunelionW bj this tneMis. (Sec De la Rive's Treatise on Sleclrieity, Vol. III., p. fi66.) Canton's discoveriet range from 1751 to 1762. Tbej ue u follows : — That the excitement of positive or of motive electricity depends upon the rubber used, as well ■a upon the electric rubbed, and upon the condition of ill turface; that a bodj of air in a state of rest can be eleo tiified; and that an ani»l)i;ani vf tin can be applied advaii< ligeaualf to the cushion of an electrical machine. (See Enrydopadia lUelropoiitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. fi2.) M. Dalisabd, in 17^2, erected a lightning rod, and Bparks from it were first observed by his assistant on May 10th. (See Bake well's Ettctrie Scitnuf, p. '21-. also De la Rive's Treatise on Blectricily, Vol. III., p. 92.) M. DB RoHAB, in 1752, elevated an electrical kite and obtained proofd of the existence of atmospheric electricity, (See Encyclpttdia MetropolUana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 134 ; also De b Rive's Trtatite on Electricity, Vol. III., p. !W.) Franklin, in June 1752, proved the identity of light- ning and electricity at Philadelphia by his celebrated kite experiment. He inunediatcly applied this diseovery to useAil purposes by inventing metallic conductors to protect buildings from the effects of lightning. (See Bakewell'i Electric Scitnce, p. 22 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Elec- tricity,Vol. III., pp. 91, 92; also Encyclopardia MetropaU' tana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. IM, 135.) Professor RicHMAsN of St. Petcraburgh, in August 1753, fell a victim to his experiments upon lightning, being killed by a thunder clap whilst examining ita effects upon an electrometer of his own construction. (See Encyclopedia Melropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 52 ; also Bake- well's Electric Science, pp. 23. 24.) C. M. of Renfrew (Chablbs Marsuai-i. of Paisley?) . wrote a letter, dated February 1st, 1753, " to the author irf *■ the Scots' M^Bzine," proposing a plan for an electric telf^raph. The insulated wires were supposed to be stretched in the air, and were to be equal in number to ttie 1 INl^RODUCTION : A D * * letters of the alphabet ; the signals were given by the rising of pieces of paper (bearing the letters) to electrified balls, or by the passage of a spark to certain bells, one bell answer- ing to each letter of the alphabet ; according to another method, the characters were kept constantly in contact with the baUs by the continual passage of electricity through the line wires, except when a signal was to be conveyed, at which time the wire corresponding to the letter to be telegraphed was removed from the source of electricity at the transmit- ting station. Sir David Brewster shows that it is very probable that the " C. M." of Renfrew is identical with the ** Charles Marshall " of Paisley — a person of whom an aged lady says, that he was a very clever man, who had formerly resided in Renfrew, and who could " make lightning speak " and write upon a wall." (See The Engineer, December 24th, 1858 ; also a number of The Commonwealth (Glasgow newspaper); tAao Chambers' Joumo/, January 15th, 1859, pp. 47, 48.) 1753. Beccaria, in 1753, published the results of his experi- ments ; they related to the speed of transmission of elec- tricity through various media, and showed particularly the imperfect conducting power of water. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 52.) 1759. Mr. Delaval, between the years 1759 and 1764, com- municated to the Royal Society certain experiments to ascertain "the conducting powers of the same body in '' dijSSerent states." (See Encyclopttdia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 53.) 1759. iEpiNUS, in 1759, announced the production of elec- tricity by heating the tourmaline, and that opposite elec- tricities were developed in opposite points of the stone. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 53.) 1759. Mr. Robert Symmbr, in 1759, in a communication to the Royal Society, advanced the theory that there are two electric fluids, but that they are not independent of one another, as Du Fay supposed, on the contrary, they are co-existent, and simultaneously developed by electrical excitation. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art* Electricity, pp. 53, 54.) tt tt ELECTRICITY. li A.D. 1769. iEpiNUS and Wilcke, in 1759, electrified "two sur- faces of a plate of air, so as to obtain a shock from the discharge of these surfaces, exactly on the principle of the Leyden jar." (See EncychpacUa Metropolitana, Vol IV., art. Electricity, p. 54.) iEpiNUB, in his "Tentamen Theorise Electricitatis et 1759. " Magnetismi," published at St. Petersburgh in 1759, brought mathematical science to bear upon Franklin*s single-fluid theory. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 54.) 1760. Canton, in 1760, discovered the electric excitabihty of the topaz upon the application of heat. (See Encyclo^ p4edia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 132.) M. SuLZBR, in his "Theory of Agreeable and Disagree- 1762. " able Sensations," published at Berlin in 1762, noticed the peculiar sensation occasioned by a piece of silver and a piece of lead in contact with each other and with the tongue, and thought this efiPect might result from solution of either of the metals. This sensation is now known to be an effect of electrolytic action. (See Bakewell*s Electric Science, p. 29.) Lanb*s discharging electrometer was contrived about the 1767. year 1767. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Elec^ tricity, p. 86.) JosBPH BozoLVS (a Jesuit, and lecturer on natural philosophy at Rome) invented "a practicable system of *' telegraphing, similar to that of C. M." (See a Latin poem entitled Mariani Parthenii Electricorum, in VI. 1767. Labros, Roma, 1767, p. 34; also Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190.) 1771. Mr. Henry Ealbs, in 1771 > "originated a doctrine of ** opposite electric forces." (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 33.) ^772. Mr. W. HsNLBY, F.R.S., in 1772, invented the quadrant electrometer. He also invented a '* universal discharger." (Sec Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 78.) 1774. Lbsargb, in 1774, "employed 24 wires and a pith-ball '* electrometer," to communicate signals by frictional elec- tricity. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 38 and 40.) d2 Ill INTRODUCTION : A.D. 1776. Mr. Cavkndish, in 1776, described an artificial torpedo, with which he exhibited the ordinaiy properties of this fish. (See Philosophical Transactions, 1776; also En^ cyclopaedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 54.) 1776. Volt A, in 1776, made known the properties of the electrophorus. (See Encyclop^sdia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 55.) 1776. Van Marum, about 1776, employed an electrical ma- chine, consisting of a drcular disc of shellac. (See Sir W, Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 46.) 1777* LiCHTENBBRO^ about 1777> published his discoveiyof the phenomena of " electrical figures." These figures are produced by sifting pulverized sulphur and minium on to electrized resin. (See Encyclopaedia MetropoUtama, VoL IV., art. Electricity, p. 101.) 1777. Bbccaria, about the year 1777> "found that a needle through which he had sent an electric shock, had, in consequence, acquired a curious species of polarity ; for instead of turning as usual to the north and south, it ** assumed a position at right angles to this, its two ends '* pointing to the east and west." (See Library of Useful Knowledge, Electro-magnetism, p. 3.) 1781. Mr. Warltirb, in 1781, related his experiment of pro- ducing water by the union of '* inflammable and common ''air" to Dr. Priestley. The mixture of the two gases was placed in a dose vessel, and fired by electricity. (See Noad's Lectures on Chemistry, pp. 182, 183.) 1781. Mauduyt, in 1781, published certain observations, from which he concluded that the application of electricity was favourable in paralysis. He placed the patient on an insulating stool, and put him into communication with the conductor of an electric machine. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 586, 587.) 1785. Coulomb, about 1785, applied his "torsion balance** and " proof plane " to the measurement of electrical force, and the investigation of its distribution. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, pp. 81-83; also Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 70, 71.) if ELECTRICITY. liii A.D. 1785. Van Marum and Cuthbbrtson, in 1785, constructed the large T^lerian electric machine at Haarlem. Cuth- BKRT80N abo invented a discharging electrometer, which measures the electric intensity by the weight able to be overcome. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' RwUmentary EleC" tricUy, p. 47 ; also Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Vol. I V., art Electricity, pp. 98, 99.) 1785. M. Haijy, in 1785, knew the electric properties of cala- mine and of sphene, as developed by heat. (See Ency^ clopttdia Metrt^poHtana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 133, 134.) 1786. Mr. Bknnkt, in 1786, by his electroscope, discovered the electricity developed by sifting powders. (See JSiicy- eUjp^idia Metrcpolitana^ Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 122.) 1787. Mr. Bknnbt, in 1787, first noticed that electricity was developed during the separation of the particles of bodies. (See Encyclopaedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 138.) 1787. M. Hauy, in 1787, made the following discoveries: — That electricity is developed by heat in the minerals meso* type and prehmte ; and that Iceland spar and some other crystals become electric by pressure. He also established many of the laws of pyro-electricity. (See Haiiy's Mini-' raloffie. Vol. II., p. 604 ; also Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 132. 133, and 138, 139.) 1787* M. Brard, about 1787, remarked that some crystals of ajdnite become electric by heat. (See Encyclopadia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 132.) 1787. Lomond, in 1787, in an electric telegraph, employed one wire and a pith-ball electrometer. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 28 and 41.) 1787* Bbtancourt, in 1787, used a telegraphic arrangement of one line wire and a battery of Leyden jars. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 38 and 41, 42.) 1788. Cavallo, about 1788, made known his condenser and other similar improvements. Other " condensers," " multi- '* pliers," and " doublers," were invented about this period. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, p. 91.) liv INTRODUCTION : A.U. rpjjg Ahh4 Barthbli6my " is said to have suggested " an electric telegraph in his well-known work ' Voyage 1788. " * du Jeune Anacharsis/ which appeared in 1788." This fanciful idea is as follows: — ^IVo clocks were to have similarly magnetized hands; artificial magnets were pre- sumed to be 80 far improved that they could convey their directive power to a distance^ thus, by the sympathetic movements of the hands or needles in connection with a dial alphabet, communications between distant friends could be carried on. (See Mr. Macgregor^s letter in the Society of Arts Journal, May 20, 1859, pp. 472, 473.) MM. FouRCROY, Vauquslin, and Srguin's grand experiment of the composition of water from its consti- 1790. tuent gases was commenced on May 13, 1/90, and con- tinued without intermission until its finish on the 22nd of the same month. The gases were fired in a close vessel by means of electricity, and produced a nearly equal weight of water. (See Ure's Dictionary of Chemistry ; also Noad's Lectures on Chemistry, pp. 183, 184.) 1790. Paetz and Van Tboostwik, in 1790, decomposed water into its constituent gases by passing the electric spark through it, very fine gold wires being used as electrodes. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., p. 443.) 1791. Hacjy, in 1791, discovered the electrical properties developed in borate of magnesia (boracite) by heat. (See Encyclopedia Axetropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 131, 132.) 1791. Galvani, in 1791, found that the limbs of a frog were convulsed when his pupil touched them with a dissecting knife at the same time that a spark was drawn from the prime conductor of an electrical machine. He afterwards found that similar convulsions were produced by esta- blishing a communication between the nerves and muscles by means of metals ; thus laying the foundation from which the galvanic battery afterwards sprung, also of the science of animal electricity. (See Encyclopeedia Metro^ politana. Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, p. 220 ; also Bakewell's Electric Science, pp. 27-29 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 29, 30, Vol. II., pp. 483 and 488, 489, and Vol. III., pp. 3-€.) ELECTRICITY. Iv A.D. 1791. KsiB, in 1791, knew that iron and other metftls could be nuule '^paanye" or electro-negative, so as not to be solnUe in acids. (See Gmelin's UantUtook of Chemistry, VoL L, p. 3S3.) 1793. Dr. FowLSB, in 1/93, made a great number of experi- ments oii the effects of galvanism in different animals, and on different parts of animals. (See Eneyciop^BtUa Metro^ poUUma, VoL IV., art. Galvanism, p. 220.) 1793. VoLTA, in 1793, in a letter to Cavallo, laid the foun- dataon of the contact theoiy of galvanism. (See Philo- topkical TVcMMCtiosf, 1793; also Encyclcpadia Metro- poUtana, Vol. IV., art. Cralvanism, p. 220.) 1794. Rbizkn, in 1794, had an electric telegraph of 26 line wires ; the letters of the alphabet were cut out in pieces of tinfoil, and rendered visible by sparks of electricity. ^See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 38 and 42, 43.) 1795. Catallo, in 1795, used an electric telegraph with one wire; the number of sparks was made to designate the various signals, and the explosion of gas was used for an alarum. (See CavaUo's Traits de P Electricity, 4th edition, Vol. III., p. 285; alsoAbb^Moigno's Traii^de TeUgraphie Electrique, p. 61 ; also Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 38 and 43.) 1795. Dr. Wells, in 1795, found that charcoal may be em- ployed to excite the galvanic influence, and that it is a conductor of that influence. He supposed galvanism and electricity to be identictd. (See Encyclopaedia Metro- poUtana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 220, 221.) 1796. Salva, in 1796, invented an electric telegraph, the exact particulars of which are unknown. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 38 and 43, 44.) 1796. Aldini, about 1796, produced, by galvanism, powerful muscular contractions upon the head of an ox recently killed. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., p. 489.) Nicholson's spinning condenser was made known in 1797. '* Nicholson's Journal" of April 1797. Hooks con- nected to tinfoil mounted suitably on glass planes, one of which revolves while the other is quiescent, conduct .the charges successively derived from the electrified body to elBctarosoo{Hc balls; a rotation given by the ^ugtt vs\\ tt t€ St €S Ivi INTRODUCTION : A D ^* ' thumb thus enables an exceedingly small charge of elec- tricity to be detected and examined. By means of this instrument, Messrs. Nicholson and Cariisle ascertained the nature of the electricity of the ends of the composite galvanic batteiy. (See EncycloptBdia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electridty, pp. 90, 91, and art. Galvanism, p. 177.) 1799. Fabroni, in 1799, " enters into an enquiry whether the phenomena of galvanism may not originate from, the action of chemical affinities, of which electridty may " be one of the concomitant effects." (See Jtmmal de Physique, xlix., 348; also EncyeloptBdia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 215, 216.) 1800. VoLTA, on the 20th of March, 1800, '' addressed a letter to Sir Joseph Banks, then President of the Rojral So- ciety, in which he announced to him the discovery of 'the voltaic pile;'" this letter was read before the Royal Society on June 26, 1800: the arrangement used consisted of discs of silver, sdnc, and moistened card, placed in series. "La Couronne de Tasses" was after- wards invented by Volta; this arrangement consisted of a circle of cups, each cup containing solution of salt, silver, and zinc, thus forming a perfect Voltaic or galvanic battery. (See Bakewell's Electric Science, pp. 29, 30; also Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 13.) Messrs. Nicholson and Carlisle, on the 2nd of May, 1800. 1800, decomposed water by the voltaic pile. They con- structed a voltaic pile by means of the particulars given in the first four pages of Volta's letter. Sir Joseph Banks having, at the end of April, shown this part of the commu- cation to Sir Anthony (then Mr.) Carlisle. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 27-29.) 1800. Mr. Cruickshank, in 1800, arranged metallic plates and . a liquid according to the principle of Volta's pile, but hori- zontally in a trough inst^ul of vertically, the plates them- selves forming the cells. He also changed the color of litmus paper by the galvanic current. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 13, 14, and 29.) 1800. Dr. Hbnry of Manchester, about the year 1800, by the galvanic battery, decomposed the nitric and sulphuric acids and resolved ammonia into its elementaiy consti* A.D. ELECTRICrrV. IvU iuents. (See Encyclopttdia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV.^ art* Gmlvanism^ p. 221, and art. Chemistry, p. 611.) 1801. Dr. Wollaston, in 1801, used ordinary frictional electricity to decompose water by means of his guarded poles. These poles were made by ftising the end of a c^nUary tube round a gold wire, and grinding the tube down ipradually until the least possible portion of the wire was exposed ; he was thus able to transmit the power of the electrical madiine as a continuous current. (See De la Rive's Dreatiie on Electricity, pp. 444, 445.) 1801. Dr. WoLLiurroN, in 1801, ''decidedly pronounced that '* the oxidation of the metal in the pile is the primaiy '' cause of its electrical effects." (See Encyelopadia Metro* poUiama^ Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, p. 216.) 1801. Gbrboin, in 1801, pointed out certain movements of mercury in an inverted syphon, beneath the positive pole of a galvanic battery, the said pole being immersed in an electrdytio solution, which covers the surfiu» of the mercury, and the other pole of the battery being connected to the mercury in the other leg of the syphon. (See De la Rive*s T^reatise on Electricity, Vol. II., p, 433.) A Contributor to the Monthly Magazine for April, 1802. 1802, says that ''Galvanism is at present a subject of *' occupation of all the Grerman philosophers and chemists. " At Vienna an important discovery has been announced *' —an artifieial magnet, employed instead of Volta's pile, ** decomposes water equally well as that pile or the elec« ** trical machine, whence it has been concluded that the ** electric, galvanic, and magnetic fluids are the same." This announcement is of interest in respect to nuigneto* electricity. (See Bakewell's Electric Science, p. 40.) 1803. Trommsdorff, about the year 1803, discovered the McMcy of large plates, in galvanic batteries, in producing combustion of thin metallic leaves. (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, p. 221.) 1803* HisiNOKR and Bbrzblius, in 1803, "ascertained, by a *' numerous series of experiments, the transfer of the ele« " meats of water and of neutral salts to the respective " pdes of the battery." (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, VoL IV., art Galvanism, pp. 221, 222; also Gehlen*i Jommal, \oLUie03.) Iviii INTRODUCTION : ^^' Mr. Carpub, in 1803, published some note-worihy ex- periments on the therapeutic action of common electricity. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electricity, pp. 105, 106.) 1803. M. Thillayb gave, in 1803, a great number of useful precepts on the medical application of ordinary electricity. He used electric brushes, held by an insulated handle and put into communication with the conductor of the machine. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 687, 588.) 1803. Aldini, in 1803, sent a galvanic current through the body of a criminal executed at Newgate. The most violent agitations and muscular contractions were produced. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 196, 197, and 221.) 1803. Mr. Dyekhoff, about 1803, made a diy electric column. (See Sturgeon's Lectures on Galvanism, p. 73.) 1805. Bbhrbns, in 1805, constructed a dry pile of 80 pairs of zinc, copper, and gilded paper. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., p. 852.) 1805. RoMAGN^si, a physician of Trente, about the year 1805, observed that the magnetized needle " experiences a decli* " nation," when submitted to the action of the galvanic current. (See Manuel du Galvanisme, par Joseph Izam, Paris, 1805, p. 120; also Journal of the Society qf Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 356.) 1805. M. MojoN, a chemist of G^nes, about the year 1805, observed that unmagnetized needles, when submitted to the action of the galvanic current, *' acquire, by this means, " a kind of magnetic polarity." (See Manuel du Galvan^ isme, par Joseph Izam, Paris, 1805, p. 120; also Journal qf the Society qf Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 356.) 1805. Brugnatelli, in 1805, ''gilt in a complete manner two large silver medals, by bringing them into commu- nication by means of a steel wire, with the negative pole of a voltaic pile, and keeping them one after the other " immersed in anmioniuret of gold, newly made and well saturated." (See Smee's Electro-metaUurgy, History, pp. XXV., xxvi.; also a letter from firugnatelli to Van Mons in the Philosophical Magazine, 1805.) it ELECTRICITY. lix A.D. 1807. Sir HuMPHBKY Davy, on October 6th, 1807, made his celebrated discovery of the compound nature of the alka- lies. By means of a battery power of 274 pairs of plates, he decomposed potash, and found that potassium was. formed on the appUcation of galvanic power to a piece of moistened potash. Sir Humphrey's delight on this memorable occasion was excessive ; on seeing the globules of potassium burst through the crust of the potash, and take fire as they entered the atmosphere, he could not con- tain his joy, and some time was required for him to com- pose himself sufficiently to continue the experiment. (See Noad's Lectures on Chemistry, pp.32, 33; also fiakewell's Electric Science, pp. 33-35.) 1806. Napoleon, in 1808, presented a trough galvanic battery of 600 pairs of plates to the Polytechnic School at Paris. (See Lardner's Handbook of Natural Philosophy, Voltaic Electridty, p. 116.) 1809. Sobmmering's telegraph was invented in 1809. In this tel^praph galvanic electricity was used, and as many wires were employed as there were letters or signals to '* be denoted. The letters were designated by the decom- " position of water ; an alarm was also added." (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39 ; also Journal of the Society of Arts, May 13, 1859, p. 453.) 1809. Mr. Children, in 1809, formed a very large and powerful galvanic battery, upon the principle of Volta's Couronne de tosses. The most refractory substances were fused by it, such as platinum (a bar one-sixth of an inch square), the oxides of molybdenum, tungsten, uranium, titanium, cerium, and tantalium, the compound ore of iriditmi and osmium, also diamond, blue spinell, gadolinite, and zircon; ruby, sapphire, quartz, and silex were not affected. (See Philosophical Transactions, 1815, pp. 368- 370; also Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 179, 222.) 1810. Coxe's telegraph was invented in 1810; he "proposed " the use both of the decomposition of water and also of *• metallic salts." (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) it « Ix INTRODUCTION : A.D. 1810. De Luc> in 1810, made a " dry '* pile of tinned iron and gilded paper. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., p. 852.) 1812. Schilling, in 1812, proposed to blow up mines by gal- vanism. He ignited the powder by means of pieces of charcoal, and invented an "electro-conducting cord" to convey the electric fluid to the desired locality. (See Jour* nalofthe Society qfArts, July 22, 1859, p. 598.) 1812. Zamboni, in 1812, constructed a dry pile of paper discs, covered on one side with tin and on the other with per- oxide of manganese. (See De la Rive's Treatise on EleC" fric»/y. Vol. II., p. 852.) 1812. RiTTBR, about the year 1812, constructed his " secondary " pile." This instrument consists of alternate discs of copper and moistened card, and is capable of receiving a charge from a voltaic pile, and of thence producing the physical, chemical, physiological effects obtained from the ordinary pile. (See Encychptedia Meiropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, p. 206.) 1813. Sir Humphrey Davy, about the year 1813, discovered the convective discharge between charcoal or carbon elec- trodes, called " the voltaic arc." The galvanic battery of the Royal Institution, consisting of 2000 pairs of zinc and copper, each having a surftkoe of 32 square inches,- and charged with acidulated water, was used to produce this phenomenon. The discharge took place through more than 4 inches of air, and 6 or 7 inches of vacuous space. When any substance was introduced into this arc, it became incandescent ; platinum melted in it like wax in the flame of a candle ; sapphire, magnesia, lime, — all the most refractory substances, — entered into fusion. Fragments of diamond, points of carbon and of plum- bago, disappeared rapidly, and seemed to evaporate in " this focus, without appearing to undergo previous " fusion." (See Davy's Elements of Chemical Philosophy, pp. 152-154; also De la lUve's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 282, 283 ; also Encyclopedia Meiropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 176, 178, and 222.) Mr. J. R. Sharps, of Doe Hill, near Alfretton, early in 1813. February, 1813, " devised a voltaic electric telegraph, which ** he exhibited to the Lords of the Admiralty, who spoke €t €t it t< t( tt ELECTRICITY. hd A.D. '' appfovhigly of it, but added, that as the war was over, ** and monej scarce, they could not carry it into effect." (See Repertory of Arts, 2nd series. Vol. XXIX., p. 23; also Satwrday Retnew, August 21, 1858, p. 190.) 1815. Dr. WoLLASTON, in 1815, invented his galvanic bat* tery. Dilute sulphuric acid was the exciting solution, a pbte of copper was placed on each side of the zinc, and the whole was arranged in a trough composed of a number of cells. By attaching the plates to a rod, the whole of them might be Ufted out of the liquid at once. (See Highton's Electric Teleynqth, p. 14.) Wo LL ASTON 's celebrated thimble batteiy apparatus 1815. was constructed in 1815. It consisted of a flattened silver thimble, in which a zinc plate was fixed by sealing wax. This galvanic battery ignited a fine platinum wire by immersion in an aqueous solution of only one-fiftieth purt of sulphuric acid. (See Encyclopitdia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 180, 181, and 222.) 1816. Mr. F. Ronalds invented his electric telegraph in 1816. Tension electricity was employed. " The wires used were laid under-ground as well as suspended in the air. A pith« ball electrometer, hung before a clock movement, enabled " the letters on a dial to be read off." (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) 1818. Dr. A. Ure, in 1818, submitted the body of aman who had been hanged, immediately after the execution, to the action of a galvanic batteiy of 270 pairs of copper and zinc plates. One of the electrodes was, by means of an incision, placed in contact with the spinal marrow ; whilst the other was applied to the sciatic nerve, which had also been laid bare. Inmiediately all the limbs of the body were agitated by convulsive movements, and a wondeiful likeness to the action of various organs of the body in life was produced, much to tiie terror of the spectators. (See De la Rive's Treatiu on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 489, 490; also Ency- clopetdia MetropoUtana, VoL IV., art. Galvanism, p. 197.) Professor Obrstbd, of Copenhagen, in a work published in 1807, proposed "to try whether electricity, in its latent '* state, will not affect the magnetic needle ;" and, at thA IS\9. dom dr tho ycMT 1819, he found that, "thftt ead ot t\iA IxU INTRODUCTION : AD '' needle which is situated next to the negative side of the " [galvanic ?] " battery, or towards which the current of posi- tive electricity is flowing, immediately moves to the west- ward/' (See Encyclopedia Metropoliiana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 1 ; also Library of Useful Knowledge, Electro-magnetism, p. 4.) 1819. Hare's '^ calorimotor" was constructed in 1819. In this galvanic battery the zinc plates were in flat copper cases. (See Encyclopedia Metropoliiana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, p. 222 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., pp. 409, 410.) M. AMpkRK, at a meeting of the Royal Academy on 1820. September 18, 1820, proved that the voltaic pile itself acted in the same manner on the magnetic needle as the connecting wire, and produced to the meeting a *' galvano- '' meter." (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 5.) 1820. M. Am pkRB, on September 25, 1820, announced the fact of the attraction and repulsion of two wires connect- ing the poles of a " [galvanic?] *' battery; and showed that the magnetic needle which had previously been used to prove the magnetic attractions and repulsions of the wire, could be replaced by another connecting wire like the first." (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 5.) 1820. M. Arago, on September 25, 1820, " stated to the Royal Academy of Sciences, that he had ascertained the attrac- tion of iron filings by the connecting wire of the " [gal- vanic ?] " battery, exactly as by a magnet." (See EncycUh- pedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 6.) 1820. M. Arago, about the end of September, 1820, mag- netized a sewing needle permanently by the galvanic current. (See Encyclopedia MetropoUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electro- magnetism, p. 6.) 1820. M. AMpkRK, in September 1820, found a spiral or helical arrangement of the galvanic conducting wire most advan- tageous in magnetising needles. (See Encyclopedia Metro- poUtana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 6.) 1820. M. BoisGBRAUD, on October 9, 1820, read a paper to the Royal Academy of Sciences, in wbich he proposed to « « « A.D. ELECTRICITY. Ixm 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. 1820. asoertein the conducting power of different substances by placing tbem in the galvanic circuit together with Amp^'s galvanometer. (See Encyeloptedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, p. 6.) M. Amp^rb, on October 30, 1820, read an account to the Rojral Academy of his method of proving the action of terrestrial magnetism upon galvanic currents. (See Eney" elopmdia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism' p. 7.) MM. BiOT and Savart, on October 30, 1820, read a memoir to the Academy of Sciences in which it was demon- strated by oscillations of the magnetic needle, that the action of a galvanic conducting wire upon it (the needle) was *' in " the inverse ratio of the simple distance." (See Ency^ clopitdia Metropolitana, VoL IV., art. Electro-magnetism, pp. 4 and 7*) M. Araoo, on November 6, 1820, announced that common or static electricity produced the same effects in magnetizing iron and steel as voltaic electricity. (See EncyelopesdHa Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnet- ism, p. 7*) Amp^rb, on November 6, 1820, perfectly imitated a magnet by a helical galvanic conducting wire. (See Eney- chpadia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electro-magnetism, pp. 7, 8.) ScHWBiGOBR, in 1820, invented his galvanometer. (See Eneycloptedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Elec- tricity, p. 687.) Sir HuMPHRBY Davy, about the close of the year 1820, caused the rotation of an arc of electric light, by the proximity of the poles of a powerful permanent magnet. (See Encyeloptedia Metropolitana, VoL IV., art. Electro- magnetism, pp. 9, 10.) Am p^RB invented his telegraphic arrangement in 1820. He " employed the magnetic needle, the coil of wire, and the galvanic battery, and proposed the use of as many wires as letters or signals to be indicated." (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) Sir William Snow Harris, in 1820, supplied sea- goiiig vessels with lightning conductors. (See Encyclopebdia. Bnimmim, 8th cditioiv art. Electridtf, p. 610.) BoBifENBERGEB, m 1820, xDvented hia electroaco^e« « <« har INTRODUCTION; A.D. Thia instrument constats of a gold leaf suspended between the opposite poles of two dty piles; it is thus m&de not only to shoiv the presence hut also the kind of electricity possessed or developed hy the body under examination, and is extremely sensitive in its indications. (See Noad'a Manual of Eleclricily, p. ^0 ; also De la Rive's lYealise on EkclricHy, Vol. I., pp. 54-55.) 1821. Faraday, in 1821, discovered the electro-magnetic rotative force developed in a magnet by a n-ire conducting ealvanic electricity, tind in a conducting wire by n magnet. He also demonstrated the ability of terrestrial magnetism to rotate a conducting wire. {Sec Encyclopedia .Vefroftoli- lana. Vol, IV., art. Electro-mBgnetism, p. 12.) 1821. Professor Gumming, in April, 1821, invented a galvano- meter in which a, conducting wire was disposed in a circle or square of two or more coils, and the terrestrial direction of the needle (placed within the coils) waa neutralized. In certftin experiments he found that the tangent of the needle's dei-iation varied inversely as the distance of the conducting wire from the magnetic needle ; also that, when the battery plates were placed at different distances from one another, the " tangent of deviation varied inversely as " the square root of the distances of the plates." Pro- fessor CrHMiN'G, mth the assistance of Ur. Clahkb and Mr. LuNN, produced " electro- magnetic effects from the " electricity of the atmosphere, hy the usual apjiaratus, an " electrical kite." (See the Traniactions of the Cambridge Phiioiopkieal Society, 1B21 ; also Encyclopedia MftropoU- tana. Vol. IV., art. Electro- magnetism, pp. 14, 15.) 1831. Hare's '■ deflagrator " waa constructed in 1821. Thia galvanic arrangement consisted of 90 coils of zinc and copper plates immersed in 80 separate vessels. (See En- eyclopadia ifetropolilana, Vol. IV., art. Galvanism, pp. 1;6 and 222; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., pp. 409. 410.) 1823. M. Srbbbck discovered thermo-electricity in 182.'). His first experiment was as follows : — A kind of arc was made of a plate of cop]>er soldered to a bar of bismuth, in the interior of which a magnetic needle was pivoted; a deflec- tion of the needle was produced hy heating either of the soldered junctions. (See Dc la Rive's Treatist on Electri- ci/j/. Vol. II., p. 535.J i ELECTRICmr. Ixv A.D. 1823. Professor Gumming, in 1823, ascertained that the unequal distribution of heat was the cause of thermo- decbicity, and made a table of positive and negative thermo-electrics. About this period Van Zuylsn, Dr. Van Bsek, and Professor Moll, of Utrecht, extended Seebeck's experiments. (See Encyclopaedia Metropolitana, VoL IV., art. Electro-magnetism, pp. 20-26 ; also the Trans* actions cftke Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1823.) 1823. Pepys, in 1823, constructed the galvanic battery for the London Institution. It was formed of a single pair of plates (copper and zinc), coiled like a double ribbon round a wooden cylinder, and prevented from coming into contact by means of horsehair ropes. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineer's Magazine, February 1842, p. 191 ; also Encyelo^ padia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. GaJvanism, pp. 176 and 222.) 1824. Sir Humphrey Davy, in 1824, applied the principles of galvanic electricity to prevent the corrosion of the copper sheathing of ships by sea water. Strips of zinc were affixed to the copper sheathing for this purpose ; the copper was thereby protected at the expense of the zinc, but, in practice, sea-weed and shell-fish were found to adhere to the protected surface. (See Encyclopedia Metropolitana, VoL IV., art. Galvanism, p. 222; also Bakewell*s Electric Science, p. 35.) 1824. De la Rivs described the sine galvanometer in 1824* (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., p. 334.) 1824. Professor Barlow, in 1824, established the fact that the galvanic fluid in a conducting wire acts on the magnetic fluid in a magnetized needle with a force varying inversely as the square of the distance ; he also proved that magnetic poles tend to place themselves at right angles to electric poles, and rice versd, by the action of a tangential force. (See An Essay on Magnetic Attractions, 2nd edition, 1824 ; also Encyclopedia Metropolitana, Vol. IV., art. Electro- magnetism, p. 15.) 1826. PoHL, about the year 1826, made the following galvanic arrangement: — ''One zinc and seven copper plates are ** separated from one another by seven layers of a moist ^ oooduotor which does not Burronnd them, but mettVy tt t< u It €€ hvi INTRODUCTION : " touches th«r surfkces." The zinc at one end is con- nected by a metallic arc with the copper. No. 7, at the opposite end; No. 1 copper plate is similarly connected with No. 6; No. 2 with No. 5; and No. 3 with No. 4. An electric current sensible to an interposed galvano- meter, goes through all the arcs, through the first and third in one direction, through the second and fourth in the opposite direction. The current in the first arc is the strongest, that of the second weaker, and that of the " fourth weakest of all." (See Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I. p. 408.) 1826. Sir Humphrey Davy, in his Bakerian Lecture in 1826, stated that "zinc in amalgamation with mercury is positive " with respect to pure zinc '' in a galvanic arrangement. (See Sturgeon's Annals of Eleeiricity, Magnetism, and Chemistry, Vol. I., January 1837, p. 81.) 1826. M. Lbopold Nobili of Reggio, in the year 1826, dis- covered metallo-chromy. This phenomenon is known by the name of ''Nobfli's rings," and is produced by the electrolysis of a solution of acetate of lead, using a platinum plate as a positive pole and a platinum wire as a negative pole. The deposit takes place on the positive plate, and consists of concentric colored rings of peroxide of lead. Mr. Gassiot used for this experiment a perforated card placed over a polished steel positive plate, and a ni?gative plate of copper covering the whole. (See Sturgeon's Lectures on Galvanism, pp. 197, 198.) 1827. Ohm, in 1827, put forward the following celebrated formulae relating to the quantity of the galvanic current : — "1. For a conductor into whose extremities the two electri- cities flow with a given tension : Let A be the electrical tension ; K the conducting power of the wire or other " conductor ; w the surface of its transverse section ; L its " length ; Q the quantity of the current, then Q = — « — ." " 2. For a simple galvanic circuit : Let A be the electro- " motive power of the circuit (or the tension?), R the *' resistance which the current meets with in the circuit " itself. This is the resultant of the following individual '* resistances : — a. Resistance of the two jnetallic plates ELECTRICITY/ IxtS A.D. ** which the current has to traverse ; — b. Resistance of the " liquid through which, according to the ordinary view, " tiie current passes.'' " To this Fschnbb and Poqqbn- *' DORPF add c : the resistance of transition, — i. e. the re- ** sistance which exists to the passage of the electric current ^ from the metal to the liquid, and conversely. Also, let '' r be the resistance of the conductor which unites the two ^ metals, and Q the quantity of the electric current which *• enters it; then Q = ^Tr/f therefore A = Q (R + r)/' *' 3. For the galvanic battery : n denoting the number of fiA ** united simple circuits, Q = — jjT"*'* (See Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., pp. 414, 415.) 1827. M. Savart, in 1827, pointed out that the intensity and even the direction of the magnetization produced upon a steel needle by a discharge of fictional electricity trans- mitted through a rectilinear wire, depends upon the dis- tance of the needle from this wire ; also that the magnetic intensity does not diminish as the distance from the wire increases, but that there are points of maximum and minimum intensity. He produced similar results by dis- charges of successively increasing intensity through a helix. M. Savary found that insulated conducting (but non- magnetic) envelopes to the needle, placed within the helix and insulated from it, diminished the magnetizing power of the helix. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 281-287, also Vol. II., p. 889.) 1827* Sir William Snow Harris, in 1827, invented the thermo-electrometer. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Budi^ mentary Electricity, p. 89.) 1828. Mr. Kbmp, in 1828, employed fluid amalgam of zinc in galvanic batteries. (See Stuigeon's Annals qf Electricity, Magnetism, and Chemistry, VoL I., January 1837, pp« 81-« 88,) 1828. Dr. Fabr^ Palaprat, in 1828, published a translation of a work of Labaumb. The medical effects of electricity * are brought abont in this instance by galvanism. Dr. Fabr^ Falaprat ^ employed a platinum wire heated bj m ^ Tdtaio hMarj, in ordar to prodaoo moiu!* (Se^De e2 Txviii INTRODUCTION : '^•^* la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 689 and 687.) 1828. Mr. Grbbn, in a work publiahed in 1828, investigated the subject of the distribution of electricity mathematically, and proved that an infinite number of forms of conductors may be invented so that the distribution of electricity in equilibrium may be expressed in finite algebraic terms. ( See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, pp. 633, 634.) 1828. Tribaoillbt, in 1828, invented his electric telegraph; it '* required but one wire, and this was buried in the earth. ** A galvanic batteiy and a galvanoscope were employed." (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) 1829. Becqosrbl, in 1829,made pubUc a double-fluid galvanic battery consisting of copper, a salt of copper, dilute sulphuric acid or sulphate of zinc, and zinc. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineer^ Magazine, September 1842, p. 484.) 1829. Becqubrbl, in 1829, used membranous diaphragms in voltaic batteries. He also used porcelain day, wetted with a solution of sea salt, and plaster of Paris. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineer^ Magazine, November 1842, p. 43.) 1830. Mr. Sturgeon, in 1830, pubhshed his method of using amalgamated rolled zinc plates as positive plates in gal- vanic batteries. His cast-iron single-fluid galvanic battery was invented about this time. (See Sturgeon's Lectures on Galvanism, pp. 136-137.) 1830. Mr. Fox of Falmouth, in 1830, pubUshed his researches respecting the electricity of metaUiferous veins. (See Philosophical Transactions, 1830, p. 399.) 1830. Dr. Ritchie, in 1830, put forward his torsion galvano- meter. (See Encyclopaedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, p. 688.) 1830. M. Rayer ''introduced, since 1830, during his service at " the hospital of charity, a trough " [galvanic ?] " batteiy, " and made it ser\'e in th etreatment of all kinds of para- " lysis." (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 692.) 1831. Dr. Faraday, in 1831, produced an electric spark by the sudden separation of a coiled keeper from a permanent magnet. He also, in 1831, found an electric current to A.D. ELECTRICITY. Ixk exist in a copper plate rotated between the poles of a magnet. (See Bakewell's Electric Science, pp. 39, and 140, 141.) 1831. MM. Andral and Ratibr, in 1831, published an article in the Dictionary of Medicine and Practical Surgery which gives a summary of the work of M. Andribux on medical electricity. The various kinds of electricity are herein pro- posed as extremely powerful physical agents. (See De la Rive's Treatise m Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 591, 592.) 1831. Dr. Faraday, in 1831, discovered the existence of the electric cuirent induced in a hollow coil of wire when a steel permanent magnet is introduced into or withdrawn from the coil. An electro-magnet was afterwards substituted for the permanent magnet with even greater success. (See Bakewell's Electric Science, p. 39.) 1831. Professor Hbnry of Princeton, U.S., in 1831, sug-> gested the application of electro-magnetic force to motinre power. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, p. 687.) 1832. Schilling invented lus electric telegraph in 1832. He employed five magnetic needles and had also a mechanical alarum." In another telegraph he only used one wire and one needle. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) 1832. Schilling, in 1832, placed the telegraph magnetic needles vertical. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 137.) 1832. Schilling, in 1832, used a weight which was caused to hXL by a current of electricity to sound a belL (See High- ton's Electric Telegraph, p. 137.) 1832. Dr. BoTTO of Turin, in 1832, made a thermo-electric battery of platinum and iron. (See Noad's Lectures on Electricity, p. 426.) 1832. M. Pixii, in 1832, constructed his magneto-electric ma- chine. In this arrangement a horseshoe permanent magnet rotated in front of a coiled keeper. (See Highton's Electric Telegraphy p. 17; ako De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, VoL I., p. 373.) 1832. Salvator Dal Negro, in November 1832, published a paper in which he explained the method adopted by him of applying eledro-magnetism to move machines. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineers' Magazine, NovemW 1842, p. 4S.) €€ hr INTRODUCTION : A.D. .1832. Dr. ScHULTHESs^ in December 1832, deHvered a lecture before the Philosophical Society of Zurich, in which he asks, " Whether such a power as that which is obtained hj inter- " rupting the electric current, and then restoring it, could " not be applied with advantage in mechanical science;" 1833. and in January 1833, he exhibited before the Mechanics' Society a machine in which this had been so far accomplished. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineers' Magazine, November 1842, p. 48,) 1833. Mr, Saxton, in 1833, submitted his magneto-electric machine to the British Association ; the coils rotate in Aront of the poles of a fixed magnet. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p, 17.) Gauss and Webbr invented their electric telegraph in 1833. 1833. " One wire and one needle only were needed. The • " power employed was magneto-electricity." (See High- ton's Electric Telegraph, p. 39.) 1833. Thomas Davenport, in 1833, suggested electro-motion. (See Encyclopaedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, p, 687.) 1833. Sturgeon, in 1833, exhibited an electro-magnetic engine which was capable of pumping water, sawing wood, and performing other mechanical operations. (See Dodd's Industrial Applications of Electricity, p. 8.) 1833. M. Marianini, in 1833, relates a number of cases of paralysis treated by voltaic electricity. The application is by shocks, which are made to pass through the affected part, sometimes in one direction and sometimes in the opposite. In one case cited, a battery of from 58 to 75 pairs was em- ployed. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, VoL III., pp, 589, 590.) 1834. Dr. Faraday, in 1834, demonstrated the definite nature of electro-chemical or electrolytic decomposition, and showed that the chemical equivalents of bodies were also their electro-chemical equivalents ; he also discovered that the chemical power of an electric current is in direct proportion to the quantity of electricity that circulates. (See Faraday's Ewperimental Researches in Electricity, 7th series, section 7; also PkUosophieai Tramsactions, 1834; also Bakewell'B Slectrio Science, pp. 124-127.) ELECTRICITY. Lm A.D. 1834. Dr. Faraday, in 1834, established the principle that the quantity of electricity evolved from a galvanic battery depends upon the size of the plates, and the intensity of the electric current upon the number of pairs. (See Faraday's Experimental Researches, 8th series, paragraph 991 ; also Dr. Golding Bird's Natural Philosophy, p. 227.) 1834. Dr. Faraday, in 1834, applied the voltameter to test the quantity of a voltaic current. (See Philosophical Transac- turns, 1834, pp. 704-741. 1834. Sir William Snow Harris, between the years 1834 and 1839, applied the principle of his hydrostatic magneto- meter to the dectrometer. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudi- mentary Electricity, p. 85.) 1834. Sir William Snow Harris, in 1834, applied the common scale beam to measure electric forces. (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 86.) 1834. Professor Wheatstone, in 1834, found the velocity of electricity to be 288,000 miles in a second, upon the double- fluid theory of electricity, or upon the single-fluid theory 576,000 miles per second. "This fact was deduced by '' catching in a mirror, whilst revolving on a horizontal " axis at the rate of 800 times in a second, three electrical sparks produced by the discharge of an electrical jar in an interrupted circuit, the interruptions being at each end and in the middle of the conducting wire." In this experiment the centre spark fell out of the line of the other sparks by hslf a degree of the circle." (See Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 123.) Mr. Henry Bessemer, of Camden Town, about the 1834. year 1834, electro-deposited " copper on lead castings so as ** to produce antique heads in rdief for mantelpiece oma- " ments." (See Eneycloptedia Britannica, 8th ^tion, art. Electrotypie, p. 627 ; also Mechanics* Magazine, February 1844, p. 73.) 1834. Professor Jacobi, in November 1834, laid before ''the Academy of Sciences of Paris, a note upon anew electro- magnetic apparatus.'' (See Practical Mechanic and £». gineers' Magazine, November 1842, p. 48.) 1834. Mr. £. M. Clarke, in 1834, invented a magneto-electric machine in which coils rotate at the side of the magnet. €4 Ixxii INTRODUCTION: ^'^' Different aimatures were used for intensity and quantity currents* (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, p. 693.) 1834. Dr. Faraday, in December 1834, experimented on the induction of a galvanic current upon itself. Professor Henry of Princeton, U. S., M. Abria, and M. Wart- MANN also laboured in the same field of science. (See Faraday's Experimental Researchei in Electricity^ Vol. I., pp. 322-343; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 393-402.) 1835. FoRBBS, in 1835, employed a thermo-multiplier to mea- sure the heat caused by the concentration of moonlight 3000 times ; the result was that no trace of heating was observed. (See London and Edinburgh Philosophical Maga* sine. Vol. VI., p. 138 ; also Gmelin's Handbook qf Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 166.) 1836. M. ScHOENBBiN, in 1836, made his celebrated investi- gations on the negative polarity induced upon iron, which renders it unattackable by acids or " passive." Dr. Fara- day and M. Beetz immediately followed up these experi- ments, and proved that passive iron was covered with a pellicle of oxide. Mr. Andrews demonstrated the pas- sivity of bismuHi, M. Beetz that of nickel, and M. NiCKLfes that of cobalt. Heat, and electrolytical and chemical action under certain circumstances, are the means of rendering the above metals passive. (See Faraday's Experimental Researches in Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 234 and 239 ; and De la Rive's Treatise on Electncity, Vol. II., pp. 738-744.) 1836. Sir William Snow Harris, in 1836, published a description of " the bifilar balance electrometer," invented by himself. (See Philosophical Transactions, 1836; also Sir W. Snow Harris' Rudimentary Electricity, p. 83.) 1836. Chevalier Antinori, of Florence, in 1836, " by con- necting a thermo-electric battery with a helix of insulated copper wire, about 500 feet in length, obtained on breaking contact, a vivid spark from the induced or secondary current produced by the passage of the pri- mary thermo-electric current." (See Dr. Golding Bird's Natural Philosophy, p. 280.) if « ELECTRICITY. Ixxiii A.D. 1836. Professor D anibll, in 1 836, published an account of his ''constant" galvanic battery in the Philosophical Transac- tions. In this double-fluid battery the elements are, copper, acid solution of sulphate of copper, dilute sulphuric acid, and amalgamated zinc ; a copper cylinder surrounds a bolt of zinc. A battery of 70 cells ftised titanium and heated 16 feet 4 inches of No. 20 platinum wire. (See Encyelor pmdHa Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, pp. 669-671 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, pp. 393 and 421 ; also Bakewell's Electric Science, pp. 43, and 106, 107.) Mr. MuLLiNsbrouprht forward his "sustiuning" galvanic 1836. battery in 1836. This double-fluid battery consists of copper, acid solution of sulphate of copper, solution of chloride of ammonium, and unamalgamated zinc ; the zinc surrounds the copper. (See Philosophical Magazine, 1836, p. 283; also Encyclopedia Britannica, 7th edition, art. Voltaic Electricity, p. 671 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 393; also Practical Mechanic and Engineers' Magazine, September 1842, pp. 484, 485.) Ds LA Rue published a description of his galvanic battery 1836. in 1836. lliis was a peculiar form of Daniell's battery in which all the cells could be filled at one time. (See Philosophical Magazine, 1836; also Smee's Electro^metal^ htrgy. History, p. xviii.) 1836. Mr. De la Rue, in 1836, published the following re- marks in reference to the properties of his modification of Daniell's galvanic battery : — ** The copper plate is also covered with a coating of metallic copper, which is con- tinually being deposited ; and so perfect is the sheet of copper thus formed, that, being stripped off, it has the counterpart of every scratch of the plate on which it is deposited." This is interesting in relation to electro- met^urgy. (See Philosophical Magazine, 1836 ; also Smee's Electro-metallurgy, History, p. xviii.) Messrs. Taqu IN and Ettieyhausbn established their 1836. electric telegraph in Vienna in 1836. The wires were partly suspended in the air and partly buried in the earth. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 39 and 67.) Ixxiv INTRODUCTION : A.D. 1836. Mr. Andrew CiU>s8b, in 1836, showed his electrical arrangements to Sir Richard Phillips and other members of * the British Association. These arrangements consisted of 2500 voltaic pairs excited only by pure water, and prin- cipally employed to produce minerals artificially; also of one-third of a mile of exploring wire to collect atmospheric electricity, and suitable apparatus for its discharge and for carrying on gigantic experiments with it. Professor Sedg- wick saw the ahnospheric apparatus in the year 1819. Crosse also used a condenser or electrical battery, in which plates of mica separated the polar surfaces. (See Sturgeon's Annals of Electricity, &c.. Vol. I., January 1837, pp. 135- 145 ; also Noad's Manual of Electricity, pp. 257-259.) 1837. Mr. Andrew Crosse, in 1837, found insects (the '* electrical acarus ") produced in his apparatus for electro- crystallization. (See Sturgeon's Annals of Electricity , &c., Vol. I., April 1837, pp. 242-244.) 1837. Steinheil, in 1837, made the counting of the number of motions of the magnetic needle the basis of his telegraphic alphabet. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 137.) 1837. Steinheil, in 1837, used wires suspended in the air, and buried in the ground, for an electric telegraph. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 137.) 1837. Steinheil invented his electric telegraph in 1837. This telegraph required only one wire and one or two magnetic needles. The power used was magneto-elec- tridty. Steinheil had a printing telegraph as well as a means of telegraphing by sounds produced by electric apparatus striking bells." The signals of the printing or marking telegraph were made by furnishing the needles with small tubes containing ink ; by the motions of the needles ** dots were made on paper properly moved in front " of them by wound-up mechanism ; one needle making " dots in one line, and the other needle making dots in a " line underneath the former." (See Highton' aElectric Telegraph, pp. 39, and 57-60.) 1837. M ARSON, in 1837> erected a telegraph at Caen, in which magneto-electridty was made to* operate upon magnetic needles. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp.40, and €1 VoL X., p. 433.) 1837- M. Bbcquxbbl, in 1837, invented his electro-magnetic balance. By means of this instrument the proportional intensity of galvanic currents is ascertained, weights being placed in a scale pan* attached to the moveable soft iron core of the electro-magnet sufficient to restore the equili- brium. (See Sturgeon's Annals of Electricity, &c.. Vol. I., July 1637, pp.' 398-404; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. L, pp. 339-341.) 1837- I^- GoLDiNG Bird, in 1837, by using a constant gal- vanic current of low tension, decomposed fluorides of silicon, and the chlorides of potassium, sodium, and ammonium ; silicon [silicium ?] was thus obtained in a metallic state, and potassium, sodium, and ammonium as amalgams. (See PkHosopMcal Transactions, 1837, p. 37 ; also Dr. Golding Bird's Natural Philosophy, p. 240.) Professor Morsb says that the idea of an electric tele- graph occurred to him in 1832, but he did not test his 1837- telegraph until September 1837, and the first experiment was made October 2, 1837. In this telegraph a marking lever makes pricks on paper (a pen or pencil was at first nsed), the lever being actuated by an electro-magnet ; one wire only is used. (See Abb^ Moigno's Traiti^ de TiU- graphic £lectrique, pp. 75-79; also Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 60-63.) 1837. Vail, in September, 1837, whilst making the Morse instrument, invented a single-wire printing electric tele- graph. A type wheel is moved forward by a clockwork escapement, regulated by a pendulum, on the excitation of an electro-magnet; the paper is pressed against a type wheel, and an impression made of the letter then present. (See Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 63, 64.) 1837. Mr. Sturgbon, in 1837, published his investigations relating to the thickness of iron suitable for electro-magnets. Some time previous to this date he discovered ''that if a '' bar of soft iron be surrounded with coils of wire, and an '' electric current be transmitted in the same direction '' through each convolution, that the soft iron bar mstantV^ kxvi INTRODUCTION : A D * * " becomes a magnet, and is capable of attracting other " pieces of soft iron or steel, and that it remains magnetic " so long as the electric current is passing through the " coils; and that as soon as the current ceases the bar " instantly loses its magnetic condition, and no longer '* attracts pieces of adjacent iron or steel." (See Sturgeon^s AnnaU of Electricity, &c.. Vol. 1., October 1837, pp. 470- 484 ; also Highton's Electric Telegraph, p. 27.) Young's single-fluid galvanic battery was invented in 1837. 1837. It consists of zinc and copper plates so arranged that a copper plate comes between two sine plates, and a zinc plate between two copper plates; the pairs are interlaced. A mixture of dilute sulphuric and nitric acids is used to ex- cite this battery. (See Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 425 ; also Practical Mechanic and Engineers' Magazine, February 1842, p. 193.) 1838. MuLLiNS, in 1838, substituted sycamore porous cells (in double-fluid galvanic batteries) for animal membranes. (See Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 422 : also Practical Mechanic and Engineers* Magazine, September 1842, pp.484, 485, and November 1842, pp. 43, 44.) 1838. Professor Jacobi, in 1838, '' produced a vessel upon the " Neva worked by electro-magnets." (See Abridgments of the Specifications relating to Marine Propulsion, Part II., p. 144 ; also Times Newspaper, December 26, 1857, p. 9, col. 4 ; also Practical Mechanic and Engineers* Magazine, November 1842, p. 48.) M. Amyot's proposal for an electric telegraph was made 1838. to the Acad^ie des Sciences on July 2, 1838. In this telegraph it was intended to use a single current and a single needle, "which writes of itself on the paper," the paper being moved br clockwork. (See Abb^ Moigno's Traitide Tdigraphie Mlectrique, pp.84, 85.) 1838. Professor Jacobi first announced his " galvano-plastic " process in OctoW, 1838. An allusion to it was published in this country in May 1839 ; the paragraph is as follows : — " He has found a method — if we understand our informant rightly — of converting any line, however fine, engraved on copper, into a relief by galvanic process." Jacobi says that his process is applicable to cop))er-plate engravings, medals, stereotype plates, ornaments, and to making calico* ELECTRICITY, Jxxvii A.D. printing blocks and patterns for paper-hangings. (See Smee's Electro-metallurgy^ History, p. xviii.; also Atkerueum, May 4, 1839 ; also Mechanic^ Magazine, May 11, 1839, and Febniary 24^ 1844, p. 118 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. L, pp. 502-510.) 183S. ScHWEiGOER, in his journal, in 1838, proposes the fol- lowing modification of Soemmering's electric telegraph : — The use of two galvanic batteries, one weaker thaji the other, so as to raiy the amount of gas evolved in a given time ; he proposes also to vary the period of time of the evolution of the gases. The number of wires would be then reduced to two. Printing the letters by means of lamp- black paper, &c., was also suggested. (See Abb^ Moigno's Trait4de TH^graphie iHectrique, pp. G4, 65 ; also Highton's Electric Telegraph, pp. 48, 49.) 1838. Mr. J. Dancer, of Liverpool, about 1838, used porous vessels of the thinnest unglazed biscuit ware for galvanic batteries. (See Dr. Golding Bird's Natural Philosophy, p. 229 ; also Mechanics* Magazin February 3, 1844, p. 76.) 1839. Dr. William O'Shaughnessy, at Calcutta, in 1839, made experiments on a small scale to submerge an insu- lated electric conductor underwater; the conductor con- sisted of copper wire coated with cotton thread saturated with pitch and tar. (See Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 351.) M. Vorssblman db Heer, on the 31st of January, 1839. 1839, exhibited an electro-physiological telegraph at a meeting of the Soci^ de Physique of Deventer. Ten wires are used, and the operator's fingers receive shocks, the signal being determined by the fingers affected ; it is also proposed to use secondary currents. (See Poggendorff's Annalen, Vol. XLVL, p. 513; also Abb^ Moigno's Traits de T^Ugraphie tllectrique, pp. 90-95 ; also Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 358.) 1839* Grove's galvanic battery was invented in 1839. In this double-fluid battery the elements are platinum, nitric add, dilute sulphuric acid, and amalgamated zmc. (See Gmelin's Handbook qf Chemistry, Vol. I., pp. 391 and 422; also Noad's Lectures on Electricity, 3rd edition, p. 167.) Ikznu INTRODUCTION : Y^' Mr. T. Spbncbr, about the year 1839^ in galvanic bat- teries, substituted a brown packing paper porous cell for the ox-gullet of Daniell's battery: also Glauber's salt or sulphate of zinc for dilute sulphuric acid. (See Gmelin's Handbook qf Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 422 ; also Instructions for the MuUiplicatUm of Works of Art in Metal by Voltaic Electricity, by Thomas Spencer, 8vo., Glasgow, 1840, pp. 69, 60.) 1839. Mr. T. Spencer, on May 8, 1839, gave notice to read a paper on the " Electrotype pfrocesa " to the Liverpool Poly- technic Society: this paper was read September 12, 1839, The experiments resulting in this discovery were begun in September, 1837. The invention comprises the following points : — 1st. " To engrave in relief on a plate of copper :" the plate was etched by the ordinary etching process, and copper electro-deposited in the sunken lines, so as to stand out in relief. 2nd. " To deposit a solid voltaic plate, having '' the lines in relief;" an electrotype cast is taken of an engraved plate ; as the lines are sunken in the plate, they are in relief in the electro-cast. 3rd. " To procure fao- '' similes of medals, &c.;" according to one method an electro-mould and electro-cast from that mould was taken : and according to another method a leaden mould was taken by pressure, and an electro-cast from that mould. 4th. To obtain " a voltaic impression from a plaster or clay model ;" the object was rendered conducting by means of bronze powder" or gold leaf, and an electro-cast taken. 5th. '' To obtain any number of copies from an already- '* engraved copper-plate;" a copper-plate is engraved in the usual way, an impression of it is obtained in sheet lead by pressure, and an electro-cast taken from the lead. It is besides stated that iron castings may be preser\'ed from the weather by an electro-coat of copper. ITie single-cell pro- cess is used. The subject was a^rwards brought before the meeting of the British Association at Birmingham in 1839, and nimierous specimens were exhibited, thus attract- ing the attention of the public to this application of electric force. (See An Account of some Experiments made for the Purpose of ascertaining how far Voltaic Electricity may be usefully applied to the purpose of Working in Metal, by Thomas Spencer, Liverpool, 1839; also Mechanics' Ma- it ELECTRICITY. Izadt A.D. jUazme, November 23, 1B44, p. 367 ; also Bakewell's Electric Science, p. 176.) 1839. Mr. C. J. Jordan, on May 22, 1839, communicated the results of his electro-metallurgical experiments to the Editor of the "Mechanics' Magazine," and the letter appeared in that periodical on June 8, 1839. These experiments were begun in the commencement of the summer of 1838, and they were made " with a view of obtaining impressions from '* engraved copper plates, by the aid of galvanism." A single-cell arrangement was employed to obtain an electro- cast from an engraved copper plate. The application of dectro-metallurgical processes to various useful purposes was also suggested. (See Mechanics^ Magazine, June 8, 1839; ilao Jordantffpe, otherwise called " Electrotype,*' by Henry Dircks, London, 1842 ; also Contributions towards a History of Electro-metallurgy, deposited in the Patent Office Library, January 1859, by Heniy Dircks). 1839. Colonel Pas ley, in 1839, proposed to the Admiralty to blow up the wreck of the Royal George, which had been submerged for sixty years at Spithead, by electro-blasting. Brass guns of sufficient value to pay for all Colonel Pasley's operations were recovered. (See Dodd's Industrial Applica* tions of Electricity, pp. 14, 15.) 1839. Dr. GoLDiNG Bird, in 1839, noticed that the platinum plates of a voltameter, already polarized by connection with a galvanic battery, when connected with an amalgamated zinc plate immersed in the acidulated water, would evolve hydrogen in imequal volumes, one nearly twice as much as the other. (See Philosophical Magazine, 1839; also Dr. Gelding Bird's Natural Philosophy, pp. 238, 239.) Professor Wheatstonb, at the commencement of the 1840. year 1840, invented his " chronoscope " or instrument for measuring the duration of small intervals of time ; this instrument has been applied to measure the velocity of pro- jectiles. It is composed of a clock movement, set free at the moment of the ball's exit from the gun, and stopped when the ball reaches the target. For this purpose a wire in the galvanic circuit, at the g^n's mouth, is broken at the instant the ball passes out of the gun ; the circuit is com- pleted when the ball reaches the target. The galvanio current acts on the clock morement bymeansof ia doctoK INTRODUCTION : ^*^' magnet. (See Abb^ Moigno's Traiiide TOSffraphie iHec^ trique, pp. 142-150 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III. p. 484.) 1640. Mr. Murray, in Januaiy 1840, used plumbago to make non-conducting surfaces conducting, so as to enable metallic copper to be electro-deposited upon them. (See Smee's Electr(HnetaUurffy, Histoiy, pp. xxi. xxii.) 1840. De la Rive, in 1840, made known the process of electro- gilding employed by him in 1823. Platinum and silver wires were electro-gilt ''by employing them as negative ** electrodes in a solution of chloride of gold.'' (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 646. 1840. Professor J a cob i, in 1840, used a modification of Darnell's constant galvanic battery, consisting of a lead or copper cylinder, with thin earthenware to separate the fluid elements ; the zinc is in the centre. (See Gmelin's Handbook qf Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 422.) 1840. Mr. William Armstrong, of Newcastle, in 1840, successfully experimented upon the electricity of effluent high-pressure steam; the result was the hydro-electric machine. Faraday proved that the electrical excitement is due to the friction of the particles of water against the sides of the jet whence the steam issues. (See Bakewell's Electric Science, p. 45.) 1840. Smee's galvanic battery was invented in 1840, In this single-fluid arrangement the elements are, platinized silver, dilute sulphuric acid, and amalgamated zinc. (See Smee's EUctro-metaUurgy, p. 18 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, p. 419.) 1840, Mason, in 1840, employed the battery process in electro- typy. (See Proceedings of the Electrical Society, April 1840, p. 203 ; also Walker's Electrotype Manipulation, Part I., p. 22.) 1840. Mr. Andrew Crosse, in 1840, imitated constant and intermittent springs, by passing the current from a constant galvanic batteiy through moistened pipe-clay in a garden pot placed in a basin full of water. (See Noad's Manual of Electricity, pp. 390-^92.) 1840. M. De Ruolz, on December 19, 1840, took out a patent [in France ?] for electro-gilding. He uses the fol- A.D, ELECTRICITY. toxi lowing solutions: — The double chloride of gold and sodium dissolved in soda, chloride of gold dissolved in yellow ferrocyanide of potassium, sulphuret of gold dis- solved in neutral sulphuret of potassium. (See De la Rive's TreoHse tm Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 549-551.) 1841. M. Abria, in 1841, proved that, in magnetizing a steel needle by an electro-dynamic helix, whatever be the length of the needle, provided it is not longer than the helix, its poles are always placed at the two extremities of the part inserted, and that the portion which is outside the helix is not magnetized. He also investigated the influence that the length and diameter of the needles, and the length and diameter of the helix, exerted over the magnetic intensity, and found that the longer a needle or heUx was in com- parison to its diameter, the greater the magnetic intensity (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. I., pp. 287- 289; also Vol. II., p. 889.) 1841. M. Db Ruolz, in 1841, electro-deposited brass from the cyanides of zinc and copper dissolved together in a solution of cyanide of potassium. (See Gore's Theory and Practice of Electro-deposition, p. 62; also Walker's Electrotype Manipulation, last edition.) 1841. Professor Grove, in 1841, read a paper at a meeting of the London Electrical Society, in which he proposed to etch daguerreotypes by the voltaic current. The solution used consists of moderately dilute hydrochloric acid. (See Prac' tical Mechanic and Engineers* Magazine, October 1841, p. 34 ; also Smee's Electro-metallurgy, p. 336.) 1841. Mr. Alfred Smee, in 1841, published the results of his electro-metallurgical experiments, and enunciated the laws regulating the character of the metallic deposit. He electro- deposited the following metals from their solutions in the reguline form : — Platinum, gold, palladium, iridium, rho- dium, silver, nickel, copper, zinc, cadmium, iron, lead^ and antimony. Many applications of electro-metallurgy are set forth and suggested in the three editions of Mr. Smee*s "Electro-metallurgy." (See Smee's Elements qfElectro* metallurgy, 1st edition, 8vo.^ London, 1841^ also the 2nd and 3rd editions of the same work.) f Ixxxu INTRODUCTION : A D. I842'. P'o^9, 470.) I. Mr. G. Little, in 1843, described an " electro-magneti " motion." A metallic ball is caused to move in a circular metallic railway by the alternate tipping of the sole |)late the rails are divided at opposite points of the circle, and caused to complete the electric circuit differently, according to the position of the ball on one ur other gemidrck j the I t i ELECTRICITY. hoar A.D. tij^nng of tiie sole pl&te is caused by horseshoe electro* magnets alternately excited by the above-described means. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineer^ Magazine, August 1843, pp, 435, 436.) ' 1844. Baron Reich enbach, in 1844, investigated the action of electrical forces of all kinds upon ''sensitives," and found that electrified bodies appeared to the " sensitives," in an absolutely dark room, to give forth luminous emana- tions. Other effects are described. (See Reichenbach's Researches on Magnetism, Electricity, Heat, Light, Crys* taUization, and Chemical Attraction in their relation to Vital Force, Translated and edited by Dr. Gregory, London, 1846.) 1844. Mr. George Little, in 1844, described an ''electro- " locomotive." It consists of an axle on which T-shaped magnets are placed; fixed horseshoe electro-magnets act upon these, and, by means of a commutator, produce rota- tion of the axle. (See Practical Mechanic and Engineers^ Magazine, May 1844, p. 290.) 1844. M. Pouillet, about the year 1844, invented a chrono- scope, having for its principle the deviation produced by a given battery upon a given galvanometer by various durations of completion of the galvanic circuit. (See Abb^ Moigno's Traitif de TtfUfgraphie £lectrique, pp. 132-138 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 485, 486.) Mr. John Dancer's electro-metallurgical experiments 1844. were not published till 1844, although they were made about the year 1838. Metallic copper was deposited on sheet copper with a letter D, cut from a printed bill, fiistened on to it by varnish. An electro-cast of a stamp on a copper cylinder was also obtained. (See Mechanics* Magazine, February 3, 1844, pp. 76, 77.) 1845. ScHOENBBiN, in 1845, wrote upon ozone at the request of the British Association. This odorous principle is pro- duced during the action of the electrical machine, mani- fested in thunder-clouds, developed in the electrolysis of water, and appears always to attend electric polarization. (See Report of the British Association for the meeting in 1845, p. 91; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 469-480.) Ixxxvi INTRODUCTION : A.D. 1845. M. Hbidbr, in 1845/employed a platinum wire, heated hy a voltaic battery, to cauterize the dental nenres. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 687.) 1845. Professor William Thomson, in 1845, showed how the electric polarization is to be taken into account in the Ley den jar. (See Encyclopedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, p. 534.) 1845. Mr. C. V. Walker, in 1845, by means of three Daniell's cells and a brass anode, electro-deposited brass ^m a strong solution of cyanide of potassium which had been sequentially electrolysed with a copper and zinc anode. Alloys of gold and copper, or gold and silver, may be electro-deposited by similar means. (See British Associa- tion Report for the meeting in 1845, p. 30.) 1845. Dr. Remak, in 1845, discovered that certain points favourable for the application of electricity to the human body ''corresponded with the points of entrance of the muscular nerves, and that the degree of contraction of a muscle was proportioned exactly to the number of motory nerve-fibres embraced by the current at its point of application.'' (See Dr. Remak's Ueber Methodische Electrisirung geldhmter Muskeln, Berlin, 1845; also The British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review, January 1859, p. 91, et seq.) 1846. Dr. Prino, in 1846, submitted to the Royal Society his process of electro-disruptive etching. The hardest steel is thereby engraved by the disruptive dbcharges passing between a metal tool and the face of the plate. A galvanic series, in connection with an electro-magnetic coil, is used, the plate being attached to one pole and the tool to the other pole of the arrangement. (See Smee*s Electro- metallurgy, pp 337, 338.) 1846. M. Crusell, of St. Petersburgh, in 1846, "conceived " the idea of cutting and cauterizing the tissues, by means of a wire or a thin plate of platinum, rendered incan- descent by a powerful electric current, by making them " act after the fashion of a saw, by means of a backward " and forward motion." (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., p. 687.) 1846. Mr. Hearder, in 1846, constructed his electro-dynamic coil. By means of this apparatus, in connection with a (€ H a St ELECTRICITY. • Ixxxvii A,D. gahrvaie battery and the condenser of M. Fizbau^ sparks can be obtained through an intervening space of air with- out previous contact. (See Noad's Manual qf Electricity, pp. 727, 728.) 1847. Professor William Thomson, in 1847, advanced his singularly beautifiil theory of electrical images and reflec- tions. (See Encycloptedia Britannica, 8th edition, art. Electricity, p. 534.) 1847. Professor Silliman, about the year 1847, successfully copied the iridescent colors of mother-of-pearl by the electro- type process. For this purpose a mould is taken of the shell in fusible metal, and an electro-cast f^m that mould. (See Smee's Electro-metallurgy, pp. 281, 282; also Timb's Year Book of Facts, 1847.) 1847. Wernbr Sikmkns, in the summer of 1847, tried suc- cessfully a guttarpercha-covered copper wire on an electric telegraph line of from fomr to five English miles in length, viz., between Berlin and Gross-Beeren. (See Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 350.) 1847. Mr. E. LooMis, in a letter to Mr. Sabine, dated August 2, 1847, proposes to use Morse's " magnetic telegraph," to determine the difference of longitude between Philadel- phia and Washington. (See Abb^ Moigno's Traits de Tilegraphie iilectrique, pp. 124-126.) 1847, Charles V. Walker, F.R.S., in 1847 and 1848, pro- 1848. posed and adopted underground wire insulated with gutta percha for electric telegraphs. ( See W hitehouse's pamphlet. The Atlantic Telegraph, p. 4.) 1848. M. FoucAULT, in 1848, constructed an electric light apparatus, in which the luminous point remains fixed ; to effect this the carbons are moved by clock-work, which is liberated, by the armature of an declTO-magnet included in the electric circuit, on the weakening of the electric current. M. Breton's apparatus is similar to M. Foucault's, but instead of springs for approximating the carbons, weights and counterpoises are used ; there is also a ratchet wheel and dick movement instead of a detent employed to main- tain the separation of the electrodes. In Dueosca's apparatus the electrodes have a constant tendency to come into contact, the upper one by its. weight, the \oweT\>^ ^ kxxviii INTRODUCTION : * * spiral spring tending to unwind an endless screw ; during the passage of the current the regulating electro-magnet's lever armature gears into the endless screw and prevents the approach of the electrodes hy intervening mechanism, hut on the weakening of the current the force of the spring preponderates^ moves the lower electrode, and revolves a hairel carrying a cord connected with the upper electrode ; a pulley of variable diameter, which transmits motion to the barrel, enables the comparative motion of the electrodes to be accurately adjusted, the luminous point thus remains fixed under all circumstances. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 326-^28, also Vol. III., pp. 310^15.) 1848. Dr. Faraday, in 1848, showed that gutta percha has powerful insulating properties. ** When rubbed it shows " negative electricity." (See London and Edinburgh Philo^ sophical Magazine and Journal of Science, Vol. XXXII., p. 165 ; also Gmelin's Handbook of Chemistry, Vol. I., p. 313.) 1848. Werni£r Siemens, in 1848, in the bay of Kiel, and in crossing the Rhine at Cologne and other rivers, successfully established subaqueous electric telegraph conductors. (See Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 351.) 1848, M. Dubois Reymond, in 1848-9, published his re- 1849. searches in animal electricity. (See British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review, January 1854, p. 126.) 1849. Charles V. Walker, F.R.S., on January 10, 1849, made an experiment of submerging a gutta-percha-covered electric conductor in the open sea. " He attached two miles of insulated wire, submerged in the sea, to the end of one of the wires of the South Eastern Company's '* [tele- graphic?] " system at Folkestone, and spoke through it *' to the Directors in London from the deck of the " steamer." (See Whitehouse's pamphlet. The Atlantic Telegraph, p. 4.) 1849. Werner Siemens, in 1849, observed the electric charge in underground telegraphic line wires. (See Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858. p. 35S.) 1849. Baumgartner, in 1849, made observations which proved the existence of earth currents in telegraphic wires. (See Noad's Manual of Electricity, p. 239.) u ti ELECTRICITY. Ixxxix A.D. 1 849. Mr. W. H. Walenn, in 1849, invented a single-fluid con- stant galvanic batteiy composed of cast-iron, acid sulphate of iron, and prepared zinc. The zinc plate is coated with lead (from a solution of the acetate), and then amalgamated ; or it may be immersed in a solution containing lead and mercuiy. (See British Association Report for the meeting in 1 849, pp. 45, 46.) 1 850. Messrs. Brett, in January 1 850, " projected and obtained " concessions*' for an electric telegraph line across the Channel. (See Whitehouse's pamphlet The Atlantic Tele* graph, p. 4.) 1850. M. Froment's electric telegraph was invented in 1850» This apparatus writes or marks the dispatch in conventional signs, by means of a style which cuts as it writes, because it turns round itself in the same time that it makes its to-and- fro movement. The style is moved in a direct manner by the armature of the electro-magnet, and can make from 3000 to 4000 vibrations per minute (See Abb^ Moigno's Traits de T^graphie illectrique, p. 104.) 1850. Professor Page of America, in 1850, described his electro-magnetic engine in a series of lectures which he delivered before the Smithsonian Institution. This ar- rangement consisted of electro-dynamic helices, which, by their alternate excitement, gave reciprocating motion to iron cores; a connecting rod and crank communicated this motion to a fly-wheel shaft, and thence to the work to be performed. (See Dodd's Industrial Applications of Electricity, p. 10; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 339, 340.) 1851. RuHMKORFF, in 1851, constructed his electro-dynamic coil. Grove and Gassiot subsequently made researches upon the passage of the electric spark developed by this apparatus in connection with I^zeau's condenser, and made to traverse various media. Poggendorff and FoucAULT constructed improved instruments of this kind. (See Noad's Manual of Electricity, pp. 726-730 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 23, 24, and VoL III., pp. 722-729; also PoggendorTs Annalen, t. xciv., p. 289 ; also Annates de Chime et de Physique, t. zliv., p. 375; also Comptes Rendus de VAcad^nie de« xc INTRODUCTION : Sciences, t. xlii., p. 215; also Arch, des Sc, Phys. et Nat,, t. xxxi. of the 4th series, p. 213; also Connies Rendus de VAcad^fMe des Sciences, t. xliii., p. 44.) " Messrs. 6. P. and R. F. Bond of the Gambridgey U.S., 1851. Observatory, in 1851, read an account of their apparatus for making astronomical observations by means of electro- magnetism to the British Association at Ipswich. This apparatus consists of an electric break-circuit dock, a galvanic battery, and a spring governor, by which uniform motion is given to the paper. The cylinder revolves once per minute, and the observer depresses a break-circuit key at the instant of the transit of a star over the wire or hair line of the telescope, thus making a record accordingly on the paper. This apparatus enables observations to be increased in number, and reduces the personal equation to the minimum. (See British Assodaiion Report for the meeting in 1851, pp. 21, 22.) 1851. Messrs. Brett, on September 25, 1851, laid an electric telegraph cable of massive construction across the Channel. (See Whitehouse's pamphlet The Atlantic Telegraph, p. 4.) 1852. Mr. Latimer Clark, in April 1852. noticed the phe- nomenon of the slow transmission of electric currents through submerged wires. (See Journal of the Society of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 356.) 1853. M. BouLu, from the year 1853, endeavoured to reduce tumours by causing electric excitation to penetrate into the substance itself of the tumours. (See De la Rive's Treatise on EUctricity, Vol. III., pp. 683, 684.) Dr. Faraday communicated the results of his enquiries, respecting the Leyden jar charge of buried electric con- ducting wires, to the members of the Royal Institution, on 1854. January 20, 1854; he then showed that the electric currents which he employed travelled at the rate of only 750 miles per second idong buried wires. (See Whitehouse's pamphlet The Atlantic Telegraph, p. 5.) 1854. Mr. Whitehouse, in 1854, commenced his researches on the possibility of working an Atlantic electric telegraph. (See Whitehouse's pamphlet The Atlantic Telegraph, p. 6.) 1854. Mr. Rutter, in 1854, invented a veiy delicate electro- scope, that rendered the development of human electricity A.D. ELECTRICITY. xd ▼iaiUe to the aenaes. (See Enqfclopadia BritttHniea, 8th editioii, trt. Electricity, p. 572.) 1854. Dr. BoBKBL, of Strasburg, in 1854, made regular ozono- metric observations in that city, and is thereby led to ■appose that a connection exists between the presence of cholera and the diminution of the quantity of ozone in the atmosphere. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol* III., pp. 700, 701.) 1855. Dr. MiDDBLDORPFF, of Breslau, in 1855, published a work on galvanism as a caustic. He uses three instru- ments, the "galvanic cautery," the ''galvanic porte-liga- ture," and " galvanic setons." The galvanic cauteiy con- sists of a wooden handle, through which wires from the battery pass; the portion of the platinum rendered incan- descent is rounded, and it can be turned to useful account when cold. " The galvanic porte-ligature consists of wires that are made to pass either in tubes of glass or of metal and good conducting tubes, but insulated from each other ; the cutting handle is made to project beyond the extremity of tlie tube ; the wires that pass through the tubes enable us to give to the terminal handle the volume " and extent that are desired." Galvanic setons consist of platinum wires that are guided through tissues when the object in view is to develope an inflammatory work. (See De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 687-690.) 1855. Dr. DucHBNNB, of Boulogne, in 1855, pointed out the different degrees of the susceptibility of the various muscles ;ander the same electric current; also methods of local electrization, by which either the skin or the subcutaneous tissues can be dectrized. (See Dr. Duchenne's work On LocaUsed Electrisation and its AppUcatUm to Physiology, to Pathology, and to TherapenHcs^ Paris, 1855; also De la Rave's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. III., pp. 618, 633 and 703.) 1855. M. Dubois Rbtmond, in 1855, gave some lectures on dectro-physiology at the Royal Institution, in which the existence of the electric current developed by the action of the human rnusdea waa proved. (See Noad's MmuuU qf EhdrieUy, p. 463.) f€ Si €€ t€ €€ idi INTRODUCTION : l^^ Mr. Whitehousb, in 1855, showed the eflPect of oppo- sitely charging a submarine electric telegraphic conductor in neutralizing the Ley den jar charge. (See British Association Report for the meeting in 1855; also Practical Mechanics^ Journal, November 1855, p. 185 ; also Whitehouse's pam- phlet Tlie Atlantic Telegraph, p. 7.) 1856. Dr. Andrbwk, in 1856, proved that ozone is an allo- tropic modification of oxygen. Ozone has the following remarkable properties: — 1. It negatively polarizes metals that have only a weak affinity for oxygen. 2. It is a powerful oxydizing agent. 3. It bleaches vegetable colors. 4. It hberates iodine from a mixture of iodide of potas- sium and starch paste. (See Philosophical Transactions, 1857> pp« 1-13 ; also De la Rive's Treatise on Electricity, Vol. II., pp. 469, 480.) 1856. Professor Matte ucci, in 1856, made note- worthy elec- tro-physiological researches, the results of which were as follows : — " Living muscular tissue developes heat by the " sole act of its contraction." " The electro-motive power " of a cut muscle is independent of the size of its trans- " verse section." " The electro-motive force of the muscle " increases with its length." Mammifers have the greatest electro-motive force of muscles ; fish and amphibia have the longest duration of this force after death. Any cause that influences muscles also influences their electro- motive force. An instantaneous electrical discharge takes place in a muscle during contraction. (See Philo* sophical Transactions, 1857, pp« 129-143.) 1856. Mr. Whitehouse, in 1856, described an electro-magr netic balance which gave the " value " of an electric current, telegraphically speaking ; he also proved that the " law of " the squares " is not the law applicable to the transmission of signals in submarine circuits, but that it is " very little "beyond the simple arithmetical ratio." (See Athenttum, August 30, 1856, p. 1092 ; also British Association Report for the meeting in 1856.) 1857. Dr. ZiEMSSEN, in 1857, states that the electric con- ductability of the tissues of the human body is in direct proportion to the quantity of water they contain, also that the central organs of the nervous systemj as weU as nerve- A.D. 1858. ELECTRICITY. xciii bnncbes in the large natural cavities of the body, escape the electric current on account of their envelopment in good conductors. With a powerful current, however, these organs may be reached. Dr. Ziemssen also states that electricity is of use in intestinal atony. In his work drawings are given of the position of the points by which to electrically affect the muscles through the agency of the nerves. (See Dr. Ziemssen's Die Electricitdt in der Medicin, Berlin, 1857; also The British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review, January 1859, p. 91, e/ geq.) The Atlantic Telegraph Company, on August 5, 1858, received the first signals through 2050 miles of the great Atlantic electric telegraph cable. This is the day on which the cable was first landed at Valentia. (See Saturday Review, August2\, 1858, p. 191.) ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: THEIR GENEBATION AND APPLICATIONS. ^^^^,^S^i^^^^^^^>^^i^>^*>^^ % A.D. 1766, June 10.—N° 850. KNIGHT, GowiN [Gowan ?]. — " Constructing compasses," ** so as to prevent them being affected by the motion of the ship," &c. " The card and box " " are made to oscillate in equal times," *• bj placing the centre of gravity both of the box and of the card " at proper distances ''from their points of suspension," and by fixing an adjustable weight to act as a *' pendulum " " to the rim " of the outward gimbol, under the axis, by which the outward '' gimbol may be made to move in the same time as the inward. " The inward axis or gimbol is fixed to the bottom of the box," The agate receives the point on which the needle moves, that point being attached to the needle by means of a metal " cross piece " having " small gimbols." "The agate is fixed to a slender stem of " metal, the lower end of which is pointed," and turns freely in *' a hollow sockett." " The sockett is fixt as a pedestal in the " centre of the bottom of the box, and has a slit on one side," to admit a pendulum screwed to the lower part of the stem. When ** the box is in motion," the pendulum, " stem, and agate will move " to and fro." Also, "constructing the variation compass," "for taking the sun's *' azimuth and amplitude, and the bearing of distant objects." A moveable " mirroir is ])laced at each end of the index, just behind the sights," " so as to reflect " " the graduated rim of the card, which will then appear to the eye " vertical, and cut by the '* thread of the opposite sight," which also cuts the object. " In " taking the sun's azimuth," when its height is considerable, "the ** rays of the sun are reflected from a small polished cylander p^Aii^d. '' behind the sights and an opening ia made in each end oi \XiA A €1 tt St tt 99 99 2 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: " index bar, that the brass rim may be reflected without intermption '' from the bar, which is slit that the shadow of a thread underneath " it may cut the graduated rim of the card.'' [Frinled, Bd. See Rolls Ohapel Beports, eCh Report, p. 150.] A.D. 1779, June 25.— N» 1229. "WRIGHT, Gabriel. — "A new-constructed azimuth and amplitude " compass." The new-invented parts " and " improvements " consist of : — A horizontal nonius (or verniers) division," " having a vertical motion " by means of a nut outside the compass box. An " index and sights, which goes on the compass box," used when the sun's azimuth or amplitude is taken. Two " mirrours are ''placed at right angles to each other on the plane of the index ; also " a screen or d/d glass," and " a convex glass." '' To the " vertical sight " " is fixed a horizontal one," *' to look down on *' the reflecting glasses &c. to view the sun & the horizon of the " sea and to read of the degrees from the card &c. thro' the '' convex glass." " At the other end of the index " is placed a weight " to ballance the whole," Also an improved "reflecting quadrant or octant, having the " following new parts ": — "A round plate" (with "a hole," "a circular slit," «nd **a *' milled edge "), " carrying the index glass," and moving round the centre of the index, adjusted by a ''clamp & screw;" "a " horizontal screw" a(^usts the index glass to the horizontal glass. The index glass has a horizontal fine hair line. A piece of brass is screwed to the quadrant frame, having " a fine " division cut on it " and acyiisted " to coinside with a like division " cut on the edge of the round plate." A " sight vane," " having a piece of thin brass with a hole in " the center," shding up and down in a "slit," "so as to view objects ** in the true plane of the quadrant." " A brass fmne," carrying a hair line, which sometimes takes the place of the sight vane. A " sight vane," with two lines drawn across the inside (" used " with the compass in taking the sun's azimuth and altitude at the '' same time "), is " fastened to the arch of the quadrant." *' A reflecting glass," to view objects from 140 to 180 degroes apart. THEIR GENERATION AND AWLICATIONS. « €4 A cjlindric box with two parallel glass sides," filled with a liquid that will float a hair (attached to a cork and weight) vertically, ** to level the oonpass hj when the homon of the sea cannot he " observed." [Printed, Sd. Bee Bolls Cbapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 164.] A.D. 1782, Febniary 5.— N* 1318. NAIRNE, Edwakd. — ^This invention is stated in the title to be, a '' New-invented and most usefiill improvement in the common " electrical machine (which I call the insiQated medical electrical machine), by insulating the whole in a particular manner, and constructing the conductors so that either shocks or sparks may " be received from them." The " form to be excited " of thiis electrieal machine is " supported immediately on non-conducting *' substances." *' The conductor or conductors which either give ** to or receive the electrical fire from the excited part, is composed *' of a coated electrical jar or jars or any other substance than " [that?] *' can receive a charge of electricity or a conducting sub- ** staoice connected with them." Connected with these "con- •* ductors " are " tubes " or " rods," with ball and socket joint or joints, that will conduct electricity, to direct the electric dischaxge to any part of the body required ; and by these means shocks are given by discharging the electricity (either by metallic connection with the earth, or with the conductor of the opposite kind of electricity) when at some distance from the part through which the shock is to be sent ; if sparks are required the distance is jC886neci« By means of the ** conductors " and jointed '' tubes," the human bodj can be in any part affected with either kind of electricity in any convement manner. {Trinted, 8d. See Bepertory of Arts, yol. 7, p. 880.] A.D. 1782, March 20.— N<» 1322. HERIOT, James. — A "New invented mariners compass, with compass boxes oar bittades, pendent or standing, with ventilator, to contain either lamp or candle, as occasion may require, calcu- •• latcd to obviate every diflSculty which those of late use have " been sulject to, for the purpose of navigating all kinds of ships •* orvesieLs.^' IHo Bpedfloaticii enrolled.] a2 €€ 4 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: A.D. 1788, August 12.— N* 1663. M<^CULLOCH, Kenneth. — ''A manner's compass on a new " oonstruction." An ''azimuth compass" is described and shown, in which gimbals are dispensed with. The '' compass ressell " is supported on a pivot at its centre of gnmty, which is brought as near as possible to that of the needle; the needle moves upon a point ** a small distance above the centre of gravity," and near to the centre of motion on which the compass vessel is free to move. For this purpose the bottom of the compass vessel " rises in a " conical form," is supported upon a " prop " free to turn in the outer case of the instrument, and has " a ring of lead " round its bottom " to ballance " it ; two arms, with slits, in which " pivets " are free to traverse up and down, spring from the prop and turn with it when necessary ; the pivots are fixed to the compass vessel '' in a line with the thin metal plate on which the pivot of the " needle rests." The needle is " bent so that the point of the '* pivot" "is a small distance above the centre of gravity." Besides the above, the compass is fitted with an azimuth circle round the edge of the card, a nonius stop with a slide passing through one of the pivots, a metal bar carrying a magnifying glass to read the divisions of the azimuth circle, and " sight vaines." A " steering compass " on the same principle as the azimuth compass, is described and shown, having the arms with slits, and the prop screwed into the outer case. Another compass is described and shown. The compass vessel ifi supported by " jambols," and the inverted cone in which the needle pivot rests has a weight attached to it mounted in small ''jambols." The smaller gimbals are supported by standards rising from the bottom of the compass vessel. In this compass all the centres of motion are as nearly as possible in " the same " horizontal plain." [Printed, Gd. See Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 144.] A,D. 1791, July 6.— N* 1816. WRIGHT, Gabriel. — A new method of making mariners' com- passes. A " gimbel compass " is described and shown, in which the " inidde compass box or kettle," made of wood or any metal except it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 5 iron, has ^ a zing of lead '' fastened ** on the outside & near the " centre of motion," •' to balance " it. " A metal pedestal ** is fixed on the centre of the bottom of the compass box, to which Twious "pinart or points" "are screw'd on & ofip at pleasure, being all at di£ferent times made use of to carry or suspend the magnetic needle & cards." A ''hollow metal cone," with a point at the top to receive the needle, is generally placed on the pillar or point screwed into the pedestal ; the needle may, however, be placed on the pillar without the hollow cone. Three different '* pillars or centres " are described and shown ; one with a point to receive the needle ; another '' with a round top " to receive the hoUow cone ; and a third with an '' agat cap " and gimbals. The needle may either be mounted with a reversible *' agat cap," which is kept in its place in a " cylindric brass box " by a helical spring, or it may have an adjustable inverted steel point mounted with a helical spring in a brass box ; this last is used with the " gimbel " centre." The above compass, cards, and needle are used in the azimuth, amplitude, steering, and hanging compasses ; also in '' the conical '* compass with the new invented semicircle to prevent its turning '* round horizontally on its centre or prop." The azimuth compass has the following observable points : — On its card are drawn " a number of lines " " parallel to those usually '' drawn through the centre," " quite across from the divisions on ^ one side to those opposite." A metal cirele, semicirele, or quad- rant, having a jointed index moving from the centre, with a vernier; this *' may either be made fast to the brass ring or cover of the '* compass, or made use of detached, having a handle to fasten to " it for the last-meotioned purpose." " One or two sight vanes." " On the plane of the circle semicircle or quadrant is placed one ** at two metal frames which contain reflecting plain mirrors" ** to shew the horizon of the line by which means the compass is '' kept in a horizontal position by the marine horizon." [Printed, 6d.] A.D. 1792, June 19.— N* 1891. FULLARTON, William.—" Certain new methods of separating '* iron itom iron stones and other ores of that metal, of smelting ** it into the state of pig or cast iron, and of reducing or refining ** it into the state of mailable or forged iron." ELEGTRIGITY AND MAGNETISM: <<€ •6calum,'* and adjustable convex lens^ mounted in % sliding tube, used to reflect and magnify the divisions on thft card and nontns ''in a horizontal view, to be read off by " ^bfd obsorer a* the time of observation without any persomJ " asaistance." A " jointed sight vane with a silk line " to *' observe by the " sun's shaddow ;'' also a sight vane with dark glass for taking the azimuth. A method of stopping the compass card by the action of two parallel " bent levers or bridles,^ one end of which ** screws on to " tlie nonius piece,^ and the other on to an open stop piece on the opposite side of the card ; thus, by pressing a nut connected with iht nonius piece, the levers cause the card to be pressed in two opposite directions, and stop it without error. An *' artificial horizon " to be used with the octant, a " dial " and index " *' to shew the ship's run during the interval of time " in making two observations of the sun's azimuth and altitude," a " screw " with an " index " and " scale " used with the dial, and a scale and quadrant made use of for solving nautical problems, are also described and shown. 0PH]xted,9dJ A.D. 1798, March 10.— N» 2221. PERKINS, Benjamin Douglas.— The title of this invention is aa follows : — " Discovery of a certain art of relieving and curing a variety of aches, pains, and diseases in the human body, by drawing over the parts affected, or those contiguous thereto, in *' certain directions, various pointed metals, which, firom the affinity they have with the offending matter, or from some other cause, extract or draw out the same, and thus cure the patient." Tbe invention consists in employing those metals " which pro- duce that action on the nerves and muscles of animals, known by the term galvanism." " Combinations of copper, zink, and a small proportion of gold, and also iron united to a very small proportion of silver or platina," are found most efficacious. In- atraments are made with points, which are applied " to those parts of the body which are affected with disease " and drawn " off on the skin to a considerable distance from the complaint, and usually towards the extremities." ''The diseases most readily cured by this metallic influence are rheumatism, gout, pleurisy. €4 ft €€ <( tf 8 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " inflamaliony spasmodic affections, and most kinds of topical " complaints. All parts of the body on which the metals are to " be used, as well as the metals themselves, should be perfectly free " from oily and greasy applications. The relief from this metallic " application " takes place in from 15 minutes to ** several weeks/' according to the nature of the disease. [Printed, 9d. See Repertory of Arts. vol. 2 {teeond ieries), p. 179 ; and Bolls Chftpel Reports, 6tn Report, p. 147.] A.D. 1798, June 27-— N* 2246. NUGENT, Patrick Rodney. — "New invented and improved " mathematical instruments, whereby the latitude and longitude^ " variation and inclination of the magnetic needle at sea and on " shore may be obtained in a more general, masterly, and perfect " manner than hath hitherto been done." [No Specification enrolled.] A.D. 1798, December 17.— N" 2280. PECKHAM, John Randall. — "A new and improved method of constructing a watch so as to unite it with a mariner's com- pass, in such a manner as to answer every purpose with equal •' accuracy and perfection for which either of them might be sepa- " rately used." " My method of constructing a watch so as to admit the uniting *' it with a mariner's compass, in such manner that the works of *' the watch shall not affect the magnetic needle nor be affected " by it, u this : — I substitute for those works which are usually " made of steel, and which are near enough to affect in the smallest degree the free action of the magnetic needle, works made of gold, silver, or any other metal or admixture of metals which <' have no influence on the magnetic needle, (that is to say) in all " cases (whether the mariner's compass be inserted in or upon the " face of the dial in any part, or in any part of the back of the " watch, either in the box or case), for the following parts usually '* made of steel (viz*.), the barrel, arbor, cannon pinions, ratchets, << and clicks, bolt, bolt spring, detant work, stopworks, cap, spring, and screws, and for every article or part where steel is not absolutely required, I substitute gold, silver, or some other metals " or admixture of metals, as above-mentioned." [Printed, id. Bee Rolls Chapel Reports, 6th Report, p. 147.] €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCATIONS. AJD. 1905, October 7.— N* 2883. SYEDS, John. — ^^An improred steering amiditude or azimiith M A oompMS is described snd shown, in which ''the outside l^mboal" is taken away, and tiie kettle b suspended on pirots in tiie "betical'' [binnade?], with or withoot a wood box; the pivots on whidi tiie kettle is suspended prevent the pitching of tl^ ship from aiEBcting the needle. To prevent the needle from being affected bj the rolling of the vessel, '^ a half gimbol," to whidi the needle centre is fixed, is suspended inside the kettle on pivots at right angles to those suspending the kettle, thus giving four suspending points to prevent the card from being disturbed b j the motion of the ship. In this compass the "lubbard's point" pubbcr's line?] is marked on the half gimbal, and is therefore not obscured by a side light when the ship is rolling. The amplitude compass is the same as the steering compass, except that it has pins to receive sight vanes, and a deeper cover. An azimuth compass is also described, in which there is " a spring ** to the nonius and a trigger " to which is fixed a thread for the observer to stop the compass card by ; there is a Drawing evidently showing this, but not referred to in the Specification. To keep the azimuth compass from wear, when not in use, there is " a notch in '* the standards to place the suspending pivot into when wanted ** for use, and to take it therefrom and place the compass in the ** bottom of the box when not wanted to be used." A " scale," to work various nautical problems connected with the ship's course, is also described and shown in detail. [Printed, U. Id.] A.D. 1809, September 26.— N» 3265. SMITH, Egbrton, and HARRIS, Michael.— " Certain im- ** provements in ships' binades and compasses, and in the mode ** ot lighting the same." This invention, called " The patent tell- ** tale binacle and compass," consists in the following improve- ments:— 1st. The compass is visible on deck and in the cabin " at the ** same time." 2iid« The compass is illuminated by the same light which lights thecabin. 10 ELBGTRICITT ANI> MAGNETISM : drd. Preventing the compass card from being unshipped. 4th. " In enabling the mariner to steer with one compass only " and a small binnade. 5th. In " darkening the binade/' so ''that whilst the oomp«w is " diatmctfy yisible/' " no light shews " '' to an enemy." These improremeniB are efleeted as follows : — ^llie compass bowl la open a* the top and bottom. Tbeoompas6cairdisof"pap^,pardi> ** meiity silkydoth, with ot without talk" [talc?], ''glass, or other ^ piioper substance, printed on both sides ;" or " a card of metal, ^ with either the pmnts or the interstices cut out, and the spaces M filled up with paper, printed or plain, pasted over its whole sur- ** hce" may be used. " Two card faces " may be pasted together, ** with their faces outwards," or an impression may be taken from ^e engraving, having a sheet of transfer paper on the side of the card mat printed on by the blodc. To load the card, it is stretdied upon two metal rims, rivetted, one on the upper, the Other on the under gorfaoe. The card centre is suppOTted either on a bar fixed across the bottom of the compass bowl, or fixed :^to a hole in the loww ^aas by a screw and nut. Anoth^ bar, with a wire projecting into tiie hollow top of the needle cap, is fixed across the top of the eompass bowl, which prevents the card being unshipped. The light is admitted from the cabin by openings in the deck, binnacle, and compass box. A "slide" is placed in the binnacle, "just ** above the compass box," to exclude unnecessary light. The invention is applied to compasses of the usual construction, by reflecting the light frtmi below to the f&ce of the compass by a [Printed, Sd, See Bolls Chapel Reports, 7th Report, p. 206.] A.D. 1810, July 18.— NO 3363. STEBBING, Gborge. — '^ Certain improvements on the action '' and other parts of sea and land compasses," consisting of: — 1st. For the " metal or steel " " center or point " that supports the card is substituted " a ruby, Jewell, precious or any other hard " stone or composition " set in metal, and long enough to bring the card near the centre of gravity. 2nd. For the "tap " or " bottom of the cap," " hard metal " or fUmt is substituted for agate. " In the center thereof is sunk the section of a small circle or sphere, well polished, to reeeive the t( THEIR GENERATION AND APPUGATIONS. 11 '* bead o£ the nibj''tiiAt seaports the card, ''instead of the aoekefc '' m the agate, as before used." 3rd. The ends of the magnetic needle are made square, ''by " fedacing the width of the needle to its thickness.'' 4th. "In time of action or very bad weather," the card and needle are suspended hj a silk thread, " about one quarter of an in^ off the oenter, hung from the glass by means of a swivel or hook" "to the top <^ the cap or from a piece of metal put across the kettle or bowl ;" "and at the bottom of the cap, under " the card," "ajueoe of tube about an inch long, in a conical *' shape," is placed, so that the card will neither touch the side of the kettle nor be thrown off the centre. Or the compass may be suspended " with elastic springs." [Printed, 3J. See RoUa Chapel Beports, 7th Report, p. 20«.] A.D. 1810, August 14.— N* 3371. WHITMORE, William.— ''The magnet toy, to facilitate the " teaching of children to spell, read, and cypher in any tongue, " with ease to the teacher, pleasure to the learner, and proportionate " ejqtedition." This toy consists of a box (containing mechanism) having de- psoted on its upper surfEU^ " either the letters of the alphabet^ numerals, types, symbols, or musical notes, according to the Tiews of the teacher," arranged in a semi-circular form somewhat like the plate of a dial; an " index," revolving about the centre of the dial, caoies ahorse " or otider captivating, whimsical, or attract " tive device:" at the pleasure of the teacher the horse is made to take up any loose duplicate letter or sign laying on " another oon- " centric, &c. exterior, semicircular, inclined rim," opposite to those on the dial, and to deposit it on a flat semi-circular rim whidi oocupies the remaining half circle to that from which the duplicatei aie taken ; the horse also nods, shakes his head sideways, and haa other motions at the wiU of the operator. The horse's head is balanced by a weight concealed within the body and acted on by a string from the front of the box, passing through the hollow index centre and the leg, so that on its being pwUed, the horse's head is depressed, and a magnet placed in his mouth is brought into contact with a piece of iron on the dupli- on releasing the string the concealed balance weight 12 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : tiie hone's head ; another string, having its two ends projecting ftom the front of the hox, passes round a pulley on the index axis and turns the horse round ; the head is then depressed, the duplicate strikes against an upright ridge, and is deposited on the rim. * Another method of moving the horse is described and shown, in which a handle connected with a shaft and pinion moves a crown wheel on the index axis ; levers, rods, and tubes give mo- tion to the horse's head. [Printed, 7d, See Bolls Chftpel Reports , 7tli Report, p. 206.] A.D. 1812, January 23.--N'* 3625. ROWLAND, Richard. — ** Certain improvements in ships' steer* " ing wheels, compasses, and binnacles, and in the mode of " lighting the same." A binnacle is described and shown having three compartments in the upper part. A compass card is in each of the end com- partments, respectively '' suspended " on metal centres fixed to the bottom of the compartment. Each compartment has a door and '^ wings " on hinges, so as to protect the vertical glass over the compass; also a skylight, over one of which a rule and " a pabr of '* lights " [sights ?] is fixed to ascertain the " bearings of any ob- '* ject seen." The centre compartment contuns the light, which can be drawn up close to the compasses, and is minutely described. Rollers and curtains exclude the light when necessary, and a *' time-glass " is fixed " on a center" at each end of the binnacle. ** When the glass co«res to an upright position the compass card is ** about one foot in diameter." The cap of the storm compass " is fixed under the card, so that the center of suspension is in the '* plane of the upper surface of the card." " The lubber's line is on '* a swinging pendulum " whose fulcrum is " in the plane of the '* center of suspension of the card." The lower part of the bin- nacle has three compartments, the two outside ones are cupboards, and the centre one contains a '* dripstone" cemented into a pan inthout a bottom, thus forming a bottom to it. When the steering-wheel is mounted fore and aft, instead of athwart ship as heretofore, a square binnacle is used with a *' lighthouse " at one comer. The cards are viewed in a similar manner to that of the former binnacle ; they are, however, trans- parent, and placed one underneath the other. The light is lowered THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 13 mnd niaed by a cord, and lights the cabin as well, the bottom of the binnacle being glazed. Various compasses are described with centres fixed in the bot- tom of the box, with or without " gimbols." The box is filled with spirits of wine. A method of presenring candles is also described, by dipping the wicks into melted tallow and packing them in a vessel of water, oil, (nr spirits, or in a water-tight case in a vessel of water. [Printed, 7d, See Bolls Chapel Beporte, 8th Beport, p. 88.] A.D. 1813, January 30.— N« 3644. CROW, Francis. — ''Certain improvements in the mariner's *' compass or boat compass." Hiis compass has a *' card or index " that floats in alcohol " contained in a metallic bowl, suspended by gimbals." *' The card or index of this compass is constructed of two concave metallic plates, which are hermetically sealed or soldered together, forming a lens, within which is contained and firmly fixed a magnetic needle." A glass plate confines the liquid in the bowl and permits the card to be seen ; in the centre of the inside of the glass plate a metallic point is cemented, which projects downwards into ** an inverted hollow cone " fixed on to the centre of the upper part of the card; to the centre of the under part of the card a weight is attached, keeping it in an horizontal position and ''adjusting its pressure on the point of action." To stop the vibratory motion of the bowl, a " rod" is attached to the centre of its external surface, having " a tender spring, which '^ is received by a concave metallic dish attached to the compass ** box underneath the said bowl, on the surface of which dish the " said spring freely acts." Another method of stopping the nbration of the bowl is described and shown : — " A segment of a *' sphere (the radius of which arises from the line of suspention) is " attach to the inferior side of the said bowl, acting against the " extremity of a tender spring arising from the side or other part " of the compass box." A " spring valve " admits the escape of expanded air in a hot climate. The alcohol is replenished by means of a chamber round the upper part of the bowL [Printed, Sd.] 14 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1813, February 4.— N«» 3646. ALEXANDER, Geobqe. — ''An improved mode of suspending the card of the mariner's compass." The agate cup, receiving the steel point on which the needle is firee to move horizontally, is suspended by gimbals; also the point on which the needle moves is suspended by gimbals. Tina is accomplished by having a " fork " with " two prongs " stand up " perpendicularly" from "the bottom of the brass (or other " suitable metallic) box;" "a gimble ring" is suspended by screws between the prongs, within which ring the agate cup is similarly suspended. *' In the centre of the magnetic bar, on which the card is placed, there is a large circular opening to admit through the fork, at the north and south sides of which are fixed two small upright pieces of brass (or other suitable metal), holding between them by a screw from each a large gimble ring, on which gimble ring is erected at the east and west sides a gaUows or arch of brass (or other suitable metal), ** in the centre of which, directed downwards, is the point whidi rests in the agate (or other substance) cup below. On the top of the gallows or arch there is placed a thin piece of concave ** brass (or other suitable metal) about one inch diameter, and in " the centre of the glass, immediately above is fixed a prong " pointing downwards which acts within the cavity of the brass " (or other suitable metal) below." [Printed, Sd, Bee Bepertory of Arts, vol. 23 {second series) » p. 330.] €€ €€ €t €€ A.D. 1813, November 25.-.N« 3760. DUNCOMBE, John.— The title of this invention refers to all the improvements set forth in the Specification, and is as follows : — " My invention and improvement, as hereafter described and <' applied to mathematical and astronomical instruments, in order " to render them more portable, accurate, easy, expeditious, and *' certain in their application to topographical and nautical sur- " veying, and the mensuration of celestial angles on land or sea, " and for ascertaining the direct distances of inaccessible objects " within a limited extent at one station only, without the usual or " any other calculation. These inventions and improvements ** consist in a new index, which ascertains the meaflinr^ quantity THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCATIONS. 15 « M of an angle to any piopoaed rational degree of predmon, by ren- dering the divisionB of those minute parts hitherto imperceptablc " to the aeacea truly oonspicnous and distinctly legible by the eommon naked eye ; and an attached new parallel movement, hj which the natural sine and cosine of such angle are at the ■ame time precisely obtained to any eligible radius, without tabular or other reference; and also a detached new parallel " movement, furnished with telescopic or other sights, by which " the direct distances of inaccessible objects within a limited extent are accurately measured at one station without trigonometrical or other calculation ; and a new improved compass, whose index points due north and south, and which is capable of adjustment according to the known or observed variation of the magnetic " needle." The ** improved compass " has " a brass or other non-magnetic " index fitted to the cap of the magnetic needle, and which is ** capable of being always adjusted thereto, according to its known ** or observed variation from the meridian, and thereby caused ** constantly to point due north and south. This improvement is " general to the compass of every description." [Printed, lid. See Bolls Chapel Ecports, 8th Report, p. 99.] A.D. 1818, May 7.— N° 4259. JENNINGS, Henry Constantine.— " An improvement in the ** mariners' compass, being a means of guarding or protecting the *' magnetic needle of it from all action arising from iron in its " neighbourhood." The compass is ** mounted and fitted up in the usual manner " with gimbals, glass cover, wooden case, &c. ; " but the needle card carries " four pieces of iron softened by annealing," two being " screwed to the card at each end of the needle," these " are in- " tended to act as guards against the passage of the magnetic " fluid, by absorbing the first quantity of it." Iron filings, care- fnlly annealed, are made to surround the needle by being enclosed " between the sides and bottoms of the brass or copper boxes " which enclose the needle and card ;" the sides and bottoms of the boxes are kept exactly the same distance apart, truly circolsr, and flat ; and " the needle card, &c.," is " suspended on a point " aoemately in the centre of the box." The ''guards at the ends ** of the needle" aie of thin sheet iron, bent so as to be concen^xv^i 16 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : with the card centre when they are fixed, thus forming segments of ft circle. The iron for the " guards/' as well as the iron filings, are annealed "hy heing enclosed in a soft plate iron box, and '* intimately mixed either with alumine clay, in fine powder," or *' an argillaceous iron ore ;" the box is then " well covered with a '' soft plate iron lid^" " exposed to a strong red heat," and let '' remain in the oven or furnace until it is become cold," the powder is then separated from it. The kind of needle " used by the late Dr. Gowen " [Gowan ?] " Knight " is preferred. [Printed, 6d. See Rolls Gh&pel Boports, 8th Beport, p. 126.] A.D. 1819, May 18.— N«» 4374. ATKINS, George. — '' An instrument for ascertaining the varia- *' tion of the compass." This invention consists of: — 1st. ''Certain improvements in ** magnetic needles." Two steel wes or arms, having north polarity at their free ends, are afi&xed " to the south half of the needle, *' forming equidistant angles of about sixty degrees with the north " end of the needle." Owing to the magnetic force to which the needle is subject being greatest when the needle is 90° ieom the meridian, it b believed that this needle will have greater magnetic force and steadiness than a needle of the usual construction. Another improvement in magnetic needles consists in making the needle, in vertical section, of the form of a '' segment of a *' circle, or of an eUpse, or of a polygonal figure, having a ring '* or aperture at bottom to admit the central point, and two " horizontal ears at the ends, to which the card is attached." In this needle the magnetic fluid is in a vertical line near the ex- tremities. 2nd. An instrument for ascertaining the variation of the com- pass. A collar (suspended at its centre on a pillar by gimbals) carries a dial, engraved as a compass card, and able to be set to any required point, either by a compass mounted on the cap of the collar, by the binnacle compass, or by one in another compartment of the same box. The collar has a limb, with a long and short mght moveable on it and on the dial, and a weighted hollow cone to balance the instrument. In another construction, the collar is balanced on a pivot, and cairriea an arm with " a vertical crotch^" " having a slit or notch THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 17 " which slides freely (but without any shake) on a steel fixed to *' the side of the box." In a third arrangement, the central collar is suspended by exter- nal gimbals affixed to the box. A balance weight is attached. Also^ a cheaper form is described, in which a wooden dial plate is suspended to the box by gimbals, and one removeable sight is used. [Printed, Id. See Repertory of Arts, voL 86 {tecond series), p. 1 ; and Rolls ChApel Reports, 8th Report, p. 133.] A.D. 1824, August 5.— N« 4996. GRAYDON, George.— The title of this invention is :— " A new ** compass for navigation, and other purposes ; " but it relates to a " celestial compass," which is " adapted to obtain data for " determining the latitude or longitude at sea by means of the '' heavenly bodies, and at a time when the horizon is obscured, " and also of finding the azimuth of the sun or a star at any time " when these objects are visible." This compass may also be used ** in place of the ordinary mag- ** netic compass," and for ''ascertaining the variation of the *' magnetic needle." No magnetic needle is used in this com- pass; in obtaining ''the moon's meridian, distance, and declina-^ " tion, as data for determining the latitude or longitude," however, it is directed to turn the instrument round upon a ver- tical axis until certain horizontal axes, and consequently a certain line^ "is found, by the aid of the common magnetic needle or " any other convenient manner, to be somewhere near the plane " of the meridian." Modifications of this instrument, and methods of adjusting it, for use " by day when the sun is visible,'** " for steering a ship by means of the motions of the heavenly " bodies, instead of steering by the magnetic needle," and for " taldng bearings on land, or for laying down angles in surveying " by means of the heavenly bodies, without using a magnetic ** needle," are described at length. [Printed, 9d, See London Journal (Netct(m*s)t vol. 12, p. 126.] A.D. 1826, June 18.— N« 5189. PHILLIPS, Charles. — "A certain improvement or improve- " ments in the construction of a ship's compass." In order to provide against ''the firing of cannon ox uciy o^ by means of a pinion 'NvYiQit as ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM axis caxries a metal wheel inlaid with wood with which the remain- ing battery wire is connected, and against which springs, connected n^th the remaining coil terminals, press ; the pinion is moved by a toothed wheel on the dial axis. In order to enable intermediate stations to work this signal apparatus with the batteries at the terminal stations, the intermediate apparatus have two inlaid metal wheeb, one for each magnet ; this instrument is portable. The dial or hand may be worked by the electro-magnets only, a detent to ring an alarum (when a stop is pulled out) may be released by the completion of the circuit without shifting the magnets, and the keepers of the magnets may be attached to the pallets themselves. In all the above signal apparatus, either a dial revolving behind a perforated dial-plate, or a hand revolving over a fixed dial-plate, may be used. Letters Patent, N"* 7390 and 7614 are re- ferred to. [Printed, 28. Ud, Seo London Journal (Newton^a), toI. 80 (cantoined «mM),pp. 116 and 201 ; Inventors* Advocate, vol. 3, p. 99 ; and Common Bench Keports, vol. 4, p. 462.] A.D. 1840, March 3.— N^ 8407. SHORE, Joseph. — " Improvements in preserving and covering " certain metals and alloys of metals." lliis invention "relates to a mode of obtfuning or applying a " permanent covering of copper or of nickel by means of galvanic " batteries on articles manufactured of wrought or cast iron, " tin, lead & copper, and of alloys of such metals, such covering " acting as a preservative to some of those metals and alloys of '* metals, and in other cases as a superior surface." For this pur- pose " an open vessel " " of wood or of earthenware," divided " into two compartments by a partition of unglazed earthenware or other porous substance," is taken. Into one of the compart- ments " pure water slightly acidulated by preference with sulphuric acid," is placed ; and into the other, a solution of " sulphate of copper or nitrate of nickel, whichever is to be used, as the covering metal." These metallic solutions must be " kept up to ti n t« tt " a neutral strength." A piece of zinc is placed in the first-men- tioned compartment, and connected by a copper \iare to the article to be covered, which is placed in the metallic solution. The articles are, preferably, cleansed by submitting them to alow fad heat when covered with sand, charcoal, or black lead, in a THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 39 cracible, and "pennitting the same to cool" before covering them. The Bohitiona may be either used hot or cold, and " the longer ** the articles are under operation the thicker the covering." Large articles are covered separately, ** small articles, such as iron *' rails" [nails?], are placed in a wire '* basket" connected by a wire to the BOO plate. The article should be *' moved, from time to ** time, to prevent any part or parts being left uncovered." [Printed, Sd. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 14 {new series), p. SSS ; London Journal {Nmrion'e), toL 19 (conjoined series), p. 82; and Inventors' Advo* cate, voL 8, p. 1S2.] A.D. 1840, March 25.-N° 8447. ELKINGT0N,GB0RGERicHARD8,and ELKINGTON, Henry* — " Improvements in coating, covering, or plating certain metals," consisting of : — 1st. " Coating," &c,, " copper and brass with silver," by im- mersing the article, cleaned and silvered (See Letters Patent, N** 7496, or the second improvement herein-after mentioned), in a solution of nitrate of silver; expelling the acid by heat; and fusing on the coating by immersion in fused borax ; the cooled article is then boiled " in dilute sulphuric acid " " until the adhering borax " is all dissolved." " For a finish," the article is preferably electro-coated with silver, as herein-after described. 2nd. " Coating," &c., " metals with silver." The cleaned arti- cles are, by preference, immersed in a solution of oxide of silver in " prussiate of potash (cyanide of potassium) " by boiling. For a thicker coat a galvanic current is used, by means of a single cell apparatus. Oxide of silver must be added *' from time to time.'^ " Prussiate of soda or other analogous salt," or ** pure ammonia " may be used either with or without a galvanic current, or a " neutral salt " of silver in connection with a galvanic current, the article having previously received a thin coating by the ** cyanide " of silver " solution. 3rd. "Coating," &c., metals with gold. The cleaned articles are, preferably, immersed in a solution of comminuted gold, or oxide of gold, in " prussiate of potash " by boiling. For a thicker coat a galvanic current is ased as described for silver, llie solution must be kept " saturated with gold." Double and " haloid salts" of gold, and oxide of gold, or metallic gold dissolved in " ^w^ 4U ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ** soluble prusaiate," or *' any other analogous salt," may be used, either with or without a galvanic current, as for coating with silver. In these two last-mentioned improvements the article may either be of metal or coated with metal. 4th. Iron is prepared " for receiving a coating of copper/' &c., by immersing it, connected with a strip of zinc, in dilute sulphuric acid, thus causing it to be *' electro-negative " whilst cleaning. It is then placed in a '* brass vessel " containing an acid solution of sulphate of copper, and having thus received " a thin film," is ready to be covered with any metal by a galvanic arrangement simi- lar to that described for silvering, or " by other known means." [Printed, 5d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 16 {new series), p. 239 ; Jjondon Journal {A'eufton's), vol. 19 (conjoined series), p. 83 ; Mechanics' Magasino, vol. 33, p. 397 ; and Inventors* Advocate, vol. 3, p. 223.] A.D. 1840, May 7.—N« 8499. GROVER, Henry Montague. — "An improved method of re- " tarding and stopping railway trains." This invention consists " in the application of the powers of an electro-magnet, or of electro-magnets, or of magnetism gene- rally, whether applied directly or indirectly to any wheel or '' wheels upon which a train or any portion of a train of carriages or other vehicles upon any railway moves, or in any other man- ner." The Specification and Drawings describe and show an electro-magnet " applied to the face of the tire of one wheel of a " railway carriage, called a truck." An electro-magnet is fitted into a wooden block or box, covered with a lid, and is suspended from a transverse rod at the bottom of the truck, so as to hang within " half an inch, more or less, according to the power of the ** magnet from the tire of the wheel." On the connection of the wires from the battery, which is placed in the truck, the adhesion of the electro-magnet to the tyre of the wheel " will impede or " totally prevent its turning round, and thus retard or stop the " train of which the carriage, the wheel of which is thus acted ** upon, forms a part. Any number of the wheels of a carriage or " train may, of course, have these magnets applied to them, and *' the retarding of each such wheel will be in proportion to the '* power of the magnetism so elicited and applied." ti [Printed, fid. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 3d, p. 479 ; Inventors' Advocate, VOL 8, p. 307 i and fingineers' and Arcmtccts' Journal, voL 3, p. 429.] K ft (( « THEIR GEXER.VTIOX AND APPLICATIONS. 41 A.D. 1840, August 27.— N« 8610. LOCKETT, Joseph. — " Certain improvements in manufacturing, preparing, and engraving cylinders, rollers, or other surfaces for printing or embossing calicoes or other fabrics," relating to : — Ist. The application of galvanic electricity to " recoating, covering, or thickening" the cylinders, &c., used for calico printing ; or to make new cylinders, lliis is done by tiiking a *' mould or shaft," which may either be a conductor of electricity and " retained as a portion of the cylinder," or a non-conductor subsequently rendered a conductor" by any of the usual means, and then removed from the cylinder when it has attained the requisite thickness." The " mould " is then covered with copper by the ordinary process of electro-deposition. 2nd. A " method of preparing surfaces by galvanic or voltaic " electricity, applicable to cylinders, plates, or blocks for printing " or embossing calicoes and other fabrics." When any of the engraved ground is required to be obliterated or " rendered plain," those portions are left exposed, whereas the rest of the surface is coated with varnish ; the exposed part is then coated with copper by galvanic agency in the usual manner. 3rd. A "mechanical contrivance" for "cleaning, filing, or " turning off the superfluous portions of the copper thus deposited " upon rollers or cylinders." This consists of a " rotary cutting " or filing tool " applied " either to the ordinary slide lathe or the " engraving machine commonly used for cylindrical engraving " and acting upon the cylinder, the cylinder being properly " sup- " ported by and revolving on the mandril " of the lathe. The " filing tool " is carried " from end to end of the roller " by a screw extending the whole length of the lathe, ** or it may be " slidden to any part of the bed by hand or otherwise," and has proper adjustments for regulating its sjiccd and depth of cut. fPi-int«*(), liV/. Sec London Journnl (Xttrtoti's), vol. 19 {coujoiiwd f cries), p. bO; Mei^hanics' Magazine, vol. a^l, p. L'21 ; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 4.p. luO.] A.D. 1S40, September 10.— N^ SC25. DENT, Edward John. — " Certain improvements in clocks and ** other timekeepers," consisting : — Ist. *' In giving the impulse to the pendulum of a clock at the " centre of percussion, or as near as practicable to that ceutc^," 42 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 2nd. " In producing a compensation for the expansion and con* " traction of the length of the pendulum arising from changes of " temperature, by causing the arcs of oscillation to vary in an '* inverse ratio to the variations of the length of the pendlum " [pendulum?]. 3rd. ** In combining three or more main springs and barreb to " act simultaneously, without the medium fuzee, upon the train of " wheels of a chronomer" [chronometer?] " or other timekeeper." 4th. " In connecting three or more main spring arbors with a *' common arbor, whereby all the springs may be wound up at the " same time by one application of the key." 5th. " In withdrawing, as much as practicable, the atmospheric '' air from the interior of an air-tight case containing a chronometer, and in filling the space with a dry non-corroding gas such as hydrogen." 6th. " In the application of the well-known voltaic or electro- metallurgic process to the depositing of a thin film of gold or other metal, incorrodible by the atmosphere, upon the steel balance spring and the compensation balance, the surface of '* which having been cleaned with alkali or acid immediately previous to the application, in order that the metallic adhesion may be perfect and rust prevented, and consequently one cause " of variation in the rate of chronometers is thus avoided." [Printed, 9d. See Repertory of Arts. vol. 16 {nsw series), p. 280; Me- chanics' Magazine, vol. 34, p. 249; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 4^ p, 180.] A.D. 1840, September 24.— N** 8644. PINKUS, Henry. — " Improvements in the methods of applying ** motive power to the impelling of machinery, applicable, amongst ** other things, to impelling carriages on railways, on common '* roads or ways, and through fields, and vessels afloat, and in the ** methods of constructing the roads or ways on which carriages " may be impelled or propelled," relating to : — 1st. ** Propulsion on railways " by means of the " gaso-pneu- " matic " force. 2nd. " Propulsion on canals " by means of the " gaso-pneu- " matic " force. 3rd. " Applying the aforesaid gaso- pneumatic principle to im- pelling machinery, to wit, the impelling engine described in my said former Specification, dated twenty-fifth day of February it €€ €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 43 ** 1841,'* [Does not this refer to N» 8207, which was enrolled Febraary 25, 1840?] and to "the purpose or purposes of a fire- " engine." 4th. " Effecting propulsion " on railways or canals by " steam power, in combination with the same, or parts of the same impelling machinery or apparatus, in lieu of gaso-pneumatic " power.'* 5th. Effecting propulsion on rulways, common ways, and canals, and through fields, by the application of electrical force, however generated. This invention is applied to agricultiiral purposes, by either erecting a central station in which '* an electric battery or batteries" are placed, or constructing "wells or tanks" too deep in the ground to interfere with agricultural operations ; from which pipes containing bundles of insulated wires are laid, having at conve- nient places ** vertical branches " with ** boxes " in which are the loose ends of the wires ; the wires are colored to distinguish their electric polarity. " To put implements into action," a locomotive engine is constructed, with a drum carrying and winding up the battery wires, and a "Taylor's," (See Letters Patent, N° 8265?) or any other electro-magnetic engine. Trains are stopped by electric agency as follows : — Batteries are placed at convenient distances along the line, and between each line of rails a light hollow "railway bar" is laid (in half mile lengths) having continuous bars of wood carrying two copper strips insulated from one another ; the copper strips are in con- nection with two insulated wires in the interior of the hollow rail, thence with one of the batteries. By means of " an electro-mag- " netic coupler" "composed of two masses of copper" insulated from one another, and suspended by a moveable joint to the loco- motive engine, the stationary battery is connected at will with a " Taylor's," (or any other) electro-magnetic engine on the loco- motive, which enables any person having charge of the railway to shut off the steam and blow the whistle. The "Taylor's " engine acts on the shut-off valve and steam whistle by means of a puUey, cord, and lever. A similar apparatus may be placed in the break carriage, and actuate the break when required. An electro-mag- netic break is described, in which " a flexible armature," of " thin " laminated plates lying one on another," is attracted to an electro- magnet, and actuates suitable levers. To prevent collision, a ba^t^ 44 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: on the locomotive may complete the circuity whenever it gets on the same half mile length as another train, through the strips on the wooden bars. " Taylor's rotary wheel," or any other electro- magnetic engine, may be used as "the moving power on a loco- " motive engine," " by taking up the electric force from the wires " laid down between the rails. An electro-magnetic beam engine is described and shown, con- sisting of electro-magnets with horizontal surfaces, on each side of the beam, acting alternately on a "flexible armature" "formed " of thin laminated plates lying on one another," with one edge of which they are connected, thus enabling the beam to vibrate, and rotate a fly-wheel. This engine has a circuit breaker, con- sisting of a weighted lever in contact with one or other of two plates, according as a hammer jointed to an excentric stud on a rotating " circular cam " rests upon the lever plate or not. The electro-magnetic force may be used on canals by means of the " dynamic impeller ;" this consists of a frame travelling on a " suspension rail " (one of which is laid on one or both margins of the canal). To keep it properly balanced on the suspension rail, the dynamic impeller has, besides " travelling wheels," " adhe- " sion wheels " bearing against the sides of the rail, on whose axis pullies are attached, that carry a " cord or tow rope " passing round a pulley in the vessel ; there are also weights to keep the principal weight below the centre of gravity. The wooden bars carrying the battery wires are supported on each side of the rail, and an electro- magnetic engine may be placed either on the *' impeller " or in the vessel. The electro-magnetic force may be applied to railways by means of a " diflPerential railway." Fixed engines, erected at suitable dis- tances apart, give motion to bands passing round horizontal wheels mounted between the rails, the bands thus traversing beneath the carriages. The motion is communicated to the carriages by pullies or " impelling wheels," in a trench, at certain distances apart, which work into a flange bar at the bottom of the carriages. The electro-magnetic force may also be applied to putting " impelling engines " in motion, in manufactories, by establish- ing *' electric metallic circuits " from fixed stations containing batteries. " The combinations of method and apparatus " set forth in this Specification for applying electric currents may be used " for the purposes of lighting places." <€ THEIR GENEIL\TION AND APPLICATIONS. I5 " The valve main of the gaso-pneumatic railway " may be un- sealed by a heated electric wire. [Printed, te. 8d. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. M, P. 299 ; Inventors* Advo- cate, ToL 4^ p. 218 ; and Engineers' and Architects^ Journal, vol. 4, p. 174.] A.D. 1840, October 1.— N« 8650. TALBOT, William Henry Fox.—" Improvements in producing " or obtaining motive power " by means of galvanic electricity. In one engine, the galvanic current is made alternately to gene- rate tbe mixed gasea from the decomposition of water under a piston, and to explode those gases, thus giving motion to a fly-wheel shaft. In a second engine, a lever is moved downwards, and then up again, by means of an electro-magnet, and the reactive force of a rod free to move after the armature has reached* the magnet. The temporary magnetism attracts the lever (it being fixed to the arma- ture) till the armature comes into contact with the magnet ; the dectric current then ceases, but a rod (passing through a hole at the end of the lever) attached to a crank, continues mo\dng, and on its upward motion raises the lever, which is then ready to be again attracted by the magnet. A variation of this plan is described and shown, in which the armature merely rests in the lever, and several magnets and armatures may be used ; in this case the lever itself continues its motion after the armature is in contact with the magnet. Other plans may be used, in which only the armature itself is stopped, the rest of the machinery continuing its motion. In a third engine, motive power is obtained by the alternate ex- pansion and contraction of a gas, vapour, or fluid, heat being applied and withdrawn at proper intervals by a galvanic battery. A strong iron U-ahaped tube, partially filled with mercury, has one leg in connection with a piston, the other leg closed at the end and filled with solid carbonic acid; this soon liquefies, a part becomes Kaaeous, and motion of the piston is produced by passing a galvanic current, at proper intervals, through a thin piece of metal (thus heating it) in the carbonic acid. [Printed, 9d, See Bepertoiy of Arts, vol. 10 (neiv aeries) , p. S5 ; MeohuAcitf Magubie,T6L H P* 819 ; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 4, p. 230.^ If (f 46 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1840, October 7.— N» 8656. SPENCER, Thomas, and WILSON, John.— " Engrmvin^ " metallic surfiicea" by means of "voltaic ol^ctrioitjr." The surface to be engraved is coated with varnish or " etching " ground;" the required drawing "is then made with a pointed instrument ; " the surfttce thus prepared is " put into communi- cation with the copper or negative end of a voltaic arrange- " ment," and placed in a vessel containing a suitable Bolution opposite to a " conducting surface," " which communicates with the zinc or positive end" of the battery. " During the process the engraved plate may be withdrawn and examined," and, if necessary, replaced. " When some of the lines are required to be " fainter than others, such parts of the design may be stopped " out." Or the etching may be done in one vessel, by connecting the prepared surface with a surface electro-negative to it in a suit* able solution. Or the prepared plate may be placed " in a solution between the plates forming the poles or ends of the voltaic tt ** apparatus." [Printed, ijd, Sco London Journal {NewtofCt)^ vol.19 {e(>njoin«d§eriM), p. 88 ; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. $4, p. 83S ; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 4, p. a*B.J A.D. 1840, October 15.— N» 8663. PINKUS, Henry. — The title of this invention is, "An im- " proved method of combining and applying materials applicable " to formation or construction of roads or ways." The invention consists of : — " Methods of combining materials so as to form foundations " as bases for superstructures of roads, ways, streets, or rail or tramways, and applying to said combination fixtures so as to suit said combinations or structures to the impelling of oonmion or improved vehicles thereon." Various modes of forming the foundation and superstructure of street and other paving of stone, brick, wood, asphalt, and " artificial granite " are set forth, and the structure is called " the textile or woven pavement." " An improved locomotive impeller" for ascending inclines on railways, applicable " to any kind of locomotive engine, whether " of steam, gaso-pneumatic, or electro-magnetic." Two hori- zontal " adhesion wheels," affixed to the locomotive, are made to rotate with the same peripheral speed as the driving wheels, and it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 47 are pressed upon the inclined sides of a centre rail laid between the ordinary rails, thus assisting " the bite or adhesion of the *' driving wheels of the locomotive." The motion is given to the adhesion wheels by bevil gearing connected with the crank shaft; and the pressure of the wheels on the sides of the centre rail (one on one side of the rail, and one on the other side) is regulated by levers that move the bearings of the axles of the adhesion wheels, which levers are under the governance of the engine driver, by means of a handle connected by " pauls," ratchet wheels, and a nght and left-handed screw to the levers. *' Self-acting" and "self-regulating indicators;" for marking, printing, and recording at the station the times of trains' arrival at, departure from, and passing the said station ; also for recording on the engine, whilst passing a station, " the time of departure of *' a preceding train." [Printed, 4*. td. See London Joumml {Newton* t)^ toL 20 {conjoined ^eriet), p. 261; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. H P> 334; and Invonton' Advocate, voL 4, p. 261.] A.D. 1840, December 17.— N» 8743. MABLEY, William Tudor. — Producing surfaces for "printing, ** embossing, or impressing," by means of " electro-metallurgy." Ist. The production of a device suitable for printing, &c., such device "constituting one perfect or connected design produced from an originally engraved or otherwise executed portion of the said design," by obtaining as many moulds in relief of the portion of the engraved design as are required to form the com- plete design, placing them properly together so as to form the complete design, and electrotyping an entire plate therefrom fit for printing. Flanges, for joining the moulds together, may be ob- tained on the mould by fixing bars on the original design and depositing partly on them. 2nd. A mode of joining together printing plates, by electro- depositing metal in grooves formed at the edges intended to be united, the plates being in contact. 3rd« A method of " obtaining an extended surface to an engraved plate" by taking a mould of it, " attaching thereto, as described above, a plain metallic or other surface," and then electrotyping the whole. 4th. A method " of producing suitable surfaces as aforesaid" b^ taking " a fiat metal surfiaoe," coating it with wax ot ot\i«t ee«\^ 48 ELECTRICITY AxXD MAGNETISM : removeable composition, tracinpr the design thereon, remo\dng " those portions thereof down to the metallic plate that are ** required to print," rubbing over this a conductor of electricity, and electro-precipitating metal thereon. The application of this method to a cylinder is also given^ and plans are described in which a lithographic or other stone or soft metal is used to form the design upon. 5th. The remo\nng from moulds of plates or blocks portions of the design thereon, in order to produce plates or blocks suitable for printing in various colours. Electrotype copies are obtained from the moulds, so that each copy contains only the portion of the design to 1>e printed in one colour. 6th. Dies for embossing horn buttons. Electrotype copies of an original mould or die are taken, and mounted in blocks for use ; various ways of mounting them are described, and a method of electrotyping die blocks from a mounted block, from wax moulds, and from buttons themselves. 7th. Various modes of mounting seals, bookbinders' tools, &c., by causing the electrotype to attach itself to the holder " in the act " of depositing." 8th. Setting up moulds of portions of seals and producing per- fect seals from them by electro-deposition. Various applications relating to initials, &c., are described. [Printed, l8. Sd. See London Journal (Xetcton*8), vol. 19 {conjoined seriet), p. 94; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 34, p. 476; and Inventors* Advocate, vol. 4, p. 406.] A.D. 1841, January 11.— N« 8783. BARWISE, John, and BAIN, Alexander. — " Improvements " in the application of moving power to clocks and timepieces/' consisting of: — " A method of applying the pendulum of a regulating dock or timekeeper for making and breaking alternately the electric connection between the source of electricity and the electro- magnetic clocks and timepieces." A " regiilating clock" con- veys an electric current and cuts it off periodically, by means of equidistant metal studs let into an ivory ring, over which a metal spring on the escape-wheel axis moves; the spring is connected with one battery pole and completes communication with various wires leading to electro-magnetic clocks, each stud having a wire. Sixty studs giving motion to sixty clocks, are shown, so that « it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 4J each clock is moved once every minute if the pendulum beats seconds. A wire leads from each stud to one end of the coil of an electro-magnet in a clock or set of clocks, consequently every beat of the pendulum of the regulating clock will put in motion an electro-msgnetic clock ; the return wire to the battery is con- tinuous, and is connected with the remaining terminal of the coil of the electro-magnet in each clock. The electro-magnetic clock consbts of a train of wheels, the escape-wheel of which is moved one tooth by means of a spring and "* catch spring," fastened at its bottom angle, connected with a soft iron armature, every time an electro-magnet is discharged. A *' method of working simultaneously a number of clocks.** llie pendulum of the regulating clock com])letes the circuit every time a spring which it carries, connected mth one battery pole, ])asse8 over a ** metal conductor " connected with the other battery jiole. This plan requires more battery power than the former. A means of winding up the going and striking train and setting the hands of a clock once every hour. Sixty electro-magnetic clocks are connected with the positive and negative wires from the battery and regulating clock, but each clock only forms a closed circuit once every hour, when a metal stud inlaid in a disc comes into contact with a spring. An electric current is made to traverse once every minute by the regulating clock, which acts on that par- ticular electro-magnetic clock in which the circuit is unbroken. In the electro-magnetic clock, a horizontal sliding bar is free to move backwards and forwards, by the attraction to the electro- magnet of a keeper fixed to the bar, and the reactive pressure of ** a gun-lock spring;"' this bar carries spring catches, working into the teeth of ratchet wheels on the main-spring axes of the going and striking trains ; thus partly winding up the main-springs. Attached to the sliding bar is an arm with prongs which take hold of a pro- jecting pin on the disc fixed to the minute-hand spindle, and, by the sliding motion, set it to its proper time ; when the electro- magnet is discharged, the pin is out of the way of the prongs. A method of bringing the minute hand of an ordinary clock " (provided it deviate not more than a minute from the time of " the regulating clock) to exact time with the regulating clock," by actuating an electro-magnet whose keeper moves two clips working on pivots attached to the front plate of the clock ; on the magnetism ceasing the cUps are separated by a spring foTdni^lYk^ 60 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : keeper from the magnet. The circuit is completed at the proper time by a piece of metal inlaid in an ivory disc, over which a spring (in the circuit), fixed to the minute-hand axis, traverses. By varying the position of the spring in each clock a number of clocks may be set in succession. A mode of supplying the voltuc battery with sulphate of copper or other suitable materials,'' by causing two rings, between which cups are free to turn, to revolve and bring levers on their axes into contact with a spring dxed un the battery cell, thus overturning the cups at certain times. A number of wires for transmitting the above currents twbted together like a rope, "or the positive and negative wires are " twisted with hemp or other fibrous rope." A timepiece worked solely by electro-magnetism. The electro- magnet acts on a keeper fixed on to the pendulum, which has a "catch spring" that works the "escapement wheel" connected with ordinary clockwork. A spring on a " sliding rod," worked by the pendulum by means of shoulders, comes periodically into contact with a " stud," and completes the circuit at suitable times. Making a balance timekeeper transmit the electric current to other clocks, as in the first improvement, by a stud on the seconds wheel which passes over an inlaid ivory ring. " The application of an electric current to the striking of a " clock." " The gathering palette wheel " " of the striking train, " which makes one revolution for each blow of the hammer on the " bell," has a projecting spring, which, striking against a stud, completes the electric circuit and causes the hammer to strike the bell ; for that purpose the hammer rod carries an armature which is attracted to the electro-magnet whenever the circuit is completed. " A method of giving motion to a number of clocks." " By " this method five " [three?] " long conducting wires are required." On a spindle of a pendulum or balance clock, a spring is fixed, connected with the positive battery wire, which moves uniformly over a fixed non-conducting disc, having two metallic half-circles, with which two long conducting wires are respectively in contact ; the current is thus transferred to the wires alternately. Another long conducting wire returns the electric current. Each electro- magnetic clock has two electro-magnets each respectively con- nected with each positive wire; a soft iron frame is suspended between their poles containing "catch springs" that work the TH£iR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 51 clockwork. As soon as the frame of the first clock is attracted to iti magnet it completes the circuit for the next clock, and so on ; thus completing the circuit to as many clocks, in succession, as the time the reguUtor spring is in contact with one half-circle will allow. When the regulator spring moves over the other half- circle it puts into action the second set of magnets. A combination in which a regulator clock, marking Greenwich time, enables uniform time to be shown throughout the country, A circuit to a distant station battery and regulator is actuated if the central regulator, that actuates a second, and so on. The docks in the neighbourhood of each station may be worked as in the first improvement. [Printed, 2s. tiJ. See Heclumics' Magazine, vol. 35, p. 139 ; also vol. 39, pp. 65 and 97 ; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 5, p. 71.] A.D. 1841, January 14.— N» 8793. JONES, Alexander. — " Improvements in the manufacture of copper tubes and vessels." *' Manufacturing tubes and vessels of copper deposited or thrown down in the form and of the sub- stance of the tube or vessel required to be manufactured, by the " action of voltaic electricity." ** A solid or other mould, of the diameter and form of the ** required tube," is made of " wood, clay, earthenware, plaster of ** Paris, wax, or other non-conducting substance," " or the mould may be of lead or other metal fusible at a less degree of heat than the copper of which the tube is to be formed." A non- conducting mould is made conducting by the application of nitrate of silver solution, the metal being afterwards reduced by immersion in a solution of proto-sulphate of iron, or by phosphorus, either in or solution in vapour ; or plumbago, metallic leaf or foil, or bronze powder, may be used. The mould is then placed in a vessel con- taining a solution of sulphate or nitrate of copper, connected to the positive plate " of a suitable galvanic battery, and '' surrounded by a cylinder of copper of a larger interior diameter than the required tube," which cylinder is connected with the *' negative plate " of the battery ; instead of a cylinder, " clippings, tum- ** ings, or other refuse of copper," *' placed in a frame of wicker " work," may be connected to the ** negative plate" of the battery. When the deposit of copper, thus caused, is of the required thick- ness, it may be removed from the mould either by mechamcaV toiQ^ D 2 it « « €t ft 62 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : or hj heat. It may be necessary to form vessels in separate por* tions, and afterwBrds to join the said portions, which may be done by galvanic electricity as follows : — Every part, except the edges to be joined and a small portion on each side, is coated with a '* resinous varnish ;" the parts are brought together as they are required to be fbced, the whole is immersed in the copper solution, and connected with the battery as aforesaid, with a copper plate in connection with the battery surrounding it. A single cell appa* ratus, with diaphragm and constant supply of sulphate of copper, may be used instead of a separate galvanic battery. [Printed. 7d. See London Journal {yeioion**), vol. 19 {conjoined Mertse), p. 106 ; Mechanics' Magazine, voL 34^ p. 899 ; and Invonton' Advocate, vol. 4, p. 32 1.] A.D. 1841, January 2.3.— N^ 8809. BAGGS, IsH AM. — The title of this invention is: — " Improvements *' in printing." The invention relates :— 1st. To the application of " the chemical powers of electricity," " however obtained," " to the purpose of printing in one or more " colours." When " quantity" electricity is used, a design is prepared for printing by forming the parts of various metals or mietallic alloys, this design is placed upon paper '' slightly m'ois- ** tened" with a suitable chemical solution, and the paper is placed upon " the negative pole of an active battery ;" on the connection of the metallic design ** with the positive wire," electro-chemical affinities operate, and a coloured impression of the design is pro- duced. When '' electricity of high tension and small quantity" is used, a design is " formed upon a glass plate by cementing upon *' its surface a numlier of small pieces of very fine platinum," or other metallic *' wire, in consecutive order, so as to form a series ; " it is then to be laid upon a sheet of paper moistened with any " appropriate solution," " and submitted to the action of a spark *• or current." 2nd. **To a mode of employing tests in printing," by using paper moistened with solutions of various re-agents, when more colours are required than one re-agent can produce, [Printed. 4ci. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 16 (nsw teriss), p. 180 ; Mechanics' Hagacine, yoL 80, p. 14S ; and Inventors' Advocate, vol. 0, p. 71.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 63 A.D. 1S41, March 8.— N** SSfw. SPENCER, Thomas. — ^'ITiis invention is entitled " An improve- ** nient or improvements in the manufacture of picture and other *' frames and cornices, applicable also to other useful and deco- ** rative purposes," and it relates to : — 1st. The "application of voltaic electricity" to the above pur- poses, by taking a mould from a model of the required design, and a copper electrotype from that mould. The mould may be either cast in any suitable substance or electrotyped. If the mould is not metallic it must have its surface made conductablc, preferably, by gi\'ing it a " coating of thin varnish ; " when nearly dry, " bronze '* powder" is applied until the wdole surface is "rendered •' metallic." The electric apparatus may be a single cell, but preference is given to the battery process. When the deposit is thick enough, the copper frame may be removed '* by a slight ap« *' plication of heat." The back of the frame may be filled with solder, and a " rabbitt " fastened entirely round it for the picture and glass to be fitted into, llie frame is then ready to be gilt, silvered, or covered with platinum. 2nd. The " application of voltaic electricity to the manufocture *' of moulds " for casting ** composition " and " papier mftch^ ** ornaments, " also for casting glass, earthenware, and china." An exact model is fastened to a plate of polished metal or glass by varnish. The model and plate (if non-conduct^ble) must then be " metallized" and electrotyped in copper, the electrotype may then be removed and tinned on the back, or it may be electro-tinned before its removal from the model. Lead or other suitable sub- stance is then poured on the back of the mould to make it " level." Moulds for casting in glass may be made by metallizing a cut and polished article of glass and depositing on it. drd. The " application of voltaic electricity for the purpose of *' making patterns or moulds for ironfounders in copper." For thb purpose a cast is taken from an original pattern — if non- conductable, metallized — and electrotyped in copper. To obtain uniform thickness, the surface to be deposited on should be placed horizontal, opposite to the dissolving plate which lies at the bottom of the depositing vessel. 4th. The " use of bromine and iodine combined with gold, in *' conjunction with voltaic electricity, for the purpoH% ^>aONt 64 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : <' enumerated." Gold is dissolved in bromine, either by adding gold leaf, or by the help of alcohol, acetic acid, and sulphuric acid in C3rtain proportions; the gold plate being attached to the ''pla- " tinum end of a galvanic battery." This solution is used slightly .diluted. When a thick deposit of gold is required, ''an am- " moniacal salt " is added to the solution of gold ; an alkaline carbonate is added, when the metal to be gilt reduces the gold by immersion. The solution of iodide of gold in ''acetate or muriate " of ammonia," or in " prussiate of potassa," may be used instead of the bromine solution. "A device or embossment" may be formed in gold by using " a reverse of the design " electrotyped by the above solution. 5th. " The use of bromine and iodine combined with silver, and " in conjunction with voltaic electricity," for the purposes above enumerated. For an electro-depositing solution, silver is dissolved in acetate of ammonia, proceeding as with gold, or in bromine and alcohol by electricity; the solution is suffered to rest "until " a yellowish white precipitate takes place," which is dissolved in acetate of ammonia by boiling. Other ammoniacal salts or " prus- " siate of potassa " may be used ; or a solution may be formed by dissolving an iodide of silver in '' prussiate of potassa " or any of the ammoniacal salts. 6th. Methods of electro-coating metallic surfaces with platinum. To prepare the solution, the *' platino-bichloride of ammonia " is added to weak hydrochloric acid, and boiled, or platinum is dissolved by electricity in ''muriate of ammonia;" or when bromine is used, spongy platinum is dissolved in a mixture of alcohol and bromine, and dilute sulphuric acid added; or the '* platino-bichloride of ammonia " may be combined with the alcoholic solution of bromine. Lead may be coated by either of these solutions, and used as the negative plate of a galvanic battery. 7th. " Covering metallic surfaces with tin." The solution used for electro-tinning is of "acetate of ammonia or muriate of that " salt or suphate" [sulphate?] "of soda;" this is used in the ordinary manner. 8th. Methods of cleaning the surfaces of iron that are to be electro-coated with copper, and of electro-coating those surfaces. The iron is attached to the " platinum end of a voltaic battery," and immersed opposite to another iron surface, connected with «( THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 55 the " sine end," in a solution of sulphate of soda^ or malleahle iron may be cleaned by immersion in a solution of sulphate of zinc containing a very small quantity of any salt of copper. The iron is then to be electro-coated with copper by proper contact with a smtable galvanic battery^ and immersion in a solution of "the " acetate, sulphate, nitrate, or the ammonia acetate " [ammonio- acctate?] "of copper." 9th. A " method of producing embossed or enriched surfaces " on picture frames, &c. by the use of embossed calico, &c. 10th. The " application of caoutchouc " to improve "the texture of composition used to cast ornaments " for picture frames, &c. [Printed, %d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. Ifl {new series), p. 287 ; London Journal (iV(Mrt*'0 ** bridges" are necessary, one for each helix. Another "spark-preventer" is also described, in which an additional "inlaid strip" on the "current-changer," connected with one pole of the battery, is brought into connection with the other pole by one of the conductors proceeding to the helices, during the change of current. Remarks are made re- specting the construction and working of the engine, and the proportion of magnets and helices to battery power is minutely given. fFrlnted, Id, Sco Mccbauics* Magazine, vol. 05, p. 8^2; nnd In>cntor>»' Advocate, voL 5, p. 29S.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 67 A.D. 1841, May 14.— N° 8958. PINKUS, Henry. — "An improved method or methods of ••' applying electrical currents or electricity, either frictional, " atmospheric, voltaic, or electro-magnetic." 'lliis invention re- lates to: — The propulsion of "vessels at sea." Galvanic batteries are arranged on the external and internal sides of the sliin, in- sulated from the vessel and from the sea by "a surface of pitched or rcscnd felt," also " auxilliary " troughs are used. "The electro-magnetic engine of contact" (See N° 8644) by this means gives motion to the jiaddlc wheels. To supply and circu- late the sea water or other solution through the battery cells, and to assist in propelling the vessel, engines are erected in the ship, with " ])iston cylinders arranged with clack valves as blast cylinders for the compression or rarification of air, or arranged for forcing other fluids or water," worked by means of levers, connected to shafts proceeding through stufRng-boxes to the outside of the vessel, the levers having floats, which move uj) and down according to the combined motions of the sea and the vessel. ITiis " supply engine" compresses the air into reser\'oirs, and thus works an " auxilliary " engine connected to the paddle shaft ; by means of pumps in connection with the tanks it also causes circulation through the battery cells. The " supply engine" may also have the bottoms of its cylinders open to the sea, its pistons will then be moved up and down at each motion of the vessel over the waves. 'ITie ai>i»lication of the above clcctro-mognctic engine to cannl propulsion. A *' locomotive impelling engine" is mounted on a " suspension rail,** and has toothed spur gearing working into a rack on the side of the rail, also horizontal guide wheels running on side rails ; this engine is moved, either " by the electro-magnetic " engine on the locomotive," or from the vessel by a cord passing round suitable pullies, in the latter case, "a distending rod," capable of adjustment by nuts, and right and left handed screws, joins the centres of the pulleys; "the metalic circuits must be " formed " as described in N° 8644. Sealing and unsealing the "pneumatic valve," described in N<* 8644. "Metalic circuits" are connected "with the valve '• mains, and so render " " soft iron bars," " niognct^ to VvoW 58 EUSCTRIGITY AND MAGNETISM : ** down the flexible valve/' by means of soft iron attached to its lips. [Printed. Za. Qd. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 35, p. 399 ; and Inventors* Advocate, vol. 6, p. 326.] A.D. 1841, June 12.— N<» 8987. PALMER, Edward. — " Improvements in producing printing " surfaces and printing china, pottery ware, music, maps, and *' portraits." These relate : — 1st. To a mode of drawing and painting on a conducting sur- face, or on a surface afterwards made conducting, so that metallic plates, with sunken surfaces, can be obtained from them by the electrotype process, from which prints may be taken as from copper or steel plates. The drawing is made on a " whitened " plate with a dark composition (which is described, and the " handling " of it elucidated), the plate is then made conducting with plumbago (for instance), and electrotyped. 2nd. To a mode of drawing on the above mentioned surfaces, so that metallic plates with raised surfaces, as in wood blocks, may be obtained for printing. The drawing is made on a " darkened '* plate with a white composition (which is described, and the "hand- ling" of it elucidated), the surface is then made conducting, and electrotyped. A method of " lowering the light parts " is given, which consists in pressing the original plate between millboard, thickened and cut out in appropriate places by a method described. [Printed, 4d. Roe Eenertiory of Aria, vol.17 (neto series), p. 101: London Journal {Newton* s), vol. 20 {conjoined series) y p. 172; and Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 36, p. 28.] A.D. 1841, July 7.— N° 9018. MALLET, Robert. — " Certain improvements in protecting cast *' and wrought iron, and steel, and other metals from corrosion " and oxidation, and in preventing the fouling of iron ships or " ships sheathed with iron, or other ships, or iron buoys, in fresh " or sea water." llie Specification, amongst other things, mentions the electro- chemical protection of ships '' by the contact of zinc according to " the plan suggested by Sir Humphry Davy." The improvements consist of : — A mode of cleansing metals before alloying or coating them with other metals. 44 THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 69 A method of preserving iron by means of a triple alloy. The use of a varnish, particularly described in the Specification > and all analogous compounds, " for the purpose of protecting " iron or other metals from corrosion when employed in com- " bination with a coating of the triple alloy " above alluded to, or when used in combination with a covering of zinc, lead, or tin, or any mixture of these metals." The use of a ** zoofagous," or animal-and-vegetable-life-de- stroying paint (composed of '' drying linseed oil," red lead, sul- phate of barytes, turpentine, " oxychloride of copper," hard yellow soap, common rosin, and a little water) particularly described in the Specification, or of any other paint possessing similar pro- perties, either in combination with the triple alloy and varnish above alluded to, or with one of them, or separately, to prevent the fouling of ships, &c. The application of the zoofagous paint to ships, &c. " sheathed " with copper and electro-chemically protected by the contact of " zinc, according to the plan suggested by Sir Humphry Davy." The apphcation of the triple alloy, the varnish, and paint to iron or steel articles, and to ships, ** whether all three or any two of " them are used in combination, or they are used separately." The application of palladium for the purpose of protecting iron or steel. [PrinUd, 5rf. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 {enlarged seriet), p. 284.] A.D. 1841, July 7.— N^ 9022. WHEATSTONE, Charles. — " Improvements in producing, " regulating, and applying electric currents," relating to : — Ist. ''The production of electric currents by means of magneto- *' electric machines." A magneto-electric machine is described and shown, in which five pairs of coils, fixed on the same axis, revolve between the dissimilar poles of six permanent horseshoe magnets, the axis passing between the poles of the magnets. The coils are fixed in different relative positions, so that "the " current in any one coil " commences *' before the currents in " the other coils have ceased." The terminal wires of each coil are connected to insulated semicircular pieces of metal, inlaid in the axis, and springs always press upon these ; by which arrange- ment an electric current dways passes through the springs in the «ame direction. A pro]>er metallic connexion is madt \)^V9i«^tv 60 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : the springs, so as to conduct the nearly continuous current thus produced to suitable binding screws. 2nd. ** A means of regulating an electric current by varying " the length of the circuit.** First method : — A " slide," con- nected with one circuit wire, includes in the circuit more or less of a wire wound round a wooden cylinder, according to its position by the turning of the cylinder. Second method : — A flexible wire is wound from a wooden to a brass cylinder, or rice versd; the brass cylinder being connected with one circuit wire ; the wooden cylinder carries the wire included in the circuit. Third method : — A wire is bent backwards and for^'ards on the surface of a fixed wooden cylinder, parallel to its axis ; the amount in the circuit depending on the position of a spring, moving, from the centre, over studs terminating each double length of wire. 3rd. "A new method of constructing electro-magnets." In- sulated coj)per ribbon is coiled in concentric grooves cut in the face of a soft iron disc, the grooves communicating by a notch. 4th. " New means of arranging the parts of an electro-magnetic " engine." Horseshoe electro-magnets are fi^xcd in the circum- ference of a circle and a soft iron ring or armature rolls over them ; the armature being excentric to the magnets gives motion to an axis fixed in their centre. Another method : — The axis of a soft iron disc or armature is inclined " to the axis of the circle of " the fixed electro-magnets " and works in sockets in the driving shaft at one end, and in a crank attached to the driving shaft at the other end ; the axis of the disc ** describes the surface of a " cone," and the disc, by rolling over the fixed electro-magnets, gives motion to the driving f*haft. The following are modifica- tions of the application of the principle of giving a rolling motion to an armatiure in an electro-magnetic engine : — 'llie armature may roll over other lines besides a circle; a reciprocating motion may be given by the armatures rolling over the electro- magnets in a straight line backwards and forwards; either electro-magnets or armatures may move; both may be electro- magnets ; and, separate armatures may be used. 6th. **A new mode of combining the parts of an electro- " magnetic engine." The driving shaft carries horseshoe per- manent magnets (their poles radiating outwards and disposed alternately) in front of a fixed circular frame supporting electro- magnets at light angles to the permanent magnets, and mth their THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. fil similar poles opposed. By interrupting and reversing the current by means of an inlaid disc alternately connected, called a " rheotrope," motion of the driving shaft is obtained. The coils of the electro-magnets form a continuous single circuit. The following modidcations are stated : — Coils may be used instead of electro-magnets ; the electro-magnets or coils may be lengthened in the radial direction ; electro-magnets may be used instead of permanent magnets ; the electric current may pass through all the coils simultaneously; magnetic bars may be used, with similar poles outwards, instead of horseshoe magnets, the coils being then wound in the same direction and the current merely being interrupted; also, any number of circles of magnetic bars and electro-magnets or coils may be used on the same axis ; by this means both sides of the magnets and coils (except the exterior ones) are used. 6th. Releasing the ** detent " of a clockwork by means of an electro-magnet, thus causing a hammer to impress characters upon a surface. The application of this invention " to the electro- " magnetic telegraph," described in the Specification of Patent N" 8345, is set forth. ** Two independent movements " are employed; one to bring "any required stamp to the proper ** position," (similar to the mechanism described in N® 8345, except that " steel punches," at the extremity of separate radiating springs, ai-e substituted for the " paper disc ") ; another to move " the cylinder so that the type may be opposite to a fresh place," and to cause " the hammer to strike upon it when placed there." The detent has a ])iece of soft iron at its upper end and is released from " the quickest wheel " " of the train " by the electro- magnet when the cturent passes, but has a " projection bearing " agunst " a ** slower wheel " that prevents the detent returning until its revolution. A " pin " is fixed on the slower wheel, which, by striking against a ratchet wheel and lever, puts in motion respectively the cylinder and the hammer to strike the punch. The cylinder may be moved hehcally by being rotated on an axis moidng on a fixed screw; or a platform moved by a rack and pinion may be used. Alternate layers of white and blackened paper are employed to receive the impressions of the punch. 7th. Obtaining " any determined succession of independent and " dissimilar actions," by means of a single electric circuit acting successively on electro-magnets through an inlaid diac« T^^ 62 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : application of this apparatus to telegraphic printing is set forth. By means of a spring rotating by clockwork over an ivory " disc," iiUaid with metal pieces in connection with separate electro- magnets and mechanical movements the clockwork is released, the type-wheel moved, the cylinder advanced, and the blow of the hammer struck ; the spring then comes again to its first position ; one end of the circuit wire is connected with the rotating spring, the other with the remaining ends of the wires of the electro- magnets. 8th. Recording the time at which distant actions take place. A surface carrying paper, ruled to represent equal intervals of time, is made to move uniformly by clockwork ; and an electro- magnet, included in the circuit, has a lever armature carrjring a pencil, which is depressed, and marks the paper whenever the circuit is completed. [Printed, 2«. 2//.] A.D. 1841, August 21.— N<» 9063. DE MOLEYNS, Frederick. — ** Certain improvements in the " production or developement of electricity, and the application ** of electricity for the attainment of illumination and motion ; *' relating to : — 1st. A galvanic battery, composed of a mixture of a solution of nitrate of ammonia and sulphuric acid in contact with a ** platina " plate, and muriate of ammonia in contact with an unamalgamated zinc plate ; a sycamore porous cell divides the fluids. 2nd. A means of generating the electric light, by constantly sup- plying the electrodes at their junction, with " pulverized charcoal " from a tube in which the upper electrode is endosed : the electrodes consist of two coils of platinum wire of suitable thickness, the lower one enclosing a piece of spongy platmum. The whole arrangement is enclosed in an exhausted glass globe. 3rd. Constructing an electro-magnet, by rolling **a strip of sheet iron " with insulated wires laid upon it ** upon a cylin- drical rod," so that upon its withdrawal the sheet iron and wires may present " a compact electro-magnet, each wire having a sur- ** face of iron on both sides ;" the hollow portion of the magnet may be filled up with an iron rod. An electro-magnet is described, consisting of *'Bott iron hollow re THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. (Hi it « " cylinders/* properlj covered with insulated wires, introduced into one another, and fastened " by a screw." The above or any other electro-magnets are applied to electro- motion by fixing them on the rim and spokes of ''a wooden " wheel," " parallel to its axis ; " similar electro-magnets are fixed so that their poles *' are opposed " to the poles of those on the wheel ; the motion of the wheel is produced by *' a change in the *' polarities of the fixed magnets eifected by a commutator worked •* by the wheel." [Printod, 7d, See Hochaiiics* Magazine, vol. S6, d . 2Se.J A.D. 1841, September 8.— N^ 9077. BARRATT, Oglethorpe Wakblin. — " Certain improvements in the precipitation or deposition of metals," consbting of : — 1st. "The application of electric currents for the purpose of depositing copper and its alloys taken into solution in the acids employed during the process of cleaning such metals." "A satu- ** rated solution of copper" is made in dilute '' dipping aquefortis.' The work to be cleaned is placed in this solution in connection with the wire from the negative battery plate, and plates of copper are connected with the positive battery plate. If the articles to be cleaned are required bright, "free acid " is added; but if they are required dead, ** muriatic acid " is added. 2nd. A mode of electro-depositing zinc " upon other metals." The articles to be coated are placed in a solution of zinc " in diluted *' sulphuric acid cold" in connection with the positive battery plate, a plate of zinc being attached to the negative battery plate. If amalgamated zinc is used in the battery the zinc plates in the depositing liquid may be slightly amalgamated, otherwise they are not amalgamated. Other solutions of zinc may be used. 3rd. Two methods of electro-coppering iron and other metals. First, the articles to be coated are connected with a zinc plate wrapped in cloth, and the whole is immersed in an acid solution of sulphate of copper. Second, a solution of sulphate or " cyanuret " of copper is made in " cyanuret of potassium " by boiling. The articles are then im- mersed in this solution proper battery connections being made with them and mth copper plates in the solution. Other compounds of potaflnum or sodium may be used. If a brass surface \^ &e«\t^^« 61 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : sine is electro-deposited on the copper surface, and a heat of 3(X)^ Fahrenheit is applied " in a muffle." 4th. Modes of depositing platinum from its solutions ''as a " covering to other metals." The article is connected to a zinc plate and the whole immersed in an acid solution of platinum. Another process is to dissolve platinum in certain proportions of muriate of soda, alum, cream of tartar, and water ; this solution may be used with or without the battery. Palladium may ** be employed " in like manner." 5th. Electro-depositing copper from mineral waters. A porous earthenware vessel is placed in a pit containing the cupreous solu- tion and filled with a solution of muriate of soda. Iron is then placed in the porous vessel and connected with the sheets of metal intended to receive the deposit of copper. 6th. Gilding, silvering, or platinating. The metallic sulphuret is dissolved by boiling in hydrate of potash. These solutions may be used with or T^^ithout a batterv. 7th. Electro-depositing alloys of metals. Tlie sulphiu^ts of the metals forming the alloy, in the proportions requisite to make the alloy, are dissolved in **cyanuret of potassium." An "alloyed ** anode " of ** the proportions contained in the solution " is em- ployed " when using a galvanic or other battery." [Printed, ^. Sco Repertory of Arts, vol. 17 (new series), p. 8C7 ; London Journal (Newton's), vol. 20 (conjoined series), p. 438; and Mochanics* Magazine, vol. 30, p. 470.] A.D. 1841, December 9.-N« 916/. TALBOT, William Henry Fox. — " Improvements in coating *' or covering metals with other metals, and in coloring metallic " surfaces," consisting of : — 1st. " Adding gallic acid to the metallic solution intended to " be precipitated." " A clean bright plate of metal" is immersed in " any convenient solution of silver, gold, or platina," to wliich an alcoholic solution of gallic acid has been added. 2nd. " A method of silvering metallic surfaces." ** A clean ** bright plate of metal" is immersed in a solution of "freshly *• precipitated chloride of silver in hyposulphite of soda, or any " other liquid hyposulphite." In either the Ist or 2nd process, a gal^'anic battery may be employed '*to obtain thicker ooata of metal;" *' brass, copper. St t€ U €t M €€ ft S4 THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 65 " silver, Gemum silver, uid also (though less effectually), iron and steel " may thus be coated. 3rd. " Ornamenting surfaces of brass or copper, by first gilding them partially according to some pattern, and then washing them over with a solution of chloride of platina," which " gives a dead black appearance " to the parts not gilt. 4th. '' A method of coloring polished surfaces of copper by exposing them to the vapour of sulphuretted hydrogen, or of any of the liquid hydro-sulphurets, or to the vapours of sulpher, iodine, bromine, or chlorine, or by dipping the metal into Uquids containing them." Effective ornamental patterns may thus be produced, and " as it is easy to render the copper nearly white '* by this method, it may bci employed ''for obtaining metallic '* specula or mirrors as follows :*' — An electrotype cast from a polished surface is exposed " to the action of the vapours," " until *' it is sufficiently whitened ; " the surface thus obtained is not liable to tarnish by exposure to the atmosphere. [Printed, Sd. See Reportorj of Arts, vol. 1 (enlarged §erie$), p. 47 ; London Journal {Newton'e)^ vol. 21 {conjoined series), p. iSl; Mechanicv' Man- zine, vol. S6, p. 40G ; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, voL 5, p. S58.] A.D. 1841, December 21.— N» 9204. WRIGHT, Thomas, and BAIN, Alexander.'—" Improvements *' in applying electricity to control railway engines and carriages, ** to mark time, to give signals, and print intelligence at distant ** places," relating to : — Controlling railway engines and carriages. " The deflection of '* the electric conductor, or a coil of wire," moves a dial hand, and releases a " stop," thus liberating wheelwork. A weight at the end of a lever acts on the stop disc through a rack head, pinion, ratchet wheel, and spur gearing. A stud on the lever is linked to the throttle valve lever and steam whistle, both of which are acted on when the stop is released, and the weight thus permitted to descend. " A pilot engine" with a " governor," propelled by the driving wheel axle, about a mile in advance, is used in connection with the above apparatus ; the electric current from a battery on the locomotive passes through " brackets " and spring " plugs " to long conducting wires laid on the line of railway, thence through the governor rod to a coil of wire, and back to the battery through the line wires ; as long as the current circulates through the coVl| B 66 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : the *' stop " prevents the clockwork from acting, but when the governor balls fall, a spring in the circuit presses against a piece of ivory on the governor rod, thus interrupting the drcuit, and putting the mechanism into action. ''An electro-magnetic printing telegraph." Electro-magnets are arranged in the circumference of a circle, each having a '* feeder" or armature fixed to a spindle, which is attached by means of a pin to the tail of the " type lever;" the type levers (mounted between ''cocks") being all made to strike the paper and a blackened ribbon at the common centre of the magnets. There is also a central magnet that draws down the soft iron type lever heads when they get sufficiently near, and another to move the paper forwards, through both of which the current passes when- ever the circuit is completed. The surface of the ribbon is rubbed over with a composition of oil, lamp-black, and spirits of turpen- tine; and the magnet that moves the paper forward has a " feeder" or armature connected with a lever and click working into a click wheel on the shaft of the paper roller. A method of printing and giving signals ; in which a spring barrel rotates the type wheel, and brings the corresponding letter to the aperture in the dial by means of a coil acting on a ratchet wheel by pallets ; a second spring barrel brings the type to the paper, and moves the paper by means of a governor (rotated by the first spring barrel, and mounted on a " friction collet "), which allows an excentric, and ratchet-wheel to act as soon as the coil has brought the desired type opposite the paper ; for this purpose the governor lever bears against knees suitably fixed on the shaft of the excentric. The coil is only deflected when the circuit is com- pleted. An instrument to show whether a telegraph is indicating or printing correctly at a distant station. On the completion of the circuit, the battery current rotates a hand round a disc at the distant station, by the deflection of a coil from a permanent magnet acting on the spindle of the hand through a ratchet wheel and click movement. At certain positions of the hand, a battery at the distant station is brought into action by studs, over which an insu- lated metal curve on the hand passes ; this battery deflects a small coil at the telegraphing station, the current being at such times insulated from the instruments, by a spring in the circuit pressing against a non-conducting portion of the ratchet wheel. At the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 67 telegmpbing station a steel disc is used, with ivoiy studs inserted, which cut off the main circuit at each deflection of the needle. This instrument is employed to work the last-mentioned telegra- phic printing apparatus. The application of the deflection of a coil to the movement of timepieces. An electric current is sent through a coil every minute, by means of a pendulum or balance-wheel ; every deflection of the coil moves a ratchet wheel forward one tooth by a click on the coil ; this motion is conununicated to the hands by the ordinary clock- mechanism. Two coils working two ratchet wheels may be used instead of one in any of the above applications, one coil working at a time by the reversal of the current. " Laying down the conducting wires for telegraphic purposes in ** asphalt, pitch or any other cement," " by digging a trench," and filling it to a small depth " with the cement in a soft state. " When this is hardened," the wires are laid on it, and another quantity of cement in a soft state is run in the trench, and on and over the wires. Using " bodies of natural waters " to complete the electric cir- cuit, by laying a single insulated wire between the given stations, having at each end a metallic brush immersed in the water. [Printed, is. 5d. Sec Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 86, p. 97.] A.D. 1842, January 15.— N" 9227. PALMER, Edward. — " Improvements in producing printing and embossing surfaces," consisting of : — 1st. ''A mode of obtaining surfaces for relief printing by means of the electrotype process or by casting.'' A smooth plate of German silver or brass, blackened on the surface, either by means of a solution of chloride of platinum or of '* hydrosulphuret of ammonia," is coated with a composition of " the clear part of Burgundy pitch," rosin, white wax, and spermaceti, and its surface whitened with finely powdered sulphate of lead ; lines etched upon this surface appear dark upon a white ground. The whole plate is then electrotyped, being placed in the solution before the ground is made conducting ; the ground is then plumbagoed, and the electrotype proceeded with. Or a plaster cast may bo taken of the subject, from which a reverse cast for stereotyping may be had by rubbing the first with lather of soap and taking a platter cast in the usual manner. B 2 it f( 6S ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM t 2nd. A mode of obtaining metallic printing surfiices with the design sunken. Drawings made upon prepared surfaces are electrotyped or cast in wax, from which electrotype or casting " as " manj printing copies as required can be taken." To make the prepared surface, a very thin coating of a mixture of white wax and sulphate of lead is poured over a metal plate and a border made round it when cold ; a sufficient quantity of white wax mixed with plumbago is poured on this and the tablet is taken off the plate ready for use ; the design drawn on this surface appears black upon a white ground. Or a cast from an oiled polished piece of metal or glass is taken in plaster of Paris, and the design drawn on it with a black-lead pencil, then etched with an engraver's needle ; while working, finely-powdered charcoal is dusted into the lines ; this method is preferred. 3rd. A mode of obtaining, by the electrotype or stereotype, blocks for surfEhce printing from engraved plates. Printers' ink, mixed with driers or Brunswick black, is spread carefully over the engraved plate, so as not to fill up the engraved lines, by means of a printer's composition roller ; oxide of iron mixed with Utbarge, in fine powder, is sifted over this, the whole dried, and the powder brushed off. This process is repeated until a sufficient thickness is obtained, and the whole is black-leaded and electrotyped, or cast from in plaster. 4th. " Obtaining embossing surfaces " by " sinking the subject " in a prepared siurface of plaster of Paris " (see 2nd improvement), ** and then, by obtaining a cast therefrom," producing "an " embossing surface by the electrotype or by casting." If the surface is to be obtained by the electrotype, a wax mould of the plaster must be taken, but if by stereotype, a plaster mould. [Printed, id. See London Journal (Newtan'9)» vol. 22 (conjoined series), p. 279.] A.D. 1842, June 1.— N<» 93/4. LEESON, Henry Beaumont. — " Improvements in the art of " depositing and manufacturing metals and metal articles by " electro-galvanic agency, and in the apparatus connected there- •* with," consisting of : — 1st. A galvanic battery ; in which the trough contains two re- moveable frames—one, resting on the bottom of the trough, and containing porous cells and partitions— the otheri resting on the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 69 top of the trough, and containing the metal plates. The porous cell frame is not wanted when only a single fluid is used. The plates are secured to " bars," projecting inwards from the side of the frame, with screw clamps, in such a manner as to be remove- able singly without disturbing the others. A voltameter is de- scribed and shown, that has great area of acting surface supported in a glass vessel from a metal cover. 2nd. Cleaning zinc and copper battery plates by electricity ; by first removing the impurities by immersion in an acid or saline solution, in connection with the positive pole of a battery, and then (in regard to the copper plates only) electro-depositing copper on them. Also, amalgamating zinc plates by the electro-deposition of mercury on them. 3rd. Battery exciting fluids to be used in connection with sul- phuric^ nitric, or muriatic acids. Ammoniacal liquor from gas works, lime liquor after use in gas purifying, alkaline sulphurets the residuum of the " processes for making potash and soda," the sulphates of calcium, barium, and strontium, the alkalies and their carbonates, and " the acid solution of sulphate of iron " produced in the manufacture of green copperas or sulphate of iron, in con« nection with any of the last-mentioned alkaline solutions or sulphurets.'* 4th. Adjusting or diminishing the " quantitative " or electro- lytical effect of a battery, by increasing the number of purs, there being not less than ten pairs used. 5th. Using glue, either alone or together with gdms, resins, or a solution of tannin, to make elastic moulds for wax electrotype casts ; and a strong solution of cyanide of silver and potassium to deposit upon the casts. To projecting parts a pin of metal is attached which receives the rough deposit that would otherwise take place on the mould ; the pin is afterwards cut off. Positive wires are led into cavities or undercut portions to cause an equable deposit, and conducting wires are inserted into wax moulds to fiMsilitate deposition. 6th. Giving motion to the article to be deposited upon (not on its own axis), by means of a roasting jack, &c. ; or the depositing solution may be agitated. 7th. Forming parabolic and other reflectors by first electro- depositing the silver or other face, and then a suitable thickness of copper ; the fiice is then highly polished« 4€ f€ 70 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 8th. Electro-depositing alloys. First method: — By iiang a solution composed of similar salts of the difiPerent metals, and as many distinct galvanic batteries as metals, all the negative poles being connected to the article to be coated, and each metal to a positive pole. Second method : — ^A beam, moved by any suitable power, alternates the battery connection with the metals ; one or two batteries may be used. Third method : — One battery may be used, and a dissolving plate of each of the metals. Fourth method : — " Any of the non-metallic electrotytic " [electrolytic ?] " fluids," described in the 1 1th improvement, may be used ** in *• connection with any of the herein-before recited arrangements." 9th. Giving a coating of mercury by immersion to prepare me- tallic surfaces for electro-deposition. 10th. Arranging the articles to be coated, themselves, " in series '' as a portion of the battery," so as to assist in generating and " maintaining the galvanic current." 1 1th. Electro-depositing metals " by the aid of electrolytic solu- tions not originally containing such metals;" proto-salts and those that form double salts with the metal " are preferred, and the electric current must be intense enough. 12th. Manufacturing platinum and other metals from their ores by electro-deposition. The solutions named in the 11th improve- ment are, by preference, used. The metal may at once be deposited in the required form. 13th. Manufacturing platinum vessels, &c. by electro-depositing the metal upon a suitable mould, which is afterwards removed ; a platinum cathode is used. In electro-coating articles with pla- tiniun, they are previously plumbagoed or coppered. 14th. The application of certain compounds of the metals, not before used, to furnish an electrolytic solution for their deposiiion. Sulphate of silver " is mentioned t^ice, and " sulphate of silver and soda," " sulphate of silver and potassa," " hypo-sulphate of *' silver and strontia," *' racinate of silver," and " sulphorinate of " silver," are also mentioned ; these are referred to in the " Me- " morandum of Alteration." Under this head, about 430 com- pounds of the metals not before used, are mentioned in the list. re if ■ A " Memorandum of Alteration " was enrolled by the Patentee, March 25, 1843, in which the sentences, — ** sulphate of silver," " sulphate of silver and soda^" " sulphate of silver and potassa," THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 71 " byposulphate of silver and strontia," *' racinate of silver," and ** salphorinate of silver," occurring in the Specification, — are altered into ** sulphite of silver," '* sulphite of silver and soda," " sulphite of silver and potassa," "hyposulphite of silver and ** strontia," " racemate of silver," and ** sulphovinate of silver," respectively. rPrinted, tt. See London Joumml (Newton* $), vol. 22 (conjoined eeriet), ►.2W; MecluuiicaT * '^ " ' '^ \ - -. . . - ions, ToL 1, p. 85S.] 8. 292; Mechanics' Msgaziue* vol. 88, p. 69 ; and Becord of Patent Inven- c A.D. 1842, June 4.— N« 9379. TUCK, Edmund. — " Covering or plating with silver various ** metals and metallic alloys." This invention " consists in the use of either of the two carhon- " ates of ammonia, namely, the sesquicarhonate and the bicar- ** bonate as one of the ingredients in the mixtures or compounds '' employed for covering or plating with silver various metals and ** metallic alloys by the action of electricity." A process is de- scribed for plating '* bad German silver," in which '' sulphate of ** silver" is used in combination with ''a solution of bicarbonate ** of ammonia" in "equivalent" proportions; for plating "on " copper or on good German silver," "cyanide of silver" in '* equivalent " proportions is used instead of " sulphate of silver." The inventor prefers to use a modification of " Darnell's constant " battery," which is described, as a suitable source of electricity for electroplating by these solutions. The arrangement of the trough for plating, the method of cleaning the metal alloy to be plated, and the regulation of battery power to the article to be coated, is set forth. [Printed, 4rf. See London Journal (NewtoWt), vol. 22 {conjoined seriei), p. 468 ; and Record of Patent Inventions, voL 1, p. 873.] A.D. 1842, August 1.— N<» 9431. WOOLRICH, John Stephen. — "Improvements in coating " with metal the surface of articles formed of metal or metallic " alloys." A magneto-electric machine is described and shown, consisting of a horseshoe-formed armatiure, revolving in front of a fixed horseshoe permanent magnet. The permanent magnet is adjus- table to my required distance from the armature by mesxvu oil ^ 72 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : Bcrew, and the electric currents are made to flow in one direction by means of a "dividor," which consists of a non-conducting collar fitted on to a brass tube fixed centrically to the armatures ; one of the terminal wires is in connection with a brass semicircle on the collar, the other terminal wire is in connection with an opposite brass semicircle ; two pairs of springs (fixed to the frame of the instrument by pillars containing binding screws), press alternately on the brass semicircles, one spring of each pair being on the wooden collar when the other is in contact with a brass semicircle, thus enabling each pair of springs to become a pole of the instrument, and a nearly continuous current of electricity to flow through tbe circuit when closed. Silvering, gilding, and coppering solutions, to be used in con« nection with the above magneto-electric machine, are described. The silvering solution consists of sulphite of silver (precipitated from the nitrate by sulphite of potash) dissolved in sulphite of potash, of which an excess is added. The gilding solution con« sists of oxide of gold (precipitated from a chloride by magnesia) dissolved in 8uli)hite of potash, of which an excess is added. The coppering solution consists of carbonate of copper (precipitated from the sulphate by "carbonate of potassa") dissolved in sul- phite of potash, of which an excess is added. The solvent solu- tion above-mentioned (sulphite of potash) is made by passing sulphurous acid gas through a solution of pearlash, ** Uking care " not to add sulphurous acid gas in excess.'* [Printed, \0d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 1 {enlarged aeries), p. 210 ; London Journal {Newton'e), vol. 22 (conjoined teries), p. 460; and Me- chanics' Magazine, vol 88, p. 146.] A.D. 1842, September 8.--N« 9465. COOKE, William Fotheroill.— This invention "relates to " the arrangement and disposition" of telegraph wires. The im- provements consist of: — Stretching, suspending, and insulating telegraph wires on posts and other suitable supports entirely of wood, or of wood and iron, erected at suitable distances. If the wires are required at an un« usual height above the level of the ground, one pole is applied at the top of another in the manner top-masts of ships are placed on the lower masts, and they are properly stayed. To carry the wires beneath an arch> a piece or pieces of wood in an inclined position THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 73 ftre used. The wires may either be placed one over the other, at one or both sides of the post, or on horizontal cross pieces fixed to one or more posts or supports. When the posts are necessarily at great distances apart, the wires may be kept at the required distance by glass tubes lashed to a bamboo rod. This improvement may be used alone or in coi^junction with the methods of mounting and insulating telegraph wires set forth in I-etters Patent, N" 7390 and 7614. At certain distances stronger posts are erected, to stretch the wires so that they may hang parallel to each other. The following methods of straining the wires may be used: — "Winding up *' spindles with ratchet wheels and clicks," either fixed or re- moveable after the stretching ; screw bolts and nuts with eyes to receive the wire ; or *' tackles or pullies in conjunction with holding " tongs," or a bent lever in conjunction with a bolt having pin holes and an eye, may be temporarily applied ; metallic con- tact between the wires, being made through a piece of metal on which the ratchet wheels and clicks are mounted, or through which the bolts are fixed ; or a copper wire may make metallic contact between the telegraph wires. Each drawing-post may have stretching apparatus on one or both sides. When branch wires are required, the suspending or winding up apparatus on the nearest post must be mounted separately for each wire, so that the circuit is only completed through the signal apparatus. The insulation of the wires from the suspending and drawing posts, and from the earth is accomplished by the following means :— The top of the post is enclosed in a wooden, glass, or earthenware case, the wires either being suspended on hooks outside the cases, or the cases having apertures for the wires ; sheds may be used, with or without the cases, to " preserve a dry zone " around the posts between the wires, and one larger shed under the wires to keep them insulated from the earth ; the wires themselves may be passed through tubes of glazed pottery-ware or glass, or a split goose quill fastened to the wire with white lead and twine ; or the wires may be suspended under a shed by india-rubber loops and metallic S hooks ; or the suspension hooks may be attached to glass tubes. The wires used may be either single wires of copper covered or not with thread and varnish, or iron wire painted and varnished ; or compound wires of se>Tral wires twisted together with ^ ct^Vt^ 74 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : yarn of tarred hemp, or a central wire of copper, or a copper wire twisted amongst the iron wires may be used. The wires so stretched, suspended, and insulated, may be used for one half the telegraphic circuit, in conjunction with the earth circuit for the other half, instead of the '* sixth wire " referred to in Letters Patent, N** 7390, 7614, and 8346. Distinct batteries may be used in conjunction with the sus- pension of the wires and the earth circuit, one to each wire, thus making as many electric currents available at one time as there are wires. Communicating, by electric means, between any carriage in a railway train and the engine driver. Conducting wires, composed of two twisted copper wires woven into a web or threadwork, well coated with india-rubber, are extended over the tops of the carriages, and ;have branch wires proceeding to each carriage connected respectively with springs that can be brought into contact when required, thus actuating a battery and alarum (See Letters Patent, N° 7390) placed in the front carriage. A wooden roller (through whose pivots and standards the proper connections are made) is mounted over the alarum for the purpose of winding up the web. The above-described improvements may be applied to com- municating action from one regulating clock to other clock trains, to ensure their moving uniformly, also to printing telegraphs, and to releasing mechanism by means of electricity. Constant reference is made, in the Specification, to Letters Patent, N»- 7390, 7614, and 8346. [Printed, 2s. Zd, See London Joamal {Ne%Bton'9), vol. 30 {conjoined aeries), pp. 116 and 201; and Common Bench Reports, vol. 4, p. 462.] A.D. 1842, November 25.— N" 9528. TALBOT, William Henry Fox. — *' Improvements in coating " or covering metals with other metals," consisting of; — 1st. Preparing metallic surfaces for gilding, by means of a very thin coating of silver, given by immersion in a weak solution of silver in hyposulphite of soda. 2nd. Preparing metallic surfaces for gilding or silvering, by at- taching the well-cleaned article " to one of the poles '* of a voltaic battery, and plunging both the poles into an acid or saline solu- tion, so as to cause the surface to be gilt to give off hydrogen freely 5 the article is then *' immediately thrown " into a proper THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 76 solution of gold or silver and is thereby coated, it is then washed. The process is repeated as often as may be necessary. 3rd. Gilding metallic articles by immersion in a mixed solution containing chloride of gold, mixed with nitrate of lead or hydrio- date of zinc. A weak solution of gold is used first, then a strong solution. 4th. " Using a solution of chloride of gold, mixed with a solution ** of boracic acid, for the purpose of gilding articles of brass or " other metal." 5th. When metallic articles "acquire a dark tint," by being dipped into a solution of gold, dipping them into a weak solution of nitrate of mercury, then again into a solution of gold, and so on. The excess of mercury may be removed by an acid " assisted " by voltaic action." 6th. Silvering metallic articles by immersion in diflPerent solu- tions, thus making the metal on the surface become dissimilar to that in solution. A different solution of silver, or of some other metal, may be used. A slight coating is given by voltaic action, '* and these dippings are then to be repeated alternately." This method applies to gilding also. " Brass, copper, silver, German silver, iron, and steel" may be coated by the processes described in this Specification. [Printed, 8 zine, vol. 43, p. 58 ; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 8, p. 264.] A.D. 1844, December 18.— N* 10,441. WALL, Arthur.— "Certain improvements in the manufacture of " steel, copper, and other metals." In regard to steel, " bars of wrought or other iron," " intended ** for conversion," are placed " in the usual boxes and furnace," or a retort or converting chamber maybe used. An electric current, by preference from 100 pairs of Smee's battery, is then transmitted through the bars '' antecedent to and during their conversion " into steel." In practice, the electric current is transmitted through the bars from the time they attain a red heat, until '' one " of the pole bars" is found on examination to have become perfectly converted. The process "is equally applicable to " blistered steel, and to cast steel (See Letters Patent, N° 9946). The bars are arranged in supporting blocks in horizontal series, and in rows " by superposition." The openings between the supporting blocks must be filled up with fire clay ; and between the bars of metal, charcoal or charcoal and chalk in fine powder is placed. In applying the invention to copper, tin, and zinc, those metals are tul3|jeoted during fiision and cooling to a current of electricity u u t€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 89 in the same manner as cast iron is treated in the description given in the Specification of the Letters Patent, N® 9946, except that the connecting wire is of platinum. [Printed, 7d. See Repertory of Arts, vol . 6 {enlarged series) , p. S48 ; London Journal (Ne%cton*»), vol. 27 (conjoined series), jt. 29 ; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 42, p. 443 ; Artizan, vol. 5, p. 256; Patent Joiimal, vol. 3, p. 459 ; and Sngineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 8, p. 297.] A.D. 1844, December 27.— N^ 10,44/. PINKUS, Henry. — The title of this invention is t — " Improve- ments in obtaining and applying motive power to impeUing machinery." The invention relates to " the construction and working of pneumatic or atmospheric railways, and applying the motive power to the im])elling machinery connected there- with, through the agency of the auxiliary power of atmospheric air." *' Some of the methods herein described are applicable to " propulsion, to efPect transit on canals and on common roads." Electricity is employed to heat and soften '' a cement " that seals the longitudinal valve. " An electric trough in the first carriage " heats an insulated metal blade, or wheels \vith insulated metal peiipheries, that move " along the groove of the main pipe that " contains the cocoa-nut oil," " which is solid at common tem- *' peratures." The blade or wheel may be used both in unsealing and sealing the valve. In working the " locomotive atmospheric system," in which a locomotive is impelled in consequence of its communication with an atmospheric main by means of a hollow tongue, it is recom- mended to use the ''electro -magnetic breaks" described in N<» 8644. The Specifications of the following former Patents are referred to in this Specification, viz. : — N°' 65/0, 688.5, 8207, and 8644 besides the Specifications of certain Irish and Scotch Patents. [Printed, Iftf. 3J. Seo Engineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 8, p. 205.] A.D. 1844, December 31. —N° 10,450. BAIN, Alexander.— 1st. Registering the progress of ships through water. A magnetic needle, nioimted as a compass needle, is made to mark the direction and distance of the ship's course on properly divided drawing paper placed under it. For that purpose a horizontal circular coil surrounds the compass box, through 90 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : which coil an electric current is made to pass at certain intervals of distance by clockwork, actuated by rotating vanes immersed in the TiTiter ; when electricity traverses the coil, one end of the needle dips, and marks the paper ; a spring and ratchet wheel then works a right and left handed screw on the needle, which moves the marker and its counterpoise radially. Thus the direction and dis- tance travelled are registered. 2nd. Indicating the progress of a ship by placing the indices inside the rotator. Electric power is not used. 3rd. Registering the direction of a ship's course at certain inter- vals of time, by an exactly similar means to that employed in the first improvement, except that the electric circuit is periodically completed by a chronometer, and the drawing paper is ruled radially for time instead of distance. 4th. Printing the direction of a ship's course, and the distance travelled. By clockwork (through a length of plaited wire rope) the rotating vanes actuate rollers containing divided paper and carbonised ribbon, and at inter\'als cause a hammer to fall on a graduated ring fixed to the compass needle, and thus print the degree under it. 6th. Ascertaining the temperature in the holds of ships. An electric circuit (completed by the expansion of mercury in a tube by heat) traverses coils through which a magnetic ring, fixed to the pointer axis, passes. The magnetic ring consists of two semi- circular i)ernianent magnets, with similar poles opposite, and moves together with the pointer, on the completion of the circuit. 6th. Taking soundings at sea. Vanes (rotating only on the descent of the lead) complete an electric circuit, at certain inter\'als of depth, by wheelwork, and cause indicator wheels to be actuated by a click connected with the axis of a similar apparatus to that of the fifth improvement. [Printed, 1*. KW.] A.D. 1845, March 10.— N« 10,548. WRIGHT, Thomas. — ** Certain improvements in apparatus for the production and difPusion of light," consist in '' a method of producing a permanent light by continually presenting one or more fresh points or surfaces of carbon or other suitable mate- rial to the path of an electric current." This is efPeoted by €€ it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 91 sending a galvanic or other electric current through ** circular ** discs" of carbon, "mounted upon axes revolving in bearings'* attached to a non-conductinsr frame, and adjustable at various dis- tances from each other ; or a separate current may be sent through each pair of discs; hj suitable wheel work, connected with ''a " weight or other prime mover," the discs are made " to revolve " with a slow and uniform motion." ** In order to bring about *' the desired efPect" two neighbouring discs connected with opposite poles of the same battery, are brought into contact, and as soon as the points of contact are sufficiently ignited the discs ^* are to be withdrawn out of contact, when a brilliant and perma- *• nent " electric light will be evolved. A ground glass globe, or system of mirrors, or any other convenient method, may be used to diffuse the light equally. [Printed, 6(^. See London Journal (Newton* s), vol. 31 {conjoined series) , p. 194; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 10, p. 355.] A.D. 1846, April 17.— N« 10,625. PIGGOTT, William Peter. — " Certain improvements in mathe- ** matical, nautical, optical, and astronomical instruments, and in " the mode of manufacturing dials and other graduated plates." These improvements consist in the ap])lication of the electrotype process to the manufacture of the above articles, and the invention consists of two parts, viz. : — 1st. *' Producing graduated plates, such as those employed or " used for barometers, thermometers, quadrants, compass, sun " dials, clocks, and such like instruments requiring plates accu- rately divided or graduated." A plate is prepared " of suitable size for the purpose intended," and graduated and engraved as may be required. A mould or matrix is taken from this original, either in wax or by the electrotype process, and any number of copies of the original plate are obtained from this mould by the electrotype process. They are afterwards finished ** in the ordi- *' nary manner by silvering, which may also be done by the electro- " type process." 2nd. " A new mode of manufacturing the compass box or case " containing the magnetic needle." To obviate the local attraction from small particles of iron, existing in compass boxes as ordinarily manufiu;tared, a mould or matrix is made " of wax or other suit- " able composition," and electro-coated to the required thiolutt«& It €t 92 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : mth copper or other suitable metal ; or copper may be deposited " in the form of a sheet or block," and afterwards worked " into the form required." [Printed, 3d. See Repertory of Arts. vol. 7 (enlarged 8eriei),jp. 2S9 ; London Journal {NeufUm^e)^ vol. 27 {conjoined seriet)^ p. 33S; and En^neers* and Architects' Joumid, voL 8, p. 35S.] A.D. 1845, May 6.-N« 10,666. WHEATSTONE, Charles, and COOKE, William Fotheb- GILL. — ** Improvements in electric telegraphs and in apparatus re- lating thereto, part of which improvements are applicable to other purposes," consisting of : — 1st. Applying soft iron within the coils for deflecting the mag- netic needles of electric telegraphs, the needles not being an " astatic combination," but having similar poles similarly dis- posed, and being themselves external to the coils (See N** 7390). 2nd. Applying stops to " pointer telegraphs " for limiting the deflection of a magnetic needle or pointer to one direction. When two needles or pointers are used, one can thus be made to deflect in one direction only, and the other in the opposite direction only (See No 7390). 3rd. Disposing the pointer or pointers (in pointer telegraphs) so that the dial plate shall be horizontal, or nearly so (See N®' 7390, 7614, and 8345). 4th. Giving audible signals at the same time that visible signals are made by a needle or pointer, a distinct and different sound being given for e^ch direction of deflection of the pointer, lliis is proposed to be done either by the pointer itself striking a bell, or by alarum mechanism ; examples are given in regard to alarum apparatus described in former Specifications and in the present Specification (See N~ 7390 and 7614). 5th. Giving signals in electric telegraphs by motions of a pointer in quick succession to form one signal, the difi'erence between the signals being the number of motions, their direction, and the combinations of these. Under this head is described a needle in- strument having the 1st, 2nd, and 4th improvements; in which the electric circuit is continuous through the coils of each instru- ment at each station ; the earth circuit returns the current, and audible sounds, correspondent to the motion of the needle, are given by alarums^ the needles including them in a short circuit by THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 93 striking against a stop when deflected. In working this instru- ment, the key making connection also breaks the main circuit hj a spring and admits the battery to act on it ; there is one key and spring to each direction of deflection, being " four points of contact " to be made and separated " (See N°' 73^0, 8345, and 9465). 6th. Actuating a pointer by means of an electro-magnet or electro-magnets, the pointer being brought to rest by springs and stops instead of by gravitation, and being prevented by stops from touching the electro-magnet. Various methods are described and shown of acting upon a pointer, either magnetic or mounted with permanent magnets, by an electro-magnet, so as to cause it to deflect in one direction or the other according to the direction of the current (i . e, the polarity of the electro-magnet) ; all depending upon the principle that the poles of the permanent magnet will seek opposite poles of the electro-magnet, and appUcations of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th improvements are set forth (See N** 7390 and 8345). 7th. " Applying a portable telegraph at any part of a long line " of telegraphic wire" without disuniting its continuity, A battery at the terminal station constantly sends a current along a telegraphic wire, and the signal apparatus is interposed between it and the earth circuit wherever required ; or the battery and signal apparatus may be so interposed, thus enabling the current to be transmitted in either direction (See N<*" 7614 and 9465). 8th, Using the " derived current " (a short branch circuit taken from the main wire without disturbing its continuity) to commu- nicate to a sensitive signal apparatus the signals making through the wire. 9th. Applying the Ist improvement to galvanometers by fiUing up the space within the coils with soft iron, 10th. Letting off alarums or electric telegraph clockwork by the falling of a hammer previously raised by the clockwork, the clock- work at the same time assisting to withdraw the keeper of the letting-off electro-magnet. 11th. "Employing two voltaic magnets to act in concert "to let off electnc telegraph clockwork. 12th. " Substituting voltaic magnets for permanent magnets " in magneto-electric machines ; for instance, in that described and shown in N« 8345, 94 BLECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 13th. *'The application of leaden tubes fonned oyer covered ** wires " to the iron telegraph wires, ^' to be suspended in the air,'* as described in N^ 9465 (See also N^ 7614). [Printed, St. 2d.] A.D. 1845, May 22.-N« 10,684. NAPIER, Jambs. — ^The invention forming the subject of these Letters Patent is the same as N^ 10,362. By the former Letters Patent the invention was protected in England, Wales, and the town of Berwick-upon-Tweed; and these Letters Patent were granted to extend the protection to the islands of Jersey, Guernsey, Aldemey, Sark, and Man, and also all Her Mfgesty's Colonies and Plantations abroad. [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1845, August 4.— N" 10,799. YOUNG, William, and McNAIR, Archibald.— An " im- " proved method of manufacturing electric conductors," by covering metallic wires with plaited cotton threads, and introduc- ing them into a leaden pipe filled with pitch. Two machines are described and shown, for introducing the cotton-covered wires into a lead pipe filled with pitch. The top plate of an hydraulic press has a cylindrical chamber for hot lead ; the action of the press squeezes the lead round the wires, they having already passed through a cistern of fluid pitch connected with the piston of the press, and moving with it. The wires (in a state of tension) are drawn through the cistemand a " hollow rod," to a " tubular core" and " die " moving in the lead chamber, which regulate the supply and shape of the pitch and lead supplied to the wire. The first machine has the lead cylinder between the hydraulic press and the tank, the tank being supported by the pis- ton of the press ; but the second machine has the hydraulic press between the tank and the lead cylinder, the tank being fixed to the press cylinder, but adjustable on it. A cast iron box, with mercury cups, is described and shown, in which the lengths of wires are connected, when they are laid in the ground. It is proposed to use the leaden pipes for " returning the electric ** currents." [Printed, ItJM, See London Journal {Newtan^s), vol.28 (conjoined series), p. 404 ; and Engineers* and Architects* Journal, vol. 9, p. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 95 A.D. 1846, September 26.— N° 10,838. BAIN, Alexander. — ** Improvements in electric clocks and tele- " graphs, part of which improvements are applicable for other " purposes," consisting of: — Ist. Placing telegraphic wires in a railway fence. Roads are crossed either hj imbedding the wires in asphalt in the ground, or hj carrying them to a sufficient height in wooden posts. 2nd. Certain improvements in the I and V telegraph signal ap- paratus described and shown in N*' 9745. First, a handle (carry- ing two insulated springs, and nbrating from a centre over pieces of metal inlaid in a wooden block) is made to change the direction of the current as may be required, according as the handle is moved to the right or left, the pieces of metal being suitably in- cluded in the circuit. Second, a method of discharging a bell, by a lever resting on a part of the pointer axis which has a flat side, that lets the lever drop when the axis is deflected for that purpose ; a flat portion of the lever's axis then lets go a catch on a rod con- nected to the hammer lever, and the b6ll is rung. Third, various methods of combining and using the signals I and V, and repeti- tions of them ; also of indicating certain signals, by giving those that intersect at a particular part of the signal table. 3rd. Applying the two semicircular magnets and their coils, used in the I and V telegraph, to work mechanism capable of giving numerous signals of various descriptions. The axis of the two semicircular magnets has slotted discs, which let go ratchet- wheel teeth, thus moving pointers. Arrangements are described for winding up the wheels, also a code of signals in which one or both pointers may be used. 4th. Employing the herein-before mentioned mechanism of the I and V telegraph to cause a " step by step " motion. Clicks on the magnets' axes act on sectors, thereby moving a long pointer to the right or left. 5th. A method of insulating long telegraph wires on posts, by placing them on metal covers which protect the insulator under- neath from wet. 6th. The application of the 3rd improvement to deflecting a pointer on the magnet axis, at the same time letting a weight fall opposite the signal to be given. 7th. Causing a pointer connected with clockwork to revolve until it arrives opposite the required signal, by releasing and after- 96 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : wards stopping a wheel similar to '* the contrite wheel of a verge escapement watch," but having no teeth. For this purpose a bar magnet, passing through coils, is moved to and fro hj the electric current. Pointers are also attached to the bar magnet, and a pecu- liar signal table is used. 8th. Letting a weight fall over a signal table, and causing another to move horizontallj, by an application of the drd im- provement. The weights are wound up by a separate spring handle and pull frame. 9th. A signal table, in which the signals given are indicated by the signal at the intersection of Iwo elementary signals (I and V, or a revolving pointer). The elementary signals are in the circum- ference of a circle, and they point to ultimate signals disposed in four squares, or in the intersections of the lines proceeding to them. lOth. Improvements in electric clocks. A pendulum is worked by an application of the 7th improvement, in which the pendu- lum makes and breaks the circuit by striking against a " knee'd *' bar resting upon points, one of the points being a^i'ay from the circuit during the return vibration to allow the magnetic bar to fall by its own gravity against the pendulum. lliis improvement is applied to work other clocks, a separate electric current for so doing being generated by reels on the pen- dulum rod passing over permanent magnetic poles. 11th. Improvements in printing telegraphs. The 7th improve- ment is applied to this purpose by providing a printing cylinder revolving by clockwork on a screw, against which (according to the direction of the magnet's motion) the end of the magnet or a spring presses. 12th. A " double connecting apparatus," to send a weak current through the near signal apparatus, but a strong current through the distant one. Two connecting apparatus (See 2nd improve- ment) are used with one handle, but the telegraph circuit is not closed by the upper springs. Idth. Causing the telegraph alarum, when released by the ap- paratus described in the 2nd improvement, to strike every second vibration of a pendulum by means of catch springs, until again adjusted. The pendulum is actuated as described in the 10th im- provement. LPrlnted,7«,] « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 97 A.D. 1845, October P.—N** 10,860. PARKES, Alexander. — " Improvements in coating or covering " certain metals with other metals and metallic alloys, and for " ornamenting the surfaces of various metallic articles." The '* improvements in coating, &c. metals " are comprised under the two following heads : — 1st, coating iron with various metals and alloys ; 2nd, coating copper and its alloys ** with lead, " zinc, and tin." The coating in this part of the invention is performed by means of the melted metal in conjunction with certain fluxes. The " improvements in embellishing metals" consist of: — 1st. " The production of a gold design upon a silver or other ** metal surface," "by pencilling by hand or by printing from plates or rolls upon paper the required design in any suitable stopping varnish or colour," placing the design " on or in the ** article to be embellished," gently rubbing or pressing the same, letting it dry, and electro-gilding the article by the " cyanides ot ** gold" in preference. The stopping-out varnish is then " removed by turpentine or alkalies or acids, and the design " may be left dead, or burnished as required." 2nd. " The production of a silver design upon a gold or other " metal surface." This is effected " in the same way as for a gold design, only using silver solutions instead of gold, preferring the cyanides." 3rd. *' Producing a black or bronze design or ground upon a " gold, silver, or other metal siu*&ce," in the same way as for gold and nlver, except that a solution is used, composed of muriate of ammonia, sulphate of copper, and distilled vinegar. [Printed, 4d. See B4>pertory of Arts, vol. 7 {erilarged 8erie$), p. 858.] A.D. 1845, November 4.— N« 10,919. KING, Edward Augustin (a communication), — "The appli- '' cation of continuous metallic and carbon conductors, intensely " heated by the passage of a current of electricity, to the purposes " of illumination." A galvanic or other electric current, " suitably " regulated," is made to traverse a thin sheet of platinum foil (the method of obtaining which is described) properly mounted in an adjustable stand, so that *' it attains the highest temperature it " will bear without fusing ;" a glass shade " may then be placed G 98 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " over the apparatus." When carbon is used, **it should be " be enclosed in a Tooricelieu " [Torricellian ?] " vacuum," " it " may be employed where a very intense light is required. When " an intermittent light for the use of lighthouses, or for other purposes is required, it may be obtained by breaking the curcuit at inter\'al8 by clockwork." *' When the apparatus is suitably sealed it may be applied to submarine lighting," also to the illumination of ** powder magazines, mines, &c." " When a current is of sufficient intensity, two or more lights may be made in the same circuit, care being taken to regulate the " power." rPrinted, Id. Sco Repertory of Arts, vol. 7 {enlarged series), p. 835: cnan tc it tt London Journal {Newton* s),yo\.^ {conjoined series), p. 34B; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 44, pp. 312 and 343 ; Patent Journal, voL 1, p. 20 ; and En^neers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 9, p. 220.] A.D. 1845, November 13.— N« 10,939. BRETT, Jacob (a commvadcation). — ^This invention is entitled " Improvements in printing communications made by electric *^ telegraphs," and it consists of a "composing machine" for transmitting intelligence and a " printing machine " for receiving and printing it. The composing machine is to break and complete the electric circuit, and to continue it broken or completed *' in such a manner " as to cause any given letter to be printed by the printing " machine." This machine has a number of keys corresponding to the number of signs to be printed. Clockwork (moved by a weight) rotates a cylinder or " key shaft " with pins disposed helically on its surface, one under each key. At the end of the "key shaft" is fixed a "circuit wheel" ha\'ing a plain and a •cogged part ; springs in the line circuit press upon each of these parts, and the revolution of the circuit wheel causes the circuit to ibe uniformly broken and completed until one of the keys is •depressed ; this causes the pin belonging to the key to sto}) the 'Circuit wheel, and thereby continue the circuit completed or broken. The connection of the clockwork to the key shaft is by means of lievel friction wheels, and a "governor" is attached to the clock- -work to equalize its motion, and to keep it in motion after the circuit wheel is stopped, so that the key shaft may readily resume its motion on being liberated. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 99 The machinery composing the "printing machine" may be divided into the following parts : — Hiat causing and regulating Ac revolution of the " type wheel," which is rotated by clockwork having an escapement worked by electro-magnets magnetised and demagnetised by the breaking and completing of the circuit at the composing machine ; the type-wheel is also the escape-wheel, uid has pins for that purpose. That carrying the paper-cylinder to and from the type-wheel, consisting of separate clockwork giving motion to a shaft having excentrics, whenever the type wheel stops; Uie paper-cylinder being moved up against the type by rods con- nected to the excentrics, and having a rotary motion at the same time by means of clicks and a click wheel ; the paper may either run oif as the cylinder revolves, be moved helically by working on a screw axis, or parallel to itself by a " spring guide," " cam," and " racket " [ratchet ?] wheel ; a roller revolves in slotted bearings in contact by its weight with the type-wheel, which it supplies with plumbago from a groove covered with cloth. That enabling the excentrio-shaft to revolve only on the stoppage of the type- wheel ; a lever, resting upon one of the signal pins in the type- wheel, carries a detaining pin, which is kept in contact with a shoulder on an excentric catch wheel fixed to the excentric shaffc, whilst the type-wheel is in motion, by the signal pins striking against the lever and preventing its descent ; as soon however as the type-wheel stops, the lever descends, the pin drops away from the shoulder and the excentric shaft turns a portion of a revolu- tion, until a second shoulder on the excentric catch wheel stops it, in the mean time having moved the paper-cylinder up to the type. When the type-wheel again rotates, it raises the detuning pin fh>m this second shoulder and permits it to revolve as far as the first shoulder, where it is ready for another stoppage of the type wheel. The lever can rise rapidly, but can only fall gradually, in conse- quence of a rod attached to it working an '* hydraulic regulator " on the principle of the common pump, in which, when the lever is raised, it only lifts the weight of a valve which causes a chamber to be filled with water ; but when it descends it has to force a portion of the water out, which takes sufficient time to prevent the descent of the lever upon the signal pins whilst they are in motion. An alarum is made to strike, every revolution of the excentric catch wheel, by a pin striking against the hammer lever ; during the use of the telegraph, the hammer lever is secured from the bell by a hook. o 2 100 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: Another method is described of driving the escapement, by means of pennanent magnets moving up and down in coils, giving motion to an excentric, by the assistance of clockwork set free by studs at each movement of the magnets ; this plan may either be worked by the line circuit, or by a local circuit completed and broken at the same intervals as the line circuit, also by permanent magnets and coils. An " Oceanic line " may be used in connection with the printing apparatus, in which the wires are varnished, bound '' with waxed ** or sere cloth," platted with waxed or greased twine, and around the whole a platted cable satiu*ated with tar is formed; metal weights coated with bitumen and ballasted are attached to the cable at inter\'als of a mile or more ; tubes coated with bituminous substances (having openings fitted with water-tight coverings) are used to protect the cable on or near the shore. The wires may be coated with various colors to distinguish them. [In America this telegraph is known as " House's telegraph."] [Printed, Is. 5\d. Sec Artizan, vol. 6, p. 110.] A.D. 1845, December 20.— N^ 11,010. CHURCH, Jabez. — " Certain improvements in the manufac- ** ture of coke, and in the ovens for producing the same," iu which the following points are observable : — A quantity of coal is thrown into the oven, sufficient to cover the floor to a certain depth, and as the oven is being charged the charging aperture is partly buDt up. The coal is then ignited and the passages of a " regulator," which admits air to the coal, are gradually closed until the body of coal has become fairly ignited, when ** they are wholly shut." Valves and passages passing under and aroimd the floor of the oven (not communicating with the coke), are then opened, which admit wr to cool down the coke. The coke is not removed from the oven until it " has been thoroughly cooled," thus superseding throwing cold water on the hot coke. If it is desired to obtain a coke more than usually free from sulphur, &c,, as soon as the apertures admitting idr to the coke are closed, a current of electricity from "a powerful electric " battery " is transmitted through it by means of " iron rods " inserted through the brick work connected with the poles of the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 101 battery, the positive pole being near the bottom, and the negative pole Ijing on the top of the coke. [Printed, Od. Mechanics' p. 204; Pftteut nal, ToL 9, p. 284.] A.D. 1846, January 20.— V 11,051. NOTT, John. — " Certfdn improvements in the means of com- ^ mnnicating intelligence from one place to another/' consisting of:— A telegraph signal apparatus in which a hand is made to point to the letters of the alphabet on a circular dial-plate ; there are four sets of alphabets on the dial-plate, and a corresponding number of numerals^ the letters being pointed to by one end of the hand and the numerals by the other. Two electro-magnets, worked by the main circuit, act upon "two jointed lever armatures," causing them to raise two pallets simultaneously, which rotate a ratchet-wheel connected with the pointer ; one pallet raises the ratchet-wheel one tooth by the attraction of the magnet, and the other depresses the opposite side of the wheel one tooth by the reaction of springs on the levers when the magnetic force ceases. By this means a step- by-step action of the pointer is obtained, one tooth of the ratchet- wheel moving the pointer one letter. "Latch stops/' acting on the pallets, " produce a dead beat escapement." The electro-magnets are horseshoe formed, and placed so as to act upon opposite arms of the jointed lever armatures, thus forming " a magnetic circle." A signal bell apparatus is described and shown, consisting of a horseshoe electro-magnet with a T-shaped keeper, one edge of which is always in contact with the poles ; the twl of the keeper raising the arm of the hammer lever strikes the bell. " The reactive force " of electric induction" is, by the arrangement of these three magnets, enabled " to destroy the attractive force " as soon as the circuit is broken. The direction of the current is changed from the telegraph to the bell, and vice versd, by means of wooden drums (in connection with springs included in the circuit) partially covered with metal, brought into action alternately by levers on their axes and a con- necting rod. The circuit may be closed for the reception of signals by a ** lever " let go by a " stop " that depresses the signal key. A '' commutator or pole changer " for reversing the direction 102 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : of the electric current is described and shown, consisting^ of a " wooden cylinder " (moveable on an axis) with inlaid strips of metal, one of which lays across its periphery, and the others are connected parallel with the periphery or across, by imbedded wires. Springs in connection with the circuit press against the pieces of metal and the direction of the current is according to the position of the cylinder. Two " rheopeters '* are also described, which transmit the cur- rent to one station or to another, or through the telegraph or main circuit, according to its direction, as determined by the "pole " changer." The first consists of a wooden block, at opposite points of which are mounted, vertically, two permanent horseshoe magnets with their similar poles opposite ; between them a bar of soft iron is free to move on an axis, in a horisontal plane ; this bar being magnetised by the current which it carries with it (by a wire dipping into mercury cups connected with the circuits required to be completed or discharged), changes the position of the wire to the required mercury cups, according to its polarity. The second " rheopeter " consists of a similar arrangement mounted vertically, the poles of the magnets being one over the other, and the electro- magnet moving vertically; each pole of the electro-magnet is coiled separately, and the ends of the coils are immersed in mercury cups on the same side of the centre, each being included in a cir- cuit which it may be required to complete or interrupt ; this, how- ever, can be done without interrupting the electric current, as before one pair of wires leave one circuit the other pair may com- plete another circuit ; when the bar is horizontal the current pro- ceeds in two different directions at once. A telegraph post is also described, to be " imbedded in Roman ** cement," consisting of " a wooden lantern-shaped box " com- pletely covering the upper end of the post so as to protect it " from '• the humidity of the atmosphere ;" it has a " pyramidical" cover " firmly fixed on the top of the post," and a case " fastened to the " cover," so as to completely envelope the top of the post con- taining "binding screw clamps" "which carry the telegraph " wires ; " a lightning conductor passes to the earth outside the box. [Printed, U. 6d. See Repertory of Arts, voL 0 (enlarged teriee), p. 97 ; Lon- don Journal {Newton* $), vol 29 (conjoined seriei), p. 877. and vol. 30 {cabined seriee), pp. 116 and 201 ; Artizan, vol. 5, p. 12; Patent Journal, ToL\pp. 606 and MS: Engineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 10, p. 66 ; and Common Bench Reports, voL 4, p. 462.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 103 A.D. 1846, February 3.— N° 11,070. HIGHTON, Henry.— Tliia invention is entitled, " Improve- " ments in electric telegraphs," and it consists of the use of the deflections of a gold or metallic leaf (included in the telegraphic dicuit) under the influence of a magnet, to give signals in electric telegraphs. For this purpose the " metallic leaf" is placed in a " glass " tube " " fitted in " two " brass caps " (one of which is remov- able), and the whole fixed in a suitable stand, with the pole of a magnet near to the leaf. Each time the circuit is completed the metallic leaf moves one side or the other, at each of the stations included in the circuit, according to the direction of the current. An alarum apparatus may be employed in connection \nth the above to attract attention. [Printed, 6d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 8 {enlarged »eries) , p. 162 ; London Joonud (3r*«y/on'#), vol. 29 {ronjainHi series), p. 267 ; Artizan. vol. 4, J. 239; Patent Journal, vol. 1, p. 261; and Engineers' and Architects' oumal, vol. 0, p. 321.] A.D. 1846, Februar}' 7.— N** 11,07G. GREENER, William, and STAITE, William Edwards.— The title of this invention is : — ** Certain improvements in ignition " and illumination." llie invention relates to "effecting the " illumination of public and private buildings, streets, squares, *' and other public places, hj means of solid prisms or cj linden " of carbon enclosed in air-tight vessels of glass or some othei " traasparent substance, and ignited or rendered luminous bj " currenta of voltaic or magnetic electricity, such carbon bein^ ** previously freed from the impurities with which it is ordinanlj " combined, and divided on the surface thereof into numerout '* acute ix>int8." AUo " rods or strips of platinum '' may be usee in ooi^junction with carbon. Pore carbon is obtained by the following process: — Lamj blacky or (by preference) Church's purified coke (See N® 11,010) is digested in dilute nitro-muriatic or other acid, strained, washec in a weak alkaline solution, and washed in distilled water until n< traces of impurity are perceptible ; it is then dried, and by pressurt conrerted into solid prisms, or into cyUnders both solid aiM hollow; it may then be subjected to intense heat for twenty-fow hours. " By opposing two such acuminated surfaces the one t< 104 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : €€ €S €€ " the other," if the electric currents should cease '' hetween any " two points " they " will be kept up by the remaining points." When hollow cylinders of carbon are used in conjunction with hollow cones of platinum, they are put between the platinum cones whose bases must be placed facing. The carbon, or pla- tinum, or other infusible metal, may either be '* kept stationaiy " or made to rotate on its axis." [Printed, id. See London Journal {Netcton*8)» vol. 29 {conjoinsd series), p. 157 ; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 45, p. 160 : Patent Journal, vol. 1, p. 216 ; and Engineers' aud Architects' Journal, vot 9, p. 285.] . A.D. 1846, April 30.— No 11,188. KING, Edward Augustin (a communication), — " Improve- ments in the production of magnetic electricity," relating : — 1st. To •* an improved method of constructing the coils for the armatures of magneto-electric machines, by forming them of flat strips of copper instead of \idres." These are used when the armature is a " rectangular " iron bar ; they lay edgeways to the bar, each part being " bent over itself at right angles " at each comer. When the strip " is of considerable thickness, it should ** have grooves " " cut across it at inten'als equal to the diameter " of the bar," to enable it to be "bent into the required form "' without increasing its thickness." 2nd. To " a coil formed of plates or rings of copper soldered together so as to form a spiral " [helix ?]. This is adapted to " a cylindrical armature ;" each ring " is cut open on one side," and a second ring soldered to it by the edges thus produced. " The " operation is continued until a coil of sufficient length is " obtained." 3rd. To "a mode of collecting all the currents of electricity produced in magneto-electric machines having more than one armature by a combination of springs pressing on separate " segments of the break, and in using the current from each *^ spring separately, or combining them together into two currents ** when desirable." The permanent magnets are so placed that alternate poles are adjacent to each other ; all the terminations of coils on one side are in connection with an insulated metallic ring, and on the other side with insulated segments of a break (both on the revolving axis) ; springs (one to each segment) are arranged to press upon the segments when the springs are opposite to each THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 105 armature ; the springs are fixed to the frame of the machine ; according to the connections made between the springs, so is the direction and number of electric currents. 4th. "A method of preventing the formation of neutralizing " currents in the brass or other metallic plates forming the wheel *' which carries the armatures." A saw cut is made from the edge to the hole through which the armature passes. 5th. " A mode of affixing an iron bar to each of the poles of the magnets in magneto-electric machines, so that the armatures are magnetised a second time bj the same magnet during the " same revolution." Two bends are made in a piece of iron attadied to the end of the pole of each magnet, which enable the magnets to act upon the armatures a second time by induction. In this case, the break has double the number of segments and springs as armat\u«s, "the termination of each successive coil " being connected with an alternate segment." " The spring in a ** line with the second bend in the bar is connected with the next '' group of wires to the one to which it would from its position " belong." [Printed, (k/, StKS Repertory of Arts, toI. 8 {enlarged series), p. 237.J (C « €4 A.D. 1846, August 11.— N° 11,331. JENNINGS, Henry Constantine. — The title of the invention is, — " A new method or apparatus or machine for the better or more economic e^^aporation of fluids or liquids containing crystalline or other matters to be concentrated or crystallized," and the invention refers principally to apparatus for evaporating fluids by the agency of caloric from steam or hot air, in conjunction with certain pneumatic apparatus, described and shown in detail. The application of electricity to facilitate evaporation in the concentration and crystallization of liquids " is also mentioned, and a description given of " a galvanic pile or battery of three " elements " placed in the pan charged with the liquid to be acted upon, but its place is not shown in the Drawings, neither is any further allusion made to the precise way in which it facilitates evaporation. [Printed, 1#. 1^7. See London Journal (Xewton's), vol. 30 {conjainsd series) ^ p. 163 ; uid Repertory of Arts, toI. 9 {enlarged series) t p. 334.] (€ €€ 106 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1846. October 27.— N« 11,428. M APPLE, Henry. — "Improvements in apparatus for trans- '' mitting electricity between distant places and in electric tele- " gr^hs." This invention relates to : — A method of ''coating the conducting wires with a metal " covering," by enclosing them (already insulated with cotton, &c.) in a leaden tube, reducing the tube in size, and drawing it down with grooved rollers or " draw plates," it being introduced through a "hot water jacket;" the wires are threaded into the tubes by means of guide wires and slits, which are afterwards joined. Preserving the metallic pipe by covering it with " coir rope," or other suitable material wound roimd it. " It is then passed through a bath of hot pitch," " and while yet hot it is passed through a trough of sand, during its passage through which the " sand is well rubbed into it by hand." It may be placed in a cast-iron pipe for further protection. " Improving and steadying the action " of telegraph needles. They are suspended on a cranked axle, " from which project; do\ni- " wards two steel pins," which rest on " small square pieces of " agate or other hard material j" one of the pieces having a " conical hollow," and the other a " slot " " cut parallel to the " cranked axle." The needles are kept in a vertical position by having the lower ends heavy, and have two loose collars. To impede the \nbration of the needle, the lower end of the inner needle may dip into a vessel containing oil, or iron filings, or a bap of iron may be placed immediately under the needle. A mode of constructing electro-magnets so as to prevent residual magnetism, by " winding the coil of covered wire on a " thin hollow reel " within which is placed the end of a piece of soft iron ; this is attracted within the reel on the passage of an electric current. [Printed, U. 4d. Sec Ix)ndon Journal (Xetcion's), vol. 30 {conjoined serUs), p. 347 ; and Patent Journal, voL 2, p. 817.] A.D. 1846, October 2.9.- N" 11,430. REID, William. — " Certain improvements in the manufacture of **^ wire," more particularly electric telegraph wire. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 107 One of these ** consists in welding together (end to end, scarf wise), two, three, or more rods of iron before thej are drawn into wire (instead of afterwards), and passing the welded at well as the other parts through the drawing machine." This process is also applicable to steel wire. The other improvement consists in a method of cleansing wire, " whether made of iron or steel, or copper or brass, or anj other " metal or mixture of metals." This is efiPected by passing the wire from reels, on which it is placed as it comes "from the ** annealing oven," over and under \*arious vertical and horizontal rollers, through two ** friction plates," and *' into and through a " box containing sal-ammoniac or spirit of salt, whence it is " transferred as quickly as possible to the bath of metal to ** receive its required coating." The vertical rollers have a horixontal "alternating " motion given to them by means of an exoentric working into the traversing frame on which the vertical rollers are mounted. The horizontal rollers are so mounted upon a hinged frame, that when its two parts are separated e\'ery alter- nate roller is lifted up, thereby enabling the wire to be laid in its position for cleansing. The friction plates (containing wood or leather (barged with emery, or sometimes files) have a rectilinear reciprocating motion given to them, either by a crank, connecting rod, and guides, or any other suitable means. Instead of thi« cleansing machinery, or in coi^junction with it, " rollers covered *' with bristles of hair," or other suitable material are used afrer the friction plates. The lower roller brush is made to revolve in any suitable cleansing substance. The speed of the traversing wire is regulated by that of the final reels on which they are wound. [Printed, l(k/. Seo London Journal {Xewton'sX vol. 30 (conjoined series), p. 3»5 ; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 46, p. 4iJ2 ; Patent Journal, vol. 2, p. 888; aud Engineers' and Architects' Journal, vol. 10, p. 180.] A.D. 1846, December 12.— N« 11,448. PIAGET, Louis Hypolitb, and DU BOIS, Philip Henry.— The title of this invention is : — " Improvements in producing •* ornamental metal surfaces ; " and the invention relates to " improvements in depositing metal." The following items are described at length : — A bath for electrotyping ; with sulphate of copper solution, porous cells, and zinc solution (composed of water, common salt. 108 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM •. fresh human urine, and sulphuric acid). An external vessel of earthenware contains an earthenware perforated shelf, with apertures for one or more porous cells, and a central hole for the *' model." The "model" may be of " gold, silver, or copper," and should be cleaned with " plumbago and a brush ; " its back is fixed in wood. A silvering solution; composed of sulphate and carbonate of soda, and carbonate of silver in certain proportions, dependent upon whether electric currents are used or not. When electric currents are used a platinum wire is the positive pole in this solution. An electro-gilding solution ; consisting of an aqueous solution of phosphate and sulphate of soda, and chloride of gold. A cylindric galvanic battery ; for use in connection with the above silvering and gilding solutions, consisting of charcoal, dilute nitric acid, a mixture of sulphiuic acid, common salt, and water, and amalgamated zinc. A solution for gilding by immersion. A method of preparing an electrotype model for gilding or silvering. It is placed in " essence of turpentine," washed, brushed, immersed in dilute nitric acid, in cold water, again brushed, placed in human urine, and finally again in cold water. After gilding or silvering, it is merely brushed with spirits of wine and rouge. [Printed, lOd, See Eepertoiy of Arts, vol. 10 (enlarged series) , p. 83 ; Lon- don Journal {Newtjections in a straight line, which can only fall into notches (respectively on the hours*, minutes*, and seconds' wheels) when they ace in a straight line ; at the hour desired, however, they are so (the seconds' wheel being the last which has hold on a projection), a&d the circuit is completed by the falling of the lever on an insu- laited metal point in connection with the other terminal wire. 12th. A mode of keeping up the supply of liquid to clock bat- teries. A reservoir over the battery has openings at the bottom tlttough which the liquid cannot flow imless an aperture at the top is open to admit air ; this is closed, when the batteiy is acting properly, by a plug at the end of a weighted magnetic Qsedle deflected by the current; when, however, the ciurent de- chnes, the needle removes the plug. 13th. Keeping up the supply of Uquid to clock batteries by forming the battery trough in connection with a supply ^^essel " in " the manner of a common foimtain bird-glass ; " or by inverting *' one vessel filled with the required hquid" "within another *' containing the plates." [FrintecU 5*.] A.D. 1847, March 2.— N« 1 1,604. CROSSE, Andrew. — " Improvements in treating fermentable and other liquids," which refer to the application of " electric action to extract or separate impurities or matters from ferment- able, fermented, and other liquids." Into an open or closed ^^essel containing the liquid to be ope- xftted upon, are placed two " porous tubes," open to the air at the top, and filled with water, one containing one or more cylinders of mo, and the other containing one or more cylinders or coils of iron ; f€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 119 these are connected bj strips of n&etal, and the electric cunrent thus generated enables the acid and alkaline impurities to be collected in these porous tubes respectively. It is sometimes necessaiy to change the water. This process is said to prevent a fermented liquid firom becoming *' acid " or " sour." It may be employed mther before, during, or after fermentation, but in the case of beer- it is " best applied after fermentation ;" it may also be applied to water, and when sea water is to be purified it should be distilled once before using this process. If the liquid is very impure it is beneficial to pass it *^ through calico or other bags " bdbre ope- rating by electric action, llie process should be continued until the degpree of attenuation or of purity is attained, as ascertained by tasting or otherwise testing." [Printed, bd. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 10 {enlarged series) » p. 231 : London Journal (Newton's), vol. 81 {conjoined scries), p. 196 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 8, p. SSO.] A.D. 1847, March 23.-N° 11,G32. LYONS, Morris, and MILL WARD, William.— 1st. "Manu- *' facturing alloys of copper with platina and palladium" by fusion and a flux. 2nd. " Adding compounds of sulphur or carbon " (bisulphuret of carbon is preferred) to cyanide solutions of the metals employed in dectnMleposition, to enable a weak electric current to be used, and a bright deposited surface to be produced. 3rd* " Producing designs, sunk and in relief, in certain metals," by ekctro-deposition. If the article be of copper, or an alloy of copper, it is " coated all over thinly with silver or with gold by '* electro-deposition," the figure drawn with copal varnish, the article immersed " in a solution of cyanide of potassium " " in '' connection with electric currents till the coating metal has been *' removed," then immersed in a solution of nitrate or sulphate of silver or perchloride of iron till the copper or other suriPace has been sunk to the required depth, thus producing a design in relief. If a sunken design is required, the design is first painted in copal varnish, the other portions arc electro-sihrered or electro* gilt, the varnish is washed o£P with turpentine or caustic potash, and the article immersed in nitrate of silver solution till the desired depth of engraving has been obtained. By exactly similar means surfaces of iron, steel, Britannia metal, type metal, and zinc nuqr 120 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : hare relief or sunken desigpas produced in them, a coating of copper (dectro-deposited from a " cyanide of potash " sohition) bdng preferably employed to gilding or silvering, and sulphate or nitrate of copper being used instead of nitrate of silver. Also, surfiEUXS of gold, silver, copper, or their alloys may have designs produced in them, in an exactly similar manner, by an electro-coat of iron deposited from a solution of muriate or sulphate of iron, and using dilute muriatic or sulphuric acid, with or without elec- tricity, to dissolve the iron. The surfaces thus acted on may have the sunken parts partially or wholly filled up with other metals by electro-deposition, the other portions of the surface being stopped out. CPrinted, 4<2. Sco Itepertory of Arts, voLll {enlarged series) , p. 119 1 and Patent Journal, vol. 3, p. 482.] A.D. 1847, March 23.— N» 11,634. HATCHER, William Henry. — " Improvements in electric " telegraphs, and in apparatus connected therewith, and also in ** electric clocks and timekeepers," consisting of: — Ist. Using ** a permanent magnet in conjunction with voltaic " magnets, for the purpose of gi^nng \'isible or audible signals." The visible signals are given by the step-by-step rotation of a hand or hands produced by the deflection of a permanent bar magnet from a central position to one or other of two horseshoe electro-magnets, according to the direction of the electric current, the electro-magnets being so coiled that dissimilar poles are opposite ; the permanent magnet is brought back to the central position, on the ceasing of the current, by springs. The deflection is made to actuate the pointer by means of " drivers " on the oscillating axis, working into catch wheels fixed in opposite directions on the pointer axis ; on the deflection of the magnet in one direction, one driver constantly rotates the pointer in a certain direction ; but on the opposite deflection taking place, the pointer is rotated in the opposite direction by the other driver, thus ob- viating the necessity for moving the pointer nearly a revolution to the preceding symbol. Two pointers (one to each catch wheel) may be used by having the axis of one pass through the tubular axis of the other. When large heavy hands are to be used they are rotated by in- dependent mechanism. Two trains are actuated in opposite direc- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 121 tions by ft " French spring barrel ;'' the pointer is mounted on an independent axis carrying a '' star wheel," which is rotated by the pins of the "scape wheels" of the trains in either direction, according to the train set free by the electro-magnet. The deflec- tion of the permanent magnet sets free either train, according to its direction, by means of chains and levers connected to the *' scape wheel " pallets. Two pointers can be adapted to this plan by es^lishing the connection between the train and the index by means of ordinary spur wheels and pinions, and letting one axis pass through the other. Audible signals, from bells of different tones, according to the pointer in motion, are adapted to the latter signal apparatus by enabling letting-off hammers to release centrifugal hammers (See N« 10,655), one to each bell, by the action of the electro-magnet on the permanent magnet. The letting-off hammers release the centrifugal hammers by falling agunst a detaining spring, and are again raised to their quiescent position by pins on wheels of the respective trains; the trains give motion to the centrifugal hammers when released. Or a hammer lever is attached to the magnet's axis, which strikes one of two bells, according to the direction of deflection. 2nd. A "rheotome, or rheopeter," or apparatus for breaking and completing any electric circuit at pleasure, or for reversing or diverting the direction of the current. An hermetically sealed glass tube, containing mercury, with the air expelled, has platiniun wires, connected with the battery circuit, sealed into it ; by the in- clining of the tube the circuit is completed, or (by two tubes) the cuRent reversed or diverted. This improvement is shown applied to the pendulum of an electric clock (See N® 9745), by pivoting the tube so that it may tumble over against stops at certain positions of the pendulum. drd. Arranging electro-induction apparatus for telegraphic pur- poses, either by the action of a primary and local battery current, or by means of a permanent magnet. In the first arrangement, a battery, primary and secondary coil, and U-shaped soft iron core, are employed. The secondary current generated by the breaking of the primary or local circuit is alone transmitted along the line wire, as the line wire circuit does not include the secondary circuit until after the primary circuit is com- pleted. Stirrups, on the keys of the primary circuit, do not raise 122 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : levars that oon^dete a short circait for reoeiving ugnaU aod ex- duding the secondary circuit from the line wire, until after the primaiy circuit has been completed ; also the stirrups do not again doae the secondary circuit until after the primary circuit has been bfoken. If it is desired to let the reverse but weak secondary ouirent, generated on the completion of the primaxy circuit, pro- ceed through the line wire to deprive the voltaic magnets of the instruments of residual magnetism, it is only necessary to so airange the stirrup that it sluJl open the secondary circuit to the line wire before the primary circuit is completed. To enable tiie primary, and therefore the secondary, current to be sent in either direction two finger keys are used. In the second arrangement, a permanent magnet induces an electric current on breaking contact between the poles of the magr net and the soft iron cores of coils ; these coils can be lilted by handles arranged with stirrups, studs, and springs, in a similar manner to the finger-keys of the secondary coil arrangement above described. 4th. Adjusting clocks or timekeepers to time by electricity. An electro-magnet is mounted with its poles exactly behind XII.. so that when the circuit is completed by the governing clock it attracts the iron or steel minute hand to the proper time. It is proposed for the governing clock to complete a primary or local circuit by a pin on the minutes' or the hours' wheel causing a spring to dip into a mercury cup ; when the minute hand points to XII., the spring is released and the secondary current is trans- mitted through the coils of the distant electro-magnets. A closed tube with mercury, as in the second improvement, may be used instead of a spring. [Printed, 3«. 2d. Sco Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 417, p. S57 ; and Patent Journal, vol. S, pp. 452 and 474.] A.D. 1847, June 22.—^'' 11,762. RUTTER, John Obadiah Nbwell. — Employing electricity to give alarm, in cases of fire and burglary, at any distance from the place of danger. To give alarm of fire, the galvanic current is made to traverse a " constant or differential thermometer " when the mercury in it indicates a dangerous temperature, but not at other times; for this purpose two platinum or other suitable wires are sealed THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 123 ioto the thermoiiieter tube, so that at a dangerous temperature the mercury completes the electric circuit, but not dse. Theae wires are in electric connection with a galvanic battery; a gal- vanometer, alarm bell apparatus, and electro-magnetic coil are also included in the circuit. Several thermometers properly fitted mth wires are placed in all important parts of the house and the alarm apparatus in the master's sleeping room, thus enabling anj serious increase of temperature to be instantly known. When the dicuit is completed, the coil (by the induced magnetism) detaches a soft iron bar from a permanent magnet, which, falling upon the detent of a spring or other alarum puts it into action and at the same time deflects the galvanometer needle. Several galvanometers may be used, each in connection with a separate thermometer, to show the dangerous locality. The same alarm apparatus is used to give notice of burglary, but the current proceeds through the galvanometer in the reverse direction to that giving alarm of fire, thus deflecting the needle in the opposite direction. The needle may thus point to an F for *• * fire,' " and to a ** * B ' " for burglars. The doors and windows are made the means of protection, and the electric circuit is completed }ij a platinum wire moving in a tube open at the top, influenced by the movement of the door or \\nndow ; the tubes are partially MLtd with mercury in constant connection with one battery pole. In sash windows the circuit is completed by sash lines interwoven with metallic wire, brass plates and knobs are fixed in the " rabbit " of the frame, or a ball falls into an aperture when the door or window is opened, thus completing the circuit. By analogous means, intelligence of fire or trespass in any part of vessels^ docks, warehouses, mines, &c., of the temperature of bodies in. chemical processes or conservatories, and " of the temperature " or pressure of steam in steam boilers," &c., may be conveyed. Conveying intelligence on railway trains, between the guard and driver (for instance), by means of galvanic shocks. For this purpose two properly insulated conducting wires are laid akmg each carriage and properly connected by flexible wire cords having suitable hooks and rings. An electro-magnetic coil, as used to give shocks, and a galvanic battery are placed near the guard's seat, and the signal is conveyed to the engine driver by a leather strap with metallic knobs on which his hand is usually placed, or other convenient means ; the shock, or series of shocks 124 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : reoeived by him^ on battery connection by the guards being the Bignal conveyed. [Printed, lOd. See Mechanics' Ifagasine, voL 48, p. 86; and PnctiaJ Mecfaanics* Journal, toL S, pp. 187 and 189.] A.D. 1847, June 23.— N*> 11,765. MAPPLE, Henry, BROWN, William, and MAPPLE, James Lodge. — " Improvements in communicating intelligence ^* by means of electricity, and in apparatus relating thereto, parts *' of which improvements are also applicable to other like pur- " poses,** consisting of : — 1st. A method " of arranging a magnetised steel disc or plate, ** within an electric or galvanic coil,*' to give motion by its deflection to the above-mentioned apparatus. A magnetised disc is mounted on an axis and placed in a coil, the axis being at right angles to the axis of the coil. This is applied to release the striking part of a clock at the top of a telegraph signal instrument ; the deflection of the disc axis causes a " locking piece " to be interposed between an arm vibrating with the pendulum and a '* lifting piece," whose tail then lifts the " rackhook " every vibration of the pendulum, until the locking piece returns to rest by the ceasing of the current. The disc and coil are also used to deflect a pointer on the disc axis in a double vibrating or oscil- lating pointer telegraph. 2nd. " Employing a magnetised disc or plate of steel in com- *' bination with an electro-magnet.'* A clock train is fitted with a lever escapement without a balance spring, the balance-wheel is, however, magnetised, and is worked by an electro-magnet ; the pointer, being placed on the escape-wheel axis, can be made to indicate any required letter on a circular dial ; the " pole changer " used for this signal apparatus, consists of a spindle carrying insulated pins which make the requisite connections with fixed springs according as the handle is moved right or left. Two other applications of the above method to giving signals by driving escapements are described and shown ; in one, a circular plate with a flat bevelled edge works two escape-wheels ; and in the other a circular motion of the pointer in either direction is obtained by continually deflecting the disc in one direction or the other, according to the direction it is desired to rotate the pointer. This method is also applied to releasing the clockwork of musical THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 126 boxes; and hj means of a '' pennanent keep " (to prevent " the ** prqudicial effect of residual electricitj ") a double vibrating pointer telegraph is worked by the disc and electro-magnet. Lastly, a vibrating pointer telegraph is actuated by a magnetised ring surrounding a coil. drd. A step-by-step telegraph, in which the pointer may, at any time, be moved back to the starting point. The pointer is fixed on the axis of a toothed segment having a counterbalance weight; two electro-magnets act on magnetised discs having dicks working into the toothed segment, the one electro-magnet thus moves the pointer in one direction or the other, the other electro-magnet enables it to come back to zero. In another plan, magnets move over the poles of electro-magnets, thereby releasing clicks and moving the pointer as in the above telegraph ; in this arrangement, however, only one direction of the current is used, the ports being returned to t^eir original position by springs ; the steel permanent magnet (or soft iron) is '' a portion of a ring." In a third plan, two magnetised circular plates having " a cut made half way through " them," and fixed so " that their poles are not over or opposite to " each other," are made to work a pallet wheel as above, by pallets on one shaft, when the current is sent in one direction round an electro-magnet ; when the current traverses in the other direction it releases a roller firom the wheel and enables the pointer to come to zero. [Printed, 28. 6d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {enl' of Arts, vol. 11 {enlarged aeries) ^ p. 129 ; and Intent Journal, vol. 4, p. 175.] A.D. 1817, July 3.— N° 11,783. STAITE, William EdwarDvS. — " Certain impro^'ements in '* lighting, and in the apparatus or apparatuses connected there- ** with," consisting of: — Ist. Constructing electric li«;ht a])paratus so as to give the lower electrode a rotary motion at the same time as a vertical motion. The lower electrode holder has a long screw cut on its lower portion, which is also mounted with a cross piece working in the slot of a slotted tube. Motion is given to the lower electrode by clockwork, which is liberated only when the electric current is greater or less than an average amount by the soft iron core of A coil in the circuit; for this purpose, the shaft of two crown pinions in the clockwork train rests upon the core, and their crown wheel is thereby rotated, in one direction or its opposite, whenever the core rises above or falls below a given space, the crown pinions being at a greater distance apart than the diameter of the crown wheel. An endless screw on the crown wheel axis gives rotary motion to the slotted tube, in which the screwed end of the lower electrode holder is free to move up or down when motion is given to the tube ; a nut made fast to the framing causes the electrode holder to rise or fall according to the direction of its rotation. The soft iron core is adjustable to the electric power used by means of weights. 2nd. The application of melted sugar to a mixture of coal and " Churk's" [Church's?] patent coke (See N° 11,010?) for manufacturing carbon electrodes. The coal and coke is mixed, pulverized, heavily pressed and heated in wrought iron moulds, plunged whilst hot into melted sugar, and heated and plunged into melted sugar alternately, as often as may be thought re- quisite. ft t€ t( €t €t 128 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: drd. The application of currents of electridtj to light up or extinguish signal lamps. A fine platinum wire lights the wick of the lamp on being heated by the passage of the electric cuirent; and on the removal of the detent of a clockwork escapement bj an electro-magnet an extinguisher at the end of a lever is depressed over the light. [Printed, 2ff. 9(i. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 12 {enlarged geriea), p. 145; London Journal (Newton's) » vol. 38 {conjoined series), p. S96 ; Mecnanics * Macazine, vol. 43, p. 40 : Intent Journal, voL 4, p. 108 ; and Engineers' and Arcnitecta' Journal, vol. 11, p. 49.] A.D. 1847, August 3.— N« 11,828. FLETCHER, Theodore. — "An improved manufacture of speculums for various purposes." This invention consists " in coating the backs of glasses which have been quicked or silvered, as it is caUed, for the purpose of '' speculums, such as mirrors, looking glasses, or reflectors, with metal by means of the process called electro-plating, whereby great protection from iiyury is afiPorded to the quicksilver of the speculums, and a much stronger power of reflecting light given " to the speculum." The process is as follows : — ^The silvered glass plate is carefully varnished over with a mixture of " shell-lac, spirits of wine, and lamp black;" whilst the varnish is still "tacky," "finely powdered blacklead, or black oxide of manganeese, or other metallic oxides or powders " are shaken " over it from a fine muslin bag ;" it is then covered " with leaf metal," the plate submitted " to any of the ordinary electro-plating processes," and a " coating of copper" (preferably) thereby precipitated " over the " entire back of the plate." Speculums may be submitted " to the process of electro-plating " on the back," or covered " with metal by means of electricity in " any of its various forms arranged for the purpose." [Printed, 3A Soe Iiondon Journal (Newton's) tvol. 32 (conjoined series), 5. 116; Patent Journal, vol. 4, p. 295; and Engineers* and Architects' ournal, vol. 11, p. 116.] A.D. 1847, September 2.-.N0 11,849. WARD, William Sykes. — ^Various " improvements in communi- *' eating motive power " by mechanical means, applicable to working railway signals and breaks, are set forth. tt ft t€ it THEIR GENEllATIOX AND APPLICATIOiXS. 129^ ''Improvements in communicating intelligence by the agency " of voltaic electricity." Signals are indicated by the deflection of electro-dynamic coils, free to vibrate over the poles of fixed horse- shoe permanent magnets, the axis of the coil being coincident with the axis of the magnet ; two coils are used in the same circuit, and by means of stops one coil only is deflected to each direction of the electric current. Methods of mounting the coils, the arrangement of the alphabet, and a spring keyboard, are set forth in detail. Improvements in revolving pointer and dial telegraphs. When- ever the electric circuit is completed or broken, the armature of an electro-magnet is attracted or sprung back, thereby giving motion to a " pallett " and pallet wheel ; a coil passing round the poles of a permanent magnet (as above) is at the same time deflected so as to indicate the outer or inner circle of letters on the dial, or to stop and adjust the pointer by a projecting arm, according to the direction and frequency of continuous deflection. A beU may be rung by a local circuit ; two strips of metal (one attached to the coil, the other to the pointer axis) conjointly complete the circuit. Communicating signals on ndlways. A disc is so arranged, by the motion of a weight or spring (to be occasionally wound up) acting on cranks, as to turn half round and return back again, when permitted so to do by certain catches ; one catch acts by a spring when no signal is made, the two others are brought into action and the spring catch released by electro-magnets excited by a local circuit, including one or the other electro-magnet, according to the direction of deflection of coils (as above) by the long drcuit. This apparatus may be applied to a semaphore signal with moveable arms. When the signal is worked, it may convey a counter signal, by striking against a spring, and momentarily interrupting the circuit. [Printed, 2#. Id. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {fiffXarged series), p. 828; Mid Patent Journal, vol. 4, p. 402.] A.D. 1847, September 9.— No 11,858. ROBERTSON, Joseph Clinton.— This invention, entitled " Certain improvements in the manufacture of metals from their ores," consists of the application of electricity to the ores in a fused state, to separate from them " sulphur, phosphorus, arsenic, " and other volatizable matters" which proceed "to the electro- " positive pole " of the battery. 1 aaO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A furnace or kiln, similar to '' an ordinary lime-kiln," fonned of- non-conducting and heat-resisting materials, has alternate layers of fuel (coke preferred) and ore laid upon the iron grate bars, and an ** iron ring or cross " laid " on the middle *' of the topmost layer; " the undermost layer of fuel is kindled, and, as soon as the mass is moderately ignited, the iron ring and the grate bars are respectively connected with opposite poles of a galvanic battery, or other source of electricity. " The lowest and best calcined portions of the mass are to be " drawn off from time to time," and the " furnace must be re- " plenished from the top " in proportion. The ore " is then to be " washed and reduced, either in retorts by concentration, or in a " blast furnace according to the modes in ordinary use." [Printed, 3d. See London Journal {Netoion^tit v^oL 32 (cotijoiiwd teriea), p. 201 : Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 48, p. 260 ; and Patent Journal vol. 4, P.488.J A.D. 1847, September 30.— N* 11,878. DE LA SALZEDE, Charles. — " Improvements in brassing and " bronzing the surfaces of steel, iron, zinc, lead, and tin." Electro-brassing and electro-bronzing the above-mentioned surfaces by means of aqueous solutions of chemical salts. A solution for brassing is described, containing " sub-carbonate " of potash," chloride of copper, sulphate of zinc, "azotate" [nitrate ?], of ammonium, and cyanide of potassium, in certain proportions; this solution is to be "kept for about five hours ** under the action of a battery with a rapid fcurrent (like that ** of Bunsen, of Groves, of Daniel)," and at a temperature of 77° Fahrenheit. Another solution for brassing is described, containing " sub- " carbonate of potash," chloride of copper, sulphate of zinc, and cyanide of potassium, in certain proportions; this bath is to be subjected cold to voltaic action for the same time as the former solution. A brass " electrode " or dissolving plate is used with these brassing solutions. In electro-bronzing, chloride of tin is used instead of sulphate of zinc, and a bronze " electrode " or dissolving plate is employed. " In either of the processes before described," instead of " the ^ sulphate of zinc or chloride of tin, any neutral salts and " [of?] *' sine or tin acids may be employed," and " neutral salts or acids, ^ so long as the bath is sufficiently rich in potash, that there may be no action upon the blue paper of tumscd" [Utmus?]. ie THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCATIONS. 131 " The proportions of the salts of copper, or of tin or zinc, may be " varied according to the shade of color required for the article " to be covered." These processes maj also be applied to coating " other metal, *' such as alloys of metals, or when alloyed with bismuth and " antimony." [Prinled, 5d. See Eepertory of Arts, vol. 11 {enktrgtd series), p. n$; Lon- don Journal {Newton's), voL 32 {conjoined series), p. 280 ; Intent Journal, voL 4, p. 506 ; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, toI. 11, p. 189.] A.D. 1847, October 7.— N« 11,886. BAIN, Alexander. — 1st. "Arranging wind musical instruments *' together with apparatus in such manner that by the passage of '' perforated siufaces the notes of the instruments may be per- '* mitted to sound in such order as may be desired to produce a " given time." In an instrument with ** metal spring tongues," the openings above the several notes, which permit the air from the wind chest to vibrate the springs, are opened and closed, so as to produce the required melody by the passage of per- forated paper or other suitable surface over them, the paper being so arranged on rollers as to be drawn " over the perforated " cover" "of the several chambers." The notes will only sound when a perforation in the paper comes over an opening in tlie cover, and the width and situation of the perforations will deter- mine the duration and tone of each note. 2nd. " Playing on several musical instruments simultaneously " by means of electro-magnetic apparatus intervened between the ** instruments." In a keyed instrument, each key, on being stmek, brings into contact two pieces of metal, connected with the boitery and with a "temporary magnet " over the key of a similar note, in as many musical instruments as may be desired to be played ait once. In being attracted to the poles of the temporary magnet the keeper also strikes the key over which it is placed. This inven- tion may be adapted to the perforated surfaces of a self-acting apparatus, by having a spring and stud for each note connected with the battery, and kept apart from the other pole by the paper^ except where the perforations are ; by battery connection,'electfo> magnets may act on other instruments. [Printed, 9d. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 11 {enlarged series), p. 287 : Lon- don Journal {Newton's), toI. 3ii {conjoined series), p. f0; md FHUwd^ Journal. voL 4, p. 82LI 1^ V.S2 ELECrRICITY AND MAfiXETISM: A.D. 1847, OctoW 7-— N" 11.8S7. BROWN, Sir Samuel. — " improvementa in propelling and " steering vessels, and iiu prove mcnta in the mariner's compass/' , ot,- " Improvements in the construction of and manner of " working marine propellers, and other methods " " for aceele- " rating the velocity of ships and vessels, more especiaflj under " the combined agency of the sails and st«am power, and at all " times diminishing the risk of striking on rocks or shoals, or " navigating in intricate channels, aided by a sboal «-amer." 2nd. " An important improvement in the mariner's compass, " particularly adapted for iron-built shijis, by which I am enabled " to elevate it a sufficient height above the deck to be beyond the " influence of lateral or local attraction, while, by the more favourable *' e:«po9itionof the points on a verticidzone, they are rendered visible " in all directions." A mariners compass is described and shown " raised on a pillar, on the most convenient part of the deck, a " sufficient height beyond the influence of local attraction." The compass box has a glass bottom, through which by means of lamps in the compass box, the image of the compsds card is tlirown on to a mirror mounted on a pedestal ; the helmsman \-iews the reflected compass card and steers thereby. The needle is "sus- " pended under the pivot point," on a cone, and the compass card is made in the form of a hollow cylinder, round the circumference of which the points of the compass are marked, so that the card can be seen at a distance through openings in the side of the comjjftss box by means of the lamps. "A circular hollow rim " inside of the compass box " contains oil for the lamps, and is fitted with suitable pipes and cocks, connected with the lamps through n circular opening in the upper part of the compass card. The pillar supporting the compass is jointed, in order to lower the compass to trim the light. [Printed, Sf.Sif.] A.D. 1S47, October 7.— N° 11,8!>4. DUJARDIN, PiBHBE Antoine Joseph.— "Improvements in " electro-magnetic telegraphic apparahis," consisting of: — lit, An apparatus for producing audible signals. "A long but " thin rectangular permanent magnet " is supported on a centre, THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. to that one of its poles may oscillate in a horizontal plane iietween the poles of an electro-magnet; on its deflection by the poles of the excited electro-magnet, ita other pole strikes a glass bell; either a block of wood and a glass bell, or two glass bella, Diay be uKd. Slid, An appaiatus for marking "messages on paper by meant " of groups of doto of ink." By means of a " long pin taking " into a forked arm," ordinary clockwork rotates a paper drum hat'ing a screw axis, under which is placed a " telegraphic pen " mounted delicately on an axis, and haring an arm to which ia af&xed a bar permanent magnet ; the pen is made to rise against the paper, out of an inkstand, by the repulsion of the permanent magnet by an electro-magnet, whenever the electric circuit ia completed ; the paper is placed on cylinders of thin metal which are slipped over the drum as required. Or the clockwork may merely revolve an endless hand of paper on rollers, and by means of a screw, communicate lateral motion to the electro-magnet, pen, and inkstand. The above signal apparatus may either he used witi) the herein- after mentioned magneto-electric apparatus or with a galvanic batUry. 3rd. Magneto-electric machines for the above-mentioned tele- graphic apparatus. In one arrangeinent, the induction coils envelope the ends of the permanent magnets, and electricity is exdted in them by suddenly removing an iron bar or armature ^m the magnet by a lever. In a liecond arrangement, coiled iron bars are placed between the permanent magnet and the armature. In a third arrangement, a plate of iron, mounted on an axis, rotates before either the coiled magnets or coiled iron bars. In connection with the latter arrangi-iiient, an alphalteticol keyboard is used, which completes the circuit by means of springs pressing against wire sunk in the threads of a revolving wooden screw ; or the keys raise certain rods Bguinst the insulated threads of a f by means of plates suitably cut out and arranged in a box under the rods. A.D. 1847, October 14.— N" 11.910. WALL, Arthub, — The title of this invention is: — "Anew or " improved apparatus for and method of separating oxides fiuciv 134 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ^ ^lor compounds and each other;" and the invention rdates to " ikte arranging of a series of magnets into an apparatus for '^ aeparating oxides of iron from other oxides and from other •' matters/' " Two frames or drums " carry " an endless strap of leath^ or '^ other suitable flexible material," on whose suHaoe ** are fixed a " series of magnets," " and in connection therewith are thin iron ^ or steel plates," ''which are split into narrow strips, and which " are turned edgewise, so as to leave spaces between them." These plates are fastened between two magnetic plates. The ground ore is placed in a trough in which magnets move, and iiie oxides of iron are collected by magnets fixed over a sepa- fate portion of the trough, having similar poles opposite to the moving magnets, thereby neutralizing their action, and enabling the oxides of iron to drop into the proper receptacle. In applying die invention to purifying copper ores, so as to leave them '' in a better condition to be dealt with in manufacturing " copper," the ore is to be first roasted and ground, then sub- mitted to the action of the magnets by which the oxides of iron are separated from other matters. Either permanent magnets or electro-magnets may be used, but preference is given to permanent magnets. IT>riutcd. ©d. See Repertory of Artg, vol. 12 {enlarged »erUt\ p. 32 ; Patent Journal, voL 4, p. 628; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, voL 111 p. 1«.] A.D. 1847, October 26.— N* 11,926. PETRIE, George. — " Certain improvements in electric tele- " graphic apparatus,*' consisting of: — 1st. A " keyboard in which the contacts are made by springs " coming against pieces of fixed metal immersed in merciuy," or viceversd. Two keys complete the line-wire circuit when un- touched, but admit the battery circuit in one direction or the other, according to the key depressed. 2nd. A local circuit completer. One of two separate local circuits is completed, according to the polarity of an electro-magnet in the telegraphic circuit, by the attraction of permanent magnets sus- pended by their similar poles on two separate axes, so as to have their free poles opposite the contrary poles of the electro-magnet. When the electro-magnet is not excited the inductive ix>wer of the permanent magnets on the electro-magnet is balanced. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 136 3rd. A ** circuit communicator," ** to communicate by self " action the signal from one circuit to another." The 2nd im- provement is applied to complete a branch circuit, connected witli a second battery, in the same direction as the mfdn circuit. 4th. ** Communicating an intermittent revolving motion to *' electric telegraphic indices." A ratchet wheel on the index axis is worked by a claw on the end of a lever whose axis is con- centric with that of the ratchet wheel. The claw lever may be moved by any kind of electric means ; an electro-magnet, as well as a galvanometer action, are described and shown. 5th. Releasing telegraphic clockwork by electricity. A pallet, actuated by an electro-magnet, moves in a plane parallel to the axis of a wooden cylinder, having stop pins radiating interme- diately from its surface in two rows, one row being on each side of the cylinder. 6th. " A telegraphic dial plate having two revolving indices," each actuated by its own mechanism. Two concentric circles are used, one containing the numerals to 9, the other the tens to 90 ; each elementary signal is indicated by the position of the indices taken together, consequently 100 signals can be conveyed. The 4th or 5th improvement works the hands. 7th. A dial for conversing with the alphabet. The 6th im- provement is applied to alphabetical signals by arranging the alphabet into five groups of five letters each, the short hand points to the group, the long hand to the position in the group. In this and the last improvement each mechanism may be worked by a local circuit ; or one direction of the main current may work one mechanism and the opposite direction the other. 8th. A " telegraphic governing apparatus," used in connection with a " governing circuit " to modify, control, connect, insulate, and divide other long telegraph circuits. The apparatus acts by means of intermittent currents or " shocks ;" the positive shocks working the escapement, and the negative shocks preventing a second clock train, connected with the apparatus, from following the motion of the escape- wheel train. By means of a drcurt com- pleter (See 2nd head) acting on two distinct local circuits (which are further completed or interrupted by a " neutralizing wheel '* and " governing wheel " respectively), and thence on a " stopper '' lifting " and " detaining " magnet, a stop is placed and retained in a '' determinating " wheel or not, according to the number of 136 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM; movements mnde by the escapement 1)j meana of positive slioeks, before a negative shook is sent along the governing circuit. By the above means, from a distant station, communication with any other station may be effected or cut off. 9th. Including in one circuit Bun's transmitting and recording ftpparatuB (See N" 11,480?) and the "governing apparatus" men* tioned in the Btb improvement. The circuit is divided into two portions, the weaker of which acts on the drcuit completer of the governing apparatus ; the other circuit passes through the ' " veming wheel" and into the recording apparatus. The intelli- gence must be transmitted by such rapid shocks that the escape- ment of the governing apparatus is not acted on. 10th. " A railway danger signal apparatus," to enable informa- tion of danger to be conveyed to a "station" from intermediate ports, or "local divisions," of the line of rail. A closed galvan circuit is broken by the depression of a key at certein telegraph posts, and causes the escapement of an electro-magnet (See 5th head) to give signals according to the number of breaks made ii the circuit. A movement of the pointer to the right or left refers respectively to the doivn and up lines of rail, 11th. "A railway progression signal apparatus." By. a some* what similar arrangement to that described in the last improve- ment, except that a pendant rod projecting from the telegraph pH)st enables a rod fi.icd to tlie locomotive to break the circuit, the position and progress of a train is telegraphed, and a dial pointer made to progress accordingly. If a stoppage occurs, the circuit is kept broken, and the dial hand points to an intermediate set of red signals. I2th. "A railway safety signal ai>paratus," to communicate safely signals to & moving train so long as there is no obstruction on the line. A somewhat simdar arrangement to that described under the 10th and I Ith heads is adopted, except that an appa- ratus is placed in the guard's van in connection with the station through the rails, and (imless the circuit is purposely broken at the station) completing the circuit at every telegraph p 13th. A "railway governing apparatus" for preventing col- lisions. " The progression and safety signal apparatus " are com- bined in a somewhat similar arrangement to that already described, and give the combined advantages of the two arrangements. "A " apeaking telegraph " is in connection with the apparatua. Twij^ THEIR GENERATION AND ArPLICATIONS. line wirM are used, so that the " safety " circuit is " holf of the " progressioa and daoger circuit." i'itli. Insulating suspended telegraph wires. In n cast-iron post a wrought-iron rod is fiied, having a shoulder; over the top of the post are placed alternate covers of conducting and non-con- dncting material ; the telegraph wire is fastened to metallic rings tliat mt on the non-conducting coiers, and have metallic pins •carewed into tliem so as t. lUdJ] A.D. 1847, November J.— N" ll,!>-}3. IDU MOTAY, CvpRiEN Marie TESsig.—" Improvements in * inlajing metals with various substances." This invention consists in producing " incrusted or damaskene " work," by depositing metal. Electro- deposition is mentioned, •ad in most cases is preferred. The improvements are comprised under the following heads; — Ist. Except in cases mentioned under the llth and 12th heads, hefore depositing the metals intended to form the design, the design is formed in intaglio or relief upon the body of the article to be ornamented (whicb may be any substance upon which metals CM be deposited) hy any of the usual means, or b; " engraving by " galvanism or electricity." To leave unprotected only certain parts of the article to be engraved, either it is covered with a vunUh (See 4th head, for instance) and the portions forming the design are to be cut away, or those parts to be protected are " covered with a reserve" by a brush (as in " stencilling") or other niitable means. 2nd. " When an inlaying of one metal only is required without " emplojdng reserves," the design having been formed as set forth nnder the Ist head, the article is coated ivith tbc required metal to the depth of the hollow parts of the design, and " the damaskened " sarhrcea are then lud bare " by grinding or otherwise removing the layer of superfluous metal. 3rd. "To surround the inlayings or devices with several parallel " lines of different metals," they are successively deposited upon the article in thicknesses proportionate to the depth to which the derign ii cut, and to the breadth of the line required, ^^L -Jth. To damaskcne in one metal with " rcscn-es." Certain iiorts 13S ELKCTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : uf the metal irc covered with " oopid or cH varnish, mixed viA " minium, cininibar, pure barj'te, or gwnlx^," or my other ■ubstuioe that will reaiit tite action of the solution. " When the '' intaglio parts ire ublc.faced damaskenes are produced liy stumping the design on a thin sheet of metftl and depositing the second metal on both sides. On each side the ground will l>e of a different metal when the design is laid lure. 11th. Damaskenes upon another metal as a ba«s are obtained by coating a smooth |ilate with resen-c where the first metal is not required, depositing (}ie first metal, cleaning the plate, and depositing the second metal where required only. 12th. Double-faced damaskenes are produced by double depo- aition, by fumigating the original THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 139 solation, to prevent the deposit adhering too firmly. By this process inhiid work in seyeral metals is produced by means of reserves. 13th. Inlayings are produced in one or more metals by applying a i^ate, having the design cut through it, to a fumigated plate, and filling up the design with deposited metal. I4th. Producing " damaskenes or encrusted devices" upon non- conducting bodies, by coating them with plumbago. 16th. To produce devices to be inlaid in wood, &c., by the ordinary means. A sheet of metal, of the pattern required, is covered with various metals, and cut in cross section into thin discs, which are inlaid in the wood in the usual manner. [Printed, Sd. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 12 {enlarged series), pp. SS and 136; London Journal (Netotcn's), vol. 32 {conjoined series), p. 369; and Engineers' and Architects' Journal, voL 11, p. 217.] A.D. 1847, November 23.— N° 11,974. REID, William. — 1st. Insulating and protecting telegraph ^nres, by means of sleepers and " carriers." They are laid in *' deep parallel grooves cut on the upper surface of the sleeper," non-conducting " annular supports or carriers " " are fitted into the grooves " at suitable distances, and the vacant spaces '' are filled up with marine glue, or gutta percha, or asphalt, or Stock-" holm tar or any other resinous substance, which is poured in in " a warm and fluent state." "An iron cover or shield" "is laid over the whole and made fast to the wood by screws," " while the marine glue," &c., " is in a fluid state." The sleepers may be " of stone, concrete, or earthenware," when the non-conducting " annular carriers " may be dispensed with. The spaces may be left unfilled up, and " washers of gutta percha " or other suitable material may be laid " between the edges of the shield and the sleepers " to exclude water. Or the wires may be laid in "a square groove " in the sleeper, being " first covered with cot- ton" and enclosed separately in lead tubes. Or the "covered " wires may be placed in tubes of iron or stone, or concrete." Various insulators are described and shown : — A tube having a flange, screw, and nut ; a tube with a plain collar and split metal ring instead of a screw and nut ; a tube with a flange, slot, and pin ; jpmn of insulators with headpiece and screw. These are all suitable for post telegraphs, and are by preference made of earthen- « « ft ft I no ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM ; ■-vnre; the shftft of the insulator being put through a hole in post, the screw and nut or other contrivance is tightened ageunvtl the flange on the other side of the post ; where pairs are used oni is screwed in on the opposite eide to the other. An insulator BOitahle for tunnels and bridges, consists of a "round " or " squan**' " post" of earthenware or gutta percha with "side rests," inwltidt the wires are laid, a " roof-piece " is added ; this insulator is fastened by staples to the wall. Occasionally an insulator is used, conn siatingof "a disc with two conical holes" "meeting in the centre," and with or without an opening to slip on the wire. 2nd. Improvements in apparatus for commuDicating between ths guard and carriages, or the guard and engine-driver, in a lailw^, Two tubes are fixed to the top of each carriage, each tube containing ''an electro-conducting rod" sustained in itbydiao insulators { connection is made on placing the carriages, by a short metal tube which slips on to the ends of the " conducting rods," they being pronded with springs bearing against the insidfl of the tube, each tube besides has "a universal joint" bo as i adapt itself to the motion of the carriage, and two pendent chaint^ one of which is connected with the carriage, the tube is thus pre- vented &om fallingto the ground. In the alarum apparatus a galvanometer is " employed to Bound " the bell;" the permanent magnet strikes against a lever (when the electric circuit is completed), which puts in motion the alarum clockwork. It is preferred to conalruct the galvanometer in parts, an upper and an under hoiixontal coil, the axis of the magnet (for which there is a suitable groove) passing between them. [Printed. 1». Id. 8« Mechanlia' MagMlnc!, voL*9, p. B18i Artluui, \-oL <^. A.D. 18-18, Jnuiiary 13.— N" 12,03-'. MORSE, Sio.NEV Edwards. — "Improvements in the ma " facture of jilates or surfaces for printing or embossing," i eisting : — 1st, " In making the plate or surface by a new mode of e " bining two substances, one of which is afterwards partial^ " destroyed or removed." Theprocess is na follows: — Asui copper plate is covered on the loiver part (intended to receive thtt design) with etching ground on both sides; the drawing is madi THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. HI ■' Jirectlj, ns in ordiniry pen-and-ink writing or drawing upon " paper;" the plate is immersed in a weak solution of pemitiatc I'f mercury and rinaed; copper is then electro-deposited in the ex- posed metallic parts, being prevented from adhering loo strongly tiy the mercuml coating previously given; the plate is taken out Cff the solutioD before the copper lines become too hroad for the j^oper effect, rinied, and again immersed in the mercurial solutton, rinied, uid (/ri«(I.- arim.ciitout of pasteboard, is placed on each eide of the copper plat« and backed with a mahogany block, thus enabUng fiuiWe metal to be run on the back {to heat the plate) and then on the front of the plate ; the deposited copper will be found attached to the fusible metal which forms the piinting plate, but eaaily detached from the original copper plate ; the inten-ening alloy is partially removed or sunk by acids, and, if necessary, by friction. ^od. " In a new mode of forming the caiHties or sunken parts " of the surface." After drying the plate, in the first process, in- stead of immediately placing the rims and mahogany block, the heated plait and deposited copper is spread over with an even coat of f^sed chloride of zinc, which is allowed partially to deliquesce; the rimi and blocks are placed, and the fusible metal cast in them. The reault of this process is a fusible melal jirinting plate, having the copper design standing up from it, cs\'ities being formed where Ktjnired by the "chloride of Kinc and the evaporation of the water " united with it." CPriuWd, id. 8m Loadua Jouniil (JV'ncton'il. toL SI (toujaiHed itria$). H p-Wi ArtUan, ToL O.p.SaO; xid rntvnt Juumtl. vol. G, p. !39.J H A.D. 1348, January 25.— N* 12,039. HIGHTON, H«NRv, and HIGHTON, Euwabd.— " Improve- " ment* in electric telegraphs." Itt. " Substituting horseshoe magnets for magnetic needles in " electric telegraphs." The axis of the horseshoe magnet passes between the limbs, and either perpendicular to the line joining the poles, or parallel to the limbs; in the first case, the axis of the coil is pawllel to the axis of motion of the indicator; and in the tecond case, the axis of the coil is perpendiciUur to the pointer axis. Varioni shapes are shown of permanent magnets and coils ; signal instruments, with one or two indicators, adapted to one or two line wirw, that act either by pointing to the symbol, or unccvering Iftacrcen from it, arc also described and shon'n. 142 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 2nd. " A mode of constructing and arranging keys," in which the circuits are coupled up so that each key is used only for a fflngk sign or symhol. The number of combinations so formed is represented by 3"— 1 (n being the number of hne wires). There axe the same number of batteries as line wires. A number of piorallel insulated metallic strips, resting upon springs, are dis- posed transversely upon the keyboard under the keys ; each strip communicateis with a battery pole, or with an up or down line wire (or, at the terminal stations, with the earth). Non-conducting hinged keys, with springs and suitably connected metallic pegs, press upon and connect the circuits as they are required to produce a given symbol. The keys may be arranged as pianoforte keys. An additional key is kept pressed down, and makes connection with all the down wires when the other keys are not actually being used. These keys are more especially useful in telegraphs indi- cating by screens, and pointing to or printing signs. 3rd. A "pertenode or circuit completer," to complete the circuit of " secondary" or local batteries. A bar permanent magnet is hung horizontally above two vertical bar electro-magnets, and another is hung similarly beneath the electro-magnets. The coiling of the electro-magnets is such that similar poles oppose the same per- manent magnet, and each permanent magnet is weighted at one end and has suitable stops, so that it can only be moved in one direction. When a line-wire current is sent through the coils of the electro-magnets, an insulated wire (at one end of the permanent magnet which is moved) dips into a mercury cup, and completes the circuit, according to the direction of the line- wire current. As one direction of the line-wire current only affects one permanent magnet, two directions of the same secondary circuit, or two separate circuits, may be completed by the same penenode. 4th. " Combining a series of screens in such manner that, being " placed one before the other they shall, by their relative positions, " changed from time to time, shew the desired signs or symbols." A number of differently perforated screens, moving independently, are oscillated or otherwise moved before another independently moving screen, on which the signals are marked in suitable posi- sitions, thus, by a combination of movements of the screens, all the signab may be given as required. It is preferred to use the lit improvement for moving the screens, each screen having its own horseshoe permmwint magnet; and to use the 2nd im- THEIR GExXERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 143 provement to complete the circuits, as the combinationa that cmh be formed of the screens are also expressed by 3»— 1 (» being the number of line wires). 5th. ** An escapement frar producing a step by step movement " of alternately unequal lengths." An axle, with two similarly- toothed wheels, one fixed and the other loose, has a tendency to revolve in one direction by means of any suitable motive power. A pallet with two catches, moving to and fro parallel to the wheel axis, stops alternately the teeth of the fixed and the loose wheel ; the fixed wheel, having a pin which takes into a slot in the loose wheel, moves it ; but when the loose wheel is permitted to move, it enables the fixed wheel to increase its motion by the length of the slot before being stopped by the pallet. A plan is shown by which a moveable stud may adjust the length of the slot. Another plan is shown by which the unequal motion is given by a " stud piece " on one side of the pallet, one wheel with pins on each side being used. In a fourth plan two similarly-toothed wheels are fixed on the axle, the teeth of one being a little in advance of those of the other, the pallet working in each wheel alternately. 6th. Enabling a pointer, &c., worked by a step-by-step action, *^ at once and by one bound to complete the remaining part of a ** revolution." Referring to the 5th improvement (which need not, unless required, produce an unequal movement), the pallet is enabled to move to and fro in the direction of the plane of the pallet wheels as well as in the direction perpendicular thereto ; thus, when required, the pallets can be drawn away so as to be out of gear with the step-by-step movement ; the pallet has, however, a catch, which then comes in the way of a pin on the pallet wheel, and stops it at a determinate point. When the pallet returns to its original position the step-by-step motion is in gear again. An arrangement suitable to revolve a type wheel, by which the type wheel, after having remained stationary for the purpose of ha\nng the type pressed or struck, itself returns to zero, is described and shown. The ty])e wheel is attached to the axis of an arrangement, described above, by means of a spring and spring box ; the type wheel is moved forward, as already described, to the desired posi- tion and the pallet drawn out of gear, thus bringing a portion of the paUet under a type stud so as to prevent the type wheel re- volving ; at the same time the spring is wound up, and, on the HI ELECTRICITY AND MAGXETISNf : 1 engagement of the step-by-step &ctiun, the type wheel is set tree &nd moved b; the spring to xero. 7th. " Exhibiting to the eye sjmboU or letters by means of one " linen-ire and the combination of the penenode " with the Sth and tith improvements. A percenode, connected with the line wire, works a secondary battery, which actuates one of two electro- magnets, according to the direction of the line-wire current. One electro-magnat actuates a dial by means of the 5th iinprorement ; the other electro-magnet removes the pallet and peraiito the dial 8th. "'ITie application of secondary batteries" to "printing, " stamping, or perforating" telegraph instruments. Each of the instruments described under this head prints symbols or letters by the direct action of eicctro-magnets. which either cause the descent of types or of hammers to strike types ; these electro- magnets are worked by secondary circuits, completed by penenodes, with or without the assistance of the apparatus described under the 6th head. Each type-lever electro-magnet is horsMhoe-fotm, and its kee[>er moves on ajoint; thus, by means of an arm or connecting rod jointed to the short arm of the type lever, bringing the type lever on to the paper whenei-er the circuit is completed through the coil of the electro-magnet ; a helical spring, fixed to a standard, and at the other end to a projection from the type-lever axis, raises the ^pc lever on breaking the circuit. An instrument is first described, ivith three Ene wires and " iirimary " batteries, which prints symbols, each letter being made up of not more than three symbols; the combinations being also represented by 3* — I (n being the number of line uTrea), the BTrangement of keys described under the 2nd head is used. In this apparatus there are three secondajy batteries, three perenodes, six type-le%'er electro-magnets, and one jmper-moving elertro-magnet (round which the three insulated secondary circuits pass, in continuation of each type-lei-er mt^fnet's circuit). The paper cylinder, on a screw axis, is moved by a step-by-step movement (See 5th head). In a second instrument, any one of the 2G letters of the alphabet are printed instantly " by means of the combinations ])roduced by " the action of three jjersenodes." In this case, the jjertenodes complete combinations of circuits when at rest, and break as well THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 145 as close circuits and combinations of circuits when actuated hj the primary circuits. There are 26 tjpe-lever electro-magnets; the other arrangements are similar to those of the first instrument. In a third instrument, a persmode is combined with the escapement described under the 6th head, to pnnt the letters of the alphabet. Four electro-magnets are used, two to the type* wheel escapement, one to work the paper cylinder, and one hammer-lever electro-magnet. In a fourth instrument, a persenode is combined with the step- by-step movements described under the 6th head, but they are employed to rotate a barrel on which studs are helically disposed, so as to complete type-lever-magnet circuits by means of springs. The penenode works an electro-magnet in the step-by-step arrangement, which, by its springs and studs, puts into the circuit the right type-lever electro-magnet, and the reversal of the current through the persenode brings into action another electro-magnet that completes the secondary circuit round the type-lever magnet. In a fifth instrument, with two line wires and capable of printing the letters of the alphabet, an arrangement very similar to that of the fourth instrument is adopted, but there are two persenodes breaking and closing circuits, and the stud barrels are five in number with five studs and letter springs each. There are 25 type-lever magnets. A screen, with concentric rings of letters and a moveable perforated disc, may be worked in connection with this instrument. 9th. The application of the persenode to ''Morse's American *' telegraph." An instrument, with two pens or markers, is worked by a secondary battery in connection with a persenode and one line wire, the persenode bringing one or other of the markers into the circuit of the secondary battery. 10th. Employing a chain, cord, or band in a telegraphic instrument. A cord, fixed at one end and preserved at a proper tension by a spring, carries a scale on which are the letters of the alphabet; bar electro-magnets, either in the primary or secondary circuit, act on levers so as to pull back the cord, thus enabling the required letter to be drawn opposite an arrow, or otherwise signalled. The law of combination respecting the line wires and signals is also expressed by 3"— 1 (n being the number of line wires). 146 ELECTRICriT AND MAGNETISM : A printing telegraph with three line wires, on this principle, la also described and shown. The keepers of the cord dedzo- magnets act directlj on the cord, and the cord itself is wound round the axis of the tjrpe wheel, thus bringing any required letter under the type hammer. A separate electro-magnet, connected as in the other printing telegraphs, works the paper cylinder by an alternately unequal escapement, and the type hammer by a slot in the keei)cr ami ; another slot in the keeper arm does not act to pull back a click from a dick whed on the type-whed axis, until after the hammer has struck, thus, the loosening of the oord does not cause the return of the type whed until after the type is printed. 11th. Using a pedal for placing a bell apparatus in the dectrie circuit, or removing it from the same; also for remoring some or all of the battery metals from their liquids, (»r repladng the same. 12th. " The application to electric telegraphs of batteries *' in which a solution of a salt of ammonia is used. The mmiate or sulphate in connection with large plates of copper and sine, separated by a porous material or cell, or placed for apart, is the arrangement preferred. These batteries act for a long period without attention. 13th. "Insulating suspended wires." Perforations are made through the susi)ending posts or their arms, through which the wires are ])a8sed ; upon the wire is strung a non-conducting bead, hanng a transverse slit to slip it on the wire, which bead is f^tened into the centre of the post by cement. . 14th. Using enamelled or glazed metals, enamelled iron tubes or rods for instance, for insulating telegraphic wires. 15th. Insulating suspended wires with varnished cotton, pro- tected at the point of suspension by a metal tag or covering, " placed in a manner resembling the teg of a boot-lace." [Printed, S^. 3e wheel ; 162 ELECTRICITY AND iL\GNETISM : i>T tt maj more Lhe clockwork itoelf. An electric timekeeper ia described &nd shown, having m dial divided lo m to pinnt out the time bj the hour hand onlj, the space liettreen the hour* being divided into 60 equal parts. A reverser to be placed on the eacApt- wheel arbor, with four points placed croaawiac dipping into two mercury cupa, is described and shown ; also another rT:veTsei, with two insulated levers dippinft into right and left-hand pairs of RUTCury cups altemstely. to he placed on the jiallet arbor ; the wiica ire connected cromwiae to the merciirj cupa. This last Mrrangcment msj be emploired in conjuDCtioa with the donble- poled ma^fnet and needle to work turret clocks h^ a " seeondaiy " battwy." i A.D. IMS, AogHst 15.— N" 12,241. TRUMAN, Edwin Tuomab. — Ist. Manufacturing " artificial " teeth and gums, and making good other deBtnencies of tlie " mouth in connection therewith by employing gutter peicha," ud "coating the surfiicea thereof with metal." " A model of the " mouth in plaster" it obtained, and artificial teeth and gums made from it and moulded upon it in guttn perchs, completely covering a gold " plate or bar," placed to strengthen the giitta percha, and having pina (not covered by the gutta percba) soldered to it, on which the artificial teeth are lo be fixed. The gutta jMicha is then warmed, placed in the mouth with tfao new teeth, and pressed "into position, by which it will become perfectly " adapted to the mouth " It may be electro-gilt, or not, as desired (except the pins and the surface next the gums), and the artifida] teeth fixed on lo the pins " by cement " in the naual a 2nd, Applying " electro-gilding in the manuhcture of artificial " t«eth and gums as a coating to soft materials." Instead of using gutta pereha and electro-gilding- a? above explained, i or other suitable matter may be employed, electro-gilt all ( &ut completely enclosing the material which might otheiwise " be " BBfiuited to be worn in the mouth." [Prinlffli. SW- *<» RepCTtory o London Joivnal If/eietait'i), nA. Mlofujoingd trria^, p. Minilne. vol. SO, p. IBTi AnUan, voLT, p. IMi sndFJitfli Juunul,voLK THEIR tiENER.\TIOX AND APPLICATIONS. 163 A.D. 1848, September 4.— N" 12,262. BICARDO. John Lewis.— " Improvements in electrical tele- " graphs, snd in opparatua connected therewith," Irt. Improvements in "combining two or more wires for elec- " trie telegraph purposes, hy enclosing thcra between two fillets " of gutta percha, or compounds contaiaing that material, in such " momier as to inatdate one wire from the other or others, and " from estemal matters." The wires are conducted from their respective reels " through suitable guides to and betn-een " grooved rollers heated by steam," which roll the fillets over the nirei so as to perfectly insulate them from each other and from exteroal matters ; the indentations caused by the rollers being between two consecotivc wires, and the end " beads," produced by the roller grooves, bring without wires. The telegraph wire, when made, ia received upon " a roller acted on by a weighted cord or " otherwise." The surfaces of the fillets that are to adhere are poMed over hot surfaces, and, when necessary, the under fillet ia supported. It is preferred to use a combination (in certain stated pKiportions) of gatt» (lercha, "gum cowrie or New Zealand giun, " and flower ora" [flowers or7] " milk of sulphur," 2iid. " An improvement in apparatus for suspending wires for " electric telegraphic purposes." The Specification and Drawings describe and shown an insulator, through the centre of which is fixed [by cement) a hook fur sus[)endiiig the wires. Ad annular ipaeeor "throat" — to prevent water "passing up the interior" so aa to destroy the insulation of the wire — is left. This annular ■pace is shaped like an int'erted conical cup, ha\ing the tube with the hook in its centre. The insulator is alao provided with a groove and flat tnde fbr filling it properly to the telegraph post. [Printffll. M. Sea Eeportmy of Art«. vol. !♦ (nriorjwtlssriMj.p.li London Jounul iKdctini'ti. vo).M (AoyuiMd Knw). p.lSS; ll»cluuil(s' Higa- Xloo, vol, SO, p. S»; Artiuii, Tcif. T. p. 183; FMent Journal, Tol.«,p, nSi ■Bd BnfiDMrs' and ArrhitDCis' Journal, >dL 11, p. IIS,] A.D. 1848, September 28.— N- 12,276. ALLMAN, Fksnbu — "Certajn improvements in apparatus for " the pi«ductinn of light from electricity," consisting of varions appantua for regulating the distance between the carixw or other electrodes used to produce the electric light, by means of the electric curretrt which causes the bght, these aopsLiatua tciTTtatut % I I I 164 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM ; part of the same circuit, and one of the electrodes being moveable by means of one of the effects of the electric current ; also appa^ ratus for reg^ulating the " emission" and '* ingress" of the battery fluids. In the first arrangement, one of the electrodes is attached to, and moves with, the extremity of the needle or " permanent magnet " of a galvanometer. In the second apparatus,^" induced magnets" are made to act on the needle or ** permanent magnet." A third arrangement consists of fixed " induced magnets" acting on others mounted on the extremity of a poised lever. In these three arrangements either the attractive or repulsive magnetic force may be used, and an adjustable weight opposes the deflection of the needle or lever. In a fourth apparatus, the expansion of a heated metallic con- ductor, or the curvature of a heated compound metallic bar, is made to act on one of the electrodes. A fifth apparatus consists of a . voltameter, which raises a gas- holder against the detaining force of springs, by the exit provided for the gas being proportioned to the current used. The " emission" and " ingress " of battery fluids is reg^ulated by their specific gravity. The heavy and spent fluid sinks a counter- poised vessel, thus lengthening the leg of a discharging syphon, or a ball cock opens when the liquid becomes too heavy. Pumps, &c., may be used to supply or exhaust the batteiy. [Printed, Zs. Id. See Mechanics* Mapaine, yol. 60, p. 806 ; London Journal (Newion*»),vo\. 35 {conjoined sertes), p. 806; Artisan, vol. 7, p. 207 ; and Patent Journal, yol. 6, p. 2^.] A.D. 1848, October 12. -N° 12,287. DUNN, Arthur. — " Improvements in ascertaining and indicat- " ing the temperature and pressure of fluids." The mercury, either of a thermometer or of a pressure gauge, completes an electric circuit (by means of an iron float tipped with " platina"), and rings a bell whenever the temperature or pressure arrives at a determined point. This apparatus is applied to a steam boiler in the following manner ; — A metal thermometer tube in the boiler is connected with two glass tubes, into which electrodes project ; one tube (to give notice when the steam rises to the working pressure) com- pletes the circuit through a lever, which breaks the circuit as the I THRIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. terajieratufe rises above that point ; tha other tube gii'ea notice when the steam rises to too high a pressure. Each of theae cir- cuits has a separate bell appanitiiB, and several bell ajiparatus in sei-eral pkces may be emplored. When this invention is applied to a pressure gauge, a " platina" wire is introduced into the ordinary glass gauge at the required height; or several platinum wires at various heights maybe in- cluded, sa required, in the circuit. [PriDta!, lOA Seo Hojwrtory of Arts, to!. IS (mlarff^l icHrf), p. SSSi Loudanjoumsl (JVnDtiM'd.vnl.M ieoKjoinvl ttria], p.saS: Hocliuun Hdtatint, Tol.M, p. 37Vi Artlun, vol.T, p.tSO; and PatBnt Journal, voLJ,p.».] A.D. 1848, October 26.— N" 12,296. BJORTH, Sohen. — " Certain improvements in the use of electro- magnetism, and its application as a motive [Hiwer, and also other improvements in its application generally to engines, ships, and raalivays." The Specification and Drawings describe and show various dectro-magnetic engines, which have For their principle of action the motion of a magnet or electro-magnet, so that points or parts of its surface or poles come successively under the influence of the points or parts of the surface or poles of a fixed electro-magnet or magnet, thus enabling a rotary or reciprocal motion to be had and sustained over a great length of stroke. oscillating engine " is described and shown, constructed Upon the above prindples, in which the electric current is admitted laberaately to one of two douhle-horseshoe magnets (the fixed mag- forming one horseshoe, and the miiveable magnet the other) ; acting during one half revolution of the fly-wheel shaft, the )^er during the second half revolution. " Suitable adaptions of j^ beams, rods, cranks, &c." will enable anj required form of engine to be constructed. Tile fixed magnets are made hollow, "conical "' on the inside," and with surfaces of various suitable shapes inside them ; the moving magnets are made " conical on the outside," and with corresponding ajwriures. Other forms of horse-shoe magnets are described and shown, made to act on the above principles when combined in an engine. A rotary engine is described and shown, in which fixed horseshoe tnagnetaare arranged on the surfaceof a cylinder, with the line join- ing their opposite poles parallel to the axis on n-hich they cause t,tA. 166 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: moveable magnetB to roUte ; the electric current being supplied to the fixed ma^ets in advance of the moveable niagneta in Bucocaaion, and cut off u the moveable tu&gnets pus them. The fixed magnets form casea for the moveable msignett to pMS through, A method of obtuning "a reciprocal rtrijuy motinn" (which may be converted into a rotary motion " by cranks," or a{>{ilted directljr to the work) ia deacribed and ahown ; an S-ahaped solid magnet worka into a similarly shaped atationaiy magnet, the poles of which form cafes for the reception of the poles of the mm-eabU magnet. " Two sets of magneta will be ordhiarily le- " quired, working; in opposile directions." The "cciramutator" used for rectiUneoc reciprocating engines may either be arranged aa a slide-valve is in the steam engine (a metallic slide and insulated metnUic surfaces, in connection with thebatteiy and the coils of the electro-magnets, taking the place of the valve and steam ports in the steam engine), or an oscil- lating or rocking shaft maf altematelj bring the conductors of o]>paaite magnets into contact with adjustable metallic springa connected to the hatteiy. The "commutator" for rotajy engines is the common aiiangement of conducting pieces inlaid in a non-conducting portion of the rotating shaft. A '■ governor," analogous to the steam-engine governor, regulates the aupplj of electncity to the engine hj acting upon a slide, included in the electric circuit, so that a wider or narrower portion of a conducting wedge is brought into contact u4th a parallel conductor. Either the attraction or repulsive magnetic influence, or both, may be used as a motive power, and the [wwer may be applied tii all purposes for which power may he required. This invention also relates to the production of magneto-electri- city in a locomotive. " Soft iron or electro-magnets " are fixed between the spokes of the wheels, so that during their motion the electrO'magnetB may pass between the poles of fixed horseshoe permanent magnets. The coil of the electro-magnets b continued round the axle of the wheel, magnetising it when in motion in proportion to the speed, thusgii-ing it "an increased adhesion" to the rails; or the electricity generated may be used as an auxiliary motive-power. Revolving fty-wheeb, paddle-wheels, or drums may thus be made available for generating au-xiliaty electric power. [Printed, 1«. Id, Spa Mcchinla' Muuinc, vol. Ml. pp. tM uid «-1S : Pnu> tlOKl HcetaMiiM' Joarnal. *oL 1. pp. IS and W ; Artuan, toL T, pp. Ul luul IM 1 and Pateat Jovnwl, ToL T, p, US.] THKIfi GENER-VnOX AND APPLICATIONS. IG7 A.U. 1848, November ■l.—N" 12,3] 7. BACHHOFFNER, Grobgb Hbnbv.— " Improvementa in means " of transmittinti, communicttting aUets. eaiuiog it to rotate. The b^-11 ^ipa- mtus also bos anutbcr vibrating electro-magnet, to which the hammei it attached by a slight spring ; on the deflection of the dectro-magnet tbe bell is struck. The current actuates rither the bell, the pointer, or the dial bund, according to tbe positii n of the metal bars of " current changers" attached to the inBtrumtnt ; the wirM of the various " appamta " are. for that purpose, connected I in purs with insulated pieces of metal disposed in a circk, ovet I which the metal bars move. The keys for oompleting the dmiit are connected to the " current changers " by their hinges, and' make connection with the battery by studs and mercury cups. Tbe eleotro-magnets may be mounted so that both their poles are artcd oa by the same permanent magnet. 3rd. ** A method of straining or tigbtening tbe telegraph wires " when suspended on posts." .'Usuitableintervalaapostisere^d, iMiing the upper portion movealtle either up or down by rack and pininn work i thus deflecting the wires from " their natural curva- " tme" between the fiied posts, and straining them accordin^lY, 16S ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : G completely covered with caps c I I The tops of the poata a lating material. 4th. " Certain arrangements of the lettcra and figures on dials " in combination with pointers or indicators actuated by elec- '■ tricity." The deflecting pointer or i)ointera indicate the letters or numerals liy the direction and number nf the deflections; and the revolving hands have thr«e branches pointing reapectively to three different circles, the first containing the letters, which may be arranged either alphabetically or as a " printer's or compoaitor's '* fount," the second containing numerals, and the third the numl)er of the stations on the line. A dial is also described and 8ho«-n, having eight indicators, pointing respectively to alphabets, numerals, and ivritten messages ; also a dial with two deflecting pointers, showing (with Dot more than two deflections to e«ch) twenty letters and four numerals, and their combinations. [Printed, it. Id. Bee Hechwlci' HiCHilnc, roL SO, p. Ml ; Mid Patent Jour- uI,T0l.7.pp. raandM.] A.D. 1848, November 21.— N" 12,335. CLEMENT, WiLLtAM Uooo (partly a comnmmcation).—" Cex- " tain improvements in the manufacture of sugar, part of which " improvements is applicable to ei'ajioration generally, also lai- ■" proved apijaratus for preparing the cane-trash to be used ss ■** fuel," consisting of; — 1st. "Mechanical arrangements for the better manufacture of " the sugar (rom the cone," being partly improvements on the invention described in Letters Patent, N" 11,312. Portions of the present invention are "applicable to evaporation generally." Snd. " Improved apparatus for the preparation of the cane- " trash, or 'bagass,' to be used as a fuel." 3rd. " Certiun new processes for the clarification of saccharine " solutions." The first process ia called " the high-prwsure clarification," and relates to the comjilele coagulation of " the vegetable albumen " contained in a saccharine solution, without at the same time " increasing the density," by heating the solution in a close vessel. The second jirocess consists in employing galvanic electricity " to present the base of a salt in a nascent state to the impurities " of a saccharine solution without the aid of au alltali or alkahne " ewth, or without using an excess of the >U[aU," Having pUowi THEIR GENER.\TIOX AND APPLICATIONS. ' the Mcchuine aolutioa in a suitable open vemel, nnd dissolved the cl&rilying salt in it, the positive platinum electrode of a glJvKiiic battery is placed in a porous vessel (id the saccharine ■olutioD), containing a solution of the claiitying salt, the negative idectnide bein^ placed in the saccharine solution. 'Ilie electric action causes the acid of the clarifying salt to proceed to the porous cell, and its base to the negative electrode, there to com- bine with the impurities; or each electrode maybe placed in a fnwia celli or a series of electrodes, in the solution, may he included in the electric circuit. Third process. — To separate an oxide or salt (that has been used for clarification) from a saccharine solution, a phosphate of lime filter is used in connection uith an electric current, generated by p(urs placed in the filter, the positive metals being in porous cells. Fourth process. — In the ordinary clariflcation by animal char- coal, by connecting the insulated metal vessel containing the animal charcoal with the positive plate of a galvanic battery, and a porous cell filled with acidulated water, and imbedded in the charcoal with the negative plate, a galvanic current is made to promote the combinations which cause clariflcation and decolor- CPrinlwl, 1«. W. Sw London Journil (AWfri'i'il. vol. M {nmimnnd srHft), p. tW: Hcchuiics' HsRulnp. Tol. 50, p. iW; aad Patput JoutdbI, vol. 7. \: J9.J A.P. 18.18, December 2.— N° 12,^52. ^iKEWELU Frederick Collibh. — " Improvements in making communications from one place to another by means of electricity," consisting of r— 1st. A " copying telegraph." Cylinders on the " transmitting " and " receiving instruments " are caused, by means of weights and tans, to rotate synchronously ; on the transmitting cylinder is placed the writing to be transmitted on tin foil (tdther written with vamUb or else with a metal point upon varnished tiu foil); on the receiving oybnder is placed pa[ier "thoroughly moistened with" murutic add, water, and " saturated solution of prusaiate of " potBOs." An insulated iron point is moved over each of these cylinders by means of a rotating screw paiallel to the cyUnder, the point bong fixed on to a nut thus caused to traverse the cylinder longitudinally. The current only passing through the transmitting ^^dftd receiving instruments by means of the tin foil and moistened 170 ELECTRICl'IT AND MAGNETISM : pKptr reapectively, Ihe. point of tha receiving instrument marka tho paper with parallel lines, except when the vamiEhed writing of the transmitting instrument rauae^ the nurent fo c«aae, thiia produtnng t, copy of the writing on the tin foil of the transmitting cylinder. Several points. inNiilated from one another, maj be used on the receiving instrument, by transmitting the cimettt through them in rapid auccessbn ; there being a similar number of pointi on the transmitting instrument. To ensure synchronous move- iBent of the cylinders, they rotate rather faster than is required, and are retarded at small periixtical and adjustable iotervala, by the keeper of an electni-mi^n>«' (bniught into action by a local battery and jjenduhim), which rubs against projections on the cylinder. A lUp of paper on the transmitting cylinder ihimld be tnily copied on the receiving cylinder. The inatruments are started at the same itistant by means of the keeper of an electro-magnet, in the telegraphic circuit, disengaging the fan of the receiving instni- ment when the transinitting instrument is put in action. 2nd. A mode of " breaking and reneiving the electric drcuita " at diitant stations." The deflection of the needle is made to bring into action an electro-magnet (magnetised by a local battery) which releases a detent from a rotating cyUnder completing the (nrcuit. '{"he speed of the telegraph instruments may be regulated in this manner. By a similar means branch lines may be thrown into or out of circuit from a distant station. The earth circuit ia completed when required by an insulated wire in the cylinder. One cylinder must be used to each branch. [Prialcd, U. Sd. See Repertorj ol Art*, vdI. It (mlaivtd triti), p. Ut Hectaniia' Ma^ilni'. rtii-SD. p. 344i Patent jDum]U, td1,7, p.IMt and En^necrs' uid Arcbitects' Journal. toI. U; p. SIT-J A.D. iwn. Febraaiy 16.— N" 1-2.A32. PEAECE, CiiAai.EB Thomas. — " Improvements in apparatua " for obtaining light by electric agency," consisting of: — 1st, An electric lamp, in which motion is given to two carbon etcctroden by means of suitable clockwork. One electrode ia " disc " shaped, " at an angle of 45* " to the other, and is made to rotate on its axis so as to continually present a Iresh "edge or "side auH^ce " to the other electrode, which is " a bar of carbor made In travel upwards by a uniform movement. _jRi|ipIi«d to the electrode near the light, by means of " I I I TKEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONK. 1/1 " wires " poiiil^;d witb " iridium." Two or more disc or bw electrodes may Le used. Also on ^paralus in irhich the electrodes are forced fomraTd by nuuu of weights or helical springi, the Inner electrode being kept ContinuftUy in contact with lateral ban of "non-conducting " carbon," and the upper electrode being forced into an earthen OD&e. Methods of joining electrodes are described, by inserting a piece of carbon into holes in the electrodes to be joined, &■;,, and of constructing electrodes, bj the insertion of " conducting " carbon " into pieces of " non-conducting carbon '' by means of a groove. 2nd. An apparotuB to restore contact between the electrodes when the light goes out. An electro-magnet, included in the circuit, lins a helical spring and keeper tixed at the end of a lever ; " a piece of carlion " is thereby introduced between the electrodes when the current ceases, but is moved away tis soon as the magnet acts. ' 3rd. A regularly intermittent electric light, obtuned by trans- mitting the electrie current through springs pressing against an inlaid metallic cylinder fi'ieU on the arbor of a clock, and revolving wHh it. " A like apparatus is used " to bring two batteries alternately into action. ■1th. An apparatus for regulating the electricity applied to lighting. A fixed electro-magnet or coil, in the circuit, deflects a permanent magnet mounted on an axis connected by wheel- work to the electrodes. 5th. " Perfluent" batteries. "The fluids are supplied to each " c«U at the same time." The battery cells are contained in a tiougb, which has entrance and exit cells to the battery cells, the beaHet fluid going out at the bottom, and the (reah fluid I>eing ■uppUed at the upper part. In a double-fluid l}attery, the acid aotution is supplied at ihc top and goes out at the bottom, and the metallic solution comes in at the bottom and goes out at the top. " Baob «et of plates," being bolted to longitudinal wooden bars, are able to " be removed at once." 'When porous diaphragms are uaed, the; " form part of the trough." IM." i;2 ELECTBICITV AND MAGNETISM: A.D. 1843, March 14.— N° 1:2,523.^ FONTAINE MOBEAU. Pbtkr Abmxnd le Comte de (a commmiealuin). — " Certain improvements in coating or coveting " metallic and non-metallic bodies," relating : — lat. To a(|ueaua solutions for electro-depositing metals and alloys. The follomng is a, list of the chemical substances in these solutions: — For gilding, a. gelatinous ))Tecipitate, made bf adding chloride of gold to "a solution of soap made of Gajac pitch, "and caustic potash or soda ; also, a salt oF gold, caustic potash or soda, sulphate ofjiotash or soda, and sugar. For " platimng," phosphate of potash or soda, and " bichloride of platina and potassium." For nhcring, a salt of siher (preferoblj the carbonate), carbonate of ammonium, and carbonate or bicarbonate of soda or potash. For copprring, carbonate of copper, and carbonate or bicarbonate of soda or potash ; also, " cjatnuTc" [cyanide T] of potassium, and a salt of copper ("preferably salt of cyatnine" [cyanide?] "ofeop- " per"). Fur iroannj, carbonate of ammonium, and asalt of linc ('' preferably salt of carbonate of zinc ") ; also, a mixture of either of the coppering sohitioDS with the carbonate of ammonium and carbonate of zinc solution. Fur (iiintn^, caustic potash or soda, and protochloride or chloride of tin. For coating with lead, caustic [lotash or soda and litharge or other compound of lead. All the above solutions " do not disengage any i^jurious smell or " gas, and are entirely free from any poisonous substance," except the second coppering solution and the tinning solution. In depositing lead and tin npoa iron or zinc, and tin upon lead, a preliminary coating of co]>per or brass is given. 2aA. To aqueous solutions for coating metals and alloys with other metals and alloys, " by immersing them in certun solutions." [Print«l,4if. 8esMK!li»nk«'M«««iine. vol.51. p. iMi ond PuttnlJounml. rol.B,p.S8.J A.D. 1849, March 19.— N" 12,52(!. RUSSELL, Thomas Hbnbt, and WOOLRICH, Jobs Stb- I'liBN. — " Improveraenta in coating iron and certun other metals ■• and alloys of metals," consisting of:— 1st. "lie application of cadmium and its alloys for coating " the surfaces of iron and certmn other metals and alloys of " metola." THEIR GKXIiRATlOX AND APPLICATIONS. ■ By means of eleetric deposition." The solution used ii m&de bj precipit&ting a carbonate of cadmium from the nitrate b;^ the addition of a Boliition of carbonate of soda, and dissoh-ing the Ijirecipitate thus aUainedin cyanide of jMitmaiiim solution in escesa. A modification of this solution may be used, in conneirtion with n ■uitable diaaolving plate, to deposit alloys of cadmium. A method of coating metals with cadmium and its alloys, by im- nersiDQ in " a melted bath of the coating metal" is described. A method " of applying cadmium or ita allays as a means of pre- ** Hr\*ing iron and other metals, by applying such metal in con* ^ tact, by mechaniciil or other means, in like manner to what cine ■' has heretofore been applied," is also described. iod. Electro-depositing copper in alloy with other metals, The solution u*ed is made by diasolving acetate of copper, acetate of fitoc, acetate of potash, and benzoate of potash in hot water, and ■dding " fts much cyanide of potassium in solurion ns will dis- •* aolve the precipitate, which is caused on addinp it," and about one-tenth more. " Other metals may he alloyed with copper, and •* the mode of proceeding is like that above described. [Prinl«i.* pa; A.D. 1B49, March 26.— N" 12,534. PABKES, Alrxandbr. — " Improvementa in dejiositing metals." Electro-depositing different metals (cojiper, silver, tin, bisciuth, and lead are mentioned) " in successive layers " upon manufac- tured iron or other metal, to protect it " more perfectly than a " sepante coating thereon of either of the metals sepnmtely." Various improvementa in the manufacture, treatment, and working of certwn metals and alloys are described, and a blowing mactune ia described and shown (Letters Patent X" 12,326 are referred to in this port of the invention). Tn respect to " the manufacture of rollers for printing pur- " iiotes;" "a roller or cylinder of iron, of brass, or of white " metal, composed of tin, lead, line, and antimony, in various " proportions" has given to it "a copper surface by means of " el«Dtric deposition, employing the well known solutions of " copper ftn this purpose ; but if composed of iron or white '■ alloy," (he solution of coiiper in cyanide of potassium used hot 174 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: U pivtemd ; the rollers or cfbnden baag " placed la a hcrriiontal " jKMition," and kept " in coDsCant motioii diuing the time tb« " depomtion takes pUce." rPrinl*d, M. Bw RnperMnr of Arti, voL 1* (mlanwil irln), p. Mli Hallct wheel and thence the clock train, are attached. The pendulum strikes against a right-hand spring as Well M a left-hand one, thus completing the circuit of one battery to ^ve the electro-magnete one polarity, and of another battery to give them the oppoiite polari^. I THEIB GENER-VnON AND APPLICATIONS. Srd. "The striking or marking audibly tbe houi-" The mode tif actuating the train deacribed UDder the 2nd head is emplojred. Viinou* circuitB are ('om]ileteU by the train ao aa to Tek«ae and give motion to an ordinary locking plate tmd ratchet wheel, and the bell is atnick accordingly by a hammer on the aiia of the ratchet-wheel pallet. Once every hour a pin on the minute-hand axis ruaes an arm into eontact n'ith a pin on the aecondi wheel, thus completing the circuit of a battery and electro-magnet, which action releases the lucking plate, and completes a circuit of another battery and electro-magnet so far aa to enable the " bar " magnet " of the dock-trun electro-magnets to entirely complete the circuit every double vibration of the pendulum, by which ar- rangement the bell ia struck and the locking plate moved forward. When the spring agun enters the locking plate, the hitter circuit is no longer able to be oompieted, and the striking ceases. The following improvements are also set forth in this Speci- " A mode of working and breaking the circuita," obi'iatjng to some extent the oxidation of the platinum points, A weight, hung inwde a aeaied glass tube, fixed to the pendulum rod from a point of suBpensioD " in a line with the centre of motion of the pen- " dulum rod," makes contact alternately with platinum break pointa introduced through the aidea of the glasa. The wires ore connected as described under the ind head. The glass vessel may may eithe:r be exhausted, or contain hydrogen or other suitable A chronometer, in which (be majntajning power is " received " &om electro-magnets," and regulated by a balance actuated by means of the remoutoir escapement. Electro-magnets attract bu msgneta, as in the Ist improvement in electric clocks, thereby winding up a remontoir spring and locking it under a detent, the carcuit is then broken and the remontoir spring released by a dis- tliarging pallet and discharging spring, the various parts then oome into their ori^nal position ; pallets arc fixed on the axis of the bar magnets which give the motion, thus regulate, to a pallet wheel, and thence to the train. " Ad improved escape wheel and pallets," for giving a 8tep-by- ■tep rotation to timekeepers and tflegrajihs. The friction of the pallets at the time of driving is lessened by the pallet arm carr^- 176 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM ; ing two driving pallets, acting alternately one on each side* of ihe wheel axis, and two detents, one to each pallet. Where great power is required for striking the hours, a series of small electro-magnets are used in preference to using a few electro- magnets above a certain size. [Printed, 2«. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. SI, p. 882 ; and Patent Journal, voL 8, pp. 49 and 46.] A.D. 1849, April 17.-N« 12,675. ALLIOTT, Alexander. — ^This invention relates to the following improvements : — " Improvements in apparatus for ascertuning and registering " the force and direction " of wind, both natural and artifida).'* "Improvements in apparatus for ascertidning and registering " the force or pressure of water." '' Improvements in apparatus for registering the pressure of " steam." Improvements in apparatus for ascertaining and marking or registering the weight of substcmces." " Improvements in apparatus for ascertaining and registering the velocity of carriages." Improvements in apparatus for ascertaining under certain circumstances the length of time elapsed after a train of carriages « " has passed a given place." " Improvements in apparatus for enabling the place or direction " of floating bodies to be ascertained." — Photographically-sensitive paper is passed under the compass needle from a supply drum to another actuated by clockwork. The paper is marked longitu- dinally with five lines ; the centre line indicates a N. or S. course ; the outside lines, an E. and \V. course respectively ; and the two intermediate lines, a N.W. or S.W., and N.E. or S.E. course respectively. " The compass card has two small holes " " of dif- •* ferent sizes, pierced through it, and the paper " " is marked by *^ the light passing through the two holes in the compass card, *' the smaller hole being placed on the west side of the bu'ger hole. ** The thin Une will be marked on the west side of the thicker line *' from north-west to north-east, and on the east side from south- ** west to south-east." A separate scale must be employed to measure the straight part of the lines marked on the paper, ^* to THEIR GExXERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 177 " determine the duration of time the vessel has sailed in any par- *' ticular course. During the night some artificial light must be *' used." [Printed, is, M. See Mechanics' Magasine, voL 51, p. 881 ; aod voL' 58, p. 361 ; also Patent Journal, yol. 8, p. 65.] A.D. 1849, June 7.— N« 12,664. SMITH, Stanhope Baynes. — "Improvements in depositing " metals, and in obtaining motive power, part of which improve- '' ments are applicable to certain other similar useful purposes," consisting of i — Ist. " A new or improved solution of silver for plating either *' with or without an electrical ciurent;" " a solution of sulpho- " cyanide of potassium, sodiiun, ammonia, bariiun, calcium, " alumium" [aluminum?], "strontium, or magnesium nearly " saturated with sulphocyanide of silver or other salt of silver." 2nd. " New or improved methods of bright silvering ;" by the addition of either of the following substances in solution to tk silver solution. " Seliniuret " [selenide ?] of carbon, iodine, iodide of nitrogen, gun cotton, sulphur salts or double sulphurets, th6 sulphuretted oils, creosote, the xanthates (preferably that of pot- ash), the " bisulphocarbonate of oxide of methyle," the acetic, hydrochloric, chloroacetic, hydrocyanic, hydrosulphocyanic, hydro- sulphuric, selenious, sulphovinic, tartaric, and xanthic acids, cyanogen, and sulphurous acid. drd. " Improvements in the manufacture of articles by electrical *' deposition." First, " Depositing metal both on the exterior *^ and in the interior of a mould," thus producing two articles ; and afterwards removing the mould from between them. Second, Using gutta percha to make the moulds to electro-deposit in and on. Third, The use of a solution of gutta percha, " as a varnish *' to stop out portions of a conducting surface on which it is " wished to prevent deposition taking place." 4th. Using the hydrogen evolved from active voltaic batteries to actuate a suitable motive power engine by its forming, with air or oxygen, an explosive mixture. 5th. The use of a solution of gutta percha as a stoppmg out varnish for electro or other etching. [Printed, 4er is " drawn tight around '" the (op of the carbon by a screw. 9th. Arrangements for a scries of " concentric cells " (.See Sth I). A channel is tUed betwcoi the nmt at oslla just above J I 190 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM them, tvhicb supplies nitric acid to the centfe of the carlfona b_r " self-clearing capillary tube Byphonfl" (See 6th head) ; the ex- hauflted acid is dischm^ed into a channel just beneath the supptjr channel by MmilM means. To regulate the supply of acid to the supply chanDel, a glass float, in a square basin conuected to it, rises «nd closes the orifice of the supply syphon as soon as the liquid is at the proper height, "The supply and dischai^e of liquid to " the zinc may be effected by the gravitation supply apparatus " (See Jtb head). Batteries Ihat emit vapours may be enclosed trithin air-tight and water-luted covers. Instead of plain water, a. solution of hmc nuiy be used in the luting channel in nitric acid batteries. Glass plates may permit the batteries to be seen through the cover; and tubes to convey anay the gases may be introduced through sheets of vulcanized caoutchouc, secured over holes in the batlery case. " When a water lute covers the " battery case," the supply and discbarge channels can be secured likewise by an hydraulic trap, consisting of a diaphragm reaching from side to siile of the channel, but not quite to the bottom. IIHh. The manufacture of articles in iridium by the disruptive discharge from a suitable galvanic battery. The iridium is fused on a bed of that metal (in gndns), made on a suffiriently massive piece of copper connected to the positive pole, with a d^^tive electrode of iridium. The solid piece of iridium is aftenvards worked into more perfect shajw by taking it in a hand-vice con- nected with the ]iositive battery pole, and working upon it by the iridium negative pole. 11 ih. A " self-acting rheostat "or " 'equalizer.'" This instru- ment consists of two parts ; one by which the emrent is al^ju9ted to a greater or less degree, the other to regulate that adjustment so that whatever may be the variations of the battery or resis- tance, the current from the instrument may be ini-ariable. The means of adjustment conaiata of the use of a heUx of sufficiently £ne platinum wire so airanged as to be immersible more or less in mercury, while the part out of the mercury is covered with water (or a number of fine springs may make contact instead of the mercury). The electric regulator consists of a bur of soft iron moveable in a coil traversed by the current, which immerses leas or more of the platinum wire in the mercury, according as it is more or lest atlncted to the centre of the coil. Two instrument* I I THEIR GENERATtON AND APPLICATIONS. ve [Iesen>>eil and Bhown. This rheostat may be used to branch currents from a main circuit. 12th. "A compensatinf! dial balance galvanometer." This ap- (laratua coosists of a soft iron bor or core moveable in a cuil, through which the current [losses, which actuates a dial hand b; means of ft counterpoised rack and pinion; a n-eight is fixed to the pinion spindle to make the diiiaions on the dial ]ilate (corre- sponding to grains of xinc consumed per minute in the battery) Bs nearly equal as possible. A similar arrangement may be used for intensity galvanometers by making the coil of long and fine wire; a"triode" screw is used to close the rircuit independent of the galvanometer. 13th, A "differential galvanometer." Coils are arranged in connection with a quantity galvanometer, so that they can be in- cluded in the circuit or not at pleasure. The amount that the current is reduced from a given quantity by passing through a certan coil is an inverse meaaure of the intensity of the current. By this means a quantitf and intensity gali'snometer are included in the same instrument, and the current is not obstructed in any materia] degree while measuring the intensity. The coils are made so as not to e.xert a magnetic influence, by reversed windings, or being made flat. Hth. "The employment of a chain and barrel in place of k " nek and pinion, for supporting and imjiarting motion to the " electrode shaft in electric lamjis." The shaft is hollow, and has a longitudinal slot, thus allowing the chain to pass from where it is fixed at the lower end of the shaft, up the shaft, and out to the bnirel, to which it fastened by its other end. This liarrel also caniea a "counterpoise weight" and "compensation chain," which rests on the bottom of the lamp case as the electrode burnt. ISth. An " improved electric lamp movement," in which the electrodes cannot he damaged by surplus clockwork power. The electrode shaft ta screwed and slotted, by which means the rotation of a crown wheel, by a click moved by clockwork, raises or lowers the electrode, according to the position of a soft iron ci>re of a coil regulator. The crown wheel has a spring support which allows it to descend on to a stop, thus preventing too great pressure on the electrodes. The regulator centre or core has also an elastic I 16th. The ELECnUCITT AND MAGNETISM ; of bMtery ptfttM punctured u breaJ or mifanag i 17th. The UBe of wiw gavie bnttci^ jiUtes. 18th. Pre^'Qition of the spnrkwhon breaking contftot in g»lT»nic circuits. A thin platinum wire may still convey some portion of the current after the main circuit i» broken, or a aeries of auffl- dently long condnctori may break contact one after the other. TDl.W, in>- MD.IM. uid £«1: A.D. \M9, N-oTcmber 17.— N" 12.817. MEINIG, Chablss Ll'duvic Augustus (a comiamnieation). — " Certain improved modes or methods of appljing galvanism " and magnetism to curative and sanatory purpuses," consisting o^ for the above purposes ; — IsL The employment " of jwrtahle electro-magncta " of a shape and dimension " suited to the part of the body to which they ore to be applied," and "corresponding to the effect to be pro- duced." Tliere may be either one magnet or a sehes of mag' nets arranged on a " bandage of leather." 2nd. The employment " of jjortable magnets, protected trcaa oxidation hy a thin coaljog uf gold or gutta percha," Sec. These mBgneta can be employed nesitthe skin. They "should first be covered and afterwards magnetJxed." Srd. " The combination of portable magnets or electro-magnets, and portable galvanic apparatuses," the fluids of the body form- ing the fluid element of the said " jialvanic apparatuBea." Tlie mag- nets may be applied sininltaneoualy.but not in metallic connection with tiie galt-anic apparatus; or they may be united metallically to the galvunic apparatus so as to become either conductors or elements in the galvanic circuit ; or a magnet may be made to act galvanicBlly. either by uniting it to another metal or to two other ntetab ; these, or at least two metals, being in contact ivith ihe iHHiy. 4th. A mode of producing " constant or long continued effiMts '* " by means of portable galvanic njipanitUHS," consisting of porcelain box and bil (cJosed by gutta percha during use), co! taining a platinum plate in contact nith "bichromate of pcMssa," a plaster of Paris diaphragm, thread or asbestos " moistened wWi t THEIR GENERATION AND APPUGATIONS. 183 » '' dilute sulphuric acid " and " amalgams of zinc :" a copper plug in the lid, and another in the bottom of the box, form the poles of the battery. The methods of joining these " apparatuses '' for in- tensity and quantity are described. Any combination of materials that does not discharge gaa^ and that gives a constant oumnt, may be used. An apparatus is described, in which, by means of dockworic, the current is '* broken and renewed alternately*' by passing oyer a revolving conducting cylinder inlaid with insulating pieces ; thii current also passes through a coil with an a4justable core of iron wires, thus causing an auxiliary magneto-electric current ; a method of changing the direction of the currents is pointed out by using two inlaid conducting cylinders ; other a4justments and combinations are mentioned. 5th. A mode " of producing magnetic effects " by means of *' portable conducting apparatuses." Coils of wire, conveying an electric current, and strengthened with leather or other suitabk material, are made to surround the part to be magnetized, or oon- ducting spirals or other suitably shaped conductors are worn. 6th. The application of portable magnetic apparatus so m to act with one polarity only, or with botii polarities wherever Hm influence is required. Eitiier a chain of magnets, or of magneti and iron rods, connected to terminals so as to impart to them tfat requisite polarity, are used ; tiiese being placed longitudinally on tiie body. 7th. A •* method of producing a long continued effect" of **one " polarity ** by " means of portable transversal magnets ;" these being worn so that one pole is next the body, and the other SEway from it. 8th. The application of galvanic currents (described under the drd head) to exert a magnetic influence. In this Specification various exemplifications and drawings aM given of the methods of carrying out the above improvemeatiy both singly and in combination ; details of materials to be ussdp of manufacture, and of methods to obtain the best effect, ■et forth. OMated. In SA See MeeluMici' Mi^uiM^ faL SI, |>. 4M| ami Journal, voL 9, p. 105.} I IM ELECTRICITV AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1849, December 15.— N° 12,899. PULVERMACHER.ISAAC Lewis.—" Improvements in gslvai " battcrieB. in electric telegropha, and in electro-magnetic b " magneto-electric machines," relating to : — Igt. Galvanic batteries. In a galvanic bstterf of pUtinu nitric acid, suljihuric acid, and zinc, arranged for qututitj', the porous vessels and plat«s are counterbalanced and secured to a horizontal axia, by the rolHtioD of which the plates can be either whollj or partially immersed in the exciting fluid, or wholly taken out of it; the platinum plates are inserted fluid-tight into a groove in the lower half of the flat cylindrical porous veasels, and have nitric acid sujipUed to them by one end of the hoUotv axle, and carried off by the other. This arrangement also allows the ftuues to be carried oS and collected. The zinc plates tie bolted to the exterior nf the hollow axle, and hang down opposite the platinum plates and between each pair ; they ore immersed in dilute sulphuric arid contained in the trough, in the side of which the Bjiparahia revolv'cs. The porous vessels are bJI connected together by the centre, and have only the half containing the platinum plat*s made porous, so that when the axis is turned half round, the electricud connection between the nitric and sulphuric acids is severed. A radial partition in the porous vessels enables theni to he completely emptied of the nitric acid when the stopjier is taken out of the end of the hollow axle, and it is turned in the proper direction. To render the current of this battery uniform, a small electro-magnet, included in the electric circuit, keejis the detent of It lever in gear with the teeth of a crown wheel on tTie hollow axis ; but when the current weakens, a reaction spring releases one tooth of the crown wheel, at the same time putting into action ft larger electro-magnet, which prevents more than one tooth from being released at a time ; the current then proceeds only round the small electro-magnet, and the action is rejwated, if necessary. A. coil of silver wire, with adjusting roller, enables more or less of the wire to be included in the rircuit. and thus adjusts the amount of current. In an intensity " revolving galvanic battery " [in which cones of graphite, cemented into the porous vessels, act as negative platesl; partitions are placed between each galvanic pwr, and the requisite connections are made by bands of platinated copper encircling the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. poTons veuels. To regulate the immcrglon of the }iUt«R, a ntchetwheel attached to the uia has B "paul" attached to alooBe poUey earr^g a cord, with a weight scale at one end, and a soft iron rod at the other ; when the weight acale is balanced, b; the force iif the electro-magnet into which the rod works, the plat«s remain in their position ; but when the weight scale preponderateg, it carries the ratchet wheel round until the battery plates are sufficiently immeTBed. Numerous varieties of the above arrange- ments are described and shown, vti. : — The porous vessels are made in one or tn'o pieces of potceltdn. or of plastic graphite cemented into a Bemicircular glass \'cssel, or of one half porcelain and the other graphite ; the porcelain chantljers may contain the plates parallel to the cirimmference of the eyUnder ; or the battety may contain three fluids (nitric acid, auiphuric acid, and dilute sulphuric ■cidt, by a suitable arrangement of chambers aiid peassges, one within the other ; the positive plates may be bolted to the diaphragms instead of to the axle, and the diaphragm spindle may have intermediate roller supports. " "A self-applying battery.' "in which the zinc and exciting fluids ue replenished by mechanical means, brought into action by the decrease of power of the galranic current itself. A number of hollow cylindrical graphite vessels (insulated from each other in an intensity battery) arc mounted on a hollow horizontal axis; into these vessels conical zinc rods are inserted, insulated and fluid- tight. As in the revolving battery first described, passages are made in the grajibite cyUnders for two fluids (nitric and dilute sulpfauiic acids), which communicate with large radially divided cylinders on the same axia, containing as much fluid as the whole of the graphite cylinders, and receii-ing the fluids from the reservoirs. When the battery current is weak, an arrangement of electro-magnets, similar to that described in the " revoIvii)g galvanic " battery," allows a weight to rot&t« the whole apparatus partiaUy round its axis, by which rotation, channels communicating with the earthenware cylinders are placed in such a position that the fluid rune into them from the reservoirs ; a weighted roller, at the end of a lever, at the same time drives the zinc plates further into the graphite vessels ; the spent fluid passes off from the other end of the hollow axle by holes. In a second " self-supplying battery," fresh aupplies of fluid are given by an oscillating motion of the earthemware vessel, wedge-aliaped for the purpose. In a third I I i im ELECTBICITY AND MAGNETISM: jn.iMwg, the kxU of the KTaphit« cylinder is vertical, u)d the : rods are pRwed down by n-eights ; tbe fluid* an supplied hj mewM ^ a oenUaJ plug, (^und tif(ht intu the flats (7'linda' in which the gntphite cylinder is placed, the cylinders being tuitablj tnmed rouad bj similsr means to that alread}' set furth, »u aa to bring the pauagee into their proper poiition. ArnuigenwDta are described and shown with one, two, and three Suids, and conaected together by spur gearing. " Hyiim-PoltBie ch^n batteries," chiefly suitable fiir physiolo- gical and medical purpoaea. The pceuliori^ of these faatlerieB is that they are formed of links, each linlc being a. complete galraiiic pwr in itself, which may be connected with the neighbouring links, cither for quantity or intensity, small eyes of the two metals forming the reqtiiute connection. A great number of ciamples of various shapes and arrangements of these batteries are giyen, and tiiey may be classed under the following heads ; — Small " rr\-idTing " batteriea," with earthenware cores or cylinders (half glased and half porous] containing the arid. Wood cylinders (of rarious longitudinal and transverse sections, with the wires wound upon tbem, and insulated &om one another), whiid] may either be connected by their wires end to end or side by side ; a thin covering of gutta [lercha or caoutchouc may retain tbe exriting fluid 1 the links may be placed in cells of gutta-percha, made in duplicate to discharge themselves into vacant cells on being inverted. Plates, discs, rylindet«. globes, ear-rings, and finger- nngs ore the general characteristics of the shapes of the ronuning examples given. " Moderators," in which the continnity of the cireuit is only completed by a thin film of liquid, or (when the chain is worn) of boddy moisture, are described ; also an " inductor," consisting of a glass tube containing a metal ball at the end of a light spring, wbirh the slightest motion causes to vibrate against plates in the tube, thus completing the circuit ; other " inductors," to be pulled out lengthways, or having a toothed pinion actuated by a spiral spring, are described and shown. A compound electrode, for the decomposition of water, is made of coiled and atndght vtire. A machine for coiling the wirea on the cores of chun batteries is shown, but not described. To prepare the "plastic graphite" for vessels, diaphrsigms, or battery plates. " carbonaceous *' graphite ii washed, subjected to baa two rows of letters, either of which is brought under the % bunmer by an electro-magnet in the line-wire circuit, according to "' e direction of the electric current. The gradations of battery I jKnver are effected by passing the current through a graphite plate ' stances from a conducting wire, or by immersing s battery cells. Flat electro-magnets, or revolving batteries, may also be used in this telegraph. In another printing telegraph the type wheel is rotated by clock- work, except when a double detent (attached to the keeper of an Idectro-magnet) stops one of two crown wheels, according to the direction of the electric current ; another similar arrangement toings the row of letters required under the hammer. . To use weak galvanic ciurents in electric telegraphs, theelectro- ^nagnets carry the insulated coil of the local battery as well aa that of the line-wire circuit, thus uniting, reducing, or neutraUzing tiieir efforts; or permanent magnets may be employed instead of the local circuit and coil, in this case the keeper is gradually de- (Kihed from the electro-magnet by springs coming into operation fucceuively. EPrtuted, W. Sii, Boe Mscliuus' »it(mi>ao. vol. Ci, p. «it. and vol. K. p. tfl ! and Pati'iit Journal, ToL S, pp. 348 and 23e.] A.0. 1850. February 7-— N" 12,969, HIGHTON, Bdwabd. — "Improvements in electric telegraphs, " and in making telegraphic communications." treated of under the following heads :— lit. "Arranging electtio oiicuits for telegrtL^hic puiposes." 190 ELECTRICITV AND MAGNETISM: I luteiul of coonectiog a battery into a lin^^wire circuit to give ligoals &t a distant ttation, two battrwi (of equal etectro-motive force), acting in opposite directiona, are always included in the drciut ; the signal is given, either by completinif a Bhott eircuit bet«'een the poleo of one of them, ot by throning it entirely out of the rarcuit, thus rendering the other battery active on the instrument at the distant atatioii. Either of these objects ia effiK^ed hy a spring connected to the similar poles at the junrtion of the batteries, deflecting if^nst stnds in the line-wrrc circuit (in the former case), or against springs and stsds, connected resjiectivrly with the other battery poles and line-wire circuit (in the latter case). 2iid. " Causing the absence of an electric cntrent in a tele- " gT^>hic wire to make signals." In this case only one battery is -uMd in a telegraphic dreuit ; that battery, howerer, being a^lray8 in action, except when signals are given. Por" sounding alarums, " or doing any other prearranged work," the electric current con- stantly excites an electro-magnet, thereby preventing any ordinary wound-up mechanism from revolving, by means of a detent then interposed ; on the ceasing of the current a spring removes the det«nt. Pointers, diacs, or indicators may hy this means be deflected in une direction ; or if a Imttery sending an opposing current (twice as strong as the abote-oamed battery) be also able to be interposed at each station, the pointers, Sec., may be deflected in two directions. 3rd. Employing, for telegraphic purposes, the electric currents induced in a coil wound round an electro-magnet, and included in the telegraphic eircuit, by a coil insulated from the Brst and in connection with a galvanic battery : by this means the line-wire circuit is always complete. Ith. Producing either aodihle or t'isible signals by one line wire. A "peranocle" (See N° 12,039) may cause one of two electro- magnets to be acted on, one connected with telegtaph> the other with alarum mechanism ; or a horseshoe permanent magnet (ia connection with a, coil) may by ita deflection to one side sound an alarum hy hbeiattng suitable mechanism, and give signals, work a step-by-step movement, or marie prepued paper, by it ~ ~ Uj the other side. 6th. " Employing two powers of electricity " to prodvK a telegraphic inatrumenta." To work with the J I THEIR UENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 191 laaet current a magnet snd cnil tn uaril, uid with the gtttter current an electro-magnet and armature ; a iiiBgiieto-«lMtiic nwcbine, with colls both rouiul annatiiic and magnft, kiii] in which contact with the magnet ii broken and made, may l>« used to increase the power, .^ppiitations of this improvement are drtuled. 6th. Uwng Mcillftting dials, that eithe* move the aymboh on them to fixed pointers or behind scteens. 'th. An alphabet for step-by-stej) movement telegrapha, in which three 'or more) frequenfly-uBed letters are repe»l*il, or one (or mote) frequently-used letters are repeated three or more times. 8th. Prodndng motion for telegraphic purposes. A pleeie of soft iron mounted on an axis (various shapes are shown) has magnetism induced upon it by a fixed permanent magnet. On the p««8Sig« of an electric eurrent through a mil suited to the shape of the soft iron, the axis is deflected according to the dirwiioit of the current. The stationary magnet maybe used to bring the soft iron to rest ; it may be an electro-magnet, or helix, or a coni|>onnd pemianf nt magnet ; also steel magnets, instead of the soft iron, may be used in connection with the fixed magnet. 9th. Causing either of two or any one of three electro-magnets " at the same station, in one circuit, to work as desired by means " of electric currents tranamjtted through that eirouit." A we«k gntt-anic current is [wssed through the coil of a magnetic needle or |iermanent magnet whose axis carries a non-magnetic arm ; two electro-msgnets are so placed that the arm, by its deflection, eomes between the keeiier and the nii^tnet of either, according to the direction of deflectic)n. If only one electro-magnet is required to tct, the arm is first deflected in the way of the other electro- magnet's keeper, a strong current is then sent round the electro- magnets, and only moves the keeper required. If, suddenly, a eamnt be sent from " a magneto machine," both keepers will be Utract«d before the arm has time to be deflected. A similar UTBiigement, but with a slotted disc instead of an arm, is-used to put into action any one of three electro-magnets. IQth. Sounding alarums. A pendulum or balance viheel is kept vibrating within a short distance of the detent of the wound- up tncchaoism ; the deflection of a magnet by a coil, or the Mtraetion of a keeper by an electro-magnet, tnter|>o«es a solid body between tbe pendulum and the tail of the detent, thug 193 ELECrRIClTY AND MAGNETISM le the detent enmbling the pendulum to releaae the detent at its De.it vihrntiun, uid •ounding the bell. 11th. Sonnding " uiy particular alarum in a set of telegmph " rtfttions." lo a teleKTB|>h line "where one wire is used for " making visible signals, and one wire for making audible " signals," the deflection of the signalling needle against an iniulsted stop may complete n short circuit in the alBnim line, and thus shut out the alarum elsotro-magnet at that station Irom its line-wire circuit ; the next station nuty have its alarum electro- magnet similarly put out of drcuit hj the opposite deflection of the magnetic needle ; thus a person at a third station may sound either alarum. \\'here two line wires are used for si^^nalling, in addition to the alarum line wire, the number of alarums so operated upon may be greatly increased. 12th. "The application of pendulous Iwdies for making and " breaking contacts " for working step-by-step telegraphic appa- ratus. Instead of bringing the indicator or type wheel to «ero, tu ensure its isochronous movement, as set forth in N° 12,039, each machine is made self-acting, "throning on and cutting off the " electric power at each lieat of the armature," by an arrangement similar to that of the sUde-volve of a steam engine, .\l the trans- mitting station the jwiles of the hne-wire battery are connected with the metal ends of an ivory slide, moveable over three insulated pieces of metal, connected with the line-wire circuit (the middle piece with the up line wire, say, and the outside pieces n-ith the down line wire) ; two electro-magnets have between them a keeper, whose tail vibrates the slide over the metal pieces in a direction according to the magnet excited. When the drcuit is closed, in order tu communicate signals, a current in one direction is sent to the receiving station by the slide apparatus i but a " pensnode " in the line-wire lurcuit at that instant changes the electro-magnet at the moment excited by a local battery, and the slide is moved by the armature tail into its other position, thereby chanpng the direction of the line-wire current ; the perienode then excites the flmt named electro-magnet, and so on alternately, by self-acting means. At the receiving station a similar shde apparatus may be worked, the slide in that case being of metal, and conveying the current across the metal pieces, thus affording complete safety and synchronous action to the ste[)-by-Btep movements, second current can traverse the line wire until all the shde piec«f I I THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 193 at the recemng stations have completed their motions. Or the slide may be dispensed with at the receiving stations ; the line- wire circuit need not then be interrupted. Instead of the tran»« mitting instrument sending alternately positive and negative currents, the motion of the armature tail may alternately transmit and cut off the current by acting on a suitable slide ; in this case only one electro-magnet and a reaction spring (in the line-wire circuit) are required ; a self-acting reciprocal motion is thus pro^ duced by the armature tail, a i)endulous body ; and no second current can be sent until each instrument has completed the work due to the prior current. 13th. '* Conducting away atmospheric electricity from telegra- " phic wires to the earth." A rod or wire in, say, the down Hne wire, wrapped with bibulous paper, is surrounded with metal filings in connection with the earth ; the filings may also be connected with the up line wire, to defend the telegraph instrument more securely. 14th. Using the soluble sulphates of the earths for telegraph batteries. A combination of copper, alum solution, and amalga- mated zinc is preferred. 15th. Using three metals, for instance, copper, iron, and zinc, for earth batteries, thus enabling currents to be sent in either direction. The iron plate is used as an earth plate at each end of the circuit, and at each station masses of the other metals are buried. 16th. ''A self-acting electric telegraph for water companies/' &c., to indicate, at one or more distant stations, the elevation of water at different times. ^ Metal plates, connected with the self- acting instrument, are placed in the reservoir at the heights to be indicated by telegraph (say at every foot) ; a non-conducting re- volving cylinder, with inlaid brass pieces, makes connection con- secutively with the reservoir plates and line-wire circuit, at each completion of the circuit moving the indicator of a step-by-step telegraph forward one number, indicating feet. As many reservoir plates as are immersed thus complete the circuit, but those that are not immersed transmit no ciurent. Before any reservoir plates are brought into the circuit, the indicator is brought to zero (See N<^ 12,039), by sending a reverse current from a second battery in the circuit, according to the 2nd improvement ; thus the number of reservoir plates inunersed, or the depth of water (in feet) in the M 194 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : reaervoir, are telegraphed at intervals determined bj the clockwork arrangement. The circuit maj be used for ordinary telegraphic communications, at intermedii^ times, bj a suitable arrangement of springs and metal pieces on the revolving cylinder. 17th. "A chemical marking telegraph." Using pens with mfltft^li^ nibs included in the circuit and holding a suitable chemical solution to mark on dry paper, instead of a metallic point and moistened paper, as heretofore. 18th. ''Enclosing insulated telegraphic wires in masonry or " cement instead of metallic tubes." Bricks and Roman cement are preferred. 19th. Using leaden or other pliable metallic tubes to protect insulated telegraph wires. The tubes are compressed over the wires by rollers. 20th. " Enamelling " gutta percha insulated telegraphic wires. The insulated wire is passed through coal tar, naphtha, or other solvent, and has brushes applied (by machinery or otherwise) to the partially dissolved surface to rub it over, thus filling up all the pores and enhancing the insulation. 21 st. Suspending telegraph wires. To stretch the telegraph wire, two ropes are fastened to the extremity of a length, one of which is used to pull the wire tight, and then fastened to the lower part of the next telegraph post ; the second rope is then pulled tight, while the first is deflected by pressure at its middle ; thus alternate fastening and deflection of one of the two ropes give the wires the required tension. Other wires may be suspended to this wire by insulating materials, so as to be always parallel to it. 22nd. Constructing telegraph posts. Instead of sawing them out of square balks of timber and wasting the portion necessary to taper them, they are made out of planks, from which tapering portions are cut from the top downwards, and applied at the bottom. In this manner, posts of an X* T^ or L shaped cross section at the bottom may be produced. 3rd. Telegraphs (not electric) across water, &c., by reflecting sounds from suitably shaped concave surfaces. [Printed, Za. M. See Repertory of Arts, toI. 16 {enlarged seriea), pp. 193 and 257 ; Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 63, p. 118 1 and Patent Journal, vol. 10, pp. 77 and 90.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 196 A.D. 1850, March ?.— N«» 12,991. BROWN, William, and WILLIAMS, the younger, William. — " Improvements in electric and magnetic apparatus for indicia " ting and communicating intelligence," consisting of : — 1st. A " step-by-step *' electric telegraph. A " pointer " on the axis of a ** tubular " steel magnet, having ** poles at the sides," is made to point to various portions of a circular " dial " by means of two horseshoe electro-magnets acting singly or together, accord- ing to the position of a handle making the requisite battery con- nections ; the position and movement of the magnet (thence of the pointer) being dependent upon the action and polarity of one or both the electro-magnets. " Electric coils " (with axes crossing in the common centre) are sometimes used instead of electro- magnets. 2nd. For telegraph purposes, the use of currents of electricity obtained by induction from an electro-magnet " charged by vol- " taic electricity." 3rd. " Alarums " and " apparatus for giving signals by sound." The core of an electro-magnet is made in t^vo parts, one moveable on its axis, and the other fixed ; each part is an arc or portion of a cylinder : when magnetized by the electric current, one is repelled from the other, and on the ceasing of the current allows a hammer connected with the moveable portion to sound the alarum. A second apparatus. A permanent magnet, having dissimilar poles at each end, is used, mounted on an axis in a coil containing a fixed electro-magnet, partly cylindrical. By the deflection of the magnet from its normal position, clockwork is released, which strikes the bell by means of two hammers connected by friction " bands " with " excentrics," on a rotating axis ; as soon as the current ceases, a " stop " prevents the further action of the clock- work. In another alarum, a "step-by-step" action (See 1st improve- ment) gives intermittent motion to " a hammer lever " through a " worm wheel," " screw wheel," and *' pin " on the screw wheel. 4th. A " braiding machine " for enclosing telegraph wire in strands of yarn. The wire proceeds from a " suitable bobbin " through a central tube to the machine, and through a steam- heated " trough " of gutta percha, over pullies on to a drum, which receives slow motion from the main shaft by means of a " worm wheel" and "screw wheel." Th^ motive power acts, 196 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : tlirougb bevil and spur gearing, upon the bobbins by means of discs and vibrating pieces, as in an ordinary braiding machine. The machine stops on the breaking of a strand, the yam passing under a ''pin" connected with a tubuhur "weight/' which, actuating a le\'er, disconnects the gearing by releasing a spring from the action of a drum and cord. Several wires and strands may be passed through the machine and united into one by means of guide plates at each end of the central tube ; after this the com- pound wire may be again covered with braided yam, also with " vegetable pitch " and " coir " saturated " with mineral pitch." 5th. " Connecting " telegraph wires, either by using a " screw connection " with right and left handed screw, " which acts as a nut," or by rivetting the ends of the wires into tubes with a " male " and *' female " screw respectively. [Printed it. lOd. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 17 {enlarged eeries), p. 129 ; and Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 53, p. 218.] A.D. 1850, March 23.— N<» 13,020. ROSELEUR, Alfred Guillaume. — "Certain improvements " in coating or covering metals with tin." 1st. "By immersion alone;" which }5rocess may also be em- ployed " as a means of scouring and cleaning, for it answers ad- mirably for preparing castings of iron and other rough articles to receive the coating of tin obtained by the different processes " hereinafter described." The bath contidns certain proportions of " ammoniacal alum " and protochloride (or other salt) of tin dissolved in water. 2nd. " By immersion with double affinity." 3rd. " By a galvanic current." The solution used is an aqueous solution of certain proportions of "pyrophosphate of potass " or soda" and " protochloride of melted tin." It is preferred to operate by a hot solution. By this means " cast iron, zinc, copper, " and any other metal " can be tinned. [Printed, Ad. See Mechanics* Ma^n^ine, vol. 53, p. 255 ; and Patent Journal , vol. 9, p. 296.] A.D. 1850, April 23.— No 13,062. SIEMENS, Ernst Werner. — "Improvements in electric tele- " graphs," treated of under the following heads : — Ist. " Electro-magnets." Iron tubes, cut open longitudinally, ire employed in preference to solid iron cores; the poles are. « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 19? bowcver, formed of large masses of iron hariog conaiderable Burface. Instead of an electro-magnet and soft iron armature, two eleo- tro-toagnetB may be used, one or both being free to oscillate on B longitudinal axis, the coil remaining stationary. The soft iron core may be mounted on a transverse axia, in which case a cturcnt traversing the coil tends to place the core in the axis of the coil ; the cure is deflected by the poles of anotbei borsesboe electro-magnet according to its polarity. Two cores, included in the same cuU and separately mounted, may be used. A core on a transverBe axis in a coil is also used, in connection with a galvanometer coil surrounding the whole, for telegraphic purposes. An iron ncciUc (renilcred magnetic by induction from on ad- jacent |)ermanent or electro-mag net J is surrounded by a galvanc- meler coil. Two of these instruments are used in coinbioation i the deflection of the needle of one of them makes or breaks the contact of the other. Two needles may be used. 2nd. " Electro - dynamic arrangements," Electro - dynamic Bpiids (preferably of iron wire) ate mounted so as to attract one another in diiFercnt directions, according to the direction of the ciUTcnt through them, or magnets may be used instead of the fixed spirals. By having permanent magnets with coils moveable over them, the induced current from their motion in either direc- tion ifl made to traverse a spiral between the similar poles of the magneta as well as the rest of the line wire, and thus to cause all the spirals in the circuit to deflect pointers, &c., ui a similar naaner. 3rd. " Conducting contact pieces," Hard alloys of platinum, ridium, or palladium, with gold or silver, arc used to make and Intak galvanic contact, in preference to platinum only. Ith. " Indicating instrument and alurm." An index worked b/ a step-by-step motion points to letters or symbols. The keeper of a horseshoe electro-magnet is mounted on a centre between the poles, and is free to i-ibrate towards or away ttom them. The keeper also carries two arms ; one working the xatchet wheel of the step-by-stcp motion by means of a click, catch, and pin (the click moving the wheel, the catch and pin preventing it overrunning) ) and the other connected to a reaction Bjiring that takes the keeper from the magnet, and pulla TQ«vii 198 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : the ratchet wheel. The forked end of a lever is moved to and fro against a metal and agate stop alternately, by the vibrating elick ann. The electric current traversing the line-wire circait proceeds through the coil of the electro-magnet, thence to the metal stop, (and when the spring has drawn the keeper from the magnet) through the forked lever to its bearing, and to the rest of the circuit ; by this means the current is constantly renewed and broken as long as the electric current passes through the instru- uoent. ' When a signal is made (using the instrument as a trans* mitting instrument), an arm fixed on the ratchet wheel aids is stopped by the depression of a key, so arranged that the click ann of the keeper is then being moved by the spring, and there- fore no electric current is passing ; by this means all the indi- cating instruments in the circuit are stopped at the desired signal. The instruments all work together by this arrangement, as, until the circuit is completed by all the instruments, the keeper of any one cannot be attracted. To adjust the instruments to indicate similar signals, a stud is used to work the ratchet wheel and click 1>y hand. An alarum connected to this instrument (that may be included in the circuit or not) works on similar principles; the keeper carries a hammer arm connected to the reaction spring. WTien an indicator instrument is included in the line-wire circuit to transmit signals, it is prevented from acting together with the alarums of other stations, by the alarum reaction springs being weaker than those of the signal instrument. 5th. " Printing telegraj)h.** The type wheel is worked by a step-by-step motion similar to that of the indicating instrument (See 4th head). The indicating and printing instruments may be included in the same circuit, and the printing instrument worked by the keys of the indicating instrument ; or the printing instru- ment may have an arm to its ratchet wheel, and keys, so as to work without an indicating instrument. On the stoppage of the type wheel, the circuit is completed for a sufficient length of time, through the coils of a printing electro-magnet, to enable the type to be struck, the ink cylinder (always in contact with the paper) to be rotated, and the printing circuit again to be interrupted. ITie chief diflPerence between this instrument and the indicating instrument, in respect to the conduction of the current, is that another lever is introduced to act between the forked lever and its THEIB GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. met&t •tud. The armature of the printing electro-magnet is niouDted on nn axis which carries vunoua levers that act instsn- taneouai.7 in their respective ways whenever the electro-magnet is excited ; one earries a hammer, strikes the type, and breaks the printing circuit; a second rotates the ink cylinder, by a click and imking pallet at its extremity; and a third ringB a bell Ithrough AD intermediate lever) when permitted to go far enough, by the 'type hammer striking a blank space. In the 4th and Sth im- provements, the "moving piece which breaks and restores the " electric circuit " is retained in its position by a spring attached to its end, having a point which moves over an agptle surface. 6th. "Tranamittingapparatiis with reciprocal action." "WTien " the line wire is very long," it is " advantageous to work the " above- described apparatus by a local or secondary battery, and " to employ the current which traverses the line wire to work a " transmitting apparatus, which makes and breaks the circuit of '■ the local baltery. The motion of the lever of the Btep-by-»tep " motion breaks and makes the contact of the transmitting ap- " paratus." The transmitting apparatus oonaists of an electro- magnet connected with the line-tvire dreuit, which deflects its armature against a metal point, thus completing the local circuit; liny of the combinations described under the 1st head may be used instead of the electro-magnet and armature. 7th. " Alarums." These may be worked as above described, or " by means of a transmitting instrument without reciprocal " action." A continuous current from the line-wire circuit passes round the electro-magnet of the transmitting instrument, therelij completing the local circuit, which is alternately made and broken by an amingeinent similar to that described under the 4th head. A "commutator," for introducing and removing telegraph instruments fmm the circuit, consists of two springs, connected with the line-wire circuit, that rest against pins in connection with the alarum circuit, which (by means of an oblong piece of ebony placed between them) may lie deflected against metal pieces, each in connection with a telegraph instrument and battery i at such times the handle is connected to an earth-plate. This apparatui thuB affords a means of converting an intermediate station into a tenninal station for both up and down line wires. Bth, "Combinations of line wires." When instrumenta. "whose " efficient working is not prevented by a CDnsldernblE awl «tc- 200 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : '* gular increase and decrease of the strength of the cunent, aie ^ employed on a telegraph line, each pair of lines (including the ** earth circuit) are connected to form one whole circuit ; thus ** giving, with two wires, three lines of commuication ; with three *' wires, six lines, and so on." 9th, " Instrument for giving signals by a succession of elemen* '* taiy signals." Instead of giving these signals by hand, kqra marked with the letters of the alphabet produce the required com- bination of elementary signs by simply pressing them down. For this purpose, two springs in the line-wire circuit are placed under each key, the battery is interposed by a revolving cylinder with pins, in combination with a fixed bar, the fixed bar being in con- nection with one battery pole, the cylinder with the other. The depression of the non-conducting key raises both springs against the fixed bar, thus putting them in contact with one battery pole, the revolution (by clockwork) of the cylinder breaks the connec- tion with one or other terminal of the line-wire circuit, and inserts the other battery pole ; this is repeated or not, according to the arrangement of the pins on the cylinder. The cylinder is made to revolve as soon as a key is pressed down by a bar passing under all the keys releasing an arm from a stop ; when the cylinder has nearly made a revolution it meets a second stop, which is displaced by the first stop (as in an escapement) on releasing the key ; this arrangement of levers also serves to complete the line- wire circuit when the instrument is at rest. 10th. " Underground line \vire." An instrument similar to a " mole plough " is used to lay the wire ; it consists of a frame with a coulter in front of a " hollow cutter or mole," through which the insulated wires (from reels on the frame) are threaded, by means of guides in the mole ; the instrument may be propelled by a fixed crab engine, or by steam or animal power. Modifications of this instrument, to be employed with a locomotive, and for various soils, are described and shown. In stony or sandy soils, the wires are enveloped in sheet lead, wound in helical form from bobbins on the wire as it is deposited in the ground. A similar instrument jnay be used to deposit the wdres under water ; it is drawn through by means of a cable, wound on a crab engine on shore, a diver being in attendance ; or the cable may be attached to the stern of a steam boat carrying the coils of wire. A combination of gutta percha with sulphur is used to insulate THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 201 the wire. Gutta percha, entirelj freed from water, is mixed (by meana of rollers) with pulverized sulphm*, and their chemical combination is effected by heating the mixture in a steam cham- ber. A machine for covering the wires evenly consists of tw& steam* jacketed cylinders filled with gutta percha, through the united ends of which the wires pass by means of suitable bushes ; pis- tons are made to progress equally fast towards the wire by screw and screw-wheel gear ; the wire is thus equably coated. It then passes through 30 feet of air, and through wet felt-covered rollers. The cylinders may be removed when empty and replaced with full ones. To charge the cylinder, small cylinders of gutta percha are placed in it, the air is then exhausted, and the gutta percha squeezed into one mass by the insertion of a piston, the cylinder being heated by a steam jacket. The charged cylinder is then placed in the machine. To test the insulation of the wire the coated portion is im- mersed in water. If a galvanic battery, connected to one end of the wire and to the water, does not deflect the needle of a delicate galvanometer included in the circuit, the insulation is perfect. If, however, the insulation is found to be imperfect, the locality of the imperfection is ascertained by the shock given by a coil ma^ chine on the entry of the imperfectly covered portion into a water vessel to a workman included in the circuit. To protect the wires, sheet lead is used, helipally wound or merely doubled over them. To prevent the wire from being charged with electricity (in the manner of a " Leyden vial "), a connection between the earth and the line wire is established at each end of the circuit by means of a thin covered wire of German silver. [Printed, St. Gd, See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 53, p. 8S6 ; Practical Me* chanics' Journal, voL 6, p. 25 ; and Patent Journal, voL 10, p. 60.] A.D. 1850, June 12.— N« 13,128. NEWTON, Alfred Vincent (a communication). — " Improve- " ments in the production of gases to be used for lightings " heating, and motive power purposes," which relate to " mag- " neto-electrical apparatus for decomposing water," in which the following particulars are observable : — 1»02 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : The " helices " are of " copper tubing," filled " with water or " other electrical absorbent/* and the cores of the arm&tuies " may consist of tubing filled with water." The helices revolve " by clockwork," and are connected with ttic conducting wires through non-conducting " discharging whe^ " (having a metallic strip inlaid, which makes the connection ereay revolution), rotating in contact with insulated metallic " rings ** on the axis of the armatures. For disengaging gas, the negative electrode consists of a " coil " of platinum wire, into which is inserted the positive wire ; or one electrode may consist of converging points placed opposite to similar points radiating from the other electrode ; in each case the electrodes are enclosed in a cell, with numerous small holes for " the " escape of the gases evolved," and an " aperture " at the bottom, to admit water from the vessel in which the electrodes are placed. A " governor " is used, consisting of an electro-magnet acting upon a keeper (depending from a lever with " platinum haw,** completing the circuit through mercury,) whose force is ordinarily balanced by a spring ; but when the electricity becomes " too in- " tense," the keeper is attracted by the magnet and breaks the circuit. The electric current proceeds by "intermittent discharges" through the " governor " to the " tank " " filled with wuter ;" and when but one gas is to be evolved, one electrode only is used, "the " other conducting wires " " are brought into connection with the earth or introduced into a reservoir of water." The hydrogen gas evolved is " catalysed " by passing it through a hydrocarbon ; " non-conducting pipes and insulated gasometers" are used to convey and receive the gases. Other peculiarities are shown in the drawings, but not described in the Specification. [Printed, 2*. 8d. See London Journal {yeteton'9\ vol. 38 (conjoined series) , p. 240 ; Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 64, p. 181 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 10, pp. 267 and 269.] A.D. 1850. June 19.— N<» 13,142. WE ARE, Robert. — " Certain improvements in the means and " apparatus for extinguishing fire, and in galvanic batteries," con- sisting of : — 1st. "A mode of obtaining and applying carbonic acid gas for " extinguishing fires in ships and other vessels." The residue of THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 203 this process (ft solution of chloride of calcium) may be crystallised and used in a '' constant battery." 2nd. The application of the residue of the above proeess to charge " galvanic or calcium batteries." These are contained in a wood box lined with calico, " saturated with a solution of india* rubber.'* The battery plates, " arranged in pairs," ^are made to rest upon two wood blocks " in the comers of the box, and the space left at the bottom of the box is filled with " crystallized " calcium" [crystallized chloride of calcium?]. The space between the plates being filled up with sand, sponge cuttings, &c., mixed '* with crystallized calcium" [ciystallized chloride of calcium?] or '' saturated with chloride of calcium " enables the battery to act. " Electrotyped " copper-plates are by preference used, as they have a "granulated surface." 3rd. A " mode of constructing dry pile batteries " (See N® 11,776). Gutta percha tubes are filled with the battery pile, which is made by placing suitably arranged sheets of prepared paper " in a suitable punching machine,*' which punches out the discs ; at the same time they are forced into the gutta percha tube. The sheets are arranged, plumbago, gold, thin paper (two or more), and so on. The Specification also states details of construction, of materials to be used, and method of working in respect to each of the above heads. [Printed. Id. See Mcclianics' Magosinc, vol. 53, p. 515 ; and Patent Joamal, vol. 10, p. 198.] A.D. 1850, July 17.— N« 13,176. DENT, Edward John. — "Improvements in compasses for '* navigation, sur\*eying, and similar purposes," consisting of: — Ist. An improvement on the invention secured by Letters Patent, N® 10,277 (which see), in which improvement the needle is detached from the card and connected by gimbals to the axis. A compass is described and shown in which a square frame, carrying four needles, is suspended by gimbals to the axis, which passes through the card, and is supported at each end on jewelled centres ; the centre of gravity of the frame being just sufficiently below the point of suspension as to keep the needles horizontal before being magnetized. " The needles are thus free to follow very nearly the " direction of the dip." To obtain " sluggishness of tVvb c«i&r i 2W KLECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " peaa," a spring is applied against the card apindle by meani B pin, cam, aod lever or index outside the compass box. Another compass is described and shown, in which the needles are suspended by gimbals to a tube supported bj a fixed pin, the tube for this purpose having an agate cap and a hoop or ring uf Bgate in its lower aperture working against a casing of agate the fixed pin ; or the tube, cap, and ring " may all be made of one " piece of glass tube or of one piece of porcelain or stone." 2nd. An improvement or improvements in the prismatic ct pass. The prism has a telescope in connection with it, instead of a sight, so mounted with an eye-piece having two " eyeholes," that " the cross wires, the distant object, and the reflected image of " the graduated circle" on the compass card are seen "at " same moment," "Ahutton" adjusts "the forms" [focus?] " of the object-glass." 'ITie telescojw also has a rack and pinion adjustment, with vernier and Kradualed arc for taking vertical angles, and its frame carries a vernier for taking horizontal angles by means of graduations on the compass box. The instrument is also fitted with spirit levels, and may either be mounted on gim- bals or parallel plates and screws. fPrlnlpd, lOd. RfoUnjbanlcs'Migttiinr. vol. M, p. 77 i Hid Pattfiit Journal, Yol. 10,11. 1B9.] A.D. 1850, August 9.— S" 13,216. STEELE, Joseph. — "Improvements in coating and imprcg- " Dating metals and metallic articles," consisting of; — let. " A certain mode of coating and impregnating iron, steel, " copper, brass, and line, and articles made from any such metals, " with a solution or comliinatioD of ingredieats so as to give them " the appearance of tin," by electro-deposition ; the siilution used bnng a mixture of " common soda," " American " or " Riissii potash, caustic potash, cyanide of potassium, acetate of zinc, and " bioxidc of Un," dissolved in warm water, and used waim, Alkali may be added if tlie both throws up " dirt or crust," sulphate of zinc if the solution presents a red appearance. Aa electrode of pure tin or of zinc may be used, 3nd. " A mode of coating metaUic surfaces with brass < " copper " by electro-deposition, and giving them " the appearance " of bronze." The solution used is a mixture of "American" potash, acetate of copper, " spirits of ammonia,'' sulphate of zinc. THEIR GENEILVTION AND APPLICATIONS. dnil cj-anide of potasaium dissolved in wnrm water nnd used warm. In the coppering bath the stiljihnte of zinc ia onuttod. In this and the ppei-ious improvement, it is preferred to use the " ■ Msheux ' " carbon battery. The hronie ajipearance is g\vea by ftppljing a certain mixture "with a hair pencil or brush in the " usual way." 3rd. A mode of electro-gilding. Tlie solution used contiuns a I chloride of gold and cyanide of potassium mixed with carbonate 1 of potash (mnde by fusing together " prussiate " and carbonate of I potash). Copper may be dissolved in aqua regia with the gold. If a deeper colored deposit is required. The article is immersed In this solution in contact with " n small electrode or strip of zinc " or copper," and the solution is used hot. ■Jlh. A mode of electro-silvering, perfectly like the 3rrt im- provement, except that chloride of silver is used instead of diloride of gold, and a copper electrode may not be used. Ui and PaMnt JournaJ, A.D. 1B50, October a— ,V 13,269. ' AMBERGEB, Jban PiKnaB Paul.— Ist. " Electro-brakea." Electro-magnets are placed at the end of levers with one pole towards the rails, these ue made to act when the electric current passes, and by sliding along the rail they impede and ultimately Sod, " Giving adherence to wheels upon rails." The poles of r fixed electro-magnets are supported near to the rails, thus inducing' I nuignetiam in them and giving the engine or carriage adherence to the rails during the passage of the electric current. An " electro-brake" may be made to give adhesion to the rails by dosing the electric circuit without letting the ma^etic pole touch the rails ; or the wheels themselves may be converted into electro- magnets by surrounding the portion of them nearest the wul with a suitably shajied horizontal electro-magnetic hetix supported inde[)cnclently of the wheel. Instead of spreading aand on the rails, iron filings are used. 3rd. " Transmission of motion." A " circle of soft iron " is made to surround a drinng shaft or drum, and is magnetized '' in the same manner as the driving wheel of an engine is " magnetized," thus causing another " circle of soft iron " to 206 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : adhere to it so as to transmit power without sliding ; or the *' two puUies " may be magnetized so as to give one the " boreal," and the other the *' austral " fluid, by employing two helices, or " cases ;" or two pair of pullies and four helices may be used, opposite poles being in contact. Magnetic power is also made available for the motion of carnages, by fixing electro-magnets to coupling rods (working on cranks) of each pair of wheels ; the magnets act every time they approach the rails by suitable arrangement of the electric current, thus making each carriage into a " motive machine," and increas- ing its adherence to the rails. [Printed, lOd. See Mechanica' Magazine, vol. 64^ p. 298 ; Praotical Mecha- nics' Journal, vol. 4, p. 87 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 15.] A.D. 1860, October 24.— N» 13,302. SHEPARD, Edward Clarence (a communication from Floris NoUet), — "Certain improvements in electro-magnetic apparatus ** suitable for the production of motive power of heat and light." A rotary magneto-electric machine. Two sets, of four helices each, are mounted on an axis passing through their common centre, between two pairs of compound permanent magnets, having contrary poles opposite, so as to revolve with their centres nearly in contact with the poles or ends of the magnets. Four ivory discs, inlaid with copper segments, enable the currents to traverse in one direction. The two pairs of primitive currents obtained from this machine are made to communicate and pass either into a system of *' spirals " or into a system of current condensers herein-after mentioned. " Multiplying spirals." The insulated wires are wound round a central magnet mounted with exterior wooden discs in separate fiat spirals, the external and internal ends of which are alternately united to alternate spirals ; the one continuous spiral thus formed serving for the primary, and the other for the secondary or induced current ; each induced current is thus enclosed between two primitive currents in the same direction. An oscillating magneto-electric machine. The coils are fixed at the end of a pendulum worked by an excentric and connecting rod. A magneto-electric machine on the ''rolling system." The hdices are mounted on a carriage running on rails, which is moved to and fro by cams or ezoentrics. The different parts of the rails THEIR GENERATIOxX AND APPLICATIONS. 207 are insulated, and have suitable cross bars to enable the current to flow in one direction. In the case of " two insulated helices mounted end to end upon " one hollow axis," if a " primitive " current passes through one helix, a secondary current in the contrary direction is produced in the other helix ; thus the secondary helix has a powerful current induced by double induction (viz., of the coil and of the electro- magnet), and the primitive current is strengthened ** so that it can ** be made to pass into a numerous series of double helices " (arranged as aforesaid) before closing the circuit of the primitive " current." Current condensers. A condenser of leaf metal is mentioned, '' placed in the middle of" another condenser, to send its induced electricity *' to a second condenser of the same sort," or to increase the intensity of induced or secondary currents. A considerable increase may also be effected in primitive or secondary currents by passing the primitive current through either dry or secondary piles. An improvement in the decomposition of water, &c. is effected by charging the portions of the liquid " with fluid " [electric fluid ?] " of a corresponding character. " A decomposing apparatus in which this object is accomplished consists of a glass tube with two branches, into each of which an insulated copper tube (having at its end a number of fine platinum wires) is luted. India-rubber tubes (containing the liquid and dipping into it) conduct the current to the copper tubes by an exterior metal electro-coating; thus the liquid is "electrified by induction," and the evolution of gas is assisted. " The liquid of one side passes to " the polar tube of the other and reciprocally." If the hydrogen thus produced is intended for lighting, it is passed through campUne, with an essential oil or hydrocarburet to render the flame more white and intense. " Apparatus for lighting in a vacuum." In an exhausted glass globe polar wires conduct electricity to a cylinder of charcoal, which is thereby rendered incandescent ; a cylinder of lead in a tube connected to one wire forces the charcoal down on to a cone of charcoal on the other wire. A motive power engine. The inixed gases produced by the decomposition of water are exploded in a cylinder with its upper end open. The explosion occurs at suitable intervals by means of electric sparks emitted between the end of the conducting wire and a toothed wheel. The gases dilate by explosion and force up the 208 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : piston ; but immediatelj after, the pressure of the ur drives down the piston. A self-acting apparatus for covering wires and making helices or spirals at one operation. The wire, in proceeding from a reel to the helix bobbin, passes through clips and through a revolving hollow axis carrying cotton bobbins; as the wire proceeds the said cotton bobbins cover it with cotton ; the covered wire then proceeds over a roller to the revolving helix bobbin. The covered wire is wound on the helix bobbin in layers by the action of the nuts of a right and leffc handed screw (on the axis carrying the helix) upon a weighted lever and tappets. The same motive power, by means of band pullies, rotates the hollow axis carrying the cotton bobbins and the helix. [Trinted, 2«. Id. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. H pp. 358 and 861 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 63.] A.D. 1860, November 7.-N« 13,326. LUCAS, Robert (a communication). — This invention is entitled, " Imppvements in telegraphic and printing apparatus;" and from the Specification it is most probable that electric telegraphs are referred to in the title, although no further allusion to " tele- graphic " apparatus is made. The invention is stated to " consist in covering cylinders " "with a sheet of gutta percha which has a pattern projecting above its general surface, forming either letters or other figiues," by which paper or other fabrics may be printed when such cylinder is sub- stituted (in any of the usual machines) for those which are now used, the surfaces of which consist of other substances than gutta percha. The method of preparing the sheet of gutta percha with a siuface of letters, &c. is as follows : — Linen is coated with gutta percha by passing it through hot rollers, it is then covered with powdered plumbago ; the prepared linen ia warmed and impressed on printer's types placed in a suitable frame, and a piece of linen coated with gutta percha is again impressed over this ; this forms the matrix from which a " stereotype plate " is made by means of another piece of linen prepared with gutta percha and black lead, this being lightly pressed on the matrix. The *' stereotype plate " is fastened by steel springs to the printing cylinder of a " rotatory ** printing machine.*' The gutta percha is prepared by soaking in nitric acid until soft, then in an alkali, to neutralize the acid. [Printed Sd. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 64, P* 398.] it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 209 A.D. 1850, November 12.— N» 13,336. CLARK, Edwin, and MAPPLE, Henry.—" Improvements m " electric telegraphs, and in apparatus connected therewith," con- sisting of: — " Employing metal in combination with earthenware, glass, or " enameled ware insulators." Metal caps are used to preserve a dry zone round the insulator, they " being very bad absorbents " of heat," will prevent the condensation of dew and moisture on the insulator. In one form of insulator the earthenware portion is fixed below the " cross piece " by a bolt screwed into " an under- *' cut hole " filled with lead ; the metal cap is screwed up between the insulator and the cross piece ; the telegraph wire lays in " a " deep horizontal notch," cut in the side of the insulator below the metal cap, and is kept in its place by a short wire " passed " under the notched bottom " of the insulator. In another form of insulator the earthenware portion is above the support, and a cap of earthenware prevents the rain from entering the metal cap, which is fixed with the open part upwards between the insulator and the support ; the wire lies in a " notch at the top of the insu- " lator," and may be secured by a split pin put through a trans- verse hole. Another insulator for great strains is described and shown, fastened between two "cross pieces," and ha\'ing two metal caps ; the lower metal cap is slipped on from the top and fixed by a ring of lead against an earthenware collar ; two grooves are shown for the wire to lay in. A " means of applying the induced power of electric coils on " soft iron or nickel in combination with magnets." An electric coil has an axis or core mounted in bearings so as to turn freely ; a cross head or keeper is fixed and balanced on the end of the core opposite to the poles of a permanent horseshoe magnet, and de- flects in one direction or the other, according to the direction of the current ; a pointer may be applied on the axis, to be used in telegraphic instruments instead of a magnetic needle. tPrintod, llr/. See Eopcrtorj- of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged 8erie»),^.\\ Me- chanics' Magazine, vol. 64, p. 414; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 83.] A.D. 1850, November 16.— N« 13,352. ALLAN, Thomas. — " Certidn improvements in electric telegraphs, and in the application of electric currents for deflecting magnets or producing electro-magnets," consisting of: — Ist. "Dividing or arranging letters, words, or sentences vo^ o « « 210 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : sections or divisions/' so that each of them "mxy be telegraphed or signalled by means of the number of the section or division to which it belongs, and the number or position of it in such section." Examples of the application of this improvement to single and double pointer telegraphs are given. 2nd. Constructing " compound permanent magnets,*' either in one piece or in several pieces, to be used in connection with electric coils to deflect the pointers of telegraphs. The arms of these compound magnets may be arranged in pairs, to permit flat coils to be placed between similar poles, or so that the poles of an electro-magnet may be placed lietween dissimilar poles, or to act in conjunction with hollow electric coils ; in the latter case, flat serrated pices of steel bent into a semicircular form arc fixed on a spindle so as to have a collection of similar poles opposite to each other. In making these magnets the poles only are hardened, and to prevent the magnetizing of neighbouring poles from demag- netizing those already magnetized, keepers are placed across con- trary poles. ;^rd. A " revolving compound disc " for making, breaking, and reversing electric telegraph ciurrents. Three insulated notched metallic discs are mounted on a spindle having a pointer, so that the notches are opposite the projections in the outer discs, and the intermediate disc has twice as many projections as either of the other discs. ITie outer discs are connected by springs mth the battery poles, and the intermediate disc breaks the circuit; the telegraph circuit communicates with springs that press on all three discs at a distance apart equal to that between the centres of t>vo projections on the outer discs. 4th. A " pole changer." A wooden lever mounted on an axis has insulated metal plates secured to it, which make contact with fixed pins in connection with the battery poles, according to the direction of its motion ; at the same time a plate at the other end of the lever is drawn away from spiings ii; the telegraph circuit. 6th. A "slotted frame " ajjparatus for "making, breaking, and " reforming or reversing" the telegraph current. A wooden frame has as many slots as letters of the alphabet; at the side of each slot inlaid studs are connected with one or other ^•^i*^ of the line circuit. According to the connections, width ^P«irt, and length of the studs, so is the direction, intermission, *^*i duration of the electric current conveyed by means of a handle tt THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 211 ^vith two insulated " semiglobular nozzles/' respectively connected with a battery pole. Op the studs may be connected with the batteiy, and the nozzles with the line circuit. 6th. " An apparatus for giving motion to the pointer of a cir- *' cular dial of an indicating telegraph." Two ratchet wheels fixed on the pointer axle are rotated by clicks mounted on a \dbra- ting frame worked by a suitable electro-magnetic arrangement. [Printed, Is. 6d. See Mechanics' Magazine, vol. 64, p. 416; and vol. 65, p. 81.] A.D. 1850, December 7.— N° 13,392. MORTIMER, John. — "Improvements in the magnetic needle ** and mariners' compasses." A card of a mariner's compass is described and shown, in which the chief portion of the needle " is "on one side of the axis," the needle and card being balanced by " a portion of brass or other " metal not magnetic." " By this arrangement I find the mag- " netic needle of a mariner's compass comes more quickly to rest, " and I also find that the action of a needle is better." " I re- " commend the use of two compasses, the one having the south pole most distant from the axis of motion, and the other having the north pole most distant from its axis." Another mariner's compass " is described and shown, in which in place of having the axis of the needle coincident with the axis of the card, the axis of the needle is carried by a slide, " which can be moved in a groove to any point on the card (or hemisphere) representing the latitude of the place of observation ; and if such instrument be fitted to sights, which may place the pivot on which the needle traverses and the centre or pole of a card in a direct line with the meridian, then, by adjusting the index hand to the direction that the needle takes, the variation " of it will be at once shewn." A dipping needle is also described and shown, which is sus- pended by " an universal joint ;" the loop by which the instru- ment is suspended is connected to a ball by two axes in a half ring ; another half ring, connected with the dipping needle and circle, is attached to the baU by axes at right angles to the other axes. €€ « €( t( it €t (t « ft « [Printed, don JouniiQ Mafi;az I. M. See Uepertory of Arts, vol. 18 (enlarged 9eris»), p. 88 ; Lon- ouniiQ (Newton't), vol. 40 {conioined seriea), p. 289 : Mechanics' ine, vol. 64, p. 478 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 136.J O^ 212 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1850, December 27.— N» 13,427. DERING, George Edward. — " Improvements in the means of *' and apparatus for communicating intelligence by electricity,*' consisting of: — 1st. ** Supporting moveable magnets and other similar telegra- " phic arrangements acted on by electric currents " by elastic supports, whether magnetic or not ; or elastic magnets, fixed at their upper ends, may be us: 1. 2nd. Methods of restoring magnetic needles, &c., to rest, by applying the force of gravity. The centre of gravity is placed immediately below the centre of motion, thus employing the prin- ciple of the quick beat of a short pendulum. The following are applications of this principle : — A weight is placed immediately below the centre of motion ; the needle is suspended by its upper end by resting the axis in an angular aperture ;*the needle is suspended from an angular aperture at its upper end by a hook of round wire; and suspending the needle entirely by magnetic attraction, its upper end being rounded for that purpose, and working in an angular groove. 3rd. Applying electro-magnetic coils (nith or without soft iron cores) to produce motion in magnetic needles, &c., by placing their axes parallel to the plane of motion of the magnetic body. 4th. " The sounding of telegraphic alarums " in such a manner as to prevent their ringing during the transmission of messages, although included in the telegraphic circuit. This arrangement is applicable to any telegrai)h in which two or more circuits are employed ; the object is effected by setting aside any one par- ticular signal to act on the bell apparatus, the alarum electro- magnets only releasing the clockwork when such currents pass as would produce the omitted signal, by suitably acting on moveable permanent magnets. 5th. " Transmitting secret intelligence to any one or more " stations " " without the use of extra wires." At each station a metallic disc, suitably inlaid vAiYi non-conducting portions, is brought to the required position in order to complete the circuit or not, by any electro-magnetic step-by-step movement, thus excluding or including the telegraph instrument at any particular station or set of stations as required. The disc arrangement is brought into action from a distant station, independent of the Bignid apparatus, by one of the following means : — One direction THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 213 of the current may be devoted to that purpose only ; a stronger electric current may be used for the disc ; or the current may be passed in one direction for several seconds, and affect the disc by the action of an electro-magnet upon a permanent magnet bringing and keeping an arm in contact with a revolving wheel until it will not return to its former position, except by reversing the current; at such time the arm acts on the disc. 6th. '' Counteracting the effect of currents of atmospheric elec- " tricity upon telegraphic apparatus," by introducing into the circuit an opposing galvanic or other electric current of equal . force ; thus restoring the needle or other apparatus '' to its ordi- " naiy position of equilibrium." 7th. " Canying off atmospheric electricity " from the line-wires. " A thin piece of linen " is interposed between two roughened or grooved metallic surfaces, one of which is included in the line-wire circuit, and the other is in connection with the earth. 8th. Carrying off atmospheric electricity from the line wires by the attraction or repulsion occurring between dissimilarly or simi- larly electrified bodies respectively. Metal balls are suspended from the line-wire circuit by wires, and on separating, make con- tact with plates connected with the earth ; or the separation of suspended balls may break connection between the line wire and the instrument. 9th. Canying off atmospheric electricity by introducing a strip of metallic leaf into the circuit, this being fused by the passing of the atmospheric electricity. 10th. Insulating suspended telegraph wires. An inverted bell of insulating material is attached to the post, and supports an exterior metal bell carrying the telegraph wire. CPrinted, lOrf. Seo Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarped serM), p. 65; MechaiiicK' Ma^ntKino, vol. 55, p. IG ; Practical Mechanics' Journal, voL 5, p. 129 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 203.] A.D. 1850, December 27.— N« 13,429. ST. JOHN, John Ransom. — ** Improvements in the construc- '' tion of compasses and apparatus for ascertaining and registering " the velocity of ships or vessels through the water," consisting of:— 1st. " Improvements in the construction of compasses," by which any variation of the needle from the magnetic meridian, pro- duced by local causes, may be at once seen, and Ua viiiTrt>n'»), vol. 40 (ronjoined terist), p. 841; Meclmnicu* i^Iagazino, vol. 55, p. 130; aud Patent JuuriuU, YoLl2, p.4^.J A.D. 1851, February 7.— N*» 13,497. DUMONT, Francois Marcellin Aristidb. — " Improved " means and electric apparatus for transmitting intelligence," consisting of : — Ist. " A particular combination of electric wires," and "system of placing and fixing " them, " for the conveyance of intelligence in the interior of large towns." In order that each house in connection with the telegraph (or each subscriber thereto) may communicate privately by direct means, a central station has con- nected with it a number of " corresponding " stations, each in the centre of a district, and connected with a certain number of houses. If any one subscriber wishes to communicate with any other, suitable signals are passed to the corresponding station, the central station, the corresponding station of the receiver, and the receiver's house ; the requisite connections are then made to form a continuous circuit from the house of the transmitter to that of the receiver. To each house there is an electric apparatus at the house and at the corresponding station. Each oon«avoxk^^xim, 216 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : station has a battery, a " telegraph/' a range of hells, a '' worker" or attendant, and a " commutator." At the central station, a wire to each corresponding station has a hell and a small telegraph ; according to the bell rung from the corresponding station, and the number on its small telegraph, the electric connections are made. In another arrangement for the central station, as many com- plete telegraphic apparatus are established as there are correspond- ing stations ; the despatch is sent from the corresponding station to the central station, and fr^m there to the recei^dng correspond- ing station. An arrangement of a central station is also set forth in which there are two distinct parts ; one consisting of as many dials (with the alphabet and numerical series) as there are stations, " to trans- " mit the dispatches of the c6rresponding stations ;" the other of as many " small communicators," and half as many larger '' com- " municators," for establishing direct communication ; the smaller communicators break contact with the dial ; the larger communi- cators have the wires from each station passing through the nimibers attached to them, and complete direct communication by moving the hand accordingly. 2nd. An arrangement for giving notice of the outbreak of a fire in the interior of large towns. A central station communicates telegraphically with each street or square by an electric signal ; a spring completes the electric circuit with the central station, and rings one of a number of bells, or one bell a number of times, corresponding to the locality requiring aid. 3rd. " Electric bells and alarums, applicable to the prevention " of robberies or fires." These are an improvement on N** 11,762 (which see), and may be applied to protect doors, windows, &c., to ring a number of bells corresponding to any number of different places, and to communicate " between any two places connected " by two conducting wires." A plate of soft iron is attracted to the electro-magnet when the electric current passes, and releases the clockwork detent, by which the hammer is caused to strike the bell; every time the hammer gives a stroke, a small lever connected with its rod strikes on the plate of soft iron, and brings it back to its first position. A simpler apparatus (without clockwork) consists of an electro-magnet and armature lever, to one end of which the hcU is attached, which breaks and makes electric contact, according aa the lever is attracted to the magnet or not. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 217 4th. "A system of keys and pedals " for working the trans- mitting apparatus. This is '' applied to Bregnef s " [Breguet's ?J apparatus, " which is composed of a dial bearing the series of the '* letters of the alphabet." Instead of transmitting all the inter- mediate signs to the indicating apparatus, the lowering of a key determines *' a corresponding motion of the sign represented by *' the key ;" this is accomplished by giving the dial a constant tendency to rotary motion, and ha^nng a number of small levers (one to each key). The depression of a key puts one lever in the way of a stop on the dial. When the instrument is at rest, the lever belonging to the blank space stops the dial, but is released on the pressure of a key, a bar passing under all the keys for that purpose. 5th. Fixing submarine electric wires. The wire is supported away from the bottom of the sea by rods projecting downwards from buoys at various intervals ; some of the rods are anchored to the bottom of the sea ; the wire is attached to the first buoy, and passed over a post to avoid the friction on the coast. [Printed, 2«. Sd, Seo Mechanics' Magazine, voL 65. p. 137; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 51.] A.D. 1851, February 17.— N^ 13,513. COWPER, Charles (a communication). — The title of this in- vention is, " Improvements in moulds for electro-metallurgy;'* and *' the invention consists in an improved mode or modes of " forming moulds of elastic or glutinous substances, and ren- '* dering them better conductors of electricity by introducing " good conducting materials in the process of forming the •• moulds." *' The substances employed to form the moulds are gelatine or "** glue, gutta percha, caoutchouc, or other similar elastic or glu- " tinous substance." To operate with gelatine or glue, the model is oiled on its sur- face, placed in a box, and has its surface covered with fine wires, the ends of which are allowed to project ;" " the case is then filled with the melted gelatine or glue, and allowed to remain until the gelatine has become cool and solid;" the model is removed, and a mould is thus obtained, " with a number of fine *' wires" imbedded in the truly-shaped surface; this surface is then covered with plumbago, and the remainder with greaae«V> (* 218 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : resist the action of the depositing solution ; it is then ready for electro-deposition. In operating with gutta percha, it is softened hy heat, mixed with naphtha or other solvent, and spread out on a sheet of glass 80 as to form a sheet ; this is placed over the wire-covered model, subjected to the heat of a stove, taken out, " the gutta percha '^ pressed in contact with the model, and allowed to cool ;" it is tlien treated in a similar manner to the gelatine mould above described, and is ready for electro-deposition. Caoutchouc is softened by a solvent, *' and treated in a similar " manner to the gutta percha ; or it may be applied to the model ** in the state of a thick solution, laying on several coats, and " allowing each to dry before adding another, until a sufficient *' thickness of mould is obtained. Gutta percha may also be '* similarly applied in a state of solution.'^ « [Printed, 9d. See Mechanics' Itagazine, vol. 65, p. 158 ; and Patent Journal, voL 11, p. 279.] A.D. 1851, February 28.— N° 13,536. MILLWARD, William. — " Certain improvements in electro- magnetic and magneto-electric apparatus," consisting of: — 1st. ** A new mode of charging or magnetizing iron and steel bars, to be used either as permanent magnets or electro-mag- nets." lliis is effected by using "an electro-magnet formed by a current produced from a magneto-electrical machine, in- " stead of the current produced from a voltaic battery as herc- •* tofore." The magneto-electric machine preferred consists of magnets of " the U " or horseshoe form, with all the north poles ranged on one side and the south poles on the other ; the com- mutator acts upon all the magnets *' at the same instant, so that " the current of electricity always passes in one direction," and the whole magnetic surface is " in combination at one time." 2nd. Two " new forms of magneto-electrical machines." In the first, the armatures may revolve either bet\veen the poles of horseshoe magnets " or in face of them." Instead of the per- manent horseshoe magnets being of steel, they are of cast iron, or of soft iron, with steel magnets placed on or around them out of the influence of the armatures. The second machine consists of a fixed horseshoe permanent magnet and a revolving " commutator " of soft iron, with a brass THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 219 centre between the pennanent magnet and fixed coiled " arma- " tures." [The "commutator" would here appear to be also a keeper to the permanent magnet.] [Printed, 6J. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged aeries), p. 199; Mecfaauics' Magazine, vol. 55, p. 198; and Patent Journal, vol. 11, p. 267.1 A.D. 1851, March 14.— N« 13,555. LITTLE, George. — ** Improvements in electric telegraphs, and '' in various apparatus to be used in connection therewith, part of ** which improvemts are also applicable to other similar pur- ** poses," relating to : — 1st. " Suspending the indicators or other parts of electric tele- ** graphs that n)ay be desirable by means of magnetic attraction." An " indicator " is shown inside a tube containing alcohol, sus- pended ft^m the pole of a permanent magnet fixed into a socket at the top of the tube. On each side of the tube are coils of wire, included in the telegraphic circuit, which deflect the indicator in one direction or the other, according to the direction of the electiic current, " thereby producing any number of conventional signals, ** the use of the spirits in the tube being to act as a continuous ** lubricator by preventing the indicator from sticking against the " sides of the glass tube, which act as stops to the same." 2nd. "The supporting of indicators of electric telegraphs by *' means of floats made of blown glass or of other suitable buoyant material, such floats being enclosed in glass tubes containing any suitable fluid." The "indicator" consists of a magnet " attached to a float, by which it is suspended in a glass tube containing " spirits or any suitable fluid ;" this is placed in the axis of a coil of wire included in the telegraphic circuit, and upon the passage of the electric current, the "magnet is acted upon and drawn down into the tube, carrying with it the float out of sight or nearly so, thereby producing conventional signals." One or more of either of the above arrangements may be fixed to the dial plate of the telegraph instrument. [Printed, !kl. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 18 {enlarged series), p. 854: Louden Journal {Netcton's), vol. 4i {conjoined series), p. %7 ; Mechanics' Mafptzino, vol. 53, p. 256 ; Practical Mechanics* Journal, vol. 4, p. 181 ; and Patent Journal, vol. 12, p. 3.] « « it 220 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. I85I, March 17.— N« 13,558. MINTON, Herbert, and HOFFSTAEDT, Augustus John (partly a communication). — "Improvements in the manufacture of " faces or dials " for " mariners* compasses," " electric telegraphic " apparatus," &c. Dials are manufactured of porcelain or earthenware in the following ways : — Bj pressing plastic clay into moulds, or hy throwing the shapes on the wheel and afterwards turning them down in the lathe, then suhmitting them to the drying and firing or baking process in the usual manner. Or the " slabs or shapes may be produced by the dry powder process," that is, ** by pressure from powdered clay or powdered minerals " (See Printed Specification, N" 8547). The graduations, figures, or patterns are given to the slabs in the following ways : — By printing them on paper in the same way as patterns for earthenware or china are printed, and " transferring them to the " bisque," which is prepared, glazed, " and passed through the " glost oven." Or the slabs " are first glazed and passed through the glost " oven," and then receive the pattern by printing ; they are then passed through the enamelling kiln. Or the device may be obtained and applied " under the surface " printing process " (See Printed Spec^cation, N** 12,097). Or the device may be pressed into the clay before the article is baked or fired, the indentations being filled up with liquid clay or a slip of one or more colours ; after firing, the article may either be glazed or not. This process is used in the manufacture of encaustic tiles (See Printed Specification, N*» 5890). [Printed, 8 236 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : exoentric to raise the clockwork deten£. When the ann is about to be stopped, the excentric presses out another ann, meeting the revolving arm, and breaking its momentum before it reaches the catch. drd. Another form of alarum, that only acts when the electric current is continued for a certain time. A wheel, carrying the ex- centric centre on which the hammer lever moves, is kept in con- tinual revolution by wound-up mechanism ; on the interposition of a catch by the electro-magnet, some seconds must necessarily elapse before the hammer lever is brought into a sufficiently obhque position to strike the bell on its release. Another plan is described, in which a roller prevents the descent of the hanmier lever unless sufficient time has elapsed to allow its excentric centre to come into a suitable position. 4th. I^eparing a fabric for receiving and recording the trans- mission of electric currents, so that different colomn may be pro- duced according to the direction of the current, by moistening it with suitable solutions. 5th. Suspending telegraph wires in the air on arms inclined to the posts at an angle of 45°, for securing their insulation. 6th. Employing the power developed by the hydraulic press to stretch suspended telegraph wires. 7th. Stretching telegraph wires. They are placed nearly straight, on temporary supports, by manual labour, and are then brought to the desired degree of tension by causing them to assume a zigzag form. 8th. Insulating and fastening suspended telegraph wires. No sheds or bell coverings are applied, but the wire is varnished and bound with silk for a considerable distance on each side of the point of support ; then covered with gutta percha or vulcanized caoutchouc for a few inches, this has placed over it " a tag of zinc " or galvanized iron," and is clamped to the arm by a hook. When a break in the wire is required for a station, a metal link covered with gutta percha is inserted. 9th. ** Placing an earth connexion around the arms or supports " about midway between each wire," " so that any electricity that " escapes from one wire" "cannot possibly reach or afPect •* another wire." ITrinted, 1«. lid. See Repertory of Arts, vol. 20 (etilarged series), p. 206 ; and Mecluuiics' Magacine, vol. 67, p. IM.] « « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 237 A.D. 1852, February 10.— N» 13,963. ROBERTS, Martin John. — ^This invention is entitled "Im- provements in galvanic batteries, and in obtaining chemical pro- ducts therefrom." These improvements consist : — Ist. ** In employing tin as a positive plate in a galvanic battery in coi^unction with platinum, or any other conductor of elec- tricity " which is electro-negative to tin. The exciting fluids axe nitric acid, or nitro-muriatic acid, or the nitrate of copper, or the soluble nitrate of any metal electro-negative to tin ; nitric add is, however, preferred, as it yields by the action of the battery " stan- " nic or meta-stannic acid," which is deposited at the bottom of the battery cells, made deep for the purpose ; this is combined with soda to form stannate of soda, a valuable article for dydng textile fabrics. If nitro-muriatic acid be the exciting fluid, chloride or bichloride of tin is formed, " a salt also used in the same *' arts." If nitric acid of not less specific gravity than 1*200 be used, a hydrated oxide of tin forms, which falls down as an in- soluble precipitate to the bottom of the cell, and prevents the strength of the exciting fluid from being diminished so much as it otherwise would be. 2nd. "In the employment of copper as a positive metal in *' coijunction with platinum or other metal which is electro " negative with respect to copper." Nitric or nitro-muriatic add is the exdting agent used in this battery. The salts of copper formed are useful in calico printing and for other purposes ; " and " some of them may be used to excite a tin or zinc plate in *' another battery." Both the above-described batteries are single-fluid batteries. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1852, February 23.— N» 13,982. WALKER, William. — ''A method or means of ascertaining and " indicating the deviations or errors of the mariner's compass." In this invention the effects of dip in various magnetic lati- tudes are avoided, and the deviation of the needle due to the presence of iron is indicated. The compass bowl is made, by preference, of copper, and has on its pivot '' a brass bell or cone, which is poised in an inverted position," whose weight is not ''more than one third greater than that of the card needle and cap," canying *' a fine ctei^V 238 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : *' rod or axis." "The cap of the needle, whidi is made of one *' sixth of the length of the needle, has at its apex a jewel, on • which the point of the rod " " works, besides which, anoUier ** perforated agate is fixed in the lower end of the cap." The axis of the needle and card is made to coincide with its centre of gnpnty, and Hie needle is magnetized after a^nstment upon ''an ** inclined pivot." Tlie bell thus, in connection with its steel axis and ^e long needle cap, acts as a counterpoise, and prevents the effects of dip upon the needle. To the centre of the glass cover of the compass box is fixed ** a ** slender hollow pillar, equal in length to the radius of the com- " pass card," which contains a rod inside of it, acQustable at various heights. This rod ** carries at top a second or indicator " needle." " A glass dome " resting " on a ring " •' attached to ** the outside of the compass bowl " encloses the entire apparatus. " When two magnetic needles of different magnitudes '* " are ** freely suspended in the vertical plane of the magnetic meridian ** and at a certain distance apart, both needles, if uninfluenced by *' local magnetism, will place themselves parallel to the magnetic '* meridian, but with the poles of the lesser needle inverted." When a local disturbing force acts, however, the terrestrial mag- netism exerts its influence over the smaller needle, and if it is adjusted at such a distance from the compass card that its de^dation is double that on the compass card, the smaller needle will indi- cate " the deviation of the main needle from its correct magnetio ** meridian." [Printed, *!d. See Mechanics* Magazine, vol. 57, p. 161.] A.D. 1852, March 8.--N<^ 14,016. VAN KEMPEX, Peter (a communication from Gerrit Abraham Cramer). — " An improved refrigerator, to be used in brewing, " distilling, and other similar useful purposes." ^ This invention consists in improvements in apparatus to be " used for refrigerating or cooling brewers' or distillers' worts, " but applicable for other similar purposes, one of the improve- " ments in connection therewith consisting in the employment of *' a permanent conductor or circuit through the work, in oonnec- " tion with the earth, by which means the wort is prevented from '' turning sour from the influence of atmospheric electricity *' during thunder storms." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 239 « « « The lefirigeraldBg i^pantiu is fizai described with references to the Drawings. The second improvement in refrigeniors relates to a means of preventing atmospheric infloenees taking e£BBct on the wort when in the re^gerator. For this purpose a strip of rinc** ''is placed throughout the entire length ai the refrigerator so as to be covered by the fluid therein contained.'* To one end of the strip of zinc is attached an earth-plate of zinc^ and to the other an earth-plate of copper. "Any atmospheric electricity which, during thunder storms, is hable to turn wort sour, will be carried off by this arrangement.'^ This improvonent is farther styled in the Specification ** the employment of a galvanic circuit « in the said refrigerator for the carrying off electricity from the " worts." CPrinted, If. Sd. See Mechanio^ Hagasine, voL 67, p. 289.] A.D. 1852, March 8.— N» 14,018. HODGE, Paul Rapsey. — *' Certain improvements in the eon- " struction of railways and railway carriages, parts of whidi are '' applicable to carriages on common roads," consisting of : — Ist. "The application of an electrical or an electro-galvanic " current being passed through either the up or down nul, and " returned again in the opposite rail, so that a perfect drcoit be '' kept up Hurough the rails," to prevent the '* decomposition of '^ the iron forming the permanent way," and ^theogidation" [oxidation ?] " of the metal forming the rails." 2nd. New arrangements " of movable ' points,' used for croasiBg *' from one line of rail to anoUier." 3rd. In railway carriages, cylindrical springs formed of India- rubber, acting alone or " in combination with the steel spring.** Various arrangements are described and shown. 4th. ^ Three arrangements of a steam spring and lifting apa- '' ratus," " to be attached to the axle and boxes of locomotive " carriages, in connection with or without the ordinary spring.** 6th. " Various forms of axle boxes for railway carriages.** 6th. ''The placing oi an eUstic medium between the wheel " and collars, for the purpose of preventing lateral shocks on " railway carnages." 7th. "Various new forms of metallic wheels** fbr railway ear- riages, '' other of wrought or east iron, separstdy or eumbined.** if it ii 240 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 8th. '' The application of elastic collars or rings of india rubber " placed between the axle box and the nave of the wheels of '' carriages used on common roads, so as to give ease both to '' lateral as well as vertical shocks, caused by the unevenness of *' the road." [Printed, U. 6d. See London Journal iNewton*»), voL 42 {.conjoined aeriet), p. 120 ; »ud MechanioB* Magtzine, toL 67, pp. 260 and 402.] A.D. 1852, March 8.— N» 14,021. SMITH, William, and SMITH, Archibald. — " Certain improvements in electric and electro-magnetic telegraph appa- ratus, and in the machinery for and method of making and laying down submarine, submerged, and other such lines," con- sisting of : — 1st. A mode "of insulating circuit wires from the posts." *' ^ Dead eyes ' or insulators," and a short length of wire, are interposed between the telegraph wire, just before it enters a post, and at the post insulator — or the ordinary insulator may be used — ^the circuit being completed by a " copper rod " attached to the telegraph wire, and bent so as to be away from the interposed wire or supports. 2nd. " Arrangements of machinery " for constructing and laying down submarine cables. They are manufactured on board the steam vessel as they are " submerged." As many reels and frames (alluded to below) are fitted in the vessel longitudinally as strands are required ; the insulated wire proceeds from the drum on which it is wound through the successive frames, and a central guide plate canying the various strands, which are (by the motion of the frames and guide plate) wound round the insulated core; the manufactured wire then proceeds over suitable " gripping wheels," is " passed over g^uide pulleys, and let down through the stem of " the vessel " " into the water." Each reel and frame consists of a "skeleton drum," mounted on "antifriction rollers," revolv- ing with the core and all the wires coming from the machines nearer the core reel than itself ; on the same centre, but kept hori- zontal by a hanging weight, the wire reel frame is moimted (the reel being at right angles to the skeleton drum), the wire from which passes through its trunnion over " an antifriction roller," and through properly placed apertures in the " skeleton drums " of all the machines nearer to tiie stem than itself ; the machinery is moved " simultaneously " by means of pinions on a main longi- THEIR GENERATION AM) APPLICATIONS. ■ tadinnl ihaft gearing into wheels on the " skeleton drums," If it is required " to give the wires an independent twist," it can be (lone by imparting a slow rotary motion to the reel frame on its trunnions from the skeleton drum wheel. A counting apparatus ia described and shoivn. A number of " pawles," on b crank shaft conaerted with the pojing-out machinery, work into loose ratchet wheels of ten teeth each, affixed ^to numeral wheels with one tooth each ; each " pawle " (except the Snt) eirtends over one numeral wheel and the next higher ratchet Wheel, thus moving each numeral wheel one tooth or number for Wery complete lei'oluti'jn of the ratchet wheel below it, and indi- cating the amount of cable that has been payed out of the vessel. The insulation of the cable may be tested during manufacture by the following means :— As many insulated " disc wheels " as there are separate telegraph wires are fixed "on an extension of I " the shaft " of the drum carrying the insulated wires, and revolve Mrith it i each " disc wheel " has a binding screw to receive one of Pfte wires, in connection with a metallic ring on its circumference, Uid a apiing pressing thereon ; a galvanic circuit can thus be completed through the wire. A modification of the above manufacture is described and shown, in which " four groups of insulated wires " can be com- bined "with a chain cable as a flexible core " by means of four sets of twisting machinery. 'ITie wires (when manufacturei!) "are " drawn towards a central point by four guide rollers," between which the chain core passes ; four wires are served out on to this compound wire, which bind the several parts together. A "plaiting machine" may be used, or "a hempen core" employed ; the machinery is also adapted for making land lelc- graph wires and " wire and hempen ropes." [Printfld. U. Id. Bee lAjndon Journal {Xeatoti't). rol.*2 {tonjoiiutl iirlfi). ^■pOi ^ 1, A.D. 1852, April 6.— N<" 14,05/. 'OOLE, MoBEfl. — " Improvements in covering wire for te!e- iphic purpoBce," consisting of : — Employing flexible vari. ah on wire lieforc coating it uith " insulating materials." Thewbe is draivn through a trough cou- tMning melted bitumen (combined or not with India-rubber or •gutta percha), at such a distance from the covering machine that -the vamisb may set before the insulating covermg is apjiUed. 2i2 ELECTHICITY AND MAGNETISM : I The ooropouuil of Indta-rublier, gattA percha, and bitumm it best ftplilied from k " koeading machine " hj means of dies. 2ud. Applying succeBsive cuatings of gutta percba and Indi*- rubber. A machine is deRcribed and ahcFWU, in wliich the wire is wound off from a drum, paaaes between fixed ituds to sOaighten it, tixo through & hoUow axis, baa a ribbon or fillet of fnditk- rubber wound upon it bj- the rotation of a bobbin, t«keB one turn round a wheel connected with the driving; machinery, and fioallj, proceeds to a wheel on which it is wound for um when required. 'Hie axis on which the India-rubber bobbin re\'olve5 is attached by a joint to tlie side of a diac revolving on the hollow axis, so tiiat the bobbin msy be fixed at the required angle with the wire, a spring- bearing agunst the bobbin to " obtain friction to it," the fillet is thus wound on the ivire in a distended slate. Motion ia communicated from the Irabbin-diac pulley to the wheel on which the covered wire is wound by means of a sejiaTBte shaft working into the wheel sbaft by a B{*ew and screw wheel. To each separate coating of India-ntbber a aeparat? hollow axis and bobbin is used, A coating of ladiia-iubbei solution unites the fillets and the separate coverings. 3rd. Successive coatings of gutta percba, &c., given to wire by dies of increasing sizes, oannected with the same or diffeKnt com- partments of the some apparatus. After passing through a guide, the wire posses successiydy through the dies, gaining greater thickness of covering from each die. "To prevent the joins of the " Bucceasive coatings coming opposite each other," the supports of the dies are not placed in a line. I I A.D. 1852, April 2l).~y 1^,077. GRIFFITHS, RoBRRT. — " Apparatus for improvingand restoring " human hair." The Specification and Drawings describe and show varions methods of transmitting electric cunents through the skin and r, by means of combs and brushes constructed for the purpose, the luttery being contained in the combs and brushes, or they may be in connection with a separate battery. A comb is described and shown, of which " the teeth are altei- " Mieij of copper and sine, or other metali suitable for cost- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 343 " poBing a galvanic buttery, and they are connected together by " beiog run on a wire n, there lieing a, metal washer between each " ndghbouring pair of teeth." Into the hack of this comb, a wire, wound with worsted dipped into a eolution of common salt n very dilute acid, is inserted when it is used. A brush is also described and shown, in which the battery ' ^woollen cloth saturated with solution of common salt, copper, Bine) is placed at the back, and is connected with the very £ne metallic wire forming the "teeth of the brush" by two plates. Another arrangement is described and shown, in wliich the "teeth" consist partly of bristles, and partly of very fine wires. L A " MemoTwidum of Alteration " was enrolled by the Patentee, Febmary 17, IS55, in which the following alterations are made ; — In reciting the date of the Letters Patent in the Specification, it was s«»Ud to be of October 20, in error for April 30. Also, the first paragraph of the description of the parts of the comb shown in the Drawings, (quoted in the above abridgment,} ia altered to, — "the teetli are alternately of copper and zinc, or " other metals suitable for composing a galvanic battery, and they *' are connected together by being run on a wire a, coated wi^ " insulating material, there being a metal washer coated with " insulating material between each neighbouring pair of teeth, " the teeth being separated by a washer of felt." [Printed, 7rf. Bee Ecportorj- of Arts, vol. El l^largad ttrin), ^ Iti; and Uerbsnlcs' Msgiuiiic, tdL S7, p. SH.] A.D. 1852, April 20.— N" 14,080. RIDGWAY, John. — ^This invention consists of "the applicaition " of the art of 'electrotype' ot 'electro-metallurgy' to the oma- ** menting or decorating of articles of ghmn, china, earthenware, " aad other cersjuic manufactures," so that "the surface of the " non-condutting body is bo prepared that the metal deposited tbaeon sbsU become alloyed or combined therewith." To effect thi£ object, " a new glase or coating substance " of a poroni character is applied to the surface of the articles, so u to give them *' an affinity for copper a.9 a first coating," by sub- mittiiig them " to strong aluuhol, or a gelatinous eolution, or a " thin coating of mutic varnish,'' or a I'amish of asphait and mutic " fused and dissolved in spirits of turpenlinei" Lmmccuii% lug and heUcal spring at one end, and a ball (sUB|>ended l^ a wire from the plug) at the other end ; on the pressuM of the plug (by a piece of iron on the rod) the ball permits the exit of the 256 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : fluid. The rod is fitted with a ratchet wheel and dick, so that it may keep the cocks open. " A gbiss conveyor " is described and shown, in which a metal plug, free to turn on a piece of glass, may be turned into contact with two pieces of metal in connection with the battery poles, or be left out of contact with the metallic surfaces. A glass "force " pump for supplying solution " is also shown in the Drawings* [Prluted, U. 2rf.] A.D. 1852, October 21.— N° 14,331. BRIGHT, Edward Brailsford, and BRIGHT, Cuarlbs TiLSTON. — "Improvements in making telegraphic communica- " tions, and in instruments and apparatus employed therein and " connected therewith," consisting of; — 1st. *' A dead beat right and left motion needle telegraph." Two permanent bar magnets are free to \dbrate upon parallel horizontal axes, with similar poles uppermost ; between these poles an electro- magnetic coil with iron centre is placed, its axis being also horizontal, but perpendicular to the magnet axes. When no current passes through the coil, the magnets remain in contact with its core ; as they are attracted by the polarity, they induce upon it, and according to the direction of the current (voltidc or magneto-electric), one or other of the magnets is repulsed from the core. Small arms project from the magnets or their axes towards each other at right angles to the magnets, " so as to embrace " a " centre piece " (or flat piece of metal fixed against the pointer axis). The pointer axis is between the magnet axes, and parallel to them; it is deflected by the arms according to the magnet deflected. When the apparatus is at rest, the centre piece is locked between the arms. An auxiliary coil (without iron) may be used or not between the lower poles of the permanent magnet to assist the action of the upper coil by its attraction. In another arrangement, a " horseshoe electro-magnetic coil " is used, whose arms are in the same straight line as the permanent magnets, and are entered respectively by their poles. The "galvanic sending apparatus" consists of "a metallic " handle or cylinder " connected to one battery pole, which deflects a spring, connected to the line-wire circuit, against the other battery pole. For this purpose the cylinder has metallic cheeks, which take the " sending instrument " out of the circuit, " at the moment THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 257 '* of sending," by deflecting one spring from a stop in that circuit ; it has also a piece of ivoiy which deflects the oUier spring against the other battery pole, thus including the battery in the line-wire circuit. 2nd. Improvements in hanging and insulating suspended line wires. First. — A wooden arm projecting from the suspension pott is covered wholly or partially with marine glue, and has at the end a clench for the wire screwed up with a bolt ; or " the post itself *' may be coated with marine glue and the wires fastened thereto ;** or a metal clamp, coated with gutta percha, may be used in connection with the arm ; in this case, a '' filling piece," holding the clamp, is glued into the post with marine glue. Second. — A sharp edge or ridge, " upon which moisture will not remain," is interposed betweei\ the wire and the post or ground, the wire not resting on the edge. Third. — ^The wires are suspended on arms of different lengths, so that they may not be in the same vertical plane. Fourth. — Each alternate post has its supports for the wires near each other and far apart, so as to make the wires alternately to converge and diverge. Fifth. — In " shackling the wires " where a break is required, two earthenware rings are attached to a square connecting frame ; thete rings have hooks to hold the ends of the wires, and "insulating channels" or sheds, one above and the other below the hook. drd. Insulating subterranean wires. The wires are laid in longitudinal grooves in lengths of wood, each wire having its own groove, and the upper and under lengths being united with marine glue or other suitable cement. When wires are protected by a helically-wound riband of iron, a flexible washer is interposed between the overlap and the turn preceding it. 4th. Insulating submarine wires. The wires are protected by a considerable amount of insulating medium between them, and helically-wound as described in the drd improvement. 5th. A " re-transmitting instrument " for receiving signals from either direction, and forwarding similar signals derived from a local source of electricity, towards their destination ; thus relays of currents may be employed to transmit signals with certainty on a long telegraphic line of one wire by self-acting means. The instrument consbts of a pair of coils fixed between two pair of oscillating magnets, as explained under the 1st head, and con- tiected with fouf voltaic fteried by means of fttops; the magnett 258 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : have their axes connected with the line wires and eaith-plates respectively. On an electric current passing through one of the line wires in a given direction, it deflects one or other of the mag- nets (of the coil not acting on the permanent magHet whose axis receives the current) against a stop ; thus completing the circuit of one of the relay batteries through the fiirther length of line wire, and transmitting a similar signal to that received by the instru- ment. By the addition of suitable connections, and using four fixed insulated mercury cups and an insulated moveable dipper to each permanent magnet, this apparatus may be worked by one battery. 6th. Bringing telegraphic apparatus into circuit at an inter- mediate point from a distant station. The apparatus, " as fitted " to the instrument to be operated on," consists of : — A pair of coils fixed between two pair of magnets of an indicator instrument according to the Ist improvement; a double coil placed above these, which repels both of its magnets on the current being passed through it ; a local galvanic battery ; and a coil and magnet as in. the Ist improvement, which releases the detent of a clockwork make and break " apparatus. The last apparatus is called a decircuitor," and is dways included in the local circuit. The passage of the line-wire current through the double coils deflects magnets against stops, and brings the indicator coils and decir- cuitor into the circuit of the local battery. When the indicator instrument is in the line-wire circuit the decircuitor is brought into play by a particular simultaneous deflection of the magnets. This plan is applicable to working switches from a distance, and can be employed to put separate telegraph instruments^ working on separate sets of wires, out of circuit. 7th. Ascertaining the place of a fault in the long conducting wires. A series of resistance coils are mounted in a box, containing also a galvanometer. To ascertain the distance of an earth or other contact from a station, a galvanic battery has its current divided into two circuits, one through the resistance coils, the other through the faulty line wire ; when galvanometers, placed respec- tively in these circuits, are made to indicate similar deflections, by including more or less coils in the circuit, the amount of wire in the included coils will enable the distance of the fault to be deter- mined. 8th. A standard galvanometer giving an invariable result. A cc THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 269 coil^ free to vibrate upon an axis, is used instead of a magnetic needle; the force of a current is measured by the deflection of this coil from a fixed coil surrounding it, both coils being included in the circuit. 9th. Protecting telegraph wires and apparatus from the action of lightning. In the first arrangement, an exhausted air-tight glass box has let into it at opposite sides *' metallic terminals/' respec- tively connected to the line-wire circuit and to the earth; the exhaustion is carried to that degree that a given voltaic intensity (greater than is requisite for working the telegraph) will make direct connection between the line- wire circuit and the earth. In the second arrangement, a metallic disc with points, connected with the line-wire circuit, is placed at a short distance from another similar metallic disc, in connection with the earth, by means of a " screw regulator." In the third arrangement, thin, knotted, silk- covered wires are included in the line-ware circuit ; the knots are opposite to metallic points in connection with the earth, and are fused on the passage of the lightning, thus passing it to the earth ; two metal brushes (one in the line-wire circuit, the other connected with the earth) are used in addition to the thin knotted wire. 10th. A magneto-electric machine for telegraphs generally. In , this arrangement, for every movement of the handle lever or key, including return to original position, only one current of magneto- electricity is passed from the machine, so that either the positive or negative ciurent may be used separately. The machine consists of two electro-magnetic coils free to v-ibrate before the poles of permanent magnets ; the current is only sent along the line wire when it is in the required direction by means of two spring clicks, actuated by the handle lever, working into two click wheels in the coil arid line-wire circuit, the click wheels being suitably fitted with portions of the teeth that are non-conducting for that purpose ; when the current is not in the direction required, the metal part of the click wheels complete a short cu^uit between the terminations of the coil ; the current is sent along the line wire when the click passes over the non-conducting part of the teeth, and ita direction is determined by the click and click wheel put into action (i.e. by the direction of deflection of the handle lever). In working this machine, the ciirrent communicating signals to a distant station does not influence the local indicating apparatus. When a pair of keys are used there is a set of induction coils to each key» «A.d%<^ 2G0 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : connection between the coils and the line-wire circuit is cut off, except when the clicks (worked by the keys) are on conducting portions of the click wheels. 11th. A "type-printing" telegraph. The type is stationary, and is fixed to the dial plate in a solid circular frame, in the centre of which a cylindrical tube is free to revolve, having bearings in the dial plate and in a bracket attached to it ; thb cylinder carries the paper roller and hammer, and has independent motion given to a wheel fixed to it by an arrangement of the Ist improvement; when the cylinder is brought to the proper position, a second electro-magnet depresses a rod freely passing through the centre of the paper roller, which strikes the paper to the type by a hammer, and rotates the paper cylinder by a catch entering a click wheel ; a spring restores the rod to its place. Secondary batteries may " actuate printing apparatus," magneto-electricity being the primary force. 12th. Causing mercury to effect metallic contact by compressing it in a closed vessel by means of air, &c., the points with which it is desired to make contact being within the vessel. ISth. A centrifugal alarum. The weights of a governor or regulator of a clockwork train are made to act as clappers. 14th. Winding coils for telegraphic purposes. The core is divided lengthways into compartments by means of non-conduct- ing separating pieces, and each compartment is filled before another is begun, beginning at one end compartment, and progpressing regularly to the other end, [Printed, 2*. 2 • -? '^"•^- vVec^^et :. — X* lOX - i^vif A»»i %;fcX .^ ,^i,^ *" «,< vOnKJiiife- *»*v*^ Nta» w^v «=»f t» 12. «e^Kilciu«l monmnents,*' »Sew«S!ts of copper with sftL or vood. polished, .stu, framing bans, or ?^>rtr, a w« ^ model- is inade. "^^ * *" rsASiix,** and into the matrix ^*^^ * w^ijch — is chased up and *=^ f-^rsas the cote from which '^^ iexible mould is composed of or a piece mould ^^^" - - deposit bann: made into «-.NMi forms the metal object for the ^«^^* ibe basis for ie|)emting the pro- ti I] « it €< THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 269 " duction." " A groundwork or back, together with a support " for the metal,'* is next prepared, " according to the character of the monument, of marble, stone, or wood," and the electrotype subject fixed thereon or thereto. When the monument is designed to stand alone without any background," a full figure or subject is produced, " perfect on all sides, by the electrotype process," then a pillar or pedestal is constructed of marble, stone, or wood. The above-described process may be reversed, and the figure or subject made of wood, stone, &c., *' fitted to aback ground-work '* or support of metal, produced according to any required design •' by the electrotype process." [Printed. 2Jc/.] A.D. 1852, October 2.— N° 162. FUCHS, John Ignatius. — The title of this invention is, "An electro-magnetic apparatus;" and the invention "has for its object arranging an electro-magnetic apparatus for alarums " and other like uses, wherein the apparatus, so long as a battery is in operation and in connection with the wires composing the circuit, will constantly by its own action, make & break the circuit, and by a hammer or other instrument act on a bell or " other surface. " The invention consists of producing repeated oscillations by ** means of a lever so arranged as to break the electric current when acted upon by an electro-magnet, and to complete it again when the action of the electro-magnet has been stopped, so as to cause the action again to take place ; and for arranging " apparatus in connection therewith for giving alarm or notice at " a distance, when two surfaces previously in contact have been " separated, such as the opening of a door or window." An electro-magnetic apparatus is described and shown, in which an armature lever of an electro-magnet has a reaction spring and contact piece in connection with one arm, and a hammer lever in connection with the other. When the opening of a door or win- dow removes the pressure from springs in the electric circuit, and thus excites the electro-magnet by completing the circuit, the con- tact piece breaks connection at the same time as the armature is ttttrai^di the bell i4 ning} the reaction spribg dratirs the lever bt^k^ « « (i « it a Si 270 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : and the oscillating motion and ringing of the bell thus produced is continued as long as the circuit is complete or as the door or window is left open. tPriiited,6id.] A.D. 1862, October 2.— N° 191. STRINGFELLOW, JoHN.—This invention is entitled "Im- provements in galvanic batteries for medical and other pur- poses ;*' and it consists of a battery formed of small compound bars or plates permanently connected, and at intervals hinged, so as to fold into a pocket case. The exciting acid is carried in contact with the plates by means of fibrous or bibulous substance, or by the capillary attraction of the metals themselves, or by a combination of both these methods. The compound bars are formed by winding lengths of flattened copper wire round amalgamated zinc strips ** in a spiral " [helical ?] " direction, an insulating substance haWng been placed between " the two metals." To combine these compound bars (or galvanic pairs) in an in- tensity series, the end of the flattened wire is soldered to the zinc of the next pair; or the bars may] have similar metals soldered together so as to form a quantity series. In either case they form a flat compound arrangement called a "leaf;" these leaves are hinged at suitable intervals, and, with the bibulous paper bet^'een, can be folded like the leaves of a book. A flexible metallic band, made by plaiting fine wire with silk, and having snaps fastening into tubes on the last leaves of the battery (like necklace fastenings), is used to connect the battery with Uie human body. [Printed, eW .] A.D. 1852, October 4.— N° 212. SLATER, Thomas, and WATSON, Joseph John William. Improvements in the application of electricity to illuminating purposes," consisting of: — 1st. " Improvements in apparatus for employing electricity as an illuminating agent." When the electric current passes, the upper electrode is gripped by the eyes of brass levers attached to annatuxes of an electro-magnet in the circuit ; but when the cur- tent ceaseSi the upper electrode is allowed to descend into contact THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 271 with the lower electrode and renew the light. In this case the electro-magnet is secured to a bracket fixed to the pillar of the upper electrode. In another lamp, the following points are observable : — ^The induced magnet b in the base of the lamp, its armature being connected by levers with the upper electrode rod j the lever in im- mediate connection with the electrode rod carries a reaction spring, and has a fork embracing a hinged collar that grasps the electrode rod when the current passes, but lets it drop when the electro-magnet is inactive ; the striking distance of the electrodes is adjusted by raising or depressing the fulcrum of the forked lever, thus altering the distance of the armature from the electro- magnet; this is accomplished by a screwed boss (by which the lever fulcrum is supported) turning on the upper portion of the pillar ; the lower electrode is raised by means of the toothed lever armature of a second electro-magnet, working a screw on the lower electrode shaft by a fixed wheel; or a long rack may be used in connection with a toothed lever working vertically. Seve- ral electrodes may be used with this arrangement. The lower electrode may be raised by hand by means of a screw secured to a pulley, the electrode being mounted in a tra- versing nut, into which the screw works. 2nd. " Electrical governors, indicators, and alarums,^ Sec, In an electric governor (to indicate variation in the current) the cur- rent excites an electro-magnet, thereby drawing down an armature (between which and the electro-magnet a helical spring is inter- posed), and revolving an indicator by a rack and pinion move- ment. An alarimi indicates the weakening of an electric current by an electro-magnet in connection with it releasing the detent of an axle having a tendency to revolve ; in its revolution an arm on the axle strikes the hammer lever. To adjust or check the amount of current, it is passed through iron wires of different diameters imbedded in pipe clay, a moveable lever making the requisite connections. To provide for the power of a battery diminishing, a reserve battery has its power transferred to the light apparatus, when required, by an arrangement of metal plates in a wooden disc^ over which a pivoted arm connected to the light apparatus moves ; the plates being suitably Connected to the respective batteries% 2/2 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: The poles of the electrodes may be changed by a '* brake/' con- sisting of a slide with metallic ends (connected respectively to the electrodes) moving over metallic plates suitably connected to the battery. 3rd. Causing " an equable consumption of the electrodes," by using *' two or more dectrodes in the same or different planes/' and *' so as to produce more than one point of illumination in the ** lamp at the same time." 4th. Improvements in ** the nature and manufacture of the " electrodes." The electrodes are made of a mixture of purified pulverized coke, beech charcoal, gas pitch, and Newcastle baking coal; heat is applied to the mass, at first gradually, for some hours. An electrode of the required size is steeped in caustic lime, exposed to a white heat, placed in alum solution, again brought to a white heat, plunged whilst hot into treacle, and again ignited; in electrodes for powerful lights, soluble glass is used instead of alum. By adding the non-conducting substances, excessive "convection " is avoided. 5th. "The application of electricity to the purposes of sig- " nalizing." Electro-magnets for this purpose, and for use in electric lamps, are made by inserting, between strips of an insu- lated band of which the coil is made, plates of soft iron ; for this purpose portions of the band are bent back. [Printed, lljd.] A.D. 1852, October 6.— N° 277. DUNDONALD, Thomas, Earl of. — "Improvements in coating and insulating wire ;" consisting " in various particulars whereby ordinary concrete bituminous substances are rendered applicable to guide and transmit the galvanic or electric fluid through sub- terranean excavations, as effectually as the well-proved bitumen " of Trinidad or that of the British North American provinces " (See N« 13,698, Old Law). A mixture of shellac and rosin (by pounding and sifting) has added to it, " as a solvent," " viscid oil of petroleum or of distilled tar;" the whole is subjected "to gentle heat in a vessel sur- rounded by steam or hot water, stirring the mixture to produce " solution, amalgamation, and permanent plasticity." Thid ^' adhesive compound'^ is ooxxibined with bituineui fteparately tt « <* « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONSt 273 '' heated; caoutchouc is added in case of deficient tenacity or " flexibility." In coating the wire, it is heated by a gas flame or other con« trivance before passing into the coating cylinder, '* in order that *' the drcim^jacent material " *' may be melted, and form a closely " adhesive covering." " To insure insulation and protection " an " external pipe may be derived from the same box or case, or from *' another, into which filamentous, metallic, or other substances '* may be introduced." '* Grooved or plain rollers may also be '' employed to coat wire singly or in groups, guided (on their '* entrance between sheets of bitumous coating) by pins or holes, " so that they shall be deposited in parallel equidistant lines. " These sheets may be combined with textile or fibrous sub* " stances." The vegetable gums and rosins being combined with antiseptic oils and mineral substances, render " the insulating coating " secure from decomposition by heat, damp, or destruction by insects." LPrinted, 6id.] A.D. 1852, October 9.— N° 316. BURQ, Antoine. — (Provisional Protection only,) This invention is entitled " Certain instruments, apparatus, and articles for the " application of electro-galvanic and magnetic action for medical " purposes ;" and " consists in certun instruments and apparatus " made of '' copper and brass and English and German steel com- " bined," and applied to the human frame for the purpose of giving to it " magnetic, electric, or magneto-electro action." The following shapes and modifications of this invention are shown : — Conjoined rings ; a series of " medals " " hung together by chains ;" bracelets ; a corset busk ; *' whipping rods made of a bundle of the four metals ; " '' an Indian stryp^ for causing " friction," having " small wooden wheels " " alternately covered with copper, brass, English and German steel ; " " metallic wadding," ''made of cotton wadding, moistened with some glutinous matter, such as treacle, on which a coating of filings of the four above-named metals is sprinkled, over which a thin layer of cotton is again placed;" "armatures or large rings for the thigh, leg, or arm ; " and " a peculiar bath in which filings ot €t €« €i i€ U 274 . ELEGTRICITT AND MAGNETISM : ** the said four metals are to be used in a wet or dry state. For thd *' prevention of oxidation or other ill efiPects/' '* the outer face or ^ faces of these instruments" maybe coated "with tin, silver, ** or silver gilt." [Printed, 4id.] A.D. 1862, October 9.— N« 323. ROUSSEAU, Jean Jemot. — {Provisional Protection onfy,) ^' Improvements in inlaying and ornamenting metal plates to be " used for door plates, sign plates, and other purposes to which " such inlaid or ornamental plates may be applicable." ''This invention consists in producing ornamented plates by '* means of the electrotype process." " In order to make a door '' plate, for instance, with glass or metal letters inlaid in copper or '' other metal," the letters are fixed ''with their faces downwards " on a plate," and metal is electro-deposited " all round them to " a suitable thickness, after which the face plate may be removed, " and the letters or ornaments will appear imbedded in the de- " posited metal." " Ivory, porcelain, mother of pearl, or other " substances, may be inlaid in the same manner, and any oma- " ment or device may be produced by assembling or combining a " mmiber of pieces, of different forms or materials, on a face " plate, so as to form a pattern," and then depositing metal round them. The letters for the above process may be cast or otherwise formed " of any elaborate pattern or device," by means of suitable moulds or dies. It is also proposed "to fill up by metallic deposition letters or " designs engraved in plates in the ordinary manner, in place of " the black or red wax or other composition usually employed " for that purpose." [Printed. 2id.] A.D. 1852, October 12.— N« 342. MICHEL, FRAN9018 Alexandre Victor. — {Provisional Pro- tection only.) The title of this invention is, " Stereotyping in copper by the galvanoplasty." The process consists of applying "the galvanoplasty to ** reproduce in copper any engravings in relievo in general, THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICAIIONS. 276 ** either that they be on wood standing, or on plate, on copper, or every other metal; either that'' the "process be exe- cuted upon any stereotypes of bitumens or of material for printing/' which is required to be " reproduced agun in galvano- plasty." The " process is executed, 1st, in working the model in copper on one of the aforesaid objects; 21y, with gutta-percha; 31y, with wax ; 41y, with all materials fit to retain a stamp ; 51y, at last, in reproducing with these various models the objects em- u €€ €€ Si fS C< " ployed to be stamped." " Engravings in general which are employed in the typography " 99 may thus be reproduced by "the galvanoplasty. [Printed. 2id.] A.D. 1852, October 13.— N« 377. ROBERTS, Martyn John. — "Improvements in galvanic " batteries, and in obtaining chemical products therefrom," con- sisting of : — 1st. " Employing antimony as the positive plate in a galvanic pair or series in combination with platinum or some other sub- stance electro negative thereto as the negative plate ; this pair is excited to action by nitric or other acid." The chemical product from such a pair, when excited by nitric acid, is oxide of antimony. 2nd. " The employment of bismuth as the positive plate in a " galvanic pair or series in combination with platinum or some " other substance electro negative thereto as the negative plate ;" this pair is excited " to action by nitric or other acid." When excited by nitric acid, oxide of bismuth is obtained as a product. [Printed, W.] A.D. 1862, October 20.— N« 459. HARRISON, Charles Wbightman, and HARRISON, Joseph John. — "Improvements in protecting insulated tcle- " graphic wires," consbting of : — 1st. "A new composition or varnish" to "coat and protect " the gutta percha or other insulator in which e\&c^afv.c VX^^stv^ %1 €t €€ 276 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM t '' wires are insulated/' This composition is made by dissolying shreds of caoutchouc in bituminous naphtha, to which solution creosote is added ; this mixture is placed with a certain amount of shellac into an iron vessel over a slow fire, and the mass " stirred '' until it becomes thoroughly amalgamated." 2nd. "Protecting telegraph wires, after the same have been insulated, by a varnish or other thin coating, by winding spirally '* [helically?] *' round the same strips of caoutchouc in combination with an outer coating " of the varnish alluded to imder the 1st head. The strips of caoutchouc are wound so that they slightly overlap each other; over these strips the coating is applied so as to unite them. It is preferred to draw a leaden tube over these protected wires, as set forth in N® 13,660 (Old Law) (which see). 3rd. " Protecting insulated telegraph wires for submarine pur- poses by galvanized iron strips, ribbons, or plates, the cross section of which is somewhat the shape of an inverted cone, and " which when united form a tubular line.*' "Several strips, " ribbons, or plates of galvanized iron " are wound " spirally " [helically ?] round one or several insulated wires (protected or not). Each strip " forms separately the segment of a circle, and the " whole, when united, form a complete and uninterstitial line." The protective covering preferred is " strips or ribbons of flannel " or horsehair cord saturated with the composition herein-before ** described." [Printed, &\d.2 A.D. 1852, October 21.— N« 473. BERNARD, Julian.— "Improvements in the production of " ornamental surfaces upon leather." This invention "relates to an improved system or mode of " making large dies for graining or ornamenting leather," such ornamentation being effected according to Letters Patent N** 13,808 (Old Law) (which see). In this former invention a die is formed " to give a fac-simile of " the exact surface of an original skin of morocco leather by taking a cast of such skin by the electrotype process." " In carrying out this invention it is found to be an object of importance to " obtain dies of a larger size than one original skin," and the present invention, relates to the method pursued to obtain the « €€ U a €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 277 required large dies. For this purpose, " two or more portions of *' a skin are laid down and finnlj secured to any eonvenient flat " surface, such as polished slate. The junction edges of each " separate portion of the skin are then depressed by a suitable " tool so as to press those portions of the skin below the surfSaoe " of the grain of the leather from which the die is to be made. The skin is now ready for the preparation of the die, and when the electrotype process is used the deposit of the copper in the depressions or grooves will of course be thicker, and will stand up or be raised slightly above the surface of the rest of the plate. This extra thickness enables an engraver to cut away or engrave those portions of the die to correspond with the graining of the " leather so as to present an uniform appearance of the grain oyer the whole surface of the die. It is obvious that by adopting this process enlarged dies of any kind may be produced wi^ *' perfectly regular surfaces, although the surface of the pattern '* from which such dies are taken may be irregular.*' [Printed, 2|cJ.] A.D. 1852, October 21.— N«» 481. FOWLER, John, junior. — '' Improvements in laying wires for " electric telegraphs.'' " This invention consists of attaching properly insulated wire *' to a plough or cutter having a moulding end suitably arranged '' for making a hole at any desired depth in the ground ; and *' thus, as the cutter progresses, the prepared wire is drawn into '' the hole formed at the lower end of the cutter ; and in cases '' where the wire is desired to be protected by tubes, the tubes are '* also drawn into the earth in like manner with the wire, and " similarly to that in which tubes have been before drawn into the '' earth for draining." The plough described and shown has wheels or rollers supported so as "to accommodate themselves to the irregularities of the surface of the soil,'' the frame carrying them being " supported by a pin " for that purpose, llie two hind wheels or rollers swing upon a chain attached to the frame, so that the plough can be kept in a vertical position or steered in any required direction by locking the wheels either to the right or left by means of a pole. Attached to the coulter is a foot, broadest near the front end, " so that it may pass through the land with less friction on the back €€ 278 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ft ft if part," having a slot " with a dovetiul end to receive the dovetail edge of the end of the coulter," and made fast to the coulter by a wedge. The telegraph wire from a reel is shown attached to the foot of the coulter by means of a chain. A horse-power plough is shown, but a steam plough, easily arranged for laying telegraph wire, is described in the Specification of Letters Patent, N® 480, of the year 1852 (New Law). [Printed, 6H2.] A.D. 1862, October 23.— N« 497. LEGRAS, Louis Napoleon, and GILPIN, William Law- BXficit,— {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in the generation of electricity : — " These improvements are effected by using a battery, partly magnetic and partly voltaic; that is, consisting of a cylinder or '' other suitable piece of iron, or compounds of iron or metal, " used with a solution composed of any common salts and water " or other suitable liquid,'* [Printed, 2iJ.] A.D. 1852, October 23.— N° 501. LEGRAS, Louis Napoleon, and GILPIN, William Law- rence.— (Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in tfeat- ^^ ing flax, hemp, and other fibrous substances." This invention has reference to the separation of the filamen- tary substances from the wood in the plant by means of the action of electricity brought to bear thereon ; idso the separa- tion of the filaments of cotton, silk, and all fibrous plants and materiab by the means aforesaid ; and the filaments of the said '* fibrous materials being treated according to this invention may ** be rendered strong, and of good color and quality." Thus *' the plant or substance to be treated " is placed " in a *^ solution such as that referred to in the process under" the " invention of ' Improvemente in the generation of electricity ' " [See N"* 497 (1852)]. The plante or substances are then passed " under or through rollers," or submitted " to pressure in any *' other suitable manner, whereby the filamentary substances can '* be separated from the other parte." [Printed, <)<;.] tt t€ <€ « it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 279 A.D. 1862, October 26.— N° 611, HUNTER, John.— (Prorwioiui/ Protection only.) "Improve* " ments in electric telegraphs, and in apparatus connected there- " with." The following improvements are described in the Specification, and shown in the Drawings. A distribution of the circuit wires in a " district telegraph." A complete circuit is made bj the wires from each battery pole through all the stations, " returning to point of departure." Thus ** double or manifold circuits " are formed, ** widely diverged in their course, but at certain stations brought into close proxi- mity or contact." A separate alarum circuit, connected with the same battery, and on similar principles, is also shown. Constructing post insulators. An iron standard, connected to the post, carries a porcelain or glass cone, on which is supported a cast-iron cap and cup. The wire lays in a " porcelain rest," enclosed by a " catch " at the top of the cast-iron cap. Undeiv neath the cap is a "pierced clay cup." A " bracket form of insu- " lator " is also shown, with an " insulating ring." A " signal closet," containing a " circuit wheel," a crank with weighted handle, and " hand key " [a spring apparently in the Drawing] for transmitting signals to a "signal register," (See below) ; an " electro-magnet and armature for receipt of communi- " cations from a central station ; " and a " lightning escape," com- posed of strips of brass, the central one serrated and connected with the earth. The " signal register," consists of a grooved roller resting on " agate stylets " immediately over the centres of " a U shaped rod " drawn up into " electro-magnetic coils. A " signal call," consists of " vertical coils," an " armature," " break piece," " hammer," and " copper dbc or other alarum." A " transmitting apparatus." A keyboard with oblique springs is placed over a revolving cylinder, differently graduated over each key. By this arrangement the strokes of an alarum are able to be timed " numerically and simultaneously on any nmnber of public " or other bells or alarums." An apparatus for striking a large bell. Wound-up clockwork in connection with a heavy huanm^ is liberated by the action of an electro-magnet on its anntttuze. The annatuie lever acta ui^m 280 ELECTRICmr AND MAGNETISM : '' a falling ann/' and hj means of levers and a cam releases a detent ; a pin on the cam axis b *' arrested at' the end of one revo- lution," and the bell hammer is " ready to repeat the stroke." An hydro-pneumatic alarum apparatus actuated by electric agency." In one part of the apparatus the movement of an armature lever admits the air (from a compressed air reservoir) to a whistle of "resonant material ;" and in another part a large bell hanuner is released by electro-magnetism; the hammer being connected with the piston rod of an air cylinder. An *' apparatus for registering alarums " (See " transmitting " apparatus "). Pointers of units, tens, and hundreds are each ** impelled by armature of electro-magnet carrying a ratchet." " An ordinary once-striking clock " is applied to test the inte- grity of circuits. A cylinder, with pins " spirally " [helically ?] arranged, deflects a " testing key " or spring, periodically by its )revolution, at the same time a bell is struck by an armature lever of an electro-magnet if the circuit is unbroken. The following improvements are alluded to, but not further described or shown : — "The application of a new composition for insulating wires *' throughout their entire length." " Improvements in the transmission by telegraph of fac-similes ** by a new means of preparing the copy." " Applying fusible or combustible conductors to render electric *' telegraphs self-communicating in cases of fire." " The combination and arrangement of a signal wheel with two *' elastic " [electric ?] " circuits, so that when one is broken the " wheel may revolve and actuate a key in the circuit." [Printed, 5it/.] A.D. 1852, October 25.— N« 516. WALL, Arthur. — (Provisional Protection only.) " Improve- *^ ments in the manufacture of sulphuric and other acids," con- sisting of " the application of currents of electricity, whether " produced from a hydro-electric, voltaic, thermal, or other *' battery, to the manufacture of sulphuric acid and the pro- " duction of nitric acid." *' A series of shocks from an hydro-electric or other battery ** answering the purpose " is applied " to the sulphureous " [sul- '* phuxous ?] *' acid gas as it evolves from the burner, and which THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 281 ** is made to escape through a passage erected for the purpose '* between the burner and the chamber ;" or voltaic currents are applied ''in the burning of sulphur. ". The mode of applying the hydro-electric battery is to place the *' rubbers or that part of the machine in the interior of the passage " on one side, and the points on the other side of the passage " which the sulphureous acid gas traverses to the chamber.'* Points are also placed " in the large receiving or gas chambers '* where shocks may pass through the gas. These shocks produce *' nitric acid in quantity according to the inverse ratio of the " stroke, which almost instantaneously gives up its oxygen to the '* sulphureous acid gas, converting it into sulphuric acid." [Printed, 2id.] A.D. 1852, October 26.— N» 627, KLEINSORGEN, Joseph Carl Frederic, Baron de.— " An '' improved apparatus for indicating the variation of the magnetic " needle.'* A mariners' compass is described and shown for this purpose^ in which the *' variation of the magnetic needle from the north " is indicated "by means of the south pole." The compass box is suspended in an arc from a frame, which enables it to have an oscillatory motion ; a horizontal central movement is also given by a vertical axis in the frame, on which the arc is free to turn. The compass box is composed of glass cylinders, to which brass rings are fastened to support and hold it together ; for a cover it has a lens, and is divided into two cylinders or compartments, one underneath the other. In the upper compartment is a fixed card, and a straight bar or ''indicator" placed over the line of north and south on the card ; the lower compartment contuns a common compass card with needle fastened to it free to move on a pivot, and a vertical straight line marked on the glass cylinder coinciding with the north pole of the fixed card. " With the instruments usually employed for taking the alti- '* tude of the sun the exact noon time is to be found, and at the moment at w;hich this takes place it is to be seen whether the shadow of the bar falls exactly on the south pole of the fixed card ;" the north pole of the compass needle having been brought into coincidence with the vertical line, ^'Whenthiaia i€ €€ €t 289 BLECntlClTY AND MAGNETISM : *' the case the magnetio needle will point due north, but if the " shadow falls either towards the east or towards the west the in- " strument must be turned round on its vertical axis until the shadow falls exactly on the south pole of the card, in which case the easterly or westerly variation amounts to as many degrees as the difference between the north pole of the needle ** and the vertical line on the outside of the box." " The use of the lens is to Concentrate the sun's rays in cloudy '* weather, and obtain the required shadow." The lower compartment of the compass box has two glass cylinders, one within the other, with a vacuum between, " to pre- " vent the local attraction of the needle." [Printed, 6|d.] A.D. 1852, October 29.— N* 661. WILSON, James Godfrey. — (Provisional Protection only,) Improvements in signals to be used on railways, or for similar purposes, and in the apparatus connected therewith." A signal instrument, with wound-up clockwork and a pointer (extending both ways from the axis), has its semicircular dial grsr duated for 12 minutes. A passing train completes an electric circuit by depressing a lever, thus exciting an electro-magnet and releasing a locking piece from the clockwork. The clockwork continues in action, moving its double hand (half of which is only visible) frx)m a zero mark till it has completed the 12 minutes and arrived at the other side of the dial, that is, until the locking piece is again inserted into its notched wheel. This instrument, by the above means, denotes ''the time elapsed between the then passing " train and the train in advance, at the point or part of the rail- *' way where the said signal may be fixed ;" or *' it can be set in " motion at any dbtance from the place it may be fixed, either by *' an advancing or retiring train." The signal instrument may be illuminated '* by the electric ** light, or other light, by the aid of reflectors," and the lighting or illuminating may be rendered *' simultaneous and continuous *' with the action of the signal.' CPriiited,sM.] M Their gene&aTion and applications. 283 A.D. 1852, October 29.— N* 566. LE GRAS, Louis Napoleon, and GILPIN, William Law- rence.^ Prortnono/ Protection only.) " Improvements in trans- " mitting electric currents," consisting " in making use of water '* as a conductor of electricity, in place of wires, as now ordinarily " employed." The water is placed " in a tube of gutta percha or other " non-conductor of electricity, or in a metal tube, protected " internally by a coating of gutta perdia or other non-conducting " substance." " In the case of a submarine telegraph," " three or four water ** tubes " are placed together ; " and in order to prevent any strain " from rending the tubes or breaking them," ropes are used, " running the whole length of the telegraph," and they are made to " bear the strain." CPrinted, 2id.] A.D. 1852, November 1.— N» 595. WATSON, Joseph John William, and SLATER, Thomas. — *' Improvements in galvanic batteries, and in the application of " electric currents to the production of electrical illumination and '* of heat, and in the production of chemical products by the " aforesaid improvements in galvanic batteries." The galvanic batteries described are, as a whole, called the '* ' chromatic battery,' " as the greater part of their products are pigments ; these batteries consist of the following arrangements :<— Ist. In a *" Maynooth battery,' " (composed of iron, nitric acid, dilute sulphuric acid, and zinc,) " a salt of cyanogen," preferably ferro-cyanide of potassium, is added to the ordinary exciting agents. The pigments produced are of a blue color, viz., Prus- sian blue and " ferro-prussiate of zinc." The nitrous fumes are used to convert sulphurous acid into sulphuric acid ; or they may be conveyed into a leaden chamber, lightly filled with wood shavings, and converted into acetic ether by means of ammonia from other batteries ; or they may be conveyed on to iron plates in the presence of water, thus forming nitrate of iron. Sulphuric acid alone may be used in this form of battery ; or the iron may be placed in the porous cell, with the zinc for an outer celL 284 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 2iid. In a ** Smee's" battery, with the elements lead (preferred to be platinized), nitro-sulphuric acid, and zinc, chromate of potash is added, the yellow pigments produced are " double ehro* *f mates of lead and zinc." This battery may be arranged as the Maynooth battery, with lead instead of iron, and chromate of potash instead of prussiate of potash. drd. In an iron-zinc battery, excited with nitrous and sulphmic add, chromate of potash is added, and the product is a brown pigment. 4th. In the " lead Smee arrangement," described under ^e 2nd head, prussiate of potash is added to the ordinary excitants. Tlie white pigment produced is defined as ''the plumbo-prussiateof " zinc." When prussiate of potash is used in the lead Maynooth arrange- ment, a " ferro-cyanide of zinc " and a " ferro-cyanide of lead " are separately produced. 5th. To the chromate of potash lead battery is added a small portion of caustic lime, which reduces the chromate of lead to a subchromate; thus enabling a bright scarlet pigment to be produced. 6th. In an iron-zinc battery, if prussiate of potash be added to the iron cell, and chromate of potash to the zinc, the resulting products, having access to each other through a diaphragm, will give a green pigment. 7th. Nitrate of iron (See Ist head) is used in the iron cells of a Maynooth battery ; in this case the cyanogen or chromium salt is added to the zinc cell only. 8th. Iron and zinc are used with sea-water and other mineral waters ; prussiate of potash is added. 9th. A mixture of sulphuric and hydrochloric acids are used to excite the zinc ; prussiate or chromate of potash are the color- making salts. In this battery the zinc need not be amalgamated ; this is, however, necessary in the other batteries. Plaster of Paris is manufactured by running the sulphuric acid washings of the battery solutions (after the crystallization and separation of the salts) on to finely powdered chalk. The chromates of lead, zinc, &c. may be converted back into chromate of potash by fusing them with caustic potash. The oxide of lead produced is converted into white lead by passing the carbonic THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCATIONS. 285 acid from the decomposition of the chalk in the plaster of Paris process through water in which the oxide is suspended. To brighten and give tints to the above pigments, sulphate of manganese dissolved in strong sulphuric acid is used to impart a purple shade to the blues ; sulphate of alumina or alum brightens the blues ; and chloride of " strontian " or of barium brightens the yeUows. In the " lead Smee '' batteries a gutta percha trough, with a supply trough above the cells, and cocks at the bottom of each cell, is used. The nitrous fumes are collected from the batteries by means of " a false gutta percha cover," in which is a tray or chamber con* taining quicklime and caustic potash; the nitrous frunes enter the chamber by " trumpet-mouthed apertures." In electric lamps (See N^ 212, 1852) a <' counter convection " of the electrodes is caused by using two batteries, and applying opposite poles from different batteries to each electrode; this prin« ciple may also be nuide available for other purposes. Electric currents are applied to the piuposes of heating by passing them through fine "platina" or iron wires, which are coated slightly but perfectly with pipe clay or plaster of Paris ; tiie wires thus coated are again encompassed by silver or silvered copper rods. [Printed, 4kd.'] A.D. 1852, October 2.— N<» 613. BIANCHI, Maurizio (a communicatumfromAugustino Carrosio), ^Provmonal Protection refused.) "Improvements in electro- '* magnetic apparatus for generating gas, applicable for motive, '* lighting, and heating purposes." " The nature of the invention consists in certain new arrange^ ** ments and combinations of electro-magnetic apparatus for the '* decomposition of water, whereby a rapid and continuous supply " of gas is generated, which, applied to an engine almost simUar " in construction to the ordinary steam engine, produces an effi-> *' cient motive power; it forms also an excellent lighting and " heating gas." [Printed, 2id.] A.D. 1852, November 5.— N» 652. YOUNG, James Haodbn. — " Improvements in weaving," in which the shuttie of a circular loom may be cauaed. Vi tns^ 286 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : etween two ''combs/' as on a race, hy means of magnetic or electro-magnetic attraction. ''A perpendicular shaft" revolves ''on itself, in the centre of a " drcle of suitable dimensions/' around which warp threads are arranged parallel to the shaft, the warp being held in a framing. At light angles to the shaft, four or more arms radiate, each having a^nagnet (or electro-magnet) at its extremity; "also various " inclined planes, arranged tangentiallj to the circle described by " the arms." "The warp threads being held at the top of the " framing/' pass through harness, then through a comb serving to separate them, which is fixed instead of being moveable, as in the common loom. Immediately underneath this comb is a second comb, " whose teeth instead of extending across, as in the first," are " cut in the middle ; the teeth of the external part radiating " inwardly, those of the internal radiating outwardly. Resting " on and between these two lower combs " a shuttle travels, as on a race ; this shuttle may either be acted on by magnetic attraction, or by a mechanical means described and shown, " the warp threads " preventing any other connection." Beneath this arrangement two combs are placed, "one above the other, and as close na " possible, their teeth radiating from the inner circle outwardly," and immediately beneath them the woven material commences. Instead of a magnet being used, the race may be formed of soft iron points wound with insulated copper wire ; the points are then made magnetic in succession by the two poles of a galvanic battery, which poles are carried by the arm. The action of the mechanism is as follows : — 1st. "The shaft rotating with its arms," causes the shuttle (by means of the magnet or otherwise) " to move round between the " inner and outer warp threads, laying the weft down on the comb " the lowest but one." 2nd. An inclined plane causes " this comb to move inwardly " along a radius of the circle," and thus allows "the weft to fall " on the lowest comb." 3rd. An inclined plane then causes "this comb to return to its " place, and the weft " is thus " between the two combs." 4th. An inclined plane moves the lowest comb inwardly, and thus bUows the weft " to fiJl on the woven material." 6th. The lowest comb is "pushed in its original position," and " at the same time •' is " slightly depressed," so as to beat up the weft. Two combs are used here to steady the warp. 4t U « (t €€ €( THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 287 6tli. "Aninclii^ed plane, acting on the harness and its con- " nection/' causes 'Hhe warp of threads to change sides and " cross over the weft laid down,'* pMnt6d,U8i 834. WATT, Charles. — "Improvements in obtaining cuirents of ** electridty," consisting of : — Ist. "Improvements in galvanic" [thermo-electric?] "batte- '* ries." A thermo-electric battery is described and shown, con- sisting of a series of bismuth and antimony plates "combined " together end to end." The combined ends of the plates are placed in two compartments ; all those facing in one direction are placed in a compartment to which cold air is admitted, the other ends are placed in a hot air or steam chamber. To ensure the metallic contact of the ends, one metal is cast on to the cleaned surface of the other, using chloride of zinc to facilitate the result. 2nd. A magneto-electric machine, in which electro-magnets are used instead of permanent magnets. The electro-magnet may be produced by the arrangement described under the 1st head, " or " by other form of battery." The chief peculiarity of this ma- chine is that the armatures have a reciprocating motion to and from the poles of the fixed magnet (in this case an electro-magnet), as well as the usual rotary motion ; this result is obtained by a shaft perpendicular to the armature axis, and connected by bevel gear to the driving shaft, carrying a cam, which works a forked lever between collars on the armature axis* [Printed, 6H] A.D. 1852, November 24.— N<> 842. BRACKENBURY, Augustus.— (Prorwionfl/ Protection only.) " Making an electrifying machine of materials not hitherto used " for such a piurpose." " A sheet or riband of gutta percha of any size or dimension " is drawn forward and backward by means of steam or any other " suitable motive power, the sheet or riband of gutta percha is " placed between cushions made of silk or any other suitable " material, one of the cushions or set of cushions is stationary, " another cushion or set of cushions is placed so as to be pressed ** moderately by a spring or weight towards the stationary " cushion or cushions ; the sheet or riband of gutta percha so placed between the cushions is moved forward, whereby both the surfaces of the sheet or riband of gutta percha are THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 296 it €t <( i€ (t « rubbed by the cushions, and electricity is produced or excited thereby. " The machine that would produce the necessaiy forward and " backward movement could be effected by two roUers placed at a distance from each other, with a handle prefixed to one of them, and by two straps of any suitable mat^ial. The end of one of the straps to be fastened to one of the rollers and the other end of the strap to be carried round the other roller and " fastened to it. One end of the other strap to be fastened to the '' last-mentioned roller, and the other end of the strap to be carried " round the first-mentioned roller, and fastened to it. By turn- ing the handle, one end of the sheet or riband of gutta percha being fastened to the roller, would be wrapped thereon ; by re- versing the motion of the handle, the other end of the sheet or " riband of gutta percha being fastened to the opposite roller, " would be wrapped thereon," [Printed, 2Jd.] A.D. 1852, Nouember 24.— N* 849. SEPTEUIL, AcHiLLB Jean Louis Hypolite Tourteau, Comte de. — (Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in ** the construction of electro-magnetic engines and in batteries." The magnets employed " are composed of strips or plates of metal bound together by thin strips of metal of about the same width as the magnets themselves ;" the Drawings show magnets of, apparently, a horseshoe form, with the strips or plates placed longitudinally ; an L shape is also shown. An engine is also represented, *' composed of sets of electro-mag- " nets, of which one set is mounted on an axis free to revolve, and *' the other set on a fixed frame ;" the fixed magnets are shown arranged radially in the interior of a cylindrical fhune ; the move- able set of magnets are also arranged radially and concentric with the others, so that their poles come near to each other but do not toueh. In a figure showing " the metallic bands '* ** wound upon *' the magnets," they appear the same width as the magnets, and wound round several times, from the centre. " A current changer, *' maker, and breaker " is shown, " mounted on the same axis as ** the revolving set of magnets," and consisting of a non-conduct^ ing cylinder, with inlaid pieces of metal (or a conducting cylinder « 296 . ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : Vith non-couducting inlaid pieces), over which a roller in the cir- cuit revolves ; the magnets on the fixed frame '' are rendered per- manent magnets." Square and concentric quantity batteries are also shown, in these it would appear that the plates can be raised hj a winch ; *' a dstem filled with exciting fluid " gradually supplies it to the battery from above ; the fluid is *' as gradually drawn off from, the ** battery* The exciting fluid can be used over and over again " by being pumped or otherwise returned into the cistern." [Printed. 4ld.] A.D. 1852, November 29.— N<» 907. SCHNEITER, Jean David. — " Improvements in maps and ** charts," in carrying out which ** electrchplating " may be resorted to. "' Maps in optical relief'" are produced by preparing and modelling " a map of any country in relief. This bas relief being " reproduced im metal," is copied " by a medal-engraving ma- " chine of sufficient size. This engra^dng being completed on a *' metallic plate coated with the usual preparation, various shades " are imparted to it by means of diluted nitric acid." " All the " details " being inserted " in one or several divisions," impres- sions are taken "in one or several colors, which are obtained by lithography, or in typography by means of the counter impres- sion of the engraved plates. This process can be applied to " globes, to cop3ring charts and other maps." In another part of the Complete Specification, it is stated that the " bas relief " above mentioned (modelled in " wax or a mix- " ture of white of zinc and strong paste ") has consistency given to it " either with strong paste, or by taking a cast in iron, copper, " or lead, or by electro-plating it, so that a metallic point may ** pass over every feature without injury." LPrinted, 3^.] A.D. 1852, November 29.— N^ 909. BROWN, William. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improve- " ments in electric telegraph instruments." it t* « t* « id, vibrating, oscillating, rotary, or other movement to one or both the dectrodes, so that they may continally cross the point of maximimi light, but stop short of actual contact. 8th. By any convenient means causing the electrodes to make and break contact so rapidly that an apparently continuous and uniform light is obtained* [Printed. ♦W.] A.D. 1853, January 21.— N» 149. EDWARDS, Elibzkr.— (Prortsiofui/ Protection only.) "An '* improvement in the construction of knobs, handles, and other " articles of glass, earthenware, and other vitreous and semi- " vitreous substances, and in attaching the same to doors, drawers, ** and other articles." This invention " consists in making the screws by which knobs, '' handles, &c. of glass, earthenware, or other vitreous or semi- '' vitreous substances are attached to doors, drawers, &c. in one " piece with and of the same material as that of which the said ^* knobs, handles, &c. are made." This invention is applicable, amongst other things, to ** the in- ** iulators of electric telegraphs J^ [Printed, 2id.] A.D. 1853, January 22.— N« 169. DESVIGNES, Peter Hubert, and KUKLA, Francis Xa- viER. — " Improvements in galvanic batteries." "This invention has for its object the use of metals in the '* construction of galvanic batteries more highly electro-negative " than gold or platina, and consists of applying the metals tellu- " rium, chromium, vanadium, uranium, molybdenum, tungsten, " wolfram, coliunbiimi, tantalimi, titanium, palladium, rhodium, " iridium, osmium, and antimony in constructing galvanic bat- " teries. Lead zinc, tin, or other metals electro-positive in ** respect to such metals, may be used with such electro-negative ** metals." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 313 . In carrying the invention into effect, it is preferred to use anti« mony " wrought to a smooth and fine surface " as the negative plate ; the other elements may be, concentrated nitric acid, so- lution of common salt, and zinc. Antimony, concentrated nitrio acid, dilute nitric acid, and lead ; antimony, concentrated hydro* chloric acid, dilute hydrochloric add, and zinc; or antimony, semi-diluted sulphuric acid, and zinc, are the other galvanio cirdes mentioned. In the preferred arrangement, the antimony rod is placed in a porous cell having a "bell-shaped cover of gutta percha" im- mersed slightly in the fluid of the outer cell, " so as to prevent '' the escape of nitrous acid gas as much as possible ;" peroxide of manganese is occasionally placed in the porous cell ; and the porous cell is kept in its position by a thin perforated plate of gutta percha. Alloys of antimony and of the above-named metals may also be used. [Printed, 2jd.] A.D. 1853, January 25.— N» 185. HENLEY, William Thomas. — " Improvements in covering, '' laying, and uniting wires and ropes for telegraphic purposes^ " and in the machinery employed therein." This invention relates to covering gutta percha insulated wires with iron wire twisted round " as harp strings are covered." A frame supports horizontal shafts or mandrils, made hollow for the wire to pass through, carrying face plates, on which are fixed bobbins for carrying the wire. In one covering machine, two coatings of tarred yam are laid on in opposite directions. The covered wire is conveyed away from the machine by a " drawing pulley," actuated by a screw working into a screw wheel on its axis. In a second machine, for laying two coatings in opposite di« rections, motion is conveyed to the " drawing pulley " by bevil and spur gear. In both these machines the insulated wires are laid parallel. In a third machine, bobbins cont^ning the insulated wire an mounted on a face plate ; thus giving it a twist '' for making the " ordinary telegraph wire rope." % For subterranean wires, the helical covering of wise hiA t^ n^t; 314 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : short pitch $ hut for suhmarine wires (where great lateral strength is required), it has a very long pitch. A Drawing referred to, showing drums from which the wire is unwound before covering, and on to which it is wound after Goveiing, is imperfect. Another improvement consists in making submarine cables in short lengths, connected together bj iron clamps bolted together or by screw joints. In laying telegraphic wires, a truck (" drawn by horses "), carry- ing the wire drum on transverse spindles, is used, and arrange- ments of wheels and pulleys guide the wires into the trench. It is proposed to lay down the helically-covered wire at once in the trench, without a trough or pipe, and to cut the trench and deposit the wires by means of a blade. The blade is to be pro- pelled by means of a chidn attached to a revolving drum of a fixed steam-engine; the engine is, however, portable when not used for propelling the blade. This method is only used in the country. An air-tij?ht cast-iron testing box is used, the lid being bolted to the box with a \'ulcanized India-rubber washer between. The wires are covered with gutta percha, which is opened at the time of testing, and afterwards closed. [Printed, ll\d.} A.D. 1853, January 25.— N° 191. SIEVIER, Robert William, and WAITHMAN, Robert William. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in bleaching animal and vegetable fibrous materials." The improvements consist of the application of " the acetates, muriates, and sulphates, or the salts of metals," ** to the " matters, which are afterwards to be treated with chlorine or " chlorides," then " they are treated with sulphurous acid gas, or sulphuric, nitric, or muriatic acid ;" these materials apply to vegetable fibrous matters. For the bleaching of animal fibrous materials (such as wool, hair, &c.)," " ammonia or other alkaline substance " is em- ployed " for extracting the grease ;" then the materials are treated with " oxalates or borax," afterwards " with sulphurous acid gas, *' or the acids as above," (( €€ E (( THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 316 '* In acting upon both the vegetable and animal Bubatanoes, as above described," the process is oocasionallj assisted **h}ftk9 " aid of electricity,** [Printed, aid.] A.D. 1853, January 26.— N» 199. NOLET, Charles. — {Provisional Protection only.) "Improve- ** ments in indicating time." " This invention consists in the application of electric currents " which are alternately broken and established by a prime regu- " lating timekeeper, for the actuating of any number of separate " timekeepers." This is effected in the following manner : — A battery is placed in connection with a regulating clock or chronometer, and the current passes through it to a series of other time indicators by wires laid down for the purpose." " The mechanism for actuating the hands of the various time indicators consists simply of the ordinary dial wheels of a clock for giving the two speeds re- quired for the hour and minute hand, and a ratchet wheel and palls. The palls are fitted to a plate, on one end of a vertical vibrating lever, which works on a fixed centre at its lower extremity. This lever fom^ an armature to an electric magnet, and is attached" [attracted?] ''thereto whenever the current is established, and drawn back again by a spring when the current is broken ; thus as the current is being constantly established and broken at all the different clocks by any simple contrivance in the main or prime regulating clock, it follows that all the different armatures will be caused to \dbrate simultaneously. This vibration gives motion to the ratchet wheel in each indi- cator;" the ratchet wheel is thus "moved forward one tooth for e\'ery forward, and another tooth for every back movement of " the armature." Two detents " take into the ratchet wheel after " every movement." [Printed, 2|d.] A.D. 1853, January 29.— N° 229. WHISHAW, Francis. — " An improved lock or system of locks." This invention consists in locking the locks of doors, &c., by means of electro-magnetism. An electro-magnet on the jamb frame of a door, on being excited, becomes attached to a soft iron plate let flush into the inside of the door. if €€ €( it €€ (€ €€ €€ (€ €€ €t €t U t€ f( €€ 316 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : The bolt of an ordinary lock, or an ordinary bolt, may be used as the keeper plate ; in this case the bolt will be unable to be withdrawn (having been shot forward) until the current ceases. [Printed, 2K] A.D. 1853, January 29.— N« 231. BROOM AN, Richard Archibald (a communication). — ''Im- " provements in diving bells, and apparatus to be used in oon- ** nection therewith." This invention is applicable to " laying pipe or " [electric F^ ** telegraph wire." The following points are observable in respect to the apparatus i-^ The diving chamber is connected with a reservoir of compressed air (which floats on the surface of the water) by means of a hollow- shafted windlass and flexible tube. A series of tanks are in the diving chamber, connected by air and water pipes, so that they may be filled with either element at the will of the operator. By this means the depth of the appa- ratus below the surface may be adjusted or altered. The traversing motion along the bottom is obtained by means of an anchor and " propelling rudder." A cable, passing over a traversing sheave into the chamber, connects the apparatus with the anchor ; the " propeller rudder " consists of a screw mounted on an universal joint. A second chamber may be placed " below the lower opening " of the diving chamber, "to act as a moveable coffer dam ; " in operating with this attachment, " the lower edges of the chamber ** are forced down into the sand at the bottom." The interior space may then be excavated, and telegraph wire laid, or otiier work done. " The diving chamber is then raised, and the cofPer dam advanced to the next step," &c. In laying telegraph wire, the ends of the coffer dam may be removed, and the sides allowed to fall in ; the sand thus fills up the trench, and the wire is below the reach of anchors. [Printed. 8in the arm ; the hanuner revolves by means of a coiled spring when released by the passage of the electric current. Method of communicating between the guard and engine-driver. By means of two lines of communication, two galvanic batteries, and two alarums, the passengers are enabled to signal the guard at the same time as the guard sigmds the driver. Giving notice of the approach of a train to a station. The electric circuit is completed by a lever acted upon by the train. [Printed, 4icl.] A.D. 1853, February 8.— N° 338. ALLAN, Thomas. — " Improvements in protecting telegraph " wires." This invention consists of the protecting of insulated electric telegraph wires, "by means of iron wires so formed into a rope around a central iron wire core, as to leave spaces between the spiral*' [helical?] " twists of such wires round the core for the reception of the insulated telegraph wires with or without smaller wires, or bands of metal exterior thereto." In the Provisional Specification it is also set forth as follows : — " Another mode consists in forming the longitudinal wires into links, of a yard long or thereabouts, which are to be linked to a pair of semicircular cross piepes of iron, between which a hempen rope containing the insulated conductors is made to " pass." [Printed, 4id.] A.D. 1853, February 8.-^No 339. ALLAN, Thomas. — " Improvements in galvanic batteries." In a battery of silver and zinc^ " the zinc plate is placed in a << grooved frame of gutta percha or other suitable material;" mercury is placed in the groove, by which means the plate is al\«'ays re-amalgamating itself. The silver plate is bent round the zinc plate sideways, oppo- sing both of its sides ; thus permitting an easy evolution of the gases. ** Similar arrangements may be applied to other batteries." [Printed, Sid.] tt tt €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 31d A.D. 1853, February 16.— N«> 401. CUTLER, Job. — " Improvements in the manufacture of spoons '* and forks, and other similar articles for domestic use," which may be coated with ** tin or zinc or other metal " " by precipitation " by the fdd of a battery or electric machine," or they may be electro-plated. In manufacturing the above-named articles of cast iron, iron ** blanks" are formed either by casting from impressions of original dies, or they are cast without a device, annealed, cleaned, and stamped. They are then annealed in a muffle with '' char- " coal, coke dust, and Cumberland ore," pickled, washed, dried, stamped or planished in another die, filed, smoothed, and (if spoons) bowled and set. They are then coated with one or more metals either by dipping in melted metal (which is preferred), or " by pre- " cipitation by the aid of a battery or electric machine." If required to remain a tinned article only, it is finished by re-stamping, bur- nishing, and (if necessary) "boiling." " Wrought iron articles of this kind for coating with metals," may be made by cutting a rolled piece of sheet iron into strips, which are again " cross rolled " to form the bowl (if for spoons). The strip or blank is then cut out, by means of a press, to the required shape, annealed, pickled, scoured, cleansed, washed, dried, stamped, and coated with metal or electro-plated. Articles of German silver may be cast in moulds from patterns as above described. The Complete Specification also states as follows : — Iron spoons may also be enamelled or glazed over as other articles of domestic use are glazed. A method is described in this Specification of "setting or " bending " spoons, forks, &c., by means of suitable dies. [Printed, 6id.] A.D. 1853, February 16.— N^ 405. DAY, ioH^,— {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements " in apparatus for holding and protecting insulated telegraphic ** wires." The insulated wire is placed in a rolled trough of thin wrought iron of a ** semi-circular " or any other shape. Another similitf •haped trough is placed over the under trough^ and '^ formft «» 320 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " tube or cover." The top and bottom parts are kept together by rings slipped over them at convenient distances, or they may be tied together with wires. [Printed, 2*cl.] A.D. 1853, February 23.— N« 458. PLANT, Reuben. — " Improvements in safety lamps." Instead of employing " the wire gauze in the dark state," which materially interferes in transmitting the light," it is coated with silver, tin, or other white metal " " by electrotype." The Complete Specification sets forth a safety lamp of the ordinary construction with the above improvement, and with a glass chimney contracted just above the centre of the flame, and " spread out at its upper end so as to fit within the cylinder of ** wire gauze." [Printed, 4)d-] A.D. 1853, March 1.— N« 515. BOLTON, Robert Lewin. — "A new mode of obtaining and *• using power by explosion of gases." Two or more gases are introduced into a cylinder or other receptacle, and, after the valves are closed, exploded ; thus an expansive force is first generated, which is immediately followed by a reacting force from the vacuum or partial vacuum created in the cylinder. It is preferred to explode the gases by means of « a spark or sparks of electricity or galvanism." If hydrogen is used in conjunction with air the explosive power only is used ; but if oxygen and hydrogen (supplied in the proportions forming water) are used, the acting and reacting forces are both avulable. [Printed. 3^.] A.D. 1853, March 7.— N° 565. MAPPLE, Henry. — (Provisional Protection only.) " Certain *' improvements in electric telegraphs, and apparatus connected " therewith," consisting of : — 1st. *' Using a thread or threads of silk, or some similar material, in lieu of pivots, for the support of the shaft which carries the magnet and pointer now ordinarily in use in electric telegptiph *' needle instruments, such thread or threads to be kept strained sufficiently tight to support the said magnet and pointer in either it «» THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 321 St €€ a horizontal or other position, bj means of a spring or weight acting to keep the said thread or threads strained, the object of " such arrangement being to lessen the iriction, and to prevent ** vibration in the needle." 2nd. " An improved plan for removing the stop of an electric *' telegraph alarum, or other apparatus, (the train of which requires '* to be released and set in motion by the action of electridty») by " using the attraction of a permanent magnet or sucking coil for ** that purpose." A " sucking coil " (or hollow electro-magnetic coil), by attracting the magnetic arm of a lever, brings the opposite arm within the sphere of attraction of a second " sucking coil " or electro-magnet ; and in moving towards it, a pin on the lever arm releases a bent detent lever by pressing against its inclined end. [Priuted, 4irf.] A.D. 1853, March 7.-N° 570, WATSON, Joseph John William. — " Improvements in illu* " minating ^paratus, and in the production of light." A lamp is described and shown, in which the mixed gases ^m the decomposition of water (by galvanic agency) are caused to impinge against an incombustible body, and then are ignited. A close vessel in the base of the lamp contains dilute acid and platinum decomposing plates, and carries a platinum jet or nozzle, directed against a cylinder of spongy platinum or other suitable incombustible substance. Motion is given to the incombustible cylinder (by means of a clockwork train) round its axis, and ascending and descending ; this latter motion is given by a groove in the form of a right and left handed screw, cut on the cylindrical support, into which a fixed pin works. A propelling motion towards the gas jet is also given to the incombustible cylinder, by the screwed cylinder (each time it descends) actuating a lever and catch working into a ratchet. When the lamp is charged with dilute acid by means of a *' fountain re8er\'oir," and the electric current allowed to decom- pose the water so as to produce a considerable pressure of gas in the vessel, the gas is allowed to impinge on the incombustible cylinder; on igniting the gas (or united gases), the cylinder becomes incandescent okid givfes a brilliabt light. 922 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : The foUowing points are also observable : — The " radiatmg medium " is preferred to be made of a mixture of lime^ graphite, and pipe claj. The light from the radiating body may be increased ** by sur- '^ rounding it with a coil of fine platina wire." If the incombustible cylinders are composed of spongy platinunb steeped *' in nitrate of strontian or other substances used for pyro- " technic displays," colored light may be produced. To arrest further production of the gases when the water is too low in the gas-generating chamber, a metallic float makes connec- tion between the decomposing plates. To generate the mixed gases for this lamp, it is preferred to use the « chromatic battery " (See N« 696, 1852). In the Provisional Specification the following statements are made: — A galvanic or electric current may be used to render the coil of fine platinum wire surrounding the radiating cylinder incandescent. The same current may also be used to generate the gases. " An electric light, by whatever means produced," may be com- bined "with an ordinary source of illumination, in the same ** burner." [Printed, 54d.] A.D. 1853, March 7.— N^ 575. CAROSIO, AuGusTiNo. — "A hydro-dynamic batteiy, or new or " improved electro-magnetic apparatus, which, with its products, " are applicable to the production of motive power, of light, and " of heat." This invention " consists in apparatus or machinery for decom- " posing water or other suitable liquid by means of electricity, " obtained from an electrical apparatus constructed on the prin- " ciple of that known as * Grove's gas battery/ or of a battery " similar thereto, and in employing separately the gases so " obtidned for the production of motive power by their elastic " force, and afterwards in recombining such gases in the gas " battery to form the liquid from which such gases were originally " produced ; and in which recombination a current of electricity " \a generated for decomposing the water or other liquid em- " ployed." In a ''paper" in explanation of the Provisional Specification, the battery is called the '^combinator;" the cells for the decompo- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. S2S sition of water, the " regenerator ;" and a ** multiplier " is described^ which receives the gases, regulates and equalizes their pressure, and transmits them to separate piston and cylinder engines to pro- duce motive power. A "lucifer combinator" or battery is described, in which an electric current is obtuned from the combustion of the gases. " In order to supply any deficiency in the quantity of gas/' '' a magneto-electrical machine, driven by the engines, may be *' applied to decompose water," *' and thus obtain a supply of the " required gases." [Printed, l*.21ii.] A.D. 1853, March 12.— N° 631. MURDOCH, James (a communication), — **An improved con- struction of portable voltaic batteries." This invention refers to " ' chaiA batteries,' " and consists " in forming each link of two bent strips of dissimilar metals, say copper and zinc, applied to opposite sides of a cylinder, or a quadrilateral piece of sofb wood or other suitable porous ma- terial, and the bent portion of the metals projecting at opposite ends of the porous material sufficiently to allow the copper strip of one link to pass through the zinc strip of the next link, so as to connect one link with another without any intermediate connection, as rings, hinges, &c." The metallic strips are attached to the porous material " by pinning." In one instance the edges of the strips are serrated. The Drawing left with the Provisional Specification shows a ring apparently attached to the bent portion of the strips, and forming part of the link of the chain. [Printed, 6id.] A.D. 1863, March 14.— N° 634. STAITE, William Edwards. — This invention relates to the following improvements in electric light apparatus and galvanic batteries. An electric lamp is described and shown, with the electrodes vertical, in which "a spirit or water float " is substituted for "the ** over-balance weight," to elevate the lower electrode; as the lower electrode is consumed the float rises, thus* keeping the (( t€ it €€ S€ t€ t€ it 524 ELECfnUdTY AND MAGNETISM j distance between the electrodes proportioned to the battery power when used in connection with 'Hhe electro-magnetic regulator." Instead of the ratchet and click used in former lamps (in con* nection with the electro-magnet) to raise the lower electrode bolder, it is preferred to use a fiiotion clip. A cylinder of glaas with a ventilating top plate is used, in lieu of the closed glass shade hitherto employed. Another lamp with the electrodes horizontal. The moveable electrode is actuated by means of cords passing over pullies con- nected to an electro-magnet by a friction clip, and to weights, one of which moves in a tube of oil. To permit the cord to act on the electrode, the tubular electrode holder is slotted, and an eye is moveable through the same. Carbon is prepared for electrical purposes by boiling in dl or fatty substances and baking. Carbon battery plates are connected to metalhc conductors by casting, round the tops of the plates, a "jacket of lead slightly ** alloyed with tin." The carbon plates are perforated with holes previous to the casting, so that the metal may run therein. Using platinum wire gauze, with a " jacket " (as described for the carbon plates), for negative battery plates. A galvanic cell. A tube is attached to the bottom of any ordinary shaped cell, or made in one piece with it ; a nimiber of these cells are fixed, side by side, in a frame, so that they can be let down or raised simultaneously ; an outer vessel contains the battery fluid, and when the cells are let down so that the flat ends of the tubes rest on a sheet of vulcanized India-rubber at the bottom of the outer vessel, each cell is insulated. A ready means of charging and discharging the battery cells is thus afforded. " Lead alloyed with other metals more positive than lead," is used as the positive element in galvanic batteries. Antimony, zinc, or tin may be used with the lead, and the exciting solution preferred is nitric acid. The products obtained by electric action in conjunction with that of chemical re-agents are : — Nitrate of lead ; carbonate of lead and oxide of tin, yielding yellow pigments by treatment with chromate of potash ; and nitrate of potash or soda. These precipitates are cleansed from their acid solutions by washing in sieves with platinum wove wire gauze bottomSj lined with cloth. A " tell-tale/' to warn the light'-keeper of an electrio light- THEIB GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 325 house of the condition of the light. This may either be attached to the dial-facec^galvanometer formerly patented by the Patentee, or used in conjunction with the electro-magnet in the lamp. A friction wheel and rod are attached to the electro-magnet, rising and falling with the electrodes, and as long as the intermission and completion of the circuit is properly kept up, no other indi- cation is made than the ringing of a small bell (by the release of its detent) every time the intermission takes place ; but as soon as the power of the galvanic current diminishes or ceases, the friction roller liberates the clockwork of a large beU as well as that of the small one. The following Old Law Specifications are referred to: — N** 11,783, 12,212, and 12,772. [Print^sd, W.] A.D. 1853, March 16.— N° 653, FANSHAWE, Henry Richardson. — Employing a fine pla- tinum wire, heated by galvanic electricity, " as a means of ignition " to the powder " '' in fire-arms in place of the present percus- " sion cap, flint, or match." The single-cell galvanic battery is placed in the stock of the gun, which is hollowed out for that purpose. The batteiy pre- ferred is composed of platinized silver, amalgamated zinc, and dilute sulphuric acid. In field-pieces and pieces of ordnance, a convenient receptacle is provided for the battery in the carriage. Instead of a lock, a " firing tube or needle " is used. This pro* ceeds through an aperture in the end of the breech of the barrel, and has a flange to enable the trigger to force it into the charge or cartridge, and bring its projecting wire into connection with the battery pole. Various modifications of the *' firing tube or •* needle " are set forth ; when the platinum wire is fixed in the cartridge, a needle (insulated from the gun barrel) is used to complete the circuit ; when the firing tube carries the platinum wire, it consists of a wire proceeding through a tube, but insulated from it. A helical spring keeps the firing tube against the trig- ger arm, and prevents battery connection being made, except when firing the piece. The barrel of the gun is in all cases connected to one battery pole. It is preferred to use this invention with breech-loading guns. [Printed, lOjtf.] €t tf €€ €€ 926 . ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM:: A.D. 1853, March 18.— N« €65. CAMERON, Paul. — " Improvements in mariA and turvejing ** oompaBses." In the compass described and shown, the following " improved " arrangements " are made : — To compensate for the vibrating motion of the compass card, a ball of lead or iron is attached by means of a short brass rod and '* ball or universal joint," to the bottom of the compass box. In connection with this compass a fixed card may be used, having a needle suspended over it. One half of the compass card is divided into a series of triangles, and the edge of the needle is suitably graduated, ** so that as the needle works round over the triangles, the mariner may at once see his course by comparing the difference between his latitude at any given time and that of his original point of departure with the actual distance which his ship has run : similarly the surveyor ashore can thus easily ** ascertain the distance between two points." "The mariner's compass needle" ** is suspended from its centre " in the ordinary manner." A small vertical stile is fixed to it over its centre of motion ; by comparing the position of its shadow with certain " dial tables," the variation and deviation of the com- pass is at once ascertained. '* If the sun or stars are not visible, " the variation and deviation may be found by placing an artificial *' light on the azimuth ring," " to correspond with the arrange- " ment of the tables." The azimuth circle of this compass is exterior to the gimbal rings, and supports them. It has a screw thread cut round it, into which a fixed tangent screw works. By this means the azimuth of objects is ascertained. To the north and south poles of the azimuth circle are attached studs for holding a telescope or gra- duated " telescopic quadrant " and " base ;" also a vertical gra- duated brass rod, sliding on the graduated base, and spirit level aid in taking altitudes and distances. A slip of glass graduated "into degrees of the tangent " is able io be attached by its brass frame to the south pole of the ring ; thus the altitude is given upon the glass instead of upon the " quadrant," when a telescope on the other pole is adjusted to the object. To rectify the copper correcting ring for the oscillations, a sohd ring is first taken, and fine copper wire wound on it *' until its '' density is sufficient for the purpose." [Printed, Si&] (€ €S i€ i€ €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. S27 A.D. 1853, Mwch 22.— N^ 700. JOHNSON, J^HN Henry. — (Promsional Protection only,) '* Improvements in the mode of smelting iron and other ores." " This invention consists in the smelting of metallic ores, particu- '* larly iron ore, which have been previously mixed with charcoal " by the application of the electric light to that purpose. This is *' effected by dropping the ore or metal to be melted between the " poles of two large electrodes, which are connected in the ordi- " nary manner with a galvanic battery. The electric light thus " produced melts ore as it passes through it, and the melted metal with the slag falls into a receiver below, where it is kept in a state of fusion by a suitable furnace placed beneath it, the different specific gravities of the ' slag ' and melted metal keeping them separate in the receiver. By another arrangement the two electrodes are placed at a slight angle, and the higher one of the " two is made hollow and filled with the ore to be reduced. This " ore is gradually pushed forward as it melts by a piston and screw " rod working within the hollow of the electrode. When the " whole has been reduced the piston is withdrawn and the elec- '' trode filled again. As the electrodes are consumed, they are " caused to advance by screw spindles working in fixed nuts, and *' attached to armatures or sockets on the ends of the electrodes, " or by the apparatus a continuous supply of electrodes may be ** attained in various other ways." [Printed 2\d.'] A.D. 1863, April 4.— N^ 806. BURQ, Antoine. — *' Certain instruments, apparatus, and articles '* for the application of electro-galvanic and magnetic action for " medical purposes." This invention is identically the same as N° 316 (1852), which see. [Printed, 74e so arranged that in the circumference of the circle there may be a north and south ]>ole alternately. It is preferred to connect the coil terminals to the " current " discbarger " in three or more aeries, each series forming a " minor current discharger," and comprising two circles of inlaid The current discharger itself consists of inlaid metal plates in a non-conducting portion of the spindle, that make electric con- nection with springs fixed to polar binding screws. In the case of three series there arc six circles of inlaid plates, three springs in connection with one binding screw, and three springs with the iither binding screw. Each minor current discharger is arranged with eveiy succeeding plate oppositely connected with the magnet ddg BLBCTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : toils, in the nmial manner to produce a current in one direction from an alternating current ; to e£Pect this, the plates may either be connected across at the back, or they may consist of strips from bands intenrening alternately in the circle of contact of the springs. The peculiarity of the current discharger in this machine is, that instead of the breaks of the minor dischargers being in i line parallel to the spindle axis, they are disposed helically round the cylinder, thus breaking only one of the series of currents at a time. [Printed, lOid.] A.D. 1853, June 28.— N» 1563. JOHNSON, John Henry (a communication from Claude Desbeaux), — " Improvements in turning over the leaves of books, *' music, and engravings, and in the apparatus for effecting the «' same." A rectangular box is attached to the music-stand, piano, &c., which carries the axis of a vibrating arm, and contains the requisite cords, springs, &c. When the performer places his foot on a pedal (from which cords proceed, by means of puUies, to the axis), a mag- net on the extremity of the vibrating arm comes into contact with an iron or steel disc or clip on the leaf; and when the pedal is released, springs in the box bring the " magnet-carrying arm " to its quiescent position, thereby turning over the leaf; the axis of the arm being placed nearer to the left side than the centre of the book, enables the magnet to slide off the disc. The springs in the box to return the arm are helical, and are attached at their free extremities to cords passing round a pulley on the axis ; when the axis is partially rotated by pressure on the pedal, one of the springs is elongated, therefore the release of the pedal causes its contraction and the restoration of the vibrating arm to its original position. To allow of the arm being lengthened or shortened to suit the size of the music-book, it is made telescopic ; the inside tube being connected by a cord, passing over a small internal pulley in the main pulley, to the helical springs ; the adjustment of the arm to a large book increases the tension of the springs sufficiently to enable them to act efficiently against the extra leverage thus opposed to their action. A small catch fitted to the arm prevents the newly turned leaf from returning. CPrinted, ei 1664. WILLIAMS, William. — {Provisional Protection onty.) "Im- ** pTOvements in electric telegraphic instruments." " This invention consists of a peculiar construction of pointing electric telegraph instrument; for this purpose a tube, made partly of soft iron and partly of brass, is coiled round with " insulated wire. Within the tube is an axis having fixed thereto two bent magnets^ the poles of which are reversed. One such magnet is near one end of the tube, and the other magnet is " near the other end of the tube, and on the axis is fixed a point- ing hand. By this arrangement according as the electric cur- rent is caused to pass in one or other direction so will be the pointing of the pointing hand ; or, when pointing in only one direction is desired, the magnets may be dispensed with, and '* soft iron used on the axis in place thereof." [Printed, 2\cL] A.D. 1853, July 14.— N° 1671. it (t CAROSIO, AuGUSTiNo. — {Provisional Protection only,) " A new " or improved electro-magnetic apparatus, which, with its pro- " ducts, is apphcable to the production of motive power." This apparatus '' consists of four separate parts." The ^st, or " ' combinator,' consists of two or more reservoirs, which contain " chlorine gas and hydrogen gas separately;" these two gases are combined "by means of hydrochloric acid," and an electric current is generated *' by the aid of platinum or some other sub- " stance which assists the combination of hydrogen and chlorine *' gases in forming hydrochloric acid." The second part, or " ' regenerator ' " " consists of one or more receivers which contain hydrochloric acid ;" the electric current generated in the " ' com- * binator'" is introduced into the " ' regenetator,' " and the hydrochloric acid is separated into hydrogen and chlorine. These two gases are then conveyed into the third part of the apparatus or " * multiplier ' " (which consists of two receivers), where they are condensed. The gases then pass into the fourth part of the apparatus : this *' consists of cyhnders provided with pistons nearly similar to those of ordinary steam engines ; the pistons tt tt 944 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : «t ore set in motion by the elastic force of the hydrogen and " chlorine gases acting separately, and in the same manner as " steam." After having set the pistons in motion, the gases (still sepa- rated from each other) return into their respective reservoirs in ** the ' combinator/ " " where they are combined again as before, ** and the whole opoution repeated.'' [Printed, 2id.] A.D. 1853, July 15.— N« 1681. GOWLAND, George. — '' Improvements in certain nautical and " surveying instruments." In a mariners' compass a spherical graduated zone is used in- istead of a card ; it is viewed from the side, and is enclosed in a spherical compass box (hung from an arched bar by gimbal rings)^ half of which is of brass and half of glass. The magnetic needles are fixed to the card, and may either be straight or curved ; the card is supported by a brass hbx and agate cup upon a brass bell, vesting on a pin fixed to the weighted bottom of the compass box. A curved wire or line marked on the glass serves as a '" lubber's " « line.' " In connection with the above-described compass box, a vessel contuning spirits of wine may be used; this device stops the vibration of the bell, the lower part of which is immersed in the liquid. A theodolite is also described and shown, with the above-described spherical compass card attached. In the instrument shown a toothed wheel and pinion, applied to the horizontal and vertical limbs, enable ihe angular divisions to be read ofiP minutely on an index over which a hand on the pinion axis works. PPrinted, 6i 2498. WILKINS, John Walker. — " Improvements in obtaining ** power by electro-magnetism." The electro-magnets employed are *' constructed and ar^ ranged in such manner that the current of electricity passing through the wire wound round any one pole of any mag« " net shall assist in magnetising other magnets by which it " may be surrounded." The " maguets consist of several " horseshoe magnets, each being formed of square or other " angular shaped bars of iron wrapped with insulated wire, " according to the ordinary method of making electro-magnets. " These magnets are arranged in a series, side by side, in sucn ** manner that the eletiric current passing Uirouf^h the ^ns^ ^^ 364 ELECTRICITY AND BIAGNETISM s U €€ one decfcro-magnet shall influence the iron of the a^l^^'^'^ electro-magnetB, which wire shall thus become or be as part of the wire surrounding the adjacent magnets, and so that the iron forming any one magnet shall not only be influenced hj the ** whole of the wire wrapped on it, but also by the wire wrapped ** on the iron bars of the magnets next adjacent on all sides.'* A block composed according to this pUn is shown in the Drawings, in which the pole of each adjacent magnet is of an opposite name ; the whole forms a rectangular block. In using magnetism as a motive power, a frame is suspended or placed in front of a block of magnets ; the frame carries armatures to each pair of poles, and will be attracted to the poles on the passing of an electric current through the wire of the magnets ; any simple contrivance may release the keeper, and from the reci- procating motion thus produced '' powerful motion in any form " may be obtained." [Printed, 4W.] A.D. 1853, November 3.— N« 2548. WOOD, William. — {Provisional Protection only.) ** Abstracting *' and condensing smoke arising from steam engines and other " furnaces, and obtaining a supply of ur for supporting the com- " bustion of the fuel in such furnaces, thereby superseding the " necessity of chimney shafts and funnels." "The smoke is abstracted by means of fans having a rotaiy motion communicated to them by means of wind, water, steam, air, compressed air, gas, galvanism, electro-magnetism, animal, manual, or any other known power, working in a box having a " communication with the flue or flues of the furnace or furnaces ** by means of pipes entering at both sides of such box, thereby *' producing a partial vacuiun, and causing the necessary supply " of ur to rush through the furnace to support combustion, like- ** wise the centrifugal force, by which the smoke is forced into the *' water necessary for its condensation." [Printed, eHf.] A.D. 1863, November 7.— N° 2579, PERSHOUSE, Henry, and MORRIS, Timothy.—" An im- ** provement or improvements in the deposition of metals an *' metallic alloys " by means of electricity* €€ €t €€ €t €€ €€ t€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 366 This invention consists of ''separating^ the solution which con^ tfuns the surface on which metal or alloy " [is ?] " to be depo-* '* sited from the solution which contains the metal or alloy to be dissolved, by a porous partition or diaphragm, which permits the passage of electricity, and keeping the solution saturated from which metal or alloy is being deposited, by placing therein excess of any suitable salt or compound of the metal or alloy being deposited.'' *' Zinc and dilute sulphuric acid " are used, by preference, in the porous cell. An " excess of the oxide, cyanide, " carbonate, or other compound of the metal or metals being deposited," is placed *' in the solution £rom which deposition is taking place." " By this arrangement the deposition of the metal or alloy will be effected by an electrical current of less intent ** sity than is required by the ordinary arrangement." [Printed, JHd.] A.D. 1853, November 1?.— N« 2663. DUGMORE, George, and MILLWARD, George Haywood. — " A new or improved method of signalling or communicating " between trains on railways." In this invention a current of electricity circulates " from one ** train, whether at rest or in motion," " in rods laid along the " line of railway, or through the ordinary rails," and actuates " a ** signal on another train at rest or in motion." Each locomotive is furnished with a voltaic battery and suitable signalling apparatus (preferably a bell), which is kept constantly in electrical communication with properly mounted and insulated wheels, running on the before-mentioned rods, laid between the nuls, by preference. [Printed, 5jrf.] A.D. 1853, November 17.— N° 2664. ABRAHAM, Solomon, and ABRAHAM, Samuel Victor.— " Communicating information or directions to persons in charge '* of railway trains." This invention relates to establishing electrical communica* tion between the guard and engine-driver of a train by means of insulated wires unwound from a reel in the guard's van, and proceeding along the tops of the carriages to the instrument on the locomotive. A battery and transmitting apparatus (called a " wheel contact maker") are placed in the guard's van or vsa&i 366 . ELECrRIGITY AND BIAj^" "W^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 377 train depresses a spring lever, which acts on a powerfdl spring piston to which the coils are attached, thus causing the motion of the coils before a permanent magnet, and generating a current of electricity in them that is transmitted to any required point or place. 4th. " Indicators " for signalling the position of an engine or train. In pointer instruments for showing visible signals, the electric circuits above described are made to deflect permanently needles or pointers. This is effected by mounting them so that their centres of suspension are below their centres of gravity. In one instance, an electro-magnet (fitted with stops to limit the amount of deflection of the needle) acts upon a magnetized needle. In a second instance, a galvanometer- needle carries on its axis a notched disc, into which the weighted end of a lever descends when the needle is deflected ; the needle may either be released by the pressure of the hand on a spring stud, or by electro-mag- netic agency. In each of these instruments the pointer always re« muns in a certain inclined position until observed by the receiver of the message or until another electric current is transmitted. 5th. " Local pole changers," to act upon local batteries and cir« cuits in the above-described arrangements. Electro-magnets in the line-wire circuit attract or repulse spring keepers, thei^^by bringing points into contact with discs, and completing the local drcuit in a corresponding direction. In the Provisional Specification this part of the invention is said to consist of " certain methods of actuating telegraphic alarums." 6th. A "lock and key" pole changer. The non-conducting bolt of a lock is suitably inlaid with pieces of metal suitably con- nected with battery circuits ; these are closed, broken, reversed, or coupled up by springs bearing on the bolt according to its posi- tion. These instruments may be used to transmit appropriate signals to an approaching train, or " to call into action any of " the electro-magnetic instruments herein-before described, either " separately or combined." 7th. Making connection between the line wires and the in- strument on the engine, or vice versd. In one method, a spring le\'er (as described in the 1st improvement), fixed in an inverted position on the engine, makes contact with an insulated metal bar fixed upon the permanent way, parallel to the rails and out- side of them. In a second method, the metal b^xV^ ^^^\a^^ engine, said the spnng lever to the permanent wu^. \ii\jKk&\«^ 378 . ELEGTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i of the invention, the Specification of a fonner Patent^ " dated 20tli " July 1852/' is referred to ; as, however, the Patentee has no Patent of that date, hut had one then enrolled, it is most probable that this is the one referred to (See N"" 13,906, Old Law). 8th. Using an electro-magnet to shut off the steam of locomo- tive engines, or to sound whistles ; the said electro-magnet being excited by a stationary voltaic battery. When the magnet is ex- cited it releases a lever from, a piston rod, thus enabling the steam to force up the piston and find an exit by the whistle. In order to turn the regulator, another piston rod and lever arangement is used, but instead of the steam blowing away, it actuates a second piston rod bearing against the regulator handle. The arrange- ments described in the 7th improvement make electrical connec- tion between the line wire and the electro-magnet on the engine. A distant train can thus be acted on firom a station which it is dangerous to approach. The following improvements are set forth only in the Provisional Specification. 9th. Insulating suspended telegraph wires. A large hole is bored in the post, into the centre of which a metal spike is driven ; the telegraph wire is passed through a small hole in the spike and soldered to it, the whole is then coated with insulating material. 10th. Preventing injury to telegraph instruments by atmo- spheric electricity. A flat coil of two metallic ribbons is used, one ribbon being insulated from the other by a porous non-conducting material. One ribbon is connected with the earth, the other with the line wires. 1 1th. Preserving zinc battery plates. A cup containing mercury is formed in the upper part of the plate, thus keeping it thoroughly amalgamated. Also the hydrogen is retained " on the surface of " the zinc plates," by wrapping round the metal a non-conducting porous substance, and retaining the said substance by an elastic band placed at the surface of the liquid. 12th. Exploding detonating signals, &c. This is done by an electrically-heated wire, and may be performed from a station at any distant point, or on an engine. An apparatus for making suc- cessive contacts with a number of detonating signals is described and shown, consisting of an inlaid cylinder and fixed springs ; an electro-magnet rotates the cylinder, . [ftinted, 8s.J. THEIR FENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 379. A.D. 1854, January 11.— N» 62. MASSON, Ambroisb Augusts. — "Improvements in the ma- ** nufacture of thread or wire to be used for making gold or silver « lace." This invention economises the use of gold, by only gilding that portion of the wire which is seen ; the gilding being accomplished by ekctro-deposition after the wire is wound round its core of a The process adopted is as follows : — Silver wire (either pure or alloyed) having been flatted and rolled in the ordinary way, is *^ wound round amber or gold colored silk, taking care to avoid " any breaks of continuity in the metal. The thread is then ** passed by mechanical means through vessels containing auri- ** ferous solutions, which are deposited by means of a galvanic or ** voltaic battery; it is then washed, dried, and wound round bobbins. The auriferous solutions may be in a hot or cold state, and the thread may be steeped or simply immersed." To pre- vent the deposit occurring upon the portion of the wire covered by the silk, the silk is previously steeped in aqueous solution of stearate of alumina, " or in oleic acid much diluted," and the metal is tightly bound on the silk. A machine is described and shown for gilding the silver wire when wound round the silk core. The wire is unwound from a bobbin, and passes over the negative pole of the battery into the depositing solution by means of pullies; thence it passes over suitably placed pullies into a water vessel, and over cloth rollers to the bobbin, on which it is finally wound. [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1854, January 11.— N« 63. WATSON, Joseph John William. — "Improvements in signalling," which are as follows : — The electric light is preferably employed for signalling " by illu- minating effects." A circular box, whose face has " a number of holes ranged in the form of a circle near the edge, and in a line diagonally across, making as it were a diameter," is set on a suitable post. Within the box a disc (having exM^ vacc^aa holes to the face of the box) is mounted on a;a voia^ l^ ^^qaX» ^^ St ti €t 380 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : holes of the disc pnd box, when the disc is rotated, are concentric, and admit light through them intermittently from behind. The effect of this arrangement at a distance is a powerful wavy ring of light crossed by a diagonal line ; this is used for signalling to passing trains by means of shutters, which also afford a means of signaUing in the day-time. An electro-magnetic engine is preferred to give motion to the disc by means of pullies. In lighthouses, and for signaUing purposes generally, the electric light and above-described perforated face and disc are also used* In this case the light is twice reflected, and before the apertures a frame is placed, having shutters of red glass plates ; the aper« tures of another disc are glazed with white glass of great refractive power. An additional screen, with apertures glazed with green glass, may also be used. The result is the intermittence of powerful red and white, or red, green, and white light. A mode of signalluig 18 thus formed, that the Patentee calls a *' chromophotic sema- " phore." It is proposed to make electrical communication between the gruard and engine-driver of a train by means of a magneto- electric machine in the guard's box, driven by the carriage axle. In each of the vans a " rheostat," described in N° 212 (1852), is placed. [Printed, 7rf.] A.D. 1854, January 11.— N^ 68. BROOMAN, Archibald Richard {a commvnication). — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in extracting gold " from the ore." An amalgamating machine, in which the mercury is " constantly " charged with galvanic or other electricity," consists of a cylin- drical cistern in which a hollow shaft rotates. The pulverized ore is supplied to a hopper at the top of the hollow shaft, and descends through openings in hollow radial arms to the bottom of the quicksilver ; the ore is thus well diffused through the mercury. The electric current is passed through the appa- ratus by means of an insulated gold plate, at the bottom of the cistern, to which wires from both battery poles are attached. '* The amalgamated gold is by this means precipitated upon the *' gold surface, and adheres to it." [Printed, 8d.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 381 A.D. 1854, January 17.— N» 108. HIGHTON, Edward. — " Improvements in suspending the •* wires of electric telegraphs." Cross bars or arms are attached " to the sides of the posts one ** above another," each arm being " either successively longer or ** shorter than the one above it." The wires are attached near to the ends of the arms, and consequently are not in a vertical plane their points of support are also separated by long lengths of non-conducting matter. In one method of mounting the wires^ the arms are of the same length but placed at different angles (in plan) with respect to the longitudinal wires. The plane or planes of wires are preferred to be inclined at an angle of 45^ to the horizontal plane. Another improvement consists of hanging the wires in non- parallel curves, the radius of curvature of those nearest the earth being less than that of the wires above them. The wires are thus further apart as they recede from their points of support. CPrintcd, 7d.] A.p. 1854, January 18.— N° 117. CAHILL, Charles Staunton. — {Provisional Protection only.) Improvements in submarine, subterranean, and other electric and magnetic telegraphs, and in insulating, laying down, join- ing, and covering the same," which are as follows, viz. : — Insulation of conducting wires and other conductors by a new material consisting of a preparation, mostly of paper, applied in pulp or otherwise, and rendered anhydrous, non-conducting, and capable of resisting considerable heat, damp, pressure, and water, at a great saving of cost compared >vith any other cover- ing now in use ; and for covering sub-marine and other electric " cables, and other ropes & cables, with flat or corrugated hoop iron in strips of any breadth, and for rapidly joining (by a peculiar joint) said cables and conductors. And for avoiding frictional or other loss of the electric fluid, in long Unes of insulated wires, by a continuous vacuum extending along the wires from end to end. And for springs looped at the extremi- ties, and hung so as to prevent the straining or * kucking ' of electric cables, when paying out of vessels at sea, such springs being also applicable to many domestic and other pur^oi^^" [PriutcU, 3JJ « ft « €t « iS t€ €S ti t€ tf « it tt « n t€ i€ « « « 382 . ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1854, January 19.— N* 126. BURSILL, George Henry. — '* Improvements in operating upon metalliferous ores and other minerals, and upon ' slags ' and ' sweep/ in order to facilitate the seperation and reooveiy .*' of the metals and other products, also in machinery or apparatus for effecting such improvements, which is in part applimble to other purposes," consisting of : — The pulverization and grinding of metalliferous ores and minerals, slags, and sweep in or along with solutions of mercury, or of the salts of mercury, or in or along with other solutions, or re-agents that effect either amalgamation itself or precipitation in a state that facilitates amalgamation and consequent recoveiy of the contained metals." The amalgamating solutions preferred are either corrosive sublimate or proto-nitrate of mercury. The minute portions of gold no sooner come in contact with the grinding machinery, or with rakes and scrapers used therein, *' than they " become coated with running mercury that is precipitated from " the solution by galvanic agency." The solutions that precipitate the metals (gold or silver, for instance,) as nearly as possible in a metallic state are proto-sulphate of iron, carbonate of soda, or oxalic acid. In every instance the tailings are passed through the amalgamator or separator described in the Specification of a Patent dated February 12, 1853. The use of pumice and a current of heated air to accelerate oxidation and volatilization, or of a current of hydrogen and pumice for deoxidation, of metals and mineral products. A means "for disintegrating slag, and for the economical '' employment of potash or soda with minerals containing the ** same to assist as fluxes in the operation of smelting." Certain machinery for effecting pulverization and grinding, consisting of rollers and edge runners that are free to move verti- cally (allowing for difference of size in the material pulverized), are also described. [Printed. W.] A.D. 1854, January 23.— N^ 1/3. WAGNER, Adolphus Tfieodore. — {Provisional Protection only.) "A psychograph, or apparatus for indicating person* '' thoughts by the agency o£ nexvous eVtc\.tvdV3?' THEIR GENEftATlON AND APPLICATIONS. 383 ts ts The apparatus consists of a combination of rods or pieces of wood joined so as to permit of free action in all the parts. From one of the legs of the instrument hangs a tracer ; on one " or more of the other extremities is fixed a disc, upon which the *' operator is to place his hand, and from this extremity or these '* extremities depends another tracer. The other parts of the " apparatus consist of a glass slab or other non-conductor, and ** of an alphabet and set of figures or numerals. Upon a person possessing nervous electricity placing his hand upon one of the discs the instrument will immediately work, and the tracer will spell upon the alphabet what is passing in the operator's " mind." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1854, January 30.— N° 220. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Abmand, le Comte de (a com- munication),— {Provisional Protection only,) " Certain arrange- " ments for preventing accidents on railways." This invention " consists in mechanical arrangements for ena- " bling trains while on the rails to transmit their own signals." At each station four posts are erected " with electric dials, two on '* each side of the line, one in advance of the trains stopping, the " other behind, so as to be generally conspicuous." " Each dial has two faces, a bell, and on each side a moveable '* transparent disc with colored compartments." From the Drawings, taken in conjunction with the Provisional Specification, it would appear that projections on each carriage put into action a ratchet wheel on the pointer axis by means of electro-magnets, " by which means the number of carriages in the " train is shewn." The electro-magnetic arrangement also enables a train to act on the dials from a distance, so that " the " driver of a train, seeing ftt)m the dial at a station that another " train was behind him, could have time to run his train off on to " a siding." The trains remove the signals as soon as their object is effected, a rod being placed in connection with a spur wheel and rack in the post, so as to release the spiral spring of the ratchet wheel on the pointer axis, and bring bock the hand to its stationary point. ITrinteO, &/.] 884 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM t A.D. 1854, January 30.— N^ 222. PHILLIPS, William. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Im- " provements in the manufacture of coffins." These *' improvements consist in manufacturing coffins of iron, ** and galvanizing " [electro-coating * oy zincing ?], " tinning, '* brassing, or bronzing them by any ordinary process." *' In makin£^ cast-iron coffins," it is also proposed, " if required, " to cast on the lid the name, age, &c. of the person." [Priiitod,3d.] A.D. 1854, January 31.— N* 235. ERCKMANN, Caroline.— (ProwwonaZ Protection only,) " The " manufacture of telegraph wires." " For gutta percha used at present for the isolation " [insula- tion?] "of electric wires from one another," "glass, paper, " cardboard, or wood or bone" is substituted. "The employ- " ment of these substances will isolate the wires better than " gutta percha. It is, however, still necessary to cover the " assemblage of wires with a coat of gutta percha, tar, or other " similar substances. "To preserve subterranean electric wires from the attacks of " insects, such as ants, &c.," "the matter used to form their " exterior coat " is incorporated with " resinous and bitter " substances, or others of a poisonous nature ;" or they may be protected " with a metallic covering." [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1854, January 31.— N^ 241. MEEUS, Pierre Joseph. — ^This invention is entitled " Improve- " ments in producing metaUic surfaces," and it refers to either coating articles, or taking casts or " moulds " of them. The principal feature of the invention is the application of gold or metallic leaf by pressure to surfaces of gutta percha rendered adhesive by heat. In one portion of the Provisional Specification, and in the corresponding portion of the Complete Specification, it is stated : — " After the moulding has been effected, I sometimes remove the ** gutta percha in cases in which I wish to use the coating as a THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 386 (( material by itself as a species of electro'typing," but no further allusion to any application of electricity is made. The invention is ''applicable especially to the production of " imitations of embroidery in gold, silver, or other metals," Many details and processes are given. [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1854, Februaiy 1.— N» 246. CHENOT, Claude Bernard Adribn. — "Improvements in " accumulating, conducting, and treating gases of combustion, " and also in generating and applying the same to metallurgic and " other purposes." This invention relates to utilizing the gases evolved from smelting and other metallurgic furnaces. Various processes and apparatus are described. In the case of collecting gases " at a very small distance from ** the burning point, they will be found to be exclusively composed " of carbonic acid and nitrogen." One of the means used to " precipitate " the carbonic acid from the nitrogen is to establish " an electric current " through a column of gas in a tall receiver. Tliis application of electricity is not mentioned in the Provisional Specification. In using the gases for refining and moulding metals, they are separated from their fusible alloys or ingredients, " and precipitated " by the calorific, chemical, and mechanical actions of the gases." In the instance of iron, it " is precipitated to the bottom of the " liquid bath by fusion, and fills a mould as the precipitated " metal of a cold dissolution would fill a mould by the action of " electricity, as applied in galvano-plastics." This comparison to an electrical operation is only mentioned in the Complete Specification. [Printed, 1«.] A.D. 1854, Februaiy 1.— N° 255. JOBSON, John, and JOBSON, Robert. — " Improvements in the manufacture of moulds for casting metals." This invention consists of "the manufacture of moulds for *' casting metals by means of ramming blocks," " either entirely of '* metal, or with metallic surfaces firmly attached to a backing of B 0 386 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ** Roman cement or other suitable material, which metallic blocks *' or surfaces serve for moulding the partings of the sand or other ^ material forming the mould, as well as for moulding the form " of the article itself/* The method of making " ramming blQcks " of lead or alloys bj running the melted metal on the sand mould is set. forth with various modifications. To make a ramming block by electro-deposition, an empty box is fixed upon the mould, and luted on " in a water-tight manner ;" it is then filled '' with a solution of sulphate of copper or other '' suitable metallic solution," and the metal is " deposited on the " surface of the mould by means of the electrotype process." The mould is previously rendered non-absorbent, proof against the action of the solution, and conducting. When a sufficient coating is deposited, it is backed with lead or tin, and the box filled up with Roman cement. The iron or other box used is protected from the action of the sulphate of copper solution by means of grease or other suitable material. The Specification of a Patent granted to John Jobson, October 2nd, 1852, is alluded to. [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1854, February 7.— N^ 305. BIANCHI, Barthelemy Urbain. — "Certain improvements in " preventing accidents on railways.'* This invention consists " in the construction and application of " electric telegraphic apparatus to indicate at the stations the " positions of trains upon the line, and also to communicate ** between the stations and the signalmen or watchmen at the " intermediate points." Telegraphic wires are suspended along the line and commu- nicate with the stations at which signal apparatus are placed. Along the line, at the side of the rails, " interrupters " are placed at suitable distances apart; the train, in passing these instruments, breaks the circuit, and actuates the signal apparatus at the station or stations. Except when broken by the "interrupters," the galvanic circuit is always closed, the position and progress of the trains along the section of railway to which each signal instrument or set of JnstrumcnU refers is thus indicated at the station or stations. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 88/ The sigpial instrument has an dectro-magnet with a lever anna- ture that detains an escapement wheel as long as the dectro- magnet is active ; but each time a train passes over an " inter- " rupter," the lever allows one tooth of the escapement whed to escape. A pulley and oord communicate the motion of the escapement wheel to an index that traverses divisions on the front of the instrument corresponding to the number of " interrupters.** When the index has arrived at the end of its course, it puts the pulley on the escape-wheel axis out of gear, and allows a spring barrel to act on the cord and index, which brings them into the position they occupied before the starting of the train. A similar apparatus in the same instrument indicates the progress of the trains on the other line of rail. The arrival or departure of trains is also signalled by a moveable plate connected by bell-crank levers and a ratchet wheel to a spring barrel, which is then free to move out of the instrument case, being released by a suitably placed pin on the escape wheel; the same action also revolves a bdl hammer. Another signal instrument is described and shown, in which the indices move from the same centre, the spindle of one working within the spindle of the other. The machinery is nearly the same as that of the first-described apparatus, except that the index axis is driven from the escape wheel by spur gear, and that there is no apparatus for bringing back the indices, "for when they have " finished one course they are ready for recommencing the " next." Each " interrupter " consists of a cast-iron box containing a lever, which acts by means of a connecting rod on a small lever, to the axis of which the line wire is attached. The end of the small lever usually completes the circuit by dipping into a mercuiy cup ; but when a train depresses the lever, it raises the end of the small lever out of the mercury cup and breaks the circuit. The sections of the Une to ^ich the above-described signal apparatus is applied " are to be of such lengths that no more than " one train is to be upon the same line of rails in any one section " at the same moment." One line wire is used for the up and another for the down line of rails. The signal apparatus for communicating between the stations and the signal-men at the intermediate points are aome^Vo^ similar to that for indicating the position and "^to^wa^ ol %i\jnfiCR.-% B B 2 388 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : B third tine wire is devoted to this parpoae, A galviuiic liatteiy at eyerf alternate Gt&tion works the three telegntph bnea, one Itaitterf pole bdng connected lo the three terminaJa of the np line u well u to those of the tiown line, and the other batterj polo being connected to the cartli-plate. A signftl is conveyed to all the aignal-men and eUtinns in one lection by intermptinK the circuit, that interruption cauee* « hell hammer to rotate and atiiitc a he!!, anil ccrtun plate signali to he thrust out, according to the numher of successive inlenup- tions made. In connection with or in lieu of these signal apparatus for the signal-men, it is proposed to release the detaining lever of a, large signal mounted on a bracket so as to be visible to engiue-drivcTB, ^'hen the detaining lever is released, a strong spiral spcing tuma the signal round so as to display it. (Triniod, u. to.} A.D. 18M, February IC— N°371. VAULEY, Ckomwell Flkbtwood. — " A new arrangement or " apparatus for transmitting electric telegraph signalB." This invention consists of three parts, riz,, a "key," to transmit signals i a "pecker (or relay)," to make local circuit coDt«ct*{ and a "switch," "to connect the hne wire to the key when " sending & to the pecker when receiving a communication." Both ends of the line are " fumislicd alike 'witii a key, pecka, " & Bwitch ;" and the line-wii« current circulates (fom the battety to the key and "switch " at the transmitting station, through the line wire to the switch at the distant station, then through the galvanometer coils of the "pecker" and earth-plstcs hack to the battery at the tnuisnutting station. The line-wire circuit ia always complete and the battery current traversing, except wben signals are nuide. Hie local circuit is always kept broken bj the line-wire current, except when signals are made. The key consists of a lever working in bearings, and having an axis composed partly of ivory and partly of metn! ; fiied springs press upon the aacia at different parts in such a way, that when the key is at rest a current is completed through the line wire, two of the springs being in connection with the battery pole^ reepectircly, one mtb the " Bwttcfa," and a third with the euth. On depieattng THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 389 the lever to transmit a signal, the circuit is broken, an earth con- nection with the line wire mode to discharge ''any residual ** electricity," and the current reversed. On the keyboard is also placed the " switch." This instrument consists of a metal spindle, supported in bearings, and having a handle to turn it half a revolution when required. On the spindle are fixed three pins, which make electrical connection with three fixed springs respectively placed under them ; one spring is in connection with the line wire, the middle one with the earth, and the third with the "pecker;" the "switch" axis, therefore, in being altered to send or to receive messages (by turning one of its pins into connection with the line wire or with the "pecker"), causes the middle spring and pin to come into momentary contact, thereby relieving "the line wire of its induced charge." The two outside pins project from the spindle opposite to one another; the middle pin is at right angles to the others. The " pecker " consists of a galvanometer which carries on its needle axis an arm. This arm is so acyusted, in conjunction with the weight of the needle, as to make contact with a spring when no current passes through the line wire and the galvanometer coil. The contact made is a rubbing contact, the contact piece striking against the spring obliquely ; the slight cushion of air that would otherwise prevent sure contact is thus rubbed away. The action of the key in connection with the pecker is as follows: — ^The cnirent keeping the local circuit disjoined is broken, thereby allowing the " pecker " arm to complete the local circuit, the sub- ■eq[uent reversal of the current by the key causes the completion of the local circuit to be aided by the force of deflection as well as that of gravity. The frame carrying the " pecker " also has fixed to it a "plain galvanometer" "mounted as usual," which is in- duded in the line-wire circuit, and acts as an indicator. llie local circuit is used " to print or otherwise render signals." This invention is peculiarly adapted to telegraphs having the gabmarine or subterranean wires of great length. CPrintod, Id, A.D. 1854, February 21.— N<» 414. WALKER, Robert. — " Improvements in signalling by voltaic ** elaofcricity^ for the purpose of increasing the safety of rail** « ways." 390 ELBCTEIGITY AND MAGNETISM s Thif invention relates to arrangements of line wires along a line of railway in connection with galvanic batteries at stations, to enable the guard of a train to signal accidents or stoppages to the stations before and behind. Mainly this invention consists of the following arrangement : — Two line wires are used, '* one wire is connected at its extremities '' with positive elements or poles of a pair of voltaic generators, *' and the other with negative elements." In case of accident a metallic connection of the two wires by the guard, by means of a '' spring clamp " mounted appropriately, conveys signals in both directions, as it brings into action both batteries. There are, however, the following modifications : — One of the two wires is connected to the the positive batteiy pole at one extremity, and the other to the negative batteiy pole |tt the other extremity of the line ; ike remaining extremities of the wires are free, and the remaining bsttoy poles are connected with ihe earth. No circuit is formed until the connection of the wires. In another arrangement, a third insulated line wire takes the place of the earth return-circuit, thus affording a means of comi municating in either or both directions from a given locahty, as may be desired. In a fourth arrangement, sinular batteiy poles are at the ex- trem ity of one line wire, and two other line wires are used in con- nection with the other similar battery poles ; the other extremities of the latter wires are free. In this arrangement communication may be made in either or both directions. The instrument preferred for coupling the wires consists of a handle with two metal arms hooked at the ends ; these are insulated from one another and connected at pleasure by a key in the handle^ A small galvanometer is attached to the handle, its coil being inter- posed between the springs or arms ; by means of this appendage signals can be received by the guard from the stations. [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1854, February 25.— N<> 459. SIEMENS, Charlbs William (partly a communication). — " Improvements in electric telegraphs,'* consisting of: — , 1st. An jmproved insulator for suspended line wires. The line fme is supported hy ft wrougViV-uoiv "ViooV, vAvq^ " ^\a5^*." \^ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 391 cemented into an inverted cup or thimble of porcelain or other non-conducting material ; this thimble is again cemented into an inverted cast-iron bell, which is secured to the post or wall by a screw or screws. It is preferred to use sulphur as a cement, and the projecting rim of the thimble should present a smooth sur&ce, '' in order to prevent the adhesion of moisture." A larger insulator with two notches and wedges is used at Btretching posts, to fasten " the ends of adjoining pieces of tele* " graphic line wire.*' 2nd. ** Discharging the static electricity or lightning from tele- " graphic Une wire through a vacuous space between two metaUic " surfaces, which are attached, the one to the line wire, the other " to the earth." A cyUnder of glass or other non-conducting ma- terial is cemented perfectly air-tight between two metallic covers ; a metaUic disc, screwed into one of the covers, regulates the distance between the line-wire circuit and the earth connection. Before using the instrument, the air is extracted firom a hole in one of the covers, fitted with a concealed stopcock. drd. Establishing "telegraphic communication along a railway " train which is in motion.*' This part of the invention has the following peculiarities : — The circuit necessary for communication is formed by con- necting the similar poles of two batteries of equal power, each battery being placed at one extremity of the train. Signals can thus be sent from any intermediate point simultaneously in both directions by connecting the two portions of the circuit at that point ; a finger, key, or contact lever may be used for that purpose. The circuit is completed firom carriage to carriage of the train "through the draw chains and the side chains usually " connecting the carriages composing the train." The forward (or return) circuit may be made through either or both of the car- riage connections, or through the wheels and rails ; the return (or forward) circuit being made by any one or more of the before- mentioned channels not used for the forward (or return) circuit ; the forward circuit being from the guard to the engine-driver, and the return circuit in the opposite direction. If the frame of the carriage is of iron, the side chain bolts are insulated from it by means of a tube and washers of gutta percha; the same nut that fastens the washers and bolt to the frame secures the circuit wit^ that passes under the carnage framing. a!» BLBCTBICITY AND MAONETlBMt It is pwfawed to use a Daniell^t bittay liavlng the copper in the porouB cells ; the- porous ceQ his ''atraneated coneof^tta ** perdia,'' or hopper^ cemented to its upper end, to ccmtain the mlphatw of copper ciyitals. The alarum prefemd to be used has a hand connected to the armature lever, and two bdls of difBetent sound, struck alternately hjdookwork released hythe annature lever when its deotro- magnet is exdted. An indicator or lever, connected by a toothed segment and pin-^heel to the main-spring axis of the clockwork, shows when the spring requires winding up. [FrtBted, iiA] A.D. 1854, Februsiy 28.— N« 4/8. PENNY, Thbobalp. — ''Improvements in engraving." Engravings are jnoduced on metallic plates (preferably sted), suitable for ordinaiy sui&oe printing, by the following process : — A plate of polished steel is covered with a solution of caoutchouc, which is then blackened by passing over it an ignited wick satu- rated with spirits of turpentine. Heat is applied underneath the plate '* till its oxidation gives it a blmsh white color." Upon this surface, thus dried, the drawing is made, and etched with a fine point ; it is then moistened with a solution of virgin wax in naptha, which is rubbed off with wadding cotton. The plate is next plunged, for two seconds, into a bath of dis- tilled water, holding in solution cyanide of potassium, a little tannin, sulphate of copper, and caustic potash ; the plate is then electro-coppered by this solution, cleaned with alcohol, electro- nlvered (by means of a solution '' containing C3ranide of potas- '' uum, the yellow ferrocyanide, a little tannin, & oxide of silver "), cleaned, heated, covered with a solution of colophony, spread over with wax, and cleaned again with cotton wadding. The exposed parts of the steel plate are then bitten out, by making the plate (treated as above) the anode in a concentrated solution of sulphate of iron and " sal ammoniac." '' The silver and copper coatings are then removed, rubbed down," and the steel plate is exposed for a minute or two to the dissohing action of the battery '' in the bath of sulphate of iron and sal am- moniac, in order to remove the polish and lustre of the engraved Burface, so as to allow the pxinting ink to lay well.*' P^tiate(Jl,4dJ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 393 A.D. 1854, February 28.— N° 488. SHEPARD, Edward Clarence {a communicatian), — (Pro- visional Protection only.) " Improvements in decomposing water " by electric currents.'* " The invention consists in the coupling of forces which result " from the electric or electro magnetic currents with the forces " which result from the affinity or from the attraction of certain " bodies for the oxygen, for the purpose of favouring the parting " of the elements of water." To effect this purpose a chemical preparation, having an affinity for oxygen, is introduced into the water in such quantity that it may be able to absorb all the oxygen in the water to be decom- posed. The following substances are " mixed with the water in the " proportions indicated by the tables of chemical equivalents : — Chlorites of baryta, of lime, of cobalt, of copper, of iron, of potassa, of soda, of magnesia. Nitrites of alumina, of am- monia, of baryta, of lime, of cobalt, of magnesia, of iron, of lead, of soda, of potassa. Phosphites and hypophosphites with the same basis. Sulphites, hyposulphites, hyposulphates of alumina, of ammonia, of baryta, of bismuth, of lime, of chrome, of cobalt, of copper, of iron, of mercury, of molybdenum, of lead, of potassa, of soda, of tin, of zinc. Salts of metallic protoxides^ the basis of which can reach a higher degree of oxydation, such as the protoxydc of iron, of manganese, or others, combined with a peroxydated acid." One or other of the above-mentioned materials may be used according to its proximity to the works, or according to the value of the resulting product " for the arts." [Printed, 3J.] A.D. 1854, March 1.— N^ 493. GILBERT, Henry. — (Provisional Protection only,) "Improve- " ments in connecting and supporting artificial teeth/' in which ** the electrotype process " may be used. This is proposed to be done by the following means : — Covering '* springs of steel or other suitable material which are to be " employed for connecting and supporting tVie w^^« ksv\ VssH^it " sets of teeth, with prepared gutta petcViSi oi ^^xc^wxi^ \^^i».- « (( (t (( ft « C( ft « 394 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : « « €€ rubber Beparately or combined." In some cases, applying a thin coating of gold by the electrotype process to the exterior of the india-rubber or gutta percha ooyering." Constructing springs for the above-mentioned purpose, of steel covered by a thin coating of gold applied by the electrotype process." Abo constructing ** springs for the above mentioned purpose, of solid ** or tubular form, of prepared india-rubber or gutta percha " separately or combined." OPrin(ecl,8d.3 A.D. 1864, March 16.— N» 629. WEARE, Robert. — " Improvements in the construction of ** galvanic batteries and apparatus connected therewith." This invention relates to "the manufacture and design" of positive and negative battery plates, ''the arrangement of the plates and the method of their insulation, and all the parts that require to be non-conducting ;" also to '' raising and lowering the plates," to "filling and emptying the cells of galvanic " batteries, and manufacturing vessels for gal\'anic batteries and ** decomposition cells." The Complete Specification describes the invention under the following heads : — Ist. The zinc (or positive) plate is imbedded in plaster of Paris or other porous cement ; " two ears " are left out at the top, by which to attach the negative plate. 2nd. The positive plate is surrounded with a wooden frame, the frame being well coated with marine glue; the plate is then covered with porous cement on both sides. 3rd. The above-described positive plate may have merely a top and bottom maiine-glued wooden piece ; the pieces being wider than the cement, to allow the negative plates to be fastened to their edges, so that a space maybe left between the cement and the negative plates. 4th. The two sides and bottom of the positive plate are turned up at the edges, so as to form " a framework " for the reception of the porous cement ; the back is then coated " with a sufficient " non-conductor." This part of the invention is not particularly mentioned in the Provisional Specification. 5th. The positive and negative plates are fastened together at the top, and (having marine-glued \)towci v^i?^"^ 'Wtwwcv W\s\ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 396 arranged in a wooden frame at equal distances apart. The plates are then enclosed in a porous cement, leaving a space between each pair^ which is filled up with straw paper, sponge, or other suitable substance. 6th. The plates may be arranged, as described under the 5th head, with the spaces left open, '' that is, without straw paper." 7th. Slips of marine-glued wood are placed round the edges of the plates, arranged as described under the 5th head, proceeding until the required number are arranged; the bottom sUps of wood have holes, under which a trough is afterwards apphed to fill and empty the battery. The outer sides of this arrangement are coated with marine glue, and marine-glued paper or other suitable mate- rial is bound round until the required thickness is obtained. The porous cement may then be applied to the face of the positive plates. 8th. In the arrangement described under the 7th head, the spaces are filled up with cement ; a round hole is left opposite the aperture in the bottom, which is filled with sponge. 9th. The negative plates may be prepared as above described for the positive plates, where the solution requires it. The following methods of manufacturing the vessels for galvanic batteries, &c., are set forth : — Ist. To construct a single cell, marine-glued brown paper is placed, whilst hot, round a block of a suitable size ; the inside is then lined with marine glue. 2nd. For intensity batteries, single cells are joined together with marine-glued paper, and placed in a marine-glued wooden frame. The frame is made capable of being lifted by puUies or other mechanical means ; its lid is air-tight, and has a pressure valve. 3rd. A " feeder '* or solution-reservoir is attached to the trough described under the 7th head of arranging battery plates. This reser\'oir is connected with the battery cells by vulcanized India- rubber tubing, and fills or empties the battery, according to whether it is raised above it or placed beneath. Instead of using the above-described feeder, the solution may be forced up into the cells from a " vulcanized or air-tight bag con- *' tained in the reser^'oir below." 4th. The cells may be made " either of a square or round form," with an inverted cone projecting inwards, " similar to a safety ink- '* stand." a96 BLECTHICrrY AND MAGNETISM : 6th. The odk are mftde ''with non-ocmdacting ends and ** bottom," ''wooden slides** are placed; the cells "are then " placed side by aide, until the required number is airanged.'* Tlie whole is then bound round with marine-glued paper " to the " thiduiess required." €th. BCanuftusturing resenroira and decomposition vessels. Theae are formed by oorering a suitable block with marine-glued p^ier, or calico, &e., taking out the block, coating the interior with marine glue, and, if needfol, encasing the vessel thus made wifh woodwork. The 6th and 6th methods of manu&cturing vessels are not paitioularly mentioned in the Provinonal Specification. Drawings are given of the methods of treating the batteiy plates. A battoy, completely amnged, made according to the 7th arrangement of plates, &o^ and with a "fbeder" as described in the Srd plan for making battery troughs, is also shown. Anoilier complete battery is shown, with battery plates arranged according to the 4th, 5th, and 7th arrangements, and with the 6th plan of constructing the trough. The Complete Specification also refers to "the employment of " elastic washers to render ui^tight the holes for raising and " lowering the plates of a botteiy." In fixing the porous cement to the plates, as set forth under the 4th arrangement of batteiy plates, " the inside of the edges " may be coated " with a sufficiently perfect non-conductor." [Printed, SA] A.D. 1854, March 17.— N« 642. BASSNETT, Thomas.— (Prowwoao/ Protection only.) "An *' improved mode of compensating for the deviation of the needle " of ships' compasses occasioned by local attraction." The exact bearing of the ship is ascertained by a " standard " compass" on shore; then the exact bearing of the ship, as indicated by the compass on board in the binnacle, is noted ; the difference between the bearing wiU be the amount of deviation. " Or the deviation may be obtained by reciprocal bearings. Observations of this Idnd should be made at every point of the " compass by swinging the ship. " The amount dt deviation having been asoertuned it is care- ** fiilly marked on a plain card, and allowance having been made « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 397 " for the de\dation, the card may he divided all round into points " or degrees. For instance, supposing the standard compass on shore indicates N. 45 E., and the hinnacle compass on hoard N. 30 E.," " in a^usting or correcting the compass/' " N. 45 E." is marked " on the plain card at the point corre- " spondhig to N. 30 E., and so on all round the card." [Printed, 3rf.] A.D. 1854, March 18.— N<» 647. THORNE, William,— (Provisional Protection only,) " Im- " provements in reducing metallic ores." This invention consists in the use of a machine to crush, pulverize, or reduce ores containing precious metals or other minerals, and to amalgamate the same, and separate the precious metals from the less valuable metals and extraneous and earthy matters. The machine consists of a concave vessel in the form of an annular gutter, placed and supported vertically, by means of rollers, so as to revolve round its axis. The outer periphery of the vessel carries teeth, by which it receives motion from a prime mover. Tlie ores to be crushed are introduced at the inner and open periphery of the vessel, with two or more hollow metal balls filled with quicksilver. On the vessel being rotated, the inertia of the balls effects the crushing of the ores. If the ores are to be amalgamated, hot water and quicksilver are employed "in the " manner heretofore practised." " An important feature in this invention " consists in dis- charging a current of electricity through the ores during the processes of crushing and amalgamation. The current from a galvanic battery (placed " within the open space at the centre of " the aforesaid hollow vessel ") is conducted " through the ores " and quicksilver " by inserting the ^vires fit)m the battery " into *' the said hollow vessel until they touch the bottom thereof." [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1854, March 20.— N» 658. ClIENOT, Claude Adrien Bernard. — " Improvements in ** the manufacture of steel, iron, and different alloys, cast, welded *' and moulded," consisting of certain means for effecting certain a96 iLBCTBICirT AND MAGNETIgMf opfflitioM ''nliitiiig to ibe piodiMtioii» inalmeiii^ and liM of *''iii0trilio spofligM,'* wbeUwr natonl or tttiflxn^ Thia invention it comprised under the fbllowing lieads : — let The eeleotion end preparation of the ores by means of an ** deotrio sorting machine." Electro-magnets in connection with a oommntator are used fbr this purpose. Hey are monnted on a rotating diBC, and meet the pulverised ore upon an endless apron tai^^tial to the series of magnets ; the iron or magnetic ore is dropped at some distance from the place where the waste matter is d^harged. 2nd. The reduction of ores to metallic sponge. 3rd. ''The pulverisation of the sponge.'' 4th. ''The mixture of the sponge witii different substances.'' fith. "The compression of the sponge." 6th* Moulding spongy metals 1^ means of oompresrion* 7th. " Plreserving tiie sponge ftom being altered before or after ** compression." 8th. " The hot cementation at the compressed sponge." 9th. " The fusion and welding of compressed sponge.*' 10th. " A combination of the melting and cementing processes " to be carried on simultaneously." The 6th and 10th heads are not mentioned in the Provisional Specification. The former Patents granted to the Patentee mentioned in this Specification are N» 11,515 (Old Law)» and N» 246 (1854). [Printed, 6d.] A.D. 1854, March 20.— N» 661. PERKINS, JosBPH. — " Improvements in metallurgy, especiaUy ** applicable to the production of type and ornamental forms." To obtain an electrotype copy from "a type or other object" the process is as follows :— A mould is made from the object, in gutta percha or other suitable material, in the ordinary way ; it is then brushed over with plumbago, and electro-coated with metal. Instead however, of carrying on the electro-deposition until the metal is of sufficient strength and thickness to be released from the mould, a complete though thin deposit is obtained, and the back of the thin electro- type cast is filled up " xnth some metallic alloy, such as an alloy '' of tin lead and antimony, or tin and lead, or tin and anti-< THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 399 *' mony, or lead and antimony, or the combinations thereof, for '< which purpose the raw surfkce of the back of the electrotype " cast must first be wetted with a saturated solution of zinc in " hydrochloric acid, or any other equivalent solution." When a quantity of alloy has been run in, so as to form a sufficiently strong plate, the " cast is completed, and may then be detached *' ftrom the mould." " In some cases, when the cast is too heavy, *' the alloy can be run out again." If the object is made in parts, " the parts may be connected *' together by heating the alloy, which then acts as solder." In the Provisional Specification it is stated that the above - ** described process can be applied *' to produce a silver-fJEtced type " or stereotype," or " silver-faced " type may be made " by simply *' depositing silver on the type by the ordinary means." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1854, March 27.— N° 706. ARCHEREAU, Henri Adolphb. — {Provisional Protection only,) " Certain improvements in treating powders of charcoal, " coke, coal, peat, and generally all matters obtained by the car- *' bonization of mineral, vegetable, and animal substances, & in applying the said powders to useful purposes." The nature of this invention is as follows : — *^ Forming ^m the carbonaceous substances above mentioned a plastic material of variable consistencies, and possessing many properties in common with gutta percha. The powder is mixed in different proportions, according to the use of the matter, with one or more of the following substances: coal tar or natural * resin of Bastenner,' residue of coal tar, pitch, resinous & bituminous substances, gums, oils, varnishes, glues, fi&tty and ceramic substances ; and is then subjected to a heat which renders the substance viscous or liquid. To obtain a substance " which can be laminated and drawn out in a moderate tempera- ** ture," certain proportions of " residue of coal tar or * natural *' * coal-tar of Bastenner,' " coal powder, and linseed oil, are mixed. " The articles made of this substance may be galvanized** [electro-coated or zinced f ] " or covered with a film of metal. To produce a harder material," the coal powder is mixed with either talc or pulverised earth, silica, alimina ' [alumina?] "or any other substance suitable fox that purpose.*' [Printed, 3iav^tNns^ iLso ff THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 403 ** the hardening or preparing of certain objects to be employed in " the process.'* Amongst other apphcations, this invention may be used to obtain ''moulds for reproducmg impressions either by the gal- ** vano^lastic process or by stereotyping." This invention relates to producing ** ornamental and figured « surfaces" on metallic and other surfaces by pressure, either of natural objects (a process called " nature printing " ), or of manufactured objects and drawings. The nature of, and method of performing this invention is as follows : — 1st. '' Plates or surfaces of hard metals and alloys" are em- ployed " for receiving by pressure sunk impressions of natural ** or manufactered objects" whilst soft; they are afterwards hardened, either by an independent process, or by the compres- sion to which they are subjected in receiving the said impres- sions. 2nd. Hard granular substances (such as emery) combined with varnish are employed for making designs to be reproduced as sunk impressions on metallic and other surfaces. drd. A hardening material is employed to harden objects which would not otherwise bear pressure. Bichloride of mercury and chloride of ammonium are used to immerse the " fleshy or other " substance" in. In some cases the substance is submitted to a dry heat until sufficiently solidified. [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1854, April 4.— N« 770. PARKINSON, Georgb Seaborn. — {Provisional Protection only.) ** Improvements in ndlway breaks." This invention '' consists in the construction of an electro- '* magnetic break made to act on the axles of the carriages as well as on jams or ordinary breaks, placed between every pair of wheels where required." To a strong iron casing, clamped over the axle, is attached " a powerful double faced hook ; '* " out- '* side the casing is fixed a wooden wheel," having its circumferenoB " overlaid by two narrow tramways or guides of soft iron." ^dx electro-magnet, suspended by a spring, \& c»xfw&^ itw'Qav^Xs^'^^ tnmwaya or guides when an electric cuiieu\. c:L^» ^aV^ c c 2 « cc 404 BLBCTKIGITY AND MAGNBTISM : the ring of a dudii attMshed to it into the hook. Hie otiier end of the chain ia attached to a lever, which jams the breaks againit the wheeb. The galyanic batteiy is in one of the canriagea of the train or on the engine, and insolated wires proceed from it akmg the curiages to the magnets^ where shorter wires brandi off. ** To release the hook and break, the cinisges must be moved « slight]^ backwards.*' |JMiited,Scl.] A.D. 1864, April 6.— N* 779. GILPIN, WiLhiAU.—iPromtUmal Proteeiiom only.) ** Impiove- ** ments in electrical communication," consisting of: — 1st. ^ A new plastic material "for** insulating electric tdegiaph wiie^" ** composed of certain proportions of gutta perchm pitch ** or tar, rosin,'& oiL" 2nd.«A method of ** constructing subterranean electric tele« ** graphs." In the first place telegraph wire is insulated and protected by means of coatings of fibrous material steeped in hot ** oil, rosin, & tar;" these are formed into a rope by being covered again with tar and rosin, and the whole is pressed, while in a plastic state, into a solid body, at the same time being served by machinery with a coating of tar-soaked fibrous material. When being laid in the trench, the rope is passed through a hot com- pound of pitch, rosin, and sand, and is farther protected by being laid in a trough, into which is poured a hot compound of pitch and rosin, a lid is then fixed on the trough. drd. ** Insulating and protecting electric telegraph wires " by covering the rope described under the 2nd head with iron wire, and afterwards " ' galvanising* " it, thus forming a *' solid metallic ** covering." 4th. ** Constructing submarine or subterranean telegraph ropes," ** by laying a core of metallic wire or wires in the centre." 6th. ** An improved telegraphic alarum, in the construction of '* which a delicate mechanical arrangement is introduced to assist ^ the escapement, so that the strong current of electricity now '* ordinarily required to overcome the friction on the arm or " detention pin is not needful." THEIR GENERATION AND AFPUOATIONSt 405 A.D. 1854, April6.— N« 795. BOYD^ Jambs Edward.— (JVomjibnal Protectum ohI^.) ^'Im* *' provements in the constraction of ships' sncihors." '' This object is to be accomplished l^ oonstnioting the andior " in two or more parts, and so miitbig them together with m ** moveable bolt fitting into a recess or chamber loaded with " combustible matter that the bolt may be suddenly expelled or " removed by the explosion of such combustible matter, tiierebjy " causing the parts to be disunited at their junction, and ideasbg *' the ship from her anchorage/' *' The explosion of the combustible matter is to be oocasioned ^' by electric, galvanic, magnetic, or other agencies, to be oonyeyed '' to the anchor by means of the ship's cable, or a chain, wire, rope, ** or other appliance, either attached thereto or separate and apart " therefrom. Or the dismemberment of the anchor may be ** effected without combustible matter by the anployment d " mechanical agency. The several parts of the anchor, although ** disunited at the junction, are still held together by means at " chains, whereby they are recovered and re-ad|justed as often as ** required." [Printed, 8(2.] A.D. 1854, April 13.— N« 864. HANSEN, Emilb William.^ — " An electro-magnetic engraving " machine." This invention consists of certain machinery by means of which designs can be copied or engraved, either upon the same scale as the original, or upon a larger or smaller scale. The design to be copied is drawn on a metal plate by means of non-conducting ink, and the plate to be engraved may consist of certain proportions of antimony and lead. " Feelers '* or tracers are made to pass over the design in a similar manner and at the same or a proportionate rate that the engraving tools pass over the plate to be engraved. 'Whenever the feeler passes over a non- conducting portion of the dengn an dectrio drcnit is completed, which excites an dectro-nuignet to act upon the engraving tool by means of its lever armature. As many foekxa mii €^»te^Tsa^BMtak m3jr be used as desired. 408 . EUanOOnTilKDlllAONBTISMt The Speeifloiiioii and DnwiiigB deicribe and Aaw a «*«^^«iir nmilar to a planing machine, in wliifih a horisontal table oamies Ae derign and plate, bj a leciprocating motion, legpectifely undo* the tnuser and engraving tooL The eleotro-magnet^ levers, tneer, and engraving tool are monntad iqpon a eroM didi^ and thui earned to travel a onan diatanoe tranaverae^ at the termination of evoy itroke of the taUe. Two galvanio batteriea are reqnired for evoy engraving tool; one to complete the circoit of the eoil of a^pioker'^or ''reveraing apparatus" whenever tiie feeler pumm over themetal, and the other to aotnata the eleetro-magnet when* ever the ** pioker '' circuit is intenrapted. A machine upon the principle of a taming lathe is also men* tioned; in this arrangement a pentagr^Ai action enahlea the design to be copied on a larger or smaller acale* Designs in relief may either be produced bj a reverse anange* nent of the ^'^bker,*' or bj a ftinUe metal or electrotype oaflt ftom aa original engraving. [Printed, lOci.] A.D. 1864, April la— N» 868. DEVINCENZI, Giuseppe.—'' A method or methods of pro- '' dadng engraved, figured, and typographic surfiEuses for printing " and embossing from, and for ornaments, also certain machinery " employed therein." The object and applications of the invention are set forth, and the various methods of carrying it into effect are duddated in the Complete Specification under the following heads : — 1st. The object of the invention is to convert into engravings (sunken or in relief, metallic or non-metallic) typographic or lithog^phic prints, engravings, &c. The engraved surfaces thus obtained may be used for printmg, reproducing impressions, or as ornaments. 2nd. The invention consists in producing, by means of what are caUed ** printing machines," '* prints resembling the ordinary ** typographic printing." 3rd. The metals and alloys preferred to be used for printing are steel, copper, zinc, and hard alloys. 4th. ''The surfeces of the metals on which the engravings are ^ to he produced must be po\ubfid vcid «ll ^s;ceaae must be '^ nmored/' ti THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCATIONS. 407 5th. Various methods of obtaining *' impresdons '* {" wiih some '* greasy matters") on the above-described surfiEuses are set forth ; none of these methods involve the application of electrical force. 6th. " The greasy impressions on such metallic smfftces '^ heang obtained, a varnish is applied to them. The varnish must be able to resist " electro-chemical action," or the simple action of an acid, and is applied by means of a cylinder (" by a process precisely similar to that used for inking in zincography and litho- graphy "), or a sponge may be used to apply the varnish. The varnish preferred is composed of " asphalte," essence of turpen« tine, and wax. According to another process, which may be employed in- stead of that just described, the ''impressions" may be inked with any varnish, or simply warmed and dusted over with bitu- minous or vitreous matter. These substances are then melted, and figured surfoces thus obtained. 7th. The metallic sui&ces, thus prepared, are engraved by electro-chemical action. For steel or zinc engravings, a solution of sulphate of copper and a single cell is used. " To obtain d]f<« ferent degrees of depth in an engraving," " the portions that are *' sufficiently engraved are covered with a varnish, and the suifsce '' is again submitted to electrical action." 8th. Other methods of obtaining engravings. The metallic surface is covered ''with a layer of another " metal by electro-plating; impressions are then produced on " this layer by the processes described under the 6th and 6th " heads ;" the resulting surfeoe is made the positive "electrode" in an electro-chemical bath ; thus the super-imposed layer if removed wherever there is no impression. This surfiMse is again electro-etched, a liquid being used that "will not attack the metal of the layer so as to obtain engraving of gpreater depth." By another method, all such portions of the plate as haive no impression are covered with a layer of a different metal ; the material in which the impressions are taken is then removed, and the surface electro-etched in a liquid that does not act on the metal of the layer. (C 408 . ELECTRICITT AND MAGNEnSIf I 9Ui. ^'Polbnitecr fignnt cm sheeto or loaves of metal," ** for inlaid woik/' may be obtained by the above pzo- 10th. Name plates may be produced by electro-depositang another metal in the sunken parts of an engraved plate. llllu Engravings on metallic suxfluxs can also be produced by employing the above-described processes, and substituting che- mieal action for electro-diemical action. 12th. Engraving non-metallio bodies by simple chemical action. 13th. The impressions, obtained as above, are also used to obtsin electrotype or stereotype plates. 14th. The '* printing machines ** alluded to under the 2nd head are described, and one worked by electro-magnetism elucidated at length. The arrangement of machinery in this i^paratus is very omilsr to that of the composing machine and printing ni«nliin#» c^ a printing tdegraph combined. Hie object of the machine is to pcoduce ''prints resembling the ordinary typographic printing; this is done by pressing on a button or finger key, which com- pletes the electric circuit of an electro-magnet, thus enabling a hammer to strike the type of a type-wheel (already brought to the desired position) on to the paper at the required place. Under the finger k^s a cylinder with helically- disposed studs is made to revolve ; the type-wheel, being fixed to the cylinder axis, is thus brought to the desired position by the depression of a lever under the finger key; contact is at the same time made with the coil circuit of the printing electro-magnet. The paper cylinder is moved parallel to itself on the breakage of the circuit of a second electro- magnet by the depression of the finger key, thus enabling the letters to be ranged properly in line* At the end of each line a special fijiger key is depressed, which, by means of levers, disen- gages the machinery giving rectilinear motion to the paper cylinder, and rotates it axially by a click and dick-wheel, so as to advance the piqper for the printing of the next line. In other machines with a small number of types mechanical means alone are used. Sunken impressions can be produced by these printing machines on easily impressible material, from which electro-casts can be ti^Len, » THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 409 15th. Engraving on plates^ and afterwards applying them to cylindrical surfaces. 16th. Electro-casts and other fac-similes can he taken from plates engraved as herein described. 17th. Engraved or perforated surfaces obtained by the above^ described processes may be applied to the following purposes :— Surface printing, printing from sunken surfaces, printing fabrics, stamping metals and other materials, inlaid and marquetry work, and " for ornaments by themselves.' [Printed, l5. Gd.] A.D. 1854, April 1 7.— N« 883, BENTLEY, William Henry. — " Improvements in cannons, " guns, and other fire-arms, and in projectiles for the same.'* These fire-arms are stated to be able to '' he discharged by eleC" " tricity" but no method of carrying this into effect is given. The invention relates to breech-loading fire-arms. [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1854, April 19.— N« 904. CLARKE, Henry. — {Provisional Protection only.) "Improve- ** ments in cannons, guns, and other fire-arms." ** This invention is applicable alike to cannons and smaU arms, " and consists in constructing them with a revolving breech." It is proposed "to discharge field-pieces and heavy guns by electricity, conveyed along a platinum or other suitable wire to the back of the charge, a small battery being carried with every gun to generate the electric fluid." [Printed. 3d.] « A.D. 1854, April 20.— N« 911. REED, John Montgomery. — (Provisional Protection only,) " Improvements in the treatment of amalgams." This invention consists " in the application of electricity, so as " to separate the solid metals from the mercury, and render their " extraction easy ; also to purify them, and free them from dross " and scoria," [Printed, 3dJ 410 EUBGTRICITT AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1864, April 24.— N<» 933. BUDDO, David. — " A magnetio weather guage to give warning '* of the approach of gales and storms, &c." This invention is founded on the principle that the attractive fbnse of magnets is temporarily incnased hj atmospheric currents of electricity that precede storms. The apparatus to measure the amount of magnetic attraction of a given magnet at a given time is as follows : — *'A magnetic ring" is in two parts, one fixed, the other moveable ; a screw, working in a fixed nut, is connected, by means of a moveable collar, to a spring fixed at its other end to the moveable portion of the ring. The power necessary to separate the moveable portion firom the fixed portion of the magnet, by means of the screw, is indicated by the tension of the spring, which the position of the collar is made to show on ** a graduated rod or " tube." [Printed, 8d.] St A.D. 1854, April 27.— N* 961. PERSON, Charles Clj^ophas. — (Provisional Protection only,) Certain improvements in coating with zinc by galvanization." This process " may be termed ' voltaic zincage by the help of " ' alumina.,' " " the main point being to have a salt of zinc and '' alumina present in the electrolytical solution." Certain propor- tions of ''potassic alum" and non-hydrated ''oxyd of zinc" dissolved in water are preferred. A " Brunsen's " [Bunsen's ?] or DanieU's single ceU is used. ''The reduction takes place on all metals now in use." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1864, May 2.— N« 989. GLUKMAN, Leon. — (Provisional Protection only,) " Improve- " ments in effecting electric communications in railway trains Und " vessels." This invention " consists of and in the application and adapt- ation of electricity, by means of stable couplings, to railway «- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS, 411 ** trains and vessels, for the purpose of transmitting signals between " the various officers." [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1854, May 5.— N« 1006. HASELER, Edwin. — "An improvement or improvements in *' ornamenting metals, papier m&ch^, horn, and shelL" This invention consists of the following process: — ^A design called a " ' negative ' " is printed on the snrfiftce to be ornamented, or transferred thereto from a surface on which it has been printed ; the i" ' negative ' " design being one in which all the parts are printed which are to be ungilded or plain in the finished article* The article is then gilt, silvered, bronzed, colored, or treated '' by " acids or other chemical agents," and the *' ' negative ' " design removed by a suitable solvent; the design is thus left, in gold or other means of ornamentation, " on the surface to be ornamented " in all those places to which the printed impression was not " appUed." In applying this invention to metals, it may be modified by electro-depositing the ornamenting metal on the parts of the design not printed on, instead of applying the metal in leaf or foil in the ordinaiy manner. [Printed. 4d.] A.D. 1854, May 16.— N<» 1088. DERING, George Edward. — " Improvements in obtaining " motive power by electricity." This invention consists in combining '* a rolling and rooking " motion of the electro-magnets on their keepers or armatures, or vice versd, " in place of a continuous rotating action or other " actions, heretofore resorted to." A portion of a cyUnder or other curve is caused by the electro^ magnetic power "to roll or rock on a plane or other surikoe, " first in one direction and then in the other." By preference, the siirface of the rocker is not in actual contact with the magnetio surface acting upon it, but is supported by independent rails, to that the surfaces approach each o^er as near as i^o«!^\^\& ^^r^iSofs^ 41S ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : . eontMli "fliDgea ftiid cogged nnftoes'' being '' employed to keep ^ the rocker at ell times in proper position/' The motive poiwer is derived ''from the redprocating motion of the rocker and anna " or levers attached to it." One battery pole is in connection inth one coil terminal of each deofeR>-magnet» and the other is connected to a suitable *' contact^ « fanning arrangement,*' so as to bring into action each electro- magnet m succession ** immediately before " the previously acting one is thrown out. To reverse the direction of motion of this engine, it ia only neoesaaiy '* to alter the jiosition of the revolving piece, so that it «* shall bring again into action the electro-magnet whidi was last •* thrown out" To prevent the eflbcta of the spaik, the parts exposed to its action are sunounded with a hydro-caxbon or other non*oxygenated matter, or the air is ezdnded from them by extraction. To regulate the supply of dectridty to the engine, a tapering iron (or other imperfectly conducting) bar is more or less included in the circuit by dipping less or more into a mercury cup. [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1854, May 18.— N'* 1110. JOHNSON, John Hbnry (a comnuaUcaHon from Meiurad TkeUer), — " Improvements in printing telegraphs." ''This invention relates to an improved construction and arrangement of mechanism for transmitting and printing messages or dispatches by electro-magnetic agency, and consists in the employment of wheels situated at each of the corresponding '* stations, which wheels are caused to revolve at the same speed. ** The difficulty which has hitherto presented itself in the employ- " ment of telegraphs based on this principle has been obviated by " the improvements herein-after described, whereby the uniformity " of movement of the wheels is required only for a very short " apace of time, at the most for only half a second/' "A series of keys," with the letters marked thereon, have a revolving shaft, carrying heUcally-anranged tappets fitted beneatii tiiem. Each tappet ia acted on by a distinct key, *' the under side '' of the keys being fitted with a projecting catch, which holds the €i i* it it €t THEir^ GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 413 ** respective tappet on the depraiUm of tiie kcj. At the end qf '* the shaft is fitted another tappet (distinct fhnn those aliea^ '* mentioned), which serves to hold tiie shaft ststionaiy hf means *'. of a spring lever which hooks on to it ; this lever is, however, *' released, and the shaft allowed to revolve ; whenever any (me of " the keys are depressed, the shaft continues to revolve until the '' particular tappet corresponding to that key comes in contact ** with its under catch hefore mentioned, lliis has the eflisct of ** stopping the revolution of the shaft, and establishing tiie decCrie " current through it." The apparatus for breaking and establishing the eamnt consists of an escapement wheel, which revolves upon the end of the shaft before mentioned. This wheel is driven by doek* *' work, and is insulated at the part where it turns upon the shaft, ** and is fitted with a blade spring, which is attached to the side " of the escapement wheel by an insulated junction, the other end " being connected to an arm on the end of the shaft canying the ** tappets. A small stud is fitted to one side of the escapement " wheel, and the arm before mentioned is kept just out of contact " with the stud on the wheel, but when the stud and arm an " brought into contact with each other (which occurs, firstly, at " the moment a key is pressed upon, and, secondly, when the " shaft is stopped by the catdi on the under side of the key), m ** communication is formed and a current established; it will tiiua be seen that the spring has the effect of breaking the conmrani- cation between the wheel and the tappet shaft during the rotation of the latter so long as the keys are left untoudied. The current passes through tiie two shafts and on to the next station, and returns by another wire, which is attached to a |ueoe of copper at the other end of the key board, where is sitiuited the negative pole of the batteiy. A square piece of metal presses upon a piece of ivory let into the copper, and is so arranged that when tha key board is at rest the metal rests upon the ivoiy, and the current is broken ; but the moment a key is depressed, the metal slides off the ivoiy on to the copper, and '* establishes a communication. Thus, as the contact between *' the copper and metal arm commences before the release of the " shaft, and before the stud in the wheel before mentioned has had " time to become disconnected from the arm on the shafts an *' electric current is eitahlished for an instian^ inmSq^^ tab^ « €€ tt CC it it (t tt tt tt 414 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " the sfcrikiiig of a hej, and oocon again when one of the tappets ** comes in contact with its corresponding key." ** The printing medianism is actuated by clock-work, and an ** esci^iement wheel, similar to the telegraph, driven at the same " speed also. The wheel containing the signs or characters in relief ^ is caniedon the same arbre as the escapement wheel ; it is kept in ** contact with an inking roller, which is made hollow, and carries '^ the color innde. The surfiaoe of the roller is covered with ** gotta percha» whidi is pierced inth a number of very small ** holes, to allow the color to ooze out. The characters on the ** wheel correspond in order to the characters on the keys, and " when a key is depressed the wheel stops with that pazticalar ** character downwards, and the ptaper, which is cut into a long '* tupe or strip, is pressed against it by a lever and magnet eadi ** time a letter is to be printed. A blank key is fitted in the ** key board, to produce the spaces between the words on the « dispatch.'' ''In many cases it will be found necessary to employ two ** printing wheels, either one or the other being actuated at ** pleasure by reversing the direction of the current." The key- board to this apparatus will be composed of t^'o ranges of keys similar to a pianoforte. " Each set of keys acts upon a separate ** rod, and each rod is fitted with the same mechanism for ** establishing and breaking the current, as described above." In the printing apparatus, one or other of the " printing wheels " is actuated, according to the direction of the line-wire cuirent round the electro-magnets of a ''pecker." In this instrument the '* printing wheels " themselves are made to descend for the purpose of 'printing a sign. The ''pecker" makes local battery contacts with one of two electro-magnets, there being one electro- magnet to each printing wheeL CPrinted,lt.6d.] A.D. 1854, May 22.— N^ 1132. BAJLBIRNIE, Robekt Anstruther (a communication from Jf^^lUam A. Orr). — {JProvisional Protection only,) " An improved ^ziode of mounting ships' compasses." Tn^e object of this invention is to destroy or neutralize the of local attraction upon mariner's compasses. To thii ^K^d the compass ia encased in a co^ervn^ ol Vvx^ ^^axx^, >9axa.' D D \% 418 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : The ''relay" used consists of a small borsesboe pennanent magnet fixed on a spindle^ ''and placed between tbe pole pieces " or poles " of a borsesboe electro-magnet. Tbe bend of tbe per- manent magnet is away from tbe electro-magnet^ and tbe arms of the magnets are paralleL Tbe alternating line-wire currents pass- ing round tbe electro-magnet thus complete alternating local cur- rents ; but tbe direct line-wire currents are not repeated, as the residual magnetism of tbe electro-magnet in that case keeps tbe local current continuous in one direction. Tbe continuous action of tbe local current is not interfered with until alternating line* wire currents excite tbe electro-magnet. A second " relay " is described and shown, working in a similar way to tbe above-described instrument, but with a bar permanent magnet between tbe pole pieces of two horseshoe electro-magnets. - A galranic battery may be used instead of a magneto-electric machine in the " decomposition printer ; " in this case a commu- tator directs and controls tbe currents. The " automatic needle " commutator ** consists of a galvanometer needle and coil, upon tbe spindle of which is placed an ordinary commutator, which es- tablishes an automatic rotation in the needle, and produces the alternation of current necessary to the working of the apparatus. This apparatus is combined with the " decomposition printer " by a wheel-and-pinion movement, as in the " magneto-electric decom- " position printer," or by a pin and star-wheel movement. A " quantity " batteiy may be employed in connection with the commutator to excite secondary currents in a coil connected with the line wire. The quantity batteiy consists of a modification of the Maynooth batteiy, in which a number of cast-iron cells are included in a frame ; porous cells contain the amalgamated zinc plates, and all the cells are connected for quantity, so that acids, porous cells, or zincs may be renewed without " interrupting the ** proper use of the batteiy." For a " long series battery," to be connected with the commu- tator, a great number of very small elements is used. Smee's combination is preferred, and gutta percha cells in gutta percha trays are employed. The hooks by which the trays rest upon their supporting framework are made to convey the current. " The dial indicator and type printer." Alternating currents firom the transmitting station impel a step-by-step movement at tAe receiving station, by means oi ^ T«\a.^» lo^ battery current. « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 419 and electro-magnets. On the ratchet-wheel spindle of the step- by-step movement an indicating hand and type wheel are fixed ; these are rotated by the alternating currents from the relay until a key is depressed at the transmitting station ; when this is done, a short circuit is established at the time that a "traveller " passes over the circuit piece corresponding to the key depressed. After indicating any letter, the hand and type wheel automatically return to zero, and during this action the recording instruments at the transmitting and receiving stations break the connection with the line wire till the return of the type wheel in each is completed, when the connection in both is re-established ; thus neither instru- ment can work till both are ready. The recording apparatus is entirely worked by electro-magnetic power. It is also proposed " to use a modification of the foregoing type printer, in which a continuous forward movement of the hand and type wheel is substituted for the above-described alternate forward and retrograde movements." For this piurpose the instrument is divested of those parts which efPect the retrograde movement. In reference to dispersing the earth current, an electro-magnet and spring armature are described and shown, that effect con- nection between the line and earth wires whenever the " travelling " current is drained off from the line wire," the coil of the electro- magnet being placed in the circuit of the short-circuit wire for that purpose. To obtain " infinitessimal earth contacts," platinum wires (respectively connected with the line wire and earth-plate) are welded into a glass tube contidning distilled water or other fluid. [Printed, 4».7d.] A.D. 1854, June 5.— No 1242. LINDSAY, James Bowman. — ''A means of transmitting tele^ " graphic messages by means of electricity through and across a " body or bodies of water." This invention consists of a method of completing the circuit of electric telegraphs through water, *' without submarine cables or " submerged wires extending across such water," water being " the connecting and conducting medium for the electric fluid." The two wires, respectively connected mtVi >iJlaft XaXXxstj «n^ signal inatniment on one side of ttiG ^^\^» wft ^^^ftdos^ "^ D D 2 480 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " metal ImJ1i» tabes, or pktet plaoed in the water, or in moist ** ground s4]i^<'c^^ ^ ^^^ water." The same arrangement is plaoed on the other side of the water ; and the forward aa well as the return oonent passes between the respective plates. It is preliBrred to plaoe the plates on one side of the water at a greater distance i^Mrt than the distance across the water; bat in case this is not piacticsble» the batteiy power most be aug- mented, and the size of the immersed plates increased. It is also necessaiy to place the plates for the forward current opposite to each other, and the plates for the return cumnt opposite to each other. [Printed, Stf.] A.D. 1854, Jane lO^N* 1287. PULS, Francis. — (PromtUmal Proieetum anfy.) " Improve- " meats in electro-galvanio apparatus for medical purposes, parts ^ of which improvements are also applicable to otiier electro- ^ galvanic appKaratus." This invention refers to pocket apparatus, which ** is comprised " in an oblong box of convenient size/' divided into two lon- gitudinal compartments, one of which contains the battery, and the other the conductors and induced current apparatus. The batterj is ''so arranged that each plate, whether of negative ** or positive metal, shall be rigidly connected with the next ** plate but two before (or after it, in the battery, or with the next *' plate but one of the opposite quality to itself,) by an extension ** of either of the plates along the side of the battery to meet the ** other plate, the only exception being with the second plate from " one end of the pile, which is detached." In an apparatus for the induced current, a plate of soft iron attached to a spring breaks contact, the electric wire being wound ** over a bunch of soft iron wire." ** At the place of interrup- " tion " flat or rounded plates are placed, instead of points. [Printed, Sd] A.D. 1864, June 21.— N» 136/. PHYSICK, Hbnry Vkbnon.— This invention relates to electric telegraph apparatus. 'i'he following improvements are set forth :— 1st. ''The use of more wires than one, plaited or twisted ^ togeiber/* '' as ft conductor for the electricity in submarine THEIR GENERATION AND APPUCAHONS. 42l " oftblet." In cue of the breakage of taxj one of the wirea, ^the *' other or others would oonvej the deotridtj.'' 2nd. Methods of distingniahing the separate wires from one another in submarine and snbtenranean cables. A strand of hemp or other suitable material is wound " spirally " [helically?] round one or more of the wires* When several cables are laid together, this method can be applied to distinguish them from one another. A difference in sise, color, or material of the strands may be made, or the gutta perdia may be marked or embossed. 3rd. '* Useing cotton instead of hemp for the heart-wonning " and sewing of telegraph ropes ;'* also ** useing cotton or hempen " tape to bind several wires into a rope." 4th. Improvements in insulators for suspended line wires. To prevent the ^erire slipping through the insulator, a small hook passes through the insulator, underneath the point of support of the wire; the wire is pulled tight against the insulator by a sioew and nut on the other end of the hook. In fbdng the insulator to its wooden support, the upper part of it passes through the wood, and is fixed by a forked key pushed through a groove, or a split key driven through a hole. When the insulator is fastened rido* ways to the post, a hoop-iron dip, with a bolt and nut, tighten^ the insulator, and allows for various dies. [Printed, 7(2.] A.D. 1864, June 22.— N« 1369. BLASHFIELD, John Mabbiott. — '* Improvements in the *' manufEUjture of china, potteiy, bricks, and other artidea mtsuof ** factured for the most part of day." This invention condsts of ''the use of minerals or fossils containing phosphate of lime, and known in commeroe as 'coprolites,' 'phosphorites,' ' fossil sponges,' 'fossil foMses,' « ' fossil flesh,' and 'fossil bones,'" in the manufocture of tli6 above-mentioned articles. The fossils are washed, dried, and pulverised by processes thai are described. To separate particles of iron, thqr are then passed between or nearthe poles of small dectro-magnets, or the thin layer of foadla la raked over " with a suitable oomlnmition of small deotro-magnfltSt" [Printed, 44] 482 EUKTBICrrY AND JilAGNETISM s A.D. 1864, June 27.— N» 1412. SMITH, Andrbw. — '' Certain impiovements in the mamiiactuTe ** of certain kinds or descriptionB of wire and other ropes and ** BtrandB.'* The oliject of this invention is to form *' strands for 'fonned ** ropes/ " [electric ?] " telegraph and other cables, without putting ** individual twist into the wires or yams composing such ' formed' " strand." Any suitable means may be employed to cany out this inven- tion, but the method prefeired is as follows : — The required number of bobbins, carrying the strands, are mounted on a horizontal " bottom frame plate," which revolves on a step that is cored out '^ to allow of the passage through it of " the centre wire core or heart" From the bobbins the strands proceed to a '* nipper tube or laying plate," where they are united and laid on to the core or heart. The strand, thus fanned, passes over a sheave to a coned pulley driven by a screw on the driving shaft working into a screw wheel. In order to hold the bobbins " in the same relative position, or y what is known as ' always presenting to view the same face ' *' during their revolution," they are hung in separate carriage frames or forks, whose axes are cranked, and rest in the " bottom ** frame plate ;" an excentric on the axis of the apparatus gives suitable motion to an " upper plate " carrying the crank pins, thus e£Pecting the desired object. It is proposed to lay up " formed strand," by means of this Apparatus, '' of hard or unannealed wires." [Printed, Ud.] A.D. 1854, July 4.— N» 1471. JOHNSON, John Henby (a c tad PERKINS, Johv William. — ** ImproFeiiMiiti in obtoining meteli from one md " oxidef/' The ores or oxides ue aetod upon bj yarioos minenl Adds in connection with volttio daelricity, *' so as to dissolve oat and disintegrate from the matrix eaeh metal contained tiberdn in succession, in accordance with their respective degrees of aohip bilily in such adds respectively;" the metals **are obtained " direct," or are afterwards predpitated from thdr solutions bj voltaic electridty. The rendual add solutions are neutnJixed bj fixed alkalies ; thus neutral salts of the alkalies are obtMned ''ina '' commercial state." The following processes are described : — Ist. Breaking ''metaUio rook into coarse powder," and dis- solving out the metallio oxides 1^ " the action of snlphurio add^ nitric add, hydrochloric add, or mixture thereof." 2Dd. *' Breaking or crushing the sulphurets of metals, and roasting at a red heat in a common reverberatory fomaoe, drawing therefrom into the respective adds in a red hot states" to reduce the metals speedilj *'to a solution." Cszbonate of soda or potash may be used to predpitate the metals as carbonates; the remaining solutions of neutral salts (** as nitrates of soda or *' potash, &c.") may be applied ''to commercial purposes." 3rd. " The converdon of carbonates of metsls into conrnterdal artides by the ordinary modes of purification, or the ftother solution of such carbonates in their respective solutionB, and depositing the same in a metallic state by the ordinaiy piocessea of dectro-metalluigy." [Printed, ad.] A.D. 1854, July 18.— N« 1575. ARCHER, Gharlbs Matbvby.— (Proeitibiiol Proieciiim only.) Treating all kinds of p^Mr whereon any printing, engraving, engrossing, letter writing, or lithographing has been printed or impressed, so that the said printing, engraving, engrosanD^ letter writing, or lithogn^>hing may be complete^ removed, discharged, or obliterated from the said i^s^^^ %& m ^Qoaki *dM^ said paper may be leadQy re-naed in a'bM^ ot \yt ifr«sm^^a^ €€ (( « « (t « €( " & wotked up again into ifai primitive pulp bj the oidinaij ** method, & be again numolhetaed into & be need aa paper." • .Tlip leaidiial prodnoti of the jaoeeaa henin-aftsr deaeribed ^ (other than the pulp and pap« ao treatedV are to be used, among other pmpoaea, **f(or eUetrie idegrtqfkie baitery pwrfomt.*' Angr of the above-mentioned 4eaoription8 of p^mr is immoraed " fbr a given period in a bath or aolntion of pure anlphnrie or *' odwr acid," bj whidi meana tiie printera' ink ia diaohaiged ftom the p^MT. To prevent tiie deatmctive iniinence of the aiada upon the pi^ter, it ia» during the prooeaa of rtiminatinn of the printara* ink, phmged into apring water, or into hot water for a ehort period. A aoft bmah may be paaaed over .both aidea of the jpaper, ''ao aa to enable it (after being, if neoeaiaiy, bleached)^ l^ ** inunerdon in apirita of ammonia or other alkali, to preaent an ^ almoet nonnaUj dean aozfhee Ibr being (after the application /'- of pvcaame to take oat the atamp of the typea) need again in •< printing, engmving^ engioaBing^ or [Priiited.8(i.] A.D. 1864, July 18.— N« 1582. FONTAINEMOREAU, Pbtbr Armand le Comte de (a com- mimiettti(m),'^{Provuumal Protection onfy,) ** Improyements in •* rincography." The design is drawn on the roughened zinc plate in lithographic ink; the zinc plate is then ** slightly heated," and has a powder or insulating mixture, composed of "resin, Burgpandy pitch, ** and asphaltum,*' dusted over it. The superfluous powder is then removed, ''so that the drawing alone is coated with the " above mixture," and the plate heated to soften the adhering powder, and " convert it into a varnish similar to that employed " by engravers *f(or stopping out." Tbe plate is then " placed in a weak solution of sulphate of zinc," and etched by galvanic means. When the drawing is sufficiently bitten in, the plate is " removed and cleansed. It may then be employed to print from directly, or to serve aa matrix to a gutta percha mould, on " which ooppor is subsequently deposited, to form a picture " aoooiding to the well-known gahrano-plastic process,"* [PHiftodfUiJ (I (( K i< i( « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 437 A.D. 1864, July 21.— N« 1605. ALEXANDRE, Isaib, and SOMMERVILLE, Alfred.— {Profrisional ■ Protection onfy.) ''An improvement or improre- " ments in boots and shoes, and in socks or inner soles for boots " and shoes." This invention " consists in applying to the interior of the " bottoms of boots and shoes, wires or plates of copper and sine, *' or combinations of such other metals or materials as will form with the moisture of the foot galvanic or voltaic combinations. The electricity generated during the wearing of boots and shoes made according to " this " invention gives vigour to the nervous system of weakly or debilitated persons. Where socks or move- able inner soles are worn in boots and shoes," "the said voltuc or galvanic combinations " are applied ''to the said socks or •' soles." [Printed, 8rf.] A.D. 1854, July 21.— N«> 1606. CALLAN, Nicholas. — "A means by which iron of cvay kind '* may be protected against the action of the weather, and of " various corroding substances, so that iron thus protected will " answer for roofing, for cisterns, baths, gutters, window frames,'* [electric F] " telegraphic wires, for marine and various other pur- " poses, and by which brass and copper may be similarly protected." This invention consists in coating iron, brass, or copper with the following alloys : — Ist. " Of lead and tin, in which the quantity of lead is at least " twice or three times as great by weight as that of tin." 2nd. "Of lead, tin, zinc, and antimony." drd. " Of tin and antimony." 4th. " Of tin with any two of the other three metals.* Iron, copper, or brass may be coated "with any of the above- " mentioned alloys by first coating them with tin," or with an alloy of tin in which the quantity of the above-mentioned metals is small compared with that of tin, and then dipping the coated metal " into the molten lead or antimony," or into any of the aforesaid molten alloys. " Or, after being properly cleaned and prepared, iron, brass, and " copper may be coated at once, by dipping them iivto «ac^ ^**^b!^ " said alloys, whilst these alloyB ate m a Vlc^^ iMut^^ 42B BLHiDtRlCnT AKD lIAONBTISIf t In gOMnl tiie qoantitf of laid duyald be nmbh grater ^bmn •tliai of tun, end tiie queii^ of nnc m antimony ehoiild not eneed thai of tin. In OMee where grcat reeietanoe to coRoaUm is lequired, the qnanthy of antimony may be equal to or greater than that of lead, the quantity of lead being '* diminished in proportion " to tiie inoreaee of tlwt of antimony.'* nMiit6d,M.] A.D. 1854, July 28.— N-1665. JOHNSON, Richard. — '* Impnnrenients in coating and inau* ** lating wire '' ** employed to conduct the electrio or electro«mag- « netie fluids." This inraition consists in ''coating or covering wire with " sdntions of gutta percb% caoutchouc, tar, pitdi, asphaltnm, " rssin, or wax in coal n^ytha» or in any other suitable fluid.'* Gutta percha is dissolv^ by pladng certain proportions of coal naptha and gutta percha into a steam-heated pan, and setting in motion in the liquid an a^tator that passes through a cover. Caoutchouc is dissolved (in a cast-iron pan heated over an open Are) by means of heavy oil of tar ; when this becomes a thick homogeneous mass, it is mixed with a certain quantity of coal naptha, and introduced into the steam-heated pan. Coal tar is dissolved in a certain proportion of coal naptha at the ordinary temperature. To coat wire, it is passed from a reel into a solution composed of certain proportions of the above-mentioned solutions, then through a small aperture to remove the superfluous quantity ; the naptha is then ignited, and the wire passed into water and reeled upon reels ; or a bundle of wire may be dipped into any of the above solutions, and the volatile fluids evaporated by artificial heat; or the volatile fluids ''adhering to the bundle" may be ignited, and the wire then exposed for several hours to the atmo- sphere, and plunged into cold water. [Printed, Set] A.D. 1854, July 29.— N« 1670. KEEN, Robert John. — ^ Improvements in the mariner's com- "pass." Tbig iDvmtion " is intended to ooixniVecMX V^^ ^^^ ^^ t\i^ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLIGATIONS. 4aSt « pitohing mad ydning of ymmik, and the Tilmtiiig aotion in " steam vessels," and consists :— 1st. " In adapting a peculiar oonstraclion of indift-rabber £sc " spring to the cap of tha compass/* 2nd. " In adapting a doable action metallic spring to thecenfcN^ on which the compass card is supported." 3rd. '* In adi^ting metal springs to the pivots and shooldsn of " the compass." A binnacle compass is described and shown, attached to the binnade by a half gimbal which ''fonns tiie springs fbr the pivoti " and shoulders of the compass, the ends being left free, so as to <' be capable of yielding to any lateral motion." ' The oompasa bowl, preferably of glass, porodain, earthenware, or other noo* metallic material, is suspended on pivots in a gimbal snpported in the half gimbal. The centre ''pedestal" supporting tlM compass card carries a metal cup, in which adisc of vulcanised India-rubber is fixed by a screwed ring ; ivoiy or bone washers are cemented to the disc, so as to prevent it £rom coming in contact with metal; and the jewelled cap, for the steel centre of the card to work in^ is mounted in a similar way in the centre of ihe disc; thus the India-rubber is preserved from the coirosive action of metaL Hie steel centre of the card is fixed to a metal disc which is placed, free to move, in a cylindrical box between two coiled springs ; the boot being fixed to the bridge of the card* The compass card has two parallel needles. A cabin compass is shown, having the 1st and 2nd improve* ments; its card carries two paraUd dipping needles. [Printed, M.3 A.D. 1864, July 29.— N« 1679. BELLFORD, Augusts Edouard Lobadoux (a tion). — " An improved method of engraving." This invention consists ita producing engrarings of all kinds in relievo by a galvanic current, the plate or metaUio o^eot desired to be engraved being covered with the design in some *' suitable ink, and substitute for the soluble or feeding claotaoda usuaUy employed in any (ule whatever*'* €t C« 480 MLSOfUOtlT AND ItACMSTlMF) 1 L U TnBipBovniiptnilw pvoooHMi bywfaHh tiiii lAvntioii m omiod^ out in pitetiod :— Fkeptang the pbdwi. — ^It it pnlemd "io imp«rt to the mxHkM a ovtein dulneM^ m the lines aie liaUa to widen out on ft per- ^ fto^y hri^ or polished suiftoe.'' Mollis is dibotod bj strnving pnndoMtone powder on the plii^ moistoning it with witar» sad nlfing a smsU sine zolkr ''over the pisto in sU diieotions nntil *" tfw leqnired shade be obtsmed," or *^farown 0:1^ or peioxjde ^ of lead dihited with water" msj be passed over ttie {date. Dnsring the dengn. — Lithogiaphio ink, or varnish ineohiUe in wafar^mi^bensed* Ifli&ogiaphioinkisnsed»itnisyberBndaied faisohible in wster bydifaiting with albinainoos wtttSTyaiid eiposing tfw plato drawn upon intii this ink to • 4edipteatiiio tf 9l2^ Bahnnheit» tiins ooagokling Hm aUmmen. When the drawing ia made wiA. oidinarf lithogisphio ink, or with a lithogi^ihto peneO, or when it is taken off a diawin^^ plato is "amdwhted" bya saitBUj difaito Mention of nutgaUs and mtrie aoid. Hie plrte is then washed, gnmmed, the diawing removed by essenoe of torpentine, and the phito again washed in gum water, and inlced with a composition of yellow bees'-waz, essence of turpentine, linseed oil, Umpblack, tsllow, gnm ke, *' oolophany/' Buigondy piteh, and wluto pitch. Engraving the design.— The engraving bath is composed of salable sslto of the metal or metsls of which the plate is composed. The drawing having been made as above desciibcd, is covered at the back with wax or protecting varnish, and placed in the en- graving badi, in contact with the pontive pole of a suitable battery, opposite a negative pole* It is taken out of the bath after a short time, and the fine lines caused to merge into one another hj inking with the '' cero-reonous ink'' above described, and sub- jecting it to a gentle heat, so as to cause the ink to run down the edges of the lines and fiU up the gaps in the lines ; the plate is agsin placed in the etching bath, and the operation of inking and etching alternately carried on until there only remain the great blanks to be hollowed out ; these are deepened by covering the line or dark psrts of the drawing ^h ink, and corroding the blsnks to the depth required. This invention may be applied ''to making calico printing « blocks.'' THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 431 A.D. 1864, August 4.— N<» 1713. KORTRIGHT, Alfred. — " Improvements in marine and sur- " veying compasses." This invention relates to so arranging mariners' and surveyors' compasses as to neutralize the effects of the local attraction of iron or steel. '* In this improved arrangement the needle and index card case " is of cast iron. It is a plain and truly-turned ring, open at the '' top in the usual manner, and closed in at the bottom by a glass " or other plate, so as to form a box. In addition to this castr " iron case, rings of external cases of the same metal may be dis- " posed outside it, so as to produce a still greater protective efliect " upon the needle." " It is preferred to use both light and heavy needle cards," and '' to make them with two dipping needles." '' The cast-iron rings or cases may be electrotyped.'* [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1854, August 4.— N« 1714. HARRISON, Charles Wbiohtman. — " Improvements in ob- taining and applying electric currents, and in the treatment of certain products derived in obtaimng the same, part or parts of " which improvements is or are applicable to the production of " motive power." This invention relates to galvanic batteries, electro-magnetic engines, and the manufacture of coloring matter or pigments from battery solutions. 1st. Improvements in galvanic batteries. An " amalgam," " compound," or alloy of sodium, zinc, and mercury is used for positive " electrodes " or elements of batteries ; this alloy is made in a crucible by the application of heat. Potas- sium may be used instead of sodium, and either potassium or sodium may be used with any other metal to serve as a positive " electrode." Instead of amalgamating zinc plates in the ordinary way, it is preferred to unite the zinc and mercury by melting them together in a crucible, the mercury being added in small quantities at a time through a funnel. An alloy of platinum and iron, made by heating thft \&s^at^ together in a covered crucible, is used ^ «i ti<&\s^n^^^ ^l^k^s^^' Vk 438 ELBCTRICriT AND MAGNETISM : ZigwMg iMgitifB <" deotrode^'* with the bendff divided to athortdiitMioeaf oiieorbothendi,areiiMd; or sheets of m^tel maj be dinded into ^'nuiiMroas ben or segments.'* Eoohlorine or " hjpoohlorous toid'' is added in sohition to Hie ovdinsiy exoitaiits or deotroljtes, to aet ** ather ts en exciting or " seeondaiy sgent,** or as both. The eoohlorine eolation is pie- paied bj geotlj heaiting eertain proportions of " chlorate of po- " tassa*' and hydrodilorio add, and passing the resulting gme through water to saturation. A battery sohition for single-fluid airangements is oompoeed of eq[oal parts of nitrous add and water; this may be used with or wiliumt the euohlorine solution. A battery is fbrmed of *' cylinders or plates bent in a cyHndiioal ** Ibrm, and placed around each other in a concentric manner. ** Each of the positive pistes is fbrmed of a like quantiiy of ^ metal, and they are therefore progressively thicker as thdr sizes ^ diminish." Two negative ptetes, attadied to and separated ftom each other by gutta percha, intervene between the positive plates ; and the pair of negative plates surrounding each positive plate " are united to operate as one plate." '' Muriate of am* ** monia " solution is used to exdte this battery. Diaphragms of '* asbestos or other incombustible amphibolite '' [amphibiolite ?] " mineral '* are used ; the material is for this pur- pose manufoctured into sheets by analogous processes to those of paper making. 2nd. Improvements in electro-magnetic engines. Square or rectangular wires or ribbons, disposed in bundles of several separately uninsulated single wires," are wound dosely around the poles of electro-magnets." This improve- may also be used *' in the construction of electro-magnets for all ** purposes, and coils for tdegraphs." An arrangement of an deotro-magnet, called ''the plate horse- '* shoe dectro-magnet," is employed in dectro-magnetio engines. These magnets are made of drawn quarter-inch plates of decar- bonised soft iron; they are cut to the required size, and bent '* along the middle across the direction in which they have been " drawn to the shape of an ordinary horse-shoe magnet, and until ** the flat arms are about one-third of an inch dbtant from each ** other, the edges of the plates forming extended narrow poles." The pecuUtaitAe$ *of these magnets mainly consist ''in this great €€ ti THEIB GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 433 length of poles, and in their large and oomparatiyely thin rectangular arms. Two " reciprocatory " electro-magnetic engines, in which the above-described electro-magnets are used, are described and shown* In one engine, a beam, carrying keepers consisting of flat plates, is made to vibrate on an axis between the poles of the electro* magnets. The electro-magnets are ** fixed by any suitable means " in an inclined position, so that the faces of their poles at one ** end approach dose to the ends of the keepers nearest the axis ;" '' whilst their other ends are separated to a distance from each " other, and thus afford space for the keepers to vibrate between^ " according to the length of s^ke required." The greater length of the keepers and magnets on one side of the axis is compensated by the greater number of them on the other side. The electrio current is so supplied to and cut off from the coils of the electro- magnets that the keepers may vibrate between the magnets, and give motion to a connecting rod and crank on the driving shaft* In the second engine, there are only keepers and electro-magnets on one side of the axis of vibration, but there are several series of electro-magnets and keepers, each series having its own axis of vibration. A rod passes over all the keepers parallel to their plane of motion, and is suitably connected to them ; one series moves the keeper of the next series into its sphere of action, and so on until the rod is moved a sufficient length to form a stroke. The rod gives motion to the driving fly-wheel shaft by means of a connecting rod and crank. Having made one stroke, the action is reversed. The electric current is made to excite the right or left hand magnets of each set, in succession, by means of a suitable ** electrotome '* or commutator. A rotary electro-magnetic engine, having the above-described electro-magnets, is described and shown. The electro-magnets arc fixed to two discs, with their poles facing a central shaft, and arranged cylindrically. On the shaft " triangularly-formed keepers" are supported "with one of their flat sides closely approaching the faces of the magnets." On the magnets being excited (by " electrotomes " or commutators) in advance of the keepers, the shaft is caused to rotate. The electro-magnets have rounded poles (quadrants in section) tangential to the flat side of the keeper when it is opposed to the poles. K E 434 ELECnaCITT AND MAGNETISM; 3rd. Improvements in the manufacture of coloring matter or pigments from battery solutions. Yellow. — ^A strong solution of chromic acid is added to oxide of zinc suspended in boiling water; the liquid mass is then boiled, stirred, and stood to cool in pans. The supernatant liq[uor is then poured off, and the subsided matter heated ; it is then ready for use. The zinc oxide is obtuned by decomposing the galvanic salts by an alkali, and then exposing them to a red heat. Red. — " The bright chrome yellow solution above described '* is mixed " with carbonate of lead and chromic acid in like propor- *' lions." The mixture is boiled and stirred in lime water, and then dried ready for use. Blue. — ^To produce a dark blue, the mixed peroxide and pro- toxide salts of iron in solution are added to '' a solution of feno- " cyanic acid, with sufficient potassa to neutralize." The blue coloring matter is then precipitated by hydrochloric acid. Lighter shades of blue are obtained by adding in various proportions a salt of zinc to the iron salts. Green. — Certain proportions of the solutions of sulphate of zinc, sulphuric acid, oxide of chromium, and sulphate of cobalt are mixed together ; the oxides are then precipitated by an alkali, and the mass dried and exposed to an intense heat " until it assumes " a rich green color." Brown. — According to the shade required, "different propor- " tions of the galvanic solutions of iron and zinc" are mixed evaporated, and calcined. White. — " A galvanic solution of the muriate of zinc " is boiled in lime water until its oxide is precipitated; it is then dried and calcined. [Printed, llrf.] A.D. 1854, August 26.— N° 18/5. BROOM AX, Richard Archibald (o communication), ** Improvements in obtaimng motive power." This invention relates to "obtaining motive power from the " force of granty ; " also to obtaining motive power " from the " combined forces of gra\nty and electro-magnetism." In obtaining motive power by gravity, two wheels placed vertically side by side upon separjite ftxes, "are made to act ^^^.- (( <€ if THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 435 " alternately upon each other, so as to keep up a continuous '* motion." For this purpose each wheel is " weighted for about " one-sixth of its circumference/' th^ weighted part of one wheel, when in a vertical line with its centre, being opposite to the weighted part of the other. ''When one wheel has performed half of its revolution by gravity, a projecting arm ta^LCS into a corresponding projection or other suitable mechanical con- trivance in the other wheel, and is carried up by the descent of ** the first, and so on, until the apparatus is stopped." To regulate, quicken, or slacken the speed of the wheels, '' a set *' of semicircular " [a semicircular set of?] '* electro-magnets " is placed over one or both of the wheels ; these act either by attrac- tion or repulsion, as may be required, and are excited in proper order by suitable '* breaks and springs." Inst^ of having a second wheel, the heavy part of one wheel may be raised through half a revolution by a semicircular set of electro-magnets, excited successively by suitable "breaks and " springs." [Printed, 7rf.] A.D. 1854, August 28.— N° 1884. GRAY, John. — " Improvements in the mariner's compass." llie object of this invention is to *' cotmteract the vibratory action " to which they are subject in steam ships and other vessels." *' The compass is suspended within a vessel or bowl, which " is held in a state of suspension within another vessel or bowl " containing fluid," preferably yamish or saturated solution of common salt, the bottom of the inner bowl being connected with that of the outer bowl by helical springs. The inner vessel is kept in a central position by tension screws, fixed to the outer vessel, acting on India-rubber bands attached at their centres to lugs on the inner vessel. The needle and card are supported so as still further to decrease vibration. The spindle or pedestal carrying the card passes into a box containing a ''spiral" [helical?] spring, which bears against a disc fixed to the spindle, so as to counterpoise its weight in some measure ; the spindle passes through this box into one beneath it, its foot there resting on the centre of a vulcanized India-rubber disc supported by its circumieTeivQe. CiTk.^DcL<^\«^ 5!^ the spindle is another box, carrying aimVLaiVf wvo>btLCt\Tv^^»«-'r^^^w2t E K 2 436 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : disc, in the centre of which the *' cap " *' (which receives the pin ** of the compass card) is fixed." Round the cup is stretched a ring of vulcanised India-rubber, to prevent it from jarring against the cover of the box. The compass card has, by preference, two parallel needles mounted on centres, and carries plates oi talc, which, by offering a resistance to the air, check the oscillations of tiie compass. A pin descends from the centare of the glass cover, nearly into a cup on the bridge of the card, ''to prevent the card ** being thrown out of its beuing by a sudden shock." CFrinted, »!.] A.D. 1854, September 2.— N» 1920. CALLAN, Nicholas. — " Improvements in certain galvanic bat- ** teries," consisting of: — 1st. The use, in single-fluid batteries, of '' certain proportions ** of sulphuric and muriatic acid with water, either separately or ** together, and mixed or not mixed with an alkaline or metallic " salt." The salts mentioned are sulphate of iron, chloride of sodium, '* carbonate, sulphate, or phosphate of soda, or perman- " ganate or arseniate of potash." " The addition of these salts '* serves to keep the surface of the zinc clean." The arrangement preferred, where "great galvanic power is required," is cast-iron, sulphuric acid mixed with three times its bulk of a strong solution of common salt," and amalgamated zinc ; this arrange- ment is called " the Maynooth single fluid battery." 2nd. " The use of iron or cast iron instead of the copper used " in Daniell*s battery, and in other similar constant batteries." drd. " The use of sidphate of iron instead of the sulphate of " copper used in Daniell's battery and similar constant batteries." It is proposed to use the 2nd and drd improvements in combination with each other. 4th. " Using for the positive element of certain galvanic bat- '' teries zinc coated with an amalgam of mercury, tin, and lead, " or with an amalgam of mercury and either of the other two « metals." [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1854. September 8.— N» 1960. PETITJEAN, Tony. — "An improved process for re-cutting or *' re-forming the £eu;es of files " « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS, 43? The worn files are connected to the poailive pole of n gnlviinic hattery, anJ jiloced " id a bath of u pure solution of iron." The diasoli'ing action "first tskcs place in the hollowg," and their cuttJDK edges, after a short inten-ul, '' resume their original rcla- " live projection and sUarimeM." The method of corryin); out tbia invention is as follows : — The files are placed in a large cylindrical vessel (lined inside with a "metaUic brush " connected to the negative pole of the battery) against wire circles connected to the positive battery pole. The distoDce between the battery poles should not be "too small." " The electric current should be very strong, else the temper of " the flies might soften." [Printed, ait] A.D. I8&1, September 11.— N" 1980. SZONTAGH, Samusu.— " Improvements in sewing machines." This invention relates to shuttle sewing machines, and con< sists : — 1st. In employing a flat and broad pointed needle for Kwing leather. ^nd. In " the application of a magnet to the shuttle box of " sewing machines for keeping the shuttle in close contact witb " thot part of the shuttle box against which it slides." "The " passing of the thread or other sewing material otrr the shuttle, " instead of between it and that part of the shuttle box against " wliich it slides," is thus ensured. The needle is protected " from being acted upon by magnetic attraction by affixing a piece " of brass to that part of the shuttle box at which the needio " passes." Ilie shuttle ia preferably formed of " iron, combined " with a newly-invented preparation of india-rubber known as " ' protean,' " which doea not cut the thread. The outer surAice of the shuttle is convex, and " the inner or contact surface flat." \ horseshoe permanent magnet is shown in the Drawings, its poles bdng applied to the shuttle race. [Printtxl, eeroxide of iron " dissolvedto satuiation in alcohol, and a solution of a small quanti^ of " ciystallised uitrate " of silver" sheltered from tlie air and light. "When this " liquid is exposed to the air or light, a double decomposition is " produced, which disengages electrici^. Other substances " capableof producing byactingon one another an electric action " may he used, that is to say, certain acid metallic oxides or acids, " or any non-acid salt of a weak base, with a basic metallic oxide," " or any salt of which tlie acid is unstable." " The moderate and " continued electric effect produced by a double dccum^tou^Atnk t:nsi " be regulated by the proportion Mid ibe c\\ovcc ul ^v^a^Swssiws,*'''^ J 444 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ** can easily be determined hj means of the Sweiger's galvanometer " and the Boaenberger's electroscope." After the application of this liquid, a balsamic essential oil, or other essence, oil, or fiit, is employed, to hinder ''the too rapid evaporation of the first liquid." Pulverised gold leaf is mixed with this second preparation to fkvour the production of ** electricity. All toilette cosmetics may be made " producers of electricity ** by tiie application of the above principles. [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1854, October dO.— N« 2305* HADDAN, John Coopb. — *' Improvements in projectiles, and ^ in machinery for manu&cturing the same," relating to : — 1st Manufiu;turing rockets (See Printed Specification N« 10,008, Old Law.) 2nd. '' Making shell or hollow projectiles with discs, rings, ribs, ** or extra thickened portions in or on their insides or interior *' surfaces, for strengthening them, so as the better to resist " any pressure in the cannon." drd. " Constructing projectiles which are intended to be used " with a wad, and to receive a rotation on their longitudinal axis " directly from the rifling of a cannon." 4th. ''Making projectiles with wings or projecting sliding surfiices upon them, which shall not only impart the twist, but by their form and disposition shall (whilst the projectile is being Recharged) also cause or tend to cause the axis of the projectile to coincide with that of a cannon having corresponding or " suitable rifling." The Specification of a Patent granted to the Patentee, October 14th, 1854, is referred to. 5th. Making the " wings," referred to in the last improvement, in the same piece with the projectile, or of separate pieces of metal, secured or fixed upon them; also using certain machinery for forming or finishing the wings upon projectiles. Under the first of the heads of this improvement, amongst other methods of securing wings to the projectile, it is proposed to form the projjectiles with wings" " 6i^ cfeposWag, hy any approved eJIfefro^aivamc apparatui, dtViei copv« «« ^^^ wa!wM^ xasSwi. *€ U «< 49 I THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 44S " on to the projectile in the proper positions ; and this method msy " be used in combination ivith or after any of tUe others, if " desired." [Prinlcd. SA] A.D. 1854, October 31.— N" 2311. REID, WiLLiAU. — "Improvements in the matiufocture of );iil- " vanic batteries." This invention consists in the application of ^lass to the manu- facture of troughs for Rali-anic hattcriea that are " divided by two " or more partitions into three or more cells," the several par- titions being made " of one piece of glasa with the other puts of " the trough." Tliis invention is carried out by means of metal dies ; one, & trough corresponding to the external dimensions of the glass' trough ; the other consisting of as many " rams or forcers " as there arc battery cells. The glass is poured into the trough die in a melted state, as much aa will make the required trough ; the hinged cover of the die is then fastened down, and the upper die or mould is pressed down, " so that the rams or forcers may " pass through the openings in the cover, and descend into and " cause the fluid glass to fill (hose portions of the interior of the " lower mould which are not filled by the rams or forcers." " In order to protect such troughs from injury, they are cased " on the outside with gutta percha, wood, coir, matting, or other " tough material." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1854, November 8.— N" 2362, GLUKMAN, Lbdnb. — " Improvements in eflccting electric eom- " munieationa in railway trains." This invention relates to the use of certain "compound hooks " and eyes or couplings " " for connecting the di&rent parts of a " metallic circuit through which electricity of low tension is to To the framing of each carriage lengthways, midway between the wheels, a bar of fir wood is fastened. There ore as many grooves in the bar as wires ; the wires are l^d in tlie grooves, and have their extremities soldered to "spiral" [hehcalT'^ a^TO\^i.«A closely coiled brass wire. Tho cx4iT«iiu^\«a ol tee. ^\fra!.^». »»& 446 • ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: rtraigbtened and soldered to the couplings, which are of brass. The straight ends of the springs and the tkils of the hooks and eyes are embedded in a flat mass of gutta percha. The lengths of the wires and springs are so adjusted that when the carriages are coupled the wires may be hooked together with a moderate tension, and when unhoolced, the hooks may hang out a few inches. - Each piece of brass may either be used as a hook or as an eye, for the body of the hook has a rectangular slot which forms ah eye, and the portion turned over to form the hook is narrowed so as to enter the slot of the opposite brass piece. To ensure metallic contact, studs of " platina " are riveted into the tongues and in finont of the slots. [Printed, 9d.] A.D. 1854, November 9.— N* 2373. PRETSCH, Paul. — "Improvements in producing copper and other plates for printing." This invention " consists in adapting the photographic process to the purpose of obtaining either a raised or a sunk design on glass or other suitable material or materials, covered with glu- tinous substances mixed with photographic materials, which aforesaid design can then be copied by the electrotype process, or by other means, for producing plates suitable for printing purposes, or can be applied for producing moulds applicable for " obtaining plates." To prepare the gelatinous solution for coating the glass plate, €( the following process is preferred : — A solution of clear glue is divided into three parts, one part is added to a strong solution of nitrate of silver, the second part to a weak solution of iodide of potassium, the remainder is added to a strong solution of bichro- mate of potash ; the three solutions are then mixed, and the mix- ture poured over a level plate of glass, thereby forming a coating on the glass when completely dry. The subject to be copied is then laid on the prepared surface, and the whole is suitably exposed to the influence of light. To raise the design the coated glass plate is then treated with water, alcohol, or solutions of borax ; the photographic copy is made £rm by applying astringents and drying varnish, copal vaniuh and a weak solution of tanuVu it^ ^T^icxt^^. « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 447 The picture will appear sunk, if in the above-described process a solution of gelatine be used instead of glue ; the astringents and drying varnish are not used in this case. Printing ink may be applied to the coating of the prepared plate, and the design tnmsferred to zinc or stone, instead of using the electrotype or stereotype process. If the "ammonium bromide*' or iodide be used instead c^ the iodide of potassium, the time of exposure to light is shortened, and the photographic camera can be used. [Printed, Jki.] • ■ A.D. 1854, November 21.— N« 2465. CALLAN, Nicholas. — " Improvements in exciting agents used in galvanic batteries, and in the construction of galvanic batteries," consisting of: — 1st. The use of the following exdting agents, either to both elements or to the negative element only, in carbon-zinc batteries, and other batteries in which zinc is the positive element : — " Ilrst, " undiluted muriatic add, whether used alone or with sulphuric ** or certsdn other acids, such as pyroligneous manganic acid, &c. ; " secondly, muriatic or sulphuric acid, or both together," mixed with less than five or six times the quantity of water. 2nd. " Using cast-iron cells (that is, oast-iron vessels which will hold the exciting fluid,) made in such a way that both sides of the zinc plates within them will act, and that the distance be- tween the zinc and iron, or between the g^reater part of their respective surfaces, will not exceed a quarter or five-sixteenths of an inch, unless the surface of the sine plates exceed thirty-six square inches." To enable the ceUs to contain a sufSdent quantity of the exdting fluid, the upper part of the cells are made wider than the lower part. That part of the iron or zinc which has httle or no e£Eect in producing the galvanic current is covered with a substance, sudi as wood, \nilcanized India-rubber, &c., on which the exdting fluid will not act. « (i (i II i« [Printed, 3d.] €i 448 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: A.D. 1854, November 21.— N« 2466. CRAIG, Thomas, and DANIELS, Alfred.— {Provisional Pro^ tectum only,) " Improvements in the mode or method of com* '' municaling signals on railways." It is proposed ''to fix electro-magnetic apparatus on the lines of railways at any required distances asunder, so that any train passing will act upon the said apparatus, by means of a projecting '* bar or similar contrivance, acting upon a cross slide or bolt communicating with the engine, the said communication eith^ to open the whistle or shut off the steam. This signal being continuous on the line, will warn the persons in charge of the train of any other train in advance of them." [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1854, November 21.— N*» 2457. KNIGHT, Richard. — 1st. ''Improvements in apparatus for " testing iron, as to its capacity for receiving magnetism." The bars of iron to be tested are supported " in the magnetic meridian,'* and coils placed over their ends ; a piece of soft iron is rotated in the presence of the ends of the bars, and the deflection produced on a galvanometer connected with the terminals of the coils noted. For the purpose of carrying out this part of the invention success- fully, a frame, with levelling screws, carries the axis of a shelf; a graduated scale, attached to one of the uprights of the frame, enables the shelf to be placed in the line of the dip of the needle. The shelf carries the coils and the axes of pullies to rotate the soft iron, also clamps to fix the iron bars to be tested. 2nd. Improvements in "magnetic apparatus." A magneto- electric machine is described and shown, in which the coils are placed over the fixed permanent horseshoe magnet, and an electric current is excited in them by the rotation of a soft iron armature in front of the poles of the permanent magnet. [Printed. (W.] A.D. 1854, November 29.— N« 2510. GOWLAND, Georgb. — " Improvements in the mariner's com- " pass." This invention " relates to ixaptovcsEkiwiU uv compasses, having THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 449 " cards of spherical, cylindrical, or other similar form, with the '* points marked on their periphery." (See N® 1681, 1853.) A mariner^s compass is described and shown having the fol* lowing pecuUarities : — The box is constructed of two hemispheres of glass attached to a vertical brass ring, and is supported on rollers working in a groove on the vertical ring, and revolving on centres in a larg^ ring free to turn on a fixed horizontal axis. By this means the effect of the ordinary gimbals is obtained, " while the two sides of ** the box are fully exposed to view." The box is weighted at the bottom, to preserve the needle pedestal or " stud " vertical. The needle is supported on the pedestal by the inten'ention of a hollow cone. The pedestal carries a hemispherical cup, in which rests a spherical stud carrying the hollow cone ; the " pin " or centre of the needle is supported by an agate cup in the centre of the stud, thereby making all the motions to which the needle centre may be subject concentric with its centre of motion, and reducing them to a minimum. The spherical or cylindrical card is suspended to the needle by gimbals, thus preventing the vertical vibrations of the needle, whether from the variation of dip or from other causes, from affecting the card. The hollow cone carrying the needle centre is prevented from turning horizontally by means of a vertical circle or semicircle of wire attached to the cone, and working freely through a crutch fixed to the vertical ring of the box ; another wire circle is attached to the cone and to the vertex of the first wire, at right angles to it, so that it may ser\'e as a " * lubber's line.' " The card may be made of magnetized thin sheet steel, either a complete ring or two semicircles, with their similar poles united by copper. Another circle of wire, carried by a milled head fixed to the vertical brass ring of the box, enables azimuths ahd amplitudes to be taken. *' A course indicator," with a card similar to the above-described com])ass card, or having the graduations made on a strip of caUco wound on rollers, is placed on the top of the binnacle ; the card is moved by hand, and shows the helmsman the course he is to steer. r F i4fi0 . JSLECTRiCJTY AND BfAGNETISM ; i Another ooii^mm is dMoribed md shdwn on the same general plan, except that the compass hoz is mounted on a fixed pedestal .bj means of its hoUow coned hotiom, which canies a hemispherical cap supporting another hollow cone and the needle centre. To < check the oscillations of the compass hox in stormy weather, a vulcanized caoutchouc or other elastic hand, attached to the oppo- . site sides of the bottom of the box, passes under a fixed pulley. Other modifications of the above-described compasses are '.suggested in the Specification. [Printed, 1«.] A.D. 1854, November 30.— N» 2521, SANDS, John (a comfnunication from William Graham). — ^ Improvements in the mariner's compass.'* ''Tliis invention has for its object a mode of applying ma^ets '' to a mariner's compass, with a view to neutralize or correct the " effects of local attraction, whether the ship or vessel be of " iron or wood. And the improvements consist of applying a *' series of magnets around the basin or frame within which ** the compass card is suspended, and four or more magnets " are applied, each having the means of readily acyusting its " position in respect to the axis of the compass card and the * ** magnetic needles combined therewith. It is preferred that each ** compass card should have two magnetic needles fixed parallel ■ ** to each other." * The correcting magnets are. "arranged in radial positions in respect to the centre of the card," and " are placed in grooves in the frame of the compass in such manner that the horizontal plane in which the magnets on the compass rotate coincides with the plane in which the magnets" "are appUed." To neutralize the local attraction of the vessel on the needle, when the vessel is on a " level keel," nuts and screws adjust the magnets radially from the needle centre. If any want of correctness is found when the vessel is made "to heel over," it is obviated by raising or lowering the needle centre, it being adjustable by a screw for that purpose. [Printed. Orf.] « I THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS, 451 A.D, 1854, December 2.— N" 2535. HESS, RicBARD. — {PromxiontU Protection only). "An improved " voltftic batter; for medical and philosophical purposes." " This improt'ed batter; is compoBed of a ti umber of compound " plates, each plate composed of ttvo plates of different metab, " soldered or otherwise brought into close contact with each other, " one metal being negative and the other positive, as copper and " line, or silver and zinc. Between each pair of comjiound plates " is interposed a plate of fibrous or absorbent substance, as " paper, wood, felt, &c., and the whole is kept together by a rod " composed of some non-absorbing and Don-conductiug substance " passing through the mass." The mode preferred for this ]iur- jiose " consists in drawing a tube of india-rubber through a hole " in each metallic snil absorbent plate, and forcing a metallic wire " through the tube, in order to effect a complete isolation " [insulation?] "between each piur of compound plates." [Prlntod, M.] A.D. 1854, December 5.— N° 2555. VARLRY, Cromwei.1. Flshtwood.— ■' Inipnn-enients in pro- " ducing and applying dynamic electricity," consisting of: — Is'. The use of o positive metal of a conical, sugar-loaf, "or " similar form, placed over the. negative metal, so that by its form " any negative metal deposited thereon shall fall off by the action " of gravily." A galvanic battery is described and shown as fol- lows : — A plate of copper extending over the bottom, and partially up the sides of the containing vessel, and containing "ciystals of " negative salt," a " layer of cloth," a solution of zinc above the layer, and a conical nuus of zinc having the apex downwards. 2nd. " The use of two or more porous divisions, with a solution " or metal, or both, between them, to decompose any negative " salt that might otherwise pass to the positive element." A galvanic battery with this improvement may be constructed ai follows : — An outer vessel oontoining a copper lining, and a solu- tion of "n^ntive salt;" an outer porous cell, immersed in the solution of '' negative salt," and coiitwning a perforated true hollow cylinder in a solution of zinc; and an inner porous cell, immersed in the solution of zinc, ivnd coirt*ii™% ^ wSA cj^kAkk nfzinc in a suitable solution. 452 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : M drd. UBing '' negitave salts of difficult solubility with the nega- tive elements." A mercuiy-nnc battery is described and showny in which sulphate or other salt of mercury and the same aalt of sine is used. Hie mercury is at the bottom of the con- taining vessely above that the insoluble salt, then the zinc solution and a solid cylinder of zinc. This arrangement is "very con- «* stant^* 4th. ** Applyingt o the poles of the battery a series of induction ** surfaces." Sheets of tin-foil, alternating with sheets of oiled silk, an alternately coimected with the battery poles, the right- hand comers of alternate sheets are cut away, and the left-hand oomers of the other sheets, for that purpose. These may be used iat ''telegraphic and electric light purposes." [Priiited, 7(f .] A.D. 1854^ December 5.>-X« 2556. JOHNSON, John Henry (a communication from M, Brequet ^Breguetf^). — "Improvements in the arrangement of electric ** telegraphs." This invention *' relates to the construction or arrangement of portable electric telegraph apparatus, which may be placed in connection, when desired, with any part of the line wires of a railway telegraph, or employed in mines, manufactories private houses, public or Government offices, and colleges." Hie whole apparatus necessary for receiving and transmitting intelligence is contained in a portable box with suitable handles and hinges. The bottom part forms a box for the battery of 18 or more elements ; the upper part consists of **' a small '' wooden case, opening by a hinge joint, and containing an alarum, manipulator, and receiver. The hinged portion of this case, which opens back, contains a nautical compass, t^vo coils of wire, and a lightening conductor." The battery is composed of ** sand moistened iiith water for the " zinc, and with sulphate of copper for the porous cells." When the apparatus is used, the completion or non-completion of the circuit is first tested, by means of the compass and coils of wire in the hinged portion of the case. Any message may then be sent, and the answer received, as at any ordinary telegraph ^' ttation." [Printed, lOdJ €€ H €t U tt ft • < I THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. -163 A.D. 1S5J, December 11,— N" 2603. PULS, Francis.^" Improveraenta in electro-galvanic apparatus " for medical purposes, port of which improvements are also ■' nppliaible to other electro-galvanic tippanitui." The main features of this invention are ^ follows :— " A single " fluiil or dry hattery " is arnuiRed for intensity in only one cell or trough, without any division between the plates. The battery pintes are ]ilaced alternately, and are fixed (b; preference), in a tray of gutta percha; they are "so arranged, that each plate, whetherof " positive or negative metal, shall be rigidly connected with the " next plate but two before or after it in the battery, the only " exception being the second plate from one end of the battery." The Provisional Specification states that the battery tray is placed in one of two compartments of an oblong box ; the other com- partment contains " the conductors and the apparatus for the " induced current." " The induction uppBralus is rendered " adjustable by a pbtina spring in connection with the coil." [Printod, Od.] A.D. lt*5J, December IG.— N" SfiM. FRIEND, Matthrw Curling, and BROWNING, William. — " An apparatus for delennining the magnetic aberrations oec*- " sioned by local attraction." An instrument called a " pelorus " is used in connection with an improved binnacle compass. It consists of a metallic bar, furnished with sight vanes and verniers, free to move concentrically within a dii-ided ring ; a disc or card (siniikr to that of an azimuth compass, but without any magnetic needle), moving concentrically with the above-described parts, is placed beneath the mctalltc bar, and can be fixed to it at any required point by a screw nut. The whole apparatus may be suspended by "trymbals," and balanced in a lioriKontal position by a wright in the ordinary manner. To bring the binnacle compass to a corresponding degree of accuracy to the " pelorus," so that they may be advantageously used in conjunction, the upper surface of the cord is divided as accurately as that of the " pelorus," and a movmble index or hand works from the centre over the upper surface of the card. In using the " pelorus," the zero point ia \ilace4\o i^ijiiwKplv.'wA. coincide ivjth the Jieud of lUo ship. I'o &\ivVe\nwA».'A«ii:\av.>A 454 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : a ship befSore leaving port^ the moveable card is set to correspond with the binnacle compass, and screwed tight to the metallic bar whilst in a position to enable the most distant object to be seen through the sight vanes. The bar is kept in this position whilst the vessel is swimg completely round, and the direction of the ship's head is noted at every point of the compass, both by the ** peloms " and by the binnacle compass ; the local attraction at tiie various points of comparison is the difference between them. The local attraction is observed at sea " by means of amphtudes '* and azimuths of the heavenly bodies.'' [Printed, 4(1.] A.D. 1864, December 20.-~N« 2688. WALKER, Robert. — '* Improvements in telegraphing.'* When it is required to transmit signals " in one direction only ** from a given station or position," the line wire is connected with one battery pole; the other batteiy pole is connected with the earth. On making connection between the line wire and the earth at any point, signals are conveyed to all the signal instru- ments between the point of connection and the battery. When it is " desirable to transmit intelligence in both directions " from the telegraphing station," two batteries are employed, one at each end of the line wire; each end of the line wire is connected with similar poles, the other batteiy poles being connected with the earth. When a connection is made between the line wire and the earth at any position intermediate to the batteries, signals are transmitted in both directions, as two circuits are thus com- pleted at once. In either of the above methods of arranging circuits, by introducing a signal instrument between the line wire and the earth at the place of transmission, signals can be received as well as given. "When communicating from a station to the temporary " instrument, the introduction of a local battery at the station is " found desirable, for the purpose of reversing the currents." "Instead of depending upon the earth for completing the " circuit, as above described, a second wire may be employed," as described in the Specification of Letters Patent, N° 414 (1854). [Printed, 4d.2 I THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 455 A.D. 1864, December 21.— N" 2699. JOHNSON, John Henhy (o communication from Elirmif Lenoir}. — {Proviticmal Protrction onhj.) "Improvements in tha " applic&tion of the electrotype or gslvano-oliistic proceMes." " This invention relates to a mode or praceflses whereby entire " statuettes or other objects may be produced, in place of being only " produced in half relief, and consists in makinfr a mould or matriic " of plaster, gutta perchs, metal, or other suitable material, coire- " spondinf^ exactly in siui and form to the object to be rcpro- " duced." If the mould is not a good conductor the inside \i coated with metal ; the mould is separated into two or more jurts, a flnt dissolving plate is suspended in a suitable solution inside the mould, and wlien the requisite battery connections are made the mould is closed, " After the completion of the process" the sta- tuette or other object will be found in the interior of the mould, it liaving' been deposited therein from the included plate by the action of the galvanic battery. tPrinttd, M.} A.D. 1954. December 22.— N" 2/08, JOHNSON, John Hk.vrv (a coMmHfiieadon ^om Thomas C. Atery). — " Improvements in electro-magnetic engines." An electro~mBgnetic engine is described and shown having the following peculiarities ; — Four or more fixed electro-magnets " are combined in pairs, so " as to present their poles towards a common centre, leaving space " between the polea to admit an ajris." On the axis are fixed " mat^netic levers," with space enough between them so as just to enable them to clear the legs of the fixed electro-magnets. Rotary motion is given to the axis by the action of the fixed electro- magnets upon the " magnetic lex'cra;" one pole of the battery l>eing connected to the a.\is, and cams making battery connection \vith "palls" or "circuit closers" at suitable times for that purpose. Each electro-magnet is double branched, and acts upon the rei'olving magnets with both its poles. In order that the " mag- " nutic levers" may lie exposed to as much action as possible of the electro-magnets, the electro-magneta aie coiiei otA-j- to.'iinfe\«!i\*i\ tbe tuis of the coil itself being {i&nUe\ to \.\v« irwm% **»&- «"« '^^^ i 456 BLECTRICITT AND MAGNETISMS •apporiiiig tbe ''mtgnetiolevert.*' Theleren are thns enabled to ''embrace the poles of the fixed magnets successively as they «* rotate." By the anangement of cams and the conduction of the current throngh the diiying aads, ** the current of magnetism and electri* ** eitgr" is '' combineAn such manner that the power obtained is " due to the sixe of or bean a relation to the mass of iron under " excitement" To increase the magnetic force, a coil or helix, parallel to the driring axis, ''may be interposed between the inner bars " " of the " iCTolving magnetic levers." [Printed, M.] A.D. 1854, December 26.— N® 2722. BISHOP9 Benjamin, and DYER, Joseph. — "Improvements " in the manufacture of hinges," consisting of: — 1ft. "The casting of the parts forming the knuckles of hinges " open, which knuckle parts are afterwards to be bent into form." 2nd. " The coating of such hinges with a deposit of copper or " brass, when such hinges are made of malleable iron, by the agency " of electricity or other suitable and practicable means." This improvement is not mentioned in the Pro^dsional Specification. [Printed, W .] A.D. 1854, December 26.-"N*» 2724. THOMAS, Frederick Samson, and TILLEY, William Evans. — " An improved process for plating or coating lead, iron, " or other metals with tin, nickel, or alumina" [aluminum?]. This invention relates to the method and materials employed in preparing solutions for electro-depositing the above mentioned metals. For tin. — Metallic tin is dissolved by nitro-muriatic acid and "the " oxide of tin," precipitated by the ferrocyanide of potassium ; sul- phuric or muriatic acid is mixed with the precipitated oxide, and the whole is boiled in an iron vessel with a small portion of ferro- cyanide of potassium ; when filtered, the solution is completed. Another solution of tin is prepared as follows : — Ferrocyanide of potassium is added to " the oxide of tin " (precipitated as above described), the whole is then boiled, set aside to cool, and filtered ; '' A Btreun of sulphuric " [suiphuto\xft1'\ " ^d %2ba " is then passed tiuougb ibe aolutioiu THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 457 For nickel. — The metal is dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid, and the oxide precipitated hy ferrocyanide of potassium ; the oxide is washed, added to a solution of cyanide of potassium, the whole is then boiled, cooled, and filtered. For aluminum. — Ammonia is added to an aqueous solution of alum until it ceases to precipitate ; the alumina is then washed, filtered, diluted with water, boiled with cyanide of potassium, cooled, and filtered. In electro-depositing these metals, a positive pole of the metal or of platinum, may be used. A bag containing oxide of nickel may be used in the nickel bath, or containing alumina in the aluminum bath. [Printed, 3. 1854» December 28.— N» 2741. GRAYy JoBNd — ** ImproTemenU in adjusting oompasies on boud ** thips or vesaeli/' ThiM invention reftn to oomotkig the cffsett of locsl attmetion npon ehipe' compMiei! In order to aUow fat the magnetic oonditiona of a ehip being changed during a vojrage, the correcting magnets in the hinnade an made moveable by meana of acrewa or laoke and pinions. -The correcting magnets are amnged so that part of them are plaoed in a line with the keel of the ship, and part at right angles thereto ; thej are moveable or adjustable "to or from the pompass in lines " transverse of the longer aads of the correcting magnets, and ** they are not moveable in the directions of their longer axes.'* Hie above-described eonecting magnets, and their a^ustments, are used for correcting the local attraction on the vMsel being directed north and south and east and west. To correct the local sittraction when the vessel is "heeled over," a vertical magnet (a^ustable by rack and pinion) is introduced vertically beneath the needle centre of the compass. [Printed, ScT.] A.D. 1854, December 30.— N» 2759. DERING, Gkorob Edward. — "Improvements in obtaining " motive power when using electric currents." This invention "consists in applying that law which was " discovered by iErsted " [Oersted?], "that a magnet, when free . " to move in the neighbourhood of a wire or other conductor . " through which a current of electricity is passing, will have a " tendency to place itself at right angles to the conductor, the " north and south poles of the magnet assuming a definite position " with reference to the direction of the current in the conductor.'* An arrangement similar to that of a galvanometer is preferred, " the wire of the coil " being so disposed " as to circumvent the " magnet at all parts of its revolution on the axis." It is preferred to use a second magnet on the same axis in connection with a second coil, to act " at those parts of the revolution during which ** the other is inactive." A suitable " current changer," fbr letting on, cutting off, and reversing the current at proper times, if used with each coil. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 469 For the coils, it is preferred to use an insulated non-twisted " wire rope of rectangular section," the wires heing " simply laid " together and held in position hy the outside covering." The spark and its destructive cfiect is ohviated hy completing a short circuit " hetween the ends of the coil " just previous to breaking battery connection. The retarding effect of induced currents is avoided by interposing non-magnetic metallic plates between the coil wire and the magnet, " as in Professor Henry's well-known experiments upon induction." [Printed, 4d.] 1855. 3t if A.D. 1866, January 1.— N° 1. FRASCARA, Epaminonda. — (Protdsional Protection only). The invention is for ** a voltaic pile, and of the application of its electric " fluid, either to the decomposition of water, or to enable the << gases to replace the steam power actually in use." A galvanic< battery is described and shown, consisting of " coal [coke, or other conducting form of carbon ?], liquid ** ammoniaca,' nitric or sulphuric acid, and cast iron. The diaphragm is formed of paper which has been inmiersed in concentrated nitric acid, the paper used being free from gum, and made entirely of linen rags. The method of applying this battery to the decomposition 6f water for the obtainment of motive power is as follows : — The water is decomposed . by platinum "conductors" in separate vessels, one for the oxygen, the other for the hydrogen gas. The hydrogen proceeds from its vessel to a " condensor," where it is heated by the combustion of the combined gases, by which means it acquires a high degree of tension, and can be employed to drive the piston of an engine. The oxygen may also be heated in' the same " condensor " as the hydrogen. In another method, the gas is heated by a net-work of fine platinum wire rendered incandescent by the battery current. " At every stroke of the piston the gas is condensed twice, apd " twice reproduced in the alembics of the voWan^s^sstr '^^Gs^Si>% accomplished hy means of a cyUndct mVNoL wywscc^jrkSi '^J^^^^ 4ti0 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : (dri^'eii by the engine), which make electric connection alternately with the "oondemor" and with the ''alembics." "Another '' ecentric wheel/' ** at every revolution '* of the shaft, opens and •huts a valve firom the hydrogen *' alembic " to the *' condenser.*' (Trintod, 6c2.] A.D. 1865, January 3.— N« 18. JOHNSON, John Henry (a eammumieatum)* — " An improved " system or mode of coating iron with copper." The iron is submitted to the following processes ; — To cleanse the iron, it is acted on by dilute sulphuric add, washed in cold water, then in boiling water. It is then placed ** in a lye of caustic soda," and finally in quicklime, where it is kept for several weeks. A thin preservative coating of copper is then electro-deposited upon the iron. The bath is composed of a solution of " cyanide *' of potassium" and ''cyanide of copper" (the Proidsional Specification states "cyanate of potassium" and **cyanate of " copper"), and an intensity battery is used that wiU evolve hydrogen during deposition. The iron is then electro-coated with a thick and permanent coating of copper by means of a quantity battery, in which the surface of the plates bears as close a relation as possible to that of the articles to be coated. The bath is composed of a hot acid solution of sulphate of copper. Instead of a thin preservative covering of copper, an electro* coating of lead may be used. The solution used for this puq>ose is made by dissolving litharge (protoxide of lead) in an aqueous solution of potash. This method is preferred to electro-coating with a thin preservative coating of copper. [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1865, January 6.— N' 34. COOK, Benjamin. — " Certain improved apparatus for separating " filings of iron or steel from other metallic filings." This invention " consists in so constructing a cylinder of any *' convenient size as to be strongly magnetic on its surface, and " which 18 effected by placing a sufficient number of magnets '' (their poles being at right axv^\&a \o l\i^ ^^ ol 'Cci^ ^\flA«^ oiv THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 461 its surface. Being so constructed, it is mounted on a suitable stand, together with a cylindrical brush of the length of the magnetic cylinder, and so disposed that by suitable gearing it revolves at the same time, and with any desired velocity, but always greater than that of the magnetic cylinder. Above these is placed a hopper with a long narrow mouth (capable of regula- tion), through which the filings previously placed in the hopper pass, and as they fall upon the magnetic cylinder the particles of iron or steel are attracted to its surface, while the other " metals fall into a proper receiver. The particles of iron or steel being carried by the revolution of the cylinder to the brush, are thereby swept ofP into another receiver. This apparatus may be worked by steam or other power, as most convenient to the €i tt It tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt " user." The Drawings show horseshoe permanent magnets with their arms radiating from the centre of the cy Under. The cylinder is made up of rings of magnets, their poles alternating round its circumference, but of the same name in parallel lines to its axis. Each magnetic pole is separated from the neighbouring poles by a non-magnetic material. The cylinder of magnets is mounted between discs of copper. The hopi)er has " a jiggling motion " imparted to it, and has several false bottoms of wire-work to sift the filings. [Printed, lOd] A.D. 1855, January 6.— N° 40. COTTAM, George Hallen, and COTTAM, Henry Ri- chard.— (Provisional Protection only.)^ "An improvement in " the manufacture of iron bedsteads." *' This invention has for its object to improve the surfaces of iron bedsteads by substituting a deposition of brass on the j)arts of an iron bedstead, for the ordinary japanning or ])ainting of the surfaces of such bedsteads heretofore practised ; and the improvement consists of employing in the manufacture of bedsteads iron coated with brass deposited irom solutions by electric currents, the deposition of the brass being in respect to some of the parts before, and in respect to other of the parts after, being made into form." [Printed. 3J.1 tt tt i< tt tt tt «t tt 4S2 BLECntlCITY AND MAGNETISM : A. D. 1865, Jti»»i7 12.— N* 83. OUYARD, Francois Victor.*-'' Cortain improvementB in the ^ deotro-telegnphic communiottions." Tekgn^hic oam^unication is estabfislied between tnins, wben th^ aie within a certun diitanoe of each other, by means of batteries snd instruments on the trains, and line wires proceeding along the railway. The distance to which such communication extends is regulated by adjusting the intensity of the electrio curxent. Another method of regulating the distance is by diidding the line wires into suitable lengths. The wires are suspended from ''a series of posts or double ^ gallows " placed between the two lines of rails. " Communi- " cators/' consisting of copper spring-rollers placed on the locomotive, make the requisite electrical connection to the battery and instruments on the train. "When two trains come near enough to each other to commu- nicate, in order to ensure the electric currents ^m each acting in unison, a " distributor ** is used, which reverses the current from each battery at short periodical intervals. In the " distributor " a cam rotated by clockwork moves arms over transverse metal pieces. A registering apparatus is put in action by electric contacts completed at certain distances along the railway by the moviug tnun ; this instrument enables the speed of the train to be known, and consists of a sheet of paper unrolled by clockwork, on which a mark is made by an electro-magnet and pencil whenever the circuit is completed. Gates and swing bridges, by completing the electric circuit between the line wire ana earth, when open, signal danger to an advancing train. [Printed, lOd.] A. D. 1855, Januaiy 19.— N« 148. FONTAINEMOREAU, Pktrb Armand, le Comte de (a communication), — "Improvements in obtaining electro-motive " power." •' A rotary electro-magnetic engine is described and shown. Tlie coil axis is bent into the form of a circle, and within the coil, coincident with its axis, a magi\e^\e tm^ U placed. The ring is supported in this position by fcic^oiv to'^c.t^ at o^« tqrjkws,, -mv^ ^HEm GENERATION AND APPLICATTONS. 463 has a small portion non-magnetic; consequently, as successive portions of the coil are excited, the magnetic portion of the ring is moved into successive positions in the coil axis. Motion is communicated through the fHction rollers to any desired object. The circuit of the various portions of the coil is made and broken by a commutator or *' distributor," the inlaid metal pieces of which have their insulated lines of separation inclined to the axis of the fixed cylinder of which they form a part ; each portion of the coil is thereby brought gradually into operation. The induced current in the same direction as the primary battery current is utilized by closing the circuit of each portion of the coil " at the moment of the exclusion of the primary circuit." A battery is proposed to be used, consisting of a " Bunsen's " battery," in which " hypochloride of lime (chloride of lime)" is proposed to be used instead of the nitric acid ; dilute hydro- chloric acid is used to the zinc plate. Various details respecting modifications of this engine, the means of using its motive power, and the construction of magnets, coils, " distributors," battery, &c,, are given in 16 "sections." [Printed, U. 8d.] A. D. 1855, January 20.— N° 157. PEARCE, William Gore. — {Provisional Protection only), ** An improved method of projecting chain or coupled shot or ** shell from double or single barrel guns, and causing them to " explode simultaneously by electricity and other means." '' The double gun is cast in the solid, and the two barrels bored ** to an angle, and the chambers are made to communicate from " one vent by small touch-holes being jdrilled from the vent into ** the right and left hand barrel ; the shot are coupled together by ** a metal chain, the slack of which hangs outside between both ** muzzles; when fired, the balls take up the coupling, and ** travel and expand together in equal degrees. " The single gun is used by placing two of them together upon " one platform, or at greater distances singly, and, by a simple " combination of levers in connection with the pivot upon which " those guns are fixed in the platform, any angle may be " obtained for the projection of baUs or shells coupled or ** chained together." [Printed, 3i\iai\\ft \» iann the « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 466 desired alloy ; and finally the alloy is deposited upon the articles to be coated by means of a galvanic battery. The following methods of making the metallic solutions^ are described : — Tin. — Metallic tin is dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid, the oxide precipitated by fcrrocyanide of potassium and washed. The oxide is then boiled with ferrocyanide or cyunide of potassium in distilled water. Silver. — Pearlash or ferrocyanide of potassium is fused with " salts of tartar and ammonia ; " the resulting alkali is added to the oxide of silver ; the whole is then boiled in distilled water, and, when the solution is cool, filtered. Nickel. — ^Tlie same process as that for silver solution. The Pro- visional Specification states the same process as that employed for tin. Copper. — A solution of the sulphate is precipitated " by salts of " tartar," and the alkali added as described for silver ; or copper is dissolved by galvanism in cyanide of potassium solution. The Provisional Specification states the same process as that employed for tin. The cyanide of potassium may be used as a solvent in any of the above-described solutions. A positive pole of the alloy to be deposited or of platinum may be used ; in the latter case a bag of the oxides of the metals is suspended in the solution. [Printed, k/.] A.D. 1856, February 3.-N° 261. ALL.VX, Thomas. — "Improvements in obtaining and trans« ** mitting motive power." This invention relates chiefly to improvements upon the Pa- tentee's " former Patents of 24th August 1852 " [See N° 14,190?], " and 20th October 1854" [See N° 2243, 1854], "for applying " electi-icity." The improvements arc as follows : — 1st. "The trunimitting of motive power by means of cross " head slides acting on two crank shafts rotating reversely, and " caused to act in combination." The crank shafts are " con- " nected by corj wheels, or other gearing, for the better ^xcv^^^;^ " iiuitlun of their ccmUacd powers." TV\u \rc\^':vi\^xasiTv\. vi ^vs^^ G G 406 ELBCTRICrrY AND BIAGNEnSM : applied to the Fitaitae*8 eleeiio-iiisgiMkie engme, and may alaobe applied to ateam and otheir motire power engines. 2kid. A ''mode of obtaining mofchre power in eleetro-magnetie " lotaij engines by applying tiie attractive f ovoea of magneta to "^ the aidea of a rotating d^ or wheel in fieu of the periphery/* A tfiao or wheel with radiatingiron epokea ia mounted on the drhing ahaft between two diaoa caxiying eleotro-magnete. If thae are an eren number of rowa of magnetic there are an uneven number of apdkea, and vice vend, ** Each row of magnets or many-poled ** magnet" will have to be magnetised successively as often aa there are spokes in the wheel to maike one rotation of the ahaft. CPrinted, U. 4cl.] A.D. 1866, Febmaiy 10.— N« 314. INGALLy Gboeob Hknbt. — ^^'Gertain improvements in tele* ** gn^ihic oommunioation, and ^»paratns connected therewith.** lliis invention consists in indicating the position of a train between two stations by means of electricity, the indications being made at one of the stations. At each station there are two instruments and their batteries, one fbr the up train, the other for the down train. An insulated line wire is laid between the rails, having at intervals an apparatus for breaking the circuit of the electric current constantly traversing it. When a train traverses the line it breaks the circuit aa it passes each apparatus, and actuates the pointer accordingly at the station with which the line wire is connected. To break circuit, a wheel on the tender or guard's van passes over a spring boss fixed between the rails in connection with the line wire. The dial of the indicating apparatus has as many divisions aa there are interrupting apparatus in the circuit of the line wire, and each time an interruption in the circuit takes place a toothed wheel is released by a magnet and the pointer moves one division. An alarum rings at each movement of the pointer. In case '* it is safe to have two trains running at the same time" between two stations, there are extra dial plates and line wires, and the spring bosses are fixed at the extremity of a non-conducting lever which presents them alternately to the action of the roller. It is also proposed to have other circuit breakers in the line at rarioua points for the guard to signal vn cas^ of dauber. [Printed, U.2 THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 46? A.D. 1866, February 13.— N« 332. COMFIELD^ Robert Petrib (partly a communication), — (Provisional Protection only.) " Improvemente in the eleetro- *' coating of iron and other metals with zino and other metals.'' This invention consists in using solutions of zinc for eleetro- depontion that have been used in galvanic batteries, hitherto considered as waste battery solutions. " The fluid may then be ** again used in a battery as an exciting fluid, and thus be again " and again used both in a battery and in depositing metals." Another improvement consists in amalgamating "with mercury " metals with which other metals are coated by electro-deposits,** with the view to their better preservation from deleterious in- fluences. [Printed, 3J. A.D. 1855, February 23.— N« 401. RANKINE, William John MAcauoRN, and THOMSON, John. — ** Improvements in machinery for laying subaqueous ** electrical conductors for telegraphic communication," con- sisting of : — Ist. Preventing the successive coils of the telegraph cable from over-riding each other upon the brake drums or other drums round which they pass, " by interposing between such coils on " the circumference of each such drum a band of steel or other " suitable material wrapped spirally" [heUcally?] "round the " dnim, and so fixed as to remain at rest while the drum rotates." 2nd. Guiding and regulating the motion of the cable by means of one or more pairs of pulleys in the place of one or more of the drums at present employed. The pulleys haVe grooves similar to those in winding engines for railway inclined planes; these grooves are either smooth or ridged transversely, and are separated by flanges. The pulley shafks are vertically over one another, so that the cable is *' carried half round one puUey and half round " the other alternately as many times as there are grooves in their " circumference." 3rd. A method of lowering the cable into the water. Instead of the iron tafi&ail heretofore used to deliver the cable into the water, a drum or pulley projecting over t\i^ t^ettw ol SJwt -s^wSl is employed, a o 2 468 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i €< €€ C« 4th. Controlling the speed of the cable " by the adaptation to that purpose of the resistance of fluids forced through narrow orifices by pumps worked by the drums or pulleys" round which the cable passes. 6th. Abstracting the heat developed by the friction of the moying cable, by causing the pumps mentioned in the 4th im- provement to dash water over the parts of the cable requiring it. [Priutcd,5d.] A.D. 1855, February 28.— N^ 439. STANSBURY, Charles Frbdkrick (a communication from Charles G. Page), — " An improved mode of ringing fog bells." This invention consists in ringing fog bells " on shipboard, or upon or near to reefs, shoals, or places dangerous to navi- gators," by means of electro-magnetic power. Clockwork is used to complete and break the circuit. Two wires are fixed to the verge of the escapement ; the free ends of the wires are thus made to dip alternately into mercury cups, and establish and break the electric circuit in which the bell electro- magnets are included. The battery and clockwork are placed in any accessible situa- tion, and the electro-magnet and hammer-lever armature are placed at the comparatively inaccessible locality, insulated wires being laid between the battery and bell to comi)lete the circuit. A continuous ringing of fog bells can thus be kept up in any required locaUty, or in places where the sound would not prevent other sounds from being heard. [Printed, 7d] A.D. 1856, March 1.— N- 455. ■ SMALL, Andrew. — " Improvements in marine compasses, and ** in apparatus applicable thereto." A binnacle is described and shown fitted up with the following arrangements : — A binnacle case with side lights and aft window, according to the usual construction, contains the indicating com- pass. In tlie binnacle are two adjusting magnets, one fixed fore and aft, the other athwart^ip ; each magnet is moveable vertically in a groove by means of a screw and nut, and has a scale showing " the exact position to which the adjustment has been carried." '' The top of the conical compass cast'' c»xt\fe^ty.^\£\a5^>^^xv<5w^^^ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 469 to indicate the rolling of the vessel against a graduated scale ; also a " dumb compass card " swung on centres athwartship only^ and having a circular adjustment and sights to obtain the sun's azimuth and altitude. For this purpose one of the sights carries a hair line and hair-line piece, by the shadow of which upon the horizontal arm the sun's azimuth and altitude are obtained. A second arrangement is described and shown as foUows :— The indicating compass is in the interior of the body of the bin* nacle, a window being suitably placed for the steersman. Four corrective magiietfl are used, two above the needle card and two below. The plain top of the binnacle also carries a pendulum index and scale and a " dimib card/' as in the above-described binnacle. To ascertain the whole error of the indicating compass card, a vertical latitude circle, mounted on the centre of the dumb card, carries a slide piece which forms the support for an hour circle and adjustable stile ; in using this apparatus the slide piece is placed to the latitude, and the shadow of the stile made to taXL upon the hour, the discrepancy between the dumb card and the needle card is then noted. [Printed, Od.] A.D. 1855, Maroh 17.— N« 598. PETITJEAX, Tony, and P6TRE, Louis (a communication).-^ (Provisional Protection only.) " Certain improvements in the '* manufacture of daguerreotype plates and of electro-plated sheets ** of metal, part of which improvements may be applied to the ** production of polished surfaces on metallic articles." This invention *' consists of the following method for giving a " perfectly smooth and polished surface to the plates or sheets of " electro-plated copper." A piece of glass, or other suitable substance, of the size and configuration of the copper-plate to be produced, is coated '' with a solution of a metallic salt," or prepared "in any other manner that may render it fit to receive the action of the gal- vanic battery." The piece of glass, thus prepared, is electro- silvered, then electro-coppered to the required thickness. Instead of copper, iron may be used to thicken the plate, or many layers of different metals may be electro-deposited upon it. The " method of giving several layers of metal" \& ^'cpw^a^ " especial]/ useful for daguerxeotypt p\a\«&, w^^aOcL-^^Jl^Mk^^ss^^ 470 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : " form a kind of voltaic pile, and render them more sensible to " the chemical action to which they are afterwards exposed." *' By using proper moulds, metollic articles may receive a high *' polish by the above-described process." CPrinted,8d] A.D. 1865, March 17.— N« 602. JOHNSON, John HE?fRY (a communication from Lmuim Frangois Clement Breguet,) — {Provitiondl Protection only,) " Im- *' provements in steam-pressure and other indicators." This invention consists of the application of electricity to ** Bourdon's manometer," for the purpose of sounding a beJl or gong at a certain maximum and minimum pressure. In order to make electric contact, a second needle is placed behind the dial case, and makes contact with suitable springs, whose position is acQustable by set screws. This principle may also be applied to alarum vacuum indicators^ water indicators, and other purposes. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1855, April 2.— N^ 735. FRIEND, George William. — "Improvements in umbrellas " and parasols." This invention relates to " coating steel ribs of umbrellas and '* parasols with other metals," to prevent "corrosion from the ** action of the atmosphere and wet," and to enhance " the appear- "ance of the umbrella." The steel ribs may be coated with metal " by the ordinary pro- " cess of tube drawing," but it is preferred to apply the coating " by electrical deposition." In the Provisional Specification it is proposed also to cover *' the '' stretchers of umbrellas and parasols by drawing metal tubes " thereon," and to " apply a coating of gutta percha to the ribs " and stretchers of unbrellas and parasols." Silver and gold are preferred to be deposited by "the galvanic " battery." " In this case the ribs are in a comparatively finished *' state before applying the coating," and a coating of copper ia £nt applied, then " a coating of silver or gold ; " or the hba may be tinned "by the oT^iinax^f iptwftw^ qI >i;vMx«v%r ^a\^ ^ri' THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 471 subsequently coated with '* copper and silver by electrical de- « posit." The electro-coppering is preferred to be performed by means of a " cyanide solution." [Prmtod.4d3 A.D. 1866, April 3.— N° 739. CHAPMAN, Henry. — "An improved electro-mechanical ap- *' paratus for supplying and adjusting the electrodes used in the " production of the electric light." This invention relates to supplying and adjusting one or both the electrodes by means of a brake wheel, its brake being oon« trolled by the same electric current that produces the light. The following applications and modifications of this invention are described and shown : — An apparatus with vertical electrodes. — In a wooden box sup- porting the pillar, bracket, electrode holders, and electrodes of the instrument a brake wheel is mounted in bearings. The axis of the brake wheel also carries a barrel, round which is wound a chain in connection with the upper electrode by means of a sliding weight that descends unless stopped by the brake. One electro-magnet is used to actuate the brake, another to act upon a sliding rod attached to the lower electrode against the force of a helical spring that nuses the electrode when no current passes. On the connection of the galvanic battery or other source of electricity to the instrument the brake fixes the upper electrode^ and the lower electrode is drawn downwards as soon as a sufficient electric current is established. The upper electrode holder may either consist of long clips, extending downwards trom the bracket in a cylindrical sheath, or of short clips supported in a square sheath ; springs fastened to the sheath press upon the clips. An apparatus with horizontal electrodes. — In this instance a rack and pinion is used, a chain and barrel, in connection with a weight, giving the longer electrode a tendency to advance, unless controlled by the brake. A bent-lever armature is used to the adjusting electro-magnet of the short electrode. Giving both motions to one electrode. — ^The chain from the brake axis passes round a pulley having its axis on the lever ascoa^s^ais^ 472 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : of the second adjusting electro-mafniet. The motion of the pulley, on the excitement of the magnet, raises the electrode after its fixture by the brake electro-magnet. The lower electrode is fixed in this case. Keeping the position of the light constant. — ^This may be done by clockwork, so as to raise the lower electrode at the same rate that it is consumed. In the case of the adjusting and supplying motion being given to one electrode, the other may be moved up as it b consumed by spur gear connected with the brake spindle. When the supplying motion is applied to the upper electrode and the adjusting motion to the lower electrode (as in the apparatus first described), the axis of motion of the adjusting lever is on the brake spindle. The adjusting lever itself carries spur wheels in gear with a pinion on the brake spindle and ^vith a rack on the lower electrode holder ; the effect of this arrangement is, that each time the upper electrode descends, the lower electrode ascends to meet it. Other suggestions respecting detadls are made. [Printed, 1*. Jkf.J A.D. 1855, April 11.— N° 795. OUDRY, LEOPOLD, and OUDRY, Alphonse.— " Certain im- " provements in preserving wood, metal, and other substances." This invention relates to various applications of electro-metal- lurgy. Articles of cast or sheet iron are covered " with a layer of metal " to protect the same from destruction." Large articles are " covered with a coat of copper, zinc, lead, or other metal," by coating each part separately, and also coating the rivets. ** llie " second heads of the rivets made by rivetting are submitted " to the various operations by which the separate parts are first covered ; either ** local baths " are used to coat the rivet heads, or the article (entirely finished) is placed in the different baths, or, if large, baths are constructed round it. If the article is capable " of containing a liquid bath," the pieces are set together, and the second rivet heads covered, inside the work. The bodies of vessels are covered by operating "upon the whole '^ piece when entirely finished without, wv^ «LUerj," tVia Y^stou wiU thus "be '' driven alternately from end lo eiv^ oi \Xvt c;>3\i\\^^Tr i( €i THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 479 A certain proportion of atmospheric air and hydrog^ gas is used, and admitted to the cylinder by means of cut-off valves at each end. " A suitable arrangement of mechanism is employed for making " and breaking the electric circuit, and thereby ensuring the ex- '' plosion of the gases immediately the supply is cut off from the " cyUnder." [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1855, May 10.— N« 1050. LEWIS, John William. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Im- " provements in lightning conductors." This invention "consists in the employment of a flat copper *' wire rope, formed of three or more strands, each strand being " composed of two or more wires." [Printed, ad.] A.D. 1855, May 14.— N« 1091. NEWALL, Robert Stirling. — " Improvements in apparatus " employed in laying down submarine electric telegraph wires." This invention consists in a certain method of stowing telegraph cables in ships' holds, and of paying them out therefrom. The cable is coiled round a cone, so that, in being drawn off the coil, it is prevented ^m kinking by means of the cone. Supports, placed cylindrically outside the coil, prevent it from shifting in its place. When the cable is to be laid down, a " conoidal " apex or top is placed over the cone, and around this apex several rings of iron or other metal are suspended by means of cords, " so as to admit *' of adjustment at various heights over the cone." *' The use of *' these rings is to prevent the bight of the rope from flying out *' when going at a rapid speed, and the combination of these parts " of the apparatus prevents the wire or cable from running into " kinks." llie cable is coiled round the cone in horizontal layers, always beginning from the outside, and coihng towards the cone. In paying out the cable the end is led up through the rings over a j)ulley placed over the centre of the coil, and rouxvd ^.W XsiwiSii^ wheel or wheels, over the stem of t\\e veaseV lo \}ti^ ^at^,^«^ax2cft. *^ 480 ILECTRICITY AND MAONETISM • is made fast. " The vessel then goes ahead, and the wire is drawn ** from tne coil, sufficient friction being ap])lied by the handle of " the break wheel or wheels to keep the wire or cable tight." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1855, May 23.— N« 1165. SMITH, William (a communication from M. Adolphe LethuiHer Pinel). — " A safety apparatus for steam boilers." This invention principally relates to the application of magnetic force to indicate the height of water in steam boilers, and to caU attention to the maximum and minimum levels of the water, by admitting the steam to a whistle in the form of an ordinary "throat," "whip," or "dog" whistle. To a hollow metal float is attached a rigid rod passing through the boiler to a steam-tight case ; a powerful magnet, attached to the top of the rod, carries an iron or steel needle, on the outside of the case, with it. A suitable scale being graduated on the outside of the case, the position of the needle indicates the height of the water. A spring valve is attached to the top part of the case, which is opened mechanically by the magnet when the water is at its maxi- mum or minimum level. For this purpose the tail-piece of the valve is risen by the contact of the magnet with the bent arm of a lever, or with a rod at the other end of the lever. By the opening of the valve a " throat " whistle is sounded. In this apparatus no gland or packing is used to the float rod. All other openings but this may be dispensed with, for in addi- tion to the above-described apparatus, safety or other valves, pressure gauges, or similar apparatus, may take their steam from the same opening. [Printed, 7c/.] A.D. 1855, May 26.— X° 1199. HARRISON, Charles Weightmax. — " Imj)rovements in " metal ropes, cables, and rods, and in machinery for nianufactur- " ing the same," coniisting : — Ist. In forming ropes and cables (electric telegraph and otlicrs), solid or hollow, of a number of w\^ul;iTly-sha\;ed ^l^tcs or stripji ff 99 C« (i THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 48l '* placed together side by side upon a core and parallel there- •* with," " Each of these strips in its transverse section forms a sector of " a circle, the angles of two of its opposite sides being either radial '* lines from a centre or central core, or forming a tangent thereto.'^ A coating of fibrous material is laid round the strips so placed, and over this one or two narrow flat ribbons, *' so as to form spirals [hehces ?] " approaching to a right angle with the axis of the core.' The ropes or cables are joined together by means of a socket divided diametrically into two parts, the said parts having suitable flanges to permit them to be bolted together. "The interior of the socket is formed with suitable projections, which fit into groves " [grooves ?] " cut around the parallel strips near the end '' of each rope, between which a projection also meets closely ** around the united part of the central core." 2nd. In constructing metal ropes (electric telegraph and others) of ribbon metal instead of wires. When a flexible rope is desired, not more than two ribbons are coiled in short "spind" [hehcal?] convolutions round the core. Two layers are used, coiled in opposite directions, and having a fibrous coating between the layers. When ropes or cables of this description are used for subterra- nean communication without pipes or trou.^hs, the core of the rope, or each insulated wire, is enclosed in a lead pipe " previous " to winding around the metal ribbon." When a telegraph cable capable of bearing tension, and of nearly equal flexibility to that just described, is to be formed, strands of wire are enclosed in the core ; the insulated wires are placed in the intervening spaces between the strands. The strands may be either laid in the core without twist, or the strands and insulated wires may be twisted together in the manner of a common wire rope ; during the process of laying them together, however, a much greater degree of tension is appUed to the strands than to the insu- lated wires. By this means the insulated wires are protected from extreme tensile force in the laying down, or otherwise. The cores, thus made, are then covered with metal ribbon, as above described. 3rd. In manufacturing sohd and hollow metal rods, by employ* ing the sectorial rods or strips described under the 1st head. 4th. In improvements in machinery for manufacturing the cables ' described under the Ist head of the invention, 'ihc cot^^^ >2GkK^ H U 48S ELEGTBICrrY AND MAGNSnSM: CiUe if diawnoff a zmI, and piMM through aguide p]ite(ihioiigli which the strips an drawn) ; then through a funnel-mouthed tiibe» which brings the strips together in a ojlindrioalfcmn; thenthnnigh the hollow asds of a disc eanying the zeels that supply liie "apnal'* [hdiealT] wrapper and (by gearing and oonioal puDies) irind it lonnd the strips. The cable is then passed through similar appar vainsy to receive as man j coatings as maj be desired. By altar- nate^ crossing the straps of the conical pnllies» eadi suoocMm coating is laid in an opposite direction; the speed of the discs is Tailed, to suit the wi^ of the ribbon* bj means^of the oonioal puDies. The parallel strips are drawn ftom reds mounted panlU to their position in the cable. CPrinted, 7. magnet, raturns through the xevened coil of the etoGtro-magnet (thai adding to iti power and deflecting one of the two magnefeic ** pieees **), tiien traveraee the reversed coil of the galntnometar (theral^ deflecting its needle), tiurongh the adjusted earth onouit to the transmitting station. The deflection of tiie magnstio " pieoe *' causes one of the lehj hatteries to he included in tiM second circuit, to whose cunent is added that portion of the first oircuifs current that does not pass through tiie water-vesiataiiee tnhes to the earth return-circuit and transmitting station. Hie gairanometer, in ooi^junction with the water-resistanoe iahes (resistance ccnls maj he used instead), enables the resistance of the first and second dreuits to be adjusted and equalised. 2nd. Translating from the Pttoitee's sjrstem into Morae^s, and vtoe tend. In this case the double alternating current of the Patentee's system is translated into the single current necessary to work the Morse machines; and, vice versd, the single current of Morse is translated into the Patentee's double alternating current, llie receiver is able to stop the sender during the transmission of a despatch. The translating apparatus used consists of three ordinary hmse- shoe electro-magnets with pivoted spring armatures, each having circuit-completing stops and studs both above and below the centre of motion ; two relays, one to the double-current circuit, and one to the single-current circuit ; two line-wire batteries, one of which serves to work the single-current circuit, both being employed to work the double-current circuit; and a local battery to excite the electro-magnets of the translator according to the diic^on in which signals are being conveyed, and to actuate a Morse machine, which may be included in the circuit when required. In the normal condition of the apparatus one electro-magnet is ready to be excited, when its relay is put into action, for trans- lating from the double-current circuit to the single-current circuit ; and two electro-magnets are ready to be excited, by similar means, for translating from the single-current circuit to the double-current circuit. In translating from the single-current circuit to the double- current circuit, the course oi t\ie Bii^^ercv>rretv\.\fflv^-VTO circuit is tiiraugh the annatuie of t\xe ot« e\wtoi-\3Qa«a&\. ol ^^Nx«»^^atet, THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 491 then throufirh its relay coils to the earth return-circuit. The relay armature, by means of the local batteiy, excites the two electro- magnets whose armatures then include the line-wire batteries for sending the double current through the double-current circuit ; one battery being brought into action by the passing of a current through the single-current circuit, and the other acting for an instant on the cessation of a current in the single-current circuit. This momentary after-current is sent by mounting the armature of the first electro-magnet (by which the double current enters the machine) with a dick lever,* and ratchet wheel on the spindle of a fan wheel which works in a mercury trough ; this arrangement enables the circuit of the smaller line-wire battery to be completed by the (already retired) armature of the second electro-magnet before the armatiure of the first electro-magnet has broken contact with the circuit of the line-wire battery. In translating from the double-current circuit to the single- current circuit, the course of the double-current line-wire circuit is through the armature of the first of the two electro-magnets to its relay, thence to the earth return-circuit. The relay causes the excitement of the one electro-magnet of the translator (in the case of positive currents in the double-durent circuit), thereby including the line-wire battery in the single-current circuit, and producing signals at the distant station. Negative cmrents in the double- current circuit do not act upon the relay armature, and therefore send no currents by the translator through the single-current circuit. A resistance coil connects the armature of the second electro- magnet of the double-current sending circuit with the earth, by which means the charge given to the line wire of the double- current circuit is equalized throughout its length. 3rd. Translating " signals from one submarine circuit to " another submarine*' [circuit?] "without inconvenience from " the induced charge." A similar arrangement of translator, relays, and batteries to that described in the second case is used. There are, however, the fol- lowing points of diflference :— First point. — Both the armatures that are in immediate connec- tion with the line-wire circuits have click levers and ratchet wheels tliat work the same fan wheel in a mercury trough. Second point. — ^'ITie lower stops of the two above-mentioned armatures are both connected to the aTixv^t>M^\>j\\.o^'^ ^\Ay^'«i\y N«\ix>^Qi^ ^ ^^wc^ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 49S which works into a nut on the type box. The key shown in con- nection with tliis improvement has been already described. 5th. ** Where the circuit exceeds more than 200 miles of sub- " marine wire." In this case the electricity is measured out in such a way that the charge of the line wire " shall not be greater with a long con- " tact than with a short one." This can be effected by the induc- tion plates set forth in the Specification, N° 2555 (1854). An arrangement for effecting this purpose, " applied to a Morse's " machine for translation," is described and shown. The de- flection of the writing lever's tail against certain stops and springs, by the electro-magnet which is excited by the first line-wire circuit, charges the second line-wire circuit, a quantity battery being thus connected with a primary coil whose secondary current charges the second line-wire circuit, llie momentary secondary current gives a charge or tone to the wire, and the primary current (being also in connection with the second line-wire circuit during the de- pression of the lever) maintains the charge without overcharging the wire by the signalling of dashes. To adjust the amount of continuous charge given to the line wire, the length of the primaiy and secondary coils are alterable. When the signal is completed, the cessation of the current through the primaiy coil discharges the Leyden-jar charge of the line wire by the momentary but opposite current then excited or induced in the secondary coil. The action of a key in measuring out the charge given to the • line wire is precisely similar, except that it is moved by the finger instead of by an electro-magnet. The clockwork dot-elongating apparatus already described can be applied to the induction-coil arrangement for long submarine circuits. For this purpose a second cam on the escapement arbor makes connection, in suitable sequence, with springs connected to an induction coil. A method of discharging short submarine circuits of the Leyden-jar charge by the connection of an opposite battery pole with the line wire is also described and shown. The cams on the escapement arbor act upon a series of springs, so as to break the first battery connection made, and complete the opposite connection before the writing lever's tail is raised to its normal position. An improved method of testing for faults in SttbmaTxn^ «QbV«« — The cable is henneticaUy seated at tVi« eud axw^^\»Rft^ \svVso^^'^ 494 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : in a tub, it is then charged by a frictional electrical machine. If it charges like a Leyden jar it i^ perfect; but if the cable will not charge and the fault cannot be found by the galvanic test, it can be sufficiently enlarged by the discharge of a large " heyden ** [Leyden?] battery into the wire. By similar means, and a suit- able adjustment of the universal discharger, it may be ascertained whether the conducting wire b sufficiently near the centre of the insulating medium, throughout its length, to be trustworthy. A "printing " telegraph with two writing levers, — One lever is actuated by a positive line-wire current, the other by a negative line-wire current. The double relay and " treble " [triple ?] key- board herein-after described are used with this machine. So lon|^ as the writing levers are at rest, the clockwork mechanism rotat* ing the paper cylinder is stopped by a lever which then butta against the end of a " spiral " [helical ?] groove on the rotating axis ; but if either writing lever be attracted, and as long as it is attracted, the stopping lever is raised out of the groove, thus permitting the rotation of the paper cylinder ; a suitable spring constantly brings back the stopping lever (when raised) to the commencement of the helix. A marking telegraph. — Instead of using a point at the extremity of the writing lever to mark the paper, a fine " platina '* wire, ignited to a wliite heat by a battery, bums holes in the paper. " These perforated slips can be used for repeatin^r the dispatches " to a series of branch stations by an apparatus similar to that " used by Baine '* [Bain ?] " for printing from j)erforated paper." The double relay as used with the "printing'* telegraph. — The upper and lower magnetic " pieces " are each connected with the same pole of the local battery, and one of each pair of studs is connected to the other pole of the local battery. The completion of one of these circuits by the deflection of one of the magnetic " pieces" (according to the direction of the linc-\vire current) depresses one of the writing levers ; the second writing lever is depressed by the deflection of the other magnetic ** piece," which completes the second local circuit. The depression of the writing levers may translate currents " to more distant stations." A " triple keg board to be used with the foregoing double prints " ing machines,** —Two of the keys are used "to actuate the double writing apparatus," the third key (put into circuit by a switch ") may be used wvtVi the Morse's system when the insulation of the telegrap\i lint Va MtC!\A.Nt. ff THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 496 The two first keys each consist of a tailed key-lever with front contact-piece and elevating spring ; on the movement of the key- lever the tail raises a har (common to both keys), connected to the line wire, from connection with the relay stud, at the same time the front contact-piece places the line wire in connection with one or other battery pole, according to the key which is de- pressed ; the spring of the front contact-piece of each key is con- nected with one battery pole (a different pole in each key), and the remaining battery poles are in connection with the earth-plate. The third key produces actions similar to those described in N° 371 (1854). This key is somewhat similar to the other two, but its tail depresses a spring in connection with the zinc battery pole when the key is at rest, thus sending a negative charge through the line wire except when signals are being made. [Printed. 2». 4d.] A.D. 1865, June 20.— N<» 1410. WALKER, Robert, and MCKENZIE, Alexander.— " Im- " provements in electric telegraphs," consisting of: — 1 st. Finger keys for marking telegraphs, whether the marks are made by chemical means or by a marker and electro-magnet. In these keys there is a key to each letter, and the marks representing a letter are made at the distant station by the simple touch of the corresponding key. In the first key, a non-conducting disc, inlaid with metal sur- faces according to the signs to be transmitted, is made to revolve at a corresponding rate to the " paper-recei\dng surface " at the distant station. The metal surfaces of the disc are in connection with one battery pole, and the metal arm of the key with the other battery pole. On the depression of the key, it moves on its hori- zontal axis, and a pin at its inner extremity is made to enter one of the openings in a non-conducting rim, that otherwise prevents the pin touching the inlaid portions except at the commencement of the signal ; when all the requisite inlaid portions have made contact in succession with the pin, it is forced (Arom an opening) to the exterior of the rim by the reaction spring that lifts the key. In the second arrangement a fork on the end of the key lever rotates a suitably inlaid cylinder on the depression of the key. The circuit is completed through the key lever, cylinder^aud^^kxsAL Bpnug bearing against the cylinder. Oi\ \e\i^xv^ %o >Ct\fc>w?5 , ^»xtfstw^ 496 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETtSM : oonducting portion of the fork interrupts the circuit and brings backs the cylinder to its original position. 2nd. Introducing an indicating instrument at any part of a telegraphic line. For this purpose the two ends of a line wire are combined by a spring ; a vulcanized India-rubber tube is shown. Hiese connections are at the telegraph posts. [Printed. 7d.] A.D. 1865, June 28.— N« 1473. MOREAU-DARLUC, Charles. — "An improved mode of sepa- " rating substances of di£Perent nature or composition by meims ^ of displacement and substitution." This invention *' consists of the application to various useful " purposes of the principles of forcing a jet of dilated or non- " dilated atmospheric air, gas or gases, either compressed or non- " compressed previously, and in a cold or warm state, to act and " press in a suitable closed vessel on the liquid or menstruum with " which substances from which certain soluble parts are to be " abstracted are moistened or impregnated, these substances being " contained in the said vessel on a perforated false bottom, and " with or without the aid of a partial vacuum under the false " bottom; and also the application of electricity, generated by " any suitable means, either to the dilating of the air, gas, or " gases above mentioned, or to the decomposition of certain •* matters, parts of which are to be forced through tlie substances " to be treated, or to the decomposition of the substances to be " subjected to this process." No information is given as to the precise method of applying electricity to heat the liquid, air, or gases to be forced through the false bottom ; but it is stated, in reference to using electricity as a decomposing agent, that it (the " electrical current ") may be ob- tained either " from a special battery or apparatus for generatincr " the same," or from the apparatus itself, parts of the apj)aratu3 being " made of different metals," so as to form " a galvanic " battery." The portion of this invention referring to the application of electricity is not mentioned in the Provisional Specification. [Printed, 46/.J THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 497 A.D. 1855, July 10.— N» 1543. ELKINGTGN, Charles Jambs Chbatlby. — {ProvisUmal Protection only.) ** Improvements in depositing alloys of metals." '* This invention consists in depositing alloys of metals, by em« " ploying a bath of a solution of the metal in the particular '* alloy which is most difficult of deposition, and in supplying to " this bath the metal or metaU which are more easy of deposition " only as they are required." This is done, " by preference, by '* placing into the bath a pole consisting of an alloy of the " metals " it is desired to deposit ; *' but the metals which are easy " of deposition may be supplied to the bath by other convenient " means, if preferred. The article to be coated is placed in the '' bath and connected with the zinc or negative pole of the battery " in the ordinary manner." The invention also " consists in depositing alloys of nickel and " silver with or without the addition of copper, zinc, or tin." [Printed, 3rf.] A.D. 1855, July 20.— N« 1642. JOHNSON, John Henry (a communication from Andre Koeek* lilt. Napoleon Joseph Vicomte Duchatet, and Joseph Antoine luguste de Perpigna), — ^The title of this invention is " Improve* ments in machinery or apparatus for obtaining motive power, applicable also to the raising, forcing, and exhausting air and other fluids, and partly to the kneading or working of dough or other pastes ;" and the Complete Specification states that the motive power apparatus " may derive their motion either ftom. ** water, air (whether compressed or rarified), and from steam^ " gases, vapours generally, or electricity ^ No mention, however, is made of the precise method in which the electricity is to be applied, leaving it to be inferred from the general construction of the apparatus. The apparatus consist '' of two cylinders or axes, fitted each " v.ith a projecting spiral" [helical?] "thread, or respectively *' with a projecting spiral " [helical ?] *' thread, and a correspond- " in^ spiral " [helical?] "groove, gearing or working together " ** within a suitable casing." In another arrangement of apparatus two cylinders or axes are fitted respectively with projecting teeth pax«\\ft\\A >^^ vkti^^ 1 1 n 498 BLBCTBICnr AND MAGNETISM : motioii; todi teetii hiriiig a ^ spinl '* seetMii,. and gearing into ooneeponding noeswt within a mitable casing. Variouf amngementB of hdioes tad spiral teeth are shown, applicable to steam* air* or water power, also to the other parpoaea above enumented. [Printed, If. sd] A.D. 1855, July 20.— N« 1646. DESCHAMPS, Cabimib, and VILCOQ, Ghablsb.— "« A free " diving boat" Tliis invention consists of a sahmarine boat, ftee to more in every direction, in which the eleotric light is used to afford light in and around the boat. A water-tight chamber contains the batteries, the noxious gases firom which axe driven outwith the airvitiated bj breathing, 1^ means of bellows. A glass chamber at the top of the lantern of the boat carries the electric light, and a reflector is placed above the light, which prevents it being seen from above, and reflects it into and around the boat. [Printed. W.] A.D. 1855, July 21.— N» 1^9. FONTAINEMOREAU, Pbtbr Armand le Comte de (a communication), — " Certain improvements in the construction of " voltaic batteries," consisting of: — 1st. " An improved construction of voltaic battery." This battery consists of carbon and zinc, and has for its exciting fluids a mixture of nitrate of soda and sulphuric acid next to the carbon plate, and a solution of chloride of sodium next to the zinc plates 2nd. "The preservation of the parts electrotyped from the *' action of acids." The upper edge of the carbon plate has a thin coating of copper electro-deposited upon it ; to this edge the conductor is soldered, and the plate is fixed by cement to the upper part of a wooden frame, it is "consequently preserved from " oxidation." f3rd. " The employment of paper prepared in the same way as " gun cotton as a substitnt&ioT t\A y^toxis vessel or diaphragm." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIPNS. 499 This paper diaphragm is cemented to the wooden frame containing the carhon element by means of collodion. 4th. *^ The mode of filling the cells with the exciting fluid and " of emptying the same." A pipe fixed along the top of the cells supplies solution to the carbon elements by means of a small tube passing through the £rame ; the zinc elements are supplied in a similar way with fluid from the bottom. Each pipe is fitted with a funnel for the supply, and with a non-metallic stopcock for the discharge of the liquids. The carbon plate of each cell is placed between two zinc plates in this battery. [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1855, July 23.— N° 1668. ACHARD, AuousTB. — ''Improvements in the application of " electricity as a transmitting agent of motive power." The following are illustrations of the adaptation of these im<» provements : — Employing electricity as a trantmitting agent of motive power in which ** an alternative circular movement " is converted into either a reciprocating rectilinear movement, or a circular continuous move^ ment, or transmitted still as " an alternative circular movement " that can be interrupted or reestablished at will, — Loose on the same fixed shaft are fixed the le^'er receiving motion from, the prime mover and that intended to transmit the motion; the former carries at its extremity a soft iron keeper, the latter an electro- magnet. When the electro-magnet is inactive, the moving lever is merely oscillated ; but upon the excitation of the electro-magnet^ the transmitting lever partakes of the motion from the prime mover. At each oscillation of the moving lever its keeper is brought into contact with the electro-magnet ; the keeper, however, only remains in contact when the electro-magnet is excited. The tail of the transmitting lever is jointed by a link to a rod sliding in guides; thus a reciprocating rectilinear movement is obtained. The transmitting lever carries a spring click, which produces a continuous circular movement by rotating a ratchet wheel on another shaft. The transmitting lever itself has a cir- cular reciprocating movement. " A continuous circular engager.'* — ^The prime mover rotates a spiral-shaped wheel of soft iron, whic\v viVv^eWvaa ^** fs^\xfc*'* ^"^^fc^ 1 i2 500 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : part of its drcumferenoe at which the larger and smaller radii of the wheel meet. Loose on the same shaft is placed a &ame car« rying a horseshoe electro-magnet at the extremity of a lever jointed on to the frame, the arms of the electro-magnet being radial to the wheel, hut kept from contact with any part of it but the " spire " by a suitable spring. On the excitation of the electro- magnet, it comes into contact with the wheel, and at the end of one revolution a suitable projecting " piece " (fixed to the electro-* magnet) comes into contact with the " spire,'* at the least radiua of the wheel, and is carried round by it. Continuous circular motion is thus transmitted until the cessation of the electric cur* rent, when the spring withdraws the electro-magnet from contact with the wheel. In another arrangement, adapted for high speeds, a helix is cut on the lower face of the wheel, and the arms of the electro-magnet are parallel to the axis of the shaft. On the excitation of the electro-magnet it becomes attached to the lowest part of the screw, and at the end of a revolution meets the sudden projection where the screw terminates, having been raised by contact with the face of the screw. When the electric current ceases, the electro-magnet drops in its guides and leaves the helix-faced wheel to revolve freely. In this case the shaft is supposed vertical, and the move- ment of the electro-magnet is perpendicular to the direction of the centrifugal force. The electric current is conducted to either of these " continuous " circular engagers " by means of fixed metallic springs in con- nection with the battery poles, bearing up against met^l rings, insulated from the pulley on which they are mounted, and in con- nection with the coil terminals respectively of the electro-magnet. Retarding and stopping railway trains. — By an arrangement precisely similar in its general features to the first example of transmitting motive power, the rotation of the brake wheels them- selves is made to actuate a brake on the excitation of the electro- magnet. An excentric on the axle of the brake wheels gives the " alternative circular " movement, and the axis of the breaksman's handle carries the ratchet wheel. The brakes are actuated from a certain distance by an ap- proaching train as follows : — Each train carries a galvanic battery, having its poles in a certain fixed direction in relation to the direction of motion of the traSB, ^o \>iwi.\. \i^ xsv^^iwa^ qC insulated THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 501 metallic conductors between the rails, the forces of the batteries on trains approached to within half the length of the conductors are united and actuate each other's brakes as above described, or set in action by electricity any other suitable mechanism. Connection is made between the batteries and the insulated con- ductors laid along the permanent way, by means of *' rubbers " balanced and jointed on to a rod fixed to one of the carriages. The conductors have grease spread upon them after the transit of each rubber by a grease box in its rear ; the friction of the metallic rubber is sufficient to make a good electric contact with the conductor. The brakes may also be actuated, within the given distance, by electnc connection made at any place of danger. " IVinding of silk from cocoons,** — By the rupture of a cocoon thread, the mechanism instantly effects the replacement of the cocoon. The attendant on the machine has merely " to place the ** cocoons upon an endless chaui, and to wind the threads to a " second endless chain." The cocoons that are supplying silk to the " winder or reel *' (not shown in the Drawings) are contained in a round pan of hot water, and are arranged concentric with the centre of the pan. Each cocoon thread presses against its own "vertical swing," and all the threads converge to a point vertical to the centre of the pan where they pass through a " drawing iron," then through the hollow axle of a " little toothed wheel," they are then crossed in the usual manner and passed to the ** winder or reel." The '* vertical swing " consists of a lever, against whose upper arm each cocoon thread presses, which lever is mounted upon the principle of unstable equihbrium, therefore when a cocoon thread breaks, the '* swing " falls and completes an electric circuit with its tail, thus putting into action an " electric engager " similar to that explained in the first illustration of the adaptation of these improvements. The reciprocating circular movement thus put into gear commu- nicates a single rectilinear reciprocating movement to a bar, which moves a new cocoon thread up to the broken thread, and (by means of a small shaft at the extremity of the bar, carrying a " fork," chaps, and springs moved by jointed rods, attached at one end to the framing and at the other end to the bar) cuts the new cocoon thread, attaches it to the broken thveivd^vcv^ ^xvTsi«rcwj^ moves the endless chain so that anoWiex cocooxi ^i«w^\^\i«'^^^'*i Mi ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : its hook into a suitable position for replacing a broken thread when necessary. Another set of levers, connected with the vibrating lever of the electro-magnet, move the " little toothed wheel " by means of a ^de, click, and ratchet wheel, and thus bring the newly attached ooooon to the side of the pan occupied by the cocoons which are unwinding. For this purpose a suitable " carraige," with lever and spring mechanism, moves on the axle of the " little toothed " wheel." The " vertical swing " is then replaced by the last men- tioned slide, the electric circuit is broken, and the winding goes on as before. If the silken thread " formed of the whole of the assembled " cocoon threads " breaks, another large " swing," acting on a dif- ferent part of the electric circuit to those already described, also mounted on the principle of unstable equilibrium, breaks the elec- tric circuit that otherwise would be completed by the smaller " swings," " and prevents the machine from acting " " until the " spinner has reinstated the principal end thread, and set either " the winder or reel to work." [Printed, Is. lOrf.] A.D. 1855, July 24.— No 1673. WESTWOOD, Joseph, and BAILLIE, Robert.— " Improve- " ments in preserving timber-built ships, also timber or wood and " wrought iron used in situations exposed to the action of water " or of weather." Amongst other purposes, this invention may be ap])lied to [electric f^ ''* telegraph poles, tensing postSy and other similar " purposes.*' The invention ** consists in applying to the wood or iron used " for such purposes a preparatory coating of black varnish, or " other composition having similar properties thereto, and afifcer- " wards a coating of asphalte or bituminous composition, whereby " the latter will be made to adhere \\dth increased tenacity to the ** surface to which it is applied." [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1855, August 15.— N^ 1848. STATH AM, Samuel, and SMITH, Willoughby.— "Im- "provements in electric te\eftT^\i\i <^\^^, qx 1955. MORE, James. — " Improvements in marine and surveying com- " passes." Tliis invention " relates to the prevention of the deranging influence of local attraction upon the magnetic needles of marine and surveying compasses of various kinds." l^e needle is coated entirely (excepting the point of suspension) with " shell-lac " or other gum resin ; thus coated, it is imbedded in " cork or other suitable vegetable material," " of considerable " thickness or depth, and this cork covering is then finally coated ** \vith shell-lac or gum resin, just as the needle itself was coated." ** The interior of the binnacle or compass case may also be thus *' treated or coated for preventing the deranging influence of " local attraction." llie Drawings show a needle with a cork casing of rectangular section ; the whole is poised upon a stile, and has an inverted conical cup, made larger than usual. [Printed, 7(i.] A.D. 1855, August 30.— N<> 1956. GEDGE, John (a communicaHon from Jacques Joseph HyppoUte Muilly), — {Fromsional Protectwn onhf.) *' liiviQitQ(s^sc&ssE^ Ns^ ^fi^* *' vanizing subgttffiee»" « £04 ELECTRICITY AND lilAGNETISM: '^llie irtule to be galvanized" ii first well pounced and dcaned with alcohol, then " those ports intended to be gol^^anized '* axe powdered well with plumbago, and brushed with a strong open brush. Where there is open woric, a strip of plumbagoed new dianuns leather is worked through the open work, so that the whole becomes perfectly black and shining. TIm bath is made ** in a yase of sandstone, or one of wood lined " inth gutta perch*;" tibis is filled '*wiih three, ports of water," and ** several open-work baskets containing powdered sulphate of " copper " axe placed therdn, ** allowing several days for its dis- " solution, and adding^ thereto until the bath shall have attained <* 20 or 25 degrees." '' In arranging the piles " a ''porcelain tube " is taken, ** and " a blade of sine of the same size as tiie interior of the tube, but ** longer," ''above the sine blade a narrow band of brass wire " is passed. The pile is then put " into the bath, introducing water " into the tube. To the ol^jeot to be galvanized " are attached " seven or eight conducting wires," whose ends are twisted together " in form of a hook, which is hooked on to the brass " wire band, the band being soldered to the zinc blade. The pile " thus prepared, the objects are to be suspended in the bath, and " a few drops of sulphuric acid are then to be added to the water " in the tube; a slight ebullition will take place, continuing for a " short time. At the expiration of two or three hours the object " ought to be slightly covered, and should be allowed two or " three days to peifect the coating. When taken ^m the bath, " the objects should be well pounced, brushed, and cleansed before " being gilded or silvered." [Printod, Sd] A.D. 1855, September 4.— N^ 199/. TAYLOR, John George. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in coating, covering, or plating mctaUic surfEices." " This invention relates to the application and use of the metal " or metallic earth aluminum, otherwise aluminium, as a material " for coating, covering, or plating metallic bodies or surfaces. It " it is intended to apply the aluminium for this purpose either by " the action of electricity, magnetism, or galvanism, or by the old ^' system of plating with ahec^. l\i \% -^t^^cT^.d, however, to ^ fthct the application ox dcpoa\\ioii ot ^^ ^>Mca\ttNaa.\$^ \sv^»xi& THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 605 €< ft of electricity or electric ap^ency, the aluminium, beinpr thus ap- plied either as a coating to base metals, or as a preser\'ative film or covering to the precious metals. In addition to these appli- " cations of aluminium as in ornamental coating, or as a preser- vative for ornamental surfaces, it may be applied for preserving ships' sheathing, as well as for protecting a great variety of " other metallic surfaces which are liable to injury from the " atmosphere, from gases, from liquids, or from direct chemical " action." [Printed, Zd.'] A.D. 1855, September 8.— N« 2039. BALESTRINI, Pibr Alberto. — (Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in insulating wires for electric telegraphs." " ITiis invention consists of first winding the wires with hemp " or other fibres, on to which several coatings of a solution of " india-rubber are applied, after which a coating of marine glue is " added. The wire thus coated is ithen wound with one or several strands or yams (laid around side by side) of hemp or other fibre ; such winding being in the opposite direction to the previous winding, coatings of india-rubber solution and of marine glue are to be again applied. Each wire thus coated is then placed in a cord, yam, or strand, which is coated thoroughly *' with india-rubber or other waterproof coating, and in this ** manner they may be laid down for use ; but when several wires " are to be used, and greater strength is required, then a metallic '' mre is wound around the bunch or bundle of the above insu- ** lated wires." [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1855, September 8.— N« 2043. GRENET, EuokNE, junior. — "An improved electro-magnetic " apparatus for motive power, part of which may be employed ** separately for the generation of electric currents." An electro-magnetic engine is described and shown having the following peculiarities : — llie engine consists of plate electro-magnets " fixed on rings " formed on two concentric cylinders, one moveable, the other *' fixed." The plates have their edges parallel to the shaft ^^aa»Sk% through the cylinder's centre s those attofiii^ V) ^^^^ Q^aXiet ^^ ^ost^ « « << « 506 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i ■cylinder project radially inwards, and those fixed to the inner or revolving cylinder (which is attached to the shaft) project radially -outwards. The rings or sets of electro-magnets do not act all at once, but have the electric fluid admitted to them one at a time in series, the revolving rings being set on the central shaft, so that their magnets arrive opposite those on the fixed rings in succession until the magnets of the first in series are again brought within range. A " current changer and contact breaker " effects " the simul- taneous magnetization of the fixed and revolving parts of the apparatus by two different currents." The current changers for the fixed and revolving magnets are separate, and the battery current is divided into two currents for that purpose. " Forked '* conductors from the battery press upon cylinders of insulated and metal portions placed alternately, and reverse the currents at each breakage of circuit ; as, when the conductor is on the insulated portion of one cylinder, it is on the conducting portion of the other. The current is conveyed to the whole of one series or ring of electro-magnets at a time by one cylinder, and conducted back to the battery from the same series by the other cylinder. The particular ring or set of magnets in action is determined by a ** distributor " in conjunction with the current changer. The " distributor " consists of wires from each series of electro- magnets in connection with rings on the current changer ; the wires make contact with the inlaid metal pieces on the cylinders at different times, thereby exciting the rings at the proper times .and in succession. To enable the electric current to be conveyed to the whole of a series simultaneously, each series has two coi)per rinjijs, one con- nected to one coil terminal of each electro-magnet, the other con- nected to the other coil terminal. By this means the length of battery circuit is confined to the coil of one magnet of each series. The battery used to the above-described engine consists of platinized corrugated copper plates and grooved zinc plates, excited by a mixture of sulphuric acid and sea-salt. The battery may be filled at one operation, as the gutta percha cells are all contained in a lipped trough; any excess escapes by the lip to a trough beneath. To enable the battery to be emptied at one operation, \i\x^ '\iftXX«r5 Xxwx^ ^^ \sva\mted on it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 607 trunnions ; on being inclined the exciting fluid is discharged into the trough beneath. [Printed, 2*. 2rf.] A.D. 1855, September 8.— X° 2045, ALLAN, Thomas. — {Provisional Protection only,) "Certain " means of correcting or preventing the de\dation of the compass *' needle from local attraction." For this purpose an ascertained induced magnetic influence is used "as a counter])oise equivalent to counterbalance at equal angles from the true north the magnetism of the ship's iron or force of deviation." To ascertain this, "the ascertained line of " the ship's magnetism" is placed "in a line, say N.E.;" a counterpoise (consisting of a bimdle of soft iron rods) is then j)laced N.W. on a circle haWng the needle pivot for its centre. Uy adding to or taking from the bundle of iron rods, its mag- netism is made exactly to counterbalance the magnetism of the ship's iron ; the needle will in that case exactly bisect the angle formed by the Une of the keel N.E., and the radial line on which the counterpoise is placed N.W. After this balance of l)ower is precisely ascertained, the true north can at any time and in all latitudes and positions be found by shifting the counter])oise forward or backward until the needle bisects the " angle formed by these two lines aforesaid." In another plan the counterpoise is not required to be shifted to ascertain the true north by the bisection of the angle of the forces." The method consists of placing the counterpoise in continuation of the line of the ship's magnetism ; in the instance above cited of the N.E. position of the line of the ship's magne- tism, according to this plan, the counterpoise is placed "in a line " S.W.," and " it will, by its repulsion on the south pole of the " needle from the west, counterbalance the attraction on the " north pole of the needle from the east." [Printed, 3J.] A.D. 1855, September ll.—N« 2058. KENNEDY, Joseph Camp Griffith (a communieation\. — •" Improvements in the mode of and apv*^>^^^ ^^^ \xw!«fiKs^5OTi% « n 508 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : ** signals by the use of the electric current, part of which im- ** provements is applicable to the regulating of machineiy ** generally." The general arrangement of the apparatus is as follows: — A barrel at the transmitting station and type wheel at the receiving station are rotated continuously and synchronously by clockwork ; another dock train however, which actuates the printing me- chanism, is only set free on the momentary completion of the electric circuit at the transmitting station. The barrel carries a ■eries of projecting pins helically disposed upon its surface, by which means electric connection is made with the receiving sta- tion only at the instant that the type wheel is in a position to print the desired letter. On the completion of the circuit a horse- shoe permanent magnet, usually in contact with the cores of a horseshoo electro-magnet, is released therefrom and permitted to be risen by a spring ; thus giving motion to a detent lever which releases a cranked axle belonging to the printing clock-train. The said cranked axle brings the paper up to the revolving type wheel for an instant by means of a platen fixed to a connecting rod ; the type wheel is thus made to print whilst in motion. By an arrangement of levers the cranked axle (before the completion of its revolution) brings the permanent magnet into contact with the electro-magnet's cores, to wliich it then adheres, thus only moving the platen once up to the type wheel for each depression of a key at the transmitting station. The other peculiar features of this invention are as follows : — The system of stops and levers that make contact iJvith the helically disposed pins draw the desired contact lever into a notch in a notched bar, where it remains until struck, raised, and replaced by its pin. " A return message can be transmitted between the inten-als " that must necessarily elapse between the following signals of *' the same operator." A single line wire is only used for this purpose. Two cog-wheels or circuit breakers (insulated from each other), one in connection with the electro-magnet, and the other connected to the barrel at the same station, are so arranged that the connection shall alternate at each station bet\i'een the receiving and transmitting instruments, in such a manner that the con- nectJon is always simultaneously through the transmitting cylin- der of one station and the d^xo-m^j^w^ oi the other station. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 509 The current is conveyed to the circuit breakers by the same spring, in connection with one of the battery poles. Those stations that are not intended to receive the message are shut o|F from the circuit by a bolt, which is shot against a flange on the type wheel by the depression of certain stops, thereby acting like a brake. A projection on the cranked axle enters a notch in the bolt ; at those stations where the signals are to be read, the bolt merely enters a notch or slot in the flange, and is so formed as to let the flange and type wheel revolve freely. To adjust the speed of rotation of the transmitting and receiving instruments, the clockwork is regulated by an escape wheel and ])allct ; the tail of the pallet lever being connected by a rod to a vibrating spring. Tlie vibrations of the spring are adjustable by means of a small weight which slides on it. I'liis improvement is also applicable to regulating other machinery. [Printed, It. 10d.J A.D. 1855, September 15.— N« 2084. SCULLY, Vincent, and HEYWOOD, Bennett Johns.— {Provisional Protection only,) " An improvement in the manu- " facture of certain articles which are subject to the corroding " action of the air and moisture." Various applications of the metal " aluminium " are set forth. It is further stated* that as aluminum " is capable, when burnished, of retaining a bright metallic lustre,*' it is proposed to employ it in the manufacture of medals, coins, plated goods, and articles of virtu, such articles being either stamped in dies, or cast and chased, after the manner of the silversmith in pro« ducing statuettes, or manufactured after the manner of repauss^ " work, or coated by the electron-deposition process," [Printed, 3J.] A.D. 1855, September 15.— N« 2089. GORDON, Lewis Dunbar Brodib (a communication from Werner Seimens ^Siemens f]), — ** An improvement in electric " telegraphs when insulated wires are laid under water or in " the earth." Tlie object of this invention is to obviate the effects of the atAid^ « 610 BLECriUCITT AND MAGNETISM : or midiial diarge in long Mnes of •ubmazine and sabtenwDetti tekgrapbs. The invention ooniiito ohieflj in using " a set of two insulated ** wins placed in doae proximity to each other, and imbedded in ** the middle of one man of gutta percha or other inimlating ** material as one electric circuit, in which the battery and reoeiT* ** ing instrument are inserted, without using the earth as part of " the dicuit." The same cable maj contain several sets of insulated wires " in " dose proadmity to each other, which may be used aimwlta- '* neously as circuits without the interference of one with the '' other." " In order to render the electric waves succeeding ** each other still more separate and distinct,'* the batteiy current IS reversed for an instant ''before breaking the circuit." A pair of conductors (for one drouit) may be placed in one cable, by using an insulated copper wire in the centre and sur- rounding it with iron or copper wires, the whole being covered with fibrous material, and then with gutta percha. The wires may be insulated from each other by fibrous mate- rials, and placed in the middle of one mass of gutta percha. This is an important feature in the in\'ention. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1865, September 1/.— N» 2103. BRIGHT, Charles Tilston, and ' BRIGHT, Edward Brails FORD. — " Ipiprovements in electric telegraphs, and in ap- paratus connected therewith.'' This invention *' consists of improvements in the electric tele- graph complete," in which sound is employed as the communi- cating medium instead of visual indications. ''A complete " electro-phonetic telegraphic instrument" and its necessaiy arrangements consist of the following parts : — 1st. The apparatus for and method of transmitting signals; this may also be appUed to the telegraphs at present in use. 2nd. The receiving relay; which has the means of increasing its sensitiveness and of protection from the effects of return currents. 3rd. The " phonetic " or sounding apparatus ; this " may be *■ either used separately as a complete instrument, or applied in *' part to other telegTapVi\T«X;n\mcrv\.f^Tvcr«*\Tv\xafer C( « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 611 These amngements are deicribed, in the Complete Specification, in the following order ! — The arrangement preferred to communicate phonetic signals consists of an axle bearing a magnet and a double arm; the magnet, when acted on hj electro-magnetic coils, causes the axle to vibrate or deflect in one direction, thus sounding a bell by means of a hammer head on one arm ; the subsequent reversal of the electric current causes a "muffler" on the other arm to stop the sound. It is preferred to reverse the electric current by means of a " reversing connector" in coiyunction with the relay. The '' reversing connector" forms a part of the signal apparatus; it consists of ** an iron or steel fork " free to vibrate between two fixed magrnetic bars. On the excitation of the coils, a pin on the hammer axle deflects the fork according to the direction of deflection of the said axle. The local circuit through the relay, the " reversing connector," aiul the signal instrument, is as follows : — One battery pole is connected to the right-hand stop of the relay and to the right- hand fixed magnet of the "reversing connector," the other battery j)ole is connected to the left-hand stop and to the left- hand fixed magnet. The vibrating arm of the relay is connected to one coil terminal of the signal i^paratus, and the " fork" to the other coil terminal. The normal position of the "fork " and of the arm is to the left hand, connecting therefore one battery pole with both the coil terminals. WTien the relay arm is deflected, however, a local battery current traverses the coils, sounds the bell (by the deflection of the hammer axle), and deflects the fork ajjainst the right-hand fixed magnet, thus breaking its own circuit; when the relay arm returns to its normal position, the local battery circuit is again completed, but in a reversed direction, which stops the sound, and brings back the fork to its normal position, thus breaking the local circuit until the next signal is made. 'ITie following methods of connecting the transmitting apparatus arc described and shown : — First. — Batteries at opposite ends of the line oppositely connected (so as to neutralize each other's effects), are short-circuited at the transmitting station when a signal is to be given ; thus the battery at the receiving station can have full effect on the receiving instru- ment. In this method a galvanometer coil and needle is used eithes to indicate signs or to act as a relay, " 'NV^i^^^'Ji T^^gaikSB^T^,'* 512 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: adjustftble at various distances from the needles, increase the 8ensi« tiveness of the needles and protect them from the effects of return currents. f Second. — ^The same general arrangement as the first method, but '* electro-magnetic coils and soft iron armatures with delicate " restraining springs are employed in place of deflecting coils." Third. — A similar arrangement to the second method, in which, however, the electro-magnetic coils of the relays have armatures and stops at each end, thus enabling signals in opposite directions to be made simultaneously. One of the armatures has a weaker spring than the other ; in the normal condition the weak-springed armature is in contact with the coil. When either of the batteries are separately short-circuited the strong-springed armature is attracted and the local circuit is completed by its flexible end ; when both the batteries are short-circuited at the same time, the coil attracts neither armature, and the local circuit is completed by the weak-springed armature. An apparatus for obtaining a nearly continuous current from currents induced in secondary coils by the action of a quantity galvanic battery on primary coils. A suitably inlaid axle is rotated against sprin$(s by means of clockwork ; the springs convey the various electric currents to and from the inlaid metal i)ieces of the axle ; the terminals of the secondary coils are thus chanijed exactly at the time that the battery current is reversed through the primary coils. This apparatus " may be generally used for telegraphic ** purposes." Temporary currents can be excited in induction coils by means of a finger key whose studs and springs are arranged on a similar principle to the above-described clockwork apparatus. "The " currents thereby induced in the secondary coils are passed along " the line without going through their o%vn receiving coils." (See finger key described in N° 14,331, Old Law.) To produce powerful effects from secondary coils, the following arrangements are set forth : — The primary coil may be wound upon an iron rod and surrounded by an iron tube, both being in connection with the iron flanges of the coil ; the secondar}- coils in this case are exterior to the iron tube, and, if necessary may " be surrounded by another iron tube, and an additional serving " of the primary coil." To increase the quantitative effects, the primary coil may be surrounded by a number of iron rods, each %round with secondary wire. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLlCAtlONS. 6l3 In using very powerful secondary currents an arrangement is adopted to protect the receiving coils fipom the effects of the return current. A [magnetic?] "arm,** connected with the line wire, is free to vibrate between two stops ; one connected with the coil terminal of the receiving instrument, the other with that of a " supplementary " coil and with the sending instrument. The normal position of the '' arm " is in contact with the terminal of the receiving coil. The "supplementary" coil is so connected with the sending and receiving apparatus (with the receiving ap- paratus through the earth circuit) that the *' arm " is not deflected by the action of the coil, when the first current traverses the line wire ; the return current,however, deflects the " arm " so that the ** supplementary " coil is then in circuit and discharges the re- turn current. This last discharge replaces the arm in its normal position. " Thus the receiving coils cannot be in connexion " with the line after any current has been sent, until the line has '' discharged itself by passing through the supplementary coil." Increasing the sensitiveness of the receiving apparatus. In one adaptation of the improvement " to double current alphabets, where the indicator or arm of relay is deflected by one current, and brought back to zero by another," the deflecting coils have hollow soft iron cores formed by "pins" "united laterally by " thin plates " " and at their outer ends by stouter iron plates," " whereby the pair of coils on each side are electro-magnetic as " well as deflective in their effects ; " the pivoted needles or mag- nets (whether bar or horseshoe) are free to vibrate within the hollow soft iron cores. In an adaption of this improvement " to double movement coils, with a means of obtaining a dead beat, which is appUcable to all methods of moving indicating mag- nets, by the increased force of temporary polarity induced in " soft iron," a pair of deflective coils and an electro-magnet are employed. The axle of the deflecting magnets carries an arm with a pin, which is restrained in the centre by a cup fixed to the end of the lever-armature of the electro-magnet ; when the coils and electro-magnet are excited, the cup is withdrawn from the pin and the magnets allowed to deflect ; on the current ceasing, the armature is influenced by a reaction spring, and the cup rein- stated in its place so as to bring the indicator to zero by acting on the pin. [Priutel.U.] K K « M U tU . BLECr&ICtTY AND MAGMETlSlit t A.D. 1855, September 28.— N« 2161 . GRAY, William Davy. — ''An ^ypantus w instrument for «* •bowing tbe course or direction and distance run by a abip "at sea." Tliis invention consists '' of a hn rerohing in the water, wbidr " gives motion to a cylinder so constructed as to cause shot to ** fidl in a tube placed on a magnetic needle in proportion to the " velocity of tbe vesseL Tbe tube conveys tbe sbot to a number '* of ceUs ; tbe sbot again pass into a number of tubes suspended from a disk, i^icb d^ is suppnted on a pivot or by gimbdla. On tbe disk is placed a bale" [ball?] ''to sbow tbe direction f oar inclination. Tbe pivot or gimbols act on a balance having " an indicator to sbow tbe weigbt of the shot, which gives tbe ** distance run by the ship, and the inclination of tbe said diae ** gives the course or direction." " The fan also acts in the water as a vane, to obtain tbe oorredT " direction of tbe ship when she is making leeway ;" horizontal motion is thus communicated to the cellB, by means of a lever,* cord, and pulley. " By this arrangement, the cell which is in a line " with the ship's true course is brought opposite to the magnetic " needle, instead of the cell wbich represents the head of the ship." " When the apparatus is only used as a tell-tale to show the " course in which the ship is sailing," the &n is dispensed with, motion being given to the shot-supplying cylinder by clockwork, " and the true distance may then be obtained with Massejr's " patent log by proportion." [Printed, (kfj A.D. 1866, October 12.— N« 2280. PULS, Francis.— (jProvMJoiuiZ Proteetum only,) '* Improvements " in electro-coating metals or alloys of metals with other metals " or alloys of metals." This invention is carried into e£Pect as follows : — " Galvanic batteries of any suitable description " are constructed, " in which the positive plates consist of the metab or alloys of " metals with which the articles are to be coated." llie exciting fluids employed consist of " such acids or mixtures " of acids in a diluted state as may be found suitable in each " inatancc to the metaU opewAfcOi oxv, ^, ^w ^^^m\ile diluted *' sulphuric, nitric, orhydtoc^^\6ncacvl\^,ox^\s\\^^^«^^^\ « (( <( « « « « (( (t THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 51S '' The batteries thus formed and furnished with exciting fluid " are placed " in a suitable trough, in conjunction with the articles to be coated, and so adjusted that the solution of the metals or alloys of metals obtained from the positive plates of the battery can freely pass to the articles to be coated therewith, and thereon deposit the siud substances through the agency of the electrio current created by the same batteries." [Printed, Srf.] A.D. 1866, October 18.— N« 2336. STATHAM, Samuel. — "Improvements in electric telegraph " cables." This invention " consists in producing a telegraph cable, light, flexible, and strong, applicable for submarine as well as for subterranean purposes, in the following manner ;" — ** A core, of gutta percha or other insulating material," is taken, "con- taining therein one or more metallic wires, strips, or plates, used for conducting the electric fluid ;" " round or over such core," is placed " strands of hemp or cord, or a tube of any " suitable fibrous material, or metallic wires or strands covered " with fibrous material, or both wires or strands and fibrous mate- " rial, or with wire or strtmds of wire, fibrous material and wire, or " strands covered with fibrous material;" "either or all of these substances being coated with some protecting material, such as marine glue, or employed without being coated." The core ("covered by one or other or all of the materials just named") is encased " in an outer casing or tube of gutta percha, or any of ** its known compounds, or either of these combined with " metallic or other substances." The weight of this cable may be regulated by the employment of metallic or fibrous materials between the insulated wire and the outer coating, or by the employment of gutta percha or its compounds alone or combined with some suitable substance heavier than itself. In the Provisional Specification it is mentioned that the con- ducting wires may be placed between a core and outer casing of gutta ])ercha. Around the core, metal wire, &c., is wound " i^ " right angles or nearly so." [Printed, Jk/.] K k2 « i\e SLBCTRicrnr and magnbush; A.D. 1855, October 25.— N« 2391. UCHARDS, John Anobbw. — ^^ ImprovemenU in pKodacing « the * beid gnin ' on leeiher.'* " Tha» hiTeiifcion oonnsti in piodaiang the herd gnin on ** leether, b j peteing it, when in % etete to leoeive the heid gnin, ^ vnder % roller mede in the fbllowing numner: — ^A eldn of ** leether which hme been herd-gnined in the ordinaiy manner " if electrotyped,'* "and the pbte thus obtiined is bent lonnd ** and mounted on an axiSy or, if it if preferred, the roll^ for " gmining the leather maj be oaat from the electrotype pkte.*' The manner of performing the invention is as follows : — ^The already hard-grained leather ^is hdd in an even and ertended '' atate; the hardened aoHiMe thereof if then made conductive of ^ dflokricity hj plumbago, and a deposited plate, bj preference ** of oi^per, is then obtained bj the electrotype process." ^ In place of obtaining the deposited metal coating on the ^ Isaiher, a cast may be taken in plaster of paris or other suitable *' material from the leather, and then a reverse by a second cast *' of such material, which latter cast, being rendered conductive '' of electricity, may be used to obtain the desired result. The '' roller thus produced is used with a second or plain roller, and ** the leather is hard-grained by passing the leather between the '' pair of pressing rollers, which are mounted in suitable bearings ** in like manner to those in which embossing rollers are '• mounted." CPriiited,8 ** An improved variation and azimuth compass." A compass is described and shown, having a case composed of two glass cylinders, united by a brass partition. The ordinaiy needle card is mounted at the lower part of the lower cylinder (the Drawing shows it by a line at the bottom of the upper cylinder). " At the bottom of the upper cylinder is secured a brass plate, on ' which is fixed an immovable compass card ; " a thin blade is Bxcd with its edge vertical over this card, and gives by its shadow tU noon the true north povnt, \\,^ovi\^ ^vv^sw ^t^mthe Speci*> « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 517 * fication that the shadow of the south pole of this blade ia used* An arrow engraved on the lower glass cylinder serves as a means of comparing the moveable card with the fixed card. The cover of the compass case is fitted with a lens '' which oon« *• centrates the light on the card *' " of the upper cylinder when " the sun is obscured by clouds." This apparatus may be " employed in hydrographic and topo« ** graphic surveys." [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1855, November 2.— N« 2447. BAGGS, Is HAM, and OSMAN, Henry Forfar. — '* Improve- ments in steam engines, and in engines generally which are worked either by gas, air, or vapour, and in apparatus for generating electricity for effecting parts of said improvements, and for other purposes," consisting of: — 1st. A method of working steam engines more or less expan« sively, ** by hanng at the ends of the slide valve additional sliding '* pieces, which are moved at proper intervals, and are of such a " size as to cover the ports when necessary." 2nd. ** Applying the power of magnetism to counteract the '* pressure, and so to diminish the friction of slide valves." A permanent magnet or electro-magnet is attached to the top of the valve, and acts upon a soft iron bar ** properly supported in the *' valve box, so that its under surface shall be very nearly or just " in contact with the poles." " The cover of the valve box ** encloses the whole arrangement." The strength of the magnet is made such as to very neail/ counteract the pressure of the steam. '' When sliding end pieces are employed " (as described under the 1st head), they must each carry a magnet. Other applications of this improvement are mentioned. 3rd. Improvements in galvanic batteries. The combined plates are cased under the Hquid, the lower part of the case being open to the liquid in the external trough. " The action is as follows :— As soon as the current is established the generated gas renders the hquid within the case specifically hghter than that which is without, and a rapid circuli^ion ensues in consequence." [Priutcd, 7d.J it fit . BLBCrBICmr AND MAGNSmil : A.D. 1866. Noranbcr 2.— N* S456. • _ JONES, John.— (AnomioMi Proitetiom only.) ** Improvwicutt ** Chanotart wliieh IN Ibrmed at one ttiiMm '* Me ** rq^ ** aft anoiher diatut ttetion bj the agenoj of eleoferi^ » *'T1ietmiiaiiiittuigiiiatriiiiianiooaiistaoftwof^^ at light angles to each other, " eaoh of which endoaea a aet of cog ** wheeli with a oanmunicatiiig i^iparatus/' A penoil-lerer, liolding a pencil, ii connected hj rods and tinivenal jointa to eadi of .the cog-wheel axea in such a manner, that (acting in cosquiietioa with their reeptetive commutatora) the axea ^ in^cate the more- ^ ments of tiie pencil fixed to the lever by tranamitting aod <* breaking curroita of deotridty/' . In 'the recording iBatmment the tranamiasion and breakage of iba enrrents canae a ftus-ahnile of the motiona of the pencil of the transmitting inatmment to be made bj the pencil attached to it. For thia purpose two framea containing machinery are placed at right angles to one another ; the machinery acting, by means of electro-magnets and escapements, on arms and a pencil. Two line wires are required for this arrangement, one for each frame. A third apparatus may be used in ooi^unction with a special battery and third line wire, ** to elevate and liberate the pencil « fixed in the receiving instrument, so as to prevent unneceaaaiy ** marks being made on the paper." When the pencil of the transmitting instrument is raised firom the paper, a magnet at the receiving station withdraws the recording pencil by means of a lever-armature and cord. When the special circuit is broken, a spring presses the recording pencil on the paper again. [Printed, 4c/.] A.D. 1855, November 10.— N*» 2528. PIGGOTT, William Pbtbr.— (Prormoao/ Protection only.) ** Improvements in galvanic, dectric, and electro-magnetic appa- ** ratus, and in the mode of applying the same as a curative and ** remedial agent,'' consisting of: — 1st. A brush for causing *' positive or negative currents of . dectricity " to be conveyed to the sldn. Bristles are used, in combiiia^ion with metallic wires or plates ; these receive " their " e/ectricity, galvanism, or A«:^;to-xwBj||[;sv^^«Kv," ftonv apparatus THELR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 619 fixed in the back of the brush or otherwise. Eleotro-coated bristles alone may be used. 2nd. A bath to administer '* galvanism, electricity, or electro* " magnetism, one part of which bath will communicate positive ** and the other negative electricity." This is effected by forming ** the bath of a combination of elastic or flexible waterproof ," material and metal in such way that when a part of the water^ *' proofing material is caused to envelope any required part of the " body, two distinct currents of electricity, galvanism, or electro- ** magnetism, are created in the same bath." [Priuta2A Sa^ *0»R9Dk nt . BLBCTTRICnT AND MAGNETISM: f hnMt «id mdltn ijpe metel is next pound thenin. On " oodUnii^ tnadhenon beiimn the oopper shcD uid the tjqpe metal ^ will be found to hmre taken plaoe." [7riiitod.ody of the lamp, and thus allows the exciting fluid to act upon the battery platea. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 625 In one instance the batteiy circuit is closed, and the resultinfic gas is made to pass through napthaor other carbonizing materials, on its way to the burner. In a second instance the batteiy circuit is completed through a platinum wire in the gas flame, thus adding to the heat. llie apparatus need not, however, be arranged in the form of a lamp, the gas generating and carbonizing apparatus maj be dis- tinct and separate. It may also be conveyed in pipes to any dis- tance, from a gas holder. The battery may be employed for any required purpose when generating gas for the lamp. [Printed, 5d.] A.D. 1855, November 20.— N» 2617. WHITEHOUSE, Edward Orangk Wildman.— " Improve- *' ments in electro-telegraphic apparatus, parts of which are also " applicable to other purposes," consisting of: — 1st. " Improvements in the construction of induction coils." The secondary coil is placed nearest the iron core, and is sur* rounded by the primary coil; these coils may either be used singly, or two or more in combination, all of them being included in the same primary circuit. When the secondary wire is of considerable size, supplemental wires of smaller diameters are wound together with it ; these supplemental wires occupy the interstices between the turns of the larger wire and ** augment the quantitative energy ** of the secondary current." The secondary current is obtained by reversing the direction of the primary current, or otherwise '* reversing the polarity of the iron of the coils." llie secondary currents thus obtained are applicable to " electro* *' telegraphic" purposes (See N®1225, 1854), ''blasting, ordnance ** purposes, as well as for electro-chemical decomposition." 2n(l. Improvements in relays. In one arrangement, four upright *' ])ermanent magnetic pillars " surround the line-^tire coil ; within the coil is an upright bar or core of soft iron, free to Wbrate on its vertical axis, which carries a soft iron horizontal cross piece. The polarity, induced in the cross piece by the coil, determines the direction of its deflection towards the poles of the permanent magnets and the circuit actuated. (I 526 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM t In another arrangement, the required contacts are given by the deflection of a lozenge-formed piece of soft iron " mounted on " pivots " and " placed axially in the magnetic field between the " poles of a permanent horse-shoe magnet;" the poles of an electro-magnet embrace the soft iron piece at right angles to the poles of the above-mentioned permanent magnet. In a third arrangement, an " armature at the end of a lever is attracted by an electro-magnet, as is the case in the instrument known as the * Morse relay ;' " in the Patentee's relay, however, the residual magnetbm retains the armature, until the next current (by changing the electro-magnet's polarity) " releases for a mo- ment the armature, which is immediately afterwards again at- tracted." Contact is given during the momentaiy release of the armature. To give a more perfect and delicate a4ju8tment to the above- described relays than springs can afford, a permanent horseshoe magnet is mounted on its axis on a set screw, and embraces between its poles (without touching) a magnetized piece of steel on the moving part. • 3rd. " Combining a dead beat magnetic needle instrument with " a relay fitted to receive alternating currents. The relay by call- " ing into play a local battery excites alternafely the opposite " limbs of an electro-magnet, and thus produces movements in " the needle corresponding to the Currents received." 4th. *' The adaptation to an ordinary step by step dial instru- " ment " of a peculiar releasing or retrograde movement. The pointer or hand is mounted loose upon its axis ; it is how- ever connected with the axis by a clutch-box arrangement during its forward progress. When the signal is indicated the clutch box is put out of gear and the hand turned to zero in the reverse direc- tion. An attendant at the receiving station may either actuate an electro-magnet for this purpose, or the releasing action may be " made to act automatically" (See N° 1225, 1854). During the forward progress of the hand, the two parts of the axis are held together by the action of a ** holding " magnet ; but when the hand has arrived at the desired signal the current from a local bat- tery is diverted from the " holding " magnet to another magnet, which takes the clutch box out of gear, called the " releasing mag- " net." The magnetism of the shorter parts of the poles of the latter jnagnet " acts upon a amaW v^ec^ o^ 'mow affixed to a tocXthed seg- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATfONS. 627 (( <( " ment, which gears into a pinion on the moveahle parts of the '* axis, and hy causing such piece of iron to move into an axial' " position between the poles, thereby (through the segment and ** pinion) returns the hand to its starting point.'' It is also proposed " to effect the escape of each tooth by the ** action of a relay, which, calling into play a local battery, excites " alternately the opposite limbs of an electro-magnet, and produces " corresponding movements in a magnetic lever, on which the '* teeth successively rest, and firom which they are aUowed to " escape in the usual manner.'' [Printed, lid.] A.D. 1855, November 26.— N« 2662. DERING, Gborgk Edward. — "Improvements in galvanic batteries," consisting of: — 1st. "A new exciting liquid for the negative element of those kinds of batteries in which nitric acid*' has usuaUy been em-r ployed for that purpose. Tliis liquid consists of a mixture of hydrochloric acid with crystals of " nitrate of soda, or nitrate of potash, or other suitable nitrates." 2nd, "Applying a granular coating of platinum, or othef suitable metals negative to copper, to the surface of copper, and its alloys, for the purpose of improving their qualities as a negative element in batteries." For this purpose an exceedingly minute " amount of deposit is preferred to be applied by im- mersing the cleaned plate in a " weak acidulated solution of the bichloride " of platinum. 3rd. ** The turning over towards the inside the upper edge of " the containing vessels of galvanic batteries, and the employment " of floats of gutta percha or other suitable material upon the " surface of the liquids of .galvanic batteries, for the purpose of " preventing the spilling of the same." Useful for motive-power batteries on ships and vessels. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1855, November 27.— X" 2666. ALLAN, Thomas. — " Improvements in applying electricity." This invention " consists in the application of electricity by ** the employment of a relay and two separate circuits, to produce " signals to the eye and ear simultaneously." n (< (( 528 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM'. « One particular application of the invention " is, communicating between guard and engine-driver upon a railway train." The following apparatus are used for this purpose : — " On the engine, " a relay, local battery, gong or bell, and indicator;" a ''line of ** communication through the train to the guard's van (the drcoit ** being completed by the earth) ;" and in the guard's van *' a ** contact maker to put the relay on the engine into action." The relay — ^formed of a many-poled magnet (See N** 14,190, Old Law) — sets in action the bell and indicator. Another method of conveying signals by means of a relay, is for the giuurd to signalize the common railway signals, white, green, and red, by means of a needle apparatus on the engine, actuated by the long circuit, the relay at the same time ringing a belL The above-described arrangements and combinations may be used " for all signalling purposes in general." The Patentee's constant battery (See N® 339, 1853) may be used in this invention* If the line of communication is effSected " by one line run out " along the foot boards or otherwise, in order to provide agtunst " breakage and disruption," a " conductor, made of a strand of " wires of mixed metals " (See X° 1889, 1853) is preferred to be used. [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1855, December 3.— X" 2/21. WATT, Alexander, — " An improvement in coating iron and ** steel with zinc." This invention relates to the method of preparing a solution of tine for electro-zincing iron and steel. A strong solution of cyanide of potassium is placed in a porous vessel. In an outer vessel (containing the porous vessel) a solution of cyanide of potassium, to which liquid ammonia has been added, is placed. The outer solution is then charged with zinc by gal- vanic agency ; a copper or iron negative pole is for this purpose placed in the porous vessel, and a zinc positive pole in the outer vessel. Tlie solution in the outer vessel is ready for use on the addition of a certain proportion of " carbonate of potassa." ^Printed, 4. Solution of aluminum and tin. — No. 4 solution is pre- ferred to be electro-charged with tin by a positive pole of tin. A second mode. — "llie oxide" of tin (precipitated from a solution of tin in nitro-muriatic acid by "salts of tartar" and dried) is added to the fused ingredients specified in No. 4, and fused with them ; the resulting mass is boiled with water aod filtered, L L 530 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A third mode. — ^The ingredients (alumina, cyanide of potaasiiim, carbonate of soda, and oxide of tin) are fused together, and the resulting mass boiled in water and filtered. No. 7. Solution of aluminum and nickel. — No. 3 solution is pre- fbrred to be electro-charged with nickel by a positive pole of nickel. A second method. — A bag containing ** oxide of nickel " is placed in the bath of alumina. The " oxide of nickel *' is precipitated from a solution of nickel in nitro-muriatic acid by ferro-cyanide of potassium. A third mode. — " The oxide " is precipitated from a solution of nickel in nitric acid by " carbonate of potassium." The preci- pitate is mixed with carbonate of ammonium, '* oxide of alumina," (" prepared according to No. 3,") and water ; the whole is then boiled and filtered. No. 8. Solution of aluminum and copper. — " Alumina " is pre- cipitated from an aqueous solution of alum, either by " carbonate ** of potassium " or carbonate of ammonimn, filtered, and dried by roasting. The dried alumina, cyanide of potassium, carbonate of soda, and " sulphurate *' [sulphate?] of copper are melted together, and the resulting mass dissolved in water by boiling. No. 9. Solution of aluminum, copper, and zinc. — Sulphate of zinc is fused with the ingredients mentioned in No. 8, and a solution of the resulting mass made by boiling in water. No. 10. Solution of aluminum, Filvcr, and tin. — "The oxides'* of silver and tin arc melted with the fused mass described in No. 4 ; the resulting compound is then dissolved in water by boiling, and filtered. *'The oxides" of silver and tin are re- spectively ])recipitated by " salts of tartar,*' and more cyanide of potassium is used than in No. 4. No. 11. Solution of aluminum and iron. — "The oxide" of iron is boiled in a solution of alumina (" prepared as before named ") and the whole filtered. " The oxide " of iron is precipitated from a solution of the sulphate by "salts of tartar." In depositing from most of the above-described solutions, either a positive pole of platinum (in conjunction with a bag of the oxides of the metals), or of the alloy to be deposited may be used. If aluminum or its alloys be required in a solid state, it or thev may be deposited on a metal which melts either at a higjlier or lower temperature than aluminum or the alloy, "or upon a metal " that is harder than the deposit, and the deposit ciu) then be ^^s^*" ii \ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 631 separated by heat or by scraping, and the aluminum or alu- minum and its alloys so obtained can be consolidated by processes already known." In the Provisional Specification Nos. 2, 4, 9, and 10 are not mentioned ; and the Complete Specification contains modifications of, and additions to, the processes described in the Provisional Specification ; these occur in Nos. 5, 6, 7, and 8. I^etters Patent, N" 2724 (1854), granted to the Patentees, are referred to. [Printed, 6d.] A.D. 1855, December 11.— N« 2794. TOLHAUSEN, Albxandrb {a communication from John Prime), — " Certain improvements in mariners' and land compasses," consisting of: — Ist. '^ Making the glass of the compass with a rim to fit over the top or head of the bowl, and providing a ring of any elastic or suitable yielding material between the said rim and the head, " whereby rain or other moisture settling on the glass is prevented from running into the bowl, and at the same time the glass is protected against the expansion of the case." 2nd. *' Balancing the compass card and needle by attaching thereto a suitable number of rigid arms," "provided with weights which screw or slide thereon to move them nearer to or farther from the centre of suspension." By this means "the dip of the needle " may " at any time be accurately compen- sated for." This improvement is applicable only to the mariner's compass. [Printed, 6d.J A.D. 1855, December 13.— N° 2814. HART, David. — " Improvements in signalhng orconununicating between parts of a railway train, and in the instruments and apj)aratu8 employed for such purpose." This invention "relates to the use of electro-magnetism " for conveying audible and visible signals to the engine-driver of a train, and consists of: — 1st. The application of certain well-known apparatus in a novel manner to a signalling apparatus " which is the subject of •L l2 it it it tt tt it *t 532 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i " a Patent granted to Alexander Symons " (See N« 11 J51, Old Law, Appendix), 2nd. Certain improvements bf which the striking of the alarum is pre^'ented from affecting the dial instrument. l^e general arrangement of the apparatus is as follows :-«- In the guard's van at the rear of the train there is placed a " wheel " circuit maker and breaker," and a reel carrying sufficient insu- lated wire for extending along the longest train ; the circuit maker has contact with the reel and with the earth, thus using the earth as the return circuit. On the engine there is a small sand battery, a relay, a larger battery, and a ** bell and dial instrument." The relay and small battery are used in connection with the long circuit to call into action the larger battery, which then actuates the alarm and signal apparatus. By an inverse arrangement of contact points, the relay may either be made to complete the local ciixnut by the completion of the long circuit or by the breakage of the long circuit ; the latter arrangement is preferred, as in that case a weak but continuous current traverses the whole length of the train, and "the breaking away of any part of the train or such " other accident will be self recording." The two batteries and the relay may be placed in the guard's van next to the engine, if the oscillation of the engine influences the relay prejudicially and spills the fluids of the larger battery ; suitable connections for the local circuit are, in this case, made between the van and the engine, and the only electrical instrument on the engine is the " bell and dial signal instrument." " The wheel circuit maker and breaker " consists of a metal wheel with radial arms to turn it on its vertical axis. The upper side of the wheel is engraved to correspond with the dial plate on the engine. Contact is made and broken by means of a small metal wheel on the axis of the instrument, against which a fixed spring in the circuit bears ; the metal wheel is suitably inlaid vrith non-conducting portions. The reel has " a continuous contact piece or strap," '* somewhat " like the strap of the eccentrics of a steam engine,'' thus enablinj^ the wire to be unwound or wound up without inter- rupting the circuit. A *' bracelet-like fastening'* is shown, for attaching the extremity of the insulated wire to the small battery on the engine, or for attaching the lengths of wire in the case in which Ciich carriage has its 0>\\\\tT\^V\T\'i\^^vS.ol^Tav\R>^\a9: the reel. THEIR GENERATION AND AI^PLICATIONS. 535 The relay consists of a horseshoe electro-magnet and spring lever armature, the prolongation of which lever armature com- • pletes the local circuit by deflecting against suitable stops. The bell and dial instruments are mounted upon the same sole plate. The bell instrument consists of an electro-magnet and keeper; to the keeper is attached an acyustable ''make and ** break motion" that actuates the bell hammer whenever the local circuit is completed. The dial instrument consists of a step- by-step arrangement in which the pouiter is driven by the action of the tail of a lever armature upon a pinion containing as many leaves or teeth as there are signals engraved upon the dial ; the pinion is fixed on the pointer axis and is prevented from over- running by a roller at the end of a lever which drops between the teeth after each action of the lever armature. [Printed. 1*.] A.D. 1855, December 14.— N*> 2828. WHITEHOUSE, Edward Obanob Wildman.—" Improve- *' ments in apparatus for measuring fluids." In the Provisional Specification this invention is said to consist of:— 1st. " A peculiar mode of obtaining, by means of centrifugal •* force," a continuous rotation " for the purpose of measuring ** or registering the flow of any fluid." 2nd. "The application of magnetic force or attraction as a *' means of ' coupling,' or ' gearing,' for transmitting mechanical *' motion, and which may be termed * magnetic coupling.' " In applying this portion of the invention to the 1st improve- ment, there is *' no mechanical connexion between the motor part " of the apparatus and the registering part or 'count,'" the motion being transmitted by a magnet or piece of soft iron fixed on the motor wheel, which acts on apiece of soft iron or a magnet fixed upon the axb of the first wheel of the count. This arrange- ment enables the count to be enclosed in a separate case to the motor part of the apparatus. The 2nd improvement is not mentioned in the Complete Specification ; but it is therein proposed to employ a mode of driving the count " by the action of magnetism, as deacrvh^dvcw ♦' the Specification of Letters Patent fot Y.tv^«xv^, ^nc^»N«\ "v^ 634 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 4€ « « (< Charles William Siemens, on or about the 15^ daj of April, 1862 " (See N» 14,060, Old Law, Appeiutix), [Printed, 1*. 8d.] A.D. 1855, December 1?.— N« 2856. SMALL, Andrew. — *' Improvements in marine compasses, and " in apparatus applicable thereto." The outer bowl of a compass is supported in gimbals, and has the following arrangement connected with it " for the purpose of ascertaining the error or deviation of the compass needle : " — " A ' dumb compass ' circle," graduated, and adjustable ; an equatorial ring," attached by pivots to the dumb compass circle, and ** graduated with the hours ftt)m noon ; " "a * true " ' meridian ' ring," rivetted at right angles to the " equatorial " ring," "marked with degrees of latitude or altitude," and *' slit on each side for taking the bearings of Ughts or headlands ;" " a moveable hour circle," jointed to the " true meridian ring," " at points corresponding to the poles," capable of being set to any hour upon the " equatorial ring," and slit along its centre line so that objects can be viewed through it ; and a segment centred on the stud connecting the ** hour circle" to the "true meridian ring " having a centre to receive a stile. The studs on the dumb compass " ring carrying the '* equatorial ring," ** also serve to carry the inner bowl containing the compass card and needle." A stile is also placed on the '* hour circle " stud. To ascertain the error of the compass, the dumb compass circle is set round until the true meridian circle is brought into the north and south line, shown by the compass needle ; the equatorial circle is set to the latitude of the place ; the hour circle to the hour of the day on the equatorial circle ; and the dumb compass circle is shifted until the sun either casts a shadow from the stile on to the centre line of the segment, or is seen through the slits in the hour circle. The angular diflPerence between the true meridian circle and the north and south points of the compass needle is the deviation or error required. A small magnet may be placed on the hour circle stud to correct the needle's deviation. When this improvement is apphed to a steering compass the meridian circle is placed parallel to the ship's keel, whilst the ot\\w dtd^ ctQ?,^^^ t\\^ keel transversely ^ it THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 636 the magnets on the meridian circle are adjusted for north and south courses, and those on the other circle for east and west . courses. [Printed, 6rf.] A.D. 1855, December 18.— N° 2860. HUM ASTON, John Pibrrpont. — "Improvements in instru* *' ments for composing and transmitting telegraph messages." lliis invention relates to certain improvements that are appli- cable to any mode of telegraphing '' which requires the intermittent upening and closing of the circuit to form the signs for letters, figures, &c." The improvements consist of: — Ist. " A machine which is termed a ' telegraphic compositor.' " This machine is to punch holes in a strip of paper " in the order and shape necessary to form the required characters on the recording machine at the opposite end of the line of wires " [See N^ 11,480, Old Law]. A set of suitable punches are so arranged that by depressing a finger key which corresponds to a certain letter or character, *' a hole or set of holes and spaces, of the '' I>roper shape for that purpose, will at once be punched through *' the fillet of paper placed in a direction to receive it." Component parts of the machine. — The finger keys are connected with a series of spring pins by means of levers, springs, and cords ; these pins are made to select the punches for stamping the paper by the intervention of a *' wheel " or drum having projections on its surface corresponding to the characters to be punched. A treadle actuates a cam shaft, which gives suitable motion to certain levers by which the punching of the paper is elfected ; the paper is moved forward also by a lever acted on by the cam shaft, which rotates certain rollers, an amount determined by a notched wheel against which the cam lever strikes. Punching the holes. — On the depression of a key a certaih s])ring pin is thrust out, its helical spring in that case being allowed to act ; the letter wheel is thereby stopped at such a part of its revolution (it having a tendency to revolve) that the proper projections rest upon the punch links and keep down those that are required to form the letter until the cam lever has stniok thani forward and punched the paper; those ^uncViVoi^L^^dcakiVaBa^TiRK 6M BLECTBICrrT AND MAGNETISM : been kepi down bj the letter wheel an rieen oat of the wmj of the OMn leirer hj hdieal qntnge nnder them. Feeding tiie paper. — ^As this reqoiree to be in proportion to the length of the perforationi neoessaij to form each letter, the thioiw of the cam lew is determined bj a wheel fixed on the axis of the letter drum and having notches comsponding thereto. To the earn lever is attached a cord, which, bj pasring round a amtable puDejy moves the paper roller ; the ooonection between the paper loDer and the puUef is bj means of a ratchet whed and diek. iSkenkj enabling the cam lever to return to its original poaition without influencing the paper. Action of the machine. — ^When the kej of any particular letter is pressed down, the punch links are sdected aooordinglj. aa above explained. The treadle b then depressed bj the foot, therdif giving the requued amount of feed to the paper and driving the aefeoted punches. *'The foot b then raised, and tiie two levers *' are restored to their former points." T*he key is kept down during the whole process, '* and until the key for the succeeding '* one is operated, when the process continues as before." 2nd. A "method of transmtttmg the composition over the ••wires." The perforated paper is drawn rapidly between metal rollers included in the electric circuit ; the upper roller being suitably shaped to enter the perforations and mounted at the extremity of an arm acted upon by a helical spring. ** This process may also be reversed by employing a strip of ** conducting material in lieu of the* paper, or by rendering the *• diaracters stamped upon a strip of paper conducting, by the '* Implication of a suitable substance to tiie paper by means of th6 *• punches, and connecting the wires accordingly." Srd. A method of preparing *' a type stick, or of setting up ** types, for composing messages to be transmitted by electric ** telegraphs." Tlie stick is filled with types, and certain ** links ^ or tumblers" are caused to act upon them progressivelj by means of the letter wheel mentioned in the Ist improvement, thereby pushing back those types that are not required to send •ignals ; the other psrts of the " composing " machine " operate ** ing substantially in the manner already described." The type •tick has rack teeth on its back to move it forward either during composition or during ^ \xwisQimtfscL Ql^Cti%\£Aasa%e« [Priaied, 8#. Qcl.l « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 53? A.D. 1855, December 18.— N» 2862. PRICE, David Lloyd. — " Improvements in electric telegraphs^ " and in appliances connected therewith, as applied to railway " trains and fixed stations." These improvements may be described under the following heads: — 1st. — Employing a coiled spring as a means of establishing elec« trical connection between the carriages of a railway train. For this purpose '' a coiled spring " is employed, similar to a clock spring, but which has a tendency to recoil and draw itself within a small circular case fixed to the carriage." " When two or more wires of communication are required," an internal recoil spring is employed which does not form a part of the electric circuit ; on the reel actuated by the spring is wound the wires, "enclosed in gutta percha or other suitable pliant " materiaL" The reel is formed in two parts insulated from each other by a line at right angles to the axis, each of which parts carries its own conducting wire and has an external " coiled spring" to conduct the current from the '' line wires of the carriages " to the " coiled wires." " By this means two or more line wires may " be connected by pulling out a single strap or by a single pull." 2nd. — ** Forming the immediate points of junction of the con- " nections between rail carriages, so to have a double locking, or '* hold the one part with the other when united." " Each terminal consists of a metal plate, having a round hole " and slot for the reception of a headed pin, the head passing *' through the round hole, and the neck fitting the slot when " drawn back. These pins project on each side of the plate, and " the two connecting plates, forming a pair, are precisely similar, " 80 that the pin of each plate enters the slot of the other plate *' simultaneously, forming a double connection, and this iire- " spective of which plate is placed uppermost, by reason of the *' pins projecting on both sides of such connecting plates." Srd- — Certain improvements " in the telegraph instruments and " conducting parts connected therewith " such that a bell and needle telegraph are enabled to be worked by one line wire. The principal improvement is the arrangement and construction of the signal key. 538 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : In an instrument and arrangement for transmitting and re- ceiving audible signals only, the key consists of a spindle having projecting studs, worked by the movement of a handle. Two of these studs are connected to the line wire and the third to one pole of the battery ; the studs deflect against springs in connection with the other terminals, and in their normal position are kept so as to receive signals by the action of a helical spring upon the handle arm. A coiled spring (See 1st improvement) makes connection between the third stud and the battery. A centrifugal bell- hammer, set in motion by the release of a clock train, is used to sound the bell ; the clock train is released by the attraction of a lever armature by the alarum electro-magnet. In an instrument and arrangement for transmitting and re- ceiving both visible and audible signals the key is constructed in a somewhat similar manner; there are, however, only two studs (insulated from each other), and these are respectively connected with the poles of the battery ; the deflection of the studs against springs connected with the line-wire circuit and in contact with pins that form the terminals of the instrument coils, sends the current in one direction or the other. The battery employed to send signals to a distant station, forms a local battery actuating the alarum electro-magnet when signals are received ; for each in- strument comprises a " needle coil " and electro-magnet in the line- wire circuit, and another coil which releases the alarum clock-train ; the latter electro-magnet being in the local circuit. The local circuit is completed when the line-wire-circuit electro-magnet is excited. To prevent the accidental ringing of the bell a piece of leather, attached to the armature, may be interposed between the hammer and the bell except at such times as the armature is attracted by the magnet. To retain the signalling handle in one position for sounding the alarum at the distant station a metal jnn is used, which also ensures the completion of the circuit, as it is inserted into a hole suitably placed and in the electric circuit. By means of a spring and "thumb knob'* the action of the local battery and bell may be suspended whilst receiving a com- munication. ^Printed, U. 6(/.] THEIR GENE^TION AND APPLICATIONS. 639 A.D. 1856, December 18.— N° 2867. GLOVER, Frederick Robert Augustus. — "An improved " instrument or apparatus for taking angles, and measuring lines, " surfaces, and solids, and ascertaining the variation of the " needle." This invention is an improvement upon a former invention, for which Letters Patent, N® 8256 (Old Law), were granted to the Patentee ; and consists in appending to the instrument described in the said former invention certain additional lines, also a^e- fiector and compass needle for the purpose of enabUng the varia- tion of the needle to be ascertained by a double azimuth observation. The apparatus consists of two arms or limbs, with suitable di- visions on them, and moveable from a centre. In the present instrument, an additional set of divisions for angular magnitude is marked on a circular disc, concentric with the centre of motion of the limbs, and moving with one of them against the other; a reflector stands upon the disc, and a magnetic needle is appended. To ascertain the variation of the needle by a double azimuth ob- ser\'ation, the instrument is placed horizontal, and the zero line of the divided disc in the direction of the assumed true north, by means of the magnetic needle. At any time before noon a ruled line on the mirror will be reflected somewhere on the disc of the instrument. At the same time after noon, if the assumed north is correct, the before-mentioned shadow will be reflected on to the disc, at an equal angular distance on the other side of the zero line. If the shadow falls on the angle indicated by the first ob- servation, before or after the same time after noon that the first obser^'ation was taken before noon, " any number of degrees that *' intervenes, divided by two, and added or subtracted (as the case " may require), to the assumed variation, will give the true." [Priiitetl,6site sides of the axis ; the centre of gra\nty of the needle being kept below the centre of sus- pension by an adjustable weight ; in this case the needle is horizontal when at rest. The " dead-beat " instrument may complete the drcuits of recording instruments, when the needle rests against stops ; if the recording surface is driven by a clock, the time a certain signal was indicated may be recorded. An arrangement of commutator or pole changer, by which the outgoing current is directed " through one instrument or indicator, *' and the incoming current through another instrument or indi* ** cator." llie incoming current passes " along a spring which ** bears on a metallic point, from which the spring is raised when the commutator is acted on,*' to send a signal ; " thus, one in- strument is thrown out of circuit whilst the current is passed " by the commutator through the other." In the commutator shown, piston rods carrying insulated connections with the battery make connection with flat springs connected with the indi- cating instruments ; two pistons are used, one to each direction of the outgoing current. A magneto-electric apparatus for communicating between the difiPerent parts of a railway train. This is worked by the motion of the train ; the coils or permanent magnets for that purpose, being either mounted on a carriage axle, or driven therefrom by means of a band. An alarum to give signals on railway trains. To prevent the clockwork detent from being released by the oscillation of the train, it is connected with a piece of soft iron, which is acted on by two electro-magnets ; " one of these is kept in action by the all-right signal, and holds the detent in its place, and the other is brought into action by the danger signal, and withdraws the ** detent." A third electro-magnet Is included in the danger- signal circuit, which withdraws a spring bolt from the tail of the detent lever when the alarum is required to act. Instead of re- Uming the last wlieel ol lYit \iwxv \i^ ^ \k\ft^t, ^ break bearing « it «( €t ii%-- THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 641 against it may be used ; in this case the spring bolt and third magnet " may be dispensed with." [Printed. 7rf.] A.D. 1855, December 26.— N« 2924. M^CALLUM, David. — " Improvements in electric telegraphs.*' This invention ** consists in employing mechanism acted on or guvcnied by electric currents in such manner that separate or detached symbols of different colors or otherwise of different significations, may be separated and accumulated in succession, and according to settled or agreed-on codes, so as not only to telegraph by such symbols, but also for a time to record the communications made." " For this purpose it is preferred to employ light and small spheres of different colors, though other forms of separate and independent symbols may be used in place thereof. The electric apparatus is arranged to work by electro-magnets or by the deflection of magnets, so that at each action of the keys or handles a sphere or other separate and moveable symbol may be detached from a number of like symbols, and according aa like or different s3rmbols are detached (according to a code), so will be the nature of the communication made ; and such communication may be kept composed in the receiving apparatus for any desired length of time, and till the several symbols composing it are distributed for further use." " When spheres of different colors are employed as the symbols, then the most convenient receiver will be a series of zig-zag in- clined grooves formed on an incline board or surface glazed in front, or a spiral " [helical ?] " groove around a cone or cylinder surrounded with glass ; but the form of the receiving apparatus as well as of the sjrmbols may be varied." ** Alphabets may very readily be formed by the use of symbols of two different colours, using a third coloured symbol to separate, and for giving agreed-on signals." Figures may be similarly represented. [Printed, U. 5rf.] 542 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : 1856. A.D. 1856, January 1.— \« 3. CALVERT, John. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improve- " ments in extracting metals from their ores." "This invention consists in the application of electricity to " facilitate the decomposition and extraction of metals." This is efiPected " by passing an electric current through the ore ** whilst in the furnace, thereby compelling the metal either to ** precipitate in contact with an electrically opposite substance, or '* to aggregate in nodules. The old process of sweating and " washing " is adopted, " using the cheaper kinds of fluxes than " those at present used in that process. Sometimes while in the " furnace, or after taking from the furnace," " the old method of ** immersing the ore in water, or applying the same to it" is adopted; ''but in addition to this old method "the water is charged "with an opposite substance to the 'base' of the ore, ** that is, for instance, if the ore be quartz or acid base," the water is charged " with alkali, taking care in most instances, to " keep the vessel in which the immersing takes place under *' electric influence." " In the case of such ores as are not suited for furnace treat- tt ment," *' the electric and opposite arrangements " are brought into play on the ores, under a slow liquid or fluid electric de- composition, thereby bringing them into solution, and acting upon them while in solution ;" the decomposition is engendered •* either by bringing ores of an opposite nature to act upon each other (for instance, the oxide of tin in opposition to the sul- phuret of copper, or the sulphuret of iron in opposition to the " carbonate of iron), or where this is not convenient through " scarcity of the necessary ores/' then metals are used, and sometimes '* the known or suitable acidulous solutions used for " electrical decomposition " are introduced. The action of the said acidulous solutions may be assisted ** by the addition of an " opposite substance (such, for instance, as an alkali in opposition ** to an acid base)." Carbon may be used, "either in the furnace i)roccss, or that last " mentioned." [Print<'d,:W.l it *t it 9^ ft t€ K THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS, bid A.D. 1856, January 1.— N» 7. THURRELL, John, MULLER, Elizabeth Mary, and CHIDLEY, John Robert. — {Provisional Protection only,) Improvements in transmitting fac-simile copies of writings and drawings by means of electric currents." ITie writing or drawing to be transmitted is written or drawn " upon a conductor of electricity,'* with a varnish or other non- conductor. At the transmitting station a metal cylinder has the writing (written as described above) placed upon it, and revolves so that a " magnetised point " or roller, traversing to and fro, passes over the writing. There is also a voltaic battery at the transmitting station, and a single line wire is used. At the receiving station another similar metal cylinder, moving at the same speed as that at the transmitting station, has writing j)aper placed upon it. " A fac-simile of the transmitted writing or drawing is traced or inscribed by the agency of electro-mag- netism " on the said writing paper ; a pencil or other marking point or instrument, being caused to traverse in a similar manner to the " magnetised point." On the cylinders being put into motion, and the electric cur- rent being allowed to traverse the transmitting cylinder, " mag- " netized point," and telegraphic circuit, whene\'er the electric current is unbroken the marking point at the receiving station makes a continuous mark or line upon the paper ; but when the transmitting jioint comes into contact with the non-conducting material, the receiving point ceaaes to mark the paper ; " and thus it will appear eWdent that a fac-simile copy of the writing or drawing to be transmitted from one station will be traced upon the receinng paper at the other station." [Printed, 3rf.] A.D. 1S56, January 5.— NM5. KAM.MKRKR, Raymond, and BREWER, Charleb.— (Pro- risinnal Protection only.) "Improvements in electric clocks or ** timekeepers." The nature of this invention is as follows :— A pendulum is made to oscillate between two horseshoe electro- ma^Miets liy means of a commutator on the escai)e-wheel axis, and an animture of " magnetised metal " attached to the pendulum. it 9€ M 646 BLECm^\^BX craxvt^ \^^ "K!^^! ^ ^Vciv out and «c THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 561 " repiured, or replaced with a new one, without disturbing the whole of the insulator, by merely taking o£P the cap or cover, and taking out the non-conductor and hook or eye." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1856, February 14.— N« 385. MOREWOOD, Edmund, and ROGERS, George.—" Improve- " ments in diying and coating iron and copper," consisting in : — 1st. Drying sheets, &c. of iron or copper after being cleansed or coated by immersion in a bath. The sheets or other suitable forms are caused to pass between pressing rollers, preferred to be of wrought iron, and made hollow so as to admit of bong heated by steam or otherwise. If the plates come out insufficiently dried, the drying is completed " by laying them for a sufficient time on a rack placed immediately over the heated rollers." 2nd, " Causing sheets of suitable forms of iron or copper (coated or uncoated with other metal), when coating them with varnish or water-repellant matters " (as described in Specifi- cations of former Patents granted to the Patentees), "to be subjected to pressure between rollers to equalize the varnish or water-repellant coating thereon." When only a part of the metal is varnished the pressure of the rollers spreads the coating, " and causes those parts not previously coated to become so." 3rd. " Using bars, racks, rods, or wires, which are fixed and ** immersed in the coating fluid, and which act as stays or supports " to the iron or copper to be coated in the solution," enable such iron or copper to be moved with great facility, " and at the " same time aid electrically in causing metal to be deposited from ** solution upon the pieces of iron or copper." Either the electricity generated by the contact of the metal with the articles to be coated, or that from a separate battery is used. For depositing zinc a solution of chloride of zinc is used, and for tin a solution of chloride of tin. The articles are preferred to be moved about from time to time, and occasionally cleansed with a stiff hair brush and replaced. [Printed, 4tf.] A.D. 1856, March 7.— N* 573. HOLMES, Frederick Hale. — " Improvements in machines ** Known under the name of magneto-electric machines " a a « it ^^ '^veoea of board, imbedded THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 665 in India-rubber, placed where the burglars are likely to tread. In one arrangement contact is made by two pins inserted into a piece of India-rubber, one pin being fixed to the loose board, the other to a rigid joist ; the India-rubber prevents contact under ordinary circumstances, but the pins meet when the board is trodden on ; in this arrangement the action of the air on the surfaces of contact is prevented, and the surfaces thereby kept clean. An inverse modification of the shutter arrangement may be applied to this apparatus. [Printed, lid.] A.D. 1856, April 24.— N^ 987. DOAT, Victor. — " An improved galvanic battery, and method " of recovering and revivifying the agents employed." The elements composing the battery are as follows : — " Mercury, either pure or in amalgam," in contact with a con<* centrated solution of iodide of potassium ; and a carbon " negative " pole " in contact " with a solution of iodide of potassium " saturated with iodine." The method of recovering the agents employed is as follows :— > 1st. llie iodide of potassium. The liquid is heated "in a capsule " with a receiver at top;" "the periodide of mercury formed " during the action of the battery," is " volatilized, and condensed " on the top of the receiver." 2nd. llie mercury. " By treating the periodide with dissolved " caustic baryta, oxide of mercury, and iodide of barium," are formed ; metallic mercury is obtained from the oxide by heat. drd. The iodine. The iodide of barium is heated in the presence of the oxygen produced by the decomposition of the oxide of mercury, llie barium leaves the iodine free, and forms caustic baryta. The mercury, iodide of potassium, and iodine may be recovered by the following cold process : — ^The mercury is precipitated from the battery solution by metallic copper ; the resulting solution " is " treated with hydrated carbonate of bioxide of copper," which eliminates the iodine, and leaves, on filtering, a combination of oxide and carbonate of the protoxide of copper ; by heating this last product (pulverized together with charcoal dust) in a crucible metallic copper is obtained. 666 BLECTTBICmr AMD HAONBTISM,- If an amtlgHii of imeoriiiiisiited, iheozidMoftlieMiiutelt ve noovered bj ctustie btfyta or eubonate of copper, and tba iiMtels themtdTce by hetliiig the polvoriwd ondM wit^ poatkdei dmooal. CFrinted, Sd.] A.D. 1866, April 28.— N» 1008. DUBOS, Jean Charles Bertrand.— (PrtwuibiMil FrvicetuM only.) The title of this inventioii is, ''An improved eleetio- " Diftgnetic appaiatuB," and it xdatea to deetro-magnetic motiTe- power engines. ' The chief pecuKaritiea of this inrention are^ that fixed eleofao- magnets act upon moveable electro-magnets, poles of a contfaiy name being opposed ; and that the moveable dectto-maKneliB pass into the fixed electro-magnets or their coils, or vice verwd. A reciprocating engine is first described and shown, in which the hollow coils of the fixed horseshoe electro-magpaets are pro- longed so as to embrace, and thence to magnetize the movemble electro-magnets when the circuit is completed. The fixed electro- magnets are placed facing each other at the opposite ends of the framing, and have the *' rods " forming the moveable electro-magnets free to move in the prolonged portions of their coils, the moveable magnets being thus in the same straight linC as the legs of the fixed electro-magnets. A commutator changes the electric current from one pair of coils to the other at suitable times, and thus enables a reciprocating movement to be commn- nicated to connecting rods that rotate a fly-wheel shaft by means of cranks. In an oscillating engine, electro-magnets mounted on a vi- brating rod, at right angles to it, are attracted to fixed electro- magnets, some being on one side of the rod, and some on the other; according to the side which is excited so is the motion of the rod, and the motion is transferred to a fly-wheel shaft by the inter\'ention of a bell-crank lever (of which the rod forms one arm), a connecting rod and crank. A Bunsen's battery with pulverized coke is preferred to be used to produce the electricity to actuate the above engines. [Printed, 8d.] THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 667 A.D. 1856, May 3.— N« 1050. FONTAINEMOREAU, Pstbr Armand le Comte de (a com^ munication from A. J. A, Dumoulin), — '' Improvements in electiio " telegraphs." This invention relates to a printing telegraph, working hj the synchronous movements of clockwork at the transmitting and receiving stations respectively, the clockwork at each station sending to actuate both the transmitting and receiving apparatus at that station. The apparatus may be described under the following heads t~^ 1st. The " motor or wheel-work arrangement." Its peculiarities are, that it is wound up by electro-magnetism, has a continuous motion, and is further regulated by the resistance of the air to the rotation of a " flier " and by a fly-wheel. In order to wind up the spiral spring of the clockwork, so that its unwinding "is compensated by each revolution of the axis,*' and the motive power *' thus rendered constant," one of the axes of the wheel train carries an excentric, which completes the circuit of a local battery at each revolution ; by this means an electro- magnet is excited each time the local circuit is completed, and acts upon the " cylinder " or barrel of the spiral spring, levers being in connection with the armature, so as to move a "pawl" or click that works in a click wheel fixed to the spring barrel each time the attraction of the armature takes place. 2nd. An " improved alphabetical key-board." This keyboard consists of 28 keys, arranged as the keys of a pianoforte ; under the keyboard, and pressed upon by the springs of the keys, an endless flexible band of platinum (having suitably placed insulated portions) moves when a key is actuated. An insulated " central wheel," having teeth that work into rectangular openings in the platinum band, gives motion to the said band, which also is stretched over two insulated end pullies. Electro- magnets, worked by the line-wire current, start the platinum bands of the transmitting and receiving instruments respectively, at the same time, by releasing a pin wheel and connecting the clockwork to the " central wheel " axis. The action of the depression of a key is as follows : — ^The line- wire electro-magnet at the receiving station connects the " central wheel " axle with the clockwork, and when an insulated portion of 568 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : the platinum band at the transmitting station comes under the depressed key, it breaks the preWously established line-wire current in the receiving instrument (whose band is in the same relative position as that of the transmitting instrument), and completes the local circuit of the printing apparatus. Thus, the signal whose key is depressed at the transmitting station is printed at the nceiving station. drd. ** A printing or typographical apparatus to be used at will, ** and worked by a separate battery." This apparatus performs three operations on the depression of a finger key at the transmitting station, \nz., the rotation of the type wheel to bring the required signal imder that part of the paper strip which is between the type hammer and the type wheel, the striking of the type by the type hammer, and the moving of the paper forward ready for the next signal. The type wheel is mounted on a continuation of the *' central " wheel" axis, and receives motion ^m the clockwork by its means. The type hammer is the continuation of the lever arma- ture of a couple of horseshoe electro-magnets, excited by the printing local battery. The paper is moved forward by levers, in connection with the above-mentioned lever armature, which actuate a ratchet wheel on one of the paper rollers when the armature recedes from the electro-magnet. The action of the printing apparatus is as follows : — When the line-wire circuit is interrupted by an insulated portion of the platinum band, the return of the levers of the line- wire electro- magnet (See 2nd head), to their normal position completes the printing circuit, and the lever armature strikes the tjpe and moves the paper as described above. The following arrangements and apparatus are described and shown in the Complete Specification, and the Drawings belonging thereto, but are not alluded to in the Provisional Specification : — A substitute for the platinum-band arrangement in the above- described key board. A vertical plate carries studs (one under each key) which are respectively electrically connected to springs ranged in the circumference of a circle, and bearing on a revohnng metal wheel which has an insulated portion in its circumference ; the plate carrying studs and springs is instead of the platinum band, and the metal wheel with an insulated portion is instead of the '^central wheel" wvd m^\>]b.tftd ^otUou^ of the band; the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 669 insulated portions of the wheels at both stations are always in the same relative position, and come into contact with a similarly placed spring at the same time. ** A free escapement commutator for regulating the synchronism " of the movements." This arrangement is appUed to the axis of the " central .wheel," and consists of two horseshoe electro- magnets (alternately excited) with their keepers ; two escapement wheels, each containing 14 pins, and one of which is on the " central wheel " axis ; and an " anchor lever " or escapement pallet carrying contact points in electric connection with the coils of the electro-magnets respectively. The line-wire current excites these electro-magnets, and when this arrangement is adopted, the electro-magnet heretofore called the line-wire electro-magnet,*' " only operates as a relay under the influence of a circuit derived ** from that of the escapement, which, being only broken " by the insulated portions of the platinum band or of the metal wheel, muntains its keeper depressed, notwithstanding the oscillation of the escapement, only to be raised " by the interruption of the circuit by the insulated portion, '/ and send forward, by means of its keeper, the local current to the printing apparatus, or to the alarm bell arrangement. This latter consists of the same escapement commutator, the anchor lever of which is replaced by a hammer acting on the two inner surfaces of a bell. This ** arrangement, contrary to the simple vibration commutators, " permits, even with feeble currents, the production of up to one ** hundred signs per minute." [Printed, l*.8£^] A.D. 1856, May 9.— N* 1096. JOHNSON, Edward Daniel. — "An improved mode of " mounting marine chronometers." '' llie object of this invention is to neutralize any magnetic ** polarity that may exist in the balance of marine chronometers." For this purpose the chronometer is mounted " in a ring or *' other suitable contrivance, to which a slow rotary motion is " given " in order to carry " the chronometer round on its own " vertical axis." In carrying out the invention the gimbals carrying the chrono^ meter are mounted within the above mentioned ring; th^ t^ci% it ft « 670 . ELBCTRlCrrV AND IffAOMlRTBII: rette on fluiged nSkn, one of whiA etnui » spur wheel on He MJOM, ** which geen .mto and drhree a pfauon, aacl an anaaganent ** of wheelwork similar to the moremenl of a watch.** Th&tpmg haml is on tile axle of the driving wheel, and the whedwork is provided with an esd^ienient. The hearing soHbee of the raUer on the driving-wheel axu prodaees motion of the ring eanying the gimhals and duonometer hjr Irietion of contaet. [Mntod, Sd.] A.D. 1866, Maj 15.— NMU7. WALKER, RoBBET, and M^'KENZIE, Albxamdbb.— (IVvioi. Mumal Proteetum only.) ** Improvements in electric telqpniphs.** "This invention relates to electric telegraphs, in which inafero- ** ments are used which receive and record the messagea as a aeries " of dots or lines produced on a receiving surface, whether each " signs be produced on chemically prepared p^^er bj the ^UTtg^ " of the current, or by a marker, actuated by an electro-magnet ; ** and the invention consists in the use of two or more line wiref in such electric telegraphs in continuation with a series of finger keys, each of which finger keys is capable of making and breaking the circuits in the two or more line wires in a suitable manner for producing the marks which indicate a letter, figure, or word. For this purpose, the finger keys are arranged in a manner similar to those shown and described in the Specification " of a Patent," granted to the Patentees, ''and dated June 20th, 1855" (SeeNM410, 1855). " This invention also consists in the use, in connection with the finger keys, of weights or springs of various degrees of strength, which, being lifted or moved by the keys, will actuate the in- struments with various degrees of speed, thus producing signals of greater or less length, as may be required, on the receiving " surface." [Printed, 3d.] AD. 1866, June 4.— N* 1335. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald (a communication), — ** Im- " provements in plating glass to render it reflective." ' " This invention is stated by the inventor to consist in plating '* glass by deposttuig tx^n \^ oei^ftstv TstK^alHc and other sul^ « «( « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 571 stances, as herein-after named, decomposed by the action of acid or acids, as in the galvanic battery, and in a gaseous or vapoury form, and in reducing and fixing such metallic and other plating agents in such gaseous form by the agency of electricity " or galvanism, or both, upon the glass, into a metallic or solid '* state, whereby glass will be rendered reflective. " The invention also consists in certain arrangements of machi- ** nery for carrying it into efiPect." The substances used to generate the required vapours are as follows : — " Sodium, cadmium, wnc, ethiop's martial " [Ethiop's mineral?], ^'sulphuric, nitric, muriatic, and meta-gallic and boric" [boracic ?] " acids. " These are placed in suitable vessels ** in *' sufficient quantities and strength to excite the metals to action ;" other materials are mentioned as being suited for the purpose of this invention but the above-mentioned are preferred. A " fume-depositing machine." — A " framework," *'the upper " surface of which is planed true, and formed with a flange," carries certain rollers, between which a flat chamber containing the glass and connected to the gas generating apparatus is made to pass by means of the planed surface and flange. The action of the apparatus is as follows : — The cleaned glass is placed with its cleaned surface " upon a plate pierced with numerous small holes," which plate *'i8 the top of" the before-mentioned flat chamber; the chamber with the glass is then passed between a lower roller and a band of compressible material which passes round two other rollers, motion being given to them by means of a winch and spur gear; the under surface of the glass is thus coated with the " gaseous fumes." A " machine for applying the electric currents and for fixing the substances upon the glass." — Standards carry an insulated skeleton platform or frame" on which an insulated hollow chamber carrying the fume-covered glass may move ; *' side frames'' act as guides to the chamber," and " serve to support a cloth for covering over the chamber and the glass while the fixing is being performed ; " a frictional electric machine and a galvanie battery are mounted near the platform ; the wires from the galvanic battery are '* connected to some convenient part of the hollow chamber." The action of the apparatus is as follows: — ** All being " in readiness, the plate of glass, with the metallic f^mes thereoni " is passed from the fume-depositing machine on to lVi<^ w:?^\jcs^ 679 ELECTRICITT AND M AGNEnSM : ^ of tiie hollow ehftmber; in the fixing midline the wixes are con* " nected with the battery/' certain heated gasea (generated from " » mixture of boric " [boradc?] ** and sulphuric adds ** hj the ■id of the electrical machine) are allowed to enter the hollow chamber, ** and the cloth is lowered over the end frameff; as ** soon as the current is applied the substances will be reoomposed " and fixed on the glass, and the glass will theiebj be rendered *' reflective.'* To still farther aid the process, heat maj be applied under the hollow chamber, but is not absolutely neoes- aaiy as " the ouirent itself maj be applied akme." If thought desbable a protecting coating maj be applied over this plating, the said coating being composed of some of the fol- lowing substances : — *' Tar, galipot, plaster, lime, cement^ whiting ** mixed with glue, chalk, ochre, dl colors made up with drying « dU." CFriiited.8d.] A.D. 1856, June 20.— N» 1452. PITMAN, John Talbot (a comnutnication). — " A new method " of using the electric current or currents for telegraphic and •' other purposes." " The invention consists :" — 1st. "In employing for telegraphic and other purposes, the positive and negative current through electro-magnets, the poles of which are in juxtaposition, the latter being rendered by change of polarity alternately mutually attractive and re- pellant ;" thus enabling the local and relay magnets to be combined, or the combination to be used " simply as a relay with " considerable increase of power." 2nd. '* In the modification in the use of currents resulting " from placing the ends of a curved or rectangular armature " opposite to the poles of the moveable magnet, this armature ** being acted upon by the approximation of the moveable magnet " or axis, restraining the latter at the will of the operator, until ** the drcuit in the mo^'eable magnet or axis is broken." 3rd. " In the employment of a current from one battery through ** the coils of both magnets, in direct order, to make them re- spectively attractive, or through one of them in inverse order, to render them respectively repdlant, the circuit of the other battery, local or main,\)Ciii%,^VwiTDa.^^^^Y^^^^ ^as«eted« M tt U elled and attfecled, and may impart action to any madunerf oonnecied with it; "the ** same result obtains if the helices should be wound in the moie V ovdinaiy method, that is to mf, each having its polea unlike.** . [Printed, TA] A.D. 1856, June 38.— N<» 1521 . VINCENZI, EvQKmo.^Pronjnimal Pratectiom oefy.) '< Im- * provements in jacquard machines.'' ' ** These improvements in jacquard machines have for their ^ ol^jeot to fkdlitate the working of them, and the reading of ths ** 'patterns for such looms that are woiked by means of en eleotrie " current. They consist in cutting out by means of e metaUie point the outlines of each of the coloured spots of wbidi the pattern is formed, in a thin sheet of tin or other suitable metal, ** fixed to a sheet of stout paper, paste or cardboard, or other suitable material, thus isolating these outlines from each other. On the margin of the sheet of paper are traced as many lines '* as the pattern contains colours, and on the back part of the *' sheet each of these lines is made to communicate with its cor- responding colour by means of small stripes of tin, pewter, or other metal or metals, and thereby causes the electric current to " communicate with one or more of the said lines on the margin, so that the current will be directed to the corresponding colours without touching the others. By placing consequently the '* comb of the electric apparatus on the entire surface of the pat- " tern, those teeth only will come into effect that touch a described '* colour, whereas by bringing the current in contact with other *' lines on the margin, other colours of the pattern come into '* action." [Priuted, 3J.] A.D. 1866, July l.—No 1539. HADDAN, John Coope. — " Improvements in the manufkctute " of projectiles, and in &:in^ or discharging them from cannon," lelating to ; — €€ ii tt « '3C*? (< (( « « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 575 Ist. The manufacture of ebngated tapered projectiles propelled by a wad fitting on their tail ends. 2nd. Improvements in machinery *' for manufacturing pro> " jectiles with wings or bearing surfiaces *' as described in N° 2305 (1854). drd. The employment of an electro-magnetic arrangement by which several cannon may be fired simultaneously by percussion. ** The keeper, upon which the magnet acts, may be fixed directly *' upon the hammer, or the hammer may constitute the keeper ; " but it is preferred "that the keeper should be formed or fixed upon " a detent or lever, which, upon being released from the magnetic " force employed, will allow the hammer to escape orfiill." " Instead of acting upon a hammer, the magnetic force exerted may be employed to withdraw the rough tongue or slip of metal \vith which some of the more recently constructed tubes for firing ordnance have been furnished, and by means of which with* drawal the powder or composition is ignited. This may be efPected by the motion of the keeper on the electric current being broken or interrupted." Under this head, in the Provisional S])ecification, the Complete Specification of Letters Patent granted to the Patentee, and dated October 14th, 1854, is referred to. [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1856, July 1.— N° 1546. DERING, George Edward. — "Improvements in galvanic " batteries," consisting of : — 1 st. The use of ** certain new exciting liquids for the negative " element of those kinds of batteries in which nitric acid, or a mixture of nitric acid and sulphuric acid, has usually been employed to excite their negative element." For this purpose the liquids resulting from the addition of the salts, nitrate of potash, or nitrate of soda, or other suitable nitrates or nitrites, to sulphuric acid," are employed. Either the crystaUized salts are placed "directly in contact with the acid," "without the addition of water, unless in quantity not exceeding one-third of the whole ;" or " a solution of the salt, in quantity not exceed- ing one-third of the whole " is mixed with the acid. 2nd. Using, in the above mentioned batteries, "a mixture of nitric and hydrochloric acid, either with or witUovvt \.Vy& ^^^sc^^^ << 57C ELECTBICnr AND HAGNETIBM ( €€ M U of talphnxie add or other addiy*' ■• an fiwtmg liquid §» die negative element. 3rd. " Certain methoda of emjikijuig iron of any deaaiptiim, ** or alloya of iron and other metala» or unamalgamatad sino^ aa a poeitive element in batteries which have their negative *Jfwi!i* excited by nitric add, or nitrona add, or Uquida contenuiy ** nitric add or nitrova add in any form.'* The amngCBiait preferred is,— carbon or oast iron» as the negative denunt, in contact with nitric or nitrons add; and iron or aino borings^ tomings, or filings in contact with mixtures of aslta (for inataaea nitrate of potash or soda)» or adds with not less than 13 Tohnus of water in the case of mineral adds, or other liquids having litfle orno local action on iron or unamalgamated sine 4th. Forming rolled line or other metals for batteriea Hmkat towards the upper part, and about iht mahioe of the liquid, to compensate for the more rapid consumption at those parte. 5Ui. *' Protecting the metals of galvanic batteries ait and abovt " the surface of the liquid" by cementing sheet gutt» podia ^to them. [Prlntod. 4d.] A.D. 1856, July S.—N'' 1560. BURNETT, William Hickling. — "Improvements in elec- '' trie telegraphs and in apparatuses employed therein." These improvements may be briefly described under the following heads: — " Selecters,'* — ^The object of these instruments is ** to enable " the transmitting agent of a telegraph to work any one or more " of several needles, indicators, or recording instruments, that he " may desire, at a distant station or stations with one drcuit." By inteq)osing " selecters " between the coils of the indicating " needles or pointers and the line and earth wires," a road is opened, according to the wishes of the transmitter, round the needle to be worked, or round the electro-magnets of another " selecter" (in the case of many indicators to be worked by one or two line wires only), by the first current transmitted ; the next current either actuates another " selecter," or causes the selected *' needle or " ])ointer to ])eat in either required direction." Tlic " selecter " itself admits of various modifications according to the precise work it \a iw^oiwiSL \» ^o % ^^X:^^^ following arrange- -.if*?* THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 677 ments are, however, described in detail in the Complete Specifica- tion and shown in the Drawings. In the first arrangement, permanent magnets are free to vibrate on axes between the poles of peculiarly constructed electro-mag- nets (hereinafter mort^ particularly described); the deflection of the permanent magnets actuates certain non-conducting rods work- ing against springs that make contact with metal plates mounted on " friction wheels," thus completing the necessary circuits ac- cording to the direction of deflection of the permanent magnets. In the instrument shown, there are two pairs of acting electro- magnets ; a third pair is added '' for supporting the magnetism of '* the permanent magnets employed." When the succeeding cur- rent traverses the apparatus, the combined action of the 7 Mction " wheels " and springs is such that the " selecter " is then left " ready for a new selection." In the second arrangement, two indicators are worked " directly '* and without using magnetic needles and their coils." Six electro-magnets are used, and they act (by means of vibrating per- manent magnets, levers, cranks, non-conducting rods, spring palls, and ratchet wheels) upon the indicator axes and upon metal com-* mutator wheels having inlaid non-conducting pieces. The non- conducting rods, spring palls, and ratchet wheels are to place the circuits properly for the action of the second current, by turning the commutator wheels into suitable positions, thus opening a new circuit for the second current, which second current acts on the indicators. In this instrument the peculiar shape and position of the electro-magnets preserves the magnetism of the permanent magnets. In order to leave the apparatus in its original position after each " beat " of the indicator, certain shafts and levers are actuated by certain non-conducting rods, and the said levers react upon the non-conducting rods and ratchet wheels actuated by the first current so as to restore their commutator wheels to their original position. In all arrangements of " selecters," in order to enable ** each " pulsation of the current " to " perform the duty intended for it, and " no more," the necessary circuits are only opened on the ces- sation of a current, thereby making the action of " the circuit " changing machinery " independent of the duration of the line current. O 0 678 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : it Manipulators, — These instruments "also admit of modi variety, and may be worked either with one or two handles; or with a handle and key or keys, or with keys only, ac- cording to the nature and order of the currents required to be sent, and other circumstances, the general object being to '* reduce and simplify the movonents of the hands or fingers as *' much as possible, and to increase the transmitting powers of •• the telegraph." The arrangements described in the Complete Specification and shown in the Drawings appended thereto, under the head of " mani- *' pulators," all depend upon the principle of the ordinary cylin- drical commutator or pole changer, having fixed springs bearing up against the circumference (or a portion of the circamflerenoe) oi a cylinder consisting partly of metal and partly of a non-conductor. The details of the relative placing of the springs and metal pieces' vary in each application of this kind of manipulator; aa, how- ever, these instruments were designed in order to work the above- described " selecters " with ease and rapidity from the transmit- ting station, a single movement of the handle or finger key and its return to zero is, in many cases, sufficient to transmit all the currents necessary to form one signal. The first instrument described and shown in detail is to work an alphabet employed by the Patentee, in which the movements of the hand for telegraphing eight of the most useful letters are exceedingly simple. One commutator (or " handle ") wheel is used, the metal portions of which are combined into two circles of two series each, four springs (connected respectively to the line- wire and battery circuits) bear upon the wheel so that the deflection of the handle in opposite directions sends opposite currents along the line at the commencement of a signal. An index plate is fixed to the commutator cylinder in order to show the transmitter the amount and number of movements that correspond to each signal. A " recording apparatus " is shown attached to this manipulator, by which the message sent is mechanically recorded at the time of manipulation ; a roller on the cylinder axis actuates certain levers by means of studs or teeth on its periphery ; one of the leven moves a strip of paper by means of a ratchet-wheel arrangement, and two other levers make suitable pricks or dots on the paper at such times as the current is transmitted. « « THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 579 The second instrument described and shown in detail is " for transmitting, with similar motions of the handle wheels to those now generallj used in the double needle telegraph with two wires, such sets of currents as will produce, with one wire and *' selecters, similar beats of the needles to those now produced bj " such movements of the handle wheels." Two "handle wheels " are used, each containing five circles of metal portions differentlj arranged. The spindles on which the handles are fixed are not fixed to the wheels,, but have a slight play, by which means springs connected with difPerent battery poles are made to complete the circuit according to the direction of deflection of the handles ; the springs are respectively on opposite sides of the non-conducting spindle or axis, and they make connection with the metal portions of the wheels on the movement of the handles ; by this means *' when the handle or key is turned in one direction " " positive ** currents " " flow down the line," and " when turned in the '' other direction " negative currents flow down the line. When lever finger-keys are used instead of handles and " handle '' wheels," fixed springs press up against a portion of a cylinder whose centre is at the fulcmm, and periphery at the tail of the lever. An ordinary " commutator" may be used to reverse the direct tion of currents transmitted (when they are required to be so re^ versed), thus dispensing with a second handle-wheel or key; tills commutator may be worked ** by the left hand, the foot, or otheN " wise, in connection with a handle wheel or key." Improvementi in *' indieaior$, needles, electro-magnets, ^c.**— To lessen the vibration of a needle or indicator, it is mounted on its centre of gravity. ** To cause the indicator to remain vertical when not acted on by the ouirent, and to return to that position after it has been so acted ppon with a diminished tendency to vibration," the end of the needle is placed between a pair of '* minute weighted levers or springs." In the quiescent state of the needle the levers rest against a fixed stop beneath the lower end of the needle, but the slightest deflection of the needle raises one or other of the levers : on the cessation of the line-wire current the needle is brought into a vertical position by the raised lever, and its vibrations are checked by the abutment of its end against the other lever. <' A needle or indicator can be made to crKVCL%Q(H«t\«^>*^)^s^ oo2 « fidO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM ; " more spaces at pleasure," hj arms mounted on a separate shaft, each arm being actuated bj a separate dectro-magnet ; the electro- maf(nets are placed at suitable and various distances from the axis, on which the arms are free to vibrate, and are brought into action by means of ** selecters." On the deflection of an arm bj an electro-magnet its tail acts on a similar projecting piece on the needle shaft, and deflects it accordingly ; a " spiral " [helical ?] ** spring of recall,*' or reacting spring, brings the needle to rest against a stud, on the cessation of the current. The improvements in electro-magnets are "applicable to indiea- ** tors, alarums," the above-described " selecters," *' and generally to any part of a telegraph where it is desired to cause motion by means of temporary attractions." The " improvements in simple electro-magnets consist partly in the use of a single coil in one portion of the magnet, instead of a coil on each of two legs, still retaining the other advantages of the horse-shoe fomi, partly in making the armature, as it were, a portion of the electro-magnet, and partly in very much reducing the diameter and increasing the length of that portion of the electro-magnet covered by the coil, or making several shorter ])ortions of such " attenuated covered cores act coiyointly to form one pole." "To " get a long stroke of the moveable arm " or hinged armature, several such " attenuated cores " are placed at intervals, alternating with uncoiled poles. " Double coils" are used "to form electro- " magnets capable of attracting soft iron electively." In one of the said double coils the line current may circulate, and in the other a local battery current. The " double coils " may consist either of two insulated coils round the " attenuated core," or of one coil round the core and the other round the hinged armatuie. Means are described and shown " for bringing the current of the local battery into play only at the time that the current from the distant station is in action, so that they may form conjointly electro-magnets capable of attracting soft iron electively ;" these consist in supplying the above-described electro-magnets with extra poles, one at least of which is coiled, and is excited by the line-wire current; when the line-wire current passes, the local circuit is completed, by contact points, on the attraction of a keeper by the extra poles. [Printed, 2^. 9(/.] tt tt if €€ tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt p-'t-*." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 681 A.D. 1856, July 7.— N<» 1688. CHENOT, Alfred Louis Stanislas, and CHENOT, EuokNK Charles Adrien. — "Improvements in sorting ores, or sepa- rating metals from each other, and from certain combinations with other substances," in which the electric or magnetic fluids may be employed. The principles upon which this invention is founded are as follows : — '' ' Sorting by successive deviations.' " When materials are let drop by gravity, instead of letting them follow the vertical line, they meet successively with currents "of any fluid (even magnetic *' fluid)," and are thereby deviated from their vertical course, and according to their density or volume, drop into basins or vessels placed for their reception ; these vessels being placed under or in a suitable position to each current, so that they may receive par- ticles of a certain description. This principle may be applied to bodies of the same volume but of d^£Perent densities, or of the same density and different volumes. " * Electro-sorting,' " or separating bodies from each other by " electric attraction or repulsion, or by electric " [magnetic 7] " attraction and repulsion, whatever be the mode of apptication." An example is given of an electrified pendulum, made to oscillate by any suitable means over a table carrying the substances to be sorted, and coming into contact at every vibration with an elec- trified body ; the body at one extremity of the arc of vibration imparting to the pendulum one kind of electricity, and that at the other extremity imparting the other kind of electricity. By tlua means any substances adhering to the pendulum during its progress over the table (placed vertically under the point of sus- pension of the pendulum), are deposited in partitions at the side, for the moment the kind of electricity is changed, the adhering particles drop off. In another instance, magnetic substances are separated from other substances by electro-magnetising the table, so that the pendulum will only attract non-magnetic bodies. All combinations tending to produce an alternate or con- tinuous sorting of any substances " are included in the above- described principles. The following examples of apptications of these principles are described and shown : — An electro-magnetic sorting apparatus in which a series of eleo* tro-magnets are mounted radially upon a revolving shaft, so as to ft 6S2 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : fonn a cylinder of magnets. The ores or substances to be sorted are spread, by means of a hopper and sieve, upon an endless travelling band, which carries the material under the drum ; Uie excited magnets then carry the magnetic particles sufficiently for to allow them to be deposited in a separate vessel from the non- iaaagnetic particles, which fall into a receptacle under the band. A *' commuter " [commutator 7] is used with this machine, which only magnetizes that portion of the drum nearest the endless band ; and the magnets are represented encased. Another apparatus is shown, in which the electro-magneta have reciprocal rectilinear motion by means of guide rails and flanged wheels; there is a hopper or "distributor/' endless band, and " commuter " also to this apparatus. In a third machine the magnets only form a part of a drum, and the outer casing is mounted on a separate but concentric shaft. To the above apparatus permanent magnets may be used instead of electro-magnets ; the magnetic particles being detached by a brush or another magnet. In an "electro-sorting" machine a cylinder (whose axis is slightly inclined to the plane of the endless band, and is parallel to the length of the band,) is magnetized ; thus imparting polarity to projecting rings; the most magnetic particles are by this machine sorted from those less magnetic. [Printed, 1*. Id.] A.D. 1856, July 10.— N<» 1636. SAXBY, Stephen Martin. — " Improvements in ascertaining " the errors of mariners' compasses." This invention '* consists in the placing of a spheric diagram made of transparent substance upon another spheric diagram, and in the turning of one diagram upon another, and in thus causing the intersection of the lines which are drawn upon each, by which it is easy to measure sides and angles of triangles." The error of a ships* compass is obtained by comparing the true bearing or azimuth of a heavenly body (ascertained by means of the above-described "spheric" diagrams) "with the compass bearinpj of the same heavenly body ; the deviation is the compass €< « « « " error." The diagrams ate «\^o «i:^i^\waXi\t\.Q aO\"e,t similar uses, [Printed, 9d.:i THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 533 A.D. 1866, July 18.— N» 1697. HAMILTON, John, junior. — "An improvement in the bending " of sheet iron for the manufMsture of conical tubes," which ** are '' particularly applicable for" [electric?] "telegraph and other " posts." This invention " consists of employing conical rollers, by pre- " ference of steel, of a length and diameter depending on the " length and diameter of the conical tubes. The sheet metal to " be bent is passed between conical rollers, and is bent around " one of these ; and by preference such roller is supported on two " other conical rollers." "The tube is finished by driving on " hoops, and rivetting it up by hand." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1866, July 21.— N« 1723. VERGNES, Maurice. — " Improvements in electro-galvanic " machines for producing motion by galvanic electricity." An electro-dynamic engine is described and shown, in which two galvanometers are combined, to give rotary motion to a shaft on which the magnets are mounted at right angles to one another. The magnets used are electro-magnets within the coils, and simi- larly-shaped parallel plates of iron outside the coils. Two separate batteries are used, one to magnetize the electro-magnets, and the other to excite the coils. The polarity of the electro-magnets always remains the same, and a " oonunutative cylinder " on the shaft cuts off the current from the electro-magnets and coils at suitable intervals. A " pole changer " reverses the direction of the current through the coils at every half revolution of the magnets. Any number of pairs of coils with their corresponding magnets may be used. In the Proirisional Specification four electro-magnets are de- scribed as being mounted in separate wooden wheels, (each pair " parallel and with contrary adjacent poles,") and four batteries are used to excite the magnets and coils ; no mention is made of iron plates. [Printed, lOd.] 684 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM ; A.D. 1856, July 21.— N» 1726. HTATHAM, Samuel, and WHITEHOUSE, Edward Orangs WiLDMAN. — (Provisional Protection only,) " An improvement in *' the arrangements for or working of electric tdegraphs.'* This invention " consists in the employment of one insulated ^' wire as a return wire, common to and used Bimultaiieously in " connection or combination with more than one electric telegraph ** instrument, in lieu of the earih circuit, as at present ordinarily " employed." [Printed, M.2 A.D. 1856, July 22.— N<» 1732. COWPER, Charles (a communication from Simon PetU), — " Improvements in lighting and extinguishing gas lights;" electricity is employed for the purpose. The valve or cock is opened by means of electro-magnetic ar- ranp^emonts, and at the same moment (or immediately afterwards) *' an electric spark is passed through the issuing gas, or a fine ** platinum wire is ignited in the gas." " By means of a reverse ** current, or a current passing through another insulated wire, *' the burners may all be extinguished in a similar manner." The following are the leading features of the various methods of carrying out this invention : — Lighting and extinguishing a series of gas lights simulta- neously."— The apparatus at each lamp post consists of a pri- mary coil whose core ** is perforated, and forms the pipe by which the gas enters " the lamp post column, "and passes up to the gas burner; " the armature of this arrangement, at such times as the lamp is not lit, closes the aperture in the core, otherwise a spring keeps the armature away from the core ; a secondary coil is wound round the primary, and its terminals proceed to the burner. The action of the apparatus is as follows : — Main wires proceed from a suitable battery to the various lamps, where they either excite the primary coil by direct means or through a relay and local battery ; the primary coil is excited at all times that the light is extinguished, thus the armature at such times closes the f^ccess pf gas to the burner •, when, however, the main-wire current « n (( THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 686 ceases, the spring raises the annature, the gas is tree to issue from the burner, and the secondary current then made to traverse the secondary coil ignites the issuing gas by a spark. Lighting and extinguishing a series of gas lights in rapid succession." — By an arrangement of electro-magnets in con« nection with a nbrating permanent magnet, which deflects against stops, the whole power of the battery is concentrated upon each lamp at one time, and the current acts upon all in succession, each one completing the circuit for the next ; the permanent magnets have sufficient movement to turn the cock, and a secondary current ignites the issuing gas ; a reversal of the direction of the current by a conunutator closes the cock by the reverse deflection of the permanent magnet, and thus extinguishes the light. Three different arrangements of electro-magnets and permanent magnets for the above purposes are described and shown, but all similar in principle; in the second arrangement the permanent magnets carry contact arms instead of contact pieces ; and in the third arrangement the permanent magnet turns on the plug of the cock as an axis, thus obtaining a rotaiy motion, and has contact levers. Various methods of opening the cock are set forth ; in one, the plug has a rectilinear or sliding motion ; in a second, a spring or weight turns the cock when released by the keeper of the electro* magnet ; and in a third, leven enable the elasticity of the gas to assist in opening the cock. Arranging a series of branch wires (each of which is provided with apparatus for lighting and extinguishing one or more gas lights) in connection with a commutator and a battery, or other source of electricity, in such manner that each of such branch wires may be placed separately and in rapid succession in oon« nection with the battery or other source of electricity by moving " the commutator." Other details are set forth. [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1866, July 23.— N» 1745. ELLISON, Roger Bo lam. — {Provisional Protection only,) Improvements in electric telegraph apparatus," consisting of : — 1st. " The substitution of a short coil round a piece or pieces of soft iron for the long coils usually made use of tQ^3ca 1884. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de (a com- munication),— " A new electro-motive engine." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 693 The general principle on which this invention is hased is as follows: — A number of electro-magneto are fixed so that their poles are in one horizontal plane, and have opposite to them a series of vertical rods which carry keepers at their lower ends : the upi)er ends of the rods have knobs free to slide vertically in hori- zontal arms to which the arrangement communicates motion when the electro-magnets arc excited. The rods are arranged in sets of progressively decreasing lengths ; the difPerence of length between each neighbouring set is equal to the distance through which the electro-magnets can act effectively ; each set of rods are attached to one keeper. When the electro-magnets are excited, the nearest keeper is attracted, and brings the next nearest keeper within the attraction of the electro-magnets ; this keeper is attracted and brings its neighbour into a similar position in relation to the electro -magnets, and so on, until all the electro-magnets have attracted their keepers. By this means, the attraction of the keepers towards the electro-magnets in succession gives a length of stroke to the horizontal arms equal to the distance through which the electro-magnets act multiplied by the number of keepers employed. In a beam engine upon the above-described principle, one set or plane of electro-magnets is mounted at each end of the beam, and, by being alternately excited, produce a vibrating motion of the beam. The magnets may be separate, or they may all be fixed ** on a " disc of soft iron," one half of the disc acting as a north pole, the other half as a south pole. In one modification the armatures partly overlap each other. [Printed, 10 by-step telegraph instrument ; or it may be employed for work- ing relays or for other purposes, suitable mechanical arrangements being used. [Printed, W.] A.D. 1856, September 11.— N« 2124. BALESTRIXI, Pikr Alberto. — " Improvements in protecting " and laying telegraphic wires." Protecting the wires. — "The telegraphic wires are insulated by " gutta percha or vulcanized india-rubber, or they are enclosed in " cords of hemp or other fibre rendered waterproof by a mixture " of india-rubber and pitch. The wires, thus protected, form the " core of the telegraphic cable ; they are either laid parallel to eadi THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 699 €< « « <( « it it other, or they are laid spirally" [helically?] ''on a core of fibre or of iron wire covered with fibre. Eight or other number of " cords of hemp or other fibre waterproofed with the composition before mentioned, are then closely wound in a spiral " [helical?] direction round this core, and the cable so formed is consoli- dated by passing it between grooved rollers. If the cable is in- tended for use under a Considerable depth of water, it is strength- ened by coiling round it (in the opposite direction to the coils of the cords) iron wires in long open spirals" [helices?], ** and over *' these wires the cable is wound round closely with galvanized iron wire, and by the action of the galvanized wire on the non- galvanized wire a calcareous deposit is produced round the cable after it has been immersed for some time, by which it is much protected." For a similar purpose, strips of zinc may be laid longitudinally under the wire coating. To protect the cable from rocks, it has, at those places, " steel wire wound round it." To protect suspended telegraph wires, " they are enclosed in cords of hemp or other fibre, waterproofed with the composition before mentioned, and afterwards painted with zinc white." Facilitating the laying of the cable. — A kind of parachute is attached to the cable at intervals, " which parachute is so arranged, " that when the cable enters the water " the ])arachute opens, and by its resistance to the water prevents the cable from descending too rapidly. In certain cases floats may be used, which are soon released by the aqueous solution of their means of attachment to the cable. [Printed. 7d.] A.D. 1856, September 15.— N° 2156. KLINE, Calvin. — This invention is entitled "The improvement " of mariners' and other compasses, by which the effect of local " attraction is cut off or neutralized, and the compass is made to " traverse more perfectly." This improvement consists in surrounding the compass needle with a horizontal iron or steel ring or rings fixed to the non-con- ducting compass card and moving therewith, but " insulated " from the needle ; it is preferred that " the needle should be about the " centre of the breadth of the ring to have the best effect." It is proposed *' as a modification of this device, and for more m ,tLMiaaasm iiaiiBUimmimti «. « rf *^ BiiipM* and maa/&me hdow alteflbeito ^e iamSaML ify^g at *^ inp Of even a i^obe o€ xBflfed flORoiiBdiiig His jmtmtd to me m^ iioa.toawilwJto^ looil attmctioa^ 9,:ii4iier meteb maj bo onqfilofed with good^ffBOt" The PMmCw hii ** vied fine and ooppor." h the Ckwapleto l^pocitBOtk^ ipotioo, it ii etoted tint ^ poml lyoa whkh ^ comp— e faft»«gei aiaj be made of indhnflu - - £Miitod.6&] A J). 1866, Sqitembor 19«<-N« 2205. ^HEBS» Richard Van (a coaiaiiaiiealioa yhMi JSn^yflioM^ Km- flWrwr).— (ProotftoaoJ IVoiteefftOfi oa^.) ** Improvementa in the ^ ooBstnidioii of eketrie dodca or timdceepen/' This mventioii ia Ihe same aa N* 45 (1866). CMntedSA] A.D. 1856, October 1.— N» 2290. FONTAINEMOREAU, Petbr Armand, le Comte de (a communication from Professor Francesco Selmi), — '' An improved ** voltaic battery." A battery is described consisting of copper, sulphate of pot- ash solution, and rolled unamalgamated zinc. The peculiarities in this invention are, that sulphate of potash or other analogous salt " oxidates the zinc and causes a white pre> " cipitate, which remains mixed with the liquid," and that the copper plate is not wholly immersed in hquid, but is " in contact " simultaneously with the air, the exciting solution, and the zinc ** element " [of the next cell ?], " the latter remaining immersed ** in the solution." The above-described battery is "of great constancy." [Printed. 4tf.] A.D. 1856, October 11.— N« 2390. SCHEURMANN, Gustav. — " Improvements in printing music " when type is employed," in which electric agency may be used. This invention " has for its object so to construct type with the '' note$ and musical vagoA t\i«ttoi\ Iot ^^ ^frisvUxv^ of music, and THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS 601 « << ' also so to combine lines and spaces as to admit of a page of * music being set up in two 'forms * (in separate chases), one con- '' sisting of suitably fonned type with the notes and signs thereon, '* and the other consisting of full-length lines, separated by move- '' able spaces in such manner that the same Unes or rules may be '* used with different spaces, the impressions being taken in suc- " cession from the two * forms,' the proper register of the lines, '* notes, and signs being obtained by the two chases being fixed " on a sliding bed or table of a printing machine." "In order to obtxiin an electrotype plate from two * forms,* such '* as are above described, a sheet of lead (in place of paper) is by " a suitable press pressed on to the ' forms ' in succession, by " which the combined comjiosition will be obtained in reverse. " The lead impression thus produced is then subjected to the elec- ** trotype process, and a copper plate is obtained, from which (it " being properly fixed on a surface) a sheet of music may be ob- tained by one process of printing ; or such electrotype plates may when desired be bent over and fixed on a cylinder to be printed from." Instead of an electrotype a stereotype mould may be got from the lead impression. As " it is important that the type of the one form should pene- trate exactly to the same extent into the lead as the type of the other * form,' " it is preferred "to employ a screw press, which moves the platten or pressing surface very slowly." A galvano- meter may be employed to indicate when the platten has moved up to the proper point; electric contact being then made and the needle deflected. [Printed, lid.] A.D. 1866, October IZ-^N^ 2438. FRANCE, Jamks Robbbt.— " Improvements in electric tele- " graph apparatus." lliis invention consists " in suspending the tongues or arma* " tures of electro-magnets by means of magnetism, and in remov- " ing the tongues or armatures from electro-magnets by means of " ])crmanent magnets in place of by springs, as heretofore ; " also in " magnetically " insulating the " cap " or pole pieces of electro- magnets, by which means " the residual magnetism is reduced." A " contact maker " in which the above-mentioned improvements are used is described and shown. A local circuit is com\fU^i^«wScv « M GU ELECTRlCilTY AND liAOMBneai f tune the daoCro-magnetii eidtedby tliefine^vinc^^ of a toft iron eniiatan. "Another contact maker, in wfaidi a magnetio tongue ia naed in ** place of a aoft iron annatnie'* is alao deacribed and ahown. In ihia inetmnient ''each lefevaalof the line cairentmakca or braaks «« the local dienit.'* lliis invention ''alao eonaiati in a nutiiod of ananging inalni- menta or contact makers for working Inanch linea, Forthis purpose, two magnetio aimatoies are need to work with an " dectro-magnet, and the pdlea of the magnetio annatarea are " placed in reverse positiotts, so that when one armatnnia attracted " hj the electro-magnet the other armature remaina atationaiy " against its stop ; thns, when the cnnent in the line wire piaafi " in one direction the instrument works one branch line, and when " the current in the line wire passes in the other direction the in- " stmment works the other branch line." An instrument employed "in connection with a printing i^ipa- " ratus*' has "a magnetio tongue'' as well as "two magnetie " armatures ; " the ''tongue " works between the electro-magnets' poles, and the armatures are placed one on each side of the poles as in the branch-line contact maker. " llie magnetic tongue at " each of its motions makes or breaks a circuit, and causes a type wheel to make one step forward." " When the type wheel is brought to the desired position, the force of the current passing in the line wire is augmented, so as to cause one or other of the magnetic armatures to be drawn towards the electro-magnet, and thus another local circuit is completed," which actuates the " printing hammer." The movement of either armature produces this effect ; " but it is necessary to use two magnetic armatures, " because the augmented current passed through " [round ?] '* the " electro-magnet must not be of such a nature as to cause the " type wheel to make another step." [Printed. 7d.] A.D. 1866, October 20.— N» 2456. LACASSAGNE, Joseph, and THIERS, Rodolphb.— " An im- " proved electric lamp." In this invention the lower electrode is supported by a float " placed in a cistern of meccuxy^ which has a rise equal to the K « (( THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 603 " travese" [traverse?] required for the electrode; "a second " cistern or reservoir containing a supply of mercury is placed at " a higher level." The communication between the upper cistern and the float cistern is ordinarily closed by the pressure of the armature of an electro-magnet on a valve, the electro-magnet*s coil being included in the electric circuit producing the light. When the force of the electric current has weakened by the com- bustion of the electrodes, a reaction spring or a second electro- magnet detaches the armature from the valve, and permits more mercury to enter the float cistern, and to raise the lower electrode to the proper distance ; the first-mentioned electro-magnet then again attracts its armature and closes the valve. This action is repeated whenever the electrodes become too far apart, thus keep- ing the distance between the electrodes constant by self-acting means. The second electro-magnet is excited by "the action of a " current derived from the light current." The intensity of the derived current is determined by the invariable resistance of a coil inter[)osed for that purpose ; thus it will be seen that the derived current increases as the principal current diminishes, and vice versa. In the Provisional Specification no mention is made of the derived current, a spring being therein proposed to be used to raise the armature. [Printed. Id.'} A.D. 1856, October 21.— N» 24/0. SMITH, William (a communication). — "Improvements in water " level and pressure indicators and lubricators." In this invention, amongst other improvements, a permanent magnet within the apparatus is actuated by a float or other suitable means; the magnet "in turn operates and controls the " movement of the hand pointer or indicator, so that the latter " corresponds in its positions with that of the magnet, and " relatively through the magnet to that of the float moved by the " water or other operating fluid." The arrangements of pointers or indicators are as follows : — An axis or spindle carries a float arm at one end and a bar magnet (or " magnetised fork-piece ") at the other; according as the float at the end of the arm is risen or depressed, the bac ■■ ■■■"'"" ™"^w>* "°,""?.»« ,. ,, Ik. *'"°-'°T» •■i."'"»'!i°!: OM ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: magiici ftcUbjiti lotaiy orTibntoxy motion onilie pointer, ii delicttdy and oonoentriealfy mounted ontnde the gvnge diamber, thus ihowing the level of water or other required indication. An arrangement " for indicating pressure upon a vertical re- * gister or on a dial scale." — ^The float is guided by a oentnl upright rod passing through it, and ''has bdted around it the ** magnet." Outside the apparatus, and delicatdy mounted on a oentrey are a spiral and needk pointer ; as the magnet moFea, it brings the part of the spiral of the same distance from the oentie of motion as the magnet is, opposite to the poles, and thus at the same time rotates the needle pointer, and indicates the prevurs on a vertical scale. The magnet may be also worked vertically, " by applying the " pressure to raise a vessel containing a dense fluid from immer- ** sion in a fluid of the same or less specific gravity.'' This principle can alto be implied to a rotary magnet by means of a oord fixed to the vessel passing round a wheel on the magnef s axis, or by a rack and pinion movement. [Printed, llrf.] A.D. 1856, October 23.— N« 2483. HARRISON, Charles Weioiitman. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in the insulation and protection of electric " conductors." This invention " consists in insulating the conducting medium " by covering it with alternate layers of gutta [)ercha, or a com- " pound thereof, and a fibrous material." "The conducting " medium, when covered with gutta percha strips or ribbons/* may be made plastic by heat, and whilst in that state the convo- lutions may be compressed together. " When a number of con- " ductors are required together, as in some telegraph cables," a bundle of separately covered conductors is enclosed in a gutta percha tube. Another mode of insulation " is by laying or winding " around the conductor " seperate coverings of gutta percha and caoutchouc, " cloth, or felt, and causing the successive layers to unite " by heat and compression. A conductor for induction coils may be insulated by winding a smaller conductor " spixaliy " ^hftUcally?! "around it, one or both THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 60H " of the conductors being covered with a fibrous or insulating " material." Underground telegraphic conductors for hot climates may be insulated and protected by means of a fibrous covering enclosed in a tube or wrapper of lead ; the fibrous covering may be either combined or not with a gum. The protection to electric cables may be increased " by passing " such rope or cable through a composition of tar and cement, or " lime, or other mixture, which will fill the interstices between the " outer wires, and set or form a concrete when the rope or cable is •* laid down." [Printed, W.] A.D. 1856, October 25.— N^ 250?. ERNST, GusTAVus, and LORBERG, ViiLLi am. —{Provisional Protection only.) " An improved mode or method of raising or producing designs, patterns, or impressions on the surfaces of plates, blocks, or rollers, and transferring or imparting the same to paper, parchment, woven fabrics, leather or other similar materials;" in which electro-etching is used, ''In making original drawings, or producing any original design " or matter," they are executed directly ** either on a metal plate or " on transfer paper with chalk or hthographic ink ; " the compo* sition of each of these being adapted to this invention. ** If copies " only are required," they are transferred with the transfer ink to the metal plate ; the plate is then cleansed by means of alkali or acid, protected at the back by varnish and electro-etched ; by this process the design is left in relief on the surface of the plate. It is proposed by the above-described means to supersede copper* plate, and lithographic printing ; the plates or blocks being made *' the same thickness as the fount or type." " By multiplying the number of plates or blocks any number of " different colours may be used in printing the designs or patterns." To dispense with stereotyping, a copy of the wprk to be pre- served is taken on the transfer paper ; a metal copy can be produced from it at any time when desired. Blocks or rollers for printing woven fabrics may be produced by the above-described process ; either raised or sunk designs can be obtained. [Printed, 3 2547. WAY, John Thomas. — " Improvements in obtaining light by « electricity." • '' This invention consists in the use for one of the electrodes of " a substance such as mercury, which is caused to flow through '' an orifice or orifices on to a point or points of steel or other ** material. The mercury is in connection with one of the poles of the battery, and the points are in connection with the other pole of ^ the battery, and they are so arranged that the distance between ^ them and the orifices from which the mercury escapes can be adjusted so as to bring the points to the level at which the streams of mercury break into drops. In place of using points of steel or other material for the ** lower electrode, a regulated surface of mercury may be employed " if desired, and the apparatus may be surrounded by a glass to pre^^ent the escape of mercurial fiimes, means also may be pro- \nded for raising the mercury from the lower receiver, into " which it falls, from the orifices, to the upper receiver or cistern " which supplies the jets." [Printed. 3d.] it it €t €€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 607 A.D. 1856, November 10.— N» 2646. JOHNSON, John Henry (a communication from Louis Francois Clement Bregnet \Breguet?^). — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements m apparatus for printing electro-telegraphic ** dispatches." This invention relates to an arrangement of printing apparatus more particularly applicable to step-by-step dial instruments. " On the arbor of the escapement wheel of the clockwork for '* working the dial indicating mechanism is fitted a type wheel " having its letters and signs raised upon its periphery." The line-wire electric current excites magnets for the dial mechanism, which, when sufficiently magnetized, complete the local circuit working the printing mechanism. When the indicator or pointer is passed rapidly over the dial plate merely in order to arrive at a certain signal, only the dial mechanism acts, as the electro-magnet has not time to be completely excited ; but when the dial indicator stops over a signal, the electro-magnet is fully excited and the printing mechanism set in motion by the local circuit. On the ^ armature of the dial magnets are two springs, which establish the local circuit when required ; one of the springs comes against a stop in the local circuit each time the indicator passes in front of a letter; the second spring cannot come against its stop so as to com- plete the local circuit until the indicator is stopped, and thus suf- ficient time afforded to completely magnetize the electro-magnet. In the local circuit, two electro-magnets or coils work a lever which presses the paper on to the periphery of the type wheel. A " catch" on this lever tiuns a "feed wheel," thus moving the paper forward. The printing coils are larger than the indicating coils, and thus ** require a longer time to become excited." [Printed, 3rf.] A.D. 1856, November 14.-N« 2692. ASH, Henry Clarke. — {Provisional Protection only,) ** Im^ " provements in railway signals." '' This invention consists in a method of applying electricity to act on railway signals placed at a distance from the person by whom the signal is to be operated on, such signals being " of such a nature as to come in contact with instruments in con- " nection with the passing train, and so give an alarm thereon." if 60B ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETI8M: *' For thit pnrpote, at a dittenoe, aaj, of two mUct from mA ** tignil man, m signal appaiatus is placed hj the tide ** tion that it comes in contact with a trigger in oonnection witii <* the passing train, and, b^ preference, with the engine of the " same, and thus an alarm on the train is brought into action, and ** timely notice is given to the engine driver of the danger bcibie « him." [Printed. 8(1.3 A.D. 1856, November 20.— N* 2747. FONROBERT, Charlrs Francois Jules (partly a rniaaiaai eatum). — (Provisional Protectum oa/jf.) '* Improvements in the " manufacture of insulated wires for electric telegraphs." "The invention consists in insulating wires for electric tde- " graphs by covering them with a composition of gutta petcha " and tar." " About two ports by weight of gutta percha and one part of " coal tar " are mixed " together with the assistance of heat. This " composition is fluid while hot, but becomes solid on cooling ; " it is employed *' for coating and insulating wires for electric tek- " graphs." [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1856, November 22.— N« 2/69. HENLEY, William Thomas. — "Improvements in electric " telegraphs and apparatus connected therewith." These improvements are as follows : — 1st. A new "magneto-electro arrangement." In the machine described and shown, the soft iron and coils of wire (called the " armatures " in the Specification) are fixed between the poles of the permanent magnet, so that the ends or polar faces of the " armatures " are in the same plane as the polar faces of the per* manent magnets. Pieces of soft iron, mounted on a non-mag- netic disc, are moved before the said polar feu^s in such a way as to cause reversions of the i>olarity of the core of the " annatuxe," THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 609 thus " inducing a current of electricity in the coils of wire sur- '* rounding the same." The advantages of this arrangement are, that a large " armature " can be used, and only a small weight has to be kept in motion. 2nd. In recording telegraphs, employing " slate, glass, or other " suitable material " that will admit of the signals being rubbed off, and of the material being used again for any length of time. In the first arrangement a flat circular plate of " white slate " is made to revolve uniformly by clockwork, and a frame carrying the marking lever and electro-magnet is made to traverse from the centre to the circumference of the plate by a screw worked by the same train of wheelwork. A lead pencil attached to the marking lever makes a series of marks corresponding to the signals sent from the transmitting station in a spiral line extending from the centre of the plate to the circumference, or vice versd. In the second arrangement the signal-receiving surface is cylindrical, and the marking point is moved parallel to the cylin- der's revolving axis. Paper may be placed over the above-mentioned surface to re- ceive the signals ; it is, in that case, preferred to wash the surface of the paper " over with pumioestone powder and water," ** letting " it dry before using;" this preparation enables the pencil to mark the paper with ease. 3rd. Constructing submarine or subterranean telegraph ropes." The gutta-percha-covered wire is coated " with tarred yam in the usual manner, then with tarred tape made of hemp or other suitable material." On .this is laid ** a coating of iron wire and " strands of strong tarred yam, the strands of wire and yam " placed alternately, so that the wires do not touch each other, " being separated by the strands of yam. The coating of tape prevents the wire strands from cutting the gutta percha wire more effectually than the first hemp covering alone would do." [Printed, 1#. 3d.] A.D. 1856, November 29.— N« 2831. CLARK, Joseph Latimer {partly a communication). — This in- vention consists of an improved insulator for electric telegraph line wires 8usi)ended in the air. The peculiarities of the insulator are as follows : — It is of the form of an inverted cup, a smaller cup being ** contained concentri- Q a It 610 ELECTRICITY AND M AQMETISlI i ctUj wiihin the exterior intuktiiig cap, and epriiigtog from liie interior thereof so as to be protected b j iV* The notdi for re> oebing the wire is on the top of the insulator, and ia oat obliquely to tiie direction of the wire ; as the notdi deepens it aaanmea moie nearly the direction of tiie wire, until at the bottom its direetion coincides with that of the wire; thus the wire cannot escape fkom the notch. The supporting stifle is cemented into a suitable hole in the centre of the inner cup, and is earned either bj a Inrndiet screwed to the side of the telegraph post, or bj a socket flitad to its top. " The interior surfkce of the exterior cup of the inBuktor,** and the exterior and interior surfiuses of the interior cup baive '* a *' series of circular grooves ** formed on them, thus increasing the insulating surface interposed between tiie line wire and the sup- porting staple of the insulator. The insulator is of earthenware, glass, or other non-conducting material, and the staple "is coated ^ with shellac, marine glue, or other suitable insulating materiaL" The staple is free to move in the socket; the insulator is thus easily taken down for cleaning. [Printed, 9d.] A.D. 1856, December 11.— N^ 2934. BURKE, Michael. — (Provisional Protection only,) " Improve* ments in mariners' compasses to counteract local attraction." This invention " consists in constructing the boxes of mariners' compasses in such a manner that the magnetic needle and its card, being enclosed in a lesser and water-tight glazed case, can be surrounded with water, spirit, oil, or any other suitable liquid " in the outer box or case. The lesser box or case, in which the *' needle and card are suspended, may be variously constructed of metal ^^ith a glass face, secured air and water tight, which glazed box is then to be suspended in a larger metal or other glazed ])ox or case by methods customarily used, and the water or other liquid poured in, and may be screwed or otherwise " secured." [Printed, 3J.] A.D. 1856, December 12.--N* 2949. FONTAINEMOREAU, Peter Armand le Comte de (a coai- munication).^(Provi8ional Protection only.) "Improved railway *' signal apparatus." « «€ t( t« t( « << it t( it ft « THEia GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 611 '* This invention relates to an improved method of forming ^' telegraphic signals for railways, which method consists in fitting *' to the raik at suitable distances a rod, which projects a little *' above the rail, so that when tiie wheels of a train pass over it they depress it, and thus put into action the ' manipulator,' provided with a suitable spring playing between two metal eon« '* ductors, so as to establish a current of electricity (generated " from batteries placed at convenient distances in the line) between " the manipulator and ' receiver ' connected with the signalling apparatus. The receiver consists of a box or case containing an electro-magnet provided with wires in communication with the battery, earth, and manipulator. Upon the top of the magnet is an armature, for putting in action, by levers, the wheelwork connected with the aignals. In working the appa- ratus the current is made to pass through a relay magnet placed " in the case. " Upon the axis of the escapement wheel is fitted the signal *' arm, which rotates on its centre before a disc one quarter of a " revolution at a time, so as to indicate ' danger ' when the arm is " in a horizontal position (the electric current being then closed), ** and 'all right' or 'line clear' when the arm is in a vertical " position, the current being then broken." " One or more of the manipulators and receivers may be placed '' at suitable distances fit)m each other on the line of railway.*' ** The electro-magnets of the signals which precede each station in closing the line shut a spedid circuit by means of two contact springs within reach of the armature. In this circuit and in the station itself is interposed a bell arrangement, which an- nounces the arrival of the train, until on entering the station it " acts on the manipulator of the signal within." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1866, December 17.— N» 2992. COWPER, Charles (a efmnmnicaHonfrom Louii liidore'Caui' sinus). — {Provisional Proteetum only.) " Certain improvements in " electro-plating." An electro-depositing solution composed of the cyanides of po- tassium, silver, and copper, is used. In the depositing cell, a positive pole of carbon is employed, " and this carbon is immeraed " in the silvering bath to a depth which can be adjusted by m qq2 tt «< tt tt 613 SLBCTRICITY AND MAOfNSnSM t ** dide, to M to wyihtw the action, Thebitii msf bemed hot ** at cdcL The oljecU an allawed to become cofwed with oop- ** per, and thej are then agitated aerenl timea in the balh until ** the copper ia rephwed bf ailyer. Thej arethen aeratdi-faniahedy ^ and again phwed in the bath and tieated in a aimilar naimer. ** If a thicker coating ia raqnired, it ia cfllsoted hj aabeeqiientfy ** rabmitting them to the ordinary elactro-pbting proeeaaea. The ** proportiona and defcaik of the ptooeaa admit of Taiwtion. Bj ** thia means linc, lead, tin, and wrooght and cast mm, and otiber ** metali maj be adtrantageoosfy eleofero-plated." [Printed, Sfi.] A.D. 1856, December 24.— N« 3059. VARLEY, Cromwell Flbbtwooo,— " ImprovementainelecbiB ** tdegraphi," consiating of: — ** Coils of telegraph appamtoa."— In the first amngcnnent^ the needle is of soft iron, and is placed inside an oblong coil ; the coil is enclosed (except at a division across the middle) in iron casings ; these casings being connected respectively to the poles of a per- manent magnet, serve to magnetize the soft iron needle as well as to render the magnetic power of the coil fdlly available when an electric current passes. In the second arrangement, the needle is permanently magnetized, and the coil is cylindrical ; the coil is completely enclosed in an iron casing ; a radial cut is, however, made in the casing ** to prevent the fonnation of secondary cur- ** rents in the iron." In the third arrangement, a soft iron needle is at rest between opposite poles of a permanent magnet, until it (the needle) is magnetized by an electric current passing through coils which surround it. In the fourth arrangement, moving coils are used, permanent magnets being fixed " so that the magnetic ** rays are concentrated through the coils of wire ;" in one ex- ample a single coil is used, and in another a double coil ; in both cases magnets are placed *' both inside and outside the coil, and " surrounding the latter as much as possible ;** the coil wire is prefierred to be of "aluminium " [aluminum?] ; " the application " of moving coils to telegraphic relays " is an important part of this improvement. A " double-action galvanometer," consisting of a polished disc- ahaped " needle," free to vibrate within a cylindrical coil. — The coil consists of two distinct wires, and tl^ey arp so connected that the THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 613 strong; sending currents proceed only through the outer coil, and the weaker received currents proceed through both coils. The polished surface of the needle is to call attention by its xpotion. " A self-switching key." — ^The key lever, besides having motion in a vertical plane to break and make the necessary circuits, also has motion (restricted by stops) in a horizontal plane; this arrangement enables the operator to bring the key over one of two sets of studs ; if the key is worked in its normal position it sends a series of positive currents down the line wire ; but if the force of the spring that keeps it in the normal position be over- come and the key worked over the second pair of studs, alternating currents are transmitted to the receiving station. Induction coils. — ^The peculiarities forming the improvements in these instruments are as follows : — ^The whole coil may be encased with iron or iron wires. A series of flat induction coils may be placed side by side " so as to place the secondary wire for " the most part between two primary wires ;" in this arrangement the soft iron cores of neighbouring coils have opposite polarity. The primary wire may be coiled upon the core in separate parceb, " all, however, electrically connected in one continuous series," " the intervening spaces being filled with secondary wire." Glass may be employed (either discs or tubes) to insulate the primaiy from the secondary coils, or portions of the secondary coils from one another. Wire or bundles of wire may be used ** whose section " is square, triangular, or parallelopiped " [parallelogramical ?] for induction coils and for the coils of telegraphic apparatus generally. Wires may be used, whose thickness progpressivdy increases ** as the inductive action decreases," for induction and other telegraphic and magneto-electric coils. In one coil " to be used with condenser! to produce electricity of very high tension," the primary and secondary coils are carried radially parallel to each other, but insulated by glass discs ; in a second coil to be used for the same purpose a cylindrical glass tobe insulates the primary from the secondary coil, and the secondary coil is divided into portions, which portions are insulated firom each other by glass discs. A thermo-electric battery is used to excite these induction coils, and thence to telegraph through moderate distances. Finger keys to be used with induction coils. — In one arrange- ment the currents induced in the secondary coil both by the break- ing and by the making of the primary circuit sre ttunned in one « €i i€ it « 614 ELBCTRICmr AND MAGNETISM % directioii, tiius sending two currents in the same ^reotion along the line wire by the depression of the key, and two cunents io the opposite direction during the rising of the k^ to its n '' sembling gutta percha and caoutchouc from flour, fibrine, ** gelatine, and other vegetable and animal substances." Amongst other applications of this invention, the compounds produced "may be made to resemble leather, india rubber, or " other similar substances, and made suitable for caverimg" [electric f] " telegraph wires, or other similar purposes.*' The substances used in the above-mentioned compounds are as Ibllows : — Flour, " vegetable substances containing fibrine, oellv* " lose, or starch;" "gelatine, choudiine" [diondrine?]. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 619 « <( ^ caseine, resins, soaps^ tar, asphalte, pitch, oils, and tannine, or " tannine substances." The general method of combining the component substances is by means of the heat of hot water or steam. In one example given, the compound consists of a mixture of wheaten flour, gutta percha, '* colophane " [colophony?], catechu, and glue or gelatine ; and in a second example, wheaten flour, colophony, solution of caustic alkali, chondrine, and melted soap, are used. [Printed, 4(1.] A.D. 1867, January 9.— N° 79. JOHNSON, John Hbnry (a communication from Etienne Lenoir). — " Improvements in the i4)plication of the electrotype or galvano-plastic processes." This invention consists of ''the application and use to and in the electrotype process of a shell or skeleton made of platinum " or other metal and introduced into the mould as an insoluble " electrode, in lieu of the soluble anode" described in the Patentee's invention Provisionally Protected, December 21st, 1864 (See N« 2699, 1864). When gold and silver deposits are required, and when the opening of the moulds is large," a soluble anode is employed in addition to the above-described insoluble electrode. [Printed, 4d.'] A.D. 1867, January 10.— N» 96. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald (a commnmicaiioH from Messiewn Orenet, jtmior, and De Fbmrielle), — "Improvements ih " galvanic batteriei, and in apparatus connected therewith." The batteries described and shown in the Specification and Drawings have the following peculiarities : — The positive and negative elements are moved by mechanical means in the exciting fluid ; " or the fluid is itself agitated or ** disturbed while the positive and negative elements are sta- " tionary." A method of accomplishing this object, by forcing air through the solution from a blast pipe with flexible tubes, is described and shown ; the air enters from beneath, and " sets tl^e ** fluid in violent agitation.** it «« €€ €€ €t enO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : As a ftirUier means of presenring the constancy and streaogth of the battery, the exciting fluid is caused to flow continuously into the cells, by means of suitable channels. Witii the above-described improvements, there is used a highly oxygenated solution, such as that of "bichromate of potaaaa" or *' binoxide of manganese." It is also proposed to " employ the air process for agitating the '* exciting fluid in contact with the carbon when the carbon is separated from the zinc plates by porous diaphragms or by porous cells, and when acidulated water is used to act upon the sine, and when an oxygenous solution is used instead of nitric •« acid." CPrinted. 0b tabos oip- ^ nectod tharewith. for the puipoie of noAmg'm depodt of gM * ctrbon." When the pieces are coaled to the denred tTiirlrnfWn ihej an cat or ground down ^to uj required farm of eieetiode.*' Spongy or powdered metals ■!• fanned into eleeboden hgreom- piession; in this waj dectrodei nu^ be fanned ''of aoainlin»^ ** tlon of metal powder and plnmbigb Of ofiM^ fann of eariNNL* 2nd. ''The dectrio constant ligi^ ajppantos.*' A pontifi q^indrical electrode is made to rotatiEi on ita horiaontal or kiv^. todinalaxis, it also has an ''omravd mQtionmtiielineof itaaaoB;'' the negative electrode " is in the form of a pmnt or pencQ," it b veztical, and is opposite to the drcumfeience of the positiTe electrode, directly above its axis. When tiie electric current dr- culates, an dectro-magnet in the light circuit releases dockwoik which moves the positive dectrode, as described above, and draws awi^ the negative electrode, thus producing the light between the point of the negative dectrode and the portion of the drcmnfavenoe of the positive electrode immediatdy oppodte to tkie said negative dectrode. By this apparatus the light is produced at vaiying points on the cylindricd dectrode, whidi points fonn a " spiral ** [helical ?] path on the cylinder's cireumfiBrenoe ; spur gear commonicates rotary motion from the dockworfc to the said cylinder'a central axis, and a fixed hollow screw enables a "dip " attadied to the (^linder to give it rectilinear lateral motion. The negative elec- trode is raised by means of a cord passing over pulleys, whidi connects the said negative electrode with the armature of the dec- tro-magnet by means of a ring on the dectrode holder, and a rod and clip arrangement n immediate connection with the lever of theannature. 3rd. " A mode of maintaining a very uniform distance between " a rotary disc positive dectrode and a point or pendl negative '^ electrode. This mode consists principally in keeping in contact with the periphery oi ^ to^wrj ^iwi^^ivit^^^^^ssJ^T ^t ijuUey, tt THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 627 cc ^*n4* " of the subsidiaiy clock or docks when necessary; so as to cause '' it or them to keep time with the standard or regulating dock, " such subsidiary docks being complete docks, and capable of " going independently of the standard or regulating dock." In applying this invention to pendulums, the " penduimn bob may consist of a coil of wire which is traversed by the deetiic current, and which passes around or over a magnet or magnets during its oscillations ; or the coil or coils may be fixed and the magnet or magnets attached to the pendulum." The Drawings show various ways of completing the dectric circuit by the stan- dard pendulum, so as to transmit currents either every second or every two seconds. lliis mode of regulating may also be applied to balance docks in a similar manner. If the dock pendulum or balance be behind the standard pen- dulum, the monng coil is drawn further on to the fixed magnet, and the motion of the pendulum or balance accderated. On the other hand, if the pendulum or balance be in advance of the standard pendulum, the coil is retained on the magnet, and the motion of the pendulum or balance retarded. [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1857, March 11.— N° 710. COOPER, James Davib. — (Provisional Protection only,) " Im- " provements in producing engraved surfaces for surface printing." The drawing or design for the surface to be produced is made on a block of wood, as for ordinary wood engraving, but after- wards, in place of cutting away the white parts of the drawing or design, so as to leave the hues standing in relief, the hnes are cut away, so as to leave the whites in jeUef. When this is done, ** the wood block is coated with varnish, care bdng taken that (S THEIR GENRIUTION AND APPLICATIONS. 631 « it (f n the varnish does not run into the engraved lines, and one coat of varnish is laid on after another until the necessary thickness of coat is obtained; afterwards the parts where the whites are broad are built up with cement, so as further to increase the height of these parts. "The next process consists in taking an electrotype in the '* ordinary way from the block thus prepared, which electrotype '^ is to be used as the printing surface ; " but before so using, it is ground down to an even fbce (by preference) " on a revolving " stone of fine texture, and the grinding process is to be continued " until the shallowest lines of the original block begin to appear. " Lastly, the electrotype is mounted, and it may then be used " for surf&ce printing as an ordinaiy wooden block is used. " Blocks for surface printing froia hne engraved plates " are prepared as follows : — " An electrotype or reversed copy of the plate" ("that is to say, a plate with projections to correspond with the depressions of the original plate ") is obtained ; such electrotype is grround away " until a surface suitable for surface ** printing is obtiuned." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1857, March 13.— N» 725. JUVIN, Edmond Joskph Nicolas. — (Provisional Protection only.) " Improvements in producing printing surfaces." This invention '* relates to such surfaces as are printed from in " the manner of letter-press printing, which surfaces are prin- ** cipally applicable for printing music." A sheet of tin is suitably engraved, by punches or otherwise, and a gutta percha cast taken to prove the work. The requisite corrections having been made, a copper electrotype cast is taken of the tin surface; this cast is ready for printing from when backed up with a mixture of lead and antimony. '* Instead of using a deposit of copper, the lead may be cast at once on the engraved plate of tin, and a block suitable to be printed from thereby produced." According to another method, a plaster cast is taken of the above-mentioned gutta percha surface ; lead is cast in the plaster mould, and senses as the relief printing surface. According to a third method» "the lead block in relief obtained as last herein described, may be used to produce a concave cast it 632 ELECTRICITY AND BfAGNETISM : ** in gutta perdue which is submitted to a dqMwit of oop^ hj " electrical agency. The fihn of copper so deposited ia tiien '' backed up with lead to form a block to print from." [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1867, March 17.— N« 744. ASKEW, Chablks, ASKEW, John, and MYERS, Hekrt. — This invention is entitled '' Improvements in hydraulic and ** refrigerating apiMiratus for the purpose of raising sunken vessels, " anchors, and all other submerged bodies with light and other *' certain apparatus used for the same purposes ;" it relates prin- cipally to apparatus for ndsing stmken vessels, but a ''nfety " pneumatic diving cage " is described and shown, which is used (amongst other purposes) "for laying down and recovering'* [eleC' trie ?] " telegraph cables,'* The " safety pneumatic diving cage ** is *' constructed of wrought- " iron tubes or bars and heavy spike weight rests ;" it carries *' on " its head or top a dome conical centre air cylinder or chamber." The air cylinder or vessel '* " is arranged in either one or two compartments, so, if necessary, it both furnishes air to the diver, and also enables him to remove his helmet if oppressed with fatigue." The " cage " has also the follo-wing adjuncts : — Valves or air cocks, for enabling the divers to supply themselves " with air in case of accident or otherwise ;" " guide break rollers, ** attached and affixed on each side of the cage, to keep it level while lowering, and stopping it at any point required in its descent ;" levers on each side, acting on and keeping the guide roller " tight to " guide suspension ropes,'* "which have afixed " to their ends two heavy weights," "to keep them vertical and " sinking;" "two sliding doors, admitting ingress and egress " of the divers at will ;" and " seats for the use of the divers to " rest themselves." A lamp may be attached to the " cage " or to the helmet of the diver so as to derive air therefrom; the foul air has its exit through a tube having its orifice downwards. [Printod, la. 9d.] A.D. 1857, March 25.— X^ 826. OUDRY, Charles Francois Leopold. — " Improvements in " the preservation of articles of cast, wrought, rolled, and forged « it if ft « ft ft THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 633 iron, zinc, and other metals or aUojB of metals agunst oxida- tion, from hmniditj and other destructive effects of air and " water." This invention consists in electro-depositing pure copper to any desired thickness upon the above-mentioned articles, " after being " first coated with one or several coats of a composition in a liquid " or semi-hquid state, serving as an isolating and metallising " medium." The process is as follows : — ^The articles are brushed, " dipped once or several times into a hot or cold liquid varnish (the inter- mediate coating)," withdrawn to dry, and dipped into another liquid or metallic varnish." When the varnish is perfectly dry, the articles are electro-coated with copper by means of a solution of sulphate of copper, '' which may be acidulated," washed, and dried. The varnishes are composed of " resinous, gimimy, or bitumi- " nous matters, combined with greasy or essential oils and metallic " salts, such as minium, white lead, litharge, cinabar " [cinnabar ?], " and other agents having analogous properties." After copper is deposited upon the above-mentioned articles, they can, if required, be gilt, bronzed, or silvered. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1857, March 28.— N« 869. GIRARD, HippoLYTB Bbnignb. — "Improvements in insu- ** lating" [electric?] "telegraphic wires or conductors, and in " apparatus for stretching such wires." Telegraph wires are insulated " by the application of ttiro coat- ings, the first composed of graphite or plumbago, sifted and mixed with glue or size, kept liquid by a gentle heat. This coating, unaffected by water, preserves a certain elasticity, which " prevents any dilatation or contraction of the metal Arom acting " upon or being communicated to the second coating." The second coating is composed of two parts, which are fiised together, having been previously fused separately ; the first part contains dried linseed oil, "fiower of sulphur," and gutta percha, the second part contains " orcansson " and tar. The wire to be coated is passed *' in the hot melted mass " and allowed to dry and cool " before coming in contact with anything." " To insulate suspended telegraph wires without taking them «« « (€ « 634 ELECTRICITY AND MAONEtlisM • " down," a trougb apparatus b used, wbldi is made to travel along the wires bj means of a rope and pullies. Tlie trough con- tains the insulating material, and may have lamps underneath to heat the composition and reservoirs at each end to receive the insulating material that runs oif. The ''apparatus for stretching telegraph wires consists of a wheel, a disc of porcelain, glass, or other like non-conducting material, pierced through the centre to receive a metal azisy on one end of which there is a ratchet wheel and on the other a handle ; a paul firom a post takes into the ratchet wheeL The " end of a wire leading in one direction is connected to one side " of the disc, and the end of another wire leading in a contrazj " direction is attached to the opposite nde of the disc, so that '' on turning the handle, both wires are stretched at the »«t"i«* " tune." For underground telegraphs, the wires, coated separately with the first coating and united into one mass by the second coating, ** are placed in hollowed glass bowls ;" these " bowls " have " a projection on one side, and a recess on the other," so that when they are put together (by means of melted sulphur) " they form a passage through which the telegraph cable or wire is passed." Porcelain or earthenware may be used to construct the " bowls " of, instead of glass. [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1857, March 31.~N° 88/. GOODE, Samuel Jabrz. — " An improvement or improvements "in depositing metallic alloys by electricity." This invention consists in using plates, of the metals of which the alloy is composed, in contact with the positive batteiy j>ole in the de})ositing solution, instead of a plate of the alloy itself, as hitherto practised. The use of each metal separately in connection with the positive battery pole, and forming the anode or dissolving plates in the depositing solution, enable the proportions of the metals composing the alloy deposited on the negative battery pole or cathode to be regulated to the greatest nicety ; for this purpose the plate of the metal depositing in too great a proportion may either be immersed to a less depth in the solution, or receded from the surlace to be coated, or the plate of the metal not depositing in sufficient pro- (4 THEIB GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 635 portion may be immeraed deeper into the solution, or approached to the surfiace to be coated. In this manner the using plates of the separate metals composing the alloy enables the effects of variations of temperature and of battery power and of other disturbing causes to be completely compensated. The alloy may be *' composed of two or more metals." [Trinted,8d.3 A.D. 1867, April 3.— N« 923. BOX, William Henry. — ''An improved fish hook." This invention consists of: — 1st. ''The application of the electroplating process to the '* coating of fish hooks generally." They may be electro-coated " with gold, silver, or other metals when required." 2nd. ** The peculiar mechanical application of a double swivel '* to fish hooks, to the box of which the hook is directiy attached " by means of a knob or pin-like head, and not to an eye as *♦ usually practised." [Printed. 8d.] A.D. 1867, April 3.— N' 933. BAUDOUIN, Felix Marie. — " Improvements in the wires or " conductors of electric telegraphs, and in the machinery for the " manufacture thereof." The improvements are as follows :— ** The insulation of the wires or conductors of electricity by the application of insulating coatings or coverings, consisting of tapes or ribbons of tissue of textile or thread material them- selves, either previously impregnated or not with insulating " matters, applied alternately with layers of insulating matters." The tissue may consist of paper, cotton, " gummed taffetas," or other woven fabrics ; ** the Bastennes bitumen " is the insulating material preferred, but other bitumens or suitable fntty or resinous bodies may be employed. In one arrangement of machinery to coat the wire as above set forth, the supply and receiving drums from which the wire is respectively unwound and wound not only rotate on their own axes, but are mounted in frames which revolve on axes at right angles to those of the druios by meana of any motive power. The tt 636 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : wire has thus a rotary motion about its own axis as well as a longitudinal motion. Between the wire reels and frames the wire receives, first, a coating of bitumen from a wheel rotating in a trough of hot bitumen, then successive coatings of textile fabrics from properly placed bobbins carrying the ribbons, each ril^xm dipping into the bitumen trough before it arrives at the wire, and the helices which each ribbon forms having their '*helicil junctions " covered by the super-imposed helix ; " suitable dies or part« " then scrape and smooth the coated wire. By means of a shaft parallel to the receiving drum's axis carried by its revolving frame, which said shafk has certun wheelwork and a double screw cam, the wire is wound in regular layers upon the receiving or winding drum. The same motive power rotates tiie frames of the supply and receiving drums by means of spur gear ; the supply drum is fitted with a brake to preserve the wire of a tlniform tightness, and the receiving drum is rotated by the motive power of the frames acting through a satellite wheel, screw, and screw wheel. In another arrangement of coating machinery, the supply and receiving drums " have no rotary motion, except on their own " axes," the wire has therefore only a longitudinal motion. In its passage from one drum to the other, the wire passes first through straightening rollers, then through a bitumen bath, smoothing rollers, through a revolving bobbin frame where it receives the lappings of ribbon, smoothing and straightening rollers, to the receiving drum. The bobbin frame has the wire pass through its trunnions, and laps the ribbons consecutively on to the wire (as it passes) from bobbins mounted on suitably incHned axes, and having friction clips or brakes ; the bobbin frame also caurries a pair of smoothing rollers. In this arrangement it is not possible to pass the ribbons " into a bath of bitumen at the moment of " covering the udre with them, but they may be coated previous " to being wound on the bobbins.'* Importance is attached to combining coverings of gutta percba or India-rubber with coverings of the kind herein-before described. In one plan of carrying out this improvement the inner coating is of gutta percha or India-rubber ; in a second plan, the gutta percha or India-rubber forms the exterior coating. ** In forming telegraph cables of wires covered, as described," the wires are wound on reels, the said reels being placed in a frame THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 637 which rotates on its axis ; "from the reels the wires all converge " to a point and pass out through the hollow axis of the frame, <' by whose motion thej are twisted together, the twisted end of " the combined wires being prevented rotating." The wires, covered as herein-before described, maj be arranged and united " in the form of flat cables or straps, either by attaching ** them on to flat impermeable bands, or hj weaving them with " hempen threads, which maj previously be rendered impermeable " to dectncity; the said flat cables or straps can be doubled or " covered above and below hj thicknesses of tissue, also rendered " impermeable to electricity." In laying round or flat cables under ground, they are ^ther simply laid ** in the trenches, coating them at the same time with " hot bitumen," or buried ** in a long block or a sort of girder of '< bituminous mastic," with which dry sand or other dry " earthy ** matters " is incorporated. • Underground telegraphic wires are protected from the pemidons effect '' of gas used for lighting purposes " by one of the foUowbg means : — The cables or bituminous blocks in which the wires are buried may be covered with paper or metallic sheet ; if paper is used, it is '* treated with a solution of sulphate of copper or of a silicate, then with insoluble soap, or any other preparation best capable of resisting " the action of gas and humidity ; if metal is used, its junctions are soldered. In some cases the block may be covered with potter's clay or plaster. *' Gummed taffetas " may also be used for the exterior covering of cables and bituminous blocks. [Printed, U. 6d,} A.D. 1857, April 4.— N» 947. TESTELIN, Emile.— " A new system for the application of " electricity as moving power." The invention is founded on the following "new theoretical '* views :" — « I St. " lliat the magnetic power which the iron bar of an electro- " magnet can acquire " is " proportional to the mass of iron of " which it is composed." 638 KLECTRICrrY AND MAGNETISM t u 2iid. Thst ^' the electric power wbidi can put into actiyhj & given quantity of this magnetiam will be ao ma " jectiles in the cannon, mortar, or gun." The electric wires (insulated from one another) pass completely through a hollow ** stick," which is inserted into the conical end of a diametral "opening" or hole in the projectile, and com- pletely through the opening, "so as to become inserted in the " propelling charge employed in the chamber of the mortar." When the electric circuit is completed, a fine platinum wire becomes heated, and discharges the gun, the said platinum wire being at the extremity of the condjicting wires in the charge. 2nd. " Discharging projectiles " by means of a telescope, which may be removed " firom the cannon or gun inunediately before •' discharging it" 3rd. "The manufacture of projectiles which consist jointly of a '< projectile and a wad, the projectile tapering towards its tul end, " and the wad being readily separable from the projectile." [Printed, lOd.] 8 8 ft 642 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM" A.D. 1857. April 13.— N«» 1033. PASCAL, Jean Baptiste. — {Provisional Protection (mly.) " Im- *' provements in electric lamps." In this invention " two currents of electricity " are employed ; " the one being the main current in connection with the elec- " trodes, and the other a secondary one to keep the electrodes in '* their proper relative positions. The upper electrode is mounted " and fixed at the top of the lamp stem, while the lower one is " supported from a float or piston, resting in a cylinder containing mercury or other suitable fluid. The float cylinder is in con- nection with another vessel or cylinder of mercury at or near " the same level. The upper part of this second mercuiy cylinder " is in communication by a bent pipe with a vessel containing " acidulated water, in which the wires or poles of the second " battery terminate. The primary current from the hatteiy, ** producing the light, passes through the coil of an electro-magnet, " which it excites and attracts an armature. The force of a spring " acting on the armature is opposed to the attraction of the magnet* " The armature is placed in the circuit of the secondary battery, which it breaks when it advances to the temporary magnet, but again makes it on receding therefrom by the force of the spring. Supposing the electrodes to be in position to produce the proper light, the primary current passing through the electrodes pro- ducing the light will keep the armature up to the electro-magnet, ** during which the secondary current is suspended ; but sup- •* posing the space between the electrodes to increase, the light " and also the strength of the primary current will diminish. " This diminished power of the current will cause the electro- " magnet to drop the armature, which immediately estabUshes " the current of the secondary battery, which in its passage " through the acidulated water decomposes it and generates gas. '* The vessel being otherwise closed, it passes over and presses on " the surface of the mercury in the cyUnder or reservoir, and " forces a part of the mercury into the cylinder supi>orting the " electrode, which is thus raised, & thereby renewing the " strength of the primary current, augmenting the Hght, and " again bi'eaking the circuit of the secondary current to prevent ** the further generation of the gas." u « it « [Printed, 3 614 BLECTRICnT AND MAGNBTISM ( A.D. 1867, April 18.--N* 1097. DAVIES, Gbobob (c eoiiiiitMite«fiMi from MtuOm SebatHen OoiUier ami HypMe Emghu QodtUtr).^Pmfkkmai Proieeium o«J!|r.) ^ImprovemeiiU in the mefliod of laying undergromid" [deotric?] «byHitep motion of the type wheel on the depression of a fingw key at the transmitting station, and the printing mechanism on the raising of a key that has been already depressed. The line-wire current actuates a ''mutator" or relaj at the receiving station, which brings into action a " resident " or local batteiy, thence actuating the whole of the telegraph reodving mechanism. On the depression of a finger key at the transmitting station corresponding to the letter to be printed or " embossed *' at the receiving station, a clutch is (through intervening levers and rods) put into gear with a constantly revolving clutch wheel, thus rotating a " a circuit breaker wheel " that makes and breaks the circuit until an arm fixed to the same axis comes into contact with the depressed key. Each interruption of the circuit actuates (as above alhided to) the electro-magnet of the local battery at the receiving station, and enables a letter or symbol of the type wheel to escape ; as the " circuit breaker arm " and the type wheel are made to start from zero at each signal, they correspond in their motions, so that the letter whose key is depressed at the transmit- ting station is brought under the embossing hammer at the receiving station. At the first motion of the type wheel a click is forced out of a ratchet wheel on the type-wheel axis, thus setting free a detent arm on the axis of the printing mechanism, and enabling it to revolve half a revolution, so as to be in readiness for the stoppage of the type wheel to permit it to make another half revolution, and during that movement to emboss the letter, move the paper strip, and put the type wheel out of gear with the drinng axle (by a clutch arrangement), so that it may be acted on by a cord and spring, and thus return to zero ready for the reception of the step-by-step movements necessary for the next signal. Other j)eculiarities may be stated as follows : — To discharge atmospheric electricity, the line wire has included in its circuit a ** small platinum ^vire," which is made to pass in (t « THEIII GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 647 at the top and out at a closed aperture at the bottom of a vessel containing acidulated water ; points projecting from the line wire also " extend below the surface of the acidulated water." In the "mutator" the armature consists of an U-shaped per- manent magnet, and the " resident/' or printing electro-magnet, has " two small straight bar permanent magnets " " introduced into each leg " " and extending the length of the cores," thej being so arranged as to produce a north and south pole in the resident magnet." The use of these permanent magnets serves to facilitate the charging and discharging of the electro-magnets, and to control their action with greater certainty than could other^ wise be done. As " the circuit breaker arm " and type wheel return to zero after any letter is embossed, " the whole machine, except the mu- " tator," is " self regulating." The peripheiy of the " circuit breaker wheel " is undulated ; it breaks and makes the circuit by means of a " hanmier " and " anvil" arrangement, there being "a helical spring within. the " body of the anvil." The teeth of the escapement wheel on the type-wheel axis are arranged in two rows ; the lever of the armature carries a " nip* ** pie," which is vibrated (by the action of the local electric current) between the rows, and thus liberates the escapement wheel tooth by tooth. The armature of the " resident " electro-magnet is enabled to move away from the electro-magnet, on the breakage of the cir- cuit, by a reaction spring, which is adjustable by means of a slide and screws. The axis of the printing mechanism carries an "embossing " cam," " paper-propelling eccentric," and " type wheel releasing " plane," " all firmly attached to each other, so as to render it ** impossible they should get into different relative positions." The " embossing cam " acts upon the type through the medium of a rod and lever ; the " paper-propelling eccentric " acts on a click wheel fixed to the axis of one of the paper rollers by means of a click at the extremity of its rod ; the " type wheel releasing " plane " liberates the type wheel from the motive power by the action of a " fork " at the extremity of a lever resting on the said plane," thus enabling the type wheel to return to zero. [Printed, 1#. Id.] , €( 648 BLBCTHICnr AND lIAONETISlf t A.a 1857« M^ 2.— N* 124S. GREENHOW, Josspb SBBLiB.--^Animpnnreiiieiituia]aniiii " tfipartiiu wben nnng dedrie emventi.'* Thia inT«i(aoii idates to ''deolno cuRentt for working okmmi ** ■ppantot uaed in inhabitad and other boildingt, in otdertD ** give notioe on the opemng of an j door or window; or in tin «* event of fire taking place." Initead of ananging the eleetfie appamtos to that the oomple* tion of the electric drouit acta the alwom in action, the electric cnnent is kept constantly flowing; and when its oontinoitjii broken by a buiglarions attempt or by fire, the alarmn dodcworfc ia rdeaaed and the beU sonnddH* ^ . According to the Ibrmer plan, if the condocting wires are divided ai any part, the i4[ipanitus is inactive; in the above-deacfibed im« ptovementy however, any division of the conducting wirea aotuitta the alarum. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1867, May 4.— N« 1252. STANLEY, John. — "Improvements in the construction and ** mode of ^)plying cranes and other hoisting machines to " hoisting, suspending, lowering, and weighing purposes; also ** in generating, transmitting, and applying motive power for the " same." This invention is described, in the Complete Specification, undtf the following heads : — Ist. The attachment of steam boilers ''to fixed and portable *' steam-wharf cranes," &c. 2nd. The corrugation of the heating surfaces of the boilers of steam cranes and other hoisting machines. 3rd. "The mode of transmitting the power of steam from the *' place where it is produced to the work it is required to perform " in the operation of hoisting." 4th. " The construction of steam engines connected with cranes " and other hoisting machines, the work of which is intermittent." 5th. " The variety of degrees of power required in steam-hoisting *' machines." 6th. The construction and fixing of wharf cranes or portable cranesi protecting the vertical axle bearings from wear and THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 649 weather, and suppljing the ''means of getting at such bearings " for the purpose of cleansing or repairing the same." 7th. Improvements in the arrangement and application "of " steam cranes of the adjustable and compensating derrick and " shear derrick class ; also in the construction of some of their " parts." 8th, " A novel arrangement in the jib hoisting gearwork of der- " rick cranes and shear derricks generally." 9th. '* Holding the jibs of derrick cranes in any required pod* *' tion," by means of a " combination of a brake and ratchet." 10th. Improvements in derrick cranes. 1 1th. " A novel arrangement in part of the hoisting geamrork " of cranes, and applying weighing apparatus to the same," to ascertain " the weight of bodies lifted thereby." 12th. '' Means of compensating for the difference in the weight ** of chain hanging down below the weighing appliance connected " with cranes, &c." 13th. A novel mode of ascertaining the strain upon a chain, &c. ; also of governing and regulating brakes, &c., in order to ensure one uniform strain upon the chiun, &c., being payed out, whatever the speed of paying out may be. Both these novelties " are particularly adapted to the purpose " of submerging the cables of submarine electric telegraphs,'* The following is the mode of operating : — Firstly. — " To ascertun the strain." A poise or force (in the Drawing a weight in a scale attached to a pulley free to move ver- tically) is applied to the cable between two supporting puUies, llie weight applied and the divergence caused enable the strain to be ascertained. Secondly. — " To govern the strain." The lever of a brake is acted on by the above-mentioned poise ; when the strain of the cable lifts the poise, the brake enables the cable to run more freely; and when the strain of the cable fails to support the poise, it then presses on the brake le>'er " and prevents more cable running out " until the strain is again reinstated," The application of this invention to submerging submarine electric telegraph cables is not mentioned in the ProAisional Specification. 14th. Improvements in the construction of levers used to starike, lift, and connect the parts of large weighing machines. [Printed. U.6(f.] <( «60 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i A.D. 1857, May 4.— N* 1258. WAY, John Thomas. — "Improvements in obtaining light by *' electricity, and in employing light so obtained for lighthouses *' and for giving signals." In this invention " two flowing electrodes, such as two atieami of mercury," are employed, *' one connected with each pole of the battery and issuing from two jets, such streams meeting each other at a point where one or both of them falls into drops." To economize battery power the circuit is rapidly made and broken. An electro-magnet mounted on an axis is included io the circuit, and is made to re\plve by the presence of a permanent magnet so as to constantly break the circuit and complete it in opposite directions. The rotary motion thus obtained is also made to raise the mercury from a lower cistern into which it falls after ignition " to the cistern horn which it issues," by means of a pump. The other peculiarities of this invention are as follows : — The use of cups of pipe clay in the invention secured by Letters Patent, N° 2547 (1^56), and of jets of pipe clay in the present in- vention ; instead of pipe clay, " pipe clay mixed with precipitated silica or phosphate of lime " may be used. " These substances " are moulded to a suitable shape and burnt." llie placing the glass so close to the light as to cause it to become sufficiently hot to prevent the material, forming the flowing electrode, from adhering to it." The use of talc in place of glass." " The height of the column of the material forming the flowing " electrode from the jet on which it issues " is regulated by a graduated glass tube, the material being allowed " to flow into this glass tube from an upper cistern through a delicate stop- cock, by means of which the material can be maintained at any desired height in the glass tube. Or, the jet is connected with " a cistern in which the material is kept at a uniform level by a " float so arranged as to regulate the descent of the material from " a cistern above." In order to adapt this apparatus to signalling purposes, a spring and stud apparatus (like the flnger key of an electric telegraph) is included in the circuit ; by these means " flashes of light succeed- ** ing each other at any desired intervals " may be produced. u (f « (( (t i( (( (( (( « THEIB GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 661 To use the herein-described apparatus for lighthouses, it is sur- rounded *' with glass lenses or zones, similar to those now in use in lighthouses; " when "a flashing light" is desired, "a self- acting apparatus, actuated by docH-work," may be used "for breaking the circuit at determined intervals." [Printed, SA] A.D. 1857, May 5.— N° 1270. WILKINS, William. — "An improved method of laying sub^ marine " [electric ?] ** telegraph cables.-'' This invention " consists in laying submarine cables through a trail tube or carrier attached to 4he ship, and extending to the " bottom of the ocean or sea, or only to such depth as to deliver " the cable into still water, " in order to " protect the cable from " too much strain." The methods of carrying the invention into efiPect are as fol- lows : — It is preferred to make the " trail or carrier " of a metallic vertebrated tube, having two flat longitudinal iron wire ropes, each rope to be lapped half round the tube ; they are sewn together with wire strands, thus leaving a space between for the water to enter or the lubricating grease to escape. A buoyant tube, preferred to be of g^tta percha, may commence at about forty fathoms from the ship, and (being fastened to the trail) assists in supporting the trail in the water. The trail may be formed " of a buoyant tube supporting a series '" of rollers in frames, the tube and the frames being connected by " means of wire ropes, to which they are riveted." To further prevent the too rapid delivery of the cable, " a break " is sometimes attached at the extreme end of the trail. This brake consists of a series of grooved pullies mounted between iron plates. The cable passes alternately over and under the successive pullies," and through g^ide rollers into the sea. The grooved pullies have flat arms, which present themselves transversely £6 the water, and thus retard the velocity of the pullies and of the cable. The brake may be buoyed up by a flat buoyant tube. [Printed, lOef.] tsa ELBGTRICITT AMD MAONEnSM » A.D. 1867* May 6.— N* 1274. BECKER» JoHANN Phillippb.— >** IminwciiMniti in the node ** atmkftnng animal, vtgMtlU, and mincnl olgecto.** ''The inT- " cation of this combination, according to the metal or alloy *' required to be deposited." T T « m Eucnttcrnr i»n> ifAONsnsik s An aqneoas adhitifNi of the abofe-menftioiied waMm §anm Ae aotvent ■olatioii or iiienetniiiiii» wlttdi» wImd dmgcd witli nete!, it the deetro-depotitiiig tolutioB wqmed. Hw ptopottioBs in which the ingre^entt are mixed difllBn fbr eMh metel or nlkij; those for copper, nhrer, gold, bronae, and hrMS are set ioiih. The methods of chavgiiv the sohnenfe sohiiMm with metal an as Ibllows: — First, by dissolving thcsein "qfanides, tartntes, ^ bonates, or any other sateUe salt or sahs, oompoviid or ** pounds of the metal or metals to be deposited f aeoond, bj means of electric power, "nnngalaigepodtive plate of flie metal " or alloj/' and ** a line wive fbr a negative pbtte.** To deposit allojs, electric power ''capable of erobrii^ hydrogen " fieely at the negative pole" should be need. "Hie proportions " of the tartrate of ammomnm and cyanide of potaaainm ate " alterable aooording to the rehlive proportions of the metals to ** be deposited, the color of the resulting aDoy being also deter- ^ minable by this means." For ordinary purposes the solution is used cold. [Printed, 4(/.] A.D. 18i57, June 1.— N* 1547. HOGA, Stanislaus. — {Pnwisumal Protection oafy.) ** An im- provement in costinii^ the sur&ces of the cells of galvanic bat- teries, and also the surfiices of crudbke.*' This invention " consists in the improvement of the oeUs of galvanic batteries, and also of crucibles, by the deozidation of platinum and iridium by heat when applied to such surfaces." '* For this purpose a solution of these metals is applied over such vessels, when made of certain aluminous earth or of a car- bonaceous substance, which being heated, the metals are decom- posed, and a thin metallic substance remains tenaciously adherent to the surfaces. By the above process, the whole of the inside of the cell of a galvanic battery, being lined with a metal coating, is converted into a most perfect negative dement, and the use of a plate of platinum nuy be thus dispensed with." For crudbles, the usual crudbles of graphite or plumbago are * made use of; for small ones, 'Hhe better substance of carbon, which is formed in gas retorts," or ''the carbonated iron which is formed in the bottom of the same retorts," is employed. The exterior 9uriuce9 of such crudbles are passed over with *'a.bnish THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 669 " moistened with the metal solution ;'' the same is subjected to heat, *' by which metallic surfaces are produced on the outsides " of the crucibles, which will prevent the carbon combining with ** oxygen, and consequently the crucibles will be preserved from '' being burned when in use." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1867, June 9.— N» 1609. TUCK, Joseph Henry. — (Provisional Protection only,) " Im- " provements in the application of light to facihtate operations ** under water." This invention " consists in adapting and applying the electric " light, and gas, and other lights, to facilitate operations under " water." " As respects the electric light, the object is accomplished by using the ordinary or other suitable apparatus for the produc- tion of this light." " The ordinary battery for the purpose may be fixed either at or above the surface of the water, or it rtlay be fixed to or near or contained within the bell, suitable wires being " conducted from the battery to a transparent or other lantern containing the electrodes or points of combustion and light. This lantern may be fixed in any suitable position, either inside or outside the bell, or at or above the surface of the water, or it may be portable and used as an ordinary lantern by the operator within the bell, or by the diver in the ordinary diving dress. The conducting wires are insulated in the usual manner by gutta percha or other suitable covering for protection in sub- " marine operations." The appUcation of gaslight and other lights "to illuminate " objects under water " is also set forth. [Printed, 3d.] A.D. 1867, June 12.— N^ 1649. DAVIES, George (a commmnieation from Nathan M, Phillips). — " Improved apparatus for weighing grain and other articles, to be *' called * the electro-magnetic grain scale.' " This invention consists of " the application of an eledaro-magnet to operate the inlet and delivery valves of a scale for weighing gndn and other articles of a similar nature, by making a oon« nection between the podtive and negative poles of a galvania T T 2 « (f « (( « (( M «( 800 BLECnUCmr AND MAGNETTSlf ; ^ battoy by meani of the tfltiDg or numg of tbe beam of Ae ''■cde/' TlieDimwiiigsihow'*ftlercrM»]ebcam"or tleriyafd ^of tiie ** ordinaiy oonttrnetioii, wiiha hopper '' ''ittedied to ita ehort ** end to contun the gnin to be woj^hed f* the deetvo-nugnefs ttnuitiue acts on the inlet and ddhreiy Talres by means of a snitabljr placed lever to whidli it is attached. Aa aoon m tiie requinte weight of giain haa iUleD from the inlet Talve attadied to m Mn placed immediately orer the hopper, the dectrie euncuit ia completed by " the liung of tiie other end of the acale beam." and the bin valve is doaed by the lever of the armatore ; at ^ aame time the hopper valve ia opened and allowa **tlie weighed ^ grain to ftll into a lack or other receptacle beneath,*' **1hb ** hopper bang thus lightened, liaea and breaka the dectrie ** dreuit; an attendant then doaea the hopper valve and opens ** the bin vdve (by means of a hand lever), when the opcntioa ** ia repeated." [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1857, June 12.— N» 1655. BARSANTI, EuGfeNE, and MATTEUCCI, Felix. -- Thia invention is entitled " Improved apparatus for obtaining motive power from gases ;" it ''relates to the means of obtaining motive power from the explosive force of a mixture of atmospheric air and hydrogen, or any other inflammable gas. The explosion of the mixed gases is effected by means of an electric spark applied *' to the under part of a piston working in a cylinder/' According to the first method of carrying out this invention, only "the vacuum produced underneath the piston by the explosion" is made available; in this case, therefore, *'it is simply atmospheric pressure acting upon the outer surface of the working piston, which communicates the requisite motion thereto in one direction, the return stroke being effected by the piston rod." In this arrangement, besides the main piston, there is a smaller " counter piston," whose office *' is to draw in ** the charge of gas which is to be exploded, and also to clear " a small chamber (at the bottom of the main cylinder and of the same diameter) of the products of combustion. In this engine the main piston only exerts its power on the fly-whed shaft during its descent by the pressure of the atmosphere as it acta on the « « €€ it ti THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 661 Biud flj-wheel shaft through the intervention of a rack (fixed to the piston rod), spur, and ratchet-wheel gear, which does not act during the raising of the piston hy the *' explosive force." The gas and air are admitted bj a slide valve connected to the fiy-wheel shaft by means of a cross-head, rods, and excentrics. The charge is fired by an " electric spark " from " a small cylindrical circuit " breaker," which rubs against a steel spring ; this circuit breaker is kept in continual rotation by a band and pulleys in connection with the fly-wheel shaft. The electric circuit is only completed when the sUde valve is at the extremity of its travel. ** A Bunsen's " battery " and " De la Rive's multiplier " furnish the electric power. Two cylinders, operating alternately, are employed when this method is adopted. " According to the second arrangement the force of the explosion '* and the vacuum produced are both utilized, the one force being *' made to act on one side of the piston, and the other force on *' the opposite side. In this case the pistons and their cylinders " difiPer but slightly from those ordinarily employed in steam " engines as regards their construction and the mode of operating «• them." Locomotive engines on this principle consist of four cylinders, one on each of two pairs of driving wheels, the main shafts being made to drive these wheels by means of connecting rods or gearing combined in such a manner as to change the direction of rotation by means of clutches." llie locomotive 'carries a reservoir " of gas, between which and the feed pipe is a regu- lating apparatus, consisting of a small gasometer, and of a cylinder, piston, and slide valve ; this arrangement supplies the gas to the working cylinders at aq uniform pressure. ^ When the direct action of the explosion is used as a percussive force, the extremity of the piston rod is applied to the work ; in this case the rotating shaft of the engine merely works " the supply ** of the mixed gases to the cylinder, and the discharge therefVom ** of the products of combustion." [Printed, lie/.] A.D. 1857, June 13.— N^ 1662. MARCH, Chapman. — {Provisional Protection only,) " Improve* <* ments in obtaining motive power." ** This invention relates to the obtainment of motive power for it tt «( tt tt M M M « M « 6tt BLECntClTV AND IIAGNMnSKr '* gencnl pnrpoMS, ftom wbat nui^ be tanned puicly natenl *' touroes. It is beeed upoo the tlicoiy thai tlie euii is tiie giead ** eentnl power of lepulwrn end ettnotion of the miifcne^ '* poiefwing altenntod diilti or linee of lepnkive and ettmetm ** movementy whidi Unee aet upon the eeith in each •mmam^ ^ |o ** CMise the revohition of the hitter. Ihe ^eoiel nppevHfeiie taj ^ meeos of whidi this power ia tdcen adveiitBg^ o( ooiuiele of m ** Tcctical firet-^notion ehaft, oanTiBg m bori«mtel wheel, xonnd the peripherjr of whidi are diapoaed a pet of thirty-two iwtaiel magnets, ioterpoUted with oorreiponding pieeea of atoel, the whole series behig dovetailed into eaeh other to frann a nmnphta ring, the whole being held down hj ft ring of copper plateau This arrangement for obtaining m direct rotatoij motaon of the wheel is ^plioable for general parpoeea, but it ia partienlari^r " naefiil in ooi^junction with the ' Impioveinents in pvopeOii^^ and working ships or Tesaels»' for whicsh Mr. Chapman March ** obtained a grant of British LettaraPitcnt, on or about the nittlh ** daj of August, 1856. When ^iplied to work in ooi^anction " with the wind wheel described in the Specification of that " Patent, the ma^pietic power wheel is disposed upon the wind " wheel, a layer of caoutchouc being interposed between the two " wheels. In crossing the equatorial lines where the sun is at " times vertical, this arrangement will answer well, inasmuch as " the wind wheel itself would be comparately useless from the " great prevalence of calms in such situations." [Printed, &{.] A.D. 1857, June 16.— N» 1678. SMITH, WILLIAM (a communicatum from Jean Marie Prast). — " Improvements in steam generators." This invention relates to various methods of keeping the tem* perature of superheated steam constant by regulating the feed of water. This feed can either be altered by hand, attention having been called at the temperature requiring the alteration by means of an alarum, or the temperature may be made to regulate the feed by self-acting means. A condensing apparatus to be applied to generators of superheated steam, by the employment of whidi less water is required than is usually necessary, is also described and shown. Two thermometrical apparatus are described and shown, in which the clockwork of the alarum is set free by "^^afi^nd THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 663 means ; the second of these is made self-regulating by opposing more or less resistance to the opening of the overflow valve. In the third and fourth apparatus the expansion of a metallic rod bj heat, and the alteration of form of compound blades of metal bj the same means are respectively employed to affect the alarum and self-regulating apparatus. In the fifth arrangement, electro-magnetic power is made avail- able for the above objects. On the temperature being lowered to a certain point, or raised to another predetermined point, it com- pletes a galvanic circuit (which includes one or other of two electro-magnets) by the deflection of the dial hand of a metallic thermometer against springs. When one electro-magnet is thus excited, it impels a weighted carnage nearer to the fulcrum of the overflow valve, thus increasing the temperature by decreasing the feed ; when the other electro-magnet is excited, the loading of the valve decreases the temperature by increasing the feed. The carnage is impelled by a '* pawl " on the armature working into the teeth of a rod connected with the carriage. [Printed. 1#. 2d.] A.D. 1857, June le.—N^ 1683. EDWARDS, William Alexander. — {Provisional Protection only.) " This invention has for its object improvements in appa- '* ratus for separating iron and other matters from ores." " For these purposes a cylinder of iron is employed, which is " constantly rendered magnetic by part of its length revolnng " within a fixed coil of wire, the two ends of which are put in *' connection with a galvanic battery. The pulverized ores and '* other substances (from which it is desired to separate iron and other matters attracted by magnets) are placed in a hopper, the lower end of which is open, and admits the pulverized ore or substances to flow freely as the cylinder revolves under the hopper, by which means those parts of the pulverized ore or substances which are attracted and adhere to the cylinder will be carried round therewith, whilst those parts which are not " attracted will descend into a receiver below. And as the parts ** of the surface of the cylinder, having iron and other matters " adhering thereto, come agiun under the hopper, a brush at its ** lower end brushes off the adhering matters therefrom." [Printed, W.] (( (( it ti W4 BLBCnUCriTAMDllAONKnSMs A.D. 1857, June 1&— N* 1(587. DE BLAQUIERE. William Babnabd.— *< Imptofqueuto m ^ ffrr*'r^'"g ^^^ ^'*« ^ i*^*rfiitr itltiTtiifr trilfgwph mbkB.** For this prnpote^ aeoordiiig to ona mefiiod. m tobe of meU k iind, "« hsfing at «Mdi end » imtfan ** ''att^^ ** by » binge; the oential portion of ibe tube ia fiUed with gotta ** perdia» wd baa wirea tfaioagh H aiutable for being eoniieetod to " and form part of tbe eondoelnig wive of the tel^g^mph onible*;*' aerew nuti ^ acrew on to tba enda of tbe tobe ao aa to bold down ^ tbe moreable pofttonay** ''and firmly nip the enda of the raiMca. ** Tbe junction ia made in tbe IbHowing manner : — ^Tlie coda of ** the csblea are bnragfat together, and one of tho mita ia alipped ** over the end of eadi, then tlie coda of tbe oaUea are roogbened ** or grooved, and tbia maj be dono by oompreaaing ttwm between " anitdUe toobiy aoaatolbnnnaerieaofiiidentationaioQiid them ** coneapontog in fbrm to indentatkma or groovea ftmned in the " enda of the tnbe" ''and in the moveable paita.'* "When tina " is done, the portions of the tube" which are covered by the hinged pieces "are filled in with gutta percha in a plastic state," then the hinged pieces ''are shut down, and the screw nuts" ** are screwed on, the junction is then complete." According to another method, the tube " is made in two halves or parts, and the wires in the middle of the tube are dispensed with, so as to allow the conducting wires in the two cables to be connected directly to each other. The two portions of the " tube " ** are filled in round the ends of the cables with gutta '' pereha, or this may be omitted," ''and they are held together " by screw nuts " " as before." " In place of grooving the ends " of the cables as above described, the ends of the covering wirea " may be turned back over a metal ring." *' Cables of different sizes may be connected " " by the use of " this apparatus." [Printed. 9d.] A.D. 1867, June 17.— N» 1696. MARQFOY, GusTAVs. — "Improvements in actuating railway « signals." A railway signal, consisting of a disc colored diffSerently on each side, is actuated by clockwork, the said clockwork being liberated by electro-magnetic apparatus. €€ €€ » THEIR GENERATION AND AWlIOATIONS. fi65 On an electric current hong passed through the coils of an electro-magnet, its lever armature releases a spring; the bevel wheel of the clockwork which immediately communicates motion to the disc has two arms " pointing in opposite directions," one of which (in the normal condition of the apparatus) rests against a notch in the spring, therefore when the spring is released, the disc rotates until the other arm comes into the notch, viz., half a revolution. The lever armature acts upon the notched spring by means of a lever with two short arms and one long ' one ; and during the semi-rotation of the disc, this lever is risen into such a position that the lever armature can prevent its deflecting the notched spring at the return of the said armature to its normal position by the breakage of the electric circuit ; the stud lever is raised by means of a pin wheel in the clockwork train. On the axis of the diso an excentric is fixed, which gives motion to a lever '^ so as to complete electric currents, which are made to " act on ordinary needle instruments, the position of the needles *' indicating in which position the disc is retained.' [Printed. 7'ed or indented form, or in broken lines, so that each of the contact rollers, in passing over any one of the divisions so formed, is always in contact with the commutator, whilst at the same time the curved or indented spaces between the divided portions of the commutator are made sufficiently wide to pre- vent dust or other foreign substances lodging permanently therein, and thereby forming a conducting medium between " those parts that are required to be insulated from each other." drd. A mode of obtaining a " ' compound current ' from a " magneto-electric machine." The hetices are arranged "with c< it it it « (t « (( tt tt tn BLBCTBicrnr and ukoswoMt ** Rgird to the pokt of the magnetf, and tbe oommatoloH lAk ^ regard to eedi other, in ladi a maniMr tiiet out of two or mote ** intenrapted eiufeiiti of eleetrichj, one or more conatnai and ** uiinterrttpted or ' compound' enirenta are ptodnoed.'* Thepoleeof themagnet8aieamuiged''inacirdo nndnicqwl ^ distaDoee asunder/' and the hdioes are diqioeed ** in a anrilar " manner/' the number of tiie halioea being ^m muhqple of 4e " number of poles of the magnets." ** A separate and distinet oommntator" is empLajod " lor each ^ series of helioeiy that is to uj, siqipoaing the number of hciiees ** to be double the number of pctey" two eommutaton vo ar> tanged ''in such a manner that the roDers shall pass over liie ** difisions in each commutator at the instant when tibe wliele of ^ the helices in communication with such comnmtator swe oo liie ** 'dead point' of the cunent, that is to say, at the inatnuft wha ** the current is about to flow tluough the series of belioea in an " opposite direction. As there are twice as many lielioes ea poks, " it follows that when one series are on the ' dead point,' the other " series will be in the condition of maximum electric force." Therefore, by suitably connecting the two conducting wires of one commutator with those of the other commutator, ** a com* '* pound current will be the result, which has no dead point." "A compound current of this description, produced from a " double series of helices and two commutators, will be found " most advantageous in the production of the electric light." [Printed. Od.] A,D. 1867, July 30.— N« 20/4. COULSON, Samuel.— -(Proetftoftoi Protectiom oii/y.) '*This invention has for its object improvements in preparing solutions for coating with aluminium" [aluminum?]. For this purpose cyanide" [a cyanide?] ''is used, and tiie '' preparation is by preference produced as follows: — Into a " solution of cyanide of potassium in water is introduced a " plate or anode of aluminium, attached to the positive pole of a '* galvanic battery, and a plate of copper or other suitable anode *' [cathode ?] " is attached to the negative pole of the battery, the '* solution of such latter pole being separated by a diaphragm. " By this means the aluminium will be dissolved, and a proper « m THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 673 t€ solution thereby prepared, which is to be used in depositing by " electric means, as like solutions of silver and of gold are now " deposited." [Printed. 8d.] A.D. 1857, July ao.— N<» 2075. MCKINLEY, William, and WALKER, Robert. — (Pro- visional Protection only,) ''This invention has for its object an " improvement in the manufsMrture of moulds for the forming of " the soles of boots and shoes." '' For this purpose a complete boot or shoe is produced, having " the size and form of sole desired, the sole being of gutta percha; " and the improvement consists in preparing and using an electro- type cast in the making of a mould, for the production of like sizes and forms of soles, of gutta percha or compounds thereof. The ' upper ' of such boot or shoe is prepared so as not to be injured by the acid used in the bath used to deposit the required electrotype cast. The sole and a small portion of the ' upper ' is to be made conductive and placed in the solution, and the " boot or shoe, with a last therein, is put into the solution and in connection with a gal\'anio battery, so as to have a metal coating (by preference copper) deposited thereon, which is removed and divided into two parts, and fixed by soldering in an iron or " suitable frame or form." [Printed. 3(/.] ^ A.D. 1857, August 13.— N« 2156. COLLINGRIDGE, Uev ry.— (Provisional Protection only,) Improvements in separating metallic substances from coffee, and in the apparatus employed for the purpose." This invention " consists in separating metallic substances from coffee by means of magnets or electro-magnets, which hold the metallic substances while the coffee moves past them ; and the apparatus " which is employed " for the purpose consists of an inclined trough or slide, down which the coffee is allowed to fall, and to the surface of which is applied a number of magnets or electro-magnets, which attract to them the metallic substances, ** and retain them, while the coffee falls clear of them into a soit- " able receptacle." [IMntod, 3d.J u u t€ (C f( «€ « « « (( <( << « « it ti 674 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISK : A.D. 1857, August 19.—N'* 2198. WALL, Arthur. — " Improvements in coatings metallic bot- " faces.'' The processes comprising this invention are principally emplojed to preserve " the bottoms of iron ships or other vesaels," they maj, however, be used ** for the preservation of all iron soifaoea aob- " merged in sea water." The first-described process in the Complete Specificfttion consists of applying a chemically-prepared paste or paint to the surface to be protected; over this paint a ''top coating'* of a mercurial compound is used. The second process relates to the deposition of metals held in solution. In this process " the solution may be placed in a tank " and the metal be immersed in it, and electric currents appHedj " if required." To make the depositing solution, a concentrated acid solution of a sulphate of the metal to be deposited is dissolved in naptha and pure " pyrolignous " [pyroligneous ?] " spirit,*' sul- phuric acid is added, and the whole is " well stirred and shaken.'* To clean the metallic surface prior to depositing the metal, a cream of diluted '* muriatic " acid and " gypsum or chalk " is painted over the metal and allowed " to remain on the iron till dry, and " till the coating assumes a red rusty appearance." After the metal is deposited, the surface is washed uith a weak solution of potash and wiped dry. In reference to the second process, in the Provisional Specifica- tion it is stated that " a pile (galvanic) " is formed " by means of a friable earth or earths (chalk, for instance,) and the metal to be operated upon ;" " the solution is made from the oxides of zinc copper, or other metallic oxide by means of acid (sulphuric or muriatic), it is then precipitated and redissolved in naptha and pyroligenous " [pyroligneous ?] " acid." [PrintcKl, 4e substituted for circles, a " table mav be " formed '* based upon the same principles of construction as the above-described dials. It is proposed to use a plumb line in con- nection with this table. [Printoil, 6f/.] A.D. 1857, Septembers.— N« 2341. SHARPE, Benjamin. — " Improvements in electric telegraph " cables, and in the apparatus used for paying out such cables." " In the manufacture of electric telegraph cables," " the exterior protecting wires or strands are arranged longitudinally of the core, and are secured around it by a fine wire, which passes round and round the cable, or alternately over and under the longitudinal wires ;" these exterior protecting wire^ are preferred to be of copper. In the arrangement just described, strips of metal or a single strip of metal may enclose the " telegraphic core," or a coating of copper may be electro-deposited on the ** telegraphic " core." " In order to reduce the specific gravity of telegraphic cables," the cable is enclosed " in a flexible and air-tight tubular case, some* THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 681 « " what larger in diameter than the cable," and this is secured '' to " the cable by binding it round at intervals, and in this way a *' series of air chambers are formed aroimd the cable which tend " to support it when in the water." ** In paying out telegraphic cables, in order to give greater '* uniformity to the strain on the cable," it passes over the stem of the vessel by means of a pulley mounted so as to lower as the strain increases. For this purpose the pulley is suspended from '* sheers " by blocks and a rope, the other end of the rope being attached to a counterpoise, *' or to a lever on which the counter- poise is mounted." *' As the counterpoise rises and falls it by means of ropes or otherwise acts upon the break apparatus, so " that the resistance ofiPered by the break is increased as the counter- '^ poise falls and diminished as it rises." To facilitate the clearing of fouls or kinks in the cable, it. it passed from end to end of the ship ** by means of blocks," or led up to a block suspended between the masts ; '* while this length i« '* running out time is allowed for clearing the cable." In order to prevent the end being lost in the event of the cable suddenly parting," a *' stopper," to which a long length of rope is attached, immediately catches hold of the cable and is drawn overboard by it. The cable is recovered by hauling in the rope. [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1867, September 9.-.N» 2346. HOGA, Stanislas. — {Provisional Protection only.) " Improve- ments in apparatus for generating electricity, and for transmitting electric currents from place to place." The *' apparatus for generating electricity " consists of a hydro- electric machine, in the boiler of which a mixture of mercury and sulphuret of mercury is used instead of water. ''The apparatus by which two stations can be brought into ** electric communication consists of two such boilers." Near each boiler is placed an insulated shallow vase filled with water ; at one station " the positive electricity of the jets of mercurial " vapor " is conveyed '* to the water in the vase, to be there dis- " sipated in the air," thus leaving for use "the negative electricity " of the boiler; " at the other station " a metallic connection con- « veys the negative electricity from the boiler to the vase of water, " leaving for use the positive electricity of the jets." 6Si fiLfiCTftlClTY AND MAONETlS^t : c< " teries, without the employment of any acid," by a galvanic combination of zinc and carbon, excited by "a solution of " bichromate of potass, bisulphate of potass, and sea salt." " Portable flexible batteries." Copper and linc wirea are wound alternately round a band of perforatetl gutta percha, "and at in- " tervals of, say, half an inch," such copper and linc wires Me 684 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : made '' into separate elements," the whole are united ** into one " batteiy " by suitable " clasps " and " hinges." In another con- Btniction a warp of fibrous material is combined *' with a weft of ** relatively positive and nef(ative metals;" such batteries are supplied '* yi\i\i an ezcitinf^ liquid by tiie capillary action of the ** said warp." Batteries " acting by filtration." " The copper wire is spiral^*' [helically ?] wound round " a conical tube of perforated Snani^^^wy " material," over the copper wire is a membrane or diaphragm on which the zinc wire is wound. The exciting liquid penetrates from the conical supply tube to the copper through the dis^hragm to the zinc. Other constructions of portable flexible batteries. Metal leaf or foil or metallic filings or powder may be caused to adhere to paper, leather, or other similar material ; this may be done with an ad> hesive composition printed or otherwise placed on tiie paper; " a thermo-electric pile " constructed in this manner is described and shown. Another method of construction consists of " in- " serting plates of metal between the divided portions of other " plates of metal, with an insulating material between them ; " this arrangement may be combined with the principle of capillaiy supply herein-before mentioned, thus affording free access of the air to the metals. An " interruptor " " for making and breaking electric circuits." A cup of caoutchouc has concentric rings of metal sunk in it ; a metallic ball, by rolling in the interior of the cup, touches momentarily two of the rings at once, and thus makes and breaks the circuit. [Printed, U. 4d.] A.D. 1857, September 18.— N° 2414. SMITH, William (a communication from Mons, Pierre EH Gaiffe). — " A novel machine or apparatus for engra\'ing the me« " tallic surfaces of printing rollers or cylinders," in which electro- magnetic power is used. llie action of the machine is as follows : — A pattern ** mullar " or cj-linder is made to rotate under a tracing point with velocity proportionate to that of the cylinder to be en- graved, which rotates in front of an engraving tool. The tracing point and engtaim^ VwWvax^ ^\^q ^vo^ortional longitudinal mo* I I THEIR GENER^VTIOX AND APPLICATIONS. 6S5 iions frotn the same wheelwork that rotat«a the cylinders. The pattern cylinder has the pattern drawn upon it in a non-condurting vamish, and the tool-holder is furnished with an electro- magnet. On ihe passage of the tracing point over the conducting portioiia of the |)Stteni cylinder the electro-magnet holds back the engraving tool, hut when the vamiahed pattern lireaka the circuit a spring forces the tool to engrave the cylinder. Thus, on the machine being put into action, figures are cut hy the engraving tool pro- portionate to those j)aased over by the tracing point ; the relative aizoe of the figures depend U|)on the ivheelwork and screw gear GOiicerned in transmittiag and giving the requisite motions. " If the pattern is composed of several shades, the darkest ones *' are first punted and engraved, and afterwards the lighter ones." A to-and-fro motion is given to the tool-holder by an e:icentric " working at a high speed." The undulatory lines thus produced " retwn the colour UHcd for printing," and give " to the print " quite a different and betur appearance." This invention "can be applied to any engraving machine eon- " structcd upon the pantographic principle." [Frinipd, u. 7i/,] .\.D. 1857, September 18.— X° 2-115. BURLEIGH, Bbnjauin.— (Procinonaf Proteclion only.) " Im- " provements In the mode of laying submstine " [electric?] " telegraphs." In order to remove " the difficulties usually experienced in laying " submarine telegraphs consequent upon the strain to which the " cable is e.iposed," "a number of water-tight buoys or floats of " any required form" are constructed "of india-rubber, gutta " fiercha, copper-plate, tin-plate, or any other suitable material, " elastic or non-elastic," and it is proposed to afibc these floats or buoys " to the cable either before or during Ibc process of paying " out, at such intervals or distances apart that each float shmll " afford support to a given portion of the cable, so as to relieve the " dead weight on the end attached to the vessel, thus affording " greater facilities for laying the cable and lessening the risk of " breakage, lliis proceas will also greatly facilitate the operation " of raising a sunken cable. " Id lieu of the buoys described, floats of cork or funnel-shaped " pUtee of metal may be used for retarding the sinking of the able," 686 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: The following mode of " affiidng the buoys or floats to the " cable " is preferred : — " To each float a pair of dips or jaws is *' attached ; the jaws being opened by pressure are paaaed round *' the cable during the process of paying out, and are made to *' dip or embrace it firmly either by means of a sprinf^, screw, or " other mechanical action, thus fixing the floats firmly to the " cable, retarding its sudden descent into the water; and eadi " float being made to bear a certain proportion of the entire " greatly relieves the strain upon the cable." pprinted, Sd.] A.D. 1857, September 18.— N» 2428. DERING, Gborok Edward. — " Improvements in laying down ** electric telegraph cables, in obtaining soundings, and in ascer- ** taining the position of and raising submerged electric telegraph " cables and other bodies." The " improvements in the laying down of submarine telegraph ** cables consist as follows :" — 1st. " The use of self-acting 'governors/ to regulate or adjust ** the breaks or other controlling power to the rate at which the ** cable is running out." "The governor" is "constructed upon " like principles to the governor of a steam engine and '* is put in '* motion I)y the xlescending force of the cable.'' 2nd. "The use of*' "a * safety governor'" upon the same principles but " acting conversely to the last, and so arranged as to operate only when the cable is subjected to undue strain, and would be in danger of parting, and in such case to moderate " or withdraw the breaks or other controlling power." 3rd. " The use of sheaves or other supports for the cable " ** to pass wholly or partly around before leaving the vessel, " so held in position by springs or otherwise that they will gradually yield as the strain upon the cable" "increases, and in yielding increase the force of the break or other controlling power, or, if desirable, increase it up to a certidn strain, and moderate or withdraw it if the strain approach a dangerous degree." 4th. "To accommodate the action of the breaks" "to the pitching of the vessel in a heavy sea " weights are employed ; the said weights are " ready to act in opposition to springs or it « K if ft THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 68? '* other suitable force actuating or allowing to act the breaks or " other controlling power, but of rather inferior force." The momentum acquired by the weights when the vessel drops with the water, enables them to counteract the springs on the vessel reaching her lowest position, the brakes are thus relieved ; when the vessel is rising with the water, the inertia of the weights enables the brakes to be moderated and the strain on the cable prevented. 5th. " The use of ferns or other resisting surfaces " moving in air, gases, water, or other fluids or liquids, and " put in motion " by the descending force of the cable, to regulate its delivery *' into the water ;" automatic or other means are " provided for *' varying the area, or angle, or velocity of the resisting surfaces." " Pumps tending to produce a vacuum " may be similarly employed in some cases. 6th. ''The use of revolving drums of a conical or equivalent " form around which to pass the cable, breaks or other controlling " power being applied to the drums, the peculiar form of which " admits of the cable" ''making several convolutions without " the risk of one coil overriding another." 7th. The use of " friction breaks" " pressing directly upon the " cable itself, or against which it is pressed, to moderate or stop " its descent into the water." 8th. "The use of self-acting bells or other alarms to give " notice if the cable is subjected to undue strain ;" these bells may be actuated " by the moveable sheaves above described," or other suitable arrangements. 9th. " The use of parachutes or equivalent arrangements, having in at least one direction but litUe resisting vertical surface in proportion to the horizontal area, and buoys similarly shaped, for the purpose of moderating the descent of the cable, whilst presenting but a small amount of surface to the influence of " horizontal currents; and the use of surfftoes set at suitable " angles to act as rudders to regulate and guide the descent of " the cable, particularly when suliject to horizontal currents." The " methods of ascertaining the position of and raising tele- graph cables or other submerged bodies " are as follows : — 1st. "The employment of conductors for electrical communi- cation, or pipes for pneumatic or hydraulic conmiunication between the grapnel or other instrument employed and the ship « «< ft €€ €( ess ELECTRICrrY AND MAGNKnSM : ** or other reud, and to constnictiiig the faruur that wlwn it *' comes in contact with the object aought, a agnal ahall be oon- *' municated to the ship." In some eases like meaiia are em- pk^ed " to indicate fttnn bdoir the amonnt of atKain upon ti» " cable, or to give notice when it exceeds aeertain degree.** Ihid. "The formation of the cable, bj which the gnpnelssR " dragged, of gradual! j increasing die or strength from the gnp- ** nd end ; they maj be of rope or chain of any deacription, at d ** other constmotion, but sted wire rope is preferred." drd. ''The use of andior-like grapnds, having the 'atock'ar ** its equivalent phuxd behind the ' arms.' " 4th. "The use of grapnds having jaw-like, and hy prefoRnee '* spiked or barbed apertures, of such form that a cable will be " hdd firmlj therein; or of such form as readilj to whoUj or " partially sever a cable, retaining hold of one part thereof; or of " such form as readily to wholly or partially sever a cable without *' retaining hold of dther part." 5th. ** The use of grapnels of the various kinds just described, " with the addition of means of dosing the 'jaws ' upon an object ** entering them." The improvements " in obtaining soundings for telegraphic or other purposes, especially in deep water," consist in " the use of an apparatus constructed upon prindples analogous to the " well known 'aneroid barometer,' the instrument being sdf- " registering and calculated to indicate the pressure of the column «« of water." [Printed, 4d.] A.D. 1857, September 21.— N*» 2445. SCHAUB, George. — "A new or improved manufacture a( " rollers or cylinders with patterns or designs thereon for printing " fabrics and other materials," "the said rollers or cylinders " hanng designs on them either sunken or in relief, and made by " the process of dectro-deposition." A cylinder of separate metallic pieces is composed or built up upon a wooden cylinder, " which said metallic pieces surround " and enclose the said inner solid cylinder of wood," and cany " on their ends the pattern or design." " The several metallic pieces or sections being fastened together so aa to form a hoUow « M THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 689 « cylinder/' the inner wooden cylinder is withdrawn and a thick layer of copper is electro-deposited ** in the inside of the hollow " metallic cylinder;" the hollow copper cylinder thus made is then liberated by separating the metaUic pieces, and is fitted on the spindle on which it has to work by means of a lining of sheet iron and " Keene's " or other cement. The " metallic pieces " are cast " after the manner of casting " printing type." According to another method, the hollow cylinder " in which " the copper deposit is effected " is constructed '* of small pieces " resembling printing types, excepting that two opposite sides of '* each piece are inclined to each other. When built up, the said ** pieces or types form a hollow cylinder, the small end of each ** piece carrying a pattern or portion of the design." [Printed. 7d.] A.D. 1857, September 21.— N» 2449. ABSTERDAM, John.— ''A certain new and useful improvement " in electric telegraphic cables." This invention *' consists in an electric telegraph cable made so " as practically to be elastic lengthwise, such cable or the metallic " parts thereof being constructed with corrugations or flexures '* such as will enable the cable, when subjected to a longitudinal " strain, to have an elastic property such as will permit it to extend •* under such fSorce or strain." The improved cable consists of a central '* circuit wire or strand" surrounded by " an insulating covering of gutta percha or other " suitable flexible material," over which covering is wound a metallic covering " formed of twisted strands of steel wire in the ** usual way ;" " these strands may be covered by gutta percha or ** tarred hemp." The peculiarity of this invention ia that the wires or strands used in the construction of the cable are corru- gated either along their whole length or at intervals, the non- metallic protective coverings being formed of an elastic material capable of stretching lengthwise in an equal or greater degree than " the circuit or covering wires;" to corrugate the wires or strands, they are drawn through guides and between corrugating rollers. As the cable passes out of the paying-out vessel it is delivered into the lea firom a pair of oomigating rollers, and thus has X X £90 ELECTftlCirr AND MAGNETISM: flexures formed along its whole length, which enable it to take a uniform hearing along the surfiMse of the bottom of tbe sea. The two corrugating rollers are placed upon a sliding^ frame oomiected bj a cord passing over a puUej to a piston which moves air-tight in a cylinder open only at one end ; this air-sprinjif arrangement prevents " the cahle from being raptured by the undnlatoiy move- ** ments of the vessel." The ahove-descrihed cahle can be used "for various other ** purposes/' [Printed, lOd.] A.D. 1857, September 22.— N* 2453. THEILER, Mbinrad (a commwnkatumfivm FSratiz TkeUer).-- " A direct printing telegraph without relais " [relay?] *< and local " battery." The general arrangement of this apparatus is somewhat like that of the Morse telegraph, instead, however, of bring^in^ the style down to mark the paper strip by the attraction of an electro-magnet, the writing lever is acted upon by mechanical power of the wheel- work." The peculiarity of this invention " consists in the appli- " cation of a mechanical resistance to a wheel lever or other part of the mechanism monng at a sufficient velocity," so as to cause the axle of a wheel or lever which is fitted in the writing lever to make a particular movement in the direction of the writing lever, besides the general (me round its axis ;" the said mecha- nical resistance is applied by means of an electro-magnet or electro-magnets in the line-wire circuit. " When the resistance is '* removed the lever falls back again." In one arrangement, the same wheel that drives the flier also drives the pinion which has one of its bearings in the writing le^er. The lever armature creates a tendency in this pinion to stop re- volving (and therefore obliges it to cause the lever to mark the paper), by bringing a revolving arm up against a fixed disc ; the siud arm is on a shaft rotated by a wheel which turns with friction on the pinion's axis. In a modification of this plan the tail of the lever armature is pressed against a " plsdn wheel," instead of using the revolvnng arm and fixed disc. In another arrangement the writing lever's pinion is not driven by the same wheel that drives the flier, but by a wheel that turns «< « <€ THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 6itl with Miction od the same axis ; this wheel drives another pinion u well as the writing lever's pinion. Two wheels (one on each of the pinion's axes) drive" worms," "and so give motion to two plain " wheels," between which the tail of the lever armature works," and " stops either one or the other " of the said plain wheela," accord- " ing to the direction in which the current ia passing through the " electro-magnets," A mark is made each time the " plain wheel " in connection with the axis of the writing lever's pinion is stopped. In place of the "plain wheels," " flies may be employed," " so as " to produce a dead stop in place of a stop by friction." [PHnt«d. U.] A.D. 1857. September 23.— N" 2467. DE LA HAVE, John, and BLOOM, Mask.— (Prownwrn/ Protection only.) " Iiutirovcmenta in laying down submarine " [dectricTj "telegraphs." The cable to be submerged is rendered buojrant " by means of " an external ran'ering of cotton or other light suitable substance ^ enclosed in strips of calico " or other suitable substance, " e*ch " strip to cover only one-half of the drcumference of the cable, " so that the covering will be divided longitudinally in two eec- " tions, the quantity of buoyant substance used to be such as to " render the cable about one-sixtb heavier than water, bulk for r bulk." - This covering is fastened tetnponrily to the cable "by glue " or gelatinous or glutinous material soluble in the water." " .llie strips of calico in which the buoyant substance is enclosed " ■re rendered '' teroporatily wateqiroof by coating them over with " the above gelatinous or glutinous substance." . " On being jmyed off from the ship, the cable floats on the sur- " face cif the water or sinks slowly beneath the waves, but it is thus " rendered too buoyant to allow of its nnking to great depths ; '" but when the ship has advanced a considerable distance, the glue * around the submerited (lortion of the cable is acted on hy the " water snd gradually dissolves. 'Vbc eiiemal covering separates f itself from the cable, and the former being light rises to the f surface, while the latter sinks below." "The strength of the glue used fur connecting the external eover- " ing to the cable ia regulated according to Hie time required to " keep it afloat." [Printed. W,] X X 2 u ti 692 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1857, September 24.— N« 2473. PATTERSON, Abraham Booth. — (Prorisiofiii/ Proteetum only,) ** An improved mode of laying submsurine " [electric tele- graph?] "cables." The object of this invention " is to lessen the risk of breaking in laying down submarine cables by relieving the strains inddeal to sudden changes of velocity in paying out the cable, and to the rise and fall of the vessel in a heavy sea." For this purpose the cable is passed " through a float or buoy of " peculiar construction/' and payed out ** over a beam arranged " to vibrate like a scale beam round a fulcrum, and having the " amount of its motion controlled by a spring or springs attached " in any suitable position & manner." *' The buoy floats upon the surface of the water, and is attached " to the stera of the vessel by a chain or cord ; it will assist in *' compensating any variations of strain by becoming more or less '* submerged, and by changing its distance from the ship." Any number of floats and beams " that experience may prove •* to be necessary " may be used, [Printed, 3^.] A.D. 1857, September 29.— N° 2506. NEWnrON, William Edward (a communication). — "Improved *' apparatus for igniting gas or other lamps " by means of elec* tricity. The object of this invention " is to light a gas or other burner " for the purpose of illumination by a current of electricity, in ** such a manner that after ignition has been produced the con- " ductor of electricity shall not be exposed to the injurious eflects " of the flame." The invention " consists in effecting this by combining with a " gas or other burner or burners a vibrating electric conductor, " which shall pass in close proximity with gas to be ignited, and ** after producing ignition pass off beyond the reach of the flame ;" the invention ** also consists in letting on and shutting off the " gas from a burner or burners by the motive power of an electro- " magnet combined with a suitable valve or equivalent device for " opening and closing the apertiue or apertures through which " the gas is supplied in combination with a vibrating electric " conductor." THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 693 ft The igniting wires are connected with a lever having an arma- ture at the other end, and which is worked bj an electro-magnet, wherebj the wires are drawn forward when required to ignite the gas, but immediately the electric current is broken the wires will be pushed out of the flame by means of a suitable spring. The gas is also turned on to the burner by means of the same arma- ture and lever, which is made to act on and drive round a ratchet wheel connected with the cock or valve, and by that means let ♦* on the gas." In the apparatus shown in the Drawings, the gas is let on and turned off by means of a cap carrying the burner, and having holes which fit other holes on the top of the gas pipe in one position, this cap also at its lower end carries the ratchet wheel. One battery is used to turn the gas on or off, and another (put into action by the deflection of the lever armature) to ignite the •* platina " wire. The ratchet-wheel mechanism enables the size of the gas flame to be graduated, three or more actions of the paU being necessary to perfectly open or dose the cock. Other methods of carrying out this invention are mentioned, [Printed, 7rf.] A.D. 1867, October 14.--N* 2628, HOLMES, Frederick Hale. — '* Improvements in magneto* *' electric machines." This invention '' relates to a peculiar construction and arrange- " ment of rotatory magneto-electric machines, whereby a maximam ** amount of electricity can be obtained at a low speed of working, " thus avoiding the injurious consequences attendant on working " at a high velocity." A ** small direct-action steam engine " drives the shaft of the helix wheels at a moderate velocity by means of a crank at the extremity of the said shaft, each helix wheel being between two fixed frames carrying permanent magnets whose poles are in the circumference of a circle and radiate outwards. " The circles of " magnets and helices are so disposed that the latter revolve " between the opposite poles of opposite fixed magnets." In the machine described and shown, " the numbers of the poles of the '< helices are double the number of poles of the magnets ;" the 694 BLBCTRIGITT AND MAGNBTISM : Tarioni ouirents are ooiDeofced by two oomnnitetor wboci^ ■elmg aooording to the plan Mt fixth in the Spedfioation of Lettn FMeni,NM998(1857). Tlie helioea ue fixed within the bnee trough or '^hollov rim" of their wheeliy by pMong their ooceethioogh the ndeeof theiiM and- hollow cote, and lovewing the aaid iron oona into the md rim. The rim cairies a dightly pnjeeting fiHeft, iHiich pwfmta tiw ootet from coming into oontaot witii the magneta ; and to iMfff"* aoddent from each contae^ the ends of the cons aro tiightiy bereUed off, " by which meana tiiey may be salUy worked in thi ** doieet proximity to the magneta,** The journalfl of the main abaft ''and other woriung paita el '* magneto-electric machines*' hare ^duplex conical benriaga." The magnets are ananged upon inm ftamesy and are ahoed with soft iron, to enable the whole of the magnets in a frnme^ when fixed, to be turned in a lathe, ro that the frees which they pnaent to the ends of the helix cores may form a true plnne. [Printed, lid.] A.D. 1857, October 15.— N« 2638. PRIESTLEY, Frbdbrick.— (JVooMtona/ Protection only.) " Im- " provements in signal instruments or apparatus for making or " transmitting electric telegraphic signals." , This invention relates to finger keys for fonning ^e oompoond signals that are required to transmit alphabetical chaimcters in needle and other telegraphs. On the depression of a key, the bent end of a piece of wire con* nected to the inner arm of the key lever, passes over a surfroe composed of conducting and non-conducting portions, and thus makes suitable battery connection, and transmits the compound signal accordingly. The conducting portions of the surfrce ate rivetted to a plate at the back ** in connection with the bntteiy/* and the wire is " also in connection with the same." There is one key to each letter or character. [Printed, fid.] A.D. 1857, October 16.— N» 2664. CHADWICK, James.— ritNma/ Protection only.) " Im- " provements in apparatus for determining position and direction " on land and sea." The apparatus consists of " a continuously revolving wheel, so " mounted that it is free to continue its rotation in planes parallel to that in which it was first set, to revolve iirespective of the motion of the earth, or any disturbing cause, thereby obtaining a normal plane or base fbr use in determining position or " direction on land or sea, fbr the purposes of navigation, geodesy^ " or astronomy." *' A wheel of suitable sise, shape, and weight " is sustained *' on a hollow shaft, and said hollow shaft is supported by hollow gimballs, rings, or umversal joints, in such a manner as to pro- ** duce as little friction as possible, and so that the said whed is free to revolve unobstructedly and independent of the position assumed by the gimballs or frame supporting it." " T1u3 afbre- ** said wheel may be made to revolve horisontally by suspending " it on a vertical pipe firom the gimballs." *' The revolving body herein termed a wheel may be a revolving " mass of matter of any desired shape, size, or material, and the ** same may be revohed hy eleetrieity, or any suitable source of ** motion, and be connected with any desired indicating apparatus." CPrintsd, Zd.} «< u « 696 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1867, October 23.— N* 2702, BLAKELY, Alexandbr Thbophilus. — {Provisumal ProieeiUm only.) *' Improvements in laying submuine" [electric?] "tele- ** graphic cables." This invention ** consists in attaching to submarine teiegnphic ** cables boards or other suitable resisting aorfiaoeay in sudi ** manner that they shall be perpendicolar or nearij so to the " cable as the latter sinks ;" " these boards or 8ur£aoes " are it- tached " to the cable as it leaves the ship. They should be made ** of such specific gravity (by binding them with iron, or othcr- '* wise) that they shall not act as buoys to the cable." " A suitable method of attaching these boards to the cable is by *' means of pairs of jointed rods, one extremity c^ eaic^ of whidi '* nips the cable between suitable curved plates or otherwise, while ** the other extremity carries the boards ;" other methods of con^ necting the boards may be adopted. ** The resisting surfaces may be of such extent that they will receive either the whole or any suitable part only of the stnun which results from the sinking of the cable, and which has hitherto been counteracted by friction applied on board the ship " from which the cable is laid." [Printed, 3le, ** when it is *4#^r of tiie ** ship/' is pMaed over a pull^ mmpeoded ** from the gaff or ** other spar or spars bjkmgspffiiigs of Taleanised indim rubber,*' thus compensating for the pitdiing of tiie reaad. To aaaiat the compensating action of the qxings, a float or spar, about the gravitj of water, is snspeoded tern the puUcj, the aaid float being attached to the ressd, and so bridled as antj to be capable of vertical motion. ''A metal or other baakef'eoiiiainiBg water, or " a long tube having a piston operatiiig on the ddiver* ** ing sheave " maj be emplojed instead of the float or ^lar. [Printed, 41.] A.D. 1867, October 28.— N» 2/27. ADDISON/JoHN.— This invention relates to ** diaooremig and destrojing hydrogen or carburetted hydrogen gaa' and other gases in coal mines, dwelling houses, or other plaooa." The Complete Specification describes the invention under the followinpf heads : — Ist.- Detecting hydrogen or carburetted hydrogen gas in a mine by means of hydrogen balloons. 2nd. Detecting hydrogen or carburetted hydrogen gas in dwelling houses by means of a hydrogen balloon. 3rd. Detecting hydrogen or carburetted hydrogen gas in ships by means of a hydrogen balloon. 4th. Destroying the gas " when its presence is discovered by ** burning or exploding it." According to one method, " an electric spark (with or without " the aid of gunpowder) from a voltaic battery^* is used. The gunpowder is placed on a telescope stand, so as to be as high as the noxious gas. According to a second method, *' by means of an electric spark, " with the aid, if necessary, of gunpowder," a rocket is set fire to, " which is made to sweep while burning from one end of the " working to the other." The rocket is attached by two rings to a horizontal wire, and the force of the explosion impels it sdong the wire, thus enabling it to set fire to any inflammable gas it encounters. 5th. A ventilated " chamber or stable " is constructed, having a sheet iron door. This chamber is to contain the battery, and forms a refuge for men, horses, &c., during explosions. i THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 699 6th. DetectiuK " the pretence of carbonic acid g&s b; thromog " upon the ground a balloon inflated with oxyg;en gee or atmo- The 3rd head is not mentioned in the Proviaional SpedficatJon. [Prtnted, U.] A.D. 1867, October 28.— N" 2/44. GREENING, Williau.— " Improvementa in enamelling and " ornaraentinR raetaJs and other aurfaoea," The principal features of this invention are as follows :— The invention " relates to an improved systecn or mode of " enarnelling metal or other surfaces capable of taking enamel and " of Btandinjj a great heat, whereby a better surface is prodjcod, " and one which is capable of reaisting the action of acids and hrat " and cold." The acids are extracted &om the colors by paaaing them " through lime water or other alkaline solution." " If a marbling effect is deured," the colon arc floated on water, and the water is agitated so as to mingle the colors by means of a galvanic batterr ; " the surface to be enamelled ii laid " gently upon tbe surface of the floating colors, when the film of " color floating on the water becomes transferred on to it. and " the whole is immediately placed in the enamelling furnace," and subjected to heat for a certain period. "The enamelled " surface is afterwards varnished, polished, and rebumt in the " ordinary manner." " A marbling or further ornamenting effect " is also obttuned by adding to the colors used, different metals " in the form of fine " dust, fihngs, or their foil." In this case the speciSc gravity of the wateris increased bythe addition of |>otash, chloride of sodium, or 1)1 her non-acid agent. [tTintnl,3d.] A.D. 1867, November 3.— N° ■JJfJ. HOGA, -Stanislas.— (Prorinonoi Proleelum mlf), " Improve- * ments in electric telegrapba." This invention ervahles " two communicant* to convey intelli- " gence to two recijiieiits at the same moment n-ithout any danger 700 KLBCTRICITY AMD lIAONEnSlI t " of ihe muMtgei or tdegnms bong intenniiigled,** hj ft *' single ^nre only.*' ^ When two wiret vouaed four ^ inaj'''*betenttndTCceiTodinoinBiiteUl7yaiidoooii, MoiStn^hf " aMh mmtimiiHiM ^m jKb number of td^paphig wn—i»ii«>ia^^;^p||| ^ will in ft given time be doubled." " Two bftttcriee eie amuiged ftteaebof tbe two Ttfttmw, ft! " one oontinaoiu wire oonnectBd witfi the fbor TMttiiiim by beng " ftt each etition in oontaet witfi two aqnel poles of the two " betteriee,nanMly«fttoiiaitiftkmwitfiihetwopoaitivopoilei^ftftd ** ftt the other with the two negftthre polei. Tike oOier two polH ^ of tiie betteries ftt eeoh itition an connected with twowim, " each aeyeral hundred ftet long, iHnch being dncwn out ia " opposite direetione terminate with two la^gemetalliepibiteaplaeed ^ hi the ground." The four eorth-pbtes are ** ao aitiuited aa to * Harm a paialldogfam on the globe." ^Tlietwo persons at one stalioB immng m signal that two ^ from all connection with the telegraph, bringing in eontact only ^ the wires of the two plates in the ground with the one continnons ** wire and the other telegraph instrument." Aooording to this arrangement the two redpients recave separate signala, one from one communicant, the other from the second communicant, as each communicant operates with a battery in a circuit of its own, except that portion of each circuit whidi traveraes tbe line wire, the line wire being common to both circuits. Aa the electric current takes the shortest road it can, the two circuita work sepsrately, each from its own earth-plates, and do not proce diagonally so as to interfere with the esrth^platea of each other'i circuit. The signals must be produced by making and breaking the electric circuit, and not by "revernng the current." rprlnted.Sd.] A.D. 1857, November 4.— N* 2799. HIGGINSON, Francis.— (P*-ow«le paaeei xnon or leas freety** tlmmgh " a aeriee of friction holden," the aaid fiictkm holdot being "daatio in themaelTea," and "attached to the Teaael orap- " paratus carried therdij hj vnlcamied india*rabber oonnectioiia.'' Tibe dastie holder prdiBned ooneiati of one box inverted within the other, the inner box being weighted ao as to oanae wooden balla with wluch it ia filled to preaa againat tiie cable; the cable panel throngh ateel boshea in tiie enda of the boxea^ and the botes contain water to prerent over heating. The effect of this amngement is, that as the cable mns out^ each ''friction holder " offers a certain amount of resistance to ita passage; if the speed of the cable increases to any conaidcfaUe amount^ the friction holders grasp the cable more stronglj, and are drawn forward by tiie gelding of their vulcanised India-rubber connectiona. A cotd passing over a pulley is attadied to the inner box, aad, by «yf»iw of a spring, counteracts the effDCts of a sudden strain on the caUe. A " friction holder " is placed beyond " the delivery pulley ;" this consists of " a tube of strong canvass," bound to steel rings and filled with balls of hard wood, the whole being enclosed in a case and towed by the ship. [rrintcd. 4(/.] A.D. 1857, November 14.~N« 2868. HENRY, Michael (a communication), — ''Improvements in electric and galvanic conductors, and in the mode of and machinery or apparatus for manu&cturing the same." llie " improved conductor " " consists of wire insulated by a covering of gutta percha or india-rubber, firmly enclosed in a coating of lead or other ductile metal." llie " new process " consists in interposing between the cold gum of the insulated wire and the hot lead in the lead chamber (during the process of covering the insulated wire with lead) an annular space, through which cold winter is kept constantly flow- ing, " thus securing a proper relative temperature of the hot metal " and cold gum " " while they are moving toward, and by the " time they reach, the point of union." " llie whole machine used consists essentially of a tube through *' which the insulated wire passes ; a second tube surrounding the « <« «< THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 706 ti ft ti U « (C first, and forming an annular ring or space between the two for the circnlation of fluid ; a hollow point at the end of the last- " mentioned tube, of a calibre of such size that the insulated wire being coated with gutta percha or india-rubber will pass fVeely but closely through it ; a plunger fitting the lead chamb^, and with a hole in it to receive the outer tube ; and a lead chamber with a hopper to receive the lead ; a die into which the point of " the outer tube just enters, leaving sufficient space it around it " to allow the lead to pass into the die and around the gum ; an " inlet and outlet at the end of the tubes opposite to that of the die for admission and emission of the current of fluid ; and all supported by a suitable firamework, and connected with a hydraulic press." llie piston of the hydraulic press is " at* " tached to the lead chamber plunger," and has " an orifice *' through it for the tubes to pass through," " the parts being " suitably packed." The insulated wire being introduced through the inner tube and die, the melted metal, forced by the plunger out of its ch^bnber through the die, " closes around the wire with sufficient impinge* " ment to draw it down." " The wire as it comes from the die '* should be received in cold water, or otherwise thoroughly cooled *' as fast as formed." [Printed, 7rf.] A.D. 1857, November 17.— N« 2877. « FIELD, Thomas. — {Prcvisumal Protection only,) "A new me* '* thod or mode of and appliances for submerging submarine" [electric ?] " telegraph cables." This invention " consists in sinking or submerging submarine ** telegraph cables and guiding them to those parts of the bed of the ocean where it is desired to deposit them by aid and means of a long and strong flexable tubular cable with a number " of weights attached thereto." The flexible tubular cable is represented in the Drawing as extending from the " paying -out ship " for a considerable distance. The submarine telegraph cable in being paid out (or delivered) from the paying-out ship," "has to pass through the core of ** the flexable tubular cable," " and in its descent to the bed of Y Y it 706 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: ^ the ocean it ii shidded and protected fttmi tlie muqita of the ^ ocean bj the aforesaid flezabk tubular cable." ''The aforesaid tubular cable" is made of ''iron and sled ** wires, or of iron or steel band ootkd into the ahApe of a tube ** by the process patented by Daniel Daridge, or of leather or ** tk any other suitable materials." ** Wh«i extim atreni^th is ** required in the flexable tubular cable," ** 2 or more Arable ** tubular cables " are uied, *' one outside the other." CPrinted, Sd.] A.D. 1857, NoTcmber 19.— N» 2907. GOEDICKE, RBiNHOLD.*-(Provtf»OMi/ Pro^ee^MMs os^.) Thk invention relates to " the suspending of the lines of electric tde- " graphs in the air by means of gas baUoons across water and hod, ** or the atmospheiic telegraph.** The following points, relating to the practicability of the inTen- tion, are defined : — 1st. '' By what means can balloons be kept continually suspended " in the higher regions of the air?" The balloons, having been filled with a light gas, are allowed io ascend. In order that they may *' continually be kept suspended at a certain height," they are presumed to have been closed air- proof on all sides " after having been filled with gas. The bal- loons are to be suspended at an equal height ** by filling them til with the same kind of gas of a fixed specific density.'* 2nd. " How and in what manner can they be fixed V* " The balloons are attached to the conducting wires at fixed distances " by means of metal cramps " enclosed in an en- chasing of porcelain or any other isolating " [insulating?] " sub- " stance." The conducting wires pass through the porcelain, and are attached in such a manner that the balloon remains at the same place of the conducting wire. 3rd. '* At what heights are the balloons to be suspended ?'* It is proposed to suspend them as high in the air as possible. 4th. ** How is such a telegraphic line to be constructed ? " The required number of balloons is filled ; one end of the con- ducting wire is fixed -, and at a suitable distance along the wire from the fixed point a balloon is fixed and allowed to ascend. The other end of the conducting wire is turned in the direction the telegraph is to be laid, and balloons successively attached to it at suitable « <( tt THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 707 distances apart^ and allowed to ascend ; no balloon to be attached until the previous ones have ascended. On arriving at the end of the telegraphic line, the conducting wire is drawn tight " by means of a puUy, in order to prevent too " strong a vacillation, and also to prevent the different balloons " from the approach to much." It may possibly be found " better to fix at each telegraphic line " only one very large balloon," in which the hydrogen gas can be renewed from time to time by means of a gutta percha tube. 5th. " Is it possible to repair such telegraphic line above the ocean " in case one or several of such balloons should get damaged T' It is proposed to attach to each balloon a small life-boat, intended to keep the conducting wire above water " till the damaged balloon " has been replaced by a new one." [Printed, 8A] A.D. 1867, November 21.— N« 2923. GLOVER, Thomas, and BAIN, Alexander. — " Improvements " in electric telegraphs," combining " the principles and advan- " tages both of a signal and a recording telegraph." In the arrangement described and shown, the receiving apparatus consists of a pen mounted at the end of the lever armature of the receiving electro-magnet, a reservoir with a piece of cotton and tube to convey water or other fluid to the pen, and an endless vul- canized India-rubber band to which " progressive motion " is given '* by a train of wheelwork" set in motion by a spring barreL When the electro-magnet is excited by the passage of an electric current, the pen makes a mark on the India-rubbor band, the said mark being of a greater or less length according to the duration of the current from the transmitting station, thus enabling signals to be made on the band which last for a sufficient time to be read before they are obliterated by evaporation or by rubbers. If "the indications are desired to be preserved," ''coloring " fluid '* may be used instead of water, or " a chemical (as for " instance, a solution of potash) may be employed to discharge " color from blue or other colored paper or material, upon which " it is delivered." In this case a ** creel " carrying a strip of pajier is mounted on the frame of the receiving instrument, and the color or chemical is transferred from the India-rubber band to the p^)er by the pressure of a roller. Y Y 2 708 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : The method bj which it is preferred to work the telegrrapb, when the above-described arrangement is used, is to have only one bat- iarj in an extended circuit, and to use a spring key for transmitting signals which always preserves the circuit closed except whilst ngnals are being made. [Printed. U-lOd.] A.D. 1867, December 1.— N» 2985. LANE, Drnny. — " Improvements in lighting, regulating, and " extinguishing street and other gas lamps by means of electricitj," consisting of : — 1st. '' Lighting gas lamps by electricity.'* A portable battery is carried from lamp to lamp, and connected to the contact points of a conductor passing to the burner ; the gas being turned on '^ by a *' tap placed near the ground," the passage of the electricity ignites it. Either the primary current may heat a platinum wire placed across the gas jet, or " an induced current " from a Riihmkorff or Hearder's coil may pass a spark between electrodes on ojiposite sides of the jet. 2nd. " A means of regulating or extinguishing the lights of " street or other gas lamps." On the passage of an electric cur- rent through a suitably arranged circuit, the electro-magnet acts on a detent by means of its armature, and releases clockwork con- nected with the plug of the gas tap. Either the same circuit mav be used to actuate the tap as that for lighting the lamp, •* or a " separate circuit may be used for that purpose if it is desired to " light the lamps by a conducting wire embracing many lamps '* in its circuit." [Printed, 4£/.] A.D. 1857, December 2.— N^ 2987. SHEPARD, Edward Clarence. — " Improvements in magneto- ** electric machines." The apparatus consists of a number of helix wheels mounted on one common shaft between frames to which are fixed the per- manent magnets. The magnets in each frame are arranged with their poles in the circumference of a circle, and the poles are dis- posed alternately north and south in the said circumfererce. The frames are so airtxtvged that at any given moment each helix passes THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 709 between and is acted on by a pole of opposite name, a nortb pole being at one end of the helix and a south pole at the other. The currents of all the helices are united together to form " one " grand current.** Each helix wheel carries two insulated con- ducting rings for this purpose, each alternate wheel having its rings in connection with the exterior terminal wires of its helices, the intermediate wheels having their rings connected to the interior terminal wires of their helices. Each helix has not its terminal in connection with a ring, it may have its terminals connected to the neighbouring helices, and thus " sets of two, four, or more '* helices may be formed, the terminals of each set being connected as described above. A metallic rod connects all the outer rings, and another rod connects all the inner rings, thus transmitting all the induced currents to the ** frotteurs " or commutator wheels ; one wheel receives the current from one rod and the other from the other rod ; springs conduct away the aggregate current from the ** frotteur plates,** so as to enable it to be applied to the desired purpose, all the currents being then in the same direction* When a continued current is required for the electric light, the " frotteur " is ** formed entirely of a copper or other metallic ring, " to which is attached an eccentric or ring of copper or other " metal." [Printed. 1*. W.] A.D. 1857, December 3.— N° 3003. KENWOOD, Charles. — "An improved arrangement of gal" *' vanic battery suitable for medical purposes.'* " Plates of copper and zinc or of two other metals, one electro* " positive and the other electro-negative to the other," arc com- bined and arranged in pairs, the pairs are then united "to form " a chain or belt." A plate of copper is bent at the centre and one half folded down over the other half; " small portions '* are cut away " from the fold " or part where one half is doubled over the other.** " A plate of " zinc covered with linen or other textile fabric to prevent contact " between the plates,*' is then placed " between the two halves of " the copper plate." " The zinc plate is equal in breadth to nearly ** one half of the breadth of the copper plate ; it has two lugs, ** which project beyond the parts cut away frt>m the fold in the 710 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : €€ €€ €i €i (i €€ copper plate. The opposite corners to the lugs in the zinc plate are cut off, and the zinc plate is held between the two hahres of the copper plate by two comers of the latter being turned in under the zinc plate ; the two other comers of the copper plate hare each a hole pierced therein, a hole is also made in the projecting zinc lugs, and metal rings being passed through the holes in the " zinc lugs and copper comers unite every pair of plates." The Drawings show " a number of pairs c^ plates connected " together and fastened to a strap to form a belt for personal wear.*' A linen case buttons " over the plates to keep them from contact " with the body where desired." [Printed. 6d.] A.D. 1867, December 5.— N« 3020. HENLEY, William Thomas. — ''Improvements in ropes and ** cables for telegraphic or other purposes, and in machinery ** used in the manufacture of such and other ropes and cables." ITie cable preferred for submarine electric telegraphs is as follows : — ITie central core of conducting wires consists of, " say, six wires" wound "round a core of hemp or other similar material," each wire being coated with gutta percha. The said central core is " covered with serving of tarred yam," and then with " strands formed of wire and cocoa-nut fibre, hemp, or other " suitable material ; these strands are made by laying threads of " wire and vegetable fibre, or other suitable material into a " strand, having a central thread or core of hemp or other similar ** material." The improvements in machinery for making ropes or cables are as follows : — In ** making the strands or small ropes," "the wire or other " material of which the strand or rope is to be made '' is wound on fixed bobbins, from which it passes over a pulley to a fixed " lay ])latc ;" thence the threads pass to a revolving frame, which carries " nipping rollers," a " taking-off pulley," and ** receiving " bobbin." The "nipping rollers " in conjunction with the "lav " plate " lay the threads or wires round each other, the ** takinff- " off pulley" obtains uniform rotation by screw and screw-wheel gear driven by the revolution of the frame, and in i)roceeding to the " receiving bobbin " an " arm " (worked by a nut and double screw) lays the strand from end to end of the " receiving bobbin " THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 711 until it is full; the "receiving bobbin" is driven by the friction of a spring so as to allow it (the bobbin) to slip as it fills with rope^ and the laying "ann" is driven from the axis of the " receiving bobbin," therefore at a relative speed. In making wire ropes, to prevent any wire receiving a twist, the bobbins are so arranged on the " table " or face plate of the " cable '* machine " that their axes always retain a given position ; for instance, if the fitce plate is vertical, the bobbin axes are always horizontaL According to one method of effecting this, cranks on the bobbin axes are all attached to a ring or rings, which are kept in the same relative position with respect to the horizontal plane either by gravity or by pullies revolving on axes fixed to the frame- work. A second method consists of passing a gut or other band round pullies on the bobbin axes and also round a fixed central pulley, all the pullies being of the same diameter. In a third method, a fiat chain is used instead of a band, and it is merely passed round the external portions of the peripheries of the pullies, which are toothed in this case ; motion is communicated to this arrangement by a chain passing round a fixed central pulley and round a second pulley on one of the bobbin axes. [Printed, 1#.4(<.] A.D. 1857, December 5.— N° 3024. NEWTON, William Edward (a commtmfca/fOfi).~" Certain '* improvements in apparatus for laying submarine " [electric 7] " telegraphic cables." " The object of this invention " " is to retain a constant reserve of cable between the paying-out apparatus on board the vessel which carries the cable and the point where the cable leaves the *' vessel, and to control such reserve in such a maimer that when *' there is any tendency to increase the tension of the cable," " a " properly regulated quantity of cable may be allowed to run out " from the reserve, and thus prevent the tension being increased " so suddenly as to break or unduly strain the cable." The cable is payed out by means of a steam engine, from the portion of the vessel where it is stowed " at a speed never less ** than, but properly regulated in proportion to, the speed of the '' vessel." Tlie cable passes from the hold over and under a series of drums, connected by spur gear with each other and with the « it t€ tt a « 712 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM i tteftm engine or other motive power, one of the drum shafts having secured to it a brake wheel to which a friction brake is applied. The apparatus for maintaining a reserve of cable and con* trolling the paying-out of the same consists of a series of pullies or drums placed on a shaft that is mounted on a moveable '^ carriage that runs on a line of raOs made nearly the whole length of the vesseL A simihu* series of pullies or drums, but " mounted on a fixed frame, is placed at one end of the vessd, *' while the moveable frame with its pullies is placed on ihe rail- " way at the other end. The cable is passed round the poUies or " drums of both frames, and extends in several lengrths from one " frame to the other. A retsining weight or other analogous " contrivance is adapted to the moveable frame, so as to keep it " back except when any undue strain is laid on the cable, when " the moveable frame will be drawn forward towards the fixed " frame, dragging with it the retaining weight, and of coarse when the extraordinary strain is removed, the moveable frame will run back again. Intermediate between the two frames is placed another frame, also provided with pullies or drums, and is also made to run on the railway, but is merely intended to support the cable midway between the two principal fimnes, and prevent it from bagging. Guide pullies are adapted to the two principal frames for the purpose of conductin^^ the cable to the grooves of the pullies or drums. The grooves of the pullies or drums are supplied with water, and scrapers are also adapted thereto, for the purpose of scraping off or removing any tar or other matter that may be deposited thereon by the cable while passing over or round them," [Printed, 7c/.] A.D. 1857, December /.— N° 3026. LAVATER, Manuel Leopold Jonas. — {Provisional Protection refused.) " Improvements in laying down " [electric ?] " telegraph cables in the sea." " Tlie cable " [is ?] " to be wound ashore upon a floating drum or cylinder, which cable " [is ?] " to be unrolled out at sea by " means of the axles of the drum being fastened by chains to * a steam tug.' (( it it it if it tt (C a tt it a €t J> (C THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 713 " The same means might be used when modified in taking the '* cable out of the sea." [Priuted,8d.3 A.D. 1857, December 12.— N° 3065. DE NORMANN, John, and HENLEY, William Thomas.— " Improvements in machinery for preventing the overlapping of *' chains or ropes when used on drums or shafts, which improve- *' ments can be applied to the laying of" [electric?] " telegraphic " cables." These " improvements consist of apparatus for enabling a rope " or chain to be wound on a barrel without one coil riding on another. As ordinarily in lapping a rope round a barrel it takes a spiral " [helical ?] *' form, advancing along the barrel " until it reaches the end, when the coils commence riding or lap- " ping over the others." According to one mode of effecting this purpose, a ring is " kept '^ in an inclined position to the ascis of the drum " by rollers fixed to the framework, the said ring being capable of moving on the drum longitudinally by means of projecting lugs, which work in slots on the periphery of the drum. The inclination of the ring obliges the cable to wind itself on the drum according to the same inclination, and thus in a helix, idthout overlapping or rubbing against the ring, for the ring revolves with the drum. A second arrangement consists of two drums, one grooved, the other plain. The cable enters a groove and is crossed to the plain drum, again crossed to the next groove of the grooved drum, and so on, until as many coils are wound on the drums as may be desired ; '' no fiurling can take place, as the different laps of " cable in crossing each other between the drums keep exactly in ** the centre between each other." In a third arrangement, the cable laps round a large drum, and is compelled to take the screw form by means of a smaller drum having several flanges which work in narrow grooves in the large drum. [Printed, U. 2J.] ri4 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM : A.D. 1867, December 17.— N° 3101. HIGHTON, Edward. — " Improvexnents in electric telegraphs." This invention is comprised under the following hemda : — 1 St. In " the gold leaf telegraph," patented by '' the Revd. Heniy *' Highton" (See No. 11,070, Old Law), an electro-magnet is used instead of a permanent magnet. 2nd. " Recording signs or indications made by telegraphic " instruments, by means of photography." The deflections of a magnetic needle (or of a perforation in a screen) are registerad on moving sensitive paper ; " in the magnetic needle or bar a hde " is formed, and by suitable optical apparatus li||^bt ia oonoen* " trated at and around this hole, and a portion of it paaaes through " on to the paper, and marks it, so that the position of the needle " is constantly registered on the paper." drd. " Protecting telegraphic wires when buried in the ground." The wires are placed in cast-iron boxes, triangular in cross section, and laid with the apex upwards, so as to glance off the point of a pickaxe or other tool used for repairing roads, &c. 4th. A " code table," to be used by persons having frequent occasion to communicate by telegraph. This table consists of the first fifty powers of 2 (beginning with 2° or 1) ranged one imder the other. Certiun numbers are assigned to each person, and the sender marks on a printed code table the numbers which, added together, make up the number required to be sent. Certain signals are then transmitted, which enables another similar printed sheet at the receinng station to be similarly marked. This method used in combination with books at the receiving station, enables the person to whom the message is sent to be known at the receiv- ing station. [Printed, 5d.] ■ A.D. 1857, December 19.— N° 3115. NEWEY, Thomas, CORBETT, John, and PARKES, Wi lliam Hesry .— {Provisional Protection only.) "A new or improved " method of treating or coating steel pens and penholders, to pre- " vent the oxidation of the same, which method of treating or " coating may also be applied to other articles of iron and " steel." This invention " consists in preventing the oxidation of steel THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 71S " pens, penholders, and other articles of iron or steel, hj coating " them with tin by the agency of electricity." The electro-depositing solution consists (by preference) of an aqueous solution of bitartrate of potash, which is charged with tin by the action of the batteiy. [Printed, Sd.] A.D. 1867, December 19.— N» 3120. BROOMAN, Richard Archibald (a communication from Jean Marie Joseph Degabriel), — {Provisional Protection only.) ** Improvements in signalling, in ordeir to prevent collisions between " trains upon railways." The object of this invention is to produce by the aid of electri- cal apparatuses light in a lamp or lantern supported upon a post at the side of the line, provided with white and red glasses, and caused to revolve by clockwork in such manner as to expose and shew a white Hght, say two minutes before, and a red light, « C( C( (C i€ *' or, vice versA, say two minutes after the passage of every train." "The light is produced from a wick dipping into a spirit reseN voir in the lantern upon being ignited by an electric spark, and is extini^uished by being brought under a fixed extinguishelr held in the lantern. When one wick is brought under the extinguisher by the clock movement, another wick is held in contact with an electric wire to be ignited by the passing of the it it t( €( 4€ " next succeeding train." " The electrical apparatuses may be erected at the side of the line, " when the train would be made to act upon one end of a lever, and raise or lower it, as the case might be, to open up and complete the electric circuit between wires held in one end of the lever leading from the battery and other wires held in a stationary post leading to the signal lantern'; or the electrical apparatus may be placed between the rails to be acted upon by the passing truns to complete the electric circuit for the purpose " before described." [Printed, 8d.] A.D. 1867, December 23.— N» 3147. LANDI, Thomas, and FALCONIERI, Charles.-" Improve- " ments for laying subaqaeous electrical cables for telegraphic " conununications." tt €€ €f It ft tt 716 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM M This invention relates to "the application of floating bodies and resisting surfaces to assist in the laying of subaqueous ** electrical cables ;" also to " the application of mi indici^r or ** indicators to show the velocity and tension of the cable." The floating bodies and resisting surfaces, and the methods of attaching and detaching the same, are as follows : — A cask has iron hoops and an iron ring attached to it, " to *' receive the rope by which it is to be attached to the cable.** A plank has cords attached to it at the angles, the said cords meeting in a single knot, " in order that the plank may alwap ^* descend in a horizontal position." Two discs of wood or iron with central holes are kept at a suit- able distance apart on a cord by means of knots. To attach the float, &c., to the cable, a rope and spring clip are used. The spring cUps may either be " pincers," with or without a divided swivel tube to grasp the chain, and with springs or studs that prevent them opening after having been once closed, or spring collars of steel, or "elastic spring hooks," or flexible wooden sticks bent at the ends may be used. To enable the float, &c., to become detached from the cable, after a time, one of the following means of fastening the rope from the float and that from the cable is used, these means depending upon the solution of a cement by the sea water : — " Two ends of " the rope are untwisted and interwoven, and afterwards sur- '* rounded by cotton bands covered with cement." Two roi>es forming two eyes are enclosed in an egg-shaped piece of wood by a plug " of plastic material.'' According to a third arrangement, the piece of wood is in two halves (joined together by screws), " and the ])ivot is in iron and capable of folding down about a pin or centre, and thus releasing the rope, when the cement " which fills the cavity in which it turns, becomes dissolved." In a fourth arrangement, the piece of wood is ** hollowed out *' conically inside," and one rope " terminates in an iron button '' held in the cavity by the cement." The speed of the paying out of the cable is shown by an " indi- " cator " similar to the governor of a steam engine ; the position of the collar upon the graduated stem indicates the speed, the apparatus being connected by bands and pullies to a large cylinder or drum, round which the cable passes several times, on its way from the ho\d oi Wi^ \^^stl to the sea. THEIR GENERATION AND APPLICATIONS. 717 « « "The journals in which the drum works are made slightly moveable on their supports, and a spring or a lever furnished with a weight acts constantly on them to keep them in their places. The displacement of this lever, or spruig, or of the journals being marked on a graduated dial, will furnish the required indications of the degrees of tension which the cable exerts." [Printed, 7d.] A.D. 1857, December 24.— N« 3164. BURLEIGH, Benjamin, and DANCHELL, Fbsdsrick LuDwiG. — " Certain improvements in the manufacture of vessels, " plates, or utensils used for domestic, sanitaiy, electric, and ** manufacturing purposes." This invention consists in manufacturing articles for the above- mentioned purposes of " solidified carbon ;" amongst the articles specified are " cells, cylinders, plates for batteries, and electrodes " for electro or galvanic purposes." Carbonaceous matter may alone be taken, or it may be " ren« " dered plastic " by the admixture " of moist bituminous, resinous, ** gummy, oleaginous, saccharine, glutinous, or other suitable " cementing medium ; " it is then forced into suitable moulds (preferably by the percussive action of a steam hammer), and " baked or burned " in a closed vessel. To render ** objects made of solidified carbon proof against the action of oxygen when exposed to fire," they are " coated out- side with silicious" [siliceous?] "glaze," or other suitable substance. To render articles of solidified carbon capable of retaining fluids or gases, they are coated "with a suitable varnish, lacker, or " glaze." [Printed, id.] A.D. 1857, December 30.— N» 3189. MORRISON, Jambs Darsie. — "Improvements in effecting " surgical and medical operations by the agency of artificially- " induced anaesthesia." The anspsthesia is produced by means of " a cooled liquid " and " a current of cold air," and various instruments are described and shown for applying these ansesthetical agents in dental and « 718 * ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. other mugaj, "In order still fbrther to secure the proper ** ftiueetheticil condition, an electric cnnent ie or may be farooght " from a tuitable battery and applied bj a wire to the parts under ** treatment ; and this application may either be made alone or in "* conjunction ^th the artifidsUy produced anaesthesia due to *' congelation.** When the above-mentioned instruments are made of a non- ojcydixsble metal they may be used to convey ''a stream of " electricitj to the sffected part;'* ''other positive or n^^ative *' electricity may be convejcMl to or abstracted from the part of " the body under operation." An " induction coil" may be placed in the above-mentioned instruments, " and have attached to it a delicate galvanometer or " electrometer, so as to transmit and indicate visibly the e&eotrio ** condition of the part under operation or investigation." The Patentee states " that electricity is a measureable aubstaDoe *' filling all space, aeriform in its nature, compressible and elastic '* without limit, and that heat and light are the properties of " electricity; that electricity itself is a substance, and not as *' hitherto considered a mere property of matter ; that heat and " light are respectively compressed and expanded electricity ; that " the terms positive and negative are synonomously esrplained by *' condensation and rarefaction." [Printed. M.] APPENDIX. ti « A.D. 1773, July 30.— N° 1049. HAAKE, Christian Wilhbm, Baron Van. — ^This invention relates to making a certain composition, which *' consists chiefly ** of common salt, which is mdted in an oven (made for that " purpose) by a large coal fire, until it is dissolved as thin and " fluid as water; then the same is first fixed with saltpetre {which receives from the air a magnetic power, and communicates the same to the fluid), salt of unslacked lime, and salt of Rhenish '* tartar ; when the said composition (so invented, found out, and prepared) becomes of a magnetic quality, whereby it attracts its fertility, and is (as aforesud) productive of the effect of manuring and improving arable land, meadow, and pasture ground." [Printed. Sd.] A.D. 1836, July 24.— N° 6866. DICKINSON, John, and TYERS, William Long.— " Certain " improvements in the manufacture of paper,'* consisting of: — 1st. " The use of a series of magnets for the purpose of extri- " eating from the pulp of which paper is made, particles of iron '' or steel which are found to be mixed up with certain materials *' now made use of for the manufacture of paper, and which *' ultimately rust and disfigure the sheets of paper in which they '* are deposited." A number of common horseshoe magnets are placed under a shallow trough, through which the pulp is delivered to the machine, the rate of progress of the diluted pulp being " slower than is " generally the case in the supply of paper machines," and the trough having a veiy thin copper bottom. " Such particles of " iron or steel as may be in the pulp '* are, by the above-described 720 APPENDIX. •rrangement, caused " to settle on the bottom of the trougb, from " whence they may be removed eveiy time that the marhme «* ceases working." 2nd. " A process for the arrangement of the fibres of Imen or ** other substance used for the manufacture of paper,'* in which ** a transverse and diagonal deposit of some of the fibres wludi ** form the paper " is effected. [Printed. lOd. See London Journal {Newtle ajid anim^ " matters ;" this is the only application mentioned in the Pro- visional Specification. " Improving or altering the qualitv of fabrics and substances," " preparing them for some after treat- ment, as in dyeing processes," and ** rendering them uninflam- mable." " Disinfecting and deodorizing fecal and other matters, in order to prevent the emission of efflu\'ia from them, " and to render them serviceable as manure." The solution as it comes from the battery generally contains some free acid ; it may either be employed in that state or having the free acid neutralized " by some of the processes described " in the Specification of the Letters Patent for " Improvements in the " manufacture of certain salts and oxides of metals," dated March 28th, 1853. The solutions preferred for the above-mentioned purposes are those containing sulj)hate or chloride of zinc. " ITie various " salts of all the different metals that can be employed as positive " elements in batteries are more or less applicable for the purposes " referred to." Battery solutions having " generally been considered as refuse, and thrown away," " the working of galvanic batteries will become highly remunerative " by the use of this invention, " as supplying matters fit for consumption on a large scale " for the above-mentioned piu*poses, " in addition to the ordinary supply of " electrical fluid." [Printed, 8\d.l it t< it it APPENDIX. 727 A.D. 1863, September 27.— N* 2215. CALLAN, Nicholas. — {A Confute Specification was filed, but the invention did not proceed to the Great Seal,) " A new mode *' of protecting iron of every kind against the action of the '' weather, of rain, river, spiring, and sea water so that iron thus '' protected may be used for roofing, for cisterns, pipes, gutters, " window frames," [electric F] " telegraphic wires, for marine '' and various other purposes." This invention relates to the coating of iron with an alloy of lead and tin. The method of coating the iron, after it has been tinned in the usual way, consists of " immersing it (in the same manner '' in which iron plates are immersed in tinning them) into melted " lead covered with some fatty or oily substance to prevent oxida- tion, or into a melted alloy of lead and tin, until the tin on the surface of the iron combines with the lead or alloy." " When a thick coating is required, the iron is immersed several times into the alloy." It is preferred " that the alloy into which the " iron after being tinned is unmersed, contain as much lead as '' tin, and not more than five or six times as great a weight of " lead as of tin ; " but the inventor does not bind himself to these proportions. [Printed, 2K] if (f « 1854. A.D. 1854, April 1.— N» 750. NEWTON, Alfrrd Vincent (a commimtca/um).—'' Certain " improvements in sewing machinery." The first part of this invention consists in " the use of magnet- " ism or magnetic attraction, for the purpose of keeping the " shuttle in contact with the fi^ce of the shuttle race, without the " use of springs or any other device." The magnetic attraction may be applied " in any form or manner that will control the " shuttle or its action ;" but the method preferred is to charge 788 APPENDIX. Hm iran or ttfld diiittle noe ** iMk magnetiam bj a eaamm «i magnrt IV otbennae." "Tlw dfifing of the ahattieii effected " Vj tlie tnTene of » pkto wbidi cnfanooo the ends of 1ht " diatde.'' The Sod, M, 4tik, fitii, and Cft parte of file inrentioii leftr to otiier iinpRrfcnienta in aewing inarhiiieay wliii^ do not inrolTe applioatioaa of eboirioilgr > whieb tbc panenph cauUlninR tbcmbjeot AgiicuUunl produce, protcctiog. Set Lightung conductors. BunrluTi Bumoa, KB. Dumont, 2IB. Puchi, 2W. arwnhov. OIB HmoU. 1)8. Pope. MO. fiutter, IK. «i.J.H.(SrwN<(),47«. Bright, C. "f., WD. Briibl, E. B., HW. Brown, W.,lM,lW,t>7. Cavillo. It. Coak», ». ». », sa, ST. M. *9 Alanuiu — coitf. Tlirt, lai, 633. IIUhIon,E..14<1.I»n.in,fi lliEbtaii. H..8>), IM.IM. Jloimi.OT, I47.1[i«. Jiunter J "0 -Jiii- Littlp 1 Ni.lt, J,. 101. Pool,-. 111. Price, Mn.m.ns,«n. SchUIlw, Iili. Bleninu,C.W^NI. tlltDnaiu. B. Wl, IDS, UC BoemmeiinK. llx. Sal?""''* SlaUr, ITI. suite, SU. VUM>D,J.J.V.,tn. S«e olio Telwapha, electriot alto GaMi from the electro- decomposition of wftter; alto the component p«rta of ■!»• rtmu, uid other he*di. Alloys. Set Electro-cokting or covering; alMo Met*ls, tnknu* fscture of, h; mruu of elec* tricity (clectro-metalluqj). 730 INDEX OF SUBJECT MAITER. Aluminum. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Electro-depo- sition; also Metab, manu^- ture of, by means of electricity (electro-metallurgy). Amalgamating elcctro-ooated ar- ticles : Cornfield, 467. Amalgams. See Amalgamating electro-coated articles ; alio Electro-coating or covering ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro- metallurgy). Amber: Thales, xliL W»U. xliv. Anchors, employment of electric, galvanic, or magnetic agencies to explode combustible matter, and tlius to dismember : Boyd, 405. Animal electricity : Aristotle, xlii. Cavendish, lii. Eustatius, xlii. Galvani, liv. Matteucoi, Ixxxiii., xcii. Reyraond, Ixxxiii., Ixxxviii., xci. RutttT. xc. Scribouius Lar^s, xlii. Antimony. S'fe Diamagnetism ; also Electro-coating or cover- ing; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metallurgy). Armatures. See Electro-magnets. Astatic magnetic needle : Pouillet, xxxvii. Astronomical observations. See Magnetic (or electro-mognetic) influence. Atlantic telegraph : Atlnntic Telegraph Company, xciii. Morse, Ixxxii. "NVhito\\ouHC,\c. Atmospheric electricity : Crosse, Ixziy. See also Atmospheric electri- city auplied ; also Lightninj( ; also Lightning conductois; also Lightnin^^y magnetism induced or influenced by; o^ Thunder. Atmospheric electricity applied to: Electro-magnetism : ClsrkeTlxiv. Cnmminy, Ixiv. Luan, Ixiv. Xotive power; Plnkus» 57. Tries. SIO. Attractive power of electricity; Du Fsy, x\v. Nollet, Abb^ zly. Thalcs, xlii. Attractive power of the load- stone: Aristotle, xxiv. Chinese, The, xxiv. Cicero, xxiv. Euripides, xxiv. Homer, xxiv. Lucretius, xxiv. Ma^oies, xxiv. Marcellus, xxv. Plato, xxiv. Pvtha^foras, jtxiv. Thales, xxiv. Aurora borealis, efPects of, on the magnetic needle : Wargentin, xxviii. Balloons used to suspend tele- graph wires : Goedicke, 708. Bedsteads. See Electro-deposi- tion. Bell alarums. See Alarums. Bismuth. See Diamagnetism ; also Electro-coating or covering. Bituminous materials. See line wires, insulatinfir, prot«ctinj(, and supporting telegraphic INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, 731 Blasting. See Conducting wires for electric currents ; also Heat- ing power of galvanism or electncitj ; also Secondary, in- duced, or derived electric cur- rents. Bleaching textile fabrics. See Electricity (in general). Bone. See Line wires, insulat- ing, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Boots. See Electro-deposition. Brakes. See Magnetic (or elec- tro-magnetic) influence; also Regulating or governing elec- tric currents. Brass. See Electro-coating or covering. Brass, magnetic power of : Cavallo, xxxi. Breaks. See Circuits, telegraphic (apparatus or arran|(ements for completing, directmg, or in- terru])ting) ; also Currents, electric (completing, combin- ing, interrupting, reversing). Brewing. See Lightning con- ductors. Bronze. See Electro-coating or covering. Brushes : Grifnths, 242. Herring, 596. Buildings. See Lightning con- ductors. Burglarj' alanims. See Alarums. Cables, electric telegraph : AbsU^rdam, 6R9. Allan, SfiO. Baleetrini, 699, 6fl. Baudouin, 637. Cables, electnc telegraph — cont. Bauer. 834. Blaquiere, De, 664. Brett, J., ino. Brett, T. W. B.. 246. Bright. C. T., S.'i?, 689. Bright. £. B., 267. Broomaii, S16. Cahill, 881. Clark, J. L.. 378. Dumont, 217. ■ Dundonald, 290. Gilpin, W., 404. Gilpin, W. L.. 283. Gordon, L. D. B., {8&imen$ ISie* mens f] ), 609. Harrison, C. W., 276, 460, 604, 606. Harrison, J. J., 276. Henlev, W. T., 289, 318, 814, 870, 609,710. Highton, E., 622. Hoiue, 100. Legraa, 283. Newall, 654. .O'Shaughnossy, Ixxvii. riiysick, 420. Rankine, 467. Rcid, 245. Sharpe, B^ 680. Hiemons, £. W., Ixxxriii., 200. Smith, Andrew. 422.- Smith, Archibald, 210. Smith, W., 240, 334. Smith, Willoughby, 502. Statham, 602, 615. Thomsun, J., 467. Walker. C. V., Ixxxviii. Wilkins, W., 661. Finding any particular conducting wire, throughout its length, in ; Henley, W. T.. 870. Physick, 421. See also Line wires, insulating, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Cadmium. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Metals, ma- nufacture of, bj means of electricity (electro-metallurgy). Carbonate of soda, manufactur- ing. See Electro-chemistry. Cardboard. See Line wires, in- sulating, protecting, and sup- porting telegraphic. Car\nng. See Maffnetic (or elec- tro-magnetic) influence. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Cauttrixfttion of certain iMuti of tbebuman bodj. See Heating power of KalTanism or ekc- Celb of gal\-»nic baltcries i BurlslFh. in. DuichdI. 717. Hi«B,«aa. See also Gftlranic batteries. " Chain batteries. " See Gslranic Chain. See Electro-depontioD. Chromium. See EleetHMwatdng or covering; also Magnetism also Metala, manufacture of, b; means of electridtf (electro- metallurg]'). Chronometers. See Electro-de- position ; also Magnetic influ- ence ("local attraction" of ves- Bfls, &c.) prevented or indi- Circuita. telegraphic (apparatus or arranKementa for completing, directing, or interrupting) : Hobo, 682. 6M. oiipliiifT pl*4*a. tinwr kvy*, " '""■ igluuidlcsj; Br; tl, J. W., a»i. Bright, C, T.. IW, 259. ?«1, 81!. BrJElit, E. h„ Ue, £59, 280, bU. Bruwn, W., 1S4. DunK)nt.tlB,ll7. Circuits, telc^nphio— omil. SlllBon. DM. yoaMoBtaort Fnntaiaemon r, ISl. Glove Han, 033 HifihtoQ, E.. 14& |M,l«tI| Highton. H^ I4±. lloiwe.l«,i4ft. 150. Hutiter, J., tTB. Jo1in»u. J. H. iJlimU md » arrt). M,7. John«.ii. J. II. (TknUr),ai,a Kennedy, S(18, 3W. M.ppie, IJ. M..a58. MipplB. H, 12«. 3M. Muriplp. J. L., IS*. MrKeniie, 4U. S70. Jjotl,, J.. 101, log. Petrie. 6.. IS*. KobertA, J. C. 15? KiL-inei... C. V>\ Ml. Sirmens. E. W., 187, 199. TrHDC^-hlnl, 5*7. Tier. SM. ST7. MO. >"1^. M8, SS9, 4S«, 481, *«.■ wCws't^' '^^ ***• **■ *'*■ Whiiehousc' 371, .174 +18, UT. ^Vnkins, J. W., »!t, 310. By the toot : Bun.etl,579. HlKKton.E-.!*!. Highw,,,. II., ,46. Seir^^tinB ("■l«y!i-pr<-lipri."-t™o >«?"■ ■'id-Hcfecfcrs-Jj Daw. E.'. so'" INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 733 Circuits, telegraphic — eont. Henley, W. T., 570. Hightoii, £.. 142. 190, 192. Hi(?hton, H.. 142. Humascon, 635. Hunter, J., 280. Ingall, 466. Johnson, J. H. (Boneni), 464. Johnson, J. H. (Minh and Bre» guet), 657. Jolinson, J. H. {TheUer), 414. Kaye, H. J., 483. Kennedy, 506. Marqfoy, 666. Mirand. 291. Newton. A. v.. 214. Newton. A. V. (OueUi), 520. Nott, J., 102. Petrie, G.. 134. 135. Pitnmn, 672, 573. Preece, 524. Siemens, 1 •. W., 506, 597. Siemens, E. W.. 196, 199. Tremeschinf, 647. Tjer. 232. 376. SH. 878. Alirley, 388, 389. 485. 466, 487. 488, 489. 400, 491, 402, 498, 404^ 612, 614, 615. Wl.itehousc, 417, 418, 625, 526, 527. Whitworth,335. Wilkins. J. W.. 308, 810. ^ilaon, J. G., 282. Clarification of saccharine solu- tions. See Electro-chemistry. Clocks, electric : Brown, W., 178. Dcriiur, 363. Shapple, 178. WilltamH, 178. Hands set by elociricity ; Bain, 40. 117, 118. Barwiac, 40. Dobe)1.355. Hatcher. 122. HoTed by electricity ; Bain. 48. 50, 67. 80, 06, 116, 245. BrurwiMf). 48. 50. Bellford. 438. Brett. A., 115. Brewer. 543. lletouche, 586. Hatcher, 121. Hees (Kammerer), 000. Hoiidiu. 586. Kammerer, 643. Little. 115. Nolet, 315. Oilman, 595. Shepherd, 174, 176. Weare,125. Wright, T., 67. Clocks, electric — cant, Biegnlated by electricity ; Bain. 48. 49, 50, 61, 80. 96, 116, 245. Barwise. 48, 4a, 50, 51. Forater, 161. Henley, W. T.. 161. Jones. &. L., 680. Nolet, 315. Osman, 595. Shepherd, 174. Striking: Bain, 50, 116. BMTwise, 50. Bellford. 438. Shepherd, 175. Wonnd up by electricify; Bain. 49, 117. Barwise, 49. See also the component parts of electric clocks, and other heads. Cobalt. See Magnetism. Coffee, separating metallic Bub« stances from : CoUinKTidge. 673. Coffins. See Electro-deposition. Coils. See Conducting wires for electric currents ; aUo Electro magnets. Coke, desulphurization of. See Electro-chemistry. Combining electric currents. See Currents, electric (completing, combining, interrupting, re- versing). Combs: Oriffiths. 242. Herring, 596. Common electrical machines. See Electrical machines. Commutators. See Circuits, telegraphic (apparatus or ar« rangements for completing, directing, or interrupting) ; aUo Currents, electric (completing, combining, inteiropting, n* remag). 734 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Completing electric circuits. See Circuits, telegraphic (apparatus or arrangements for com- pleting, directing, or inter- rupting); also Currents, electric (completing, combining, inter- rupting, reversing). Condensers : Ckroslo, S54. Cftvallo, liii. Crosse, Izxiv. De la Rive, S54, 661. Fizeau, Ixxxvi. Harrison. C. W^ 6S8. Nicholson, Iv. ghepard (Kollee, F.),tffl. Varley, 462, 403, 613, 616. Conducting wires for electric currents, used for : BUuitinir: Schilling, Ix. Clocks (cloctric); I^ain, 50. }{anvi9«*, 50. Co<»k«*, 71. DoIk'11,355. Coils* (elect ro-d^NTiamic, cloctro-mag- uetic, or ina^icto-electric) ; Carosio. 354. Delallivo. 351. Dorinp, 459. (irecnough. 221 . Harrison, C. \V., 432, 604. Kin jr. 10*. Poole, 113. Shepnni (Xolkt, F.), 208. 8taite, 157. Varley. 612, 613. W'hitfhousc, 525. General piirj)oses ; Henry, M.. 70*. Johnson, R., 428. Light, electric ; Staite. 157. Railways, controlling the trains on ; Achard, 500. DeCastro, .'ttO. Guyard, 121, 4<52. Johnson, J. H. {BondU)^ iOt. Railway tmiiis, cdrumunication hc- Iwoen gnanl Jind engine-driver; . Ahrahani, S., 3«)5. Abraliani. S. V., 3r,5. Allan. 528. Baggs, 588. Glukman, 4-15. Hart, 532. 624. l>rice,:\l7,W7. Conducting wires, &c. — cmU. Roberts, J. C, 151. Symons, 7t2. Telegraphs. 8^ Line wim, ionzlai. ing, OTOtectini^, and snppotttni^ teb- graphic; dUo Cables, Seetric tele- graph. Conductors of electricttjr : Boisgeraad, IxiL Delaval 1. DeiaguIiera,xlTi. Gmj, xlv. Httmy, Ixxx. Spencer, Izzyiii. Wdl8,lv. Wheler, xlv. Connecting the ends of subma- rine electric telegraph cables : Blaqoiere, Be, 664. Copper. See Electro-ooating or covering; also Electro-deposi- tion ; IU90 Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metallurgy). Corpse. See Electro-deposition. Corrugating the wires or strands of electric telegraph cables : Abstordam, 689. Cosmetics. See Electro-che- mistry. Covering vitrified surfaces. Sh Electro-deposition . Crystallization. See Electro- chemistry. Curing diseases. See Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence ; also Secondarj', induced, or derived electric currents; also Therapeutic action ; also ITier- mo-electricity. Currents, electric (completing, combining, interrupting, re- versing) : Abraham, S., .%5, 366. Abraham, S. V., 865, ^q^^ Achard, 501, 602. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Curreata, electric — cont. AlUu, I4T, Ml. HalD. US. Baleatrini, 075, BunnM.ara. B«l1(brd. S3T. S98, US. Bialu, Kit. Broainu {Digabriil), ns. Burt«i.M)t,MS.U«. CowjKT (Petit), K*, BSS. Cr»ig,*«. Cuniine, 019. Cunimiai, N. B. (J. a. Ctna Urcetioufih, iai. Orenet!B..iunl(ir,S0«. Gujmnl.+si ll«4Ti»on, C. W.,fln. H»l*h*r,l*l. Hvniey, W. T, 101. in.HB. Hjortli. IW, tse. 4)0, «!*, m. HolDiM, p. M.,MJ,«71,fl7a. Hunter, C. eia. jKk»n, isa. Johnson, J. U. iAan). US, 4IU1. Johnaon, J. H. {.Boimida). AIM, Johnson. J. H. {Bngmtt), 4110. K»mmewr,l*i, Ksye, R. J., S». King. to*. Kingiton, MS, Km>[, SBl. MUtfucd.'wi. MillwMTl. W„ US. N"wtoii, A. v., MS. Opciuhiw, SIS. ?™r™|c.t..m. Haiotlo iSU. Deflecting telegnph needles or pointers : Clwk, b., tOS. Cookp, to. «S. Umty. H., la. 736 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Defleetiiig tekgraph needles or pointer* — eont. Mipple, H-im«lk Flifnek»875. Bienwni. B. W^ 197. Vlirlej,989,eit. WAlker.B..aeo. 'Ward.lSS. Kf meiiis ofetectrcMnagneCi ; BMhhofltoer, 167, 168. IMikM. Bright, C.T., 256, SIS. Bright. B.B^ 256,619. Brawn, W^ 124, »7. Burnett. 679. Oooke. 26. 98. KUiKm.68S. Henli|3r.W.T.,S7a. llApple. H. 114. 1fi^.J.L.,U4. Froeoc^ 624. 8Midjl.402. Blemens, E. W^ 197. Tyer,2S2.233.S77.6S9. Varlej, 614. "Ward. 129. 'W'heatstonc, 25, 98. 'Whitehouse. 526. Destroving gases in coal mines. See Heating power of galvanism or electricity. Dials, for telegraphs, mariners' compasses, &c. : Hoflktaodt. 220. Minton, tH). Bmoeton, 317. Diamagnetism : Banoalari, xxxix. Bruprmans, xxxi. Faraday, xxxix. Tyndall. xl. Dip of the magnetic needle : De la Rivo, xxxv. Cuntor, xxvii. Lloyd, xxxviii. Norman, xxvi. Dipping needles : Bent. 2a3. Pox, xxxvii. Hoe (Sherwood), SO. Mortimur, 211. Vrettou,l9, Directing elaetrie camnii. 8m Qrciiits,telegimphie (appaniiii orairangemeiitolaaroiNDUilBtiiiit divBctingy or intetruuiuy); dw Cunentiv dectrie (completing ooai1niiiii|c» intcnuiiiuy, mnng). ic* power of the ChiBMe. The, zziT. or on* works. See Electricity (b general); aiso Heating power of ffalvaniam or clectndtf; oZaoMagnetie (or elecCRMni(^ netic) influence. Distance, m » meuu of innk- tion for telegraph wiiei : Dering, 851. Dry piles : Behrens, Iviii. Bohnenberger. Ixiii. De Luc. Ix. IWekhoflr. Iviii. Wewe. 126. 208. '' Zamboni, lie. Earth circuit (intervening land or water used aa the return conducting circuit for telegn- phio purposes) : Allan. 628. Bam. 690. Bain. 67. 110. Bakewell,170. Bianchl. B. U., 388. Brett. A., 115. Bright, C. T.. 258. 613. Bnf^ht, E. B., 258, 618. Burnett. 570. Cooke, 74, 92. ])e Castro. 856. Derinic, 352. Duncker iBenuMn), 888. Fontaincmoreau, mi/ Guyard. 424. Hart, 532. Hoga,700. Johnnon. J. H. iBonMf\ MttA Lindaay, 410. ^^'*'»«**'. »•• Little, 115. Newton. A. V.. 814. Phyiiok, 875. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 737 Earth circuit — cont, Preece, 624. Siemens, C. W^ 587. 8iem«us, E. W., 199, 200. Tremeiichiui, 647. Varley, 388, 880. 490, 491, 495, 616 Walker. lU, 990. 464. "Watson, Dr., xlviii. , Wheatjitonc, 92. Whitehooiie, 419. Wright, T.. 07. Earth currents : Baumgartner, Izxzriii. Pox, Irviii. Phyalck, 375. Whitehouae, 410, 417. 419. Earthenware. See Pipes, tubes, or troughs for electric telegraph wires. Electrical effect increased by heat: Boyle, xliiL Electrical excitation : Bennet, liii. Canton, xlix. Pu Fay. xlv. Gray, xlv. HaQy, liii. Newton, xliv. Nollet, AbM, xlv. Symmer, L Yolta, Hi. Watson. Dr., xlviL Wheler, xlv. Electrical figures or images : Karsten. IxxxiiL LichtenoerK. lii. Moser, Ixxxui. Thomson, W., IxxzvlL Electrical insects ( Crosse, Ixziv. Electrical machines : Common or fHctional ; Boze, xlvi. Brackenbury, 294. Canton, xlix. CuthbcrtHon, lilL Ciordon, xlvii. Guericke, xliv. Uawksbeie, xliv. Johnson, W., 401. Naime, 3. Nott. Ixxxiv. Van Marum, lii., liii. Winkler, xlvi. ''acanu" ): Electrical machines — cent. Hydnveloctric ; Armstrong, Ixxx. Faraday, Ixxx. Hoga,08>. Electricity (in general) applied to: Bleaching textile fabrios ; Uunter,C.,623. Discharge fire^ums ; Bentley, 409. Enamelling : Greening, 099. Fix metallic vaponrs upon glass; Brooman, 671. Lighting gas and other lamps ; Baggs,687. Manufacturing artifldal ftiel; Church, 667. Motive power : Johnson, J. H. (JTotfdUtu, 2ht» chalet, and Perpigna), 407. Schulthess, Ixx. Ornamenting metak and otlier ma* faces ; Greening, 609. Preserving vegetable and animal matters; Vittraoi, 726. Separating ores or melali flrom oibsr substances; Chenot, A. L. S., 681. Chenot, E. C. A., 681. Signalling ; Baggs,6S7. Telerraphf ; »'"^ 3a HigntOB, H., 8B. Electricity in relation to vital force: Beichenbach, Ixxzr. Electricity of cooled sulphur : Ghray. xlv. Wheler, xlv. Electrics : Boyle, xliii. Canton, xlix. Desaguliers, xlvi. Du F*y, xlv. Faraday, Ixxxviii. Gilbert, xliii. Guericke. xliv. Nollet, Abb6, xlv. Thales. xUi. Theophrmstus, zllL 738 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Electro-chemistry applied to : Clarification of saccharine solutions ; Clement. 168, IflO. Coke, desulphurixation of; Church, 100. Holmes, F.H.,6S2. Cosmetics; Lambert, F.,448. Crystallization ; Crosse, Ixxiv. Jennings, lOS. Deoompoeinc chemical solutions; RobertaTM. J., 261. Watt, Cn 228, 229. Evanoration ; Jeuiiinffs, lOS. Fertilising seeds ; Brooman, 2S1. Hanufkcturing and preparing orgaoio and inorganic nubstanoes ; Brooman, 231. Oilpin, w. L., 278. Legraii,278. 8ievier.S14. Waithroan, 314. Manttfocturing carbonate of soda ; De Meckenhpim, 342. TourniCre, M2. Manufaoturing gas ; Shopard, 340. Manufn^'turing or improving fer- mented and distilled liquors ; CrosHC, 118. Hull. 82. Manufacturing pigments; Brunei, r>m. Harrison, C. W., 4.M. Slater, 283. 2a*. 286. Watson, J. J. W., 283, 284, 285. Manufacturing sulphuric or nitric acid; Bell. 246. Wall, A., 280. Obtaining metals from ores and oxides ; Perkins. J. W., 425. Wag«taffe. 425. Preserving vegetable or animal ma- terials ; Brooman, 231. Prcventinif oxiilation in railway rails; Hodge, 239. Printing; Abate, 2r)7. Baggs. 52. De Clorville. 267. Producing minerals artificially ; CroiiM\ Ixxiv. Protection of ships ; Davy, Sir H., Ixv. Electro-chemistry, &c. — cow Purifying qrrupa, Ac ; Brooman, 2S1. Roberts, M. J^ 251. Seduction of ores ; Calvert, M& Separating carbonio sdd fhx trogen; Chenot, C. B. A^ 385. Separating sabstanoes tram another ; Moreau-Darlnc, 408. SUyering Miiinal, Tc«etabie. mineral objects ; — -«*» Becker, ASS. Telegraphs (electric) ; Bain. 81, 110, 707. Davy, B.. ». Glover, T.. 707. Hlghton, B., 888. Highton, H., 8«. Newton, A. V. (OxmRH sm. Whitehouae. «WL^^' "^ Electro - coating or cora \iath : Alloys; Barratt, 63, 64, Elkington, C. J. C, 4S7. Goodo, 6S4. Johnson, W., 800. Junot, 304. Leeson, 70. Morris, 300, 364. Newton, W. E., 345. Pers house, 364. Puis, 514. Russell, 173. SUH>le, 205. Thomas, 464, 529. Tilley, 464, 529, 630. Walenn, 657. JJialker, C. v.. \xxxvi. Woolnch, 173. Aluminum ; Coulson, 672. Taylor, J. G., 504. Thomas. 457, 629. 530. Tilley, 457. 529. 530. Elkington, G. B., 82. Antimony : Smee, Ixxxi. Bismuth ; Parkes, A., 173. Brass or bronze ; Karratt, fKl. Be la Salrede, 130. Fontaine moreau 170 Johnson. \V., ,%o' ^ Morris, 300. Newton, W. E., 345^ INDEX OP SUBJECT MATTER. Elecbo>c(»ting, &c. — eoni. pM-kes, A., 97. HudIe lull. ill, 17J. molrlch, 173. Chromiam ; Junot.sot. t,es.M Elkliiglon, O. IL, 40. Johnson, J. H., WU. Jobnson. J. H. {JhKqvl). Humtj, liii. Newton. W. E.. Stf. NoiTto,7e. Noiulhier, BUI. Pukn, A, 88, ITS. Peirte. W.,M». Poole, 78. Power. 30S. Pr«»o.t, 818. Kidipniy.lM. Hhorv.38. Smee, luil. Spenoer. IutUL, EG. 8l««le, wa. Woalrleli, 72. Gold: lirugnMrm, Iv'ili. UuwpiT ILaiuioU at De U Rive, lux. Kuoh, liu. Electro-coHtJng, &c.—eont. 'Tmlt»t,St,«t,74^78. Wslenn, 888. Woolrich, JS. Iridium; BmccUuL NowUhier, BIT. Privoit, 817. Bmee,buii. Lcadi Bumtt.St. Poniiinemofem, 17*. Johniou. J. H.,4ai). Johnson J. H, (BocfivO, 4i3. Pu^ei, A..8H. Moljbdenun Nlcke) >nd ( imiDametalUeAlMl Cowper fOiKHiiiiit). SIL Cki'psr (LawMf mid Di Klkini(abuDiaii(» No ml tiler, «I7. Electro-deposition, Sec. — etmt. OufKiVHir, C, S5S. Uui?rcr, 411. Hi'tinlqiie, US. Jfffii, ei?. Math leu, »!. Nealoii, W. E. (m!«n},« - vngravinff eiUco or other I/Kkctt, _.. MoiTiHm, D., «I. Ptakrt, A.. 17S. Schaub.ms. II, {UnJeneoiMD.an, ?rintm|jmu, FrotfctlDR batteTT plate* I FoDtalDcmoreui.lM. Trotivtiiig iD"t:il aiiil other Corb^ic] Tli! Priond. G. «%«*. OlaaAinLHt. Hathieu. 1&4. Ncwoy, 714. Ouilry,A..*7!. OuclrT,C.F.L.,SKat Oudry. h^ Mi, Parkui. A^ 173. Parkm. W. H.,71«. Si™pni,C.W„7». '[aylot,i.G..MS. IVitiTlinE (''Ii-KTiiph cablta Shnrpp, B.. (»«. Bcpamtiiig i-opjii-r [tutu me Slerpotypinir ; Cooper, HKR>t(IVn(>IM),tSS. Elcctro-diaraptive etching : Pring, ImTU INDEX OP SUBJECT MATTES. ElectrcMlTiuniic coili ; Bnpnt, liiill. FoucmulL IxviJx* OMilot.luxl^ OroT«L liuli. Honlcr.luiTl. Electto-«tchiDg (Kihition (tf metal by cunent dtctrieity) ^iplied CimnfUnl, B. Bpaunr. Ai, Brave. liuL Stwtaa, W. B. iSien), M. Hiking dectr»4apaiUli« ntoUccH i CoulKiti. ff!t, Johruon. W.,SOO. MoiTiH, son. Newer. 71*. ]>u'kM, W.U.,;i6. Thomu, nxa. uo, TlllPj. 5iO, MO, ■w«t!A'..6a. Produelna or cngraTtnc dukni! Brllfonl. 4S». Drnny. SW, Devinwtiii, W7, 8£G. £rnit,e«S. PoiiUincmanau, UG. Newton, W, B. |.VV«}, 6(8. Bmilh, 8.K., 177. Be-fbrmini; the ttcea of fllet ; l^tlljian. 436. ElectrotyHiB : BcncUui. Ivll. Crulrh>l>uk, hi. Fuvdly, III. Hi-nrj, Dr., tvL HiHingiT, Ivii. Electro-iimgnetio (motive-power) engines ; A1]iin,MT.Ul,469, us. B.'ny (IWrfHpnrtj.M. CaU«V,SO. Electro-maffiwtic engmn — em fvsrr**"- .1. (Xc^kllm. I LltI1e.liiilv..lxxiT. Opcrubar — ^^ — , Pit. iucri. 7«o. Sbei»rd.t^ Sitirreoii. Talbot, 43, See aim the component pi of electro-maffnetic engn and other beads. Electro-magnetism, Uws of: AbrU. I mi. Auiptrc, Ixii iijii Aran), Ixli.. Uiit Bunow, Uv, INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 748 Electro-magnetism, laws of — ctmt, Cumming, Uiv. Davy. Sir H.. Ixlli Faraday, Ixiv. Mojon, Iviii. Oerat^lzL Romaffn^, Iviii. 8avart, Ixiii. Savary, Ixvii. Electro-magnets : Sturseoa, Ixzv. Armatures of; Barnes, 640» 647. Burnett, 580. Buncker {Bemttein), 522, 528. France, 601. Pitman. 572. Poole. 112. Tcstelin, 638. Varlcy, 486. Wilkin8.J.W..865. Coils of ((K)nstruction of) ; Burnett, 580. De Moleyns, 63. Gall, 367. Grenet, 679. Harrison, C. W., 432. Kingston. 302. Scpteuil, 295. Slater, 272. Varl«»y, 489. Vavin, 679. Watson, J. J. W., 272. Wheatstone, 60. Wilkina, J. W.. 363. Combining permanent maguete with ekftro-magnets ; Allan, ^2. Barnes, 647. Bntt, J., 149. House, 149. Cores of (construction oO ; Harnes, 647. Burnett, 580. Dc Moleyns, 62. Duncker {BemsMn), 522, 629. France, 601. Gall, 367. Harrison, C. W., 4M. Kingston, 302. Mapple. H., 106. Poole, 1 12. Sandys, 4Q2. Sept4'uil. 2t)5. Siemens, V. W., 196. Slater. 272. SlurgiH)n, Ixxv. Test<'lin, fi38. Varley, 4S5. WatbOii. J. J. W., 272. Wheatstone, 60. Wilkin8,J.W.,309,863. Electro-magnets — cont. Winding the coils of (method of) ; Bright, C. T.. 260. Bright, £. B.. 260. De Moleyns, 62. Harrison, C. W., 432. Kingston, 302. Testelin, 638. Wheatstone, 60. Wilkins. J. W., 36S. Williams, 293. Electrometers : Cuthbertson, liii. Harris, Sir W. S., Izvii., IxxL, Ixxii. Henler, W., li. Lane, li. Lesarge. li. Lomond, liii. Bichmann, xliz. Bonalds, Ixi. Electro-physiology : Aldini, Iv., Iviii. Boulu, xc. Duchenne, xd. Du Vemey, xliv. Fowler, Iv. Franklin, xlviii. Galvani, liv. Matteucci, xcii. Bemack, Ixxxvi. Beymond, xci. Butter, xc. lire, 1x1. Ziemsscn, xcii. Electroscopes : Bohnonberger, IziiL Butter, xc. Electrotypy. See Electro-depo- sition : Electro-vegetation : Maimbray, xlviii. Enamelling. See Electricity (in general). Engine drivers and guards of railway trains, employing electricity to communicate between : Abraham, S., 365. Abraham, S. V., 365. Allan, 528. B^!(gis588. 744 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Engine dnvers, &c. — cont, Cooke, 74. Glukman, 410. Hart. 6S1. Mirand, 291. Powiiall, 416. Price, 317.637. Reid, 140. Boberto, J.C.,151. Rutter. 12S. Siemens. C. W., 391. Bymons, 722. Tver MO. Watson, i. J. W., 880. Engraving. See Electro-deposi- tion ; also Electro-etcning (solution of metal by current electricity) ; also Heating power of galvanism or elec- tricity; (Uso Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence Envelope machinerj-. See Mag- netic (or electro-magnetic) in- fluence. Evaj)oration. See Electro-che- mistry. Fertilizinpr seeds. See Electro- chemistrv. Fibrous materials. See Electro- deposition ; also Line wires, insulatinp^, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Files. See Electro-etching (so- lution of metal by current electricity). Finding any particular conduct- ing ware, throughout the length of an electric telegraph cable. See Cables, electric telegraph. Finger keys. See Circuits, tele- graphic (apparatus for com- pleting, directing, or inter- rupting). Fire alatvana. Sec K\ai\rca.^. Fish-hooks. See Elcctro-dq tion. Fixing met&llic vapcairs n glass. See Electricity general). Forks. See £lectro-depositi( Frictional electrical machi See Electrical machines. Fuel, manufacturing artifii See Electricity (in genenJ). Fused salts, electro - deposit metals from : Parkes^A.,88. Watt. C., i28. Galvanic batteries : Archer, 123. IJurlcigl), 717. Callai), 4»7. Cumine, etQ. I)aiichell,7l7. I>av7, Sir H.. Ixvi. Dennjr, 527. (ialvani, liv. Himt»rholson, Iv. Pytrie \V., 178. 182. Piirpott, ITS. R*'id, 445. Staitc, 178. 182. W'carc. 178, 252 AVelLs. Iv. Constant ; Bain, 79. yir^nxHn(Gren:et, junior, anc Callan, 4;kJ. Daniell. Ixxiii. Kingston, 331 . Meinig, 182, 359. 3lulhns, Ixxiii. Pulvcnuacher GSS Roberts. M. j.'. 249. A arley, 452, Gift, M alenn, Ixxxix. ^\enre, 126, 2l»3, 394, 395 396. Double lluid; ^-J^,**. Archereau, 400 Boccjuml, Ixviii. Bonijol, Ixxxii. Buusen, Ixxxii. \ w. I* Rue, Ixxiii, m~ *■ INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 745 Galvanic batteries — cont. Do Moleyns, 62. Dering,362,575,57e. Besvignes, 313. I>oat.565. Du Bois. 108. Dulx>s, 560. Pontaiiicmoreau, 347, 35S, 46S, 496. Francara, 469. Fuller, J., 329. GrwnouKh, 221. Grove, Uxvii. Harrison, C. W., 451, 432. Jackson, 255. Jacobi, Lux. Johnson, J. H. (Brequet [JJr*- Kukla, 313. Lec^oii, 68, 69. Le Molt, 158. MuUins. Ixxiii. Pearco, C. T..171. Petrie, W.. 179, 201, 262, 26S, 264, 265. Piagct. 108. Puis, 560. Pulvermaohor, 184, 234. Roberts. M. J., 249. SiemenM. C. W., 392. Slater, 283. 284, 285. Spencer, Ixxviii. Staite, 154, 179. 324. Watson. J. J. W., 283, 284, 285. "Weber, Ixxxiii. Whitehoiwe, 418, Wohler, Ixxxiii. Earth; Bain. 79. Highton, B., 193. Pitman, 573. Weare. 126. Removing the metals from; Fontainemoreau, 347. Highton, E., 146. Highton. H., 146. Pcarce, C. T., 171. Septcuil. 290. Varlty. 451, 462. Whitehouse,418. Self-supplying ; Allman. 16-1. Bain. 50. 118. Banvii**?. 50. Brett, A.. 115. Fontainemoreau, 847, 853. Kingston, 331. Little. 115. Pearce. C. T., 171. Petrie, W., 178, 179, 288. Pulvermacher, 185. RobertH, M. J., 237. Septeuil. 296. Staite, 154, 158, 178, 179. Single Quid ; Adams, 223. Allan, 318. Galvanic batteries — cont, Archereau, 400. Bagg8.5l7. Barratt, 81. Callan,436. Children, lix* Crosse, Ixxiv. Cruickshank, Ivi. De I'Huynes. 807. Dering, 363. Besvifpes, 313. Fontainemoreau (Selmi), 600. Fuller, J., 329. Gilpin, W.L., 278. Grenet, E., junior, 508. Hare. Ixii, Ixiv. Harrison, C. W., 432. Henley, W.T.,289. Henwood, 709. Hess, 451. Hightoil, E., 146, 193. Highton. H., 146. Kukla, 313. Legras, 278. Meinig, 359. Murdoch, 298, 323. Napoleon, lix. Osman, 517. Pearce, C. T., 171. Pepys. Ixv. Pohl, Ixv. Puis, 420, 453, 560. Pulvermacher. 186, 284, 688, 684. Radunsky, 331. RoberU. M. J ., IxxxiL, 287, 248, 250, 251,275. Schottlaender, 85. Septeuil. 296. Slater, 283, 284, 285. Smoe. Ixxx. Staite, 154. 324. Stringfellow, 270. Sturgeon, Ixviii. Volta, Ivi. Walenn, Ixxxix. Watson, J. J. W., 283, 284, 285, W»»ro, 126, 203. Whitenouse. 418. Wollaston, Ixi. Young, lxx>-u See also the component parts of galvanic batteries, and other heads. Galvanometers : Ampere. Hi. Bright, C. T.. 258. Bright, E. B., 258. Cooke, 93. Cumming, Ixiv. Davy, E., 80. Dc la Rive, Ixv. Joule. Ixxxiv. M orriMii, J. D., T1A» M INDBZ OF SUBJECT MATTBB. Galvmouietera cout, flchwdner.lilU. ^"wbwSiffiK I OMlMitteriM: GMMfrom the d«olro-dfleompo- ntion of wttUvi^iIilkd to s Akmmsi Oooke,lB. WlMitelonMB. IiBhtti« and utIimiiWiliVfM Usbte I Lighting or bMtias pmpoMi I Adams, lis. Bianchi, M.. (Cbrrotio), MS. CarMio,822. Newton, A. V^ 801. PulR, 624. BhoparU. 806. 338. Bhepard (Noilet, F.), tXff, Wat80ii,J.J.W.,»L Motive-power engines ; Bisnchi. M., [Carrotio), 285. Carosio, 8S2, SIS. Frascara, 4fi9. Bouaaelot, 368,688. Bchollick, 333. ShepanU 330. Bhepard (NoUet, F,), 207. Smith. 8. B., 177. Talbot. 45. Torassa,fiOO. Vries. 310. "Wood.SO*. Telefrraphs ; Schweigger, IzxviL Soemmering, lii. Gases generated in galvanic bat- teries applied to : Light and heat; Puis, 524. Gas, manufacturing. SeeElectro* chemistry. German silver. See Electro- coating or covering. Giving adherence to wheels upon nils. See Mai){;iifidc (or dectaro- Glaw. See lane wirei»iiiial pioteding:, and soppQrtni gmphic; €iUo Pipc^tdH trougba fbr dmrie talq Glagg, heavy. Glue. See line piotectuu% end tek^grtpliio. Gold. See Electeo-eiMtai covering; aieo Eleetae-d tion; also Gold, ^ jm of, asoertained bj hmh electricitf ; also iMali* i fikcture of, hj meens of tricity (cleotro-metaDing] Gold, the presence of, asceii by means of electricity ; Hoga,S88. Gold thread. See El deposition. Gums. See Electro-depoa aiso Line wires, insul protecting, and supp telegraphic. Gutta-percha. See Line insulating, protecting, supporting telegraphic. Heat, influence of« on magni and, vice versd, of magi on heat : Christie, xxxv. Ilooke, xxvii. 'Wartmann, ^ir-»^T Heat, its electric origin : Joule, Ixxxii. Heating power of galvaiu electricity applied to : Blasting rocks, minoa^ aankan Ac.; Cubitt,lxxxili. Pasley, Ixxix. . Roberts, Ixxxii. \ V^\3diUln«(, Iz. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 747 Heating power of galvanism or electricity, &c. — cont. Cauterization of certain parts of the human body ; Crusell, Ixrsvi. Heider, Ixxxri. LabMime, Ixvii. Middeldorpff, xci. I^daprat, Ixvii. Destroying gases in coal mines, &c. ; Addison, 098. Discharging rockets, fireworks, or de- tonating signals ; Abraham, S., 866. Abraham, S. V., 366. Addison, 698. BobcBuf, 402. Tycr, 878. Electric telegraphs ; Varley, 4M. Engraving hardened steel plates (the heating power of the " spark ") ; Pring, Ixzxvi. Expelling the bolt of an anchor; Boyd, 405. Exploding fire-arms ; Clarke. H., 409. Fanshawe, 325. Haddan, 641. Packman, 477. Pearce, W.G..463. Fusing metals \ Children, Ux. Daniell, Ixxiii. Petrie. W., 180. Staite, 180. Trommadorff, Ivii. General purposes ; Shepard. 248. Slater, 285. Watson, J. J. W., 285. titmg signal or gas lamps; Brooman (I}eg€U>riel), 715. Cowper (Petit), 684. Keogh. F. A., 657. Lighting signal or gas lam] Brooman (D^a* Cowper (Petit), Keogh, F. A., 65 Keogh, H., 657. Lsne, D.. 708. Newton, W. E., M3, 602. Sheringnam, 807. bUito, 128. Measuring the eloctric current ; Harris. Sir W. 8., IxviL Melting solid bodies ; Pink us. 3-1, 45. 89. Motive power engines ; Ancierson, 721. Balestrino. 478. Barsanti. 660. Bolton. 320. Frascara, 459. Matt«;ucci, 660. RouNselot, 36K, 666. Schollick, 838. Heating power of galvanism or electricity, &c. — cont, Seward, 298. Talbot, 45. Tonusa,590. Webb. 339. Wood, 364. Propulsion ; Pinkus, 34, 45, 89. Separating substances Arom one another ; Moreau-Darluc. 496. Helical character of the motion of the force producing mag- netic effects : Swedenborg, xxviii. Hemp. S^e Line wires, insulating, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Hinges. See Electro-deposition. Hyacinth : Theophrastus, xlii. Hydro-electric machines. See Electrical machines. Hygrometric state of the air, as- certaining the : Kraut, 361. Ignition hy the electric spark : Franklin, xlvlii. Ludolf, xlvii. Warltire. Hi. India-rubber. See Line wires, insulating, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Indicating the height of water in steam-boilers. See Mag- netic (or electro- magnetic) in- fluence. Indicating the proximity of ice- bergs: Cummins, N.M. (J, 8, Oummiiu), 670. Indicating the weakening of an electric current. See .^anims. 74B INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, Indicator alarums. See Alarums. Induced currents : AbrUt,lxxii. Antinori, Ixxii. Farmday, Ixviii. Ixix, Ixxil. Henry, Profesitor, Lxxii Pohl.lxv. Wartnuuin, Ixxii. Induced currents prevented : I>ering,459. Injury to telegraphic line wires or cables, ascertaining the precise place of : Bright. C. T., 258. Brixbt. £. B., 258. Cooke, 26. Bienienii. E. W., 201. Wheatotone, 26. Insulating properties of gutta- percha: Faraday, Ixxxviii. Insulators for electric telegraph wires: BachofTiier, 168. Bain, 9b. Brett. A., 115. Brij^ht, C. T., 2r>7. BriKht, E. B.,2.->7. Clark, E., 209.510. Clark, J. L., 000. Cooke, 72. 73. DeriuK.213. Edwards, E., 312. Green, R., 374. Henley.W.T., 288.371. High ton, E. 146. 236. Highton, H., 146. Hunter, J., 279. Kihier, 293. Liddeli, 260. Little, 115. Mappie, H., 209. Nowall, 501. Nott. J., 102. Petrie. G.. 137. Physick. 375.421. Poole (Goodyear), 111, 266. Keid, 130. Ricardo, 163. Siemens, C. W., 390, 391. Smith, A., 2M). Smith, W.,2^tO. Tver, 378. W hisliaw, 152. Wilkins, J. \V., 309, 310. 'Woodxxian,5l)0,59^, IntoTupting electric drcuits. Sm Circuits, telegraphic (appa- ratus or arrangementB for com- pleting, directing, or inte^ rupting): a/io Currents, dectiie (completing, combining, inter- rupting, reversing). Iridium. See filectro-eoatii^ or covering; also Metals, manii- facture of, by means of eke- tricitj (electro-metaUurgj). Iron. See Electro-coating or covering; also Magnetic (or electro - magnetic) influence; also Magnetism; also Metab, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metalluigy); fl^ Testing the capacitj of iron to receive magnetism ; also Wire, manufacture of electric telegraph (welding, deansing, &c). Iron or steel converted into a magnet by its parallelism to the magnetic axis of the earth; CsDsar, XXV i. Gassendi, xxvii, Gilbert, xivi. Hooke, ixvii. Marcel, xxvii. Savory, xxviii. Laws of electro-magnetism. See Electro-magnetism, laws of. Laws of the electric force : Boze, xlvi. Cumming, Ixiv. Du Fay, xlv. Faraday, Ixx, Ixxi. Forhner, Ixvii, Gm^% xlv. Green, Ixviii. GuerickCj xliv. Le Monnicr, xlvii. Nollet Abb^, xlT., xlviii. Ohm, Ixvi. PogKeudorfT, Ixvii. SwedenboT^, xlvi, Wheler, xlv. Whitehouse, xcii, WoUaston, Ivii. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 749 Laws of the magnetic force : Barlow, xxxiii. Coulomb, xziii. Hansteen, ziziii. Hawkflbee, xxriii. Krafft, xxxii. Lambert, xxx. Mayer, zxz. Hichell, zxTiii. Muschenbroek, zxviii. Swedenboiv. xzviiL Turlor, xxvui. WhistoD, xxyUL Laying electric telegraph wires or cables : Absterdam, 690. Askew, C, 6S2. Aikcw, J.. 682. Balestrini, 680, 701. Bauer, 834. Blakely, 696. Bloom. 691. Bright, C.T., 689,658. Brooke, R. L^ 676. Brooman, 816. Burleigh, 68S. Cahill, 881. Be Bergue, 6SS. De la Haye, 691. De Norroann, 718. Bering, 686. Bundonald, 290. Paloonieri, 718. Field, 705. Forde, 678. Fowler, J., junior, 277. Gtsbome, 678. Hemming, 676. Henley, W.T.. 814, 718. Higginaon, 700. Kirkroan, 696. Landi, 715. Lavater, 712. Haointodi,607,706. HyerB,632. Napier, J. M., 675. NewaU,470. Newton, W. E., 711. Patterson, 692. Rankine, 467. Bonald, 677. Bharpe, B., 680. SUver, 682. Smith, W.. 834. Stanley, 649. Thomson. J., 467. Wilkins,W.,631. Lead. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Local action on positive battery plates pre- vented; aiio Metab^ mani;2bo- ture of, by means of eketfici^ (electro-metallurgy). Leather. See Electro-deposition, L^den jar: .fipinus, li. Betanoourt, liii« Bevis, xlviL Gauien, xlvii. Cuneus, xlvii. Kleist, xlTiL Muschenbroek, xlvii. Bmeaton, xlvii. Thomson, W., Ixxxvi. Watson. Sip W.,xlviL Wilcke. li. Wilson, xlvii Leyden jar charge of a tele* graphic line wire : Balestrini, 622. Clark, J. li., xc, 878. Faraday, xc. Gordon. L. B. B. (3eimen§ [Aii* men$T]), 609. Highton, E., 622. Newall, 664. Physick, 375. Siemens, E. W., IxxzviiL, 20L Variey. 880, 487, 401, 408, 616, 61C Whitehouae, xciL, 416, 417, 419, Light, electric : Allman, 168. Binks, 811. Breton, IxzzvlL Burleigh, 717. Chapman, 471. Banchell, 717. Bavy^ Sir H., Ixn Ixiii. Be Moleyns, 62. Beschamps, 496. Biibofloq, Ixxxvii Fontainemoreau. 849. Foucault, IxxxvlL Greener, 108. Guerioke, xliv. Harrison, C. W., 626^ 027, 686. Hawksbee, xliv. Holmes, F. H., 551. Jackson, 254. Johnson, J. H., 827* King, 97. LacaMagne,^478, 60flL Le Molt. 159. Miles, xlvii. Pascal, 642. Pearce, C. T., 170. Petrie, W., 18L Piggott,178. Plnkus,44. Pols, 528b \ 750 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, Light, electric — cont, Pulvcrmacher, 254. Boberto. M. J.. 240, 230. Shepard. 248, 709. Shepftrd {NoUet, R), 207. Slater. 270. 272, 285. Staite. lOS. 108, 127. 156, 181, S8S. Thiers. 478, 602. Varley. 452. Verdun. »62. Vilcoq. 498. WatM>n, J. J. W., 270, 872, 285, SSL Way. 606, 650. 702. Weare, 178. Wilson. J. O.. 282. Wright, T.. 90. TJted for lighthouses and signalling ; Harrison. C.W.. 628. Holmes, P. H.. 552. Watson, J. J. W., 879. Way, 650. • XTied for ships ; Holmes, F. H., 552. Used for subsnueous operations ; Tuck, J. H., 659. . See also Conducting wires for electric currents : also other component parts of electric light apparatus: also other means of producing light. Liglithouses. See Light, electric. Light, influence of, on mag- netism ; and, rice versd^ of mag- netism on light : Faraday, xxxviii. Morichmi, xxxiii. Somcrville, xxxv. Lighting and extingruishing gaa or other lights : BagjfS, 587. .')S8. Urooman (Degabriel),7l5. Cowper {Petit), 584, 585. Keottli, F. A., 657. Kcogh, H., G57. Lano, I)., 7(>8. Newton, W. E., 643,692. Oldham. 618. Sherinpham, 807, ."W)8. Staite, 128. Lightning : Dalibard, xlix. Do Ron) as, xlix. Etruscaus, \Uv, Frau^\\n, i\\x. Q^Bseudi, \x\W, Lightning — cont. Grofton, xliv. Haward. xliv. HoW Writ. xlL Richmann, xlix. Swedenbofjg, xlvL Wall, xliv. Lightning conductors applied to : Brewing purposes ; Van Kempen {Cfrtumer),n^ Buildings : Franklin, xlix. General purposes t Lewis, 470. Protecting a^cultoiml produce; Morison, 428. Ships; Harris, Sir W. 8, Ixiii^ 39Qi Telegraphs ; Barnes. 646. Brett, A., lis. Bright, C. T.. 269. Bright, E. B., 250. Deriug, 213. Highton, E.. lliS. Hunter, .J., 279. Little, 115. Nott, J., 102. Petrio. G., 137. Polo {AdU>y), 668. Siemens, C. \V'., 391. Tjer, 37S. Lightning, magnetism induced or influenced by ; Gassendi, xxvii. Grofton, xliv. Uaward, xliv. Line wires, insulatinijr, protecting, and supporting telegraphic ; Callan, 727. Cockinifs, 311. De Medciros. S48. Gocdicko, 706. Gra.v, xlv. Hunter. J., 280. Potts. T., 311. Watson, Dr., xlviii. "NVheler, xlv. Insulated by a vacuum • Cahill, 381. Insulated by bituminous or gumm^ materials ; Absterdaai, aS9. Allan. 350. Bain, «)7, 80, no. Balestrini, 5*3H. X Barlow, W. H., 153. \ ^^»JoAa\jiu^ 625. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Line wiraa. Sic. — cont. Brttt. J, IBl. Broini, W, IM. C]*lk, J. US73. Dtumn. ii». IhiuaunAld. iSe, Sli. Trek mum, 3M. Tsrrell, S60. . !;g, mm. Giririwj. HwiiiHa. C. v., £70, WS. UwriHn. J. }„ no. Henlfy, W. T„!S»,3I3.'K0>T10. Hlithtun, B., IW. HlBhlon, H., Ite. 'JO.*' U>Lip|g.U..]IM. CSh^whrmiiy. UitII. Pfaytick, m. 'U'lUiunm W., iunior, IM. liuuUtiKl by ladia-rnbbcri BnudoulD.eM. BcdKm.Sm. Brett. J. 191. Clark, J. I^ 371. Uvrlion, C. W.. nStW^ UuTinon. J. J., £78. Iniulatcd bj rIbu, pmper, nrdboud. Poole Ml, SIS, Pe(ik-oi'l'«''),M4. SlstliBin, DW. liuiiUlod l>;f Durino glue I 0[nri.tSS. iDHilUed by gulta percha ; Abatcnh^aat. Bsrlow. W. H.,13S. Bkuilouln. SM Il>.l-..„,lr'i.. ImiiUtmi or jirotecteil l>y h Allnn.SlS. ClMlMrton, &M. Hi, o. w., ng, Ml, •»< aso. lUTitOIl.J. J..ITII. IcQley. V. T^ la», SU. M*, n«. Hithtoii. B., lU. Ilihtuii, H.,1W. 762 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTEIL Line wires, &c. — cont, O'ShftughncMy. IxxrU. Physick, 292, 421. Smith, A.. Ul. Smith, W., 241. Smith, Wiiloughby, 508. - Staihftm, 6a% ftlS. Wheatstone, 25. WUliuns, W., junior, 195. Young, W.. 94. Protected hj metallic coToring ; Ahsterdua, 6S0. Allan, 318. Ealestrini, 506, 599. Baudouin, 697. Bright. C. T., 257. Bright, £. B., 257. Cahill, 381. Callan. 358. 427. Chatterton, 224. Clark, J. L., 373. Cooke, 94. £i-ckmann, 884. Gilpin. W., 404. Gilpin. W. L., 283. Harrison, C. W.. 276, 480, 606. HarriHon. J. J., 276. Hoiiky, W. T., 289, 313, C09. Henry, M.. 7(»k Hiichton, E.. IM. Ltvras, 2S3 McNair, 9*. Mapplo. H., IOC N«'wnll. tiS*. PhvMtk.2s)2. Shnriw, li., HHO. Siemens. K. W., 200. Smith. W.. 33k Smith, Willoi.^liby, 503. Statham. 50 J. 515. AVh«':it stone, 9i. WilkinM)>i, ."157. YoUMK, W., 9K Subaqutoiis. Sef- Cables, electric telegraph. Support«'(l on poles, or in channels, tubes, pipes, &e., at or above the surfnee of t he enrth ; BH(*'»h«l!ner, 1G7. liain.HH. 95. Bntt. A., 115. Bn^tt. J.. 149. Briifht.C.T., 257. BriKlJt, K. B., 257. Brown, W., 196. Clark. £., 209. Clark, J. L., 609. C. M. (Charles Marshall?), xlix. Cooke. 25. 28, 72. 73, 94. Dering. 213. Ettieynausen, Ixxiii. Fuller. G. L., 266. Girard, 633. Hamilton, 545, 583, Henley. ^.T-.-iaa. line wirea, &c. Hiffhton, E^ 1M. 19^ SK^ Hignton» H^ 148. House, 148. Hunter, J., 27». LiddeU.Mii. Little. 115. Mapple, H^ 909 Newton, CH^ Nott, J., 102. Petrie, Q., 1»7. Pole {Adle^, 068. Poole, 111, 112L Beid,139. Bicardo, 16S. BonakU, IxL Bteinheil, Ixxiv. Taquin, Ixxiii. Tyer, 378. Wheatstone. 25, M. Whifthaw, 15S. WlUiama, W., junior, 196. Underground ; Allan, 350. Bain. 67, 95. Baudouin, 037. Brett, T. W. B.. 245. Bright, C. T., 257. Briirht, K. B., 257. Cahill. 381. Davies (.v. S. Goddirr and H.l Goddier), G44. Dundoiiald, 272. Erckmann. ^\. Etticyliaiisen, Ixxiii. Fuller, G. L.. 260. Gilpin, W., 404. Girard, 6S4. Gord(m L. D. B., (Seimens [* mens 7^), 5119. Harrison, C. W.. 481. 6n5. Henley, NV T.. 289. f^\^, 609, Hmhton. E.. 194, 714. McXair. IH. Newton, C 11.. 266. Keid. 139. 2-to. Bonakls. Ixi. Sio'Tjens. R. W., 200. Statham. 515. Steinheil. Ixxiv. Taquin. Ixxiii. Tribaoillet, Ixviii. A^'alker. C. V.. Ixxxvii. "Whishaw, 152. Wright, T.. 67. Young, W., 04, Using insuUted line wir«s instead the earth return circuit ; Statham. 5S4. Whitehouse, 584. "Water used as a conduotor ; Gilpin, W. L., 283, Legras, 283. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. '53 Liquors, fermented and distilled, manufacturing or improving. See Electro-chemistry. Loadstone. See Attractive power of the loadstone; also iHrec- tive power of the loadstone; also Repulsive power of the loadstone. Local action on positive battery plates preventea : By amalgamation ; Callan, 436. Davy, Sir H., Ixvi. Hamson, C. W., 481. Kemp, Ixvii. Staite. 155. Sturgeon. IxviiL Tver, 378. Walcnn, Ixxxix. By contact with hydrogen ; Tyer, 378. By imbedding In porona oement; Weare.304. By means of battery soliition ; Dering, 576. Fuller, J., 329. By union with lead; Callan, 436. Walenn, Ixzxix. Local attraction of vessels, &c. See Magnetic influence pre- vented. Local batteries or circuits, tele- graphic, &c. : Used at receiving stations; Bakewell. 170. Barnes, 646. Brett.J.. 100, 160. Brett, J. W., 591. Bright, 0. T., 258, 260, 511. Bright, E. B., 258, S0O,51L Burnett, 580. Davy, E., 29. Dunckcr (Bernstein), 52S. Fontainemoreau (l>ttmoirfiii),067. Highton, B., 144. 192. Highton. H^ 144. House, 100, 150. Johnson. J. H. (BreonH CByv- ffuet?i),WI. Newton. A. V. (aMem),520. Pitman, 572. Pulvermacher. 180. I^iflmeni, E. W., 199. da Local batteries, &Q. — cont, Varley. 389, 4.00, 492. 4M. Whitehouse, 526, 527. Used at transmitting stations ; Brett, J., 149. Fontainemoreau {Uumoulin), 567. Hatcher, 121. Highton, E., 192, 622. House, 149. Newton, A. V. {CateUi), 519. Preece, 524. Walker, B., 454. Used for alarums ; Allan, 528. Cooke, 25. Hart, 533. Price, 538. Tver, 233. "^ard. 129. Wheatstone, 25. Used for electric clocks ; Forster, 162. Henley, W. T., 162. Used for railway signals ; Tyer, 377. Ward, 129. Used for relays ; Allan. 528. Bright, C. T., 257, 258. Bright, E. B., 237. 258. Cowper(i'rftf),584. Davy. E., 29. Duncker (Bernstein) » 52S. France. 602. Highton, E., 142. Hightoa, H.. 142. Johnson, J. H. (TheiUr), 414. Petrie, O., 134, 135. Siemens, C. W., 597. Varley, 388. 389, 486, 487, 488, 469, 490 491 4i98. Whitehouse, 417, 418, 526, 527. WilkinM, J. W., 310. Locks. See Magnetic (or electro- magnetic) influence. Longitude determined bv means of the electric telegraph : Loomis, IxzxviL Lubricators. See Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence. Lyncurium : Theophrastni, xliL Magnetic curves or figures : Haldat, xxxv. Boget, zixvL 754 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Magnetic force : Quetlet, xxxvi. Magnetic force at considerable elevations : Biot. xxxii. De U Rive, xxxv. KuptTer, xxxv. JjUhnac, xxxii. Magnetic influence (''local at- *• traction ** of vessels, &c.) pre- vented or indicated in respect to: Chronometers ; De Bode, 33. Pislier, xxxiv. Johnxon, £. D., 569. Ulrich,21,645. HarinerM* Ck)mnasae8 ; Airy, xxx\il. Allan, 5«7. Aston, 415. ]{aU)irni«' (Orr), 414. Harlow, xxxiv. R'tvsni'tt, .'iy«. lii;rjrs, -H5. J Jo Nd. 477. Itrown, Sir S.. 132. Krowiiiner, 453. Jiurkf. 010. "Hush. K2. Dc IJod.'. 33. yrioiul, M.(\, 453. (JtTinaiiU', 415. (Jraham, \V., 554. (iray, J.. 45S. Hfwitsf>n, 317. Jriiiiinirs, 15. KK'iiisoricen, 282. Klino, r>'.n». Kortri^'Ut. 131. Mai Hani, 59 k Milne, xxxvii. ^Vfoore, 071. M(^r<', n»>3. J'iir«'ott,«l. Huberts, J.. 252. St. John, 214. Santls, 4')0. Saxbv. .■S2. Small, 408, 534. Walf'S, XXX. Walkor, W., 237. Telopraph neeill«*s; Ilonloy, W. T., 370. Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence, use of, for : Brakes ; Aehat-d. :>W>. Magnetic influence, &c.- De Csstro, 356. Piarkiiison. 40S. R«>iiMelot, S6S. Wilson. J. G., 304. Brushes; Herring, 696. Carving i Broomau, 667. Clocks, electric ; Weare, 126, 127. Comhs; Herring, 586. ControHing railway ^ngin^^ tod a riages; Achard, 500. Amberger, 206. Ash, 607. Bain. 65. Crowley, 287. De Castro, S56. Farrington, 874. Tjer, 232. Wilson. J. G., 282. Wriffht. T.. 65. Counteracting friction ; Ba^n», 517. Osman. 517. Curative purposes ; Aotius, xxv. Buru, 273, 327. Hehl, XXX. Moiniif, 182, 183. Discharging projectiles; Haddan, 574. Engraving ; Brooman, 6t>7. Hans4«n, 4<>3. Woodcock, 301. Envelope machinery • Mumby. 2t>8. Extinguishing signal or gas lamps: Baggs, 688. e f«. Brooman (/>r£)ra^^r/V/), 715, Cowper (/V^i7),68*. Lane, D., 708. Newton, W. E., ^43. G^. Oldham. GIS. Sheringhaui. 308. Staite, 12S. Giving adherence to wheels upon rai Amberger, 2(i5. Indicating the height of water in std boilers ; Shank.s, 548. Smith, W., cai. Smith, W. (Pt«f?),4S0. AVenliam, 5l«. Locks; Newton, W. E. {Eiler), 43S. Mhishaw, 3X5. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 765 Magnetic influence, &c. — cont. Lubricators: Smith, W., 603. Making astronomical observations ; Bond, G. P., xc. Bond, B. F., xc. Muiufacture of paper ; Dickinson, 719. Tycrs, 719. Manuring and improving land ; Uaake. 719. Measuring distances ; Scoresby, xxxvii. Measuring fluids ; Siemens, C. W., 724. Whitehouse, 533. Motive power ; March, 661. Musical instruments and music gene> rally: Bain, 131. Oauntlett. 251. Johnson, J. H. (Desbeaux), 338. Whitehouse, 378. Noctiuuys or tell-tales ; Burgess, (S93. 8ymons, 593. Prcasuro indicators ; Smith, W., 603. Preventing steel dust Arom entering the mouth or nose ; Abraham, J. H., xxxiv. Westcott, ixxiii. Preventing the corrosion of steel pens ; Alexandre, 341. Propulsion on railways, common roads, canals, or of vessels at sea ; Pinkus, 19, 43. 44, 67. Bailway signals ; Ash, 607. Barlow, W. H., 154. Bianchi, B. U., 386, 888. Br*«tt, J., 140. Brooman {DegabrM)^ 716. Burrcll, 483. Craig. 448. Crowley, 287. Daniels, 448. De Ca8tro, 356. Dugmore, 865. Farriiigton, 374. Fontainemoreau, 883, 611. Foster, 15*. Ouyard, 424, 462. House, 140. Ingall, 466. Johnson, J. H. (BonsUi), 464. Kaye, H. J.. 482. Marqfoy. 6ft4. Millwanl, G. II., 365. Petrle, G.. 136. Price, 299, 318. Tyer,281,876. MagAetic influence, &c. — cont, Varley, 614. Walker. R., 389. Ward. 129. Wilson. J. G., 282. BiCgistering the direction of a ship's course; Bain, 90. Gray, W. D.. 614. Registering the progress of ships through water ; Bain, 89. Gray, W. D., 614. Regulating temperature ; Kraut. 361. Smith, W. {Prost), 662. 663. Regulating the hygrometrio state of the air ; Kraut, 361. Regulating the strength of liquids; Kraut, 361. Ringing fog bells ; SUnsbury {Page, C. (?.). 468. Separating iron or magnetic ore from. other materials ; BUshfield, 421. Braithwaite,6I7. Chenot, C. B. A., 397. Chenot, A. L. S., 581, 682. Chenot. E. C. A., 681, 582. Collingridge, 673. Cook, 460. Dickinson, 719. Edwards, W. A.. 442, 476, 668. Fullartoii, 5. Holmes, F. H., 562. Tyers, 719. Wall, A., 138. Shuttles of sewing machines ; Newton, A. v., 727. Ssontagh, 437. Steam whistles ; Craig. 448. Daniels, 448. Roberts, J. C, 161. Tyer, 378. Stopping railway trains ; Craig, 448. Daniels, 448. Grovel', 40. Pinkus, 43. Tyer, 378. Suspending telepn^ph needles or pointers ; Dering, 212. Little, 219. Taking pieces of iron or sted out of the eye ; Morgagni, xxvii. Taking soundings at sea ; Bain, 90. Balestrini, 674. 756 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Magnetic influence, &c. — cn. 326. Captaiiui navigating the Byrian iieas. xxvi. Chinetie, The, xxr. Crow, IS. Mariners' compasses — cont. Dent, 86, 203. Duncombe, 14. Giova, F. de, xxvi. Gotland. 341, 448. Graham, W., 655. Harris, M., V. Heriot, 3. Hewitson. 316. HofTstaedt, 220. Ingenhouz. xxxi. Jennings, 15. Keen, 429. Knight, G.. 1. Lilley, 355. Littlewort, xxxv. McCidlocn. 4. Mintou. 220. More, 503. Mortimer, 211. Napier, D.. 169. Napier, J. M., 159. Phillips, C, 17. Preston, 18. Provence, G. de., xxvi. Roberts, J., 252. Rowland. 12. St. John, 213, Small. 468. Smith. £., 9. Stebbing. 10. Syeds, 9. Venetus, xxvi. Wright, G., 4. Hanging or cabin ; Harris. M.. 9. Keen, 429. Littlewort, xxxv. Smith. £., 9. Wright. G.. 4. Variation ; Adie, xL Atkins, 16. Beaufoy, xxxilt Cameron, 826. Duncombe. 14. Fox, xxxvii. Glover. F. R. A., 680. Grardon. 85. Kleuisorgcn, 281, S16. Knight. G., 1. Mortimer. 211* Nugent, 6, 8. Reeder, 505. Robertson. C, 648. St. John, 214. Small. 534. Swan. xL Mathematical instruments. See Electro-dei>osition. Measuring distances. See Mag« netic (or electro-magnetic) in- fluence. 758 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, Measuring electric force : IJecqucTTl.lxxv. Coulomb, lii. See also Electrometers; also Galvanometers; also Heat- ing power of galvanism or electricity ; also Voltameters. Measuring heat. See Thermo- electricity. Mercury. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Local action on positive battery plates pre- vented ; also \lercury used in a hydro-electric machme ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro- metallurgy) ; also Regulating or governing electric currents. Mcrciin' used in a hydro-electric machine : IT 0^0,681. Metallo-chromv : (;a>*siot, Ixvi. Nubili, Ixvi. Metals. See Electricity (in gene- ral); niso Klectro-ohcmistry ; also Electro-coating or cover- ing ; also Electro-deposition ; also Electro-etching (solution of metal by current electricity) ; also Heating power of galvan- ism or electricity; also Line wires, insulating, protecting, and supporting telegraphic ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro- metallurgjO ; also Pipes, tubes, or troui^hs for electric tele- graj)h wires. Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metal- lurgy) : AlkaUnomolals-, Bird, \\\v . Metals, manufacture of, &e. Davy, Sir H., lix. Watt, C, 228. Alloys; Thomaii. 629, 5S0. TiUey, 529, 580. Aluminum ; Thomaa. 629. 530. Tilky, 529, 5S0. Amalgarna ; Bird. Ixxv. Reed, 409. Antimony • 8mee, Lcxxi. Cadmium ; Smee, Lxxxi. Chromium ; Junot, a<>lu Copper; Crone, 25S. Dancer, Ixxxv. De la Eue. Ixxiii. Dcrode, 227. Griffin, 301. Jones, A., 61. Petrio, W., 263. Snu'c, lxxxi. AVall, A., 8.^. Gold; Broorann, 380. lUirsill, ;iS2. Parkes, A., 55. Petrie, W., It^i, Smeo, lxxxi. Watt. C, 229. Iridium ; Smee, lxxxi. Iron; Berodo, 227. Holmi's, F. H., 552. Johnson, J. H., 327. Prideaux, 725. Siiioo, lxxxi. Wall, A., 83. Lead; t>moc, lxxxi. Metals pcncrallv ; Calvert, 5l2l Derode, 227. Nanicr, J., 87, 94. Robertson. J. C., 129. Thorne, 397. Wall, A., 8H. Watt, C, 229 Molybdenum ; Junot, 'M%. Nickel ; Smeo. lxxxi. Palladium ; Smee, lxxxi. Platinum ; Leeson, 70. Smee, lxxxi. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. 769 Metals,manufkctureof, &c. — cont. Rhodium ; Smee, Ixxxi. " Silicium" (silicon in a metallic fonn); Junot, 304. Silver; IVtric. W., 2G3. Smee, IxxiL Steel; BroomaoLSSl. Holmes. F. H., 652. Profi8er,806. Wall, A.. 88. Watson, J. J. W., 305. Tin: Dcrodo, 227. Wall. A.. 88. Titanium ; Juuot, 304. Tuug>4tcn ; J unot, 301. Zinc; Smee, Ixxxi. Wall, A., 88. Meteorological condition of space. See Registering by means of - the electric current. Minerals produced artificially. See Electro-chemistry. Mirrors. See Electro-deposition. Molybdenum. See Electro-coat- ing or covering ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metallurgy). Moon's influence on terrestrial magnetism : Kreil, xxxviii. riantamour, xxxviii. Motive power. See Atmospheric electricity ; also Electricity (in general) ; also Electro-magnetic (motive power) engines; also Gases from the electro-decom- position of water ; also Heating power of galvanism or elec- tricity; also Magnetic (or electro - magnetic) influence ; also Secondary, induced, or derived electric currents. Movements of mercury by means of electricity : Gerboin. Ivii. Music. See Electro-deposition; also Galvanometers ; also Mag- netic (or electro - magnetic) influence. Nautical instruments. See Elec- tro-deposition. Neutralization of magnetism : Newton, xxni. Nickel. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Metals, manu- facture of, by means of elec- tricity (electro-metallurgy). Nickel, magnetism of: Faraday, xxxix. Poole, 112. Nitric acid, manufacturing. See Electro-chemistry. Noctuarj's or tell-tales : Kunrewi, ROT. SyuionH, 6tf3. Optical instruments. See Elec- tro-deposition. Ornamenting metals and other surfaces. See Electricity (in general); also Electro-deiK)si- sition. Oscillation, needle of, or mag- netic pendulum : Coulomb, xxxiL Graham, xxx. Ozone : Andrews, xdi. Bo<>kel, xci. Schovnbein, Ixxxv. Palladium. See Electro-coating or covering ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro-metallurg}'). 1 760 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Paper. See Line wires, insulat- ing, protecting, and support- ing telegraphic ; also Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence. Passivity (or electro-negative character) of iron and other metals: AndrewR, Irxii. Beetz.lxxii. Bird, Ixxix. Paraday, Ixxii. Keir, Iv. Nlckl^, Ixxii. Schoenbein, Ixxii. M'eber, Ixxxiii. W6hlcr. IxxxiiL ** Peckers." See Circuits tele- graphic (apparatus or arrange- ments for completing, direct- ing, or interrupting). Penholders. See Electro-deposi- tion. Peroxide of lead. See Electro- coating or covering. Phosphorus, diamagnetic power of: Faraday, xxxix. Photography used to record the deflections of a needle, or other telegraphic signals : Hiphton, E., 714. Pigments, manufacturing. See Electro-chemistry. Pipes, tubes, or troughs for electric telegraph wires : Fowler, J., junior, 277. Henley, W. T., »44J. Earthenware ; Brett, T.AV.B., 245. Roid, 245. "Wliishaw, 152. Gla&s; Girard, 631. Whishaw, 153. Metal; Brett, T. W. B., 245. Davies (.V. S. Goddier and II. E, Goddier),^)^ Pipes, tubes. &c. — conf. Dajr. 319. Henler. W. T., 2S9L Bekl,S46. Slate; Brett, T. W. B^ 245. FuUcr. G. L^ tM. Reid,24ft. Wood; Brett, T. W. B.. S45. Davies (if. S. Goddier audE.L Ooddier), ftM. Puller, G. IL 26d. Newton, C. H.. 268. Beid.245. Platinum. See Electro-coating or covering:; also Metals, manufacture of, by means d electricity (electro-metallurgrl Pole changers. See Currents, electric (completing, combin- ing, interrupting, reversing); also Circuits, telegraphic (ap- paratus or arrangements for completing, directing, or in- terrupting). Porous cells op diaphragms far galvanic batteries : Beoquerol, IxviiL Dancer, Ixxvii. MuUins, Ixrvi. Spencer, Ixxviii. Toihausi n, k. {ffaIt\>rsoH), 55$. See also Galvanic batteries. Preparing organic and inorganic substances. See Electro-che- mistry. Preser\'ing vegetable and animal matters. See Electricity (in general) ; also Electro-che- mistry. Preventing oxidation in railway rails. See Electro-chemistrv. Printing. See Electro-chemistrr : also Electro-deposition ; also Galvanometers ; also Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence; also Telegraphs, electric. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, 761 Projectiles. See Electro-deposi- tion ; also Maji^netic (or elec- tro-magnetic) influence. Proof plane : Coulomb, liL Protecting metal and other sur- faces. See Electro-deposition ; also Line wires, insulating, protecting, and supporting telegraphic. Protection of ships. See Electro- chemistry; also Lightning con- ductors. Purifying syrups, &c. See Elec- tro-chemistry. Pyro-electricity : jEpinufl, 1. Brard, liii. Canton, li. Hatty, liii., liv. J. G. 8., xliv. Railways, controlling the trains on. See Conducting wires for electric currents ; also Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence. Railway signals. See Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence; also Railway signals (common electricity applied to). Rulway signals (common electri- city applied to) : Baggs, 08S. Railway trains, communication hetween guard and engine- driver. See Engine-drivers and guards of railway trains, em- ploying electricity to commu- nicate between ; also Conduct- ing wires for electric currents. Recording the time at which distant actions take place : Tyer, MO. By a marker on a moving sur&oo ; WheaUtone.asi. By an electric time ball ; Phy8ick,376. Reduction of ores. See Electro- chemistry. Registering by means of the electric current : Meteorological condition of space ; Whcatstone, Ixxxiv. Pressure; Dunn, A., 165. Temperature ; l)unn, A.,165. The direction of a ship's course; Alliott, 176. Bain, 90. Napier, D.,159. Napier, J. M., 159. The progress of ships through water ; Bain, 89. Bright, C. T., 641. The speed of railway trains ; Guyard,462. Regulating or governing electric currents by means of : Brake machinery ; Chapman, 471. Clockwork ; Bain, 79. Fontainemoreau, S40. Harrison, C. W., 696. Petrie, W., 181. Bol>crts. M. J., 240. 8taite, 108. 156, 181. Varley, 402. Elect ro-magnets or oolU iu the oinmit ; Allman, 164. Bain, 79, 118. Chapman, 471. Fontainemoreau, ^4B, Harrison, C. W., 626. Jackson, 2&4, 255. Jjicassagne, 4/78, 60S. Pascal, 642. Poarce, C. T.. 171. Petrie, W., 180. Pulvermacher. 184, 185. Roberts, M. J., 240. Slater, 270, 271. 8taite, 127, 156. 180, 324. Thiers, 478, 608. AVatson. J. J. W., 270, 271. Galvanometers ; Allman, 164. Varley. 400. Gases fW>m the electrolysis of water in the circuit ; Allman, 164. lAcassagne, 4178. Pascal, 642. Tillers, 478. 762 INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Regulating or governing electric currents, &c. — cont. Heated meUllic conductors ; Alltnan, 164. Slater, 271, S80. Watson, J. J. W., 271, 880. IntenxMition of bad conductors ; Pulvermacher, 186, 188. Mercury; Lacamafn^c, 602. Thiers, 602. Specific gravity ; Binks, 311. Staite, 32S. . Varyinf^ the length or dimensions of the circuit ; Dering. 412. Hjorth, 166. Kaye. R.J.,S28. Openshaw, 328. Petrie, W., 180. Pulvermacher, 184, 188. Staite, 180. Varley, 490, 493. Whoatstone, 60. Relays. See Circuits, telegraphic (apparatus or arrangements for completing, directing, or inter- rupting). Repulsive j)o\ver of electricity : Du Fay, xlv. CJuorickr, xliv. Xollot, Abbv, xlv. Repulsive ])owcr of the loadstone : Marcel 1 us, xxv. Pliny, XXV. Reversing electric currents. See Circuits, telegraphic (apparatus or arrangements for completing, directing, or intemipting) ; also Currents, electric (completing, comhining, interrupting, re- versing). (( ti Rheopeter." See Currents, electric (completing, combin- ing, interruj)ting, reversing). Rhcotome." See Currents, electric (eom\^leting, combin- ing, inteTTWvtm^, t^x^iwcvoCn. \ Rhodium. See £lectro-eoatan( Of covering ; also Metak, m* nu^Ekcture of, hy means of eko tricity (electro-metallurgy). Safety-lamps. See £lectro-dqM> ntion. Secondary, induced, or demec electric currents, used for: Blastinj^ : Whitehoiue, 52S. Electro-chemical deoomposltioa: Whitehouae, 625. Heat; Cowper (Petit), 5S4. Lane, D., 70B. Shepwti {yoUet, F.), 20e» 207. Light; Cowper (Petit), 584. Harrison. C. W., 628. LacassaKiio, 60S. Lane, D., 708. Pascal, 6^*2. Shopard (XoUet, F.), 206, 207. Thiers, G03. Medical purposes ; Morrison, J. D.. 71S. Puis, 453. Pulvermacher, 68.3. Motive power ; Shepard {ISToUet, F.), 206, 307. Ordnance purposes ; Whitenouse, 523. Telcajapha ; Allan, 2-t7. Brett, J., 150. S'^'^ui* S* S-' ^^' 5^- 513. Bright, E. B., 259, 5l:», 513. Coret)t 336. Solutions, electro-depositing : Cornfield, 467. Ctorbctt, 715. Ck)ul80u, 672. Cowper (Caussinua), 611. Cowper {Landoia and Daniel), 645. Denny, 392. Fontainemoreau, 172. Friend, G.W., 471. Gedge (MaiUy), 503. Johnson, W., 800. Johnson, J. H., 460. Johnson, J. H. {Bocqnet), 423. Junot, 304. Lyons, 119. MiUward. W., 119. Morewood, 651. Morris, 300. NewCT, 715. Noualhier, 616, 617. Parkes, W. H., 715. Person, 410. Power, 304. Pn^vuttt.616,617. Puis. 484. 514. Rogers, 551. Thomas, 456, 434. 529. 530. Tilley, 456. 464, 529, 630. Walenn,657. • Watt, A,, 528. See also Electro-etching (solu- tion of metal by current electricity). Solutions of spent galvanic bat- teries apphed to prevent de- composition in animal and vegetable substances : Bering, 726. Spark, by means of thermo- electricity : Antinori, Ixzii. Spark, prevention of the electric : Dering. 412, 459. Greonough, 221. Grenet, 679. Sjorth, 441, 475. ohnes, F. H., 6BS. 764 INDEX OF SUWECT MATTER, Spark, prevention of, &c. — eomt, Johnson. J. H. (Bolmida), 65d. Petrie, W^182. Robert!!, M. J., 250. 8tait«, 1H2. Tyer, 233. ^avin, 079. Specula. See Electro-deposition. Speed of electricity : Beccsria,!. Pftraday. xc. WheaUtone, Ixxi. Spoons. See Electro-deposition. Springs, constant and intermit- tent, imitated by means of galvanic force : CrosM, Ixxx. Steadying telegraph needles : By friction ; Burnett, 579. Mapple. IL, 106. By gn'avitation ; Cooke, 25. 28. Derinp, 212. Mapple. H., 10ft. Tver, 64<». W heatstone, 25. By magnetic attraction ; Cooke, 28. Mapple, II., 106. Steam whistles. See Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence. Steel. See Electro-deposition ; also Heating power of gal- vanism or electricity ; also Magnetic (or electro-magnetic) influence ; also Magnets ; also Metals, manufacture of, by means of electricity (electro- metallurgy). Steel pens. See Electro-deposi- tion ; also Magnetic (or electro- magnetic) influence. Strength of hquids, ascertaining the: Kraut, 3ft\. Subaaueous elecbic telegnpli cables. See Cables, electric telegraph. Subnuuine electric tekgrsph across the Channel : Brett, Ixxxix., xc Subterranean electric telegraph cables. See Line wires, insu- lating, protecting, and sup- porting telegraphic. Sulphuric acid, manufiacturiog. See Electro-chenustiT. Surveying or land compasses : Cuneroii. 826. Danoombe, I4w Kortri|irht,431« More.5(». Nugent, 8. Sandoz {Dorcf), 33«. Stcbbinjc. 10. Tolhausen. A. (PWww), 53L " Switches." See Circuits, tele- graphic (apparatus or arrange- ments for completing, directing, or interrupting). Teeth. See Electro-deposition. Telegraphic alarums. Set Alarums. Telegraph poles, presenting : Baillic, 502. Westwood, 602. Telegraphs, electric : Allan, 217. Archer, 425. Boboeiif, W2. Brown, W., 178. Caro8io, 3.54. I)eriufr. 363. Etticjliauscn, bcxiii. Fontainemorcau eso Gamble, 114. Harrison, C. \V'., 432 Hunter. J., 279. Lacassa^ne, 478. Lucas, 208. Ncwton.A. v., 215. PiKgott, 178. Rcid, 260. BAbertB, J. C, 152, INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Telegnphs, electric— coat. Shipple, 178. Shvpc, J. R, li. Shcpbord.lTS. BUter, na. Tiquln. liiiii, Thfen, «». Virley, *tS. WfttHn, J. J. W, 871. Vet.n, ITa WilUuu, i;s, m. iematie.; Allui, »7. Bright. C.T, no. Bri>ht,B.B.,filu. Crowlej, »7. Dujmrdln.Ul. AcUdk b* the I UlitenlU; Odie.lU. AotlDsbrlhedMoaipositfcQorvMaTi I Telegraphs, electric — eonl. Bc-hwc Bwmi iSB.er. E,11l Lomaad, IIIL BomUaf, 111, telvi,lv. Coning! ]&in.«l>. B*ke«rll, m Chldlcy, Ml. Hunl«r, J„ !M. JoiKi. In BIS. Hullvr. MS. L, 11S.14S, 1M,14S, .1,14£,MS,U<1A Wi'x Pelrk'fa..l35. Poolp, 111. BflluliiH III. 8iL.ineni>, C.W.. MS. Tn'miwhiaf, GM. Viwli-v.flli. ■WanfiliSi. WhenUtune. M. ST. H. 'Wlii(r1iau«>,4]ij,Gtf. WllliMD«.W.,Junlof,l«S, ElEctnvi'hTB'oloEial : 76G INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER. Tdegnphs, eleotno— com/. Weber, Ux. WhefttsUme, 37. Whitehotuw,41<,4l7. Vllluma, We, junkir. 1M. Harking; Amyot, IxxH. Bain, lOD, 707. Bnftt,J..l«. Burutftt. 678. Burrell. 4M, Vtkvy, E.. t9. ]Jiuanliii,U8. Jhiuckcr (BertuMm), ttS. Fronicnt,u]j[iz. Glover, T.,7iik*y.W.T..37a,6Q«. HIghton. E., 146, 190^ IM. Hishton, Ii.,14B. Iloiue, 149. John, 606. Johniou, J, H. {Minie tmd Aw- Jone«, J., 518. Ki^e, 11. J., 484. McKenric, 570. MOFM', Ixxv. Sti'inhi'il, Ixxiv. Theihr. M. (F. TheOer), 000. Tn^nivschini, 646. Varlcy, 48G, 49<>, 402, 401^ 615. AValkcr. R., 670. M'hitfthousc. 371, 417. Wilkiiw, J. W.. Sft». Nce7. Johnson, J. H. (rA«ler),«li Kennedy, 608. Mapple. D. M.. 358. Mapple, H., 358. Newton. A. V., 215. Poole. 113. • Pulvcrmachcr, 188, 189. 8chwcigg«»r, Ixxvli? Siemens. E. W.. 198. Steiiihcil Uxiv. Theiler. M. (P. Theiier), m. INDEX OF SUBJECT MATTER, 767 Telegraphs, electric — cont. Vail, Ixxv. Yarley. 494. ^Wheatstone, Price fif-ft/. ALPHABETICAL INDEX for the above period. 1 vol (129 pages). London, 1856 Price Js. fii SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 1 v(i (311 pages). London, 1856 Price 17*. CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED for 1856. 1 vol. (b^ pages). London, 1857 Price Cs. 6d. ALPHABETICAL INDEX for the above period. I vol (143 pages). London, 1857 Price 8i. SUBJECT-MATTER INDEX for the above period. 1 voL (336 pages). London, 1857 Price 18*.6rf. CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX of APPLICATIONS for PA- TENTS and PATENTS GRANTED from the Ist JanuaiT to the 31st December, 1857. 1 vol. (196 pages) Price 6s. 6J. THE ALPHABETICAL INDEX for the above Period. 1 vol. (163 pages) Price 8i. THE SUBJECT-MATPER INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. ^368 pages) Price 19*. 6d. THE CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX ot APPLICATIONS for PATEN TS and PATENTS GRANTED from ihe Irt January totheSlat December 1858. 1 vol. (188 pages.) Price 6«. THK ALPHABETICAL INDEX for the above period. 1 vol. (USpagea.) Price S*. SPECIFICATIONS of PATENTS of INVENTION, DIS- CLAIMERS, &c. depoaited and filed under the Act com- meDcing lat October, 1B52. SPECIFICATIONS of PATENTS of INVENTION, DIS- CL.'VIMERS, Sic, enroUed under the old Law, numbering 12,977. SUPPLEMENT to tbe SERIES of LETTERS PATENT utd SPECIFICATIONS of LETTERS PATENT for INVEN- TIONS recorded in the Great Seal Patent OfBce, and granted between the lat of March (14Jac. 1.) A.D, l'i)7.aD(I the In Octo- ber (16 Vint.) A.D. iS52i con«i«ting for the must part of Reprints of scarce Piunphleta, descriptive of the early patented Inventioaa compriied in that Series. Edited by Bbmmbt Wooocboft, SujKrintendent of Specifications, &c. In one vol., price 9l. 6d., or each TVact sepantely at the price affixed. I I. Hetallica; or the tmCtw of Hetitlllca, bricO* comprehondfn; the doctrine of dlroi»onewniBtiJliamii'enlion».*t'. By Smoir flriTRTFTiiiT, (£*(. Un Patent. datadltaFtiniaryMni.t PriceU.ia. l.ATiMllKarlleMUli».biitiiD- •'-- -'-■-'• ••"■ aturlmBiit, upoo hi* IWent, » granW d-D. UU.) Prise 4d. I. A OamniBlaa direotod to flir Ricbanl Wj^ne and othcn to inqul NiCHous P*oii nr BirNlcBouaHiumlfae or UeMUlok. but DDl thai wblEh »u publlahod by Mr. Simon aturlmBiit, upoo hi* IWent, te. By JoEH Ooaatoti. ilttUn PaietU, dJi.mi.) Prioeld. ' "" "' ' '" "' Ricbanl Wj^ne and Dthcn to inouira Dpon A'«. M of pertaine kUoo* fbr (liodryinf of imttt, ^. Ao. {Lrii^n P^mtt. I and U, mptctnelt dated ftA Ai-rU UM, md ISrd J%h UtD-) k uvu Dtrcun^i Ilatallum Mftrtla ; or Iron midn nrlth plt-ODOld, nkflwle, ko. iLitUTwFatnt,Ilat.ahlpo(ldmuW>tar4nununuliacEiislne, innntad bt the Sl|riit Honooiable (and doirtedly to b* piaUed mhI ■dmtred) SmriXD Soxaam, Lord Marqnl* of Woacisna, Ao. tc (Blat.ltaar.II.e.U.A.P.iMi.) FtiMW. 1. niTipttlnn liDpimnl ; nrth* trt of mwlnc ablpa of all imta in oalmt with amoroeuj'.iiwin, and Hi'sdymiitimi than lani can. Br Thoiu* SAVaar. XJXf.T.. )■..'. ..' 1 .. ■ I ■■ I .■.,]««.) KitoU. S. Thfl MiTN ■■■ I •■ ■ I „iiiw by nro. d«TJbed.A>. SrTiio'M ■■■r..-lattdS6tliJuIfl«K,i'»d aiat.-l».< I 'I .. K. tk 8pwlu^iii:i : I urwmal new inrtntiona MidniTi'i" . ! - :i ■iiiuloaalin, Ac BrJOHiT AlJ,«Ii.M,[), {LrfttrtI'«h-iit.A;>.t,^!t.J.^ Vf««M>. r (hJiM n»t of or Into any tuirhour, Dort, or ritor laiiiial wind aaS tids, or inftolm,!.!. ByJoN:kTajlsactU. lLiHfnFalitl,lfo.tU,dattdntt Ileetmlm ITM.) IVIiw IHl. . An hlitorkal arcniintora nrw mrthnd IM oitrapUoK tb« Itanl «lr out of r. 8tiTT<>ii, Iho Inmitiir. To wlili-b an an- AN INDEX to ALL INVENTIONS PATENTED i& ENGLAND from 1617 to 1854 inclusive, amnged mider the greatest number of heads, with parallel references to INVEN- TIONS and DISCOVERIES descnbed in the scieirtific works d VARIOUS NATIONS, as classified by Professor Schubaitfa. Bf B. WOODCROFT. The foreign works thus indexed form a portion of the libniT of the Ck>mmis8ioners of Patents, where they maj be oonsnltea, or manuscript translations be had. SOMMAIBB de tOUtCII l08 IVTBHTIOHB BBXVBTtKS Cn ASOLMIEMME dcpW 1617 Juaqu'en 1854 iucIniivemeDt, arrmngitoi d*apr^ii le plus Krand wmmi rnbriqaeii, avec renvois »uz IwvESnoirs eC DicoirviiBTSS oiteritoa '^^^ k» oOTngiM BckmtifiquM de mwrtBMMTM matiohi, claaate mr le rmikafiii SchoSvth. PM-B.Woodijroft. *^ " rnw^ir La ouvntffCH ^tiangtin oi-d«Biii fbnt pMtie dc la BibUoihtaoedelaOaB- miMion des PsUmtet, oCl I'oa peat lea ooofolter, M obtenir desindactionsci maniuorit. VBSsKiCHiriBS allcr in Estolah d raa 1617— IBM inoL PArxsmsm EBni- DUVOBV, unter vielflUtiKeTitel celmdit mlt Hinweisuniren muf BxFi2n>rve0 und EifTDECKUNOBN die nacb not, Sdraberth'e KhMsiAdmnir in dea wimeo- Rchaftlichcn Wcrkcii \'BS8CBIEDBHBS Natiobex beschrieben sind Von B. WoodOI>CBOPT. Superintendent of Spccifirttion*, ic. CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY of the GREAT SE\L P\- TENT OFFICE. Two vole. imp. 8vo. (Vol. I.' Tttte; Vol. II. Index.) Pnce 21». *'*^\*«./N/^^*/\^^\,^,/%/^/^*>,rX W**-*^^ PATENT MUSEUM AND LIBRARY AT SOTH^H KENSINGTON. THIS Museum is open to the public daily, free of charirc The hours of admission arc from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m.. and in the evenings of Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday from 7 to 10 p m All communications on the subject of the Museum to be addressed to the Superintendent, Grea-tSeiVr^teivt Office, ^' Woqdcropt. In course of Publication, by Order of the CommissioDers. ABRIDGMENTS (in Classes and Chronologically arranged) of all SPECIFICATIONS of PATENl'ED INVENTIONS, firom the earliest enrolled to those published under the Act of 1862. These books are of 12mo. size, and as each is limited to inven- tions of one class only, thev can be sold at prices sufficiently moderate to enable the humblest inventor to examine for himseu whether his discovery has been previously patented or not. At the foot of each abstract is given references to notices of the inventions in scientific and other works, and to the reports of law proceedings for infringements, &c. &c. &c. The classes already published are, — 1. Drain Tiles and Pipes, price (>c/. 2. Sewing and Embroidering, price 6d. 3. Manure, price 6rf. 4. Preservation op Food, price 6d. 5. Marine Propulsion, price 4s, 6. Manufacture op Ieon and Stkkl, price 5s. 7. Aids to Locomotion, price Is, 8. Steam Culture, price 2s, 9. Watcher, Clocks, & other Timekeepers, price ls,6d, 10. Fire-arms and other Weapons, Ammunition, and Accoutrements, price 6s. 6d. 11. Paper: — Part I. Manupactukk of Paper, Paste- board, and Papier Macix^, price .3^. 12. Paper: — Part II. Cutting, Folding, and Orna- menting; including Envelopes, Cards, Paper- hangings, &c., price 2s, Vi, Typographic, Lithographic, and Plate Printing, price 7s, 11. Bleaching, Dyeing, and Printing Yarns and Fabrics, price ds, 6d, 15. Electricity and Magnetism; their Generation AND Applications, price 8*. (id. 16. Manufacture and Application of India-rubber, GuTTA Percha, &c. ; including Air, Fire, and Water Proofing, price lOs, ITie following arc in the press : — Prei»abation of Fuel, and Apparatus for its Com- bustion. Production and Application of Gas. Steam Engines. Metals and Alloys. . ^^ ^\'< . »#■ -N W • ■•• A FREE LIBRARY and READING ROOMS are open to the Public daily, from 10 till 4 o'clock, in the Office of the Commis- sioDers of Patents, 25, Southampton Buildings, Chancetr htot. In addition to the printed Specifications, Indexes, and other publications of the Commissioners, the Library includes a Col- iection of the leading British and Foreign Scientific Jonmals, and text-books in the various departments of science and art A catalogue is on sale. Note.— The Commissioners' pubhcations may be consulted daily in the Library of the British Museum, in the Library of the Society of Arts, and in the Free Libraries of the following Townt and Cities : — Al)erdeen (Pubiic Library, Toum House). AccrinKt^m {Mechanics* Institutum, Bank Street). Bclftuit {Harbour Office, Corporation Square). Beverley {Guildhall). BirrainKhani {Birmingham and Mid- land Institute, Cannon Street). Bolton-lo-Moora {Public Library, J5j> change Bnildinas). Bradfonl, Yorkshire {Borough Ac- countant's Office, Corporatism Buildings, Swoin Strett). Brijrhton (7V>m';i Hall). Bristol (City Liftrary, King Street). Buniloy I Office of tht' JiurnUy Im- proeenn'n t Com m issioners) . Carabridiff' ( Fru Libra rii,Jtsus Lane). Cantorhurv {Municipal Museum, auililhall Street). Carlisle [Free Library, Police Office), Chcstor (Toicn I fall, Nortlujate St.) Cork {Ri>!ial Cork Institution, Nelson Place). Crowo (Railway Station). Darlinurton {Mechanics' Institute, Shimiergate). Dorchester. Drof?h(Kln. Dublin {Royal Dublin Society, KiUlare Street). Dundalk. Falmouth {Public Library, Church Street). Gateshead {Mcchanirs' Institute). Gorton {Hail way Station). Glasj^w {Stirling's Library, 3IiUer Street). Grimsby^ Great {Mechanics' Institu- tion, Victoria Street). Ilanlev, Stairordshiro Potteries {Totat Hall). Hartlepool, West {Literary and Me- chanics' Institute, Church Street). Hertford ( Public Libra ry. To wu Hall) . Huddersfield {Qwiinissioncrs' Offices, No.\,Smth Parade). Hull ( Meclutnics' Institute, Georqe St. ) Ipswich {Museum Library, Museum Street). KeiKhley ^Mechanics' Ii\«t'ilutc,l!roTtlv 8treei\. KiddorminstoT ^.Public IVee lAbrar^, Public Bui Witvos, Vicar Street^. Kuiga* I^in, Norfolk {Siamleg U- orary, Athetutum). lAiiMtfter {Mechanieg' InHHuU,Mar- ket Street), Leamington Priors {Public Librart, TownHaU). Lee^(7bwi» ClerkT* Office, 3br« Leioe8t«r(a>rpam«ait Library, Tov% Hall), Limerick. Liverpool {Free Public Library, Bute Street). ; {Hoyal Inslitution). London {British Museum). Society of Arts {John Sirttf, {Useful Knowledge iy^ Ad el phi). Maoolejslield cicty). Maidstone. Manchester {Chethatn Hospital). {Pre^ Library, Camp FteUl). Montrose. Newark, Nottingham {Me^hanie^ Institute, Middle Gate). Newciwtle-upon-Tyuo {Literary and Philosophical Sooiety). Newport, Monmouth {Oimmerdal Room, Town Hall). Northampton. Norwich {Free Library, St. Johns. Mitdd&rma rket) . Nottingham {Cof^nornfion £ooms, St. Peter's Churchside). Oxford {Public Free Library, Totcn Hall). Paialey iOovemmeiU School qf Ik- signs, Gilnumr Street). Plymouth {Mechanics' Institute, Princess Square). Preston {Dr. Sheph^rd\^ Library, th; Institution, Avenham). Reading {Literarp, ScientiJU; ami Mechanics' Institution, London St.) Rochdale {Commissioners' Boom, Smith Street). Botherham {Board qf Health Office, Howard Street). Salford {Peel Park). Sheffield {Free Library, Surrey St ) ^^^^fswcy {The JHtblic Museu», Stirling (Burph Libraryt Tovm House t Broad Street). Stockport {Court liouse, Vernon Street, Warren Street). Sunderland {Corporation MuMum, Aihenaum, Fawcett Street). Tiverton. Wakefield (Mechanics' Institution^ Barston Square). Warrington {l%e Museum and Li- brarv). Waterford (Town Hall, The Mall). Wednesbury (Board qf Health Offices). Wexford (Mechanics' Institute, Crescent Quay). Wigan. Wolverhampton (School of Practical Art, Darlington Street). Wolvcrton (Railway Station). Yarmouth, Norfolk (Public Library^ South Quay). York (Lower Council Chamber.Cfuild* haU). The Commissioners' publications have also been presented to the following Public Offices, Institutions, Seats of Learning, British Colonies, and Foreign States : — Public Offices, Institutions, ttc. Admiralty, Department of the Surveyor of the Navy. — — Steam Branch. Deptford Dockyard. — Woolwich ditto. Chatham ditto. ————— Sheemess ditto. ^^—— Portsmouth ditto. Devonport ditto. ————— Pembroke ditto. Artillery Institute, Woolwich. Board of Trade, Wbitchall. Ordnance Office, Pall Mall. Cambridge University. Trinity CoUegc, DubUn. Malta. Cape of Good Hope. Mauritius. India— Bengal North- West Provinces. Madras. Bombay. Ceylon. Vlctoriit— Patent Office, Melbourne. ParUamentaiy Library, Mel- bourne. New South Wales. South Australia. Foreign States, Austria— Handels Ministerium, Vienna. Bavarii^— KOnipliche Bibliothek, Munich. Belgium— Ministdre de I'lnt^rieur, Brussels. Fniiice— Biblioth^quo Imp^riale, Conservatoire dea Arts et Metiers, H6tel de ViUe, Gotha— Ducal Friedcnstein Collection. Hanover— Ministerium des Innem, Hanover. Netherlands— MinisMre do I'lnt^rieur, Tho Hague. Prussia— Handels Ministerium, Berlin. BAissia— Biblioth^ue Imp^riale, St. Petersburg.. Sardinia— Ufflcio diaie Privative, Turin. Saxony— Polytechnlsche Sohule, Dresden. Sweden— Stockholm. United SUt^— The Patent Office, Washington. The Astor Library, New York. The State Library, Albany. The Franklin Institute, Philadelphia. The Free Library, Boston. The Philadelphia Library. Wurtemberg— Bibliotbek des Mutterlif^, StuttiQMt. Ordnance Office, Small Arms Pactoiy, Entleld. War Office, Pall Mall. Government S<;hool of Mines, Ac, Jermyn Street, Piccadilly. Dublin Castle, Dublin. Bolls Offic<;, Chancery (Four Courts), Dublin. Office of Chancery, Edinburgh. East India House, Military Stores, Leaden hall Street. Incorporated Law Society, Chanoeiy Lane, London. Seats of Learning. Ouecn*s College, Galway. University Collie, London. British Colonies. Tasmania. New Zealand. Newfoundland. Canada— Quebec. Toronto. Now Brunswick. Prince Edward Island. Antigua. Barbados. Jamaica. Trinidad. British Guiana. > Paris. PATENT RIGHTS in the COLONIES.— Abstrmct of Rfpiin ■ to the Secretary of State's Circular Despatch of July 11, 1856, callingr for Information as to the form of the application to be made by ])cr8ons desirous of obtaininjjr Patent Rights in the Colonics, and the expenses attendant on the Grant of such Patent Rights. IVice 2s. (id. ^^N^w^^^^S^^>^l^^M^^#^W^^^^#^>^^^^^^^»^*^'^ / 10L0NIAL PATENTS.— Information as to the Mode of Ob- ^ taining Protection for Inventions in the Colonies ; contiined in Comraimications from the Governors, &c. of the different British Colonies in ans^ver to the Application of Mr. W. J. Curtis for a Patent. IVice Is. I7IRE-ARMS, PROJECTILES, &c.— The series of Sperific*. tions and Drawings on this subject, from 15th May, 1718. to ;nst l)eccm!)er, 1853 Price 9/. 18*. 6W. REAPING MACHINES.— The series of Si^ecifications and Drawings on this subject to the end of 1853, together with an A])i>endix preijared by B. Woodcroft, of the Great Seal Patent Office, and published under the sanction of the Q-om- missioners Price iV. 3s. IIU .■■W-^ •> W a^ i 10MMISSI0XERS OF PATENTS' JOURNAL, ublisVl * -^ on the eveninprs of Tuesday and Friday in each week. Prif^* -A Annual subs(Tij)lion. including postage, :iOs. Volume for tbc year 1854, cloth. Price 21^. Ditto - 1855, „ Price 2Ks'! Ditto - 1856, „ Price L>U. Ditto - 1857, „ Price 2U. Ditto - 1858, ,, Price L>Lv. Contents. 1 (I'rants of Provisional Protoction Tor six lU'iTillis. luvjMitions protK-tf^d for six montlis hv tho (h'iMi>it of a I'ouiph'tc Spc- n(i(*ation. Xotict'S to j)rocccaid. n. ■I. S. Piitfuts which Imvo N -..-r. \p:: hynonnaynii-nt of tht* stamp liuu of r.O^ Ixforc the? oxpiralioit ,.f Ilk- third j'car. 1>. Patents on which the s